SEMESTER I SYLLABUS for M. Sc. BIOCHEMISTRY Choice Based ... · 1992 Edition: Second Edition 4....
Transcript of SEMESTER I SYLLABUS for M. Sc. BIOCHEMISTRY Choice Based ... · 1992 Edition: Second Edition 4....
1
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER I
SYLLABUS for M Sc BIOCHEMISTRY
Choice Based Credit System (Semester Pattern)
Rashtrasant Tukadoji Maharaj Nagpur University Nagpur
Effective from 2020-2021
Program Outcomes for MSc Biochemistry (CBCS) Program
The MSc Biochemistry program offered by Rashtrasant Tukadoji Maharaj Nagpur
University is a Two Years full time program aiming at students becoming career oriented
and capable of nurturing their scientific temperaments Students will get exposure to the
depth of core understanding of various dimensions of Biochemistry during these two years
the study The training provided will give students the breadth and depth of scientific
knowledge in the important fields of biochemistry The MSc in Biochemistry at RTM
Nagpur University allows specialization in the areas of Biochemistry Molecular biology
Research Methodologies Immunology Toxicology Nutritional Biochemistry Clinical
Research or Enzymology and it is intended for students desiring research-oriented careers in
the chemical biochemical or biotech industry academic institution or research institutes or
entry into PhD programs
The students of M Sc Biochemistry (CBCS) Program will upon completion of the
course have
A strong understanding of fundamentals of biochemical process at an advanced level
Better understanding of major thrust areas of the discipline
Knowhow on current developments in the biochemical research
Capacity to identify analyze and design safe experimental process to provide
efficient solutions by fair interpretation of data
Gain perfect insight into biochemical research ethics for production of quality
research and publication
An ability to engage themselves in lifelong learning to foster their growth as a
successful researcher and establish themselves as an entrepreneur in the field of
biochemistry
Critical understanding of Scientific fundamentals and their application for professional
success through focused tests and should demonstrate signs of improvement
Communicate their thoughts unmistakably to individuals from all foundations in composed
and spoken arrangement
Collaborate with different fields for advancement of inventive answer for ecological modern
and different issues
Serve society for its progression through productive research and moral practices
Be employment prepared to work in any segment
MSc Biochemistry (CBCS) Program
MSc Biochemistry is 4 semester course led by the Department of Biochemistry according
to the curriculum given by Rashtrasant Tukadoji Maharaj Nagpur University Nagpur Every
semester under study consists of four Theory papers two Practicals (dependent on four
Theory papers) and a Seminar Fourth semester has a semester long Research Project Work
along with Course work of four Theory papers and one practical
2
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
Scheme of teaching and examination under semester pattern Choice Based Credit System (CBCS) for MSc Program in Biochemistry
M Sc Biochemistry Semester I Code
Th
eory
P
ract
ical
Teaching scheme (Hours Week)
Cre
dit
s
Examination Scheme
Th
Pra
ct
To
tal
Du
rati
on
in h
rs
Max Marks
To
tal M
ark
s
Minimum Passing Marks
Ext
ern
al
Mar
ks
Inte
rnal
A
ss
Th
Pra
ct
1T1 Protein Biochemistry
4 - 4 4 3 80 20 100 40
1T2 Advanced Enzymology
4 - 4 4 3 80 20 100 40
1T3 Biochemical Research Techniques
4 - 4 4 3 80 20 100 40
1T4 Plant Biochemistry 4 - 4 4 3 80 20 100 40 1P1 Protein
Biochemistry and Enzymology
- 8 8 4 8 80 20 100 40
1P2 Biochemical Research Techniques and Plant Biochemistry
- 8 8 4 8 80 20 100 40
1S1 Seminar 2 - 2 1 25 25 10 TOTAL 18 16 34 25 520 105 625 170 80
3
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
M Sc Biochemistry Semester II Code
Th
eory
P
ract
ical
Teaching scheme (Hours Week)
Cre
dit
s
Examination Scheme
Th
Pra
ct
To
tal
Du
rati
on
in h
rs
Max Marks
To
tal M
ark
s
Minimum Passing Marks
Ext
ern
al
Mar
ks
Inte
rnal
A
ss
Th
Pra
ct
2T1 Immunology 4 - 4 4 3 80 20 100 40 2T2 Clinical
Biochemistry 4 - 4 4 3 80 20 100 40
2T3 Cell Biochemistry 4 - 4 4 3 80 20 100 40 2T4 Molecular Biology 4 - 4 4 3 80 20 100 40 2P1 Clinical
Biochemistry and Immunology
- 8 8 4 8 80 20 100 40
2P2 Cell and Molecular Biology
- 8 8 4 8 80 20 100 40
2S1 Seminar 2 - 2 1 25 25 10 TOTAL 18 16 34 25 520 105 625 170 80
4
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
M Sc Biochemistry Semester III Code
Th
eory
P
ract
ical
Teaching scheme (Hours Week)
Cre
dit
s
Examination Scheme
Th
Pra
ct
To
tal
Du
rati
on
in h
rs
Max Marks
To
tal M
ark
s
Minimum Passing Marks
Ext
ern
al
Mar
ks
Inte
rnal
A
ss
Th
Pra
ct
3T1 Advanced Molecular Biology
4 - 4 4 3 80 20 100 40
3T2 Biotechnology 4 - 4 4 3 80 20 100 40 3T3 A) Toxicology
(Biochemical amp
Environmental
Toxicology
OR
B) Nutrition (Nutritional Biochemistry)
4 - 4 4 3 80 20 100 40
3T4 Foundation I (Biomolecules and Basic metabolism) OR (Subject centric Core 1) Bioresearch Techniques I
4 - 4 4 3 80 20 100 40
3P1 Biotechnology and Molecular Biology
- 8 8 4 8 80 20 100 40
3P2 A) Toxicology
(Biochemical amp
Environmental
Toxicology)
OR
B) Nutrition (Nutritional Biochemistry)
- 8 8 4 8 80 20 100 40
3S1 Seminar 2 - 2 1 25 25 10 TOTAL 18 16 34 25 520 105 625 170 80
5
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
M Sc Biochemistry Semester IV
Code
Th
eory
P
ract
ical
Teaching scheme (Hours Week)
Cre
dit
s
Examination Scheme
Th
Pra
ct
To
tal
Du
rati
on
in h
rs
Max Marks
To
tal M
ark
s
Minimum Passing Marks
Ext
ern
al
Mar
ks
Inte
rnal
A
ss
Th
Pra
ct
4T1 Advanced Clinical Biochemistry
4 - 4 4 3 80 20 100 40
4T2 Advanced Immunology
4 - 4 4 3 80 20 100 40
4T3 A) Toxicology
(Clinical
Research)
OR
B) Nutrition (Applied Nutritional Biochemistry)
4 - 4 4 3 80 20 100 40
4T4 Foundation 2 (Basic Enzymology) or (Subject centric Core 2) Bioresearch Techniques II
4 - 4 4 3 80 20 100 40
4P1 Advanced
Clinical
Biochemistry amp
Immunology
And
A) Toxicology
(Clinical
Research)
OR
B) Nutrition
(Applied
Nutritional
Biochemistry)
- 8 8 4 8 80 20 100 40
4PROJ Project - 8 8 4 8 80 20 100 40 4S1 Seminar 2 - 2 1 25 25 10 TOTAL 18 16 34 25 520 105 625 170 80
6
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 1
Paper 1 (Code 1T1) Protein Biochemistry Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Basics Protein structure chemical bonding or molecular geometry based on accepted
models
2 Apply quantitative reasoning skills of protein folding and energy physical or
chemical changes that occur
3 Use accepted models to describe the interactions of amino acids and equilibrium
concepts with respect to protein conformations and interactions
4 In the major areas of Mass spectrometry students will be able to
a Describe and understand the capabilities and limitations of instrumental methods
b Explain the instrument components and principles of operation
5 Upon being introduced to the steps of the analytical process students will be able to
correctly select an analytical method and instrument meeting their use objectives
Also students would be able to demonstrate competence in data acquisition by Mass
Spectrometric analysis and interpreting laboratory data
6 With Basics of Protein synthesis machinery students will be able to conceptualize the
process of translation and its regulatory aspects so as to apply the concept for
understanding protein structural dynamics with respect to protein functions
7 Protein sorting and compartmentalization during and after translation will give
fundamental understanding about organelle specific protein functions This will
develop competence amongst the students for application of physical parameters in
protein functional dynamics depending upon organelle specific environment
8 Overall understanding of protein structure function relationship through this paper
will equip the students to propose designs of novel proteins constructed through
utilization of aspects of protein engineering Specific examples of the same would
help them understand and apply the concept of protein engineering to the fullest
7
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 1
1T1 Protein Biochemistry
Unit I Proteins and Mass Spectrometry
Overview of protein structure protein folding Ramchandran plot domains and modules
binding sites within proteins protein sequencing
Basics of Mass Spectrometry Ionization mechanisms- protonation deprotonation
cationization transfer of charged molecules to gas phase electron ejection electron capture
Mass analyzers-TOF Ion trap Quadrupole Ionization methods-Electron Impact (EI)
Chemical Ionization (CI) Fast Atom Bombardment (FAB) Field Description (FD) Electron
Spray Ionization (ESI) Matrix Assisted Laser Desorption Ionization (MALDI) Protein
Identification using MS
Unit II Protein biosynthesis
Eukaryotic translation machinery structure and assembly of the ribosome initiation
elongation and termination of translation
Unit III Protein sorting and degradation Intracellular protein sorting movement of proteins between cellular compartments gated
transmembrane and vesicular transport Protein transport and translocation to nucleus mitochondria
chloroplast peroxisomes endoplasmic reticular system Protein degradation
Unit IV Protein Engineering
Design and construction of novel proteins and enzymes Conformation of proteins in general and
enzymes in particular Effect of amino acids on structure of proteins Energy status of a protein
molecule Structure function relations of enzymes Physical methods such as x-ray crystallography
for determination of protein structure Site directed mutagenesis for specific protein function Basic
concepts for design of a new proteinenzyme molecule Specific examples of enzyme engineering -
Dihydrofolate reductase and Subtilisin
Suggested References
1 Modern Protein Chemistry Practical Aspects Published September 12 2001 by CRC Press -
272 Pages Edited By Gary C Howard
2 Biochemistry 5th edition Berg JM Tymoczko JL Stryer L New York W H Freeman 2002
3 Proteins Structures and Molecular Properties Thomas E Creighton Publisher W H Freeman
1992 Edition Second Edition
4 Protein Engineering Protocols (Methods in Molecular Biology) Kristian Muumlller (Editor)
Publisher Humana Press Softcover reprint of hardcover 1st ed 2007 edition (November 10
2010)
5 Protein Degradation Series 4 Volume Set (v 1) R John Mayer (Editor) Publisher Wiley-
VCH 1 edition (March 4 2008)
6 Structural Aspects of Protein Synthesis Anders LiljashttpwwwamazoncomStructural-
Aspects-Protein-Synthesis-
Andersdp981238863Xref=sr_1_1s=booksampie=UTF8ampqid=1323503546ampsr=1-1 -
(Author) Publisher World Scientific Pub Co Inc 1 edition (November 2004)
7 Protein Targeting Transport and Translocation Ross Dalbey (Editor) Publisher Academic
Press 1 edition (May 13 2002)
8 Principles of Physical Biochemistry- KenslE van Holde W Curtis Johnson P Shing Ho
Pearson Prentice Hall 2nd Edition
9 Crystallography made crystal clear 1993 G Rhodes Academic Press
10 Principles and Techniques of Biochemistry and Molecular Biology 6th Edition Wilson Keith
and Walker John (2005) Cambridge University Press New York
11 A textbook of biophysics R N Roy New Central Publication 1st edition
8
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 1
Paper 2 (Code 1T2) Advanced Enzymology Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Describe structure capacities and the component of activity of
chemicals and interaction with enzymes Learning energy of protein
catalyzed responses and compound restraints and administrative
procedure Enzyme action Enzyme Units Specific action
2 Have a detail and more intricate knowledge of allosteric and other
aspects of enzyme catalysis regulation
3 Have a total comprehension of rate of responses and request of
responses and restraints and their kinetics To gain information on
protein catalysis and isoenzymes and on multienzyme and multienzyme
complexes with specific examples
4 Develop intellectual capacity to relate bioenergetics principles and the
entropy to the law of thermodynamics and Free energy and its
connection to chemical equilibria in consolation to enzyme catalysis
5 Theory related to respiratory mechanisms catalysed by enzymatic
principles of redox biochemistry will help the students to gauge wide
applicability of enzymatic reactions in biological systems Detail
description of Coupled reactions and their role in metabolism and
Chemiosmotic hypothesis of ATP synthesis to understand the
mechanism of energy harnessing mechanism operating in biological
system
9
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 1
1T 2 Advanced Enzymology
Unit I Kinetics and Regulation of enzyme activity
Review of unisubstrate enzyme kinetics multisubstrate enzyme kinetics Co-operativity
phenomenon Hill and Scatchard plots protein-ligand binding and its measurement detailed
mechanism of catalysis of serine protease carbonic anhydrase and PEP kinase
Metalloenzymes
Unit II Allosteric enzymes and multienzyme systems
Allosteric enzymes sigmoidal kinetics and its physiological significance symmetric and
sequential modes of action and their significance immobilized enzymes and their industrial
applications study of multienzyme complexes with respect to occurrence isolation and their
properties and polygenic nature eg pyruvate dehydrogenase and fatty acid synthase
Unit III Enzyme regulation
General mechanisms of enzyme regulation Feed back inhibition and feed forward
stimulation repression and induction of enzymes reversible and irreversible covalent
modifications of enzymes flexibility and conformational mobility of enzymes convergent
and divergent evolution of enzymes
Unit IV Bioenergetics and oxidative phosphorylation
Energy transformation laws of thermodynamics Gibbs energy free energy change redox
potentials phosphate potential ion electrochemical potential proton electrochemical
potential membrane potential Chemi-osmotic theory mitochondrial respiratory chain order
and organization of carrier proton gradients Characterization of Iron- Sulphur proteins and
Cytochromes Q cycle Respiratory controls and oxidative phosphorylation ATP synthase
complex
Suggested References
1 Enzymes Biochemistry Biotechnology and Clinical Chemistry-Trevor Palmer
2 Principles of Biochemistry- Lehninger David L Nelson and Michael M Cox
3 Enzymes- Malcolm Dixon and Edwin Webb
4 Harperrsquos Biochemistry- Harper
5 Biochemistry- Western and Todd
6 Cell and Molecular Biology-Gerald Karp
7 Fundamentals of Biochemistry-Donald Voet Judith G Voet and Charlotte W Bratt
10
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 1
Paper 3 (Code 1T3) Biochemical Research Techniques Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 The theoretical aspects of designing the Experiments and also study the Quality
control mechanism in Biochemistry
2 Understand the Sampling techniques and interpret the data based on the measures
of the central tendency
3 Learn the discrepancies and deviations of the variable based of measures of
dispersion
4 Study the relationship between variables based on correlation and regression
analysis
5 Deduce the probable outcomes of an experiment based on observations
following laws of probability and also assess the significance of the
interpretation through tests of significance such as t-test
6 To understand the importance and applications of computational methods and
statistical softwares in Biology
11
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 1
1T 3 Biochemical Research Techniques
Unit I Research Methodology
1 Introduction to research methodology History and definition of research role of
theory hypothesis sampling variables randomness selection of problem purpose of
research and research reporting
2 Experimental research Early experimentation experimental groups control groups
variables method of controlling variables designing and validation of experiments
3 Methods and tools in research Research tools and its reliability and validity
quantitative and qualitative studies observation inquiry forms Q methodology data
collection limitations and sources of error
4 Types of data Analysis Descriptive data analysis Inferential data analysis Computer
data analysis
Unit II Biostatistics
Principles and practice of statistical methods in biological research samples and populations Basic
statistics-average statistics of dispersion coefficient of variation confidence limits Probability
distribution normal binomial and Poisson distribution Mean variants standard deviations and
standard error correlation and regression test of statistical significance and analysis of variance and
covariance
Unit III Data Retrieval Scientific Writing and Presentation
1 Information Search amp Data Retrieval Tools for Web Search Data Retrieval Tools
Data Mining of Biological Databases
2 Report Writing Significance of report writing different steps in report writing types
of report layout of research paper
3 Mechanics and precautions of writing research reports for scientific journals popular
magazines seminarssymposia conferencesworkshops poster session
4 Presentationndash Oral amp Written Presentations in classrooms scientific meets amp public
audience Defence of research thesis
Unit IV Computers
Introduction of computer networks- Topologies and designs Basics of computer operating systems-
windows and Linux Introduction to Markup language-Hyper Text Markup Language (HTML) and
Extensive Markup Language (XML) Spreadsheets and Presentation software
Systems Biology-An introduction
Introduction to Metagenomics
Suggested References
1 Fundamentals of Biostatistics Bernard A Rosner Thomson-BrooksCole 2006
2 Research methodology in social behavioural and life sciences Designs models and
methods Herman J Ader and Gideon Mellenbergh (Ed) SAGE Publications
6 Principles of Genome analysis and genomics Primrose SB Twyman RM Blackwell
Science (2002)
7 Biostatistics-A foundation for Health Science Daniel WW John Wiley (1983)
8 Statistical Methods Medhi J Willey Eastern Limited (1992)
12
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 1
Paper 4 (Code 1T4) Plant Biochemistry Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Detailed knowledge of plant cellular architecture and the mechanism
of photosynthetic systems for photophosphorylation will enable the
students to get a dissected approach for understanding autotrophic food
synthesis mechanism driven by photon energy operative in plants
2 Hormonal pathways driving plant growth mechanisms form the
foundation for in vitro plant propagation setup and understanding of
Plant tissue culture aspects Students would gain an thorough insight of
growth regulatory mechanism of plants through which they will be able
to devise the hormonal concoction required for organogenesis and related
plant tissue culture applications
3 Students will be able to learn metabolic attributes and driving
principles of plant growth through basic carbohydrate lipid and protein
metabolism Also the students will be developing a comprehension of
importance of nitrogen and sulphur metabolism in plants and associated
plant physiological alterations
4 With in depth knowledge about plant physiochemical aspects the
students will get equipped to develop an understanding about effects
caused by biotic and abiotic stress factors on plant metabolism and
growth They can thus impinge upon the ways to tackle such stress
physiological aspects to promote and resolve plant stresses
5 Practical exposure to biochemical analysis of plant physiological
aspects would improve the students application approach towards plant
biochemistry as tool to protect plant diversity
13
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 1
1T4 Plant Biochemistry
Unit I Plant Cell and Photosynthesis
Structure of plant cell Structure of plant cell membrane and cell wall
Structure of chloroplast system Photosynthetic pigments and their functions Photo system
I amp II Photosynthetic electron transport and photophosphorylation
Calvin cycle(C3 plants) Hatch slack pathway (C4 plants) Crassulacean acid metabolism
Unit II Plant hormones and Tissue culture
Plant hormones Biosynthesis structure and biochemical mode of action of auxins
gibberellins cytokinins abscisic acid and ethylene Other plant growth regulators
Plant tissue culture Plant cell organs and culture Somaclonal variation protoplast isolation
fusion and culture of protoplasts Application of plant tissue culture
Unit III Plant respiration and Metabolism
Plant respiration Carbohydrate lipid and Protein metabolism Cyanide sensitive and
insensitive respiration
Nitrogen metabolism Development and structure of root nodules Role of nod factors in
nodule development Structure of plant nitrogenase system Symbiotic nitrogen fixation and
and its regulation Formation and assimilation of ammonia
Sulphur metabolism Sulphate activation Reduction of active sulphate Oxidation of
inorganic sulphur incorporation of sulphur into amino acids
Unit IV Biochemistry of plant growth amp stress physiology
Biochemistry of seed and bud dormancy Biochemistry of seed germination factors affecting seed germination Structure and function of Phytochrome and Cryptochrome Photoperiodism and Vernalization Hormonal regulation of flowering Responses of plant to biotic (pathogens and insects) and abiotic (water temperature and salt) stresses Mechanism of resistance to biotic stress and tolerance to abiotic stress
Suggested References
1 Plant physiology -Taiz amp Ziger
2 Biochemistry and molecular Biology of plant-Buchanan
3 Plant physiology -M Devlin
4 Plant pathology- George N Agriose
5 Plant breeding- BD Singh
6 Germination of seed- AM Mayer amp A Mayber
7 Introduction of Plant Physiology -William Hopkins
8 Introduction to plant - Godwin amp merser
9 Plant physiology - Mohit Warma
14
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 1
1P 1 Protein Biochemistry and Enzymology
1 Estimation of protein by UV Spectrophotometer by E280E260 method
2 Estimation of Riboflavin by Arnoldrsquos fluorimetric method
3 Estimation of Thiamine by thiochrome method
4 Separation of proteins by PAGE
5 Seperation of proteins by SDS gel electrophoresis
6 Western Blotting
7 Purification of proteins by isoelectric precipitation
8 Molecular weight determination
9 Fractionation of cells by differential centrifugation
10 Assay of marker enzymes
11 To study the essentiality of co-enzymes in enzyme catalyzed reaction
12 Fractionation of human plasma proteins by precipitation
13 Assay of acid and alkaline phosphatase
14 Effect of environmental factors such as pH temperature and inhibitors on alkaline
phosphatase
15 Measurement of initial velocity
16 To study kinetics of enzyme using Lineweaver-Burk Eadie-Hofstee and Hanes Plots
1P 2 Biochemical Research Techniques and Plant Biochemistry
1 Absorption of water by live amp dead seeds
2 Changes in carbohydrate protein content during germination
3 Induction of proteinases amylases and lipase during germination
4 Induction of vitamin C synthesis during germination
5 Isolation and characterization of trypsin inhibitor
6 Assay of peroxidase catalase phenol oxidase ascorbic acid oxidase
7 Isolation of plant DNA amp RNA
8 Estimation of carotene ascorbic acid phenols and tannins in fruits and vegetables
9 Development of callus culture from meristems and leaves
1S1 Seminar
InstitutionalEducational tour For minimum 08 days
15
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 2
Paper ndash I (Code 2T1) Immunology
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Remember and Understand basic concepts of Immunology Molecular details of
various receptors and effectors involved in evoking Immune responses
2 Mechanism and pathways of immunity with essential details about immunoglobulin
structures and mechanism of action
3 Appreciate and assess the various immunological techniques used for public health
Applications of immunology based techniques in public health and immunization
16
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 2
2T1 Immunology
Unit I The Immune system Immunoglobulins and TCR
History of Immunology Innate Immunity effector mechanisms involved PAMPs PRRs
Phagocytosis Lysis blocking extra cellular killing etc Biochemistry and biology of TLRs
Inflamatory processes inflamamasomes interrelationship between innate and adaptive
immunity
Immunoglobulins and TCR
Immunochemistry Antigen antibody reaction its kinetics and thermodynamics Structure
functions of immunoglobulins Ig genes and their expression Generation of Ab diversity
BCR TCR Organization and re-arrangement of TCR genes TCR diversity
Unit II
Anatomy of Immune system
Immunological cells tissues and organs Maturation activation and differentiation of B and
T cells MHC genes and their polymorphism Structure and function of MHC molecules
Clonal selection theory Cell surface molecules Ig super family integrins selectins
chemokine receptors and other accessory molecules Cytokines and chemokines
Unit III
Immune response by T and B lymphocytes
Cellular and molecular mechanisms of Ab production humoral and cell mediated immunity
Antigen processing and presentation T and B cell interaction Super antigens
Unit IV
Immunological Techniques
Immunochemical techniques including immunodiffusion RIA EIA agglutination
immunoflorescence immunoelectron microscopy immunoelectrophoresis HLA typing
leukocyte migration inhibition technique delayed hypersensitivity technique cytotoxicity
assay Monoclonal Abrsquos hybridoma and other technologies Abzymes
Suggested References
1 Cellular and Molecular Immunology- 5th Edition Abul K Abbas Andrew Litchman
2 Immunology-5th Edition Richard A Goldsby Thomas J Kindt Barbara A Osborne
Janis Kuby
3 Immunology- 6th Edition Ivan Roitt Jonathan Brostoff David Male
17
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 2
Paper ndash II (Code 2T2) Clinical Biochemistry
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Remember and Understand fundamental concepts in Clinical Biochemistry and
recent automations introduced in it
2 Comprehend basics of Endocrine system and hormones involved for regulation of
various biochemical functions of target organs
3 Illustrate compare and appreciate functions and biochemical attributes of Liver and
implications in Clinical Biochemistry
18
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 2
2T2 Clinical Biochemistry
Unit I Automation in clinical biochemistry gastric and blood disorders
Automation in Clinical Biochemistry- Instrumental concept Selection of Instrument Quality
assurance Control of pre-analytical and analytical variables External and internal quality
control measurements
Gastric disorders Disorders of gastric function method of evaluation pancreatic diseases
Steatorrhoea Malabsorption syndrome test for their evaluation
Blood Disorder Review of mechanism of coagulation and fibrinolysis abnormalities in
blood coagulation variation of plasma proteins abnormalities of blood formation anemia
haemoglobinopathies clinical significance of fecal and urine analysis
Unit II Endocrinology I Insulin and glucagon Various types of hyperglycemia Diabetes mellitus Ketonemia
ketonuria Experimental diabetes Hypoglycemia Polyurea Glucose tolerance test
Thyroid Iodine metabolism Hypo and Hyper thyroidism BMRand other test for
evaluation of thyroid function
Parathyroid Calcium and phosphorus metabolism Abnormalities of Parathyroid function
and methods of evaluation
Unit III Endocrinology II
Adrenal Addisonrsquos disease and pheochromocytoma Disorders of steroid metabolism Test
for evaluation of adrenal functions
Pituitary Pituitary hormones Clinical syndromes and their evaluation
Unit IV Liver disorders
Liver disorders Jaundice fatty liver and liver function tests Renal function test
Cerebrospinal fluid Composition in health and disease Lipid profile in health and disease
Elements of Clinical Enzymology Isoenzymes in health and disease
Clinical significance of GOT GPT Creatine kinase LDH etc
Biochemical diagnosis of disease by enzymatic evaluation
Suggested References 1 Clinical Biochemistry ndash Metabolic and Clinical aspects By-William J Marshall amp Stephen
K Angert
2 Harperrsquos Biochemistry - 27th EdText book of Medical Physiology - By Guyton
3 Text book of Physiology -By Burn amp levy
4 Biochemistry ndashBy L Stryer (Freeman amp CoNY)
5 Biochemistry with clinical correlation- By Thomas Devli
6 The Metabolic Basis of Inherited Disease 5th Ed-By John Stanbury
7 Teitz Fundamentals of Clinical Chemistry ndashBy CABurtis amp Ashwood
8 Biochemistry - By Lehninger
9 Lehningerrsquos Biochemistry ndashBy Nelson amp Cox
10 Biochemistry ndashBy Stanford
11 Basic Medical Biochemistry A Clinical approach- By Smith
12 Principles of Internal Medicines- By HarrisonT R
13 Practical Biochemistry Principles amp Techniques- By Wilson amp Walker
14 Practical Biochemistry ndashBy David Plummer
19
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 2
Paper ndash III (Code 2T3) Cell Biochemistry
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Gain knowledge about fundamentals of cell division cycle and decision making
ability of the cells to proceed for duplication with regulatory aspects
2 Cell communication ability and control of cell cycle brough about by internal and
external molecular effectors
3 Understand basic concept of Cancer Biology and stem cells
20
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 2
2T3 Cell Biochemistry
Unit I Cell cycle and regulation
Review of cell cycle divisional control regulatory proteins cyclincdk complexes positive
and negative regulation inhibitory molecules restriction points regulation of DNA
synthesis regulation of degradation check points cell cycle arrest role of cyclically
activated protein kinases transcriptional regulation
Unit II Cell communication I
General principles of cell communication extra cellular signals and their receptors autocrine
signaling and role of gap junctions types of cell receptors relay of signal and intracellular
signal proteins regulated proteolysis dependent signaling pathways (Notch Wnt hedgehog
NFKB)
Unit III Cell communication II
Informational transactions in eukaryotic cells- cyclic AMP facet Study of G-proteins
signaling through G-protein linked cell surface receptors signaling through enzyme linked
cell surface receptors Calcium messenger system signaling via GMP
Unit IV Cancer
Causes and types of cancer viral carcinogenesis tumor suppressors oncogenes and signal
transduction growth and spread of cancer molecular basis of cancer therapy molecular
markers
Programmed cell death and its regulation in normal physiology regulation and execution of
mammalian apoptosis cytokine signaling and role of apoptosis in tumor genesis
Suggested References
1 Molecular Biology of the Cell Alberts 5th Edition 2007 NCBI Publication
2 Principles of Biochemistry Lehninger WH Freeman
3 Biochemistry of Signal Transduction and Regulation - Gerhard Krauss Wiley VCH 3rd
Revised Edition
4 Molecular Cell Biology Lodish 6th Edition WH Freeman amp Company
5 The Cell Cooper 2nd Edition ASM Press
6 Gene IX Benjamin Lewin Published by Pearson Prentice Hall
7 Cell and Molecular Biology Gerald Karp
8 Molecular Biology Robert Weaver 1st Edition WCB McGraw-Hill
9 Molecular Biology of the Gene Watson 6th Edition Pearson Publication
10 Gene Regulation A Eukaryotic Perspective David Latchman 5 illustrated Taylor amp
Francis 2005
11 The Cell- G M Cooper
21
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 2
Paper ndash IV (Code 2T4) Molecular Biology
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Remember and understand the fundamental concepts of Molecular Biology and the
experiments involved in it
2 Relate the concepts of Molecular Biology in the development of Biochemical
research techniques
22
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 2
2T4 Molecular Biology
Unit I Eukaryotic and Prokaryotic chromosomes
Chromatin structure Histones DNA nucleosome morphology and higher level organization Functional
states of chromatin and alterations in chromatin organization Chromosome organization Metaphase
chromosomes centromere and kinetochore telomere and its maintenance Holocentric chromosomes
Heterochromatin and euchromatin position effect variegation Chromosomal domains (matrix loop domains)
and their functional significance
Organization of nuclear and organellar genomes C-value paradox Repetitive DNA-satellite DNAs and
interspersed repeated DNAs Transposable elements LINES SINES Alu family and their application in
genome mapping
Concept of a gene Conventional and modern views Fine structure of gene split genes pseudogenes non-
coding genes overlapping genes and multi-gene families
Unit II Replication and Recombination
Replication Review of replication in bacteria plasmid and viruses Models of DNA replication DNA
replication in eukaryotes Eukaryotic DNA polymerases and their roles origin of replication Autonomously
Replicating Segments (ARS) in yeast elongation lagging strand synthesis and termination
Recombination DNA recombination Homologous site specific and transposition
Homologous recombination Holliday Model Messelsson -Radding Model Rec BCD pathway
Site specific recombination Lambda phage ingration and excision rearrengementof immunoglobulin genes
Transposition Prokaryotic transposition Insertion sequences and mere complex transposons (eg Tn3)
conservative and replicative transposition Eukaryotic transposable elements yeast and Drosophila transposons
retroviruses and retrovirus like elements
Unit III Transcription
Review of prokaryotic transcription transcription in eukaryotes Eukaryotic RNA polymerases and their
subunit structure Class I II and III promoters Upstream elements enhancers and silencers General
transcription factors Class I II III genes and their functions elongation factors TBP structure and its role in
transcription mediators Structure of transcription activators zinc fingers homeodomains helix loop helix
bZIP beta barrels
Unit IV Viruses
General properties of viruses (size shape composition of viral capsid spikes envelope and nucleic acids)
Viral classification in brief Baltimore classification Structure and composition of DNA viruses (Herpes virus
amp Adenovirus) and RNA viruses (HIV)
Tumor viruses (HBV HTLV HPV) structure and mechanism of oncogenesis
Structure and life cycle of Lambda and M13 bacteriophages
Laboratory diagnosis of viral diseases
Mechanism of action of Antiviral drugs (Acyclovir Foscarnet Nevirapine Saquinavir Oseltamivir)
Suggested References
1 Molecular Biology of Gene Watson
2 Gene 7 Benjamin Lewin
3 Cell amp Molecular Biology Devlin
4 Biochemistry Lehninger Nelson amp Cox
5 Biochemistry Voet amp Voet
6 Molecular Biology David Frifelder
7 Molecular biology-Lodish Baltimore
8 Genetics-Russell
9 Genetics 1and 2-CBPower
10 Molecular biology-Watson
11 Molecular biochemistry ndashRobert Weaver
12 Microbiology by Davis
13 Virology by Luria
14 Understanding Viruses-Teri Shors Jones and Bartlett Publishers Massachusetts edition 2009
23
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 2
2P1 Clinical Biochemistry And Immunology
1 Determination of serum and urine Creatinine by Jaffrsquos method
2 Determination of serum Bilirubin by Malloy amp Evllyn method
3 Determination of serum Chloride by Schales amp Schales method
4 Estimation of blood urea by Nesslerisation method
5 Estimation of Serum amylase (EC3211)
6 Estimation of Serum Cholesterol by Single Step Method (Libermann amp Burchard)
7 Determination of Serum Uric Acid by Henry Carawayrsquos method
8 Determination of Icteric Index SGOT SGPT and alkaline phosphatase activity
9 Routine Urine Analysis
10 Quantitative Estimation of T3 T4 and TSH
11 To determine Urinary VMA (3-methoxy 4 ndashHydroxyl Vanillin Mandellic Acid)
12 Glucose Tolerance Test
2P2 Cell And Molecular Biology
1 Use of Simple Compound and Phase Contrast Microscopes
2 Isolation culture and cell counting of lymphocytes
3 Adherent cell line Trypsinization cell count subculturing
4 MTT assay
5 Isolation of DNA from Bacteria and Blood
6 Assessment of purity of DNA by 260280 ratio
7 Isolation of plasmid DNA Mini Prep Midi Prep and Maxi Prep
8 Restriction digestion of DNA
9 Ligation of DNA
10 Separation of DNA fragments by Electrophoresis
11 Southern Blotting amp Northern Blotting
2S1 Seminar
24
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 3
Paper ndash I (Code 3T1) Advanced Molecular Biology
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Understand the concepts of Eukaryotic Transcription regulation mechanisms with details
of enzymes involved eukaryotic transcription process
2 Post transcriptional and translational modifications and regulatory aspects of it
3 Describe the expression of genes and the regulatory RNAs involved in it
4 Appreciate epigenetic ways of gene expression regulation
25
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 3
3T1 Advanced Molecular Biology
Unit I Regulation of eukaryotic gene expression at transcriptional level
Overview of transcription by RNA Polymerases I II and III
Anatomy of a protein-coding gene
Basal transcription by RNA polymerase II Subunits of Pol II general transcription factors
Activators How the initiation complex is assembled How initiation occurs
Speeding up the process Enhancers TAFs and how they work
Regulated transcription transcription factors Zinc-fingers (Sp1 the first such factor identified)
Leucine zippers Basic helix loop helix Homeodomains DNA binding domains Activating domains
RNA Elongation HIV TATTAR
RNA polymerase III and regulation of 5S rRNA
Unit II Regulation of eukaryotic gene expression at post translational translational and post-
translational levels
Regulation at tpst-transcriptional level Effect of cap and polyadenylation on splicing trans and
alternative splicing RNA editing mRNA stability and transport
Regulation at Translational level Global regulation through eIF2 and eIF4EeIF4E-BP Specific
regulation through 5 UTRs using RNA structure eg ODC Specific regulation through 5
UTRprotein interactions eg ferritin in eukaryotes and ribosomal proteins in prokaryotes Specific
regulation through 3 UTRs eg 15-LOX
Regulation at post-translational level Control of the level of active proteins regulation of proteolysis
Unit III Regulatory RNAs
Historical background RNA interference as regulatory mechanism in eukaryotes Slicer and dicer
synthesis and function of RNAi molecules in plants chromatin remodeling in human disease and
diagnosis
Unit IV Epigenetics
Background chromosomal inheritance taking fission yeast as an example DNA methyltransferases
DNA methylation maintenance histone modification and regulation of chromatin structure bivalent
histones DNA demethylation histone demethylation
Suggested References
1 Molecular Biology of the Cell Alberts 5th Edition 2007 NCBI Publication
2 Principles of Biochemistry Lehninger WH Freeman
3 Biochemistry of Signal Transduction and Regulation - Gerhard Krauss Wiley VCH 3rd
Revised Edition
4 Molecular Cell Biology Lodish 6th Edition WH Freeman amp Company
5 The cell Cooper 2nd Edition ASM Press
6 Genes IX Benjamin Lewin Published by Pearson Prentice Hall
7 Cell and Molecular Biology Gerald Karp
8 Molecular Biology Robert Weaver 1st Edition WCB McGraw-Hill
9 Molecular Biology of the Gene Watson 6th Edition Pearson Publication
10 Gene Regulation A Eukaryotic Perspective David Latchman 5 illustrated Taylor amp
Francis 2005
26
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 3
Paper ndash II (Code 3T2) Biotechnology
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Remember and Understand fundamental concepts of Genetic Engineering
2 Illustrate and compare different techniques involved in Genetic Engineering
3 Understand the concepts of Prokaryotic and Eukaryotic Transformation and PCR
4 Describe the expression of heterologous genes and the vectors involved in it
5 Appreciate technology involved in industrial products of Protein engineering and
fermentation technology Remember and Understand the design and functioning of
different types of Bioreactors and Downstream processing Evaluate the application of
different types of Bioreactors including immobilization reactor system and its kinetics
6 Comprehend tools important in Bioinformatics analysis for simplified application of
nucleic acid and protein sequence data
27
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 3
3T2 Biotechnology
Unit I rDNA technology Genomic and cDNA libraries DNA manipulation enzymes isolation of specific genes
Gene cloning REs vectors-plasmids cosmids phage vectors M13 phage vectors phagemids expression
vectors with strong promoters inducible vectors produce fusion proteins and their isolation Eucaryotic
expression system shuttle vectors YAC BAC insertion of DNA and its ligation to carrier DNA introduction
of DNA in cells gene synthesis gene libraries
Application of recombinant DNA technology in medicine agriculture industry and environmental sciences
Unit II Gene control systems in bacteria and bacteriophage lambda
Mechanism of induction and repression constitutive expression various control mechanisms positive
regulation negative regulation attenuation operon hypothesis with special reference to malgal ara and
histidine operons Regulatory mechanisms in bacteriophage lambda
Regulation of gene expression at various levels (transcription post transcriptional and translational)
DNA-protein interactions Lambda family of repressor trp repressor
Unit III Biochemical engineering Biochemical Engineering Bioreactors and related equipment and
instrumentation types of bioreactor (Batch semi batch CSTF recycle etc) reactor analysis reactor design
reactor for recombination proteins
Fermentation technology Fermentation technology microbial culture reaction genetic modification use of
mutants recombinant DNA technology and application in fermentation technology microbial growth kinetics
sterilization fermentation process kinetics analysis of rate pattern and kinetic groups fermentation process
types control of environmental variables recovery of fermentation products isolation and purification and use
of immobilization techniques
Unit IV Bioinformatics and Drug Designing Introduction to Bioinformatics Applications of Bioinformatics Bioinformatics resources
Biological Databases Overview to Biological Databases Nucleotide Databases (GenBank DDBJ ENA) Protein sequence
databases (Uniprot Swiss prot Prosite Pfam Prodom) Protein structure databases (PDB SCOP CATH)
Sequence analysis Sequence similarity search BLAST FASTA CLUSTAL
Genomics Introduction to Genomics Comparative Genomic Databases Objective of Genome Comparisons Genome
Alignments
Proteomics Overview of Proteomics Experimental Techniques Bioinformatics Approaches Protein-Protein Interaction
Databases and software
Softwaresrsquo for Drug Designing Structure Based Drug Designing Ligand Based Drug Designing
Virtual Screening Homology Modeling and Chimera Generation
Suggested References 1 Molecular Biology of the Cell Alberts 5th Edition 2007 NCBI Publication
2 Principles of Biochemistry Lehninger WH Freeman
3 Biochemistry of Signal Transduction and Regulation - Gerhard Krauss Wiley VCH 3rd Revised Edition
4 Molecular Cell Biology Lodish 6th Edition WH Freeman amp Company
5 The cell Cooper 2nd Edition ASM Press
6 Genes IX Benjamin Lewin Published by Pearson Prentice Hall
7 Cell and Molecular Biology Gerald Karp
8 Molecular Biology Robert Weaver 1st Edition WCB McGraw-Hill
9 Molecular Biology of the Gene Watson 6th Edition Pearson Publication
10 Gene Regulation A Eukaryotic Perspective David Latchman 5 illustrated Taylor amp Francis 2005
Molecular Biotechnology Principles and Applications of Recombinant DNA Bernard R
GlickhttpwwwamazoncomMolecular-Biotechnology-Principles-Applications-
Recombinantdp1555814980ref=sr_1_6s=booksampie=UTF8ampqid=1323503937ampsr=1-6 - (Author)Publisher
Amer Society for Microbiology 4 edition (December 31 2009)
11 Principles of gene manipulation and genomics S B Primrose Richard M Twyman Publisher Wiley-Blackwell 7
edition (February 17 2006)
12 Principles of Fermentation Technology P F Stanbury (Author) S Hall (Author) A Whitaker (Author) Publisher
Butterworth-Heinemann 2 edition (February 19 1999)
13 1 Bioinformatics A practical guide to the analysis of genes and proteins Baxevanis AD and Ovellette BFF
Wiley-Interscience (2002)
14 2 Molecular and Biotechnology A comprehensive desk reference RA Meyes (Ed) VCH Publishers Inc (1995)
15 3 Textbook of Biotechnology Das HK Wiley Dreamtech India Pvt Ltd (2004)
28
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
Semester 3
Paper ndash III (Code 3T3 A) Toxicology (Biochemical And Environmental Toxicology)
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 To understand key principles of toxicology including various factors affecting toxicity and toxicity assessment
2 To evaluate analyse disposition of toxicants and factor affecting to disposition of toxicants
3 The know how of toxicokinetics and biotransformation 4 To critically analyse and interpret non-organ directed toxicity To
study effect of environmental toxicity on human beings
5 To develop an understanding of the genetic toxicology and
Developmental Toxicology for scientific research practices
6 Critical evaluation of relationship between target organ toxicity for
experimental designs
29
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 3
Core Elective 1
3T3 A) Toxicology (Biochemical And Environmental Toxicology)
Unit I General principles of Toxicology
Definition Different facets of toxicology and their interrelationships Classification of toxic
agents Desired and undesired effects
Various factors affecting toxicity vehicles formulation factors biological half life volume
and concentration dose dosage forms routes of administration entry genetic status etc
Principles of selective toxicity comparative morphology comparative biochemistry
comparative cytology
Toxicity assessment acute subchronic chronic exposure determination of ED50 and LD50
values tests for mutagenecity carcinogenicity genotoxicity Ames test
Unit II Disposition of Toxicants
Factors affecting disposition of toxicants absorption distribution biotransformation
elimination
Absorption through gastro-intestinal tract lungs skin
Distribution storage in tissues blood-brain barrier passage across placenta redistribution
Biotransformation Phase I and II reactions metabolic interrelationship antidotal therapy
Excretion urinary fecal exhalation other routes
Toxicokinetics classic and physiologic
Unit III A) Non ndashorgan directed toxicity
Chemical carcinogenesis definition mechanism
Genetic toxicology definition health impacts and mechanism of induction of genetic
alterations
Developmental toxicology definition principles mechanism and pathogenesis of
developmental toxicity
B) Environmental Toxicology
Air pollution definition air pollutants health effects and risk assessment of air pollution
Introduction to Ecotoxicology
Unit IV Target organ toxicity
Skin skin as a barrier dermatitis acne urticaria
Toxic responses of the blood blood as a target organ toxicology of erythron leukon and
platelets
Toxic responses of the liver physiology and pathophysiology factors in liver injury
mechanism of liver injury
Toxic responses of the respiratory system lungs structure and functions pulmonotoxic
agents pathogenesis of chemical induced damage acute and chronic responses of lungs to
injury
Suggested References
1 Casarette and Doullrsquos Toxicology by Klaassen CD
2 Biochemical Toxicology of Environmental Agents by Bruine D
3 Detoxification mechanisms by Williams RT
4 Selective Toxicity by Albert A
5 Developmental Toxicology by Hood RD
30
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 3
Paper ndash III (Code 3T3 B) Nutrition (Nutritional Biochemistry) (Core Elective 1)
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Capably describe the biochemical techniques that are relevant for the investigation of nutrient metabolism
2 Understand key principles of energy expenditure thermogenic effects Energy requirements and role of dietary fibers in nutrition
3 To read interpret and discuss protein energy malnutrition disorders of mineral metabolism for scientific research
4 To develop an understanding of the observational and experimental character of science in nutritional biochemistry
5 To communicate role of clinical nutrition and food allergies in scientific communication frameworks such as written reports and open discussion
31
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 3
3T3 B Nutrition (Nutritional Biochemistry) (Core Elective 1)
Unit I Basic Concepts
Basic Concept Energy content of foods Measurements of energy expenditure Direct amp
Indirect calorimetry Definition of BMR and SDA and factors affecting these Thermogenic
effects of foods Energy requirements of man and woman and factors affecting energy
requirements
Role of dietary fibers in nutrition
Unit II Nutritional Disorders
Protein Energy Malnutrition (PEM) Aetiology Clinical features Metabolic disorders
and Management of Marasmus and Kwashiorkor diseases
Disorders of Mineral Metabolism Hypercalecemia Hypocalcaemia Normocalcemia
Hyperphosphatemia
Unit III Starvation and Antinutrients
Starvation Techniques for studying starvation protein metabolim in prolonged fasting
protein sparing treatments during fasting Concept of high protein low calorific weight
reduction diets
Antinutrients Naturally occurring food borne toxicants protease inhibitors hemagglutins
hepatotoxins allergens oxalates toxins from mushrooms animal food stuffs and sea foods
Unit IV Clinical Nutrition and Food Allergies
Clinical Nutrition Role of diet and nutrition in the prevention and treatment of diseases
dental caries Fluorosis Atherosclerosis amp Rheumatic disorders Inherited metabolic
Disorders Phenylketonuria Maple Syrup disease amp Hemocystinuria
Food Allergies Definition role of antigen host and environment types of
hypersensitivities diagnosis and treatment of allergy
Suggested Reading 1 Basics of clinical nutrition author- yk joshi jaypee publication
2 Nutrition for the community Gully baba publishing house
Essentials of human nutrition author-jim mann amp stewart truswell oxford university press
3 Introduction to human nutrition
edited by- professor michael gibney (ucd institute of food and health) professor susan lanham-new
(university of surrey) professor aedin Cassidy (university of east anglia) professor hester vorster (north-
west university south africa) httpwwwnutritionsocietyorgpublicationstextbooksintroduction-to-
human-nutritionsthashtdyscawhdpuf
4 Nutrition and metabolism
edited by- professor susan lanham-new (university of surrey) professor ian macdonald (university of
nottingham) professor helen roche (unviersity college dublin) -
httpwwwnutritionsocietyorgpublicationstextbooksnutrition-and-metabolismsthashiusrjtiudpuf
32
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 3
Foundation Course 1 Biomolecules and Basic Metabolism
Unit I Carbohydrates and metabolism
Classification of carbohydrates Structure occurrence and biological importance of
monosaccharides oligosaccharides and polysaccharides
Introduction to Metabolism glycolysis glucogenesis and gluconeogenesis TCA cycle and its
amphibolic role energetics of carbohydrate metabolismAlternate pathways HMP shunt Enter-
Doudoroff glucuronate and glyoxylate pathways Corirsquos cycle
Unit II Lipids and metabolism
Classification of lipids Fatty acids Saturated and unsaturated fatty acids Essential fatty acids
Glycerophospholipids Glycolipids properties and functions
Metabolism Oxidation of fatty acids even and odd numbered unsaturated and branched chain fatty
acids
Degradation and biosynthesis of triacylglycerols and phospholipids energetic of beta- oxidation
Cholesterol biosynthesis catabolism and regulation
Unit III Proteins and metabolism
Classification of amino acids and proteins Protein structures primary secondary tertiary and
quarternary structure General metabolic reaction of amino acids transamination oxidative
deamination minor pathways of amino acid degradation transdeamination amino acid oxidase non
oxidative deamination
Degradation and biosynthesis of amino acids glycogenic and ketogenic amino acids Urea cycle
pathway and regulation
Unit IV Minerals and metabolism
Major and minor and ultra trace minerals their occurrence functions toxicity and interaction with
other nutrients
Iron metabolism and regulation
Calcium and phosphorus metabolism and regulation
Suggested Reading
1 Biophysical Techniques- Upadhyay Upadhyay and Nath
2 Principles of Biochemistry- Lehninger David L Nelson and Michael M Cox
3 Enzymes- Malcolm Dixon and Edwin Webb
4 Harperrsquos Biochemistry- Harper
5 Biochemistry- Western and Todd
6 Cell and Molecular Biology-Gerald Karp
7 Fundamentals of Biochemistry-Donald Voet Judith G Voet and Charlotte W Bratt
33
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 3
Paper ndash IV (Code 3T4 ) Bioresearch Techniques I (Subject centric core 1)
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Understand key principles of how flow cytometer work including data
analysis for their applications
2 Improve on skillful process of the animal cell culture techniques and
experimental demand of knowledge including an appreciation of the
need for good experimental design and scientific research practices
3 To incline intellectual curiosity in DNA and RNA techniques and
related fields that extends well beyond the course
4 To develop practical laboratory skills in the field of DNA and RNA
techniques
34
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 3
3T4 Bioresearch Techniques I (Subject centric core 1)
Unit I Flow cytometry
Principles of flow cytometry Instrument overview principle of fluorescence sample preparation
data analysis and applications of flow cytometry Overview Fludics Generation of Scatter and
fluorescence ( Optical bench optical filters signal detection Treshold) Data Analysis (Data
Collection and Display gating data analysis for subsetting applications Data analysis for ther
applications) Sorting Lasers and Alignment (Working of lasers and laser alignment)
Unit II Animal cell culture techniques
Animal cell Culture Cell culture (adherent and suspension) basic equipment cell culture media-
Components sterility buffering capacity growth requirements supplementation of serum antibiotic
and antimycotic agents preparation of medium advantages and limitations of Primary cell culture
clonal cell lines basic technique a of animal cell subcultuing disaggregation method for quantitation
of cells in culture counting chamber counters cell viability determination cytotoxicity assay and its
applications cell apoptosis assay and its applications 3 D cultures
Unit III DNA techniques
Isolation Sequencing Restriction Nucleases Gel Electrophoresis DNA probes Nucleic acid
hybridization Southern blotting DNA fingerprinting and DNA typing DNA Library
DNA sequencing Sanger and Maxam Gilbert
Restriction Mapping DNase foot printing DMS foot printing knockouts
PCR RFLP RAPD AFLP SNP
Unit IV RNA techniques
Isolation Hybridization Northern Blotting in vitro labeling with radioisotopes and chemical
markers
Mapping and quantifying transcripts S1assay primer extension run off transcription
Transcription rate measurement in vivo Nuclear run on transcription reporter gene N transcription
si RNA technology gene silencing techniques its applications microarrays ribozyme technology
Suggested References
1 Molecular Biology of The Cell Alberts 5th Edition 2007 NCBI Publication
2 Principles of Biochemistry Lehninger WH Freeman
3 Biochemistry of Signal Transduction and Regulation-shy‐ Gerhard Krauss
Wiley VCH 3rd Revised Edition
4 Molecular Cell Biology Lodish 6th Edition WH Freeman amp Company
5 The cell Cooper 2nd Edition ASM Press
6 Gene IX Benjamin Lewin
Published by Pearson Prentice Hall
7 Cell and Molecular Biology Gerald Karp
8 Molecular Biology Robert Weaver 1st Edition WCBNMcGraw-shy‐Hill
9 Molecular Biology of the Gene Watson 6th Edition Pearson Publication
10 Gene Regulation A Eukaryotic Perspective David Latchman 5 illustrated Taylor amp Francis
2005
35
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 3
3P1 Biotechnology And Molecular Biology
1) Fermentation
i) Isolation of microorganisms from soil demonstrating synthesis capability of desired product
Gram staining (Desired property to be decided by the instructor) and screening
ii) Optimization of the lab scale production of the desired product Effect of temperature pH
substrate concentration
iii) Growth curve Estimation of cell number substrate utilization andor product formation
2) Polymerase Chain Reaction
i) PCR amplification from genomic DNA
ii) Nested PCR
iii) Random Amplification of Polymorphic DNA (RAPD)
3) Restriction Fragment Length Polymorphism (RFLP)
3P2 A Biochemical And Environmental Toxicology
1 Qualitative detection of various toxicants in biological samples
Phenothiazine derivatives Organochlorine compounds (Fujiwara test) Phenol Methanol Arsenic (As)
Antimony (Sb) Selenium (Se) Mercury (Hg) Bismuth (Bi) Fluoride (F) Boron (Bo) Gutzeit test for
Antimony (Sb) and Arsenic (As) Spot test for metal toxicants
2 Quantitative determination of Salicylate Paracetamol (acetaminophen) Sulphonamide in biological
samples
3 Enzyme assay in toxic conditions
GOT (AST) GPT (ALT) Acid phosphatase Alkaline phosphatase Acetyl cholinesterase etc
4 Construction of dose-response curves
5 Determination of LD50 value of a toxicant
6 Induction of hepatotoxicity diabetes skin lesions teratogenesis
7 Assay of biomarkers of environmental pollution toxicity
OR
3P2 B) Nutritional Biochemistry
1 Determination of Calcium in food samples
2 Determination of Inorganic Phosphorous in food samples
3 Determination of Iron in food samples
4 Determination of beta carotene in carrots by column chromatography
5 Determination of Ascorbic Acid in food
6 Estimation of Amylase activity
7 Determination of Total Lipids By Sulphophospho vanillin Method
3S1 Seminar
InstitutionalEducational tour For minimum 08 days
36
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
Paper ndash I (Code 4T1) Advanced Clinical Biochemistry
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Analyse evaluate and generate information from a wide variety of sources regarding the key principles of aging and Neurological disorders
2 Analyse the effects of obesity on physiological functions including gene regulation
3 Critically interpret molecular and metabolic diseases and develop new knowledge domain about them
4 To develop effective creative and innovative solutions to current research problems in Reproductive Disease and Reproductive Biochemistry
5 To develop practical laboratory skill for Assisted Reproductive Technology program
37
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
4T1 Advanced Clinical Biochemistry
Unit I Aging and Neurological Disorders
Current view and theories of aging auto immune connection and HLA association processes of
aging and biochemical alteration DNA damage protein oxidation and axonal transport in aging
nutritional intervention as anti-aging therapy
Alzheimerrsquos disease Causes symptoms diagnosis pathogenesis genetics APP ApoE PS2 tau
protein risk factors and therapeutic approaches
Progeria Parkinsonrsquos disease Causes symptoms diagnosis pathogenesis genetics and therapeutic
approaches
Unit II Obesity
Theories lipid metabolism adipose tissue anomalies
Genetic basis of familial obesity effects of neuropeptides and leptin in nutrient partitioning
Obesity related derangements in metabolic regulation Therapeutic approaches
Unit III Molecular and Metabolic Diseases
Human gene map genetic diversity polymorphism genetic linkage chromosomal disorder
Monogenetic Disorders Autosomal dominant autosomal recessive X-linked Multifactorial
disorders Genetic heterogeneity Allelic heterogeneity Pathogenesis of genetic disease
Galactosemia Hemophilia Sickle cell anemia Muscular dystrophy Hypercholesterolemia Gout
Turnerrsquos syndrome
Unit IV Reproductive Biochemistry
Overview of reproductive system and reproduction biochemistry of reproductive disorders (male amp
female) Influence of various factors in reproduction with special reference to role of prostaglandins
and gonadotrophins Mechanism and methods of birth control and possible biochemical
consequences thereof Biochemical markerrsquos in infertility disorders Techniques involved in assisted
reproductive technology (ART) Culture media and cell culture techniques in ART programme
Suggested References
1 Clinical Biochemistry ndash Metabolic and Clinical aspects By-William J Marshall amp Stephen
K Angert
2 Harperrsquos Biochemistry - 27th Ed
3 Text book of Medical Physiology - By Guyton
4 Text book of Physiology -By Burn amp levy
5 Biochemistry ndashBy L Stryer (Freeman amp CoNY)
6 Biochemistry with clinical correlation- By Thomas Devli
7 The Metabolic Basis of Inherited Disease 5th Ed-By John Stanbury
8 Teitz Fundamentals of Clinical Chemistry ndashBy CABurtis amp Ashwood
9 Biochemistry - By Lehninger
10 Lehningerrsquos Biochemistry ndashBy Nelson amp Cox
11 Biochemistry ndashBy Stanford
12 Basic Medical Biochemistry A Clinical approach- By Smith
13 Principles of Internal Medicines- By HarrisonT R
14 Practical Biochemistry Principles amp Techniques- By Wilson amp Walker
15 Practical Biochemistry ndashBy David Plummer
38
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
Paper ndash II (Code 4T2) Advanced Immunology
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Understand details of lymph node microanatomy and learn the B and T cells encounter with antigens and study its development
2 Gain insight into antigen presentation and autophagy on a detailed molecular level
3 Understand immunology of mucosal surfaces and the interplay between commensal flora and the immune system in the gut
4 In-depth knowledge of the cellular and molecular basis for autoimmune disease and allergies
5 Basic knowledge of tumor immunology and the development of novel recombinant antibodies for treatment of cancer and autoimmune disease
39
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
4T2 Advanced Immunology
Unit I Introductory Immunobiology
Complement system Alternative and Classical pathway of complement activation
Immune networks Homeostasis in the immune system-termination of normal immune
responses network hypothesis
In vivo immunity to viruses bacteria fungi protozoa worms etc
Unit II Immunological tolerance and Autoimmunity
Immunologic tolerance T lymphocyte tolerance- central and peripheral Apoptosis in
Lymphocytes-pathways and biochemical mechanisms effector mechanisms Tolerance
induced regulatory T cells B lymphocyte tolerance- Central and Peripheral Homeostasis in
the immune pathogenesis and therapeutic approaches to autoimmunity
Unit III Tumor and Transplantation Immunology Hypersensitivity
General features of tumor immunity tumor antigens Immune response to tumor and
evasion Immunotherapy Types of hypersensitivity Effector mechanisms of immunologic
tissue injury and disease
Unit IV Immunodeficiency and Vaccinology
MHC and disease susceptibility immune deficiency disorders Active immunization
(immune prophylaxis) passive immunization adjuvants modern approaches to vaccine
development role of vaccines in the prevention of disease
Suggested References
1 Cellular and Molecular Immunology- 5th Edition Abul K Abbas Andrew Litchman
2 Immunology-5th Edition Richard A Goldsby Thomas J Kindt Barbara A Osborne
Janis Kuby
3 Immunology- 6th Edition Ivan Roitt Jonathan Brostoff David Male
40
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
Paper ndash III (Code 4T3 A) Toxicology (Clinical Research)
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Have knowledge about assessment and management of ethical clinical trial
programs
2 Demonstrate competency in biopharmaceutical clinical trial research designs and
regulatory affairs
3 Demonstrate competencies in evaluating clinical research data and
communicating results Manage innovative products through the discovery
processes and into the clinical trial phases
4 Identify and classify different types of trial designs when reading a trial report
understand the essential of GLP roles and responsibilities of stakeholders in
clinical trials
41
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
4T3 A) Toxicology (Clinical Research)
Unit I Pre-Clinical Research
Animal studies acute amp chronic toxicity of drugs regulations for number amp types of
animals protocols for animal experimentation Biochemical amp histopathological studies of
animals after drug administration Mechanism amp cause of death Routine toxicity studies amp
special toxicity studies carcinogenicity mutagenicity amp teratogenicity to be given special
emphasis
Unit II Phases of Clinical Research
Phases of clinical research number of volunteers in phase I amp types of patients in phase II to
IV Importance of these investigations Post marketing surveillance (PMS) amp
pharmacovigilence in case of clinical investigations after marketing authorization
Importance of ethical committee protocol design documentation in clinical trials Bio
Availability and Bio Equivalence studies Pharmacokinetics Pharmacodynamics Genomic
studies
Unit III Good lab practices
Good Clinical Practices Good Manufacturing Practices and Good Laboratory Practices
Principles of ICH-GCP History GCP declaration of Helsinki Belmont report Nuremberg
code Tuskgee trial Schedules Y and its amendments ICMR Guidelines Composition
functions amp operations of IRBIEC ethics of clinical trials Health Authorities- CDSCO US-
FDA EMEA and other
Unit IV Roles and Responsibilities of different stake holders in Clinical Research-
Sponsor CRO SMO Ethics Committee Investigator CRA CRC Patients and other
Departments in Clinical Research- Operations Business Development Regulatory
Pharmacovigilance Data Management Centralized Monitoring Quality Finance Important
documents in Clinical Research and importance of documentation in Clinical Research
Stages in clinical trial-Feasibilities PSSV SIV SMV and Close-out visits Audits and
Inspections
Suggested reading
1 Clinical Research Coordinator Handbook Norris Deborrah Plexus Publications
20040601
2 Clinical Research Methodology and Evidence-Based Medicine Babu Ajit N
Anshan 20080530
3 Conducting Clinical Research Judy Stone Biblio Distribution 2006
4 Essentials of clinical research Stephen P Glasser (Edt) Springer Verlag 2008
42
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
Paper ndash III (Code 4T3 B) Nutrition (Applied Nutritional Biochemistry)
Learning outcome Students will be
1 Capable of describing biochemical pathways relevant in nutrient metabolism 2 Capable of using selected biochemical techniques relevant in nutritional
biochemical research 3 Critical reading of scientific articles in nutritional biochemistry 4 Capable of discussing research questions relevant to nutritional biochemistry 5 The ability to ask critical questions and discuss nutritional biochemical research
43
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
4T3 B) Nutrition (Applied Nutritional Biochemistry)
Unit I Clinical nutrition
Role of a dietician role and responsibilities of a dietitian nutrition counseling professional
ethics and obligations
Diet therapy-Rationale for diet therapy (normal diet modifications of the diet to the light
diet soft diet full liquid diet clear liquid tube feeding) Routes for diet therapy-enteral and
parental use of biochemical parameters in the planning of diets use of computers in the
planning of diets
Unit II Nutritional Counseling and Dietetics
Nutritive value of different food groups and changes due to cooking in various food groups
Storage of foods food quality and factors affecting food quality Control of food quality Use
of additives Classification and applications
Unit III Community Nutrition
Opportunities in community Nutrition Assessing Community Resources assessing target
population program planning Assessing communityrsquos nutritional resources Food insecurity
food assistance programs world hunger and food insecurity Principles of nutrition education
and policy making national nutrition agenda
Unit IV Applied Nutrition and Public Health Concept of Health Nutrition and Public Health Nutrition Demographic trends in India and
the significance of certain indices of Health and Nutrition situation of a community IMR
MMR TFR Birth rate Death rate Life expectancy etc) Major nutritional problems in
developing countries Dietary surveys-methods ways of interpretations and analysis
recommendations based on survey findings Assessment of nutritional status biochemical
and anthropometry
Suggested Reading
Clinical nutrition
edited by- professor marinos elia (university of outhampton) professor olle ljungqvist
(karolinska institutet amp oumlrebro university hospital) dr outham outhamp (university of
outhampton professor susan lanham-new (university of surrey) - see more at
httpwwwnutritionsocietyorgpublicationstextbooksclinical-
nutritionsthashw12tfscqdpuf
Public health nutrition
edited by- professor michael gibney (ucd institute of food and health) professor barrie
margetts (university of southampton) dr john kearney (dublin institute of technology)
professor lenore arab (university of california los angeles)
httpwwwnutritionsocietyorgpublicationstextbookspublic-health-
nutritionsthash8pvhu1m0dpuf
Staying healthy with nutrition author- elson m Hass buck levin
American dietetic association complete food and nutrition guide Roberta larson duyff
44
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
MSc Biochemistry CBCS syllabus Effective from 2015-16
SEMESTER 4
Foundation 2 Basic Enzymology
Unit I
Introduction to Enzymology Nomenclature and classification of enzymes History sources of
enzymes (Animal Plant and microorganisms) Protein amp nonprotein nature of enzymes with
examples enzymes as biological catalysts and their importance principle of assay of enzymes and
measurement of activity effect of experimental conditions on measurement of activity such as time pH temp
substrate definition of enzyme unit Stability of enzymes and half life of enzymes Effect of environmental
factors on stability of enzymes Concept of Zymogens and active enzyme with examples effect of activators
and inhibitors on enzyme activity Role of coenzymes and cofactors on enzyme catalysis with examples
Unit II Production amp purification
Method os screening of sources for desired enzymes Availability of the sources for procurement
of enzymes Natural and synthetic Media for microbial enzyme production effect of inducers and
environmental factors on enzyme production by microorganisms
Methods of isolation of enzymes form the source purification of enzyme by dialysis salt and solvent
precipitation chromatography gel filtration Purification by affinity chromatography methods of
determination of purity and nature of of enzymes by simple PAGE SDSPAGE and 2 D electrophoresis
Unit III Enzyme Kinetics
Lock amp key model and Koshland model of enzyme active site Determination of active site of enzyme
Michelis Mentain equation kinetics of reversible irreversible and nonreversible enzymes Line Weaver burk
plot and Eddie Hofstie Plot Determination of kinetic constants and activation energy Effect of competitive
and non-competitive inhibitors on enzyme activity Allosteric enzyme and sigmoidal kinetics
Unit IV Applications of enzymes
Structure and function of multienzyme complex systems such as PDH KGH B oxidation spiral and glycolysis
Advantages of soluble and membrane bound enzymes Futile cycles in Biochemistry
Methods of immobilization of enzymes advantages and disadvantages of immobilization Application of
Immobilized enzymes in agriculture cosmetics detergent dairy brewing and food industries with examples
such as lactase pectinase proteinase invertaselipase etc Application of enzymes in nanotechnology
biosensors etc
Suggested references
1 Enzymology and Enzyme Technology 2014 by SM Bhatt (S Chand)
2 Enzyme Technology 2006 by Ashok Pandey (Editor) Colin Webb (Editor) MARCELO
FERNANDES (Editor) Springer
3 Biocatalysts and enzyme technology 2012 Klaus Buchholz
45
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
4T4 Bioresearch Techniques II (Subject centric core 2)
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Learn describe and build up knowledge domain regarding the latest and most advanced Bioresearch techniques available for biochemical research
2 Be aware select appropriately apply technology platforms and Perform techniques for analysis of DNA and protein expression
3 Evaluation of data and controls related to research techniques 4 Create thought-provoking questions related to the laboratory equipment
46
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
4T4 Bioresearch Techniques II (Subject centric core 2)
UNIT I
Biochemical methods I- Co-immunoprecipitation BiFC bimolecular fluorescence
complementation affinity electrophoresis Pull down assays label transfer yeast two hybrid
screens phage display
UNIT II
Biochemical methods II- In-vivo crosslinking of protein complexes using photo-reactive
amino acid analogs Tandem affinity purification (TAP) Chemical cross-linking SPINE
(Strepprotein interaction experiment) Quantitative immunoprecipitation combined with
knock-down (QUICK) Proximity ligation assay (PLA) in situ
UNIT III
Biophysical and theoretical methods I
Bio-Layer Interferometry
Dual polarisation interferometry (DPI)
Static light scattering (SLS)
Dynamic light scattering (DLS)
Surface plasmon resonance
UNIT IV
Biophysical and theoretical methods II
Fluorescence polarizationanisotropy
Fluorescence correlation spectroscopy
FRET BRET
2D-FT NMR spectroscopy
Proteinndashprotein docking
Isothermal Titration Calorimetry (ITC)
Isothermal Titration Calorimetry (ITC)
Suggested References
1 Molecular Biology of The Cell Alberts 5th Edition 2007 NCBI Publication
2 Principles of Biochemistry Lehninger WH Freeman
3 Biochemistry of Signal Transduction and Regulation-shy‐ Gerhard Krauss
Wiley VCH 3rd Revised Edition
4 Molecular Cell Biology Lodish 6th Edition WH Freeman amp Company
5 The cell Cooper 2nd Edition ASM Press
6 Gene IX Benjamin Lewin
Published by Pearson Prentice Hall
7 Cell and Molecular Biology Gerald Karp
8 Molecular Biology Robert Weaver 1st Edition WCBNMcGraw-shy‐Hill
9 Molecular Biology of the Gene Watson 6th Edition Pearson Publication
10 Gene Regulation A Eukaryotic Perspective David Latchman 5 illustrated Taylor amp
Francis 2005
47
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
4P1 Advanced Clinical Biochemistry and Immunology and Toxicology and Nutrition
1 Demonstration of dialysis using blood filtrate (Protein Separation)
2 Immunology
a Quantitative Estimation of Antibody
b Precipitation Techniques Double Immunodiffusion Single (Radial)
Immunodiffusion
3 Electrophoretic Techniques Immuno-electrophoresisRocket Immunoelectrophoresis
Immuno-diffusion
4 To assay cathepsin D ATPase (NaKCaMg) Lipid peroxidase enzymes
5 Assay of Acetylcholine esterase activity in rat brain
6 Assay of monoamine oxidase
7 Fractionation of tissues and assay of proteins
8 Assay of ornithine amino transferase
9 Glutathione Estimation
10 Organ tissue morphology histopathology
11 Assay of toxicant biotransformation enzyme-cytochrome P450
12 Test for teratogenecity carcinogenecity Ames test
13 To perform pair wise alignment of sequences using BLAST program
14 To design primers for the given gene sequences
15 To perform multiple sequence alignment and generate phylogenetic tree
16 To retrieve and visualize the three dimensional structures of proteins
17 To retrieve metagenomic sequences and primer designing to develop STS marker
OR
18 Determination of Triglycerides
19 Proximate Analysis of Food Samples
48
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4 Project
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Plan and develop experimental design projects from concept through to professional
prototype
2 Apply theoretical knowledge conceptual skills and techniques to the development of
solutions for biochemical problems
3 Apply initiative and judgment in planning problem solving and decision making in
practice or future study
4 Design a research project and submit in a form of thesis they will present their results of
the thesis to an audience of peers and faculty and be able to defend their results during
final evaluation
4PROJ PROJECT
4S1 Seminar
2
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
Scheme of teaching and examination under semester pattern Choice Based Credit System (CBCS) for MSc Program in Biochemistry
M Sc Biochemistry Semester I Code
Th
eory
P
ract
ical
Teaching scheme (Hours Week)
Cre
dit
s
Examination Scheme
Th
Pra
ct
To
tal
Du
rati
on
in h
rs
Max Marks
To
tal M
ark
s
Minimum Passing Marks
Ext
ern
al
Mar
ks
Inte
rnal
A
ss
Th
Pra
ct
1T1 Protein Biochemistry
4 - 4 4 3 80 20 100 40
1T2 Advanced Enzymology
4 - 4 4 3 80 20 100 40
1T3 Biochemical Research Techniques
4 - 4 4 3 80 20 100 40
1T4 Plant Biochemistry 4 - 4 4 3 80 20 100 40 1P1 Protein
Biochemistry and Enzymology
- 8 8 4 8 80 20 100 40
1P2 Biochemical Research Techniques and Plant Biochemistry
- 8 8 4 8 80 20 100 40
1S1 Seminar 2 - 2 1 25 25 10 TOTAL 18 16 34 25 520 105 625 170 80
3
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
M Sc Biochemistry Semester II Code
Th
eory
P
ract
ical
Teaching scheme (Hours Week)
Cre
dit
s
Examination Scheme
Th
Pra
ct
To
tal
Du
rati
on
in h
rs
Max Marks
To
tal M
ark
s
Minimum Passing Marks
Ext
ern
al
Mar
ks
Inte
rnal
A
ss
Th
Pra
ct
2T1 Immunology 4 - 4 4 3 80 20 100 40 2T2 Clinical
Biochemistry 4 - 4 4 3 80 20 100 40
2T3 Cell Biochemistry 4 - 4 4 3 80 20 100 40 2T4 Molecular Biology 4 - 4 4 3 80 20 100 40 2P1 Clinical
Biochemistry and Immunology
- 8 8 4 8 80 20 100 40
2P2 Cell and Molecular Biology
- 8 8 4 8 80 20 100 40
2S1 Seminar 2 - 2 1 25 25 10 TOTAL 18 16 34 25 520 105 625 170 80
4
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
M Sc Biochemistry Semester III Code
Th
eory
P
ract
ical
Teaching scheme (Hours Week)
Cre
dit
s
Examination Scheme
Th
Pra
ct
To
tal
Du
rati
on
in h
rs
Max Marks
To
tal M
ark
s
Minimum Passing Marks
Ext
ern
al
Mar
ks
Inte
rnal
A
ss
Th
Pra
ct
3T1 Advanced Molecular Biology
4 - 4 4 3 80 20 100 40
3T2 Biotechnology 4 - 4 4 3 80 20 100 40 3T3 A) Toxicology
(Biochemical amp
Environmental
Toxicology
OR
B) Nutrition (Nutritional Biochemistry)
4 - 4 4 3 80 20 100 40
3T4 Foundation I (Biomolecules and Basic metabolism) OR (Subject centric Core 1) Bioresearch Techniques I
4 - 4 4 3 80 20 100 40
3P1 Biotechnology and Molecular Biology
- 8 8 4 8 80 20 100 40
3P2 A) Toxicology
(Biochemical amp
Environmental
Toxicology)
OR
B) Nutrition (Nutritional Biochemistry)
- 8 8 4 8 80 20 100 40
3S1 Seminar 2 - 2 1 25 25 10 TOTAL 18 16 34 25 520 105 625 170 80
5
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
M Sc Biochemistry Semester IV
Code
Th
eory
P
ract
ical
Teaching scheme (Hours Week)
Cre
dit
s
Examination Scheme
Th
Pra
ct
To
tal
Du
rati
on
in h
rs
Max Marks
To
tal M
ark
s
Minimum Passing Marks
Ext
ern
al
Mar
ks
Inte
rnal
A
ss
Th
Pra
ct
4T1 Advanced Clinical Biochemistry
4 - 4 4 3 80 20 100 40
4T2 Advanced Immunology
4 - 4 4 3 80 20 100 40
4T3 A) Toxicology
(Clinical
Research)
OR
B) Nutrition (Applied Nutritional Biochemistry)
4 - 4 4 3 80 20 100 40
4T4 Foundation 2 (Basic Enzymology) or (Subject centric Core 2) Bioresearch Techniques II
4 - 4 4 3 80 20 100 40
4P1 Advanced
Clinical
Biochemistry amp
Immunology
And
A) Toxicology
(Clinical
Research)
OR
B) Nutrition
(Applied
Nutritional
Biochemistry)
- 8 8 4 8 80 20 100 40
4PROJ Project - 8 8 4 8 80 20 100 40 4S1 Seminar 2 - 2 1 25 25 10 TOTAL 18 16 34 25 520 105 625 170 80
6
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 1
Paper 1 (Code 1T1) Protein Biochemistry Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Basics Protein structure chemical bonding or molecular geometry based on accepted
models
2 Apply quantitative reasoning skills of protein folding and energy physical or
chemical changes that occur
3 Use accepted models to describe the interactions of amino acids and equilibrium
concepts with respect to protein conformations and interactions
4 In the major areas of Mass spectrometry students will be able to
a Describe and understand the capabilities and limitations of instrumental methods
b Explain the instrument components and principles of operation
5 Upon being introduced to the steps of the analytical process students will be able to
correctly select an analytical method and instrument meeting their use objectives
Also students would be able to demonstrate competence in data acquisition by Mass
Spectrometric analysis and interpreting laboratory data
6 With Basics of Protein synthesis machinery students will be able to conceptualize the
process of translation and its regulatory aspects so as to apply the concept for
understanding protein structural dynamics with respect to protein functions
7 Protein sorting and compartmentalization during and after translation will give
fundamental understanding about organelle specific protein functions This will
develop competence amongst the students for application of physical parameters in
protein functional dynamics depending upon organelle specific environment
8 Overall understanding of protein structure function relationship through this paper
will equip the students to propose designs of novel proteins constructed through
utilization of aspects of protein engineering Specific examples of the same would
help them understand and apply the concept of protein engineering to the fullest
7
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 1
1T1 Protein Biochemistry
Unit I Proteins and Mass Spectrometry
Overview of protein structure protein folding Ramchandran plot domains and modules
binding sites within proteins protein sequencing
Basics of Mass Spectrometry Ionization mechanisms- protonation deprotonation
cationization transfer of charged molecules to gas phase electron ejection electron capture
Mass analyzers-TOF Ion trap Quadrupole Ionization methods-Electron Impact (EI)
Chemical Ionization (CI) Fast Atom Bombardment (FAB) Field Description (FD) Electron
Spray Ionization (ESI) Matrix Assisted Laser Desorption Ionization (MALDI) Protein
Identification using MS
Unit II Protein biosynthesis
Eukaryotic translation machinery structure and assembly of the ribosome initiation
elongation and termination of translation
Unit III Protein sorting and degradation Intracellular protein sorting movement of proteins between cellular compartments gated
transmembrane and vesicular transport Protein transport and translocation to nucleus mitochondria
chloroplast peroxisomes endoplasmic reticular system Protein degradation
Unit IV Protein Engineering
Design and construction of novel proteins and enzymes Conformation of proteins in general and
enzymes in particular Effect of amino acids on structure of proteins Energy status of a protein
molecule Structure function relations of enzymes Physical methods such as x-ray crystallography
for determination of protein structure Site directed mutagenesis for specific protein function Basic
concepts for design of a new proteinenzyme molecule Specific examples of enzyme engineering -
Dihydrofolate reductase and Subtilisin
Suggested References
1 Modern Protein Chemistry Practical Aspects Published September 12 2001 by CRC Press -
272 Pages Edited By Gary C Howard
2 Biochemistry 5th edition Berg JM Tymoczko JL Stryer L New York W H Freeman 2002
3 Proteins Structures and Molecular Properties Thomas E Creighton Publisher W H Freeman
1992 Edition Second Edition
4 Protein Engineering Protocols (Methods in Molecular Biology) Kristian Muumlller (Editor)
Publisher Humana Press Softcover reprint of hardcover 1st ed 2007 edition (November 10
2010)
5 Protein Degradation Series 4 Volume Set (v 1) R John Mayer (Editor) Publisher Wiley-
VCH 1 edition (March 4 2008)
6 Structural Aspects of Protein Synthesis Anders LiljashttpwwwamazoncomStructural-
Aspects-Protein-Synthesis-
Andersdp981238863Xref=sr_1_1s=booksampie=UTF8ampqid=1323503546ampsr=1-1 -
(Author) Publisher World Scientific Pub Co Inc 1 edition (November 2004)
7 Protein Targeting Transport and Translocation Ross Dalbey (Editor) Publisher Academic
Press 1 edition (May 13 2002)
8 Principles of Physical Biochemistry- KenslE van Holde W Curtis Johnson P Shing Ho
Pearson Prentice Hall 2nd Edition
9 Crystallography made crystal clear 1993 G Rhodes Academic Press
10 Principles and Techniques of Biochemistry and Molecular Biology 6th Edition Wilson Keith
and Walker John (2005) Cambridge University Press New York
11 A textbook of biophysics R N Roy New Central Publication 1st edition
8
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 1
Paper 2 (Code 1T2) Advanced Enzymology Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Describe structure capacities and the component of activity of
chemicals and interaction with enzymes Learning energy of protein
catalyzed responses and compound restraints and administrative
procedure Enzyme action Enzyme Units Specific action
2 Have a detail and more intricate knowledge of allosteric and other
aspects of enzyme catalysis regulation
3 Have a total comprehension of rate of responses and request of
responses and restraints and their kinetics To gain information on
protein catalysis and isoenzymes and on multienzyme and multienzyme
complexes with specific examples
4 Develop intellectual capacity to relate bioenergetics principles and the
entropy to the law of thermodynamics and Free energy and its
connection to chemical equilibria in consolation to enzyme catalysis
5 Theory related to respiratory mechanisms catalysed by enzymatic
principles of redox biochemistry will help the students to gauge wide
applicability of enzymatic reactions in biological systems Detail
description of Coupled reactions and their role in metabolism and
Chemiosmotic hypothesis of ATP synthesis to understand the
mechanism of energy harnessing mechanism operating in biological
system
9
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 1
1T 2 Advanced Enzymology
Unit I Kinetics and Regulation of enzyme activity
Review of unisubstrate enzyme kinetics multisubstrate enzyme kinetics Co-operativity
phenomenon Hill and Scatchard plots protein-ligand binding and its measurement detailed
mechanism of catalysis of serine protease carbonic anhydrase and PEP kinase
Metalloenzymes
Unit II Allosteric enzymes and multienzyme systems
Allosteric enzymes sigmoidal kinetics and its physiological significance symmetric and
sequential modes of action and their significance immobilized enzymes and their industrial
applications study of multienzyme complexes with respect to occurrence isolation and their
properties and polygenic nature eg pyruvate dehydrogenase and fatty acid synthase
Unit III Enzyme regulation
General mechanisms of enzyme regulation Feed back inhibition and feed forward
stimulation repression and induction of enzymes reversible and irreversible covalent
modifications of enzymes flexibility and conformational mobility of enzymes convergent
and divergent evolution of enzymes
Unit IV Bioenergetics and oxidative phosphorylation
Energy transformation laws of thermodynamics Gibbs energy free energy change redox
potentials phosphate potential ion electrochemical potential proton electrochemical
potential membrane potential Chemi-osmotic theory mitochondrial respiratory chain order
and organization of carrier proton gradients Characterization of Iron- Sulphur proteins and
Cytochromes Q cycle Respiratory controls and oxidative phosphorylation ATP synthase
complex
Suggested References
1 Enzymes Biochemistry Biotechnology and Clinical Chemistry-Trevor Palmer
2 Principles of Biochemistry- Lehninger David L Nelson and Michael M Cox
3 Enzymes- Malcolm Dixon and Edwin Webb
4 Harperrsquos Biochemistry- Harper
5 Biochemistry- Western and Todd
6 Cell and Molecular Biology-Gerald Karp
7 Fundamentals of Biochemistry-Donald Voet Judith G Voet and Charlotte W Bratt
10
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 1
Paper 3 (Code 1T3) Biochemical Research Techniques Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 The theoretical aspects of designing the Experiments and also study the Quality
control mechanism in Biochemistry
2 Understand the Sampling techniques and interpret the data based on the measures
of the central tendency
3 Learn the discrepancies and deviations of the variable based of measures of
dispersion
4 Study the relationship between variables based on correlation and regression
analysis
5 Deduce the probable outcomes of an experiment based on observations
following laws of probability and also assess the significance of the
interpretation through tests of significance such as t-test
6 To understand the importance and applications of computational methods and
statistical softwares in Biology
11
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 1
1T 3 Biochemical Research Techniques
Unit I Research Methodology
1 Introduction to research methodology History and definition of research role of
theory hypothesis sampling variables randomness selection of problem purpose of
research and research reporting
2 Experimental research Early experimentation experimental groups control groups
variables method of controlling variables designing and validation of experiments
3 Methods and tools in research Research tools and its reliability and validity
quantitative and qualitative studies observation inquiry forms Q methodology data
collection limitations and sources of error
4 Types of data Analysis Descriptive data analysis Inferential data analysis Computer
data analysis
Unit II Biostatistics
Principles and practice of statistical methods in biological research samples and populations Basic
statistics-average statistics of dispersion coefficient of variation confidence limits Probability
distribution normal binomial and Poisson distribution Mean variants standard deviations and
standard error correlation and regression test of statistical significance and analysis of variance and
covariance
Unit III Data Retrieval Scientific Writing and Presentation
1 Information Search amp Data Retrieval Tools for Web Search Data Retrieval Tools
Data Mining of Biological Databases
2 Report Writing Significance of report writing different steps in report writing types
of report layout of research paper
3 Mechanics and precautions of writing research reports for scientific journals popular
magazines seminarssymposia conferencesworkshops poster session
4 Presentationndash Oral amp Written Presentations in classrooms scientific meets amp public
audience Defence of research thesis
Unit IV Computers
Introduction of computer networks- Topologies and designs Basics of computer operating systems-
windows and Linux Introduction to Markup language-Hyper Text Markup Language (HTML) and
Extensive Markup Language (XML) Spreadsheets and Presentation software
Systems Biology-An introduction
Introduction to Metagenomics
Suggested References
1 Fundamentals of Biostatistics Bernard A Rosner Thomson-BrooksCole 2006
2 Research methodology in social behavioural and life sciences Designs models and
methods Herman J Ader and Gideon Mellenbergh (Ed) SAGE Publications
6 Principles of Genome analysis and genomics Primrose SB Twyman RM Blackwell
Science (2002)
7 Biostatistics-A foundation for Health Science Daniel WW John Wiley (1983)
8 Statistical Methods Medhi J Willey Eastern Limited (1992)
12
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 1
Paper 4 (Code 1T4) Plant Biochemistry Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Detailed knowledge of plant cellular architecture and the mechanism
of photosynthetic systems for photophosphorylation will enable the
students to get a dissected approach for understanding autotrophic food
synthesis mechanism driven by photon energy operative in plants
2 Hormonal pathways driving plant growth mechanisms form the
foundation for in vitro plant propagation setup and understanding of
Plant tissue culture aspects Students would gain an thorough insight of
growth regulatory mechanism of plants through which they will be able
to devise the hormonal concoction required for organogenesis and related
plant tissue culture applications
3 Students will be able to learn metabolic attributes and driving
principles of plant growth through basic carbohydrate lipid and protein
metabolism Also the students will be developing a comprehension of
importance of nitrogen and sulphur metabolism in plants and associated
plant physiological alterations
4 With in depth knowledge about plant physiochemical aspects the
students will get equipped to develop an understanding about effects
caused by biotic and abiotic stress factors on plant metabolism and
growth They can thus impinge upon the ways to tackle such stress
physiological aspects to promote and resolve plant stresses
5 Practical exposure to biochemical analysis of plant physiological
aspects would improve the students application approach towards plant
biochemistry as tool to protect plant diversity
13
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 1
1T4 Plant Biochemistry
Unit I Plant Cell and Photosynthesis
Structure of plant cell Structure of plant cell membrane and cell wall
Structure of chloroplast system Photosynthetic pigments and their functions Photo system
I amp II Photosynthetic electron transport and photophosphorylation
Calvin cycle(C3 plants) Hatch slack pathway (C4 plants) Crassulacean acid metabolism
Unit II Plant hormones and Tissue culture
Plant hormones Biosynthesis structure and biochemical mode of action of auxins
gibberellins cytokinins abscisic acid and ethylene Other plant growth regulators
Plant tissue culture Plant cell organs and culture Somaclonal variation protoplast isolation
fusion and culture of protoplasts Application of plant tissue culture
Unit III Plant respiration and Metabolism
Plant respiration Carbohydrate lipid and Protein metabolism Cyanide sensitive and
insensitive respiration
Nitrogen metabolism Development and structure of root nodules Role of nod factors in
nodule development Structure of plant nitrogenase system Symbiotic nitrogen fixation and
and its regulation Formation and assimilation of ammonia
Sulphur metabolism Sulphate activation Reduction of active sulphate Oxidation of
inorganic sulphur incorporation of sulphur into amino acids
Unit IV Biochemistry of plant growth amp stress physiology
Biochemistry of seed and bud dormancy Biochemistry of seed germination factors affecting seed germination Structure and function of Phytochrome and Cryptochrome Photoperiodism and Vernalization Hormonal regulation of flowering Responses of plant to biotic (pathogens and insects) and abiotic (water temperature and salt) stresses Mechanism of resistance to biotic stress and tolerance to abiotic stress
Suggested References
1 Plant physiology -Taiz amp Ziger
2 Biochemistry and molecular Biology of plant-Buchanan
3 Plant physiology -M Devlin
4 Plant pathology- George N Agriose
5 Plant breeding- BD Singh
6 Germination of seed- AM Mayer amp A Mayber
7 Introduction of Plant Physiology -William Hopkins
8 Introduction to plant - Godwin amp merser
9 Plant physiology - Mohit Warma
14
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 1
1P 1 Protein Biochemistry and Enzymology
1 Estimation of protein by UV Spectrophotometer by E280E260 method
2 Estimation of Riboflavin by Arnoldrsquos fluorimetric method
3 Estimation of Thiamine by thiochrome method
4 Separation of proteins by PAGE
5 Seperation of proteins by SDS gel electrophoresis
6 Western Blotting
7 Purification of proteins by isoelectric precipitation
8 Molecular weight determination
9 Fractionation of cells by differential centrifugation
10 Assay of marker enzymes
11 To study the essentiality of co-enzymes in enzyme catalyzed reaction
12 Fractionation of human plasma proteins by precipitation
13 Assay of acid and alkaline phosphatase
14 Effect of environmental factors such as pH temperature and inhibitors on alkaline
phosphatase
15 Measurement of initial velocity
16 To study kinetics of enzyme using Lineweaver-Burk Eadie-Hofstee and Hanes Plots
1P 2 Biochemical Research Techniques and Plant Biochemistry
1 Absorption of water by live amp dead seeds
2 Changes in carbohydrate protein content during germination
3 Induction of proteinases amylases and lipase during germination
4 Induction of vitamin C synthesis during germination
5 Isolation and characterization of trypsin inhibitor
6 Assay of peroxidase catalase phenol oxidase ascorbic acid oxidase
7 Isolation of plant DNA amp RNA
8 Estimation of carotene ascorbic acid phenols and tannins in fruits and vegetables
9 Development of callus culture from meristems and leaves
1S1 Seminar
InstitutionalEducational tour For minimum 08 days
15
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 2
Paper ndash I (Code 2T1) Immunology
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Remember and Understand basic concepts of Immunology Molecular details of
various receptors and effectors involved in evoking Immune responses
2 Mechanism and pathways of immunity with essential details about immunoglobulin
structures and mechanism of action
3 Appreciate and assess the various immunological techniques used for public health
Applications of immunology based techniques in public health and immunization
16
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 2
2T1 Immunology
Unit I The Immune system Immunoglobulins and TCR
History of Immunology Innate Immunity effector mechanisms involved PAMPs PRRs
Phagocytosis Lysis blocking extra cellular killing etc Biochemistry and biology of TLRs
Inflamatory processes inflamamasomes interrelationship between innate and adaptive
immunity
Immunoglobulins and TCR
Immunochemistry Antigen antibody reaction its kinetics and thermodynamics Structure
functions of immunoglobulins Ig genes and their expression Generation of Ab diversity
BCR TCR Organization and re-arrangement of TCR genes TCR diversity
Unit II
Anatomy of Immune system
Immunological cells tissues and organs Maturation activation and differentiation of B and
T cells MHC genes and their polymorphism Structure and function of MHC molecules
Clonal selection theory Cell surface molecules Ig super family integrins selectins
chemokine receptors and other accessory molecules Cytokines and chemokines
Unit III
Immune response by T and B lymphocytes
Cellular and molecular mechanisms of Ab production humoral and cell mediated immunity
Antigen processing and presentation T and B cell interaction Super antigens
Unit IV
Immunological Techniques
Immunochemical techniques including immunodiffusion RIA EIA agglutination
immunoflorescence immunoelectron microscopy immunoelectrophoresis HLA typing
leukocyte migration inhibition technique delayed hypersensitivity technique cytotoxicity
assay Monoclonal Abrsquos hybridoma and other technologies Abzymes
Suggested References
1 Cellular and Molecular Immunology- 5th Edition Abul K Abbas Andrew Litchman
2 Immunology-5th Edition Richard A Goldsby Thomas J Kindt Barbara A Osborne
Janis Kuby
3 Immunology- 6th Edition Ivan Roitt Jonathan Brostoff David Male
17
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 2
Paper ndash II (Code 2T2) Clinical Biochemistry
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Remember and Understand fundamental concepts in Clinical Biochemistry and
recent automations introduced in it
2 Comprehend basics of Endocrine system and hormones involved for regulation of
various biochemical functions of target organs
3 Illustrate compare and appreciate functions and biochemical attributes of Liver and
implications in Clinical Biochemistry
18
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 2
2T2 Clinical Biochemistry
Unit I Automation in clinical biochemistry gastric and blood disorders
Automation in Clinical Biochemistry- Instrumental concept Selection of Instrument Quality
assurance Control of pre-analytical and analytical variables External and internal quality
control measurements
Gastric disorders Disorders of gastric function method of evaluation pancreatic diseases
Steatorrhoea Malabsorption syndrome test for their evaluation
Blood Disorder Review of mechanism of coagulation and fibrinolysis abnormalities in
blood coagulation variation of plasma proteins abnormalities of blood formation anemia
haemoglobinopathies clinical significance of fecal and urine analysis
Unit II Endocrinology I Insulin and glucagon Various types of hyperglycemia Diabetes mellitus Ketonemia
ketonuria Experimental diabetes Hypoglycemia Polyurea Glucose tolerance test
Thyroid Iodine metabolism Hypo and Hyper thyroidism BMRand other test for
evaluation of thyroid function
Parathyroid Calcium and phosphorus metabolism Abnormalities of Parathyroid function
and methods of evaluation
Unit III Endocrinology II
Adrenal Addisonrsquos disease and pheochromocytoma Disorders of steroid metabolism Test
for evaluation of adrenal functions
Pituitary Pituitary hormones Clinical syndromes and their evaluation
Unit IV Liver disorders
Liver disorders Jaundice fatty liver and liver function tests Renal function test
Cerebrospinal fluid Composition in health and disease Lipid profile in health and disease
Elements of Clinical Enzymology Isoenzymes in health and disease
Clinical significance of GOT GPT Creatine kinase LDH etc
Biochemical diagnosis of disease by enzymatic evaluation
Suggested References 1 Clinical Biochemistry ndash Metabolic and Clinical aspects By-William J Marshall amp Stephen
K Angert
2 Harperrsquos Biochemistry - 27th EdText book of Medical Physiology - By Guyton
3 Text book of Physiology -By Burn amp levy
4 Biochemistry ndashBy L Stryer (Freeman amp CoNY)
5 Biochemistry with clinical correlation- By Thomas Devli
6 The Metabolic Basis of Inherited Disease 5th Ed-By John Stanbury
7 Teitz Fundamentals of Clinical Chemistry ndashBy CABurtis amp Ashwood
8 Biochemistry - By Lehninger
9 Lehningerrsquos Biochemistry ndashBy Nelson amp Cox
10 Biochemistry ndashBy Stanford
11 Basic Medical Biochemistry A Clinical approach- By Smith
12 Principles of Internal Medicines- By HarrisonT R
13 Practical Biochemistry Principles amp Techniques- By Wilson amp Walker
14 Practical Biochemistry ndashBy David Plummer
19
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 2
Paper ndash III (Code 2T3) Cell Biochemistry
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Gain knowledge about fundamentals of cell division cycle and decision making
ability of the cells to proceed for duplication with regulatory aspects
2 Cell communication ability and control of cell cycle brough about by internal and
external molecular effectors
3 Understand basic concept of Cancer Biology and stem cells
20
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 2
2T3 Cell Biochemistry
Unit I Cell cycle and regulation
Review of cell cycle divisional control regulatory proteins cyclincdk complexes positive
and negative regulation inhibitory molecules restriction points regulation of DNA
synthesis regulation of degradation check points cell cycle arrest role of cyclically
activated protein kinases transcriptional regulation
Unit II Cell communication I
General principles of cell communication extra cellular signals and their receptors autocrine
signaling and role of gap junctions types of cell receptors relay of signal and intracellular
signal proteins regulated proteolysis dependent signaling pathways (Notch Wnt hedgehog
NFKB)
Unit III Cell communication II
Informational transactions in eukaryotic cells- cyclic AMP facet Study of G-proteins
signaling through G-protein linked cell surface receptors signaling through enzyme linked
cell surface receptors Calcium messenger system signaling via GMP
Unit IV Cancer
Causes and types of cancer viral carcinogenesis tumor suppressors oncogenes and signal
transduction growth and spread of cancer molecular basis of cancer therapy molecular
markers
Programmed cell death and its regulation in normal physiology regulation and execution of
mammalian apoptosis cytokine signaling and role of apoptosis in tumor genesis
Suggested References
1 Molecular Biology of the Cell Alberts 5th Edition 2007 NCBI Publication
2 Principles of Biochemistry Lehninger WH Freeman
3 Biochemistry of Signal Transduction and Regulation - Gerhard Krauss Wiley VCH 3rd
Revised Edition
4 Molecular Cell Biology Lodish 6th Edition WH Freeman amp Company
5 The Cell Cooper 2nd Edition ASM Press
6 Gene IX Benjamin Lewin Published by Pearson Prentice Hall
7 Cell and Molecular Biology Gerald Karp
8 Molecular Biology Robert Weaver 1st Edition WCB McGraw-Hill
9 Molecular Biology of the Gene Watson 6th Edition Pearson Publication
10 Gene Regulation A Eukaryotic Perspective David Latchman 5 illustrated Taylor amp
Francis 2005
11 The Cell- G M Cooper
21
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 2
Paper ndash IV (Code 2T4) Molecular Biology
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Remember and understand the fundamental concepts of Molecular Biology and the
experiments involved in it
2 Relate the concepts of Molecular Biology in the development of Biochemical
research techniques
22
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 2
2T4 Molecular Biology
Unit I Eukaryotic and Prokaryotic chromosomes
Chromatin structure Histones DNA nucleosome morphology and higher level organization Functional
states of chromatin and alterations in chromatin organization Chromosome organization Metaphase
chromosomes centromere and kinetochore telomere and its maintenance Holocentric chromosomes
Heterochromatin and euchromatin position effect variegation Chromosomal domains (matrix loop domains)
and their functional significance
Organization of nuclear and organellar genomes C-value paradox Repetitive DNA-satellite DNAs and
interspersed repeated DNAs Transposable elements LINES SINES Alu family and their application in
genome mapping
Concept of a gene Conventional and modern views Fine structure of gene split genes pseudogenes non-
coding genes overlapping genes and multi-gene families
Unit II Replication and Recombination
Replication Review of replication in bacteria plasmid and viruses Models of DNA replication DNA
replication in eukaryotes Eukaryotic DNA polymerases and their roles origin of replication Autonomously
Replicating Segments (ARS) in yeast elongation lagging strand synthesis and termination
Recombination DNA recombination Homologous site specific and transposition
Homologous recombination Holliday Model Messelsson -Radding Model Rec BCD pathway
Site specific recombination Lambda phage ingration and excision rearrengementof immunoglobulin genes
Transposition Prokaryotic transposition Insertion sequences and mere complex transposons (eg Tn3)
conservative and replicative transposition Eukaryotic transposable elements yeast and Drosophila transposons
retroviruses and retrovirus like elements
Unit III Transcription
Review of prokaryotic transcription transcription in eukaryotes Eukaryotic RNA polymerases and their
subunit structure Class I II and III promoters Upstream elements enhancers and silencers General
transcription factors Class I II III genes and their functions elongation factors TBP structure and its role in
transcription mediators Structure of transcription activators zinc fingers homeodomains helix loop helix
bZIP beta barrels
Unit IV Viruses
General properties of viruses (size shape composition of viral capsid spikes envelope and nucleic acids)
Viral classification in brief Baltimore classification Structure and composition of DNA viruses (Herpes virus
amp Adenovirus) and RNA viruses (HIV)
Tumor viruses (HBV HTLV HPV) structure and mechanism of oncogenesis
Structure and life cycle of Lambda and M13 bacteriophages
Laboratory diagnosis of viral diseases
Mechanism of action of Antiviral drugs (Acyclovir Foscarnet Nevirapine Saquinavir Oseltamivir)
Suggested References
1 Molecular Biology of Gene Watson
2 Gene 7 Benjamin Lewin
3 Cell amp Molecular Biology Devlin
4 Biochemistry Lehninger Nelson amp Cox
5 Biochemistry Voet amp Voet
6 Molecular Biology David Frifelder
7 Molecular biology-Lodish Baltimore
8 Genetics-Russell
9 Genetics 1and 2-CBPower
10 Molecular biology-Watson
11 Molecular biochemistry ndashRobert Weaver
12 Microbiology by Davis
13 Virology by Luria
14 Understanding Viruses-Teri Shors Jones and Bartlett Publishers Massachusetts edition 2009
23
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 2
2P1 Clinical Biochemistry And Immunology
1 Determination of serum and urine Creatinine by Jaffrsquos method
2 Determination of serum Bilirubin by Malloy amp Evllyn method
3 Determination of serum Chloride by Schales amp Schales method
4 Estimation of blood urea by Nesslerisation method
5 Estimation of Serum amylase (EC3211)
6 Estimation of Serum Cholesterol by Single Step Method (Libermann amp Burchard)
7 Determination of Serum Uric Acid by Henry Carawayrsquos method
8 Determination of Icteric Index SGOT SGPT and alkaline phosphatase activity
9 Routine Urine Analysis
10 Quantitative Estimation of T3 T4 and TSH
11 To determine Urinary VMA (3-methoxy 4 ndashHydroxyl Vanillin Mandellic Acid)
12 Glucose Tolerance Test
2P2 Cell And Molecular Biology
1 Use of Simple Compound and Phase Contrast Microscopes
2 Isolation culture and cell counting of lymphocytes
3 Adherent cell line Trypsinization cell count subculturing
4 MTT assay
5 Isolation of DNA from Bacteria and Blood
6 Assessment of purity of DNA by 260280 ratio
7 Isolation of plasmid DNA Mini Prep Midi Prep and Maxi Prep
8 Restriction digestion of DNA
9 Ligation of DNA
10 Separation of DNA fragments by Electrophoresis
11 Southern Blotting amp Northern Blotting
2S1 Seminar
24
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 3
Paper ndash I (Code 3T1) Advanced Molecular Biology
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Understand the concepts of Eukaryotic Transcription regulation mechanisms with details
of enzymes involved eukaryotic transcription process
2 Post transcriptional and translational modifications and regulatory aspects of it
3 Describe the expression of genes and the regulatory RNAs involved in it
4 Appreciate epigenetic ways of gene expression regulation
25
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 3
3T1 Advanced Molecular Biology
Unit I Regulation of eukaryotic gene expression at transcriptional level
Overview of transcription by RNA Polymerases I II and III
Anatomy of a protein-coding gene
Basal transcription by RNA polymerase II Subunits of Pol II general transcription factors
Activators How the initiation complex is assembled How initiation occurs
Speeding up the process Enhancers TAFs and how they work
Regulated transcription transcription factors Zinc-fingers (Sp1 the first such factor identified)
Leucine zippers Basic helix loop helix Homeodomains DNA binding domains Activating domains
RNA Elongation HIV TATTAR
RNA polymerase III and regulation of 5S rRNA
Unit II Regulation of eukaryotic gene expression at post translational translational and post-
translational levels
Regulation at tpst-transcriptional level Effect of cap and polyadenylation on splicing trans and
alternative splicing RNA editing mRNA stability and transport
Regulation at Translational level Global regulation through eIF2 and eIF4EeIF4E-BP Specific
regulation through 5 UTRs using RNA structure eg ODC Specific regulation through 5
UTRprotein interactions eg ferritin in eukaryotes and ribosomal proteins in prokaryotes Specific
regulation through 3 UTRs eg 15-LOX
Regulation at post-translational level Control of the level of active proteins regulation of proteolysis
Unit III Regulatory RNAs
Historical background RNA interference as regulatory mechanism in eukaryotes Slicer and dicer
synthesis and function of RNAi molecules in plants chromatin remodeling in human disease and
diagnosis
Unit IV Epigenetics
Background chromosomal inheritance taking fission yeast as an example DNA methyltransferases
DNA methylation maintenance histone modification and regulation of chromatin structure bivalent
histones DNA demethylation histone demethylation
Suggested References
1 Molecular Biology of the Cell Alberts 5th Edition 2007 NCBI Publication
2 Principles of Biochemistry Lehninger WH Freeman
3 Biochemistry of Signal Transduction and Regulation - Gerhard Krauss Wiley VCH 3rd
Revised Edition
4 Molecular Cell Biology Lodish 6th Edition WH Freeman amp Company
5 The cell Cooper 2nd Edition ASM Press
6 Genes IX Benjamin Lewin Published by Pearson Prentice Hall
7 Cell and Molecular Biology Gerald Karp
8 Molecular Biology Robert Weaver 1st Edition WCB McGraw-Hill
9 Molecular Biology of the Gene Watson 6th Edition Pearson Publication
10 Gene Regulation A Eukaryotic Perspective David Latchman 5 illustrated Taylor amp
Francis 2005
26
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 3
Paper ndash II (Code 3T2) Biotechnology
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Remember and Understand fundamental concepts of Genetic Engineering
2 Illustrate and compare different techniques involved in Genetic Engineering
3 Understand the concepts of Prokaryotic and Eukaryotic Transformation and PCR
4 Describe the expression of heterologous genes and the vectors involved in it
5 Appreciate technology involved in industrial products of Protein engineering and
fermentation technology Remember and Understand the design and functioning of
different types of Bioreactors and Downstream processing Evaluate the application of
different types of Bioreactors including immobilization reactor system and its kinetics
6 Comprehend tools important in Bioinformatics analysis for simplified application of
nucleic acid and protein sequence data
27
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 3
3T2 Biotechnology
Unit I rDNA technology Genomic and cDNA libraries DNA manipulation enzymes isolation of specific genes
Gene cloning REs vectors-plasmids cosmids phage vectors M13 phage vectors phagemids expression
vectors with strong promoters inducible vectors produce fusion proteins and their isolation Eucaryotic
expression system shuttle vectors YAC BAC insertion of DNA and its ligation to carrier DNA introduction
of DNA in cells gene synthesis gene libraries
Application of recombinant DNA technology in medicine agriculture industry and environmental sciences
Unit II Gene control systems in bacteria and bacteriophage lambda
Mechanism of induction and repression constitutive expression various control mechanisms positive
regulation negative regulation attenuation operon hypothesis with special reference to malgal ara and
histidine operons Regulatory mechanisms in bacteriophage lambda
Regulation of gene expression at various levels (transcription post transcriptional and translational)
DNA-protein interactions Lambda family of repressor trp repressor
Unit III Biochemical engineering Biochemical Engineering Bioreactors and related equipment and
instrumentation types of bioreactor (Batch semi batch CSTF recycle etc) reactor analysis reactor design
reactor for recombination proteins
Fermentation technology Fermentation technology microbial culture reaction genetic modification use of
mutants recombinant DNA technology and application in fermentation technology microbial growth kinetics
sterilization fermentation process kinetics analysis of rate pattern and kinetic groups fermentation process
types control of environmental variables recovery of fermentation products isolation and purification and use
of immobilization techniques
Unit IV Bioinformatics and Drug Designing Introduction to Bioinformatics Applications of Bioinformatics Bioinformatics resources
Biological Databases Overview to Biological Databases Nucleotide Databases (GenBank DDBJ ENA) Protein sequence
databases (Uniprot Swiss prot Prosite Pfam Prodom) Protein structure databases (PDB SCOP CATH)
Sequence analysis Sequence similarity search BLAST FASTA CLUSTAL
Genomics Introduction to Genomics Comparative Genomic Databases Objective of Genome Comparisons Genome
Alignments
Proteomics Overview of Proteomics Experimental Techniques Bioinformatics Approaches Protein-Protein Interaction
Databases and software
Softwaresrsquo for Drug Designing Structure Based Drug Designing Ligand Based Drug Designing
Virtual Screening Homology Modeling and Chimera Generation
Suggested References 1 Molecular Biology of the Cell Alberts 5th Edition 2007 NCBI Publication
2 Principles of Biochemistry Lehninger WH Freeman
3 Biochemistry of Signal Transduction and Regulation - Gerhard Krauss Wiley VCH 3rd Revised Edition
4 Molecular Cell Biology Lodish 6th Edition WH Freeman amp Company
5 The cell Cooper 2nd Edition ASM Press
6 Genes IX Benjamin Lewin Published by Pearson Prentice Hall
7 Cell and Molecular Biology Gerald Karp
8 Molecular Biology Robert Weaver 1st Edition WCB McGraw-Hill
9 Molecular Biology of the Gene Watson 6th Edition Pearson Publication
10 Gene Regulation A Eukaryotic Perspective David Latchman 5 illustrated Taylor amp Francis 2005
Molecular Biotechnology Principles and Applications of Recombinant DNA Bernard R
GlickhttpwwwamazoncomMolecular-Biotechnology-Principles-Applications-
Recombinantdp1555814980ref=sr_1_6s=booksampie=UTF8ampqid=1323503937ampsr=1-6 - (Author)Publisher
Amer Society for Microbiology 4 edition (December 31 2009)
11 Principles of gene manipulation and genomics S B Primrose Richard M Twyman Publisher Wiley-Blackwell 7
edition (February 17 2006)
12 Principles of Fermentation Technology P F Stanbury (Author) S Hall (Author) A Whitaker (Author) Publisher
Butterworth-Heinemann 2 edition (February 19 1999)
13 1 Bioinformatics A practical guide to the analysis of genes and proteins Baxevanis AD and Ovellette BFF
Wiley-Interscience (2002)
14 2 Molecular and Biotechnology A comprehensive desk reference RA Meyes (Ed) VCH Publishers Inc (1995)
15 3 Textbook of Biotechnology Das HK Wiley Dreamtech India Pvt Ltd (2004)
28
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
Semester 3
Paper ndash III (Code 3T3 A) Toxicology (Biochemical And Environmental Toxicology)
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 To understand key principles of toxicology including various factors affecting toxicity and toxicity assessment
2 To evaluate analyse disposition of toxicants and factor affecting to disposition of toxicants
3 The know how of toxicokinetics and biotransformation 4 To critically analyse and interpret non-organ directed toxicity To
study effect of environmental toxicity on human beings
5 To develop an understanding of the genetic toxicology and
Developmental Toxicology for scientific research practices
6 Critical evaluation of relationship between target organ toxicity for
experimental designs
29
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 3
Core Elective 1
3T3 A) Toxicology (Biochemical And Environmental Toxicology)
Unit I General principles of Toxicology
Definition Different facets of toxicology and their interrelationships Classification of toxic
agents Desired and undesired effects
Various factors affecting toxicity vehicles formulation factors biological half life volume
and concentration dose dosage forms routes of administration entry genetic status etc
Principles of selective toxicity comparative morphology comparative biochemistry
comparative cytology
Toxicity assessment acute subchronic chronic exposure determination of ED50 and LD50
values tests for mutagenecity carcinogenicity genotoxicity Ames test
Unit II Disposition of Toxicants
Factors affecting disposition of toxicants absorption distribution biotransformation
elimination
Absorption through gastro-intestinal tract lungs skin
Distribution storage in tissues blood-brain barrier passage across placenta redistribution
Biotransformation Phase I and II reactions metabolic interrelationship antidotal therapy
Excretion urinary fecal exhalation other routes
Toxicokinetics classic and physiologic
Unit III A) Non ndashorgan directed toxicity
Chemical carcinogenesis definition mechanism
Genetic toxicology definition health impacts and mechanism of induction of genetic
alterations
Developmental toxicology definition principles mechanism and pathogenesis of
developmental toxicity
B) Environmental Toxicology
Air pollution definition air pollutants health effects and risk assessment of air pollution
Introduction to Ecotoxicology
Unit IV Target organ toxicity
Skin skin as a barrier dermatitis acne urticaria
Toxic responses of the blood blood as a target organ toxicology of erythron leukon and
platelets
Toxic responses of the liver physiology and pathophysiology factors in liver injury
mechanism of liver injury
Toxic responses of the respiratory system lungs structure and functions pulmonotoxic
agents pathogenesis of chemical induced damage acute and chronic responses of lungs to
injury
Suggested References
1 Casarette and Doullrsquos Toxicology by Klaassen CD
2 Biochemical Toxicology of Environmental Agents by Bruine D
3 Detoxification mechanisms by Williams RT
4 Selective Toxicity by Albert A
5 Developmental Toxicology by Hood RD
30
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 3
Paper ndash III (Code 3T3 B) Nutrition (Nutritional Biochemistry) (Core Elective 1)
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Capably describe the biochemical techniques that are relevant for the investigation of nutrient metabolism
2 Understand key principles of energy expenditure thermogenic effects Energy requirements and role of dietary fibers in nutrition
3 To read interpret and discuss protein energy malnutrition disorders of mineral metabolism for scientific research
4 To develop an understanding of the observational and experimental character of science in nutritional biochemistry
5 To communicate role of clinical nutrition and food allergies in scientific communication frameworks such as written reports and open discussion
31
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 3
3T3 B Nutrition (Nutritional Biochemistry) (Core Elective 1)
Unit I Basic Concepts
Basic Concept Energy content of foods Measurements of energy expenditure Direct amp
Indirect calorimetry Definition of BMR and SDA and factors affecting these Thermogenic
effects of foods Energy requirements of man and woman and factors affecting energy
requirements
Role of dietary fibers in nutrition
Unit II Nutritional Disorders
Protein Energy Malnutrition (PEM) Aetiology Clinical features Metabolic disorders
and Management of Marasmus and Kwashiorkor diseases
Disorders of Mineral Metabolism Hypercalecemia Hypocalcaemia Normocalcemia
Hyperphosphatemia
Unit III Starvation and Antinutrients
Starvation Techniques for studying starvation protein metabolim in prolonged fasting
protein sparing treatments during fasting Concept of high protein low calorific weight
reduction diets
Antinutrients Naturally occurring food borne toxicants protease inhibitors hemagglutins
hepatotoxins allergens oxalates toxins from mushrooms animal food stuffs and sea foods
Unit IV Clinical Nutrition and Food Allergies
Clinical Nutrition Role of diet and nutrition in the prevention and treatment of diseases
dental caries Fluorosis Atherosclerosis amp Rheumatic disorders Inherited metabolic
Disorders Phenylketonuria Maple Syrup disease amp Hemocystinuria
Food Allergies Definition role of antigen host and environment types of
hypersensitivities diagnosis and treatment of allergy
Suggested Reading 1 Basics of clinical nutrition author- yk joshi jaypee publication
2 Nutrition for the community Gully baba publishing house
Essentials of human nutrition author-jim mann amp stewart truswell oxford university press
3 Introduction to human nutrition
edited by- professor michael gibney (ucd institute of food and health) professor susan lanham-new
(university of surrey) professor aedin Cassidy (university of east anglia) professor hester vorster (north-
west university south africa) httpwwwnutritionsocietyorgpublicationstextbooksintroduction-to-
human-nutritionsthashtdyscawhdpuf
4 Nutrition and metabolism
edited by- professor susan lanham-new (university of surrey) professor ian macdonald (university of
nottingham) professor helen roche (unviersity college dublin) -
httpwwwnutritionsocietyorgpublicationstextbooksnutrition-and-metabolismsthashiusrjtiudpuf
32
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 3
Foundation Course 1 Biomolecules and Basic Metabolism
Unit I Carbohydrates and metabolism
Classification of carbohydrates Structure occurrence and biological importance of
monosaccharides oligosaccharides and polysaccharides
Introduction to Metabolism glycolysis glucogenesis and gluconeogenesis TCA cycle and its
amphibolic role energetics of carbohydrate metabolismAlternate pathways HMP shunt Enter-
Doudoroff glucuronate and glyoxylate pathways Corirsquos cycle
Unit II Lipids and metabolism
Classification of lipids Fatty acids Saturated and unsaturated fatty acids Essential fatty acids
Glycerophospholipids Glycolipids properties and functions
Metabolism Oxidation of fatty acids even and odd numbered unsaturated and branched chain fatty
acids
Degradation and biosynthesis of triacylglycerols and phospholipids energetic of beta- oxidation
Cholesterol biosynthesis catabolism and regulation
Unit III Proteins and metabolism
Classification of amino acids and proteins Protein structures primary secondary tertiary and
quarternary structure General metabolic reaction of amino acids transamination oxidative
deamination minor pathways of amino acid degradation transdeamination amino acid oxidase non
oxidative deamination
Degradation and biosynthesis of amino acids glycogenic and ketogenic amino acids Urea cycle
pathway and regulation
Unit IV Minerals and metabolism
Major and minor and ultra trace minerals their occurrence functions toxicity and interaction with
other nutrients
Iron metabolism and regulation
Calcium and phosphorus metabolism and regulation
Suggested Reading
1 Biophysical Techniques- Upadhyay Upadhyay and Nath
2 Principles of Biochemistry- Lehninger David L Nelson and Michael M Cox
3 Enzymes- Malcolm Dixon and Edwin Webb
4 Harperrsquos Biochemistry- Harper
5 Biochemistry- Western and Todd
6 Cell and Molecular Biology-Gerald Karp
7 Fundamentals of Biochemistry-Donald Voet Judith G Voet and Charlotte W Bratt
33
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 3
Paper ndash IV (Code 3T4 ) Bioresearch Techniques I (Subject centric core 1)
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Understand key principles of how flow cytometer work including data
analysis for their applications
2 Improve on skillful process of the animal cell culture techniques and
experimental demand of knowledge including an appreciation of the
need for good experimental design and scientific research practices
3 To incline intellectual curiosity in DNA and RNA techniques and
related fields that extends well beyond the course
4 To develop practical laboratory skills in the field of DNA and RNA
techniques
34
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 3
3T4 Bioresearch Techniques I (Subject centric core 1)
Unit I Flow cytometry
Principles of flow cytometry Instrument overview principle of fluorescence sample preparation
data analysis and applications of flow cytometry Overview Fludics Generation of Scatter and
fluorescence ( Optical bench optical filters signal detection Treshold) Data Analysis (Data
Collection and Display gating data analysis for subsetting applications Data analysis for ther
applications) Sorting Lasers and Alignment (Working of lasers and laser alignment)
Unit II Animal cell culture techniques
Animal cell Culture Cell culture (adherent and suspension) basic equipment cell culture media-
Components sterility buffering capacity growth requirements supplementation of serum antibiotic
and antimycotic agents preparation of medium advantages and limitations of Primary cell culture
clonal cell lines basic technique a of animal cell subcultuing disaggregation method for quantitation
of cells in culture counting chamber counters cell viability determination cytotoxicity assay and its
applications cell apoptosis assay and its applications 3 D cultures
Unit III DNA techniques
Isolation Sequencing Restriction Nucleases Gel Electrophoresis DNA probes Nucleic acid
hybridization Southern blotting DNA fingerprinting and DNA typing DNA Library
DNA sequencing Sanger and Maxam Gilbert
Restriction Mapping DNase foot printing DMS foot printing knockouts
PCR RFLP RAPD AFLP SNP
Unit IV RNA techniques
Isolation Hybridization Northern Blotting in vitro labeling with radioisotopes and chemical
markers
Mapping and quantifying transcripts S1assay primer extension run off transcription
Transcription rate measurement in vivo Nuclear run on transcription reporter gene N transcription
si RNA technology gene silencing techniques its applications microarrays ribozyme technology
Suggested References
1 Molecular Biology of The Cell Alberts 5th Edition 2007 NCBI Publication
2 Principles of Biochemistry Lehninger WH Freeman
3 Biochemistry of Signal Transduction and Regulation-shy‐ Gerhard Krauss
Wiley VCH 3rd Revised Edition
4 Molecular Cell Biology Lodish 6th Edition WH Freeman amp Company
5 The cell Cooper 2nd Edition ASM Press
6 Gene IX Benjamin Lewin
Published by Pearson Prentice Hall
7 Cell and Molecular Biology Gerald Karp
8 Molecular Biology Robert Weaver 1st Edition WCBNMcGraw-shy‐Hill
9 Molecular Biology of the Gene Watson 6th Edition Pearson Publication
10 Gene Regulation A Eukaryotic Perspective David Latchman 5 illustrated Taylor amp Francis
2005
35
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 3
3P1 Biotechnology And Molecular Biology
1) Fermentation
i) Isolation of microorganisms from soil demonstrating synthesis capability of desired product
Gram staining (Desired property to be decided by the instructor) and screening
ii) Optimization of the lab scale production of the desired product Effect of temperature pH
substrate concentration
iii) Growth curve Estimation of cell number substrate utilization andor product formation
2) Polymerase Chain Reaction
i) PCR amplification from genomic DNA
ii) Nested PCR
iii) Random Amplification of Polymorphic DNA (RAPD)
3) Restriction Fragment Length Polymorphism (RFLP)
3P2 A Biochemical And Environmental Toxicology
1 Qualitative detection of various toxicants in biological samples
Phenothiazine derivatives Organochlorine compounds (Fujiwara test) Phenol Methanol Arsenic (As)
Antimony (Sb) Selenium (Se) Mercury (Hg) Bismuth (Bi) Fluoride (F) Boron (Bo) Gutzeit test for
Antimony (Sb) and Arsenic (As) Spot test for metal toxicants
2 Quantitative determination of Salicylate Paracetamol (acetaminophen) Sulphonamide in biological
samples
3 Enzyme assay in toxic conditions
GOT (AST) GPT (ALT) Acid phosphatase Alkaline phosphatase Acetyl cholinesterase etc
4 Construction of dose-response curves
5 Determination of LD50 value of a toxicant
6 Induction of hepatotoxicity diabetes skin lesions teratogenesis
7 Assay of biomarkers of environmental pollution toxicity
OR
3P2 B) Nutritional Biochemistry
1 Determination of Calcium in food samples
2 Determination of Inorganic Phosphorous in food samples
3 Determination of Iron in food samples
4 Determination of beta carotene in carrots by column chromatography
5 Determination of Ascorbic Acid in food
6 Estimation of Amylase activity
7 Determination of Total Lipids By Sulphophospho vanillin Method
3S1 Seminar
InstitutionalEducational tour For minimum 08 days
36
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
Paper ndash I (Code 4T1) Advanced Clinical Biochemistry
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Analyse evaluate and generate information from a wide variety of sources regarding the key principles of aging and Neurological disorders
2 Analyse the effects of obesity on physiological functions including gene regulation
3 Critically interpret molecular and metabolic diseases and develop new knowledge domain about them
4 To develop effective creative and innovative solutions to current research problems in Reproductive Disease and Reproductive Biochemistry
5 To develop practical laboratory skill for Assisted Reproductive Technology program
37
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
4T1 Advanced Clinical Biochemistry
Unit I Aging and Neurological Disorders
Current view and theories of aging auto immune connection and HLA association processes of
aging and biochemical alteration DNA damage protein oxidation and axonal transport in aging
nutritional intervention as anti-aging therapy
Alzheimerrsquos disease Causes symptoms diagnosis pathogenesis genetics APP ApoE PS2 tau
protein risk factors and therapeutic approaches
Progeria Parkinsonrsquos disease Causes symptoms diagnosis pathogenesis genetics and therapeutic
approaches
Unit II Obesity
Theories lipid metabolism adipose tissue anomalies
Genetic basis of familial obesity effects of neuropeptides and leptin in nutrient partitioning
Obesity related derangements in metabolic regulation Therapeutic approaches
Unit III Molecular and Metabolic Diseases
Human gene map genetic diversity polymorphism genetic linkage chromosomal disorder
Monogenetic Disorders Autosomal dominant autosomal recessive X-linked Multifactorial
disorders Genetic heterogeneity Allelic heterogeneity Pathogenesis of genetic disease
Galactosemia Hemophilia Sickle cell anemia Muscular dystrophy Hypercholesterolemia Gout
Turnerrsquos syndrome
Unit IV Reproductive Biochemistry
Overview of reproductive system and reproduction biochemistry of reproductive disorders (male amp
female) Influence of various factors in reproduction with special reference to role of prostaglandins
and gonadotrophins Mechanism and methods of birth control and possible biochemical
consequences thereof Biochemical markerrsquos in infertility disorders Techniques involved in assisted
reproductive technology (ART) Culture media and cell culture techniques in ART programme
Suggested References
1 Clinical Biochemistry ndash Metabolic and Clinical aspects By-William J Marshall amp Stephen
K Angert
2 Harperrsquos Biochemistry - 27th Ed
3 Text book of Medical Physiology - By Guyton
4 Text book of Physiology -By Burn amp levy
5 Biochemistry ndashBy L Stryer (Freeman amp CoNY)
6 Biochemistry with clinical correlation- By Thomas Devli
7 The Metabolic Basis of Inherited Disease 5th Ed-By John Stanbury
8 Teitz Fundamentals of Clinical Chemistry ndashBy CABurtis amp Ashwood
9 Biochemistry - By Lehninger
10 Lehningerrsquos Biochemistry ndashBy Nelson amp Cox
11 Biochemistry ndashBy Stanford
12 Basic Medical Biochemistry A Clinical approach- By Smith
13 Principles of Internal Medicines- By HarrisonT R
14 Practical Biochemistry Principles amp Techniques- By Wilson amp Walker
15 Practical Biochemistry ndashBy David Plummer
38
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
Paper ndash II (Code 4T2) Advanced Immunology
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Understand details of lymph node microanatomy and learn the B and T cells encounter with antigens and study its development
2 Gain insight into antigen presentation and autophagy on a detailed molecular level
3 Understand immunology of mucosal surfaces and the interplay between commensal flora and the immune system in the gut
4 In-depth knowledge of the cellular and molecular basis for autoimmune disease and allergies
5 Basic knowledge of tumor immunology and the development of novel recombinant antibodies for treatment of cancer and autoimmune disease
39
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
4T2 Advanced Immunology
Unit I Introductory Immunobiology
Complement system Alternative and Classical pathway of complement activation
Immune networks Homeostasis in the immune system-termination of normal immune
responses network hypothesis
In vivo immunity to viruses bacteria fungi protozoa worms etc
Unit II Immunological tolerance and Autoimmunity
Immunologic tolerance T lymphocyte tolerance- central and peripheral Apoptosis in
Lymphocytes-pathways and biochemical mechanisms effector mechanisms Tolerance
induced regulatory T cells B lymphocyte tolerance- Central and Peripheral Homeostasis in
the immune pathogenesis and therapeutic approaches to autoimmunity
Unit III Tumor and Transplantation Immunology Hypersensitivity
General features of tumor immunity tumor antigens Immune response to tumor and
evasion Immunotherapy Types of hypersensitivity Effector mechanisms of immunologic
tissue injury and disease
Unit IV Immunodeficiency and Vaccinology
MHC and disease susceptibility immune deficiency disorders Active immunization
(immune prophylaxis) passive immunization adjuvants modern approaches to vaccine
development role of vaccines in the prevention of disease
Suggested References
1 Cellular and Molecular Immunology- 5th Edition Abul K Abbas Andrew Litchman
2 Immunology-5th Edition Richard A Goldsby Thomas J Kindt Barbara A Osborne
Janis Kuby
3 Immunology- 6th Edition Ivan Roitt Jonathan Brostoff David Male
40
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
Paper ndash III (Code 4T3 A) Toxicology (Clinical Research)
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Have knowledge about assessment and management of ethical clinical trial
programs
2 Demonstrate competency in biopharmaceutical clinical trial research designs and
regulatory affairs
3 Demonstrate competencies in evaluating clinical research data and
communicating results Manage innovative products through the discovery
processes and into the clinical trial phases
4 Identify and classify different types of trial designs when reading a trial report
understand the essential of GLP roles and responsibilities of stakeholders in
clinical trials
41
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
4T3 A) Toxicology (Clinical Research)
Unit I Pre-Clinical Research
Animal studies acute amp chronic toxicity of drugs regulations for number amp types of
animals protocols for animal experimentation Biochemical amp histopathological studies of
animals after drug administration Mechanism amp cause of death Routine toxicity studies amp
special toxicity studies carcinogenicity mutagenicity amp teratogenicity to be given special
emphasis
Unit II Phases of Clinical Research
Phases of clinical research number of volunteers in phase I amp types of patients in phase II to
IV Importance of these investigations Post marketing surveillance (PMS) amp
pharmacovigilence in case of clinical investigations after marketing authorization
Importance of ethical committee protocol design documentation in clinical trials Bio
Availability and Bio Equivalence studies Pharmacokinetics Pharmacodynamics Genomic
studies
Unit III Good lab practices
Good Clinical Practices Good Manufacturing Practices and Good Laboratory Practices
Principles of ICH-GCP History GCP declaration of Helsinki Belmont report Nuremberg
code Tuskgee trial Schedules Y and its amendments ICMR Guidelines Composition
functions amp operations of IRBIEC ethics of clinical trials Health Authorities- CDSCO US-
FDA EMEA and other
Unit IV Roles and Responsibilities of different stake holders in Clinical Research-
Sponsor CRO SMO Ethics Committee Investigator CRA CRC Patients and other
Departments in Clinical Research- Operations Business Development Regulatory
Pharmacovigilance Data Management Centralized Monitoring Quality Finance Important
documents in Clinical Research and importance of documentation in Clinical Research
Stages in clinical trial-Feasibilities PSSV SIV SMV and Close-out visits Audits and
Inspections
Suggested reading
1 Clinical Research Coordinator Handbook Norris Deborrah Plexus Publications
20040601
2 Clinical Research Methodology and Evidence-Based Medicine Babu Ajit N
Anshan 20080530
3 Conducting Clinical Research Judy Stone Biblio Distribution 2006
4 Essentials of clinical research Stephen P Glasser (Edt) Springer Verlag 2008
42
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
Paper ndash III (Code 4T3 B) Nutrition (Applied Nutritional Biochemistry)
Learning outcome Students will be
1 Capable of describing biochemical pathways relevant in nutrient metabolism 2 Capable of using selected biochemical techniques relevant in nutritional
biochemical research 3 Critical reading of scientific articles in nutritional biochemistry 4 Capable of discussing research questions relevant to nutritional biochemistry 5 The ability to ask critical questions and discuss nutritional biochemical research
43
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
4T3 B) Nutrition (Applied Nutritional Biochemistry)
Unit I Clinical nutrition
Role of a dietician role and responsibilities of a dietitian nutrition counseling professional
ethics and obligations
Diet therapy-Rationale for diet therapy (normal diet modifications of the diet to the light
diet soft diet full liquid diet clear liquid tube feeding) Routes for diet therapy-enteral and
parental use of biochemical parameters in the planning of diets use of computers in the
planning of diets
Unit II Nutritional Counseling and Dietetics
Nutritive value of different food groups and changes due to cooking in various food groups
Storage of foods food quality and factors affecting food quality Control of food quality Use
of additives Classification and applications
Unit III Community Nutrition
Opportunities in community Nutrition Assessing Community Resources assessing target
population program planning Assessing communityrsquos nutritional resources Food insecurity
food assistance programs world hunger and food insecurity Principles of nutrition education
and policy making national nutrition agenda
Unit IV Applied Nutrition and Public Health Concept of Health Nutrition and Public Health Nutrition Demographic trends in India and
the significance of certain indices of Health and Nutrition situation of a community IMR
MMR TFR Birth rate Death rate Life expectancy etc) Major nutritional problems in
developing countries Dietary surveys-methods ways of interpretations and analysis
recommendations based on survey findings Assessment of nutritional status biochemical
and anthropometry
Suggested Reading
Clinical nutrition
edited by- professor marinos elia (university of outhampton) professor olle ljungqvist
(karolinska institutet amp oumlrebro university hospital) dr outham outhamp (university of
outhampton professor susan lanham-new (university of surrey) - see more at
httpwwwnutritionsocietyorgpublicationstextbooksclinical-
nutritionsthashw12tfscqdpuf
Public health nutrition
edited by- professor michael gibney (ucd institute of food and health) professor barrie
margetts (university of southampton) dr john kearney (dublin institute of technology)
professor lenore arab (university of california los angeles)
httpwwwnutritionsocietyorgpublicationstextbookspublic-health-
nutritionsthash8pvhu1m0dpuf
Staying healthy with nutrition author- elson m Hass buck levin
American dietetic association complete food and nutrition guide Roberta larson duyff
44
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
MSc Biochemistry CBCS syllabus Effective from 2015-16
SEMESTER 4
Foundation 2 Basic Enzymology
Unit I
Introduction to Enzymology Nomenclature and classification of enzymes History sources of
enzymes (Animal Plant and microorganisms) Protein amp nonprotein nature of enzymes with
examples enzymes as biological catalysts and their importance principle of assay of enzymes and
measurement of activity effect of experimental conditions on measurement of activity such as time pH temp
substrate definition of enzyme unit Stability of enzymes and half life of enzymes Effect of environmental
factors on stability of enzymes Concept of Zymogens and active enzyme with examples effect of activators
and inhibitors on enzyme activity Role of coenzymes and cofactors on enzyme catalysis with examples
Unit II Production amp purification
Method os screening of sources for desired enzymes Availability of the sources for procurement
of enzymes Natural and synthetic Media for microbial enzyme production effect of inducers and
environmental factors on enzyme production by microorganisms
Methods of isolation of enzymes form the source purification of enzyme by dialysis salt and solvent
precipitation chromatography gel filtration Purification by affinity chromatography methods of
determination of purity and nature of of enzymes by simple PAGE SDSPAGE and 2 D electrophoresis
Unit III Enzyme Kinetics
Lock amp key model and Koshland model of enzyme active site Determination of active site of enzyme
Michelis Mentain equation kinetics of reversible irreversible and nonreversible enzymes Line Weaver burk
plot and Eddie Hofstie Plot Determination of kinetic constants and activation energy Effect of competitive
and non-competitive inhibitors on enzyme activity Allosteric enzyme and sigmoidal kinetics
Unit IV Applications of enzymes
Structure and function of multienzyme complex systems such as PDH KGH B oxidation spiral and glycolysis
Advantages of soluble and membrane bound enzymes Futile cycles in Biochemistry
Methods of immobilization of enzymes advantages and disadvantages of immobilization Application of
Immobilized enzymes in agriculture cosmetics detergent dairy brewing and food industries with examples
such as lactase pectinase proteinase invertaselipase etc Application of enzymes in nanotechnology
biosensors etc
Suggested references
1 Enzymology and Enzyme Technology 2014 by SM Bhatt (S Chand)
2 Enzyme Technology 2006 by Ashok Pandey (Editor) Colin Webb (Editor) MARCELO
FERNANDES (Editor) Springer
3 Biocatalysts and enzyme technology 2012 Klaus Buchholz
45
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
4T4 Bioresearch Techniques II (Subject centric core 2)
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Learn describe and build up knowledge domain regarding the latest and most advanced Bioresearch techniques available for biochemical research
2 Be aware select appropriately apply technology platforms and Perform techniques for analysis of DNA and protein expression
3 Evaluation of data and controls related to research techniques 4 Create thought-provoking questions related to the laboratory equipment
46
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
4T4 Bioresearch Techniques II (Subject centric core 2)
UNIT I
Biochemical methods I- Co-immunoprecipitation BiFC bimolecular fluorescence
complementation affinity electrophoresis Pull down assays label transfer yeast two hybrid
screens phage display
UNIT II
Biochemical methods II- In-vivo crosslinking of protein complexes using photo-reactive
amino acid analogs Tandem affinity purification (TAP) Chemical cross-linking SPINE
(Strepprotein interaction experiment) Quantitative immunoprecipitation combined with
knock-down (QUICK) Proximity ligation assay (PLA) in situ
UNIT III
Biophysical and theoretical methods I
Bio-Layer Interferometry
Dual polarisation interferometry (DPI)
Static light scattering (SLS)
Dynamic light scattering (DLS)
Surface plasmon resonance
UNIT IV
Biophysical and theoretical methods II
Fluorescence polarizationanisotropy
Fluorescence correlation spectroscopy
FRET BRET
2D-FT NMR spectroscopy
Proteinndashprotein docking
Isothermal Titration Calorimetry (ITC)
Isothermal Titration Calorimetry (ITC)
Suggested References
1 Molecular Biology of The Cell Alberts 5th Edition 2007 NCBI Publication
2 Principles of Biochemistry Lehninger WH Freeman
3 Biochemistry of Signal Transduction and Regulation-shy‐ Gerhard Krauss
Wiley VCH 3rd Revised Edition
4 Molecular Cell Biology Lodish 6th Edition WH Freeman amp Company
5 The cell Cooper 2nd Edition ASM Press
6 Gene IX Benjamin Lewin
Published by Pearson Prentice Hall
7 Cell and Molecular Biology Gerald Karp
8 Molecular Biology Robert Weaver 1st Edition WCBNMcGraw-shy‐Hill
9 Molecular Biology of the Gene Watson 6th Edition Pearson Publication
10 Gene Regulation A Eukaryotic Perspective David Latchman 5 illustrated Taylor amp
Francis 2005
47
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
4P1 Advanced Clinical Biochemistry and Immunology and Toxicology and Nutrition
1 Demonstration of dialysis using blood filtrate (Protein Separation)
2 Immunology
a Quantitative Estimation of Antibody
b Precipitation Techniques Double Immunodiffusion Single (Radial)
Immunodiffusion
3 Electrophoretic Techniques Immuno-electrophoresisRocket Immunoelectrophoresis
Immuno-diffusion
4 To assay cathepsin D ATPase (NaKCaMg) Lipid peroxidase enzymes
5 Assay of Acetylcholine esterase activity in rat brain
6 Assay of monoamine oxidase
7 Fractionation of tissues and assay of proteins
8 Assay of ornithine amino transferase
9 Glutathione Estimation
10 Organ tissue morphology histopathology
11 Assay of toxicant biotransformation enzyme-cytochrome P450
12 Test for teratogenecity carcinogenecity Ames test
13 To perform pair wise alignment of sequences using BLAST program
14 To design primers for the given gene sequences
15 To perform multiple sequence alignment and generate phylogenetic tree
16 To retrieve and visualize the three dimensional structures of proteins
17 To retrieve metagenomic sequences and primer designing to develop STS marker
OR
18 Determination of Triglycerides
19 Proximate Analysis of Food Samples
48
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4 Project
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Plan and develop experimental design projects from concept through to professional
prototype
2 Apply theoretical knowledge conceptual skills and techniques to the development of
solutions for biochemical problems
3 Apply initiative and judgment in planning problem solving and decision making in
practice or future study
4 Design a research project and submit in a form of thesis they will present their results of
the thesis to an audience of peers and faculty and be able to defend their results during
final evaluation
4PROJ PROJECT
4S1 Seminar
3
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
M Sc Biochemistry Semester II Code
Th
eory
P
ract
ical
Teaching scheme (Hours Week)
Cre
dit
s
Examination Scheme
Th
Pra
ct
To
tal
Du
rati
on
in h
rs
Max Marks
To
tal M
ark
s
Minimum Passing Marks
Ext
ern
al
Mar
ks
Inte
rnal
A
ss
Th
Pra
ct
2T1 Immunology 4 - 4 4 3 80 20 100 40 2T2 Clinical
Biochemistry 4 - 4 4 3 80 20 100 40
2T3 Cell Biochemistry 4 - 4 4 3 80 20 100 40 2T4 Molecular Biology 4 - 4 4 3 80 20 100 40 2P1 Clinical
Biochemistry and Immunology
- 8 8 4 8 80 20 100 40
2P2 Cell and Molecular Biology
- 8 8 4 8 80 20 100 40
2S1 Seminar 2 - 2 1 25 25 10 TOTAL 18 16 34 25 520 105 625 170 80
4
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
M Sc Biochemistry Semester III Code
Th
eory
P
ract
ical
Teaching scheme (Hours Week)
Cre
dit
s
Examination Scheme
Th
Pra
ct
To
tal
Du
rati
on
in h
rs
Max Marks
To
tal M
ark
s
Minimum Passing Marks
Ext
ern
al
Mar
ks
Inte
rnal
A
ss
Th
Pra
ct
3T1 Advanced Molecular Biology
4 - 4 4 3 80 20 100 40
3T2 Biotechnology 4 - 4 4 3 80 20 100 40 3T3 A) Toxicology
(Biochemical amp
Environmental
Toxicology
OR
B) Nutrition (Nutritional Biochemistry)
4 - 4 4 3 80 20 100 40
3T4 Foundation I (Biomolecules and Basic metabolism) OR (Subject centric Core 1) Bioresearch Techniques I
4 - 4 4 3 80 20 100 40
3P1 Biotechnology and Molecular Biology
- 8 8 4 8 80 20 100 40
3P2 A) Toxicology
(Biochemical amp
Environmental
Toxicology)
OR
B) Nutrition (Nutritional Biochemistry)
- 8 8 4 8 80 20 100 40
3S1 Seminar 2 - 2 1 25 25 10 TOTAL 18 16 34 25 520 105 625 170 80
5
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
M Sc Biochemistry Semester IV
Code
Th
eory
P
ract
ical
Teaching scheme (Hours Week)
Cre
dit
s
Examination Scheme
Th
Pra
ct
To
tal
Du
rati
on
in h
rs
Max Marks
To
tal M
ark
s
Minimum Passing Marks
Ext
ern
al
Mar
ks
Inte
rnal
A
ss
Th
Pra
ct
4T1 Advanced Clinical Biochemistry
4 - 4 4 3 80 20 100 40
4T2 Advanced Immunology
4 - 4 4 3 80 20 100 40
4T3 A) Toxicology
(Clinical
Research)
OR
B) Nutrition (Applied Nutritional Biochemistry)
4 - 4 4 3 80 20 100 40
4T4 Foundation 2 (Basic Enzymology) or (Subject centric Core 2) Bioresearch Techniques II
4 - 4 4 3 80 20 100 40
4P1 Advanced
Clinical
Biochemistry amp
Immunology
And
A) Toxicology
(Clinical
Research)
OR
B) Nutrition
(Applied
Nutritional
Biochemistry)
- 8 8 4 8 80 20 100 40
4PROJ Project - 8 8 4 8 80 20 100 40 4S1 Seminar 2 - 2 1 25 25 10 TOTAL 18 16 34 25 520 105 625 170 80
6
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 1
Paper 1 (Code 1T1) Protein Biochemistry Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Basics Protein structure chemical bonding or molecular geometry based on accepted
models
2 Apply quantitative reasoning skills of protein folding and energy physical or
chemical changes that occur
3 Use accepted models to describe the interactions of amino acids and equilibrium
concepts with respect to protein conformations and interactions
4 In the major areas of Mass spectrometry students will be able to
a Describe and understand the capabilities and limitations of instrumental methods
b Explain the instrument components and principles of operation
5 Upon being introduced to the steps of the analytical process students will be able to
correctly select an analytical method and instrument meeting their use objectives
Also students would be able to demonstrate competence in data acquisition by Mass
Spectrometric analysis and interpreting laboratory data
6 With Basics of Protein synthesis machinery students will be able to conceptualize the
process of translation and its regulatory aspects so as to apply the concept for
understanding protein structural dynamics with respect to protein functions
7 Protein sorting and compartmentalization during and after translation will give
fundamental understanding about organelle specific protein functions This will
develop competence amongst the students for application of physical parameters in
protein functional dynamics depending upon organelle specific environment
8 Overall understanding of protein structure function relationship through this paper
will equip the students to propose designs of novel proteins constructed through
utilization of aspects of protein engineering Specific examples of the same would
help them understand and apply the concept of protein engineering to the fullest
7
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 1
1T1 Protein Biochemistry
Unit I Proteins and Mass Spectrometry
Overview of protein structure protein folding Ramchandran plot domains and modules
binding sites within proteins protein sequencing
Basics of Mass Spectrometry Ionization mechanisms- protonation deprotonation
cationization transfer of charged molecules to gas phase electron ejection electron capture
Mass analyzers-TOF Ion trap Quadrupole Ionization methods-Electron Impact (EI)
Chemical Ionization (CI) Fast Atom Bombardment (FAB) Field Description (FD) Electron
Spray Ionization (ESI) Matrix Assisted Laser Desorption Ionization (MALDI) Protein
Identification using MS
Unit II Protein biosynthesis
Eukaryotic translation machinery structure and assembly of the ribosome initiation
elongation and termination of translation
Unit III Protein sorting and degradation Intracellular protein sorting movement of proteins between cellular compartments gated
transmembrane and vesicular transport Protein transport and translocation to nucleus mitochondria
chloroplast peroxisomes endoplasmic reticular system Protein degradation
Unit IV Protein Engineering
Design and construction of novel proteins and enzymes Conformation of proteins in general and
enzymes in particular Effect of amino acids on structure of proteins Energy status of a protein
molecule Structure function relations of enzymes Physical methods such as x-ray crystallography
for determination of protein structure Site directed mutagenesis for specific protein function Basic
concepts for design of a new proteinenzyme molecule Specific examples of enzyme engineering -
Dihydrofolate reductase and Subtilisin
Suggested References
1 Modern Protein Chemistry Practical Aspects Published September 12 2001 by CRC Press -
272 Pages Edited By Gary C Howard
2 Biochemistry 5th edition Berg JM Tymoczko JL Stryer L New York W H Freeman 2002
3 Proteins Structures and Molecular Properties Thomas E Creighton Publisher W H Freeman
1992 Edition Second Edition
4 Protein Engineering Protocols (Methods in Molecular Biology) Kristian Muumlller (Editor)
Publisher Humana Press Softcover reprint of hardcover 1st ed 2007 edition (November 10
2010)
5 Protein Degradation Series 4 Volume Set (v 1) R John Mayer (Editor) Publisher Wiley-
VCH 1 edition (March 4 2008)
6 Structural Aspects of Protein Synthesis Anders LiljashttpwwwamazoncomStructural-
Aspects-Protein-Synthesis-
Andersdp981238863Xref=sr_1_1s=booksampie=UTF8ampqid=1323503546ampsr=1-1 -
(Author) Publisher World Scientific Pub Co Inc 1 edition (November 2004)
7 Protein Targeting Transport and Translocation Ross Dalbey (Editor) Publisher Academic
Press 1 edition (May 13 2002)
8 Principles of Physical Biochemistry- KenslE van Holde W Curtis Johnson P Shing Ho
Pearson Prentice Hall 2nd Edition
9 Crystallography made crystal clear 1993 G Rhodes Academic Press
10 Principles and Techniques of Biochemistry and Molecular Biology 6th Edition Wilson Keith
and Walker John (2005) Cambridge University Press New York
11 A textbook of biophysics R N Roy New Central Publication 1st edition
8
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 1
Paper 2 (Code 1T2) Advanced Enzymology Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Describe structure capacities and the component of activity of
chemicals and interaction with enzymes Learning energy of protein
catalyzed responses and compound restraints and administrative
procedure Enzyme action Enzyme Units Specific action
2 Have a detail and more intricate knowledge of allosteric and other
aspects of enzyme catalysis regulation
3 Have a total comprehension of rate of responses and request of
responses and restraints and their kinetics To gain information on
protein catalysis and isoenzymes and on multienzyme and multienzyme
complexes with specific examples
4 Develop intellectual capacity to relate bioenergetics principles and the
entropy to the law of thermodynamics and Free energy and its
connection to chemical equilibria in consolation to enzyme catalysis
5 Theory related to respiratory mechanisms catalysed by enzymatic
principles of redox biochemistry will help the students to gauge wide
applicability of enzymatic reactions in biological systems Detail
description of Coupled reactions and their role in metabolism and
Chemiosmotic hypothesis of ATP synthesis to understand the
mechanism of energy harnessing mechanism operating in biological
system
9
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 1
1T 2 Advanced Enzymology
Unit I Kinetics and Regulation of enzyme activity
Review of unisubstrate enzyme kinetics multisubstrate enzyme kinetics Co-operativity
phenomenon Hill and Scatchard plots protein-ligand binding and its measurement detailed
mechanism of catalysis of serine protease carbonic anhydrase and PEP kinase
Metalloenzymes
Unit II Allosteric enzymes and multienzyme systems
Allosteric enzymes sigmoidal kinetics and its physiological significance symmetric and
sequential modes of action and their significance immobilized enzymes and their industrial
applications study of multienzyme complexes with respect to occurrence isolation and their
properties and polygenic nature eg pyruvate dehydrogenase and fatty acid synthase
Unit III Enzyme regulation
General mechanisms of enzyme regulation Feed back inhibition and feed forward
stimulation repression and induction of enzymes reversible and irreversible covalent
modifications of enzymes flexibility and conformational mobility of enzymes convergent
and divergent evolution of enzymes
Unit IV Bioenergetics and oxidative phosphorylation
Energy transformation laws of thermodynamics Gibbs energy free energy change redox
potentials phosphate potential ion electrochemical potential proton electrochemical
potential membrane potential Chemi-osmotic theory mitochondrial respiratory chain order
and organization of carrier proton gradients Characterization of Iron- Sulphur proteins and
Cytochromes Q cycle Respiratory controls and oxidative phosphorylation ATP synthase
complex
Suggested References
1 Enzymes Biochemistry Biotechnology and Clinical Chemistry-Trevor Palmer
2 Principles of Biochemistry- Lehninger David L Nelson and Michael M Cox
3 Enzymes- Malcolm Dixon and Edwin Webb
4 Harperrsquos Biochemistry- Harper
5 Biochemistry- Western and Todd
6 Cell and Molecular Biology-Gerald Karp
7 Fundamentals of Biochemistry-Donald Voet Judith G Voet and Charlotte W Bratt
10
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 1
Paper 3 (Code 1T3) Biochemical Research Techniques Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 The theoretical aspects of designing the Experiments and also study the Quality
control mechanism in Biochemistry
2 Understand the Sampling techniques and interpret the data based on the measures
of the central tendency
3 Learn the discrepancies and deviations of the variable based of measures of
dispersion
4 Study the relationship between variables based on correlation and regression
analysis
5 Deduce the probable outcomes of an experiment based on observations
following laws of probability and also assess the significance of the
interpretation through tests of significance such as t-test
6 To understand the importance and applications of computational methods and
statistical softwares in Biology
11
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 1
1T 3 Biochemical Research Techniques
Unit I Research Methodology
1 Introduction to research methodology History and definition of research role of
theory hypothesis sampling variables randomness selection of problem purpose of
research and research reporting
2 Experimental research Early experimentation experimental groups control groups
variables method of controlling variables designing and validation of experiments
3 Methods and tools in research Research tools and its reliability and validity
quantitative and qualitative studies observation inquiry forms Q methodology data
collection limitations and sources of error
4 Types of data Analysis Descriptive data analysis Inferential data analysis Computer
data analysis
Unit II Biostatistics
Principles and practice of statistical methods in biological research samples and populations Basic
statistics-average statistics of dispersion coefficient of variation confidence limits Probability
distribution normal binomial and Poisson distribution Mean variants standard deviations and
standard error correlation and regression test of statistical significance and analysis of variance and
covariance
Unit III Data Retrieval Scientific Writing and Presentation
1 Information Search amp Data Retrieval Tools for Web Search Data Retrieval Tools
Data Mining of Biological Databases
2 Report Writing Significance of report writing different steps in report writing types
of report layout of research paper
3 Mechanics and precautions of writing research reports for scientific journals popular
magazines seminarssymposia conferencesworkshops poster session
4 Presentationndash Oral amp Written Presentations in classrooms scientific meets amp public
audience Defence of research thesis
Unit IV Computers
Introduction of computer networks- Topologies and designs Basics of computer operating systems-
windows and Linux Introduction to Markup language-Hyper Text Markup Language (HTML) and
Extensive Markup Language (XML) Spreadsheets and Presentation software
Systems Biology-An introduction
Introduction to Metagenomics
Suggested References
1 Fundamentals of Biostatistics Bernard A Rosner Thomson-BrooksCole 2006
2 Research methodology in social behavioural and life sciences Designs models and
methods Herman J Ader and Gideon Mellenbergh (Ed) SAGE Publications
6 Principles of Genome analysis and genomics Primrose SB Twyman RM Blackwell
Science (2002)
7 Biostatistics-A foundation for Health Science Daniel WW John Wiley (1983)
8 Statistical Methods Medhi J Willey Eastern Limited (1992)
12
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 1
Paper 4 (Code 1T4) Plant Biochemistry Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Detailed knowledge of plant cellular architecture and the mechanism
of photosynthetic systems for photophosphorylation will enable the
students to get a dissected approach for understanding autotrophic food
synthesis mechanism driven by photon energy operative in plants
2 Hormonal pathways driving plant growth mechanisms form the
foundation for in vitro plant propagation setup and understanding of
Plant tissue culture aspects Students would gain an thorough insight of
growth regulatory mechanism of plants through which they will be able
to devise the hormonal concoction required for organogenesis and related
plant tissue culture applications
3 Students will be able to learn metabolic attributes and driving
principles of plant growth through basic carbohydrate lipid and protein
metabolism Also the students will be developing a comprehension of
importance of nitrogen and sulphur metabolism in plants and associated
plant physiological alterations
4 With in depth knowledge about plant physiochemical aspects the
students will get equipped to develop an understanding about effects
caused by biotic and abiotic stress factors on plant metabolism and
growth They can thus impinge upon the ways to tackle such stress
physiological aspects to promote and resolve plant stresses
5 Practical exposure to biochemical analysis of plant physiological
aspects would improve the students application approach towards plant
biochemistry as tool to protect plant diversity
13
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 1
1T4 Plant Biochemistry
Unit I Plant Cell and Photosynthesis
Structure of plant cell Structure of plant cell membrane and cell wall
Structure of chloroplast system Photosynthetic pigments and their functions Photo system
I amp II Photosynthetic electron transport and photophosphorylation
Calvin cycle(C3 plants) Hatch slack pathway (C4 plants) Crassulacean acid metabolism
Unit II Plant hormones and Tissue culture
Plant hormones Biosynthesis structure and biochemical mode of action of auxins
gibberellins cytokinins abscisic acid and ethylene Other plant growth regulators
Plant tissue culture Plant cell organs and culture Somaclonal variation protoplast isolation
fusion and culture of protoplasts Application of plant tissue culture
Unit III Plant respiration and Metabolism
Plant respiration Carbohydrate lipid and Protein metabolism Cyanide sensitive and
insensitive respiration
Nitrogen metabolism Development and structure of root nodules Role of nod factors in
nodule development Structure of plant nitrogenase system Symbiotic nitrogen fixation and
and its regulation Formation and assimilation of ammonia
Sulphur metabolism Sulphate activation Reduction of active sulphate Oxidation of
inorganic sulphur incorporation of sulphur into amino acids
Unit IV Biochemistry of plant growth amp stress physiology
Biochemistry of seed and bud dormancy Biochemistry of seed germination factors affecting seed germination Structure and function of Phytochrome and Cryptochrome Photoperiodism and Vernalization Hormonal regulation of flowering Responses of plant to biotic (pathogens and insects) and abiotic (water temperature and salt) stresses Mechanism of resistance to biotic stress and tolerance to abiotic stress
Suggested References
1 Plant physiology -Taiz amp Ziger
2 Biochemistry and molecular Biology of plant-Buchanan
3 Plant physiology -M Devlin
4 Plant pathology- George N Agriose
5 Plant breeding- BD Singh
6 Germination of seed- AM Mayer amp A Mayber
7 Introduction of Plant Physiology -William Hopkins
8 Introduction to plant - Godwin amp merser
9 Plant physiology - Mohit Warma
14
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 1
1P 1 Protein Biochemistry and Enzymology
1 Estimation of protein by UV Spectrophotometer by E280E260 method
2 Estimation of Riboflavin by Arnoldrsquos fluorimetric method
3 Estimation of Thiamine by thiochrome method
4 Separation of proteins by PAGE
5 Seperation of proteins by SDS gel electrophoresis
6 Western Blotting
7 Purification of proteins by isoelectric precipitation
8 Molecular weight determination
9 Fractionation of cells by differential centrifugation
10 Assay of marker enzymes
11 To study the essentiality of co-enzymes in enzyme catalyzed reaction
12 Fractionation of human plasma proteins by precipitation
13 Assay of acid and alkaline phosphatase
14 Effect of environmental factors such as pH temperature and inhibitors on alkaline
phosphatase
15 Measurement of initial velocity
16 To study kinetics of enzyme using Lineweaver-Burk Eadie-Hofstee and Hanes Plots
1P 2 Biochemical Research Techniques and Plant Biochemistry
1 Absorption of water by live amp dead seeds
2 Changes in carbohydrate protein content during germination
3 Induction of proteinases amylases and lipase during germination
4 Induction of vitamin C synthesis during germination
5 Isolation and characterization of trypsin inhibitor
6 Assay of peroxidase catalase phenol oxidase ascorbic acid oxidase
7 Isolation of plant DNA amp RNA
8 Estimation of carotene ascorbic acid phenols and tannins in fruits and vegetables
9 Development of callus culture from meristems and leaves
1S1 Seminar
InstitutionalEducational tour For minimum 08 days
15
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 2
Paper ndash I (Code 2T1) Immunology
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Remember and Understand basic concepts of Immunology Molecular details of
various receptors and effectors involved in evoking Immune responses
2 Mechanism and pathways of immunity with essential details about immunoglobulin
structures and mechanism of action
3 Appreciate and assess the various immunological techniques used for public health
Applications of immunology based techniques in public health and immunization
16
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 2
2T1 Immunology
Unit I The Immune system Immunoglobulins and TCR
History of Immunology Innate Immunity effector mechanisms involved PAMPs PRRs
Phagocytosis Lysis blocking extra cellular killing etc Biochemistry and biology of TLRs
Inflamatory processes inflamamasomes interrelationship between innate and adaptive
immunity
Immunoglobulins and TCR
Immunochemistry Antigen antibody reaction its kinetics and thermodynamics Structure
functions of immunoglobulins Ig genes and their expression Generation of Ab diversity
BCR TCR Organization and re-arrangement of TCR genes TCR diversity
Unit II
Anatomy of Immune system
Immunological cells tissues and organs Maturation activation and differentiation of B and
T cells MHC genes and their polymorphism Structure and function of MHC molecules
Clonal selection theory Cell surface molecules Ig super family integrins selectins
chemokine receptors and other accessory molecules Cytokines and chemokines
Unit III
Immune response by T and B lymphocytes
Cellular and molecular mechanisms of Ab production humoral and cell mediated immunity
Antigen processing and presentation T and B cell interaction Super antigens
Unit IV
Immunological Techniques
Immunochemical techniques including immunodiffusion RIA EIA agglutination
immunoflorescence immunoelectron microscopy immunoelectrophoresis HLA typing
leukocyte migration inhibition technique delayed hypersensitivity technique cytotoxicity
assay Monoclonal Abrsquos hybridoma and other technologies Abzymes
Suggested References
1 Cellular and Molecular Immunology- 5th Edition Abul K Abbas Andrew Litchman
2 Immunology-5th Edition Richard A Goldsby Thomas J Kindt Barbara A Osborne
Janis Kuby
3 Immunology- 6th Edition Ivan Roitt Jonathan Brostoff David Male
17
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 2
Paper ndash II (Code 2T2) Clinical Biochemistry
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Remember and Understand fundamental concepts in Clinical Biochemistry and
recent automations introduced in it
2 Comprehend basics of Endocrine system and hormones involved for regulation of
various biochemical functions of target organs
3 Illustrate compare and appreciate functions and biochemical attributes of Liver and
implications in Clinical Biochemistry
18
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 2
2T2 Clinical Biochemistry
Unit I Automation in clinical biochemistry gastric and blood disorders
Automation in Clinical Biochemistry- Instrumental concept Selection of Instrument Quality
assurance Control of pre-analytical and analytical variables External and internal quality
control measurements
Gastric disorders Disorders of gastric function method of evaluation pancreatic diseases
Steatorrhoea Malabsorption syndrome test for their evaluation
Blood Disorder Review of mechanism of coagulation and fibrinolysis abnormalities in
blood coagulation variation of plasma proteins abnormalities of blood formation anemia
haemoglobinopathies clinical significance of fecal and urine analysis
Unit II Endocrinology I Insulin and glucagon Various types of hyperglycemia Diabetes mellitus Ketonemia
ketonuria Experimental diabetes Hypoglycemia Polyurea Glucose tolerance test
Thyroid Iodine metabolism Hypo and Hyper thyroidism BMRand other test for
evaluation of thyroid function
Parathyroid Calcium and phosphorus metabolism Abnormalities of Parathyroid function
and methods of evaluation
Unit III Endocrinology II
Adrenal Addisonrsquos disease and pheochromocytoma Disorders of steroid metabolism Test
for evaluation of adrenal functions
Pituitary Pituitary hormones Clinical syndromes and their evaluation
Unit IV Liver disorders
Liver disorders Jaundice fatty liver and liver function tests Renal function test
Cerebrospinal fluid Composition in health and disease Lipid profile in health and disease
Elements of Clinical Enzymology Isoenzymes in health and disease
Clinical significance of GOT GPT Creatine kinase LDH etc
Biochemical diagnosis of disease by enzymatic evaluation
Suggested References 1 Clinical Biochemistry ndash Metabolic and Clinical aspects By-William J Marshall amp Stephen
K Angert
2 Harperrsquos Biochemistry - 27th EdText book of Medical Physiology - By Guyton
3 Text book of Physiology -By Burn amp levy
4 Biochemistry ndashBy L Stryer (Freeman amp CoNY)
5 Biochemistry with clinical correlation- By Thomas Devli
6 The Metabolic Basis of Inherited Disease 5th Ed-By John Stanbury
7 Teitz Fundamentals of Clinical Chemistry ndashBy CABurtis amp Ashwood
8 Biochemistry - By Lehninger
9 Lehningerrsquos Biochemistry ndashBy Nelson amp Cox
10 Biochemistry ndashBy Stanford
11 Basic Medical Biochemistry A Clinical approach- By Smith
12 Principles of Internal Medicines- By HarrisonT R
13 Practical Biochemistry Principles amp Techniques- By Wilson amp Walker
14 Practical Biochemistry ndashBy David Plummer
19
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 2
Paper ndash III (Code 2T3) Cell Biochemistry
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Gain knowledge about fundamentals of cell division cycle and decision making
ability of the cells to proceed for duplication with regulatory aspects
2 Cell communication ability and control of cell cycle brough about by internal and
external molecular effectors
3 Understand basic concept of Cancer Biology and stem cells
20
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 2
2T3 Cell Biochemistry
Unit I Cell cycle and regulation
Review of cell cycle divisional control regulatory proteins cyclincdk complexes positive
and negative regulation inhibitory molecules restriction points regulation of DNA
synthesis regulation of degradation check points cell cycle arrest role of cyclically
activated protein kinases transcriptional regulation
Unit II Cell communication I
General principles of cell communication extra cellular signals and their receptors autocrine
signaling and role of gap junctions types of cell receptors relay of signal and intracellular
signal proteins regulated proteolysis dependent signaling pathways (Notch Wnt hedgehog
NFKB)
Unit III Cell communication II
Informational transactions in eukaryotic cells- cyclic AMP facet Study of G-proteins
signaling through G-protein linked cell surface receptors signaling through enzyme linked
cell surface receptors Calcium messenger system signaling via GMP
Unit IV Cancer
Causes and types of cancer viral carcinogenesis tumor suppressors oncogenes and signal
transduction growth and spread of cancer molecular basis of cancer therapy molecular
markers
Programmed cell death and its regulation in normal physiology regulation and execution of
mammalian apoptosis cytokine signaling and role of apoptosis in tumor genesis
Suggested References
1 Molecular Biology of the Cell Alberts 5th Edition 2007 NCBI Publication
2 Principles of Biochemistry Lehninger WH Freeman
3 Biochemistry of Signal Transduction and Regulation - Gerhard Krauss Wiley VCH 3rd
Revised Edition
4 Molecular Cell Biology Lodish 6th Edition WH Freeman amp Company
5 The Cell Cooper 2nd Edition ASM Press
6 Gene IX Benjamin Lewin Published by Pearson Prentice Hall
7 Cell and Molecular Biology Gerald Karp
8 Molecular Biology Robert Weaver 1st Edition WCB McGraw-Hill
9 Molecular Biology of the Gene Watson 6th Edition Pearson Publication
10 Gene Regulation A Eukaryotic Perspective David Latchman 5 illustrated Taylor amp
Francis 2005
11 The Cell- G M Cooper
21
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 2
Paper ndash IV (Code 2T4) Molecular Biology
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Remember and understand the fundamental concepts of Molecular Biology and the
experiments involved in it
2 Relate the concepts of Molecular Biology in the development of Biochemical
research techniques
22
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 2
2T4 Molecular Biology
Unit I Eukaryotic and Prokaryotic chromosomes
Chromatin structure Histones DNA nucleosome morphology and higher level organization Functional
states of chromatin and alterations in chromatin organization Chromosome organization Metaphase
chromosomes centromere and kinetochore telomere and its maintenance Holocentric chromosomes
Heterochromatin and euchromatin position effect variegation Chromosomal domains (matrix loop domains)
and their functional significance
Organization of nuclear and organellar genomes C-value paradox Repetitive DNA-satellite DNAs and
interspersed repeated DNAs Transposable elements LINES SINES Alu family and their application in
genome mapping
Concept of a gene Conventional and modern views Fine structure of gene split genes pseudogenes non-
coding genes overlapping genes and multi-gene families
Unit II Replication and Recombination
Replication Review of replication in bacteria plasmid and viruses Models of DNA replication DNA
replication in eukaryotes Eukaryotic DNA polymerases and their roles origin of replication Autonomously
Replicating Segments (ARS) in yeast elongation lagging strand synthesis and termination
Recombination DNA recombination Homologous site specific and transposition
Homologous recombination Holliday Model Messelsson -Radding Model Rec BCD pathway
Site specific recombination Lambda phage ingration and excision rearrengementof immunoglobulin genes
Transposition Prokaryotic transposition Insertion sequences and mere complex transposons (eg Tn3)
conservative and replicative transposition Eukaryotic transposable elements yeast and Drosophila transposons
retroviruses and retrovirus like elements
Unit III Transcription
Review of prokaryotic transcription transcription in eukaryotes Eukaryotic RNA polymerases and their
subunit structure Class I II and III promoters Upstream elements enhancers and silencers General
transcription factors Class I II III genes and their functions elongation factors TBP structure and its role in
transcription mediators Structure of transcription activators zinc fingers homeodomains helix loop helix
bZIP beta barrels
Unit IV Viruses
General properties of viruses (size shape composition of viral capsid spikes envelope and nucleic acids)
Viral classification in brief Baltimore classification Structure and composition of DNA viruses (Herpes virus
amp Adenovirus) and RNA viruses (HIV)
Tumor viruses (HBV HTLV HPV) structure and mechanism of oncogenesis
Structure and life cycle of Lambda and M13 bacteriophages
Laboratory diagnosis of viral diseases
Mechanism of action of Antiviral drugs (Acyclovir Foscarnet Nevirapine Saquinavir Oseltamivir)
Suggested References
1 Molecular Biology of Gene Watson
2 Gene 7 Benjamin Lewin
3 Cell amp Molecular Biology Devlin
4 Biochemistry Lehninger Nelson amp Cox
5 Biochemistry Voet amp Voet
6 Molecular Biology David Frifelder
7 Molecular biology-Lodish Baltimore
8 Genetics-Russell
9 Genetics 1and 2-CBPower
10 Molecular biology-Watson
11 Molecular biochemistry ndashRobert Weaver
12 Microbiology by Davis
13 Virology by Luria
14 Understanding Viruses-Teri Shors Jones and Bartlett Publishers Massachusetts edition 2009
23
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 2
2P1 Clinical Biochemistry And Immunology
1 Determination of serum and urine Creatinine by Jaffrsquos method
2 Determination of serum Bilirubin by Malloy amp Evllyn method
3 Determination of serum Chloride by Schales amp Schales method
4 Estimation of blood urea by Nesslerisation method
5 Estimation of Serum amylase (EC3211)
6 Estimation of Serum Cholesterol by Single Step Method (Libermann amp Burchard)
7 Determination of Serum Uric Acid by Henry Carawayrsquos method
8 Determination of Icteric Index SGOT SGPT and alkaline phosphatase activity
9 Routine Urine Analysis
10 Quantitative Estimation of T3 T4 and TSH
11 To determine Urinary VMA (3-methoxy 4 ndashHydroxyl Vanillin Mandellic Acid)
12 Glucose Tolerance Test
2P2 Cell And Molecular Biology
1 Use of Simple Compound and Phase Contrast Microscopes
2 Isolation culture and cell counting of lymphocytes
3 Adherent cell line Trypsinization cell count subculturing
4 MTT assay
5 Isolation of DNA from Bacteria and Blood
6 Assessment of purity of DNA by 260280 ratio
7 Isolation of plasmid DNA Mini Prep Midi Prep and Maxi Prep
8 Restriction digestion of DNA
9 Ligation of DNA
10 Separation of DNA fragments by Electrophoresis
11 Southern Blotting amp Northern Blotting
2S1 Seminar
24
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 3
Paper ndash I (Code 3T1) Advanced Molecular Biology
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Understand the concepts of Eukaryotic Transcription regulation mechanisms with details
of enzymes involved eukaryotic transcription process
2 Post transcriptional and translational modifications and regulatory aspects of it
3 Describe the expression of genes and the regulatory RNAs involved in it
4 Appreciate epigenetic ways of gene expression regulation
25
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 3
3T1 Advanced Molecular Biology
Unit I Regulation of eukaryotic gene expression at transcriptional level
Overview of transcription by RNA Polymerases I II and III
Anatomy of a protein-coding gene
Basal transcription by RNA polymerase II Subunits of Pol II general transcription factors
Activators How the initiation complex is assembled How initiation occurs
Speeding up the process Enhancers TAFs and how they work
Regulated transcription transcription factors Zinc-fingers (Sp1 the first such factor identified)
Leucine zippers Basic helix loop helix Homeodomains DNA binding domains Activating domains
RNA Elongation HIV TATTAR
RNA polymerase III and regulation of 5S rRNA
Unit II Regulation of eukaryotic gene expression at post translational translational and post-
translational levels
Regulation at tpst-transcriptional level Effect of cap and polyadenylation on splicing trans and
alternative splicing RNA editing mRNA stability and transport
Regulation at Translational level Global regulation through eIF2 and eIF4EeIF4E-BP Specific
regulation through 5 UTRs using RNA structure eg ODC Specific regulation through 5
UTRprotein interactions eg ferritin in eukaryotes and ribosomal proteins in prokaryotes Specific
regulation through 3 UTRs eg 15-LOX
Regulation at post-translational level Control of the level of active proteins regulation of proteolysis
Unit III Regulatory RNAs
Historical background RNA interference as regulatory mechanism in eukaryotes Slicer and dicer
synthesis and function of RNAi molecules in plants chromatin remodeling in human disease and
diagnosis
Unit IV Epigenetics
Background chromosomal inheritance taking fission yeast as an example DNA methyltransferases
DNA methylation maintenance histone modification and regulation of chromatin structure bivalent
histones DNA demethylation histone demethylation
Suggested References
1 Molecular Biology of the Cell Alberts 5th Edition 2007 NCBI Publication
2 Principles of Biochemistry Lehninger WH Freeman
3 Biochemistry of Signal Transduction and Regulation - Gerhard Krauss Wiley VCH 3rd
Revised Edition
4 Molecular Cell Biology Lodish 6th Edition WH Freeman amp Company
5 The cell Cooper 2nd Edition ASM Press
6 Genes IX Benjamin Lewin Published by Pearson Prentice Hall
7 Cell and Molecular Biology Gerald Karp
8 Molecular Biology Robert Weaver 1st Edition WCB McGraw-Hill
9 Molecular Biology of the Gene Watson 6th Edition Pearson Publication
10 Gene Regulation A Eukaryotic Perspective David Latchman 5 illustrated Taylor amp
Francis 2005
26
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 3
Paper ndash II (Code 3T2) Biotechnology
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Remember and Understand fundamental concepts of Genetic Engineering
2 Illustrate and compare different techniques involved in Genetic Engineering
3 Understand the concepts of Prokaryotic and Eukaryotic Transformation and PCR
4 Describe the expression of heterologous genes and the vectors involved in it
5 Appreciate technology involved in industrial products of Protein engineering and
fermentation technology Remember and Understand the design and functioning of
different types of Bioreactors and Downstream processing Evaluate the application of
different types of Bioreactors including immobilization reactor system and its kinetics
6 Comprehend tools important in Bioinformatics analysis for simplified application of
nucleic acid and protein sequence data
27
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 3
3T2 Biotechnology
Unit I rDNA technology Genomic and cDNA libraries DNA manipulation enzymes isolation of specific genes
Gene cloning REs vectors-plasmids cosmids phage vectors M13 phage vectors phagemids expression
vectors with strong promoters inducible vectors produce fusion proteins and their isolation Eucaryotic
expression system shuttle vectors YAC BAC insertion of DNA and its ligation to carrier DNA introduction
of DNA in cells gene synthesis gene libraries
Application of recombinant DNA technology in medicine agriculture industry and environmental sciences
Unit II Gene control systems in bacteria and bacteriophage lambda
Mechanism of induction and repression constitutive expression various control mechanisms positive
regulation negative regulation attenuation operon hypothesis with special reference to malgal ara and
histidine operons Regulatory mechanisms in bacteriophage lambda
Regulation of gene expression at various levels (transcription post transcriptional and translational)
DNA-protein interactions Lambda family of repressor trp repressor
Unit III Biochemical engineering Biochemical Engineering Bioreactors and related equipment and
instrumentation types of bioreactor (Batch semi batch CSTF recycle etc) reactor analysis reactor design
reactor for recombination proteins
Fermentation technology Fermentation technology microbial culture reaction genetic modification use of
mutants recombinant DNA technology and application in fermentation technology microbial growth kinetics
sterilization fermentation process kinetics analysis of rate pattern and kinetic groups fermentation process
types control of environmental variables recovery of fermentation products isolation and purification and use
of immobilization techniques
Unit IV Bioinformatics and Drug Designing Introduction to Bioinformatics Applications of Bioinformatics Bioinformatics resources
Biological Databases Overview to Biological Databases Nucleotide Databases (GenBank DDBJ ENA) Protein sequence
databases (Uniprot Swiss prot Prosite Pfam Prodom) Protein structure databases (PDB SCOP CATH)
Sequence analysis Sequence similarity search BLAST FASTA CLUSTAL
Genomics Introduction to Genomics Comparative Genomic Databases Objective of Genome Comparisons Genome
Alignments
Proteomics Overview of Proteomics Experimental Techniques Bioinformatics Approaches Protein-Protein Interaction
Databases and software
Softwaresrsquo for Drug Designing Structure Based Drug Designing Ligand Based Drug Designing
Virtual Screening Homology Modeling and Chimera Generation
Suggested References 1 Molecular Biology of the Cell Alberts 5th Edition 2007 NCBI Publication
2 Principles of Biochemistry Lehninger WH Freeman
3 Biochemistry of Signal Transduction and Regulation - Gerhard Krauss Wiley VCH 3rd Revised Edition
4 Molecular Cell Biology Lodish 6th Edition WH Freeman amp Company
5 The cell Cooper 2nd Edition ASM Press
6 Genes IX Benjamin Lewin Published by Pearson Prentice Hall
7 Cell and Molecular Biology Gerald Karp
8 Molecular Biology Robert Weaver 1st Edition WCB McGraw-Hill
9 Molecular Biology of the Gene Watson 6th Edition Pearson Publication
10 Gene Regulation A Eukaryotic Perspective David Latchman 5 illustrated Taylor amp Francis 2005
Molecular Biotechnology Principles and Applications of Recombinant DNA Bernard R
GlickhttpwwwamazoncomMolecular-Biotechnology-Principles-Applications-
Recombinantdp1555814980ref=sr_1_6s=booksampie=UTF8ampqid=1323503937ampsr=1-6 - (Author)Publisher
Amer Society for Microbiology 4 edition (December 31 2009)
11 Principles of gene manipulation and genomics S B Primrose Richard M Twyman Publisher Wiley-Blackwell 7
edition (February 17 2006)
12 Principles of Fermentation Technology P F Stanbury (Author) S Hall (Author) A Whitaker (Author) Publisher
Butterworth-Heinemann 2 edition (February 19 1999)
13 1 Bioinformatics A practical guide to the analysis of genes and proteins Baxevanis AD and Ovellette BFF
Wiley-Interscience (2002)
14 2 Molecular and Biotechnology A comprehensive desk reference RA Meyes (Ed) VCH Publishers Inc (1995)
15 3 Textbook of Biotechnology Das HK Wiley Dreamtech India Pvt Ltd (2004)
28
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
Semester 3
Paper ndash III (Code 3T3 A) Toxicology (Biochemical And Environmental Toxicology)
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 To understand key principles of toxicology including various factors affecting toxicity and toxicity assessment
2 To evaluate analyse disposition of toxicants and factor affecting to disposition of toxicants
3 The know how of toxicokinetics and biotransformation 4 To critically analyse and interpret non-organ directed toxicity To
study effect of environmental toxicity on human beings
5 To develop an understanding of the genetic toxicology and
Developmental Toxicology for scientific research practices
6 Critical evaluation of relationship between target organ toxicity for
experimental designs
29
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 3
Core Elective 1
3T3 A) Toxicology (Biochemical And Environmental Toxicology)
Unit I General principles of Toxicology
Definition Different facets of toxicology and their interrelationships Classification of toxic
agents Desired and undesired effects
Various factors affecting toxicity vehicles formulation factors biological half life volume
and concentration dose dosage forms routes of administration entry genetic status etc
Principles of selective toxicity comparative morphology comparative biochemistry
comparative cytology
Toxicity assessment acute subchronic chronic exposure determination of ED50 and LD50
values tests for mutagenecity carcinogenicity genotoxicity Ames test
Unit II Disposition of Toxicants
Factors affecting disposition of toxicants absorption distribution biotransformation
elimination
Absorption through gastro-intestinal tract lungs skin
Distribution storage in tissues blood-brain barrier passage across placenta redistribution
Biotransformation Phase I and II reactions metabolic interrelationship antidotal therapy
Excretion urinary fecal exhalation other routes
Toxicokinetics classic and physiologic
Unit III A) Non ndashorgan directed toxicity
Chemical carcinogenesis definition mechanism
Genetic toxicology definition health impacts and mechanism of induction of genetic
alterations
Developmental toxicology definition principles mechanism and pathogenesis of
developmental toxicity
B) Environmental Toxicology
Air pollution definition air pollutants health effects and risk assessment of air pollution
Introduction to Ecotoxicology
Unit IV Target organ toxicity
Skin skin as a barrier dermatitis acne urticaria
Toxic responses of the blood blood as a target organ toxicology of erythron leukon and
platelets
Toxic responses of the liver physiology and pathophysiology factors in liver injury
mechanism of liver injury
Toxic responses of the respiratory system lungs structure and functions pulmonotoxic
agents pathogenesis of chemical induced damage acute and chronic responses of lungs to
injury
Suggested References
1 Casarette and Doullrsquos Toxicology by Klaassen CD
2 Biochemical Toxicology of Environmental Agents by Bruine D
3 Detoxification mechanisms by Williams RT
4 Selective Toxicity by Albert A
5 Developmental Toxicology by Hood RD
30
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 3
Paper ndash III (Code 3T3 B) Nutrition (Nutritional Biochemistry) (Core Elective 1)
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Capably describe the biochemical techniques that are relevant for the investigation of nutrient metabolism
2 Understand key principles of energy expenditure thermogenic effects Energy requirements and role of dietary fibers in nutrition
3 To read interpret and discuss protein energy malnutrition disorders of mineral metabolism for scientific research
4 To develop an understanding of the observational and experimental character of science in nutritional biochemistry
5 To communicate role of clinical nutrition and food allergies in scientific communication frameworks such as written reports and open discussion
31
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 3
3T3 B Nutrition (Nutritional Biochemistry) (Core Elective 1)
Unit I Basic Concepts
Basic Concept Energy content of foods Measurements of energy expenditure Direct amp
Indirect calorimetry Definition of BMR and SDA and factors affecting these Thermogenic
effects of foods Energy requirements of man and woman and factors affecting energy
requirements
Role of dietary fibers in nutrition
Unit II Nutritional Disorders
Protein Energy Malnutrition (PEM) Aetiology Clinical features Metabolic disorders
and Management of Marasmus and Kwashiorkor diseases
Disorders of Mineral Metabolism Hypercalecemia Hypocalcaemia Normocalcemia
Hyperphosphatemia
Unit III Starvation and Antinutrients
Starvation Techniques for studying starvation protein metabolim in prolonged fasting
protein sparing treatments during fasting Concept of high protein low calorific weight
reduction diets
Antinutrients Naturally occurring food borne toxicants protease inhibitors hemagglutins
hepatotoxins allergens oxalates toxins from mushrooms animal food stuffs and sea foods
Unit IV Clinical Nutrition and Food Allergies
Clinical Nutrition Role of diet and nutrition in the prevention and treatment of diseases
dental caries Fluorosis Atherosclerosis amp Rheumatic disorders Inherited metabolic
Disorders Phenylketonuria Maple Syrup disease amp Hemocystinuria
Food Allergies Definition role of antigen host and environment types of
hypersensitivities diagnosis and treatment of allergy
Suggested Reading 1 Basics of clinical nutrition author- yk joshi jaypee publication
2 Nutrition for the community Gully baba publishing house
Essentials of human nutrition author-jim mann amp stewart truswell oxford university press
3 Introduction to human nutrition
edited by- professor michael gibney (ucd institute of food and health) professor susan lanham-new
(university of surrey) professor aedin Cassidy (university of east anglia) professor hester vorster (north-
west university south africa) httpwwwnutritionsocietyorgpublicationstextbooksintroduction-to-
human-nutritionsthashtdyscawhdpuf
4 Nutrition and metabolism
edited by- professor susan lanham-new (university of surrey) professor ian macdonald (university of
nottingham) professor helen roche (unviersity college dublin) -
httpwwwnutritionsocietyorgpublicationstextbooksnutrition-and-metabolismsthashiusrjtiudpuf
32
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 3
Foundation Course 1 Biomolecules and Basic Metabolism
Unit I Carbohydrates and metabolism
Classification of carbohydrates Structure occurrence and biological importance of
monosaccharides oligosaccharides and polysaccharides
Introduction to Metabolism glycolysis glucogenesis and gluconeogenesis TCA cycle and its
amphibolic role energetics of carbohydrate metabolismAlternate pathways HMP shunt Enter-
Doudoroff glucuronate and glyoxylate pathways Corirsquos cycle
Unit II Lipids and metabolism
Classification of lipids Fatty acids Saturated and unsaturated fatty acids Essential fatty acids
Glycerophospholipids Glycolipids properties and functions
Metabolism Oxidation of fatty acids even and odd numbered unsaturated and branched chain fatty
acids
Degradation and biosynthesis of triacylglycerols and phospholipids energetic of beta- oxidation
Cholesterol biosynthesis catabolism and regulation
Unit III Proteins and metabolism
Classification of amino acids and proteins Protein structures primary secondary tertiary and
quarternary structure General metabolic reaction of amino acids transamination oxidative
deamination minor pathways of amino acid degradation transdeamination amino acid oxidase non
oxidative deamination
Degradation and biosynthesis of amino acids glycogenic and ketogenic amino acids Urea cycle
pathway and regulation
Unit IV Minerals and metabolism
Major and minor and ultra trace minerals their occurrence functions toxicity and interaction with
other nutrients
Iron metabolism and regulation
Calcium and phosphorus metabolism and regulation
Suggested Reading
1 Biophysical Techniques- Upadhyay Upadhyay and Nath
2 Principles of Biochemistry- Lehninger David L Nelson and Michael M Cox
3 Enzymes- Malcolm Dixon and Edwin Webb
4 Harperrsquos Biochemistry- Harper
5 Biochemistry- Western and Todd
6 Cell and Molecular Biology-Gerald Karp
7 Fundamentals of Biochemistry-Donald Voet Judith G Voet and Charlotte W Bratt
33
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 3
Paper ndash IV (Code 3T4 ) Bioresearch Techniques I (Subject centric core 1)
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Understand key principles of how flow cytometer work including data
analysis for their applications
2 Improve on skillful process of the animal cell culture techniques and
experimental demand of knowledge including an appreciation of the
need for good experimental design and scientific research practices
3 To incline intellectual curiosity in DNA and RNA techniques and
related fields that extends well beyond the course
4 To develop practical laboratory skills in the field of DNA and RNA
techniques
34
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 3
3T4 Bioresearch Techniques I (Subject centric core 1)
Unit I Flow cytometry
Principles of flow cytometry Instrument overview principle of fluorescence sample preparation
data analysis and applications of flow cytometry Overview Fludics Generation of Scatter and
fluorescence ( Optical bench optical filters signal detection Treshold) Data Analysis (Data
Collection and Display gating data analysis for subsetting applications Data analysis for ther
applications) Sorting Lasers and Alignment (Working of lasers and laser alignment)
Unit II Animal cell culture techniques
Animal cell Culture Cell culture (adherent and suspension) basic equipment cell culture media-
Components sterility buffering capacity growth requirements supplementation of serum antibiotic
and antimycotic agents preparation of medium advantages and limitations of Primary cell culture
clonal cell lines basic technique a of animal cell subcultuing disaggregation method for quantitation
of cells in culture counting chamber counters cell viability determination cytotoxicity assay and its
applications cell apoptosis assay and its applications 3 D cultures
Unit III DNA techniques
Isolation Sequencing Restriction Nucleases Gel Electrophoresis DNA probes Nucleic acid
hybridization Southern blotting DNA fingerprinting and DNA typing DNA Library
DNA sequencing Sanger and Maxam Gilbert
Restriction Mapping DNase foot printing DMS foot printing knockouts
PCR RFLP RAPD AFLP SNP
Unit IV RNA techniques
Isolation Hybridization Northern Blotting in vitro labeling with radioisotopes and chemical
markers
Mapping and quantifying transcripts S1assay primer extension run off transcription
Transcription rate measurement in vivo Nuclear run on transcription reporter gene N transcription
si RNA technology gene silencing techniques its applications microarrays ribozyme technology
Suggested References
1 Molecular Biology of The Cell Alberts 5th Edition 2007 NCBI Publication
2 Principles of Biochemistry Lehninger WH Freeman
3 Biochemistry of Signal Transduction and Regulation-shy‐ Gerhard Krauss
Wiley VCH 3rd Revised Edition
4 Molecular Cell Biology Lodish 6th Edition WH Freeman amp Company
5 The cell Cooper 2nd Edition ASM Press
6 Gene IX Benjamin Lewin
Published by Pearson Prentice Hall
7 Cell and Molecular Biology Gerald Karp
8 Molecular Biology Robert Weaver 1st Edition WCBNMcGraw-shy‐Hill
9 Molecular Biology of the Gene Watson 6th Edition Pearson Publication
10 Gene Regulation A Eukaryotic Perspective David Latchman 5 illustrated Taylor amp Francis
2005
35
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 3
3P1 Biotechnology And Molecular Biology
1) Fermentation
i) Isolation of microorganisms from soil demonstrating synthesis capability of desired product
Gram staining (Desired property to be decided by the instructor) and screening
ii) Optimization of the lab scale production of the desired product Effect of temperature pH
substrate concentration
iii) Growth curve Estimation of cell number substrate utilization andor product formation
2) Polymerase Chain Reaction
i) PCR amplification from genomic DNA
ii) Nested PCR
iii) Random Amplification of Polymorphic DNA (RAPD)
3) Restriction Fragment Length Polymorphism (RFLP)
3P2 A Biochemical And Environmental Toxicology
1 Qualitative detection of various toxicants in biological samples
Phenothiazine derivatives Organochlorine compounds (Fujiwara test) Phenol Methanol Arsenic (As)
Antimony (Sb) Selenium (Se) Mercury (Hg) Bismuth (Bi) Fluoride (F) Boron (Bo) Gutzeit test for
Antimony (Sb) and Arsenic (As) Spot test for metal toxicants
2 Quantitative determination of Salicylate Paracetamol (acetaminophen) Sulphonamide in biological
samples
3 Enzyme assay in toxic conditions
GOT (AST) GPT (ALT) Acid phosphatase Alkaline phosphatase Acetyl cholinesterase etc
4 Construction of dose-response curves
5 Determination of LD50 value of a toxicant
6 Induction of hepatotoxicity diabetes skin lesions teratogenesis
7 Assay of biomarkers of environmental pollution toxicity
OR
3P2 B) Nutritional Biochemistry
1 Determination of Calcium in food samples
2 Determination of Inorganic Phosphorous in food samples
3 Determination of Iron in food samples
4 Determination of beta carotene in carrots by column chromatography
5 Determination of Ascorbic Acid in food
6 Estimation of Amylase activity
7 Determination of Total Lipids By Sulphophospho vanillin Method
3S1 Seminar
InstitutionalEducational tour For minimum 08 days
36
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
Paper ndash I (Code 4T1) Advanced Clinical Biochemistry
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Analyse evaluate and generate information from a wide variety of sources regarding the key principles of aging and Neurological disorders
2 Analyse the effects of obesity on physiological functions including gene regulation
3 Critically interpret molecular and metabolic diseases and develop new knowledge domain about them
4 To develop effective creative and innovative solutions to current research problems in Reproductive Disease and Reproductive Biochemistry
5 To develop practical laboratory skill for Assisted Reproductive Technology program
37
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
4T1 Advanced Clinical Biochemistry
Unit I Aging and Neurological Disorders
Current view and theories of aging auto immune connection and HLA association processes of
aging and biochemical alteration DNA damage protein oxidation and axonal transport in aging
nutritional intervention as anti-aging therapy
Alzheimerrsquos disease Causes symptoms diagnosis pathogenesis genetics APP ApoE PS2 tau
protein risk factors and therapeutic approaches
Progeria Parkinsonrsquos disease Causes symptoms diagnosis pathogenesis genetics and therapeutic
approaches
Unit II Obesity
Theories lipid metabolism adipose tissue anomalies
Genetic basis of familial obesity effects of neuropeptides and leptin in nutrient partitioning
Obesity related derangements in metabolic regulation Therapeutic approaches
Unit III Molecular and Metabolic Diseases
Human gene map genetic diversity polymorphism genetic linkage chromosomal disorder
Monogenetic Disorders Autosomal dominant autosomal recessive X-linked Multifactorial
disorders Genetic heterogeneity Allelic heterogeneity Pathogenesis of genetic disease
Galactosemia Hemophilia Sickle cell anemia Muscular dystrophy Hypercholesterolemia Gout
Turnerrsquos syndrome
Unit IV Reproductive Biochemistry
Overview of reproductive system and reproduction biochemistry of reproductive disorders (male amp
female) Influence of various factors in reproduction with special reference to role of prostaglandins
and gonadotrophins Mechanism and methods of birth control and possible biochemical
consequences thereof Biochemical markerrsquos in infertility disorders Techniques involved in assisted
reproductive technology (ART) Culture media and cell culture techniques in ART programme
Suggested References
1 Clinical Biochemistry ndash Metabolic and Clinical aspects By-William J Marshall amp Stephen
K Angert
2 Harperrsquos Biochemistry - 27th Ed
3 Text book of Medical Physiology - By Guyton
4 Text book of Physiology -By Burn amp levy
5 Biochemistry ndashBy L Stryer (Freeman amp CoNY)
6 Biochemistry with clinical correlation- By Thomas Devli
7 The Metabolic Basis of Inherited Disease 5th Ed-By John Stanbury
8 Teitz Fundamentals of Clinical Chemistry ndashBy CABurtis amp Ashwood
9 Biochemistry - By Lehninger
10 Lehningerrsquos Biochemistry ndashBy Nelson amp Cox
11 Biochemistry ndashBy Stanford
12 Basic Medical Biochemistry A Clinical approach- By Smith
13 Principles of Internal Medicines- By HarrisonT R
14 Practical Biochemistry Principles amp Techniques- By Wilson amp Walker
15 Practical Biochemistry ndashBy David Plummer
38
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
Paper ndash II (Code 4T2) Advanced Immunology
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Understand details of lymph node microanatomy and learn the B and T cells encounter with antigens and study its development
2 Gain insight into antigen presentation and autophagy on a detailed molecular level
3 Understand immunology of mucosal surfaces and the interplay between commensal flora and the immune system in the gut
4 In-depth knowledge of the cellular and molecular basis for autoimmune disease and allergies
5 Basic knowledge of tumor immunology and the development of novel recombinant antibodies for treatment of cancer and autoimmune disease
39
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
4T2 Advanced Immunology
Unit I Introductory Immunobiology
Complement system Alternative and Classical pathway of complement activation
Immune networks Homeostasis in the immune system-termination of normal immune
responses network hypothesis
In vivo immunity to viruses bacteria fungi protozoa worms etc
Unit II Immunological tolerance and Autoimmunity
Immunologic tolerance T lymphocyte tolerance- central and peripheral Apoptosis in
Lymphocytes-pathways and biochemical mechanisms effector mechanisms Tolerance
induced regulatory T cells B lymphocyte tolerance- Central and Peripheral Homeostasis in
the immune pathogenesis and therapeutic approaches to autoimmunity
Unit III Tumor and Transplantation Immunology Hypersensitivity
General features of tumor immunity tumor antigens Immune response to tumor and
evasion Immunotherapy Types of hypersensitivity Effector mechanisms of immunologic
tissue injury and disease
Unit IV Immunodeficiency and Vaccinology
MHC and disease susceptibility immune deficiency disorders Active immunization
(immune prophylaxis) passive immunization adjuvants modern approaches to vaccine
development role of vaccines in the prevention of disease
Suggested References
1 Cellular and Molecular Immunology- 5th Edition Abul K Abbas Andrew Litchman
2 Immunology-5th Edition Richard A Goldsby Thomas J Kindt Barbara A Osborne
Janis Kuby
3 Immunology- 6th Edition Ivan Roitt Jonathan Brostoff David Male
40
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
Paper ndash III (Code 4T3 A) Toxicology (Clinical Research)
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Have knowledge about assessment and management of ethical clinical trial
programs
2 Demonstrate competency in biopharmaceutical clinical trial research designs and
regulatory affairs
3 Demonstrate competencies in evaluating clinical research data and
communicating results Manage innovative products through the discovery
processes and into the clinical trial phases
4 Identify and classify different types of trial designs when reading a trial report
understand the essential of GLP roles and responsibilities of stakeholders in
clinical trials
41
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
4T3 A) Toxicology (Clinical Research)
Unit I Pre-Clinical Research
Animal studies acute amp chronic toxicity of drugs regulations for number amp types of
animals protocols for animal experimentation Biochemical amp histopathological studies of
animals after drug administration Mechanism amp cause of death Routine toxicity studies amp
special toxicity studies carcinogenicity mutagenicity amp teratogenicity to be given special
emphasis
Unit II Phases of Clinical Research
Phases of clinical research number of volunteers in phase I amp types of patients in phase II to
IV Importance of these investigations Post marketing surveillance (PMS) amp
pharmacovigilence in case of clinical investigations after marketing authorization
Importance of ethical committee protocol design documentation in clinical trials Bio
Availability and Bio Equivalence studies Pharmacokinetics Pharmacodynamics Genomic
studies
Unit III Good lab practices
Good Clinical Practices Good Manufacturing Practices and Good Laboratory Practices
Principles of ICH-GCP History GCP declaration of Helsinki Belmont report Nuremberg
code Tuskgee trial Schedules Y and its amendments ICMR Guidelines Composition
functions amp operations of IRBIEC ethics of clinical trials Health Authorities- CDSCO US-
FDA EMEA and other
Unit IV Roles and Responsibilities of different stake holders in Clinical Research-
Sponsor CRO SMO Ethics Committee Investigator CRA CRC Patients and other
Departments in Clinical Research- Operations Business Development Regulatory
Pharmacovigilance Data Management Centralized Monitoring Quality Finance Important
documents in Clinical Research and importance of documentation in Clinical Research
Stages in clinical trial-Feasibilities PSSV SIV SMV and Close-out visits Audits and
Inspections
Suggested reading
1 Clinical Research Coordinator Handbook Norris Deborrah Plexus Publications
20040601
2 Clinical Research Methodology and Evidence-Based Medicine Babu Ajit N
Anshan 20080530
3 Conducting Clinical Research Judy Stone Biblio Distribution 2006
4 Essentials of clinical research Stephen P Glasser (Edt) Springer Verlag 2008
42
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
Paper ndash III (Code 4T3 B) Nutrition (Applied Nutritional Biochemistry)
Learning outcome Students will be
1 Capable of describing biochemical pathways relevant in nutrient metabolism 2 Capable of using selected biochemical techniques relevant in nutritional
biochemical research 3 Critical reading of scientific articles in nutritional biochemistry 4 Capable of discussing research questions relevant to nutritional biochemistry 5 The ability to ask critical questions and discuss nutritional biochemical research
43
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
4T3 B) Nutrition (Applied Nutritional Biochemistry)
Unit I Clinical nutrition
Role of a dietician role and responsibilities of a dietitian nutrition counseling professional
ethics and obligations
Diet therapy-Rationale for diet therapy (normal diet modifications of the diet to the light
diet soft diet full liquid diet clear liquid tube feeding) Routes for diet therapy-enteral and
parental use of biochemical parameters in the planning of diets use of computers in the
planning of diets
Unit II Nutritional Counseling and Dietetics
Nutritive value of different food groups and changes due to cooking in various food groups
Storage of foods food quality and factors affecting food quality Control of food quality Use
of additives Classification and applications
Unit III Community Nutrition
Opportunities in community Nutrition Assessing Community Resources assessing target
population program planning Assessing communityrsquos nutritional resources Food insecurity
food assistance programs world hunger and food insecurity Principles of nutrition education
and policy making national nutrition agenda
Unit IV Applied Nutrition and Public Health Concept of Health Nutrition and Public Health Nutrition Demographic trends in India and
the significance of certain indices of Health and Nutrition situation of a community IMR
MMR TFR Birth rate Death rate Life expectancy etc) Major nutritional problems in
developing countries Dietary surveys-methods ways of interpretations and analysis
recommendations based on survey findings Assessment of nutritional status biochemical
and anthropometry
Suggested Reading
Clinical nutrition
edited by- professor marinos elia (university of outhampton) professor olle ljungqvist
(karolinska institutet amp oumlrebro university hospital) dr outham outhamp (university of
outhampton professor susan lanham-new (university of surrey) - see more at
httpwwwnutritionsocietyorgpublicationstextbooksclinical-
nutritionsthashw12tfscqdpuf
Public health nutrition
edited by- professor michael gibney (ucd institute of food and health) professor barrie
margetts (university of southampton) dr john kearney (dublin institute of technology)
professor lenore arab (university of california los angeles)
httpwwwnutritionsocietyorgpublicationstextbookspublic-health-
nutritionsthash8pvhu1m0dpuf
Staying healthy with nutrition author- elson m Hass buck levin
American dietetic association complete food and nutrition guide Roberta larson duyff
44
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
MSc Biochemistry CBCS syllabus Effective from 2015-16
SEMESTER 4
Foundation 2 Basic Enzymology
Unit I
Introduction to Enzymology Nomenclature and classification of enzymes History sources of
enzymes (Animal Plant and microorganisms) Protein amp nonprotein nature of enzymes with
examples enzymes as biological catalysts and their importance principle of assay of enzymes and
measurement of activity effect of experimental conditions on measurement of activity such as time pH temp
substrate definition of enzyme unit Stability of enzymes and half life of enzymes Effect of environmental
factors on stability of enzymes Concept of Zymogens and active enzyme with examples effect of activators
and inhibitors on enzyme activity Role of coenzymes and cofactors on enzyme catalysis with examples
Unit II Production amp purification
Method os screening of sources for desired enzymes Availability of the sources for procurement
of enzymes Natural and synthetic Media for microbial enzyme production effect of inducers and
environmental factors on enzyme production by microorganisms
Methods of isolation of enzymes form the source purification of enzyme by dialysis salt and solvent
precipitation chromatography gel filtration Purification by affinity chromatography methods of
determination of purity and nature of of enzymes by simple PAGE SDSPAGE and 2 D electrophoresis
Unit III Enzyme Kinetics
Lock amp key model and Koshland model of enzyme active site Determination of active site of enzyme
Michelis Mentain equation kinetics of reversible irreversible and nonreversible enzymes Line Weaver burk
plot and Eddie Hofstie Plot Determination of kinetic constants and activation energy Effect of competitive
and non-competitive inhibitors on enzyme activity Allosteric enzyme and sigmoidal kinetics
Unit IV Applications of enzymes
Structure and function of multienzyme complex systems such as PDH KGH B oxidation spiral and glycolysis
Advantages of soluble and membrane bound enzymes Futile cycles in Biochemistry
Methods of immobilization of enzymes advantages and disadvantages of immobilization Application of
Immobilized enzymes in agriculture cosmetics detergent dairy brewing and food industries with examples
such as lactase pectinase proteinase invertaselipase etc Application of enzymes in nanotechnology
biosensors etc
Suggested references
1 Enzymology and Enzyme Technology 2014 by SM Bhatt (S Chand)
2 Enzyme Technology 2006 by Ashok Pandey (Editor) Colin Webb (Editor) MARCELO
FERNANDES (Editor) Springer
3 Biocatalysts and enzyme technology 2012 Klaus Buchholz
45
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
4T4 Bioresearch Techniques II (Subject centric core 2)
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Learn describe and build up knowledge domain regarding the latest and most advanced Bioresearch techniques available for biochemical research
2 Be aware select appropriately apply technology platforms and Perform techniques for analysis of DNA and protein expression
3 Evaluation of data and controls related to research techniques 4 Create thought-provoking questions related to the laboratory equipment
46
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
4T4 Bioresearch Techniques II (Subject centric core 2)
UNIT I
Biochemical methods I- Co-immunoprecipitation BiFC bimolecular fluorescence
complementation affinity electrophoresis Pull down assays label transfer yeast two hybrid
screens phage display
UNIT II
Biochemical methods II- In-vivo crosslinking of protein complexes using photo-reactive
amino acid analogs Tandem affinity purification (TAP) Chemical cross-linking SPINE
(Strepprotein interaction experiment) Quantitative immunoprecipitation combined with
knock-down (QUICK) Proximity ligation assay (PLA) in situ
UNIT III
Biophysical and theoretical methods I
Bio-Layer Interferometry
Dual polarisation interferometry (DPI)
Static light scattering (SLS)
Dynamic light scattering (DLS)
Surface plasmon resonance
UNIT IV
Biophysical and theoretical methods II
Fluorescence polarizationanisotropy
Fluorescence correlation spectroscopy
FRET BRET
2D-FT NMR spectroscopy
Proteinndashprotein docking
Isothermal Titration Calorimetry (ITC)
Isothermal Titration Calorimetry (ITC)
Suggested References
1 Molecular Biology of The Cell Alberts 5th Edition 2007 NCBI Publication
2 Principles of Biochemistry Lehninger WH Freeman
3 Biochemistry of Signal Transduction and Regulation-shy‐ Gerhard Krauss
Wiley VCH 3rd Revised Edition
4 Molecular Cell Biology Lodish 6th Edition WH Freeman amp Company
5 The cell Cooper 2nd Edition ASM Press
6 Gene IX Benjamin Lewin
Published by Pearson Prentice Hall
7 Cell and Molecular Biology Gerald Karp
8 Molecular Biology Robert Weaver 1st Edition WCBNMcGraw-shy‐Hill
9 Molecular Biology of the Gene Watson 6th Edition Pearson Publication
10 Gene Regulation A Eukaryotic Perspective David Latchman 5 illustrated Taylor amp
Francis 2005
47
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
4P1 Advanced Clinical Biochemistry and Immunology and Toxicology and Nutrition
1 Demonstration of dialysis using blood filtrate (Protein Separation)
2 Immunology
a Quantitative Estimation of Antibody
b Precipitation Techniques Double Immunodiffusion Single (Radial)
Immunodiffusion
3 Electrophoretic Techniques Immuno-electrophoresisRocket Immunoelectrophoresis
Immuno-diffusion
4 To assay cathepsin D ATPase (NaKCaMg) Lipid peroxidase enzymes
5 Assay of Acetylcholine esterase activity in rat brain
6 Assay of monoamine oxidase
7 Fractionation of tissues and assay of proteins
8 Assay of ornithine amino transferase
9 Glutathione Estimation
10 Organ tissue morphology histopathology
11 Assay of toxicant biotransformation enzyme-cytochrome P450
12 Test for teratogenecity carcinogenecity Ames test
13 To perform pair wise alignment of sequences using BLAST program
14 To design primers for the given gene sequences
15 To perform multiple sequence alignment and generate phylogenetic tree
16 To retrieve and visualize the three dimensional structures of proteins
17 To retrieve metagenomic sequences and primer designing to develop STS marker
OR
18 Determination of Triglycerides
19 Proximate Analysis of Food Samples
48
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4 Project
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Plan and develop experimental design projects from concept through to professional
prototype
2 Apply theoretical knowledge conceptual skills and techniques to the development of
solutions for biochemical problems
3 Apply initiative and judgment in planning problem solving and decision making in
practice or future study
4 Design a research project and submit in a form of thesis they will present their results of
the thesis to an audience of peers and faculty and be able to defend their results during
final evaluation
4PROJ PROJECT
4S1 Seminar
4
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
M Sc Biochemistry Semester III Code
Th
eory
P
ract
ical
Teaching scheme (Hours Week)
Cre
dit
s
Examination Scheme
Th
Pra
ct
To
tal
Du
rati
on
in h
rs
Max Marks
To
tal M
ark
s
Minimum Passing Marks
Ext
ern
al
Mar
ks
Inte
rnal
A
ss
Th
Pra
ct
3T1 Advanced Molecular Biology
4 - 4 4 3 80 20 100 40
3T2 Biotechnology 4 - 4 4 3 80 20 100 40 3T3 A) Toxicology
(Biochemical amp
Environmental
Toxicology
OR
B) Nutrition (Nutritional Biochemistry)
4 - 4 4 3 80 20 100 40
3T4 Foundation I (Biomolecules and Basic metabolism) OR (Subject centric Core 1) Bioresearch Techniques I
4 - 4 4 3 80 20 100 40
3P1 Biotechnology and Molecular Biology
- 8 8 4 8 80 20 100 40
3P2 A) Toxicology
(Biochemical amp
Environmental
Toxicology)
OR
B) Nutrition (Nutritional Biochemistry)
- 8 8 4 8 80 20 100 40
3S1 Seminar 2 - 2 1 25 25 10 TOTAL 18 16 34 25 520 105 625 170 80
5
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
M Sc Biochemistry Semester IV
Code
Th
eory
P
ract
ical
Teaching scheme (Hours Week)
Cre
dit
s
Examination Scheme
Th
Pra
ct
To
tal
Du
rati
on
in h
rs
Max Marks
To
tal M
ark
s
Minimum Passing Marks
Ext
ern
al
Mar
ks
Inte
rnal
A
ss
Th
Pra
ct
4T1 Advanced Clinical Biochemistry
4 - 4 4 3 80 20 100 40
4T2 Advanced Immunology
4 - 4 4 3 80 20 100 40
4T3 A) Toxicology
(Clinical
Research)
OR
B) Nutrition (Applied Nutritional Biochemistry)
4 - 4 4 3 80 20 100 40
4T4 Foundation 2 (Basic Enzymology) or (Subject centric Core 2) Bioresearch Techniques II
4 - 4 4 3 80 20 100 40
4P1 Advanced
Clinical
Biochemistry amp
Immunology
And
A) Toxicology
(Clinical
Research)
OR
B) Nutrition
(Applied
Nutritional
Biochemistry)
- 8 8 4 8 80 20 100 40
4PROJ Project - 8 8 4 8 80 20 100 40 4S1 Seminar 2 - 2 1 25 25 10 TOTAL 18 16 34 25 520 105 625 170 80
6
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 1
Paper 1 (Code 1T1) Protein Biochemistry Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Basics Protein structure chemical bonding or molecular geometry based on accepted
models
2 Apply quantitative reasoning skills of protein folding and energy physical or
chemical changes that occur
3 Use accepted models to describe the interactions of amino acids and equilibrium
concepts with respect to protein conformations and interactions
4 In the major areas of Mass spectrometry students will be able to
a Describe and understand the capabilities and limitations of instrumental methods
b Explain the instrument components and principles of operation
5 Upon being introduced to the steps of the analytical process students will be able to
correctly select an analytical method and instrument meeting their use objectives
Also students would be able to demonstrate competence in data acquisition by Mass
Spectrometric analysis and interpreting laboratory data
6 With Basics of Protein synthesis machinery students will be able to conceptualize the
process of translation and its regulatory aspects so as to apply the concept for
understanding protein structural dynamics with respect to protein functions
7 Protein sorting and compartmentalization during and after translation will give
fundamental understanding about organelle specific protein functions This will
develop competence amongst the students for application of physical parameters in
protein functional dynamics depending upon organelle specific environment
8 Overall understanding of protein structure function relationship through this paper
will equip the students to propose designs of novel proteins constructed through
utilization of aspects of protein engineering Specific examples of the same would
help them understand and apply the concept of protein engineering to the fullest
7
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 1
1T1 Protein Biochemistry
Unit I Proteins and Mass Spectrometry
Overview of protein structure protein folding Ramchandran plot domains and modules
binding sites within proteins protein sequencing
Basics of Mass Spectrometry Ionization mechanisms- protonation deprotonation
cationization transfer of charged molecules to gas phase electron ejection electron capture
Mass analyzers-TOF Ion trap Quadrupole Ionization methods-Electron Impact (EI)
Chemical Ionization (CI) Fast Atom Bombardment (FAB) Field Description (FD) Electron
Spray Ionization (ESI) Matrix Assisted Laser Desorption Ionization (MALDI) Protein
Identification using MS
Unit II Protein biosynthesis
Eukaryotic translation machinery structure and assembly of the ribosome initiation
elongation and termination of translation
Unit III Protein sorting and degradation Intracellular protein sorting movement of proteins between cellular compartments gated
transmembrane and vesicular transport Protein transport and translocation to nucleus mitochondria
chloroplast peroxisomes endoplasmic reticular system Protein degradation
Unit IV Protein Engineering
Design and construction of novel proteins and enzymes Conformation of proteins in general and
enzymes in particular Effect of amino acids on structure of proteins Energy status of a protein
molecule Structure function relations of enzymes Physical methods such as x-ray crystallography
for determination of protein structure Site directed mutagenesis for specific protein function Basic
concepts for design of a new proteinenzyme molecule Specific examples of enzyme engineering -
Dihydrofolate reductase and Subtilisin
Suggested References
1 Modern Protein Chemistry Practical Aspects Published September 12 2001 by CRC Press -
272 Pages Edited By Gary C Howard
2 Biochemistry 5th edition Berg JM Tymoczko JL Stryer L New York W H Freeman 2002
3 Proteins Structures and Molecular Properties Thomas E Creighton Publisher W H Freeman
1992 Edition Second Edition
4 Protein Engineering Protocols (Methods in Molecular Biology) Kristian Muumlller (Editor)
Publisher Humana Press Softcover reprint of hardcover 1st ed 2007 edition (November 10
2010)
5 Protein Degradation Series 4 Volume Set (v 1) R John Mayer (Editor) Publisher Wiley-
VCH 1 edition (March 4 2008)
6 Structural Aspects of Protein Synthesis Anders LiljashttpwwwamazoncomStructural-
Aspects-Protein-Synthesis-
Andersdp981238863Xref=sr_1_1s=booksampie=UTF8ampqid=1323503546ampsr=1-1 -
(Author) Publisher World Scientific Pub Co Inc 1 edition (November 2004)
7 Protein Targeting Transport and Translocation Ross Dalbey (Editor) Publisher Academic
Press 1 edition (May 13 2002)
8 Principles of Physical Biochemistry- KenslE van Holde W Curtis Johnson P Shing Ho
Pearson Prentice Hall 2nd Edition
9 Crystallography made crystal clear 1993 G Rhodes Academic Press
10 Principles and Techniques of Biochemistry and Molecular Biology 6th Edition Wilson Keith
and Walker John (2005) Cambridge University Press New York
11 A textbook of biophysics R N Roy New Central Publication 1st edition
8
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 1
Paper 2 (Code 1T2) Advanced Enzymology Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Describe structure capacities and the component of activity of
chemicals and interaction with enzymes Learning energy of protein
catalyzed responses and compound restraints and administrative
procedure Enzyme action Enzyme Units Specific action
2 Have a detail and more intricate knowledge of allosteric and other
aspects of enzyme catalysis regulation
3 Have a total comprehension of rate of responses and request of
responses and restraints and their kinetics To gain information on
protein catalysis and isoenzymes and on multienzyme and multienzyme
complexes with specific examples
4 Develop intellectual capacity to relate bioenergetics principles and the
entropy to the law of thermodynamics and Free energy and its
connection to chemical equilibria in consolation to enzyme catalysis
5 Theory related to respiratory mechanisms catalysed by enzymatic
principles of redox biochemistry will help the students to gauge wide
applicability of enzymatic reactions in biological systems Detail
description of Coupled reactions and their role in metabolism and
Chemiosmotic hypothesis of ATP synthesis to understand the
mechanism of energy harnessing mechanism operating in biological
system
9
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 1
1T 2 Advanced Enzymology
Unit I Kinetics and Regulation of enzyme activity
Review of unisubstrate enzyme kinetics multisubstrate enzyme kinetics Co-operativity
phenomenon Hill and Scatchard plots protein-ligand binding and its measurement detailed
mechanism of catalysis of serine protease carbonic anhydrase and PEP kinase
Metalloenzymes
Unit II Allosteric enzymes and multienzyme systems
Allosteric enzymes sigmoidal kinetics and its physiological significance symmetric and
sequential modes of action and their significance immobilized enzymes and their industrial
applications study of multienzyme complexes with respect to occurrence isolation and their
properties and polygenic nature eg pyruvate dehydrogenase and fatty acid synthase
Unit III Enzyme regulation
General mechanisms of enzyme regulation Feed back inhibition and feed forward
stimulation repression and induction of enzymes reversible and irreversible covalent
modifications of enzymes flexibility and conformational mobility of enzymes convergent
and divergent evolution of enzymes
Unit IV Bioenergetics and oxidative phosphorylation
Energy transformation laws of thermodynamics Gibbs energy free energy change redox
potentials phosphate potential ion electrochemical potential proton electrochemical
potential membrane potential Chemi-osmotic theory mitochondrial respiratory chain order
and organization of carrier proton gradients Characterization of Iron- Sulphur proteins and
Cytochromes Q cycle Respiratory controls and oxidative phosphorylation ATP synthase
complex
Suggested References
1 Enzymes Biochemistry Biotechnology and Clinical Chemistry-Trevor Palmer
2 Principles of Biochemistry- Lehninger David L Nelson and Michael M Cox
3 Enzymes- Malcolm Dixon and Edwin Webb
4 Harperrsquos Biochemistry- Harper
5 Biochemistry- Western and Todd
6 Cell and Molecular Biology-Gerald Karp
7 Fundamentals of Biochemistry-Donald Voet Judith G Voet and Charlotte W Bratt
10
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 1
Paper 3 (Code 1T3) Biochemical Research Techniques Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 The theoretical aspects of designing the Experiments and also study the Quality
control mechanism in Biochemistry
2 Understand the Sampling techniques and interpret the data based on the measures
of the central tendency
3 Learn the discrepancies and deviations of the variable based of measures of
dispersion
4 Study the relationship between variables based on correlation and regression
analysis
5 Deduce the probable outcomes of an experiment based on observations
following laws of probability and also assess the significance of the
interpretation through tests of significance such as t-test
6 To understand the importance and applications of computational methods and
statistical softwares in Biology
11
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 1
1T 3 Biochemical Research Techniques
Unit I Research Methodology
1 Introduction to research methodology History and definition of research role of
theory hypothesis sampling variables randomness selection of problem purpose of
research and research reporting
2 Experimental research Early experimentation experimental groups control groups
variables method of controlling variables designing and validation of experiments
3 Methods and tools in research Research tools and its reliability and validity
quantitative and qualitative studies observation inquiry forms Q methodology data
collection limitations and sources of error
4 Types of data Analysis Descriptive data analysis Inferential data analysis Computer
data analysis
Unit II Biostatistics
Principles and practice of statistical methods in biological research samples and populations Basic
statistics-average statistics of dispersion coefficient of variation confidence limits Probability
distribution normal binomial and Poisson distribution Mean variants standard deviations and
standard error correlation and regression test of statistical significance and analysis of variance and
covariance
Unit III Data Retrieval Scientific Writing and Presentation
1 Information Search amp Data Retrieval Tools for Web Search Data Retrieval Tools
Data Mining of Biological Databases
2 Report Writing Significance of report writing different steps in report writing types
of report layout of research paper
3 Mechanics and precautions of writing research reports for scientific journals popular
magazines seminarssymposia conferencesworkshops poster session
4 Presentationndash Oral amp Written Presentations in classrooms scientific meets amp public
audience Defence of research thesis
Unit IV Computers
Introduction of computer networks- Topologies and designs Basics of computer operating systems-
windows and Linux Introduction to Markup language-Hyper Text Markup Language (HTML) and
Extensive Markup Language (XML) Spreadsheets and Presentation software
Systems Biology-An introduction
Introduction to Metagenomics
Suggested References
1 Fundamentals of Biostatistics Bernard A Rosner Thomson-BrooksCole 2006
2 Research methodology in social behavioural and life sciences Designs models and
methods Herman J Ader and Gideon Mellenbergh (Ed) SAGE Publications
6 Principles of Genome analysis and genomics Primrose SB Twyman RM Blackwell
Science (2002)
7 Biostatistics-A foundation for Health Science Daniel WW John Wiley (1983)
8 Statistical Methods Medhi J Willey Eastern Limited (1992)
12
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 1
Paper 4 (Code 1T4) Plant Biochemistry Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Detailed knowledge of plant cellular architecture and the mechanism
of photosynthetic systems for photophosphorylation will enable the
students to get a dissected approach for understanding autotrophic food
synthesis mechanism driven by photon energy operative in plants
2 Hormonal pathways driving plant growth mechanisms form the
foundation for in vitro plant propagation setup and understanding of
Plant tissue culture aspects Students would gain an thorough insight of
growth regulatory mechanism of plants through which they will be able
to devise the hormonal concoction required for organogenesis and related
plant tissue culture applications
3 Students will be able to learn metabolic attributes and driving
principles of plant growth through basic carbohydrate lipid and protein
metabolism Also the students will be developing a comprehension of
importance of nitrogen and sulphur metabolism in plants and associated
plant physiological alterations
4 With in depth knowledge about plant physiochemical aspects the
students will get equipped to develop an understanding about effects
caused by biotic and abiotic stress factors on plant metabolism and
growth They can thus impinge upon the ways to tackle such stress
physiological aspects to promote and resolve plant stresses
5 Practical exposure to biochemical analysis of plant physiological
aspects would improve the students application approach towards plant
biochemistry as tool to protect plant diversity
13
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 1
1T4 Plant Biochemistry
Unit I Plant Cell and Photosynthesis
Structure of plant cell Structure of plant cell membrane and cell wall
Structure of chloroplast system Photosynthetic pigments and their functions Photo system
I amp II Photosynthetic electron transport and photophosphorylation
Calvin cycle(C3 plants) Hatch slack pathway (C4 plants) Crassulacean acid metabolism
Unit II Plant hormones and Tissue culture
Plant hormones Biosynthesis structure and biochemical mode of action of auxins
gibberellins cytokinins abscisic acid and ethylene Other plant growth regulators
Plant tissue culture Plant cell organs and culture Somaclonal variation protoplast isolation
fusion and culture of protoplasts Application of plant tissue culture
Unit III Plant respiration and Metabolism
Plant respiration Carbohydrate lipid and Protein metabolism Cyanide sensitive and
insensitive respiration
Nitrogen metabolism Development and structure of root nodules Role of nod factors in
nodule development Structure of plant nitrogenase system Symbiotic nitrogen fixation and
and its regulation Formation and assimilation of ammonia
Sulphur metabolism Sulphate activation Reduction of active sulphate Oxidation of
inorganic sulphur incorporation of sulphur into amino acids
Unit IV Biochemistry of plant growth amp stress physiology
Biochemistry of seed and bud dormancy Biochemistry of seed germination factors affecting seed germination Structure and function of Phytochrome and Cryptochrome Photoperiodism and Vernalization Hormonal regulation of flowering Responses of plant to biotic (pathogens and insects) and abiotic (water temperature and salt) stresses Mechanism of resistance to biotic stress and tolerance to abiotic stress
Suggested References
1 Plant physiology -Taiz amp Ziger
2 Biochemistry and molecular Biology of plant-Buchanan
3 Plant physiology -M Devlin
4 Plant pathology- George N Agriose
5 Plant breeding- BD Singh
6 Germination of seed- AM Mayer amp A Mayber
7 Introduction of Plant Physiology -William Hopkins
8 Introduction to plant - Godwin amp merser
9 Plant physiology - Mohit Warma
14
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 1
1P 1 Protein Biochemistry and Enzymology
1 Estimation of protein by UV Spectrophotometer by E280E260 method
2 Estimation of Riboflavin by Arnoldrsquos fluorimetric method
3 Estimation of Thiamine by thiochrome method
4 Separation of proteins by PAGE
5 Seperation of proteins by SDS gel electrophoresis
6 Western Blotting
7 Purification of proteins by isoelectric precipitation
8 Molecular weight determination
9 Fractionation of cells by differential centrifugation
10 Assay of marker enzymes
11 To study the essentiality of co-enzymes in enzyme catalyzed reaction
12 Fractionation of human plasma proteins by precipitation
13 Assay of acid and alkaline phosphatase
14 Effect of environmental factors such as pH temperature and inhibitors on alkaline
phosphatase
15 Measurement of initial velocity
16 To study kinetics of enzyme using Lineweaver-Burk Eadie-Hofstee and Hanes Plots
1P 2 Biochemical Research Techniques and Plant Biochemistry
1 Absorption of water by live amp dead seeds
2 Changes in carbohydrate protein content during germination
3 Induction of proteinases amylases and lipase during germination
4 Induction of vitamin C synthesis during germination
5 Isolation and characterization of trypsin inhibitor
6 Assay of peroxidase catalase phenol oxidase ascorbic acid oxidase
7 Isolation of plant DNA amp RNA
8 Estimation of carotene ascorbic acid phenols and tannins in fruits and vegetables
9 Development of callus culture from meristems and leaves
1S1 Seminar
InstitutionalEducational tour For minimum 08 days
15
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 2
Paper ndash I (Code 2T1) Immunology
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Remember and Understand basic concepts of Immunology Molecular details of
various receptors and effectors involved in evoking Immune responses
2 Mechanism and pathways of immunity with essential details about immunoglobulin
structures and mechanism of action
3 Appreciate and assess the various immunological techniques used for public health
Applications of immunology based techniques in public health and immunization
16
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 2
2T1 Immunology
Unit I The Immune system Immunoglobulins and TCR
History of Immunology Innate Immunity effector mechanisms involved PAMPs PRRs
Phagocytosis Lysis blocking extra cellular killing etc Biochemistry and biology of TLRs
Inflamatory processes inflamamasomes interrelationship between innate and adaptive
immunity
Immunoglobulins and TCR
Immunochemistry Antigen antibody reaction its kinetics and thermodynamics Structure
functions of immunoglobulins Ig genes and their expression Generation of Ab diversity
BCR TCR Organization and re-arrangement of TCR genes TCR diversity
Unit II
Anatomy of Immune system
Immunological cells tissues and organs Maturation activation and differentiation of B and
T cells MHC genes and their polymorphism Structure and function of MHC molecules
Clonal selection theory Cell surface molecules Ig super family integrins selectins
chemokine receptors and other accessory molecules Cytokines and chemokines
Unit III
Immune response by T and B lymphocytes
Cellular and molecular mechanisms of Ab production humoral and cell mediated immunity
Antigen processing and presentation T and B cell interaction Super antigens
Unit IV
Immunological Techniques
Immunochemical techniques including immunodiffusion RIA EIA agglutination
immunoflorescence immunoelectron microscopy immunoelectrophoresis HLA typing
leukocyte migration inhibition technique delayed hypersensitivity technique cytotoxicity
assay Monoclonal Abrsquos hybridoma and other technologies Abzymes
Suggested References
1 Cellular and Molecular Immunology- 5th Edition Abul K Abbas Andrew Litchman
2 Immunology-5th Edition Richard A Goldsby Thomas J Kindt Barbara A Osborne
Janis Kuby
3 Immunology- 6th Edition Ivan Roitt Jonathan Brostoff David Male
17
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 2
Paper ndash II (Code 2T2) Clinical Biochemistry
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Remember and Understand fundamental concepts in Clinical Biochemistry and
recent automations introduced in it
2 Comprehend basics of Endocrine system and hormones involved for regulation of
various biochemical functions of target organs
3 Illustrate compare and appreciate functions and biochemical attributes of Liver and
implications in Clinical Biochemistry
18
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 2
2T2 Clinical Biochemistry
Unit I Automation in clinical biochemistry gastric and blood disorders
Automation in Clinical Biochemistry- Instrumental concept Selection of Instrument Quality
assurance Control of pre-analytical and analytical variables External and internal quality
control measurements
Gastric disorders Disorders of gastric function method of evaluation pancreatic diseases
Steatorrhoea Malabsorption syndrome test for their evaluation
Blood Disorder Review of mechanism of coagulation and fibrinolysis abnormalities in
blood coagulation variation of plasma proteins abnormalities of blood formation anemia
haemoglobinopathies clinical significance of fecal and urine analysis
Unit II Endocrinology I Insulin and glucagon Various types of hyperglycemia Diabetes mellitus Ketonemia
ketonuria Experimental diabetes Hypoglycemia Polyurea Glucose tolerance test
Thyroid Iodine metabolism Hypo and Hyper thyroidism BMRand other test for
evaluation of thyroid function
Parathyroid Calcium and phosphorus metabolism Abnormalities of Parathyroid function
and methods of evaluation
Unit III Endocrinology II
Adrenal Addisonrsquos disease and pheochromocytoma Disorders of steroid metabolism Test
for evaluation of adrenal functions
Pituitary Pituitary hormones Clinical syndromes and their evaluation
Unit IV Liver disorders
Liver disorders Jaundice fatty liver and liver function tests Renal function test
Cerebrospinal fluid Composition in health and disease Lipid profile in health and disease
Elements of Clinical Enzymology Isoenzymes in health and disease
Clinical significance of GOT GPT Creatine kinase LDH etc
Biochemical diagnosis of disease by enzymatic evaluation
Suggested References 1 Clinical Biochemistry ndash Metabolic and Clinical aspects By-William J Marshall amp Stephen
K Angert
2 Harperrsquos Biochemistry - 27th EdText book of Medical Physiology - By Guyton
3 Text book of Physiology -By Burn amp levy
4 Biochemistry ndashBy L Stryer (Freeman amp CoNY)
5 Biochemistry with clinical correlation- By Thomas Devli
6 The Metabolic Basis of Inherited Disease 5th Ed-By John Stanbury
7 Teitz Fundamentals of Clinical Chemistry ndashBy CABurtis amp Ashwood
8 Biochemistry - By Lehninger
9 Lehningerrsquos Biochemistry ndashBy Nelson amp Cox
10 Biochemistry ndashBy Stanford
11 Basic Medical Biochemistry A Clinical approach- By Smith
12 Principles of Internal Medicines- By HarrisonT R
13 Practical Biochemistry Principles amp Techniques- By Wilson amp Walker
14 Practical Biochemistry ndashBy David Plummer
19
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 2
Paper ndash III (Code 2T3) Cell Biochemistry
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Gain knowledge about fundamentals of cell division cycle and decision making
ability of the cells to proceed for duplication with regulatory aspects
2 Cell communication ability and control of cell cycle brough about by internal and
external molecular effectors
3 Understand basic concept of Cancer Biology and stem cells
20
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 2
2T3 Cell Biochemistry
Unit I Cell cycle and regulation
Review of cell cycle divisional control regulatory proteins cyclincdk complexes positive
and negative regulation inhibitory molecules restriction points regulation of DNA
synthesis regulation of degradation check points cell cycle arrest role of cyclically
activated protein kinases transcriptional regulation
Unit II Cell communication I
General principles of cell communication extra cellular signals and their receptors autocrine
signaling and role of gap junctions types of cell receptors relay of signal and intracellular
signal proteins regulated proteolysis dependent signaling pathways (Notch Wnt hedgehog
NFKB)
Unit III Cell communication II
Informational transactions in eukaryotic cells- cyclic AMP facet Study of G-proteins
signaling through G-protein linked cell surface receptors signaling through enzyme linked
cell surface receptors Calcium messenger system signaling via GMP
Unit IV Cancer
Causes and types of cancer viral carcinogenesis tumor suppressors oncogenes and signal
transduction growth and spread of cancer molecular basis of cancer therapy molecular
markers
Programmed cell death and its regulation in normal physiology regulation and execution of
mammalian apoptosis cytokine signaling and role of apoptosis in tumor genesis
Suggested References
1 Molecular Biology of the Cell Alberts 5th Edition 2007 NCBI Publication
2 Principles of Biochemistry Lehninger WH Freeman
3 Biochemistry of Signal Transduction and Regulation - Gerhard Krauss Wiley VCH 3rd
Revised Edition
4 Molecular Cell Biology Lodish 6th Edition WH Freeman amp Company
5 The Cell Cooper 2nd Edition ASM Press
6 Gene IX Benjamin Lewin Published by Pearson Prentice Hall
7 Cell and Molecular Biology Gerald Karp
8 Molecular Biology Robert Weaver 1st Edition WCB McGraw-Hill
9 Molecular Biology of the Gene Watson 6th Edition Pearson Publication
10 Gene Regulation A Eukaryotic Perspective David Latchman 5 illustrated Taylor amp
Francis 2005
11 The Cell- G M Cooper
21
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 2
Paper ndash IV (Code 2T4) Molecular Biology
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Remember and understand the fundamental concepts of Molecular Biology and the
experiments involved in it
2 Relate the concepts of Molecular Biology in the development of Biochemical
research techniques
22
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 2
2T4 Molecular Biology
Unit I Eukaryotic and Prokaryotic chromosomes
Chromatin structure Histones DNA nucleosome morphology and higher level organization Functional
states of chromatin and alterations in chromatin organization Chromosome organization Metaphase
chromosomes centromere and kinetochore telomere and its maintenance Holocentric chromosomes
Heterochromatin and euchromatin position effect variegation Chromosomal domains (matrix loop domains)
and their functional significance
Organization of nuclear and organellar genomes C-value paradox Repetitive DNA-satellite DNAs and
interspersed repeated DNAs Transposable elements LINES SINES Alu family and their application in
genome mapping
Concept of a gene Conventional and modern views Fine structure of gene split genes pseudogenes non-
coding genes overlapping genes and multi-gene families
Unit II Replication and Recombination
Replication Review of replication in bacteria plasmid and viruses Models of DNA replication DNA
replication in eukaryotes Eukaryotic DNA polymerases and their roles origin of replication Autonomously
Replicating Segments (ARS) in yeast elongation lagging strand synthesis and termination
Recombination DNA recombination Homologous site specific and transposition
Homologous recombination Holliday Model Messelsson -Radding Model Rec BCD pathway
Site specific recombination Lambda phage ingration and excision rearrengementof immunoglobulin genes
Transposition Prokaryotic transposition Insertion sequences and mere complex transposons (eg Tn3)
conservative and replicative transposition Eukaryotic transposable elements yeast and Drosophila transposons
retroviruses and retrovirus like elements
Unit III Transcription
Review of prokaryotic transcription transcription in eukaryotes Eukaryotic RNA polymerases and their
subunit structure Class I II and III promoters Upstream elements enhancers and silencers General
transcription factors Class I II III genes and their functions elongation factors TBP structure and its role in
transcription mediators Structure of transcription activators zinc fingers homeodomains helix loop helix
bZIP beta barrels
Unit IV Viruses
General properties of viruses (size shape composition of viral capsid spikes envelope and nucleic acids)
Viral classification in brief Baltimore classification Structure and composition of DNA viruses (Herpes virus
amp Adenovirus) and RNA viruses (HIV)
Tumor viruses (HBV HTLV HPV) structure and mechanism of oncogenesis
Structure and life cycle of Lambda and M13 bacteriophages
Laboratory diagnosis of viral diseases
Mechanism of action of Antiviral drugs (Acyclovir Foscarnet Nevirapine Saquinavir Oseltamivir)
Suggested References
1 Molecular Biology of Gene Watson
2 Gene 7 Benjamin Lewin
3 Cell amp Molecular Biology Devlin
4 Biochemistry Lehninger Nelson amp Cox
5 Biochemistry Voet amp Voet
6 Molecular Biology David Frifelder
7 Molecular biology-Lodish Baltimore
8 Genetics-Russell
9 Genetics 1and 2-CBPower
10 Molecular biology-Watson
11 Molecular biochemistry ndashRobert Weaver
12 Microbiology by Davis
13 Virology by Luria
14 Understanding Viruses-Teri Shors Jones and Bartlett Publishers Massachusetts edition 2009
23
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 2
2P1 Clinical Biochemistry And Immunology
1 Determination of serum and urine Creatinine by Jaffrsquos method
2 Determination of serum Bilirubin by Malloy amp Evllyn method
3 Determination of serum Chloride by Schales amp Schales method
4 Estimation of blood urea by Nesslerisation method
5 Estimation of Serum amylase (EC3211)
6 Estimation of Serum Cholesterol by Single Step Method (Libermann amp Burchard)
7 Determination of Serum Uric Acid by Henry Carawayrsquos method
8 Determination of Icteric Index SGOT SGPT and alkaline phosphatase activity
9 Routine Urine Analysis
10 Quantitative Estimation of T3 T4 and TSH
11 To determine Urinary VMA (3-methoxy 4 ndashHydroxyl Vanillin Mandellic Acid)
12 Glucose Tolerance Test
2P2 Cell And Molecular Biology
1 Use of Simple Compound and Phase Contrast Microscopes
2 Isolation culture and cell counting of lymphocytes
3 Adherent cell line Trypsinization cell count subculturing
4 MTT assay
5 Isolation of DNA from Bacteria and Blood
6 Assessment of purity of DNA by 260280 ratio
7 Isolation of plasmid DNA Mini Prep Midi Prep and Maxi Prep
8 Restriction digestion of DNA
9 Ligation of DNA
10 Separation of DNA fragments by Electrophoresis
11 Southern Blotting amp Northern Blotting
2S1 Seminar
24
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 3
Paper ndash I (Code 3T1) Advanced Molecular Biology
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Understand the concepts of Eukaryotic Transcription regulation mechanisms with details
of enzymes involved eukaryotic transcription process
2 Post transcriptional and translational modifications and regulatory aspects of it
3 Describe the expression of genes and the regulatory RNAs involved in it
4 Appreciate epigenetic ways of gene expression regulation
25
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 3
3T1 Advanced Molecular Biology
Unit I Regulation of eukaryotic gene expression at transcriptional level
Overview of transcription by RNA Polymerases I II and III
Anatomy of a protein-coding gene
Basal transcription by RNA polymerase II Subunits of Pol II general transcription factors
Activators How the initiation complex is assembled How initiation occurs
Speeding up the process Enhancers TAFs and how they work
Regulated transcription transcription factors Zinc-fingers (Sp1 the first such factor identified)
Leucine zippers Basic helix loop helix Homeodomains DNA binding domains Activating domains
RNA Elongation HIV TATTAR
RNA polymerase III and regulation of 5S rRNA
Unit II Regulation of eukaryotic gene expression at post translational translational and post-
translational levels
Regulation at tpst-transcriptional level Effect of cap and polyadenylation on splicing trans and
alternative splicing RNA editing mRNA stability and transport
Regulation at Translational level Global regulation through eIF2 and eIF4EeIF4E-BP Specific
regulation through 5 UTRs using RNA structure eg ODC Specific regulation through 5
UTRprotein interactions eg ferritin in eukaryotes and ribosomal proteins in prokaryotes Specific
regulation through 3 UTRs eg 15-LOX
Regulation at post-translational level Control of the level of active proteins regulation of proteolysis
Unit III Regulatory RNAs
Historical background RNA interference as regulatory mechanism in eukaryotes Slicer and dicer
synthesis and function of RNAi molecules in plants chromatin remodeling in human disease and
diagnosis
Unit IV Epigenetics
Background chromosomal inheritance taking fission yeast as an example DNA methyltransferases
DNA methylation maintenance histone modification and regulation of chromatin structure bivalent
histones DNA demethylation histone demethylation
Suggested References
1 Molecular Biology of the Cell Alberts 5th Edition 2007 NCBI Publication
2 Principles of Biochemistry Lehninger WH Freeman
3 Biochemistry of Signal Transduction and Regulation - Gerhard Krauss Wiley VCH 3rd
Revised Edition
4 Molecular Cell Biology Lodish 6th Edition WH Freeman amp Company
5 The cell Cooper 2nd Edition ASM Press
6 Genes IX Benjamin Lewin Published by Pearson Prentice Hall
7 Cell and Molecular Biology Gerald Karp
8 Molecular Biology Robert Weaver 1st Edition WCB McGraw-Hill
9 Molecular Biology of the Gene Watson 6th Edition Pearson Publication
10 Gene Regulation A Eukaryotic Perspective David Latchman 5 illustrated Taylor amp
Francis 2005
26
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 3
Paper ndash II (Code 3T2) Biotechnology
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Remember and Understand fundamental concepts of Genetic Engineering
2 Illustrate and compare different techniques involved in Genetic Engineering
3 Understand the concepts of Prokaryotic and Eukaryotic Transformation and PCR
4 Describe the expression of heterologous genes and the vectors involved in it
5 Appreciate technology involved in industrial products of Protein engineering and
fermentation technology Remember and Understand the design and functioning of
different types of Bioreactors and Downstream processing Evaluate the application of
different types of Bioreactors including immobilization reactor system and its kinetics
6 Comprehend tools important in Bioinformatics analysis for simplified application of
nucleic acid and protein sequence data
27
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 3
3T2 Biotechnology
Unit I rDNA technology Genomic and cDNA libraries DNA manipulation enzymes isolation of specific genes
Gene cloning REs vectors-plasmids cosmids phage vectors M13 phage vectors phagemids expression
vectors with strong promoters inducible vectors produce fusion proteins and their isolation Eucaryotic
expression system shuttle vectors YAC BAC insertion of DNA and its ligation to carrier DNA introduction
of DNA in cells gene synthesis gene libraries
Application of recombinant DNA technology in medicine agriculture industry and environmental sciences
Unit II Gene control systems in bacteria and bacteriophage lambda
Mechanism of induction and repression constitutive expression various control mechanisms positive
regulation negative regulation attenuation operon hypothesis with special reference to malgal ara and
histidine operons Regulatory mechanisms in bacteriophage lambda
Regulation of gene expression at various levels (transcription post transcriptional and translational)
DNA-protein interactions Lambda family of repressor trp repressor
Unit III Biochemical engineering Biochemical Engineering Bioreactors and related equipment and
instrumentation types of bioreactor (Batch semi batch CSTF recycle etc) reactor analysis reactor design
reactor for recombination proteins
Fermentation technology Fermentation technology microbial culture reaction genetic modification use of
mutants recombinant DNA technology and application in fermentation technology microbial growth kinetics
sterilization fermentation process kinetics analysis of rate pattern and kinetic groups fermentation process
types control of environmental variables recovery of fermentation products isolation and purification and use
of immobilization techniques
Unit IV Bioinformatics and Drug Designing Introduction to Bioinformatics Applications of Bioinformatics Bioinformatics resources
Biological Databases Overview to Biological Databases Nucleotide Databases (GenBank DDBJ ENA) Protein sequence
databases (Uniprot Swiss prot Prosite Pfam Prodom) Protein structure databases (PDB SCOP CATH)
Sequence analysis Sequence similarity search BLAST FASTA CLUSTAL
Genomics Introduction to Genomics Comparative Genomic Databases Objective of Genome Comparisons Genome
Alignments
Proteomics Overview of Proteomics Experimental Techniques Bioinformatics Approaches Protein-Protein Interaction
Databases and software
Softwaresrsquo for Drug Designing Structure Based Drug Designing Ligand Based Drug Designing
Virtual Screening Homology Modeling and Chimera Generation
Suggested References 1 Molecular Biology of the Cell Alberts 5th Edition 2007 NCBI Publication
2 Principles of Biochemistry Lehninger WH Freeman
3 Biochemistry of Signal Transduction and Regulation - Gerhard Krauss Wiley VCH 3rd Revised Edition
4 Molecular Cell Biology Lodish 6th Edition WH Freeman amp Company
5 The cell Cooper 2nd Edition ASM Press
6 Genes IX Benjamin Lewin Published by Pearson Prentice Hall
7 Cell and Molecular Biology Gerald Karp
8 Molecular Biology Robert Weaver 1st Edition WCB McGraw-Hill
9 Molecular Biology of the Gene Watson 6th Edition Pearson Publication
10 Gene Regulation A Eukaryotic Perspective David Latchman 5 illustrated Taylor amp Francis 2005
Molecular Biotechnology Principles and Applications of Recombinant DNA Bernard R
GlickhttpwwwamazoncomMolecular-Biotechnology-Principles-Applications-
Recombinantdp1555814980ref=sr_1_6s=booksampie=UTF8ampqid=1323503937ampsr=1-6 - (Author)Publisher
Amer Society for Microbiology 4 edition (December 31 2009)
11 Principles of gene manipulation and genomics S B Primrose Richard M Twyman Publisher Wiley-Blackwell 7
edition (February 17 2006)
12 Principles of Fermentation Technology P F Stanbury (Author) S Hall (Author) A Whitaker (Author) Publisher
Butterworth-Heinemann 2 edition (February 19 1999)
13 1 Bioinformatics A practical guide to the analysis of genes and proteins Baxevanis AD and Ovellette BFF
Wiley-Interscience (2002)
14 2 Molecular and Biotechnology A comprehensive desk reference RA Meyes (Ed) VCH Publishers Inc (1995)
15 3 Textbook of Biotechnology Das HK Wiley Dreamtech India Pvt Ltd (2004)
28
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
Semester 3
Paper ndash III (Code 3T3 A) Toxicology (Biochemical And Environmental Toxicology)
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 To understand key principles of toxicology including various factors affecting toxicity and toxicity assessment
2 To evaluate analyse disposition of toxicants and factor affecting to disposition of toxicants
3 The know how of toxicokinetics and biotransformation 4 To critically analyse and interpret non-organ directed toxicity To
study effect of environmental toxicity on human beings
5 To develop an understanding of the genetic toxicology and
Developmental Toxicology for scientific research practices
6 Critical evaluation of relationship between target organ toxicity for
experimental designs
29
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 3
Core Elective 1
3T3 A) Toxicology (Biochemical And Environmental Toxicology)
Unit I General principles of Toxicology
Definition Different facets of toxicology and their interrelationships Classification of toxic
agents Desired and undesired effects
Various factors affecting toxicity vehicles formulation factors biological half life volume
and concentration dose dosage forms routes of administration entry genetic status etc
Principles of selective toxicity comparative morphology comparative biochemistry
comparative cytology
Toxicity assessment acute subchronic chronic exposure determination of ED50 and LD50
values tests for mutagenecity carcinogenicity genotoxicity Ames test
Unit II Disposition of Toxicants
Factors affecting disposition of toxicants absorption distribution biotransformation
elimination
Absorption through gastro-intestinal tract lungs skin
Distribution storage in tissues blood-brain barrier passage across placenta redistribution
Biotransformation Phase I and II reactions metabolic interrelationship antidotal therapy
Excretion urinary fecal exhalation other routes
Toxicokinetics classic and physiologic
Unit III A) Non ndashorgan directed toxicity
Chemical carcinogenesis definition mechanism
Genetic toxicology definition health impacts and mechanism of induction of genetic
alterations
Developmental toxicology definition principles mechanism and pathogenesis of
developmental toxicity
B) Environmental Toxicology
Air pollution definition air pollutants health effects and risk assessment of air pollution
Introduction to Ecotoxicology
Unit IV Target organ toxicity
Skin skin as a barrier dermatitis acne urticaria
Toxic responses of the blood blood as a target organ toxicology of erythron leukon and
platelets
Toxic responses of the liver physiology and pathophysiology factors in liver injury
mechanism of liver injury
Toxic responses of the respiratory system lungs structure and functions pulmonotoxic
agents pathogenesis of chemical induced damage acute and chronic responses of lungs to
injury
Suggested References
1 Casarette and Doullrsquos Toxicology by Klaassen CD
2 Biochemical Toxicology of Environmental Agents by Bruine D
3 Detoxification mechanisms by Williams RT
4 Selective Toxicity by Albert A
5 Developmental Toxicology by Hood RD
30
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 3
Paper ndash III (Code 3T3 B) Nutrition (Nutritional Biochemistry) (Core Elective 1)
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Capably describe the biochemical techniques that are relevant for the investigation of nutrient metabolism
2 Understand key principles of energy expenditure thermogenic effects Energy requirements and role of dietary fibers in nutrition
3 To read interpret and discuss protein energy malnutrition disorders of mineral metabolism for scientific research
4 To develop an understanding of the observational and experimental character of science in nutritional biochemistry
5 To communicate role of clinical nutrition and food allergies in scientific communication frameworks such as written reports and open discussion
31
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 3
3T3 B Nutrition (Nutritional Biochemistry) (Core Elective 1)
Unit I Basic Concepts
Basic Concept Energy content of foods Measurements of energy expenditure Direct amp
Indirect calorimetry Definition of BMR and SDA and factors affecting these Thermogenic
effects of foods Energy requirements of man and woman and factors affecting energy
requirements
Role of dietary fibers in nutrition
Unit II Nutritional Disorders
Protein Energy Malnutrition (PEM) Aetiology Clinical features Metabolic disorders
and Management of Marasmus and Kwashiorkor diseases
Disorders of Mineral Metabolism Hypercalecemia Hypocalcaemia Normocalcemia
Hyperphosphatemia
Unit III Starvation and Antinutrients
Starvation Techniques for studying starvation protein metabolim in prolonged fasting
protein sparing treatments during fasting Concept of high protein low calorific weight
reduction diets
Antinutrients Naturally occurring food borne toxicants protease inhibitors hemagglutins
hepatotoxins allergens oxalates toxins from mushrooms animal food stuffs and sea foods
Unit IV Clinical Nutrition and Food Allergies
Clinical Nutrition Role of diet and nutrition in the prevention and treatment of diseases
dental caries Fluorosis Atherosclerosis amp Rheumatic disorders Inherited metabolic
Disorders Phenylketonuria Maple Syrup disease amp Hemocystinuria
Food Allergies Definition role of antigen host and environment types of
hypersensitivities diagnosis and treatment of allergy
Suggested Reading 1 Basics of clinical nutrition author- yk joshi jaypee publication
2 Nutrition for the community Gully baba publishing house
Essentials of human nutrition author-jim mann amp stewart truswell oxford university press
3 Introduction to human nutrition
edited by- professor michael gibney (ucd institute of food and health) professor susan lanham-new
(university of surrey) professor aedin Cassidy (university of east anglia) professor hester vorster (north-
west university south africa) httpwwwnutritionsocietyorgpublicationstextbooksintroduction-to-
human-nutritionsthashtdyscawhdpuf
4 Nutrition and metabolism
edited by- professor susan lanham-new (university of surrey) professor ian macdonald (university of
nottingham) professor helen roche (unviersity college dublin) -
httpwwwnutritionsocietyorgpublicationstextbooksnutrition-and-metabolismsthashiusrjtiudpuf
32
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 3
Foundation Course 1 Biomolecules and Basic Metabolism
Unit I Carbohydrates and metabolism
Classification of carbohydrates Structure occurrence and biological importance of
monosaccharides oligosaccharides and polysaccharides
Introduction to Metabolism glycolysis glucogenesis and gluconeogenesis TCA cycle and its
amphibolic role energetics of carbohydrate metabolismAlternate pathways HMP shunt Enter-
Doudoroff glucuronate and glyoxylate pathways Corirsquos cycle
Unit II Lipids and metabolism
Classification of lipids Fatty acids Saturated and unsaturated fatty acids Essential fatty acids
Glycerophospholipids Glycolipids properties and functions
Metabolism Oxidation of fatty acids even and odd numbered unsaturated and branched chain fatty
acids
Degradation and biosynthesis of triacylglycerols and phospholipids energetic of beta- oxidation
Cholesterol biosynthesis catabolism and regulation
Unit III Proteins and metabolism
Classification of amino acids and proteins Protein structures primary secondary tertiary and
quarternary structure General metabolic reaction of amino acids transamination oxidative
deamination minor pathways of amino acid degradation transdeamination amino acid oxidase non
oxidative deamination
Degradation and biosynthesis of amino acids glycogenic and ketogenic amino acids Urea cycle
pathway and regulation
Unit IV Minerals and metabolism
Major and minor and ultra trace minerals their occurrence functions toxicity and interaction with
other nutrients
Iron metabolism and regulation
Calcium and phosphorus metabolism and regulation
Suggested Reading
1 Biophysical Techniques- Upadhyay Upadhyay and Nath
2 Principles of Biochemistry- Lehninger David L Nelson and Michael M Cox
3 Enzymes- Malcolm Dixon and Edwin Webb
4 Harperrsquos Biochemistry- Harper
5 Biochemistry- Western and Todd
6 Cell and Molecular Biology-Gerald Karp
7 Fundamentals of Biochemistry-Donald Voet Judith G Voet and Charlotte W Bratt
33
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 3
Paper ndash IV (Code 3T4 ) Bioresearch Techniques I (Subject centric core 1)
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Understand key principles of how flow cytometer work including data
analysis for their applications
2 Improve on skillful process of the animal cell culture techniques and
experimental demand of knowledge including an appreciation of the
need for good experimental design and scientific research practices
3 To incline intellectual curiosity in DNA and RNA techniques and
related fields that extends well beyond the course
4 To develop practical laboratory skills in the field of DNA and RNA
techniques
34
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 3
3T4 Bioresearch Techniques I (Subject centric core 1)
Unit I Flow cytometry
Principles of flow cytometry Instrument overview principle of fluorescence sample preparation
data analysis and applications of flow cytometry Overview Fludics Generation of Scatter and
fluorescence ( Optical bench optical filters signal detection Treshold) Data Analysis (Data
Collection and Display gating data analysis for subsetting applications Data analysis for ther
applications) Sorting Lasers and Alignment (Working of lasers and laser alignment)
Unit II Animal cell culture techniques
Animal cell Culture Cell culture (adherent and suspension) basic equipment cell culture media-
Components sterility buffering capacity growth requirements supplementation of serum antibiotic
and antimycotic agents preparation of medium advantages and limitations of Primary cell culture
clonal cell lines basic technique a of animal cell subcultuing disaggregation method for quantitation
of cells in culture counting chamber counters cell viability determination cytotoxicity assay and its
applications cell apoptosis assay and its applications 3 D cultures
Unit III DNA techniques
Isolation Sequencing Restriction Nucleases Gel Electrophoresis DNA probes Nucleic acid
hybridization Southern blotting DNA fingerprinting and DNA typing DNA Library
DNA sequencing Sanger and Maxam Gilbert
Restriction Mapping DNase foot printing DMS foot printing knockouts
PCR RFLP RAPD AFLP SNP
Unit IV RNA techniques
Isolation Hybridization Northern Blotting in vitro labeling with radioisotopes and chemical
markers
Mapping and quantifying transcripts S1assay primer extension run off transcription
Transcription rate measurement in vivo Nuclear run on transcription reporter gene N transcription
si RNA technology gene silencing techniques its applications microarrays ribozyme technology
Suggested References
1 Molecular Biology of The Cell Alberts 5th Edition 2007 NCBI Publication
2 Principles of Biochemistry Lehninger WH Freeman
3 Biochemistry of Signal Transduction and Regulation-shy‐ Gerhard Krauss
Wiley VCH 3rd Revised Edition
4 Molecular Cell Biology Lodish 6th Edition WH Freeman amp Company
5 The cell Cooper 2nd Edition ASM Press
6 Gene IX Benjamin Lewin
Published by Pearson Prentice Hall
7 Cell and Molecular Biology Gerald Karp
8 Molecular Biology Robert Weaver 1st Edition WCBNMcGraw-shy‐Hill
9 Molecular Biology of the Gene Watson 6th Edition Pearson Publication
10 Gene Regulation A Eukaryotic Perspective David Latchman 5 illustrated Taylor amp Francis
2005
35
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 3
3P1 Biotechnology And Molecular Biology
1) Fermentation
i) Isolation of microorganisms from soil demonstrating synthesis capability of desired product
Gram staining (Desired property to be decided by the instructor) and screening
ii) Optimization of the lab scale production of the desired product Effect of temperature pH
substrate concentration
iii) Growth curve Estimation of cell number substrate utilization andor product formation
2) Polymerase Chain Reaction
i) PCR amplification from genomic DNA
ii) Nested PCR
iii) Random Amplification of Polymorphic DNA (RAPD)
3) Restriction Fragment Length Polymorphism (RFLP)
3P2 A Biochemical And Environmental Toxicology
1 Qualitative detection of various toxicants in biological samples
Phenothiazine derivatives Organochlorine compounds (Fujiwara test) Phenol Methanol Arsenic (As)
Antimony (Sb) Selenium (Se) Mercury (Hg) Bismuth (Bi) Fluoride (F) Boron (Bo) Gutzeit test for
Antimony (Sb) and Arsenic (As) Spot test for metal toxicants
2 Quantitative determination of Salicylate Paracetamol (acetaminophen) Sulphonamide in biological
samples
3 Enzyme assay in toxic conditions
GOT (AST) GPT (ALT) Acid phosphatase Alkaline phosphatase Acetyl cholinesterase etc
4 Construction of dose-response curves
5 Determination of LD50 value of a toxicant
6 Induction of hepatotoxicity diabetes skin lesions teratogenesis
7 Assay of biomarkers of environmental pollution toxicity
OR
3P2 B) Nutritional Biochemistry
1 Determination of Calcium in food samples
2 Determination of Inorganic Phosphorous in food samples
3 Determination of Iron in food samples
4 Determination of beta carotene in carrots by column chromatography
5 Determination of Ascorbic Acid in food
6 Estimation of Amylase activity
7 Determination of Total Lipids By Sulphophospho vanillin Method
3S1 Seminar
InstitutionalEducational tour For minimum 08 days
36
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
Paper ndash I (Code 4T1) Advanced Clinical Biochemistry
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Analyse evaluate and generate information from a wide variety of sources regarding the key principles of aging and Neurological disorders
2 Analyse the effects of obesity on physiological functions including gene regulation
3 Critically interpret molecular and metabolic diseases and develop new knowledge domain about them
4 To develop effective creative and innovative solutions to current research problems in Reproductive Disease and Reproductive Biochemistry
5 To develop practical laboratory skill for Assisted Reproductive Technology program
37
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
4T1 Advanced Clinical Biochemistry
Unit I Aging and Neurological Disorders
Current view and theories of aging auto immune connection and HLA association processes of
aging and biochemical alteration DNA damage protein oxidation and axonal transport in aging
nutritional intervention as anti-aging therapy
Alzheimerrsquos disease Causes symptoms diagnosis pathogenesis genetics APP ApoE PS2 tau
protein risk factors and therapeutic approaches
Progeria Parkinsonrsquos disease Causes symptoms diagnosis pathogenesis genetics and therapeutic
approaches
Unit II Obesity
Theories lipid metabolism adipose tissue anomalies
Genetic basis of familial obesity effects of neuropeptides and leptin in nutrient partitioning
Obesity related derangements in metabolic regulation Therapeutic approaches
Unit III Molecular and Metabolic Diseases
Human gene map genetic diversity polymorphism genetic linkage chromosomal disorder
Monogenetic Disorders Autosomal dominant autosomal recessive X-linked Multifactorial
disorders Genetic heterogeneity Allelic heterogeneity Pathogenesis of genetic disease
Galactosemia Hemophilia Sickle cell anemia Muscular dystrophy Hypercholesterolemia Gout
Turnerrsquos syndrome
Unit IV Reproductive Biochemistry
Overview of reproductive system and reproduction biochemistry of reproductive disorders (male amp
female) Influence of various factors in reproduction with special reference to role of prostaglandins
and gonadotrophins Mechanism and methods of birth control and possible biochemical
consequences thereof Biochemical markerrsquos in infertility disorders Techniques involved in assisted
reproductive technology (ART) Culture media and cell culture techniques in ART programme
Suggested References
1 Clinical Biochemistry ndash Metabolic and Clinical aspects By-William J Marshall amp Stephen
K Angert
2 Harperrsquos Biochemistry - 27th Ed
3 Text book of Medical Physiology - By Guyton
4 Text book of Physiology -By Burn amp levy
5 Biochemistry ndashBy L Stryer (Freeman amp CoNY)
6 Biochemistry with clinical correlation- By Thomas Devli
7 The Metabolic Basis of Inherited Disease 5th Ed-By John Stanbury
8 Teitz Fundamentals of Clinical Chemistry ndashBy CABurtis amp Ashwood
9 Biochemistry - By Lehninger
10 Lehningerrsquos Biochemistry ndashBy Nelson amp Cox
11 Biochemistry ndashBy Stanford
12 Basic Medical Biochemistry A Clinical approach- By Smith
13 Principles of Internal Medicines- By HarrisonT R
14 Practical Biochemistry Principles amp Techniques- By Wilson amp Walker
15 Practical Biochemistry ndashBy David Plummer
38
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
Paper ndash II (Code 4T2) Advanced Immunology
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Understand details of lymph node microanatomy and learn the B and T cells encounter with antigens and study its development
2 Gain insight into antigen presentation and autophagy on a detailed molecular level
3 Understand immunology of mucosal surfaces and the interplay between commensal flora and the immune system in the gut
4 In-depth knowledge of the cellular and molecular basis for autoimmune disease and allergies
5 Basic knowledge of tumor immunology and the development of novel recombinant antibodies for treatment of cancer and autoimmune disease
39
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
4T2 Advanced Immunology
Unit I Introductory Immunobiology
Complement system Alternative and Classical pathway of complement activation
Immune networks Homeostasis in the immune system-termination of normal immune
responses network hypothesis
In vivo immunity to viruses bacteria fungi protozoa worms etc
Unit II Immunological tolerance and Autoimmunity
Immunologic tolerance T lymphocyte tolerance- central and peripheral Apoptosis in
Lymphocytes-pathways and biochemical mechanisms effector mechanisms Tolerance
induced regulatory T cells B lymphocyte tolerance- Central and Peripheral Homeostasis in
the immune pathogenesis and therapeutic approaches to autoimmunity
Unit III Tumor and Transplantation Immunology Hypersensitivity
General features of tumor immunity tumor antigens Immune response to tumor and
evasion Immunotherapy Types of hypersensitivity Effector mechanisms of immunologic
tissue injury and disease
Unit IV Immunodeficiency and Vaccinology
MHC and disease susceptibility immune deficiency disorders Active immunization
(immune prophylaxis) passive immunization adjuvants modern approaches to vaccine
development role of vaccines in the prevention of disease
Suggested References
1 Cellular and Molecular Immunology- 5th Edition Abul K Abbas Andrew Litchman
2 Immunology-5th Edition Richard A Goldsby Thomas J Kindt Barbara A Osborne
Janis Kuby
3 Immunology- 6th Edition Ivan Roitt Jonathan Brostoff David Male
40
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
Paper ndash III (Code 4T3 A) Toxicology (Clinical Research)
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Have knowledge about assessment and management of ethical clinical trial
programs
2 Demonstrate competency in biopharmaceutical clinical trial research designs and
regulatory affairs
3 Demonstrate competencies in evaluating clinical research data and
communicating results Manage innovative products through the discovery
processes and into the clinical trial phases
4 Identify and classify different types of trial designs when reading a trial report
understand the essential of GLP roles and responsibilities of stakeholders in
clinical trials
41
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
4T3 A) Toxicology (Clinical Research)
Unit I Pre-Clinical Research
Animal studies acute amp chronic toxicity of drugs regulations for number amp types of
animals protocols for animal experimentation Biochemical amp histopathological studies of
animals after drug administration Mechanism amp cause of death Routine toxicity studies amp
special toxicity studies carcinogenicity mutagenicity amp teratogenicity to be given special
emphasis
Unit II Phases of Clinical Research
Phases of clinical research number of volunteers in phase I amp types of patients in phase II to
IV Importance of these investigations Post marketing surveillance (PMS) amp
pharmacovigilence in case of clinical investigations after marketing authorization
Importance of ethical committee protocol design documentation in clinical trials Bio
Availability and Bio Equivalence studies Pharmacokinetics Pharmacodynamics Genomic
studies
Unit III Good lab practices
Good Clinical Practices Good Manufacturing Practices and Good Laboratory Practices
Principles of ICH-GCP History GCP declaration of Helsinki Belmont report Nuremberg
code Tuskgee trial Schedules Y and its amendments ICMR Guidelines Composition
functions amp operations of IRBIEC ethics of clinical trials Health Authorities- CDSCO US-
FDA EMEA and other
Unit IV Roles and Responsibilities of different stake holders in Clinical Research-
Sponsor CRO SMO Ethics Committee Investigator CRA CRC Patients and other
Departments in Clinical Research- Operations Business Development Regulatory
Pharmacovigilance Data Management Centralized Monitoring Quality Finance Important
documents in Clinical Research and importance of documentation in Clinical Research
Stages in clinical trial-Feasibilities PSSV SIV SMV and Close-out visits Audits and
Inspections
Suggested reading
1 Clinical Research Coordinator Handbook Norris Deborrah Plexus Publications
20040601
2 Clinical Research Methodology and Evidence-Based Medicine Babu Ajit N
Anshan 20080530
3 Conducting Clinical Research Judy Stone Biblio Distribution 2006
4 Essentials of clinical research Stephen P Glasser (Edt) Springer Verlag 2008
42
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
Paper ndash III (Code 4T3 B) Nutrition (Applied Nutritional Biochemistry)
Learning outcome Students will be
1 Capable of describing biochemical pathways relevant in nutrient metabolism 2 Capable of using selected biochemical techniques relevant in nutritional
biochemical research 3 Critical reading of scientific articles in nutritional biochemistry 4 Capable of discussing research questions relevant to nutritional biochemistry 5 The ability to ask critical questions and discuss nutritional biochemical research
43
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
4T3 B) Nutrition (Applied Nutritional Biochemistry)
Unit I Clinical nutrition
Role of a dietician role and responsibilities of a dietitian nutrition counseling professional
ethics and obligations
Diet therapy-Rationale for diet therapy (normal diet modifications of the diet to the light
diet soft diet full liquid diet clear liquid tube feeding) Routes for diet therapy-enteral and
parental use of biochemical parameters in the planning of diets use of computers in the
planning of diets
Unit II Nutritional Counseling and Dietetics
Nutritive value of different food groups and changes due to cooking in various food groups
Storage of foods food quality and factors affecting food quality Control of food quality Use
of additives Classification and applications
Unit III Community Nutrition
Opportunities in community Nutrition Assessing Community Resources assessing target
population program planning Assessing communityrsquos nutritional resources Food insecurity
food assistance programs world hunger and food insecurity Principles of nutrition education
and policy making national nutrition agenda
Unit IV Applied Nutrition and Public Health Concept of Health Nutrition and Public Health Nutrition Demographic trends in India and
the significance of certain indices of Health and Nutrition situation of a community IMR
MMR TFR Birth rate Death rate Life expectancy etc) Major nutritional problems in
developing countries Dietary surveys-methods ways of interpretations and analysis
recommendations based on survey findings Assessment of nutritional status biochemical
and anthropometry
Suggested Reading
Clinical nutrition
edited by- professor marinos elia (university of outhampton) professor olle ljungqvist
(karolinska institutet amp oumlrebro university hospital) dr outham outhamp (university of
outhampton professor susan lanham-new (university of surrey) - see more at
httpwwwnutritionsocietyorgpublicationstextbooksclinical-
nutritionsthashw12tfscqdpuf
Public health nutrition
edited by- professor michael gibney (ucd institute of food and health) professor barrie
margetts (university of southampton) dr john kearney (dublin institute of technology)
professor lenore arab (university of california los angeles)
httpwwwnutritionsocietyorgpublicationstextbookspublic-health-
nutritionsthash8pvhu1m0dpuf
Staying healthy with nutrition author- elson m Hass buck levin
American dietetic association complete food and nutrition guide Roberta larson duyff
44
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
MSc Biochemistry CBCS syllabus Effective from 2015-16
SEMESTER 4
Foundation 2 Basic Enzymology
Unit I
Introduction to Enzymology Nomenclature and classification of enzymes History sources of
enzymes (Animal Plant and microorganisms) Protein amp nonprotein nature of enzymes with
examples enzymes as biological catalysts and their importance principle of assay of enzymes and
measurement of activity effect of experimental conditions on measurement of activity such as time pH temp
substrate definition of enzyme unit Stability of enzymes and half life of enzymes Effect of environmental
factors on stability of enzymes Concept of Zymogens and active enzyme with examples effect of activators
and inhibitors on enzyme activity Role of coenzymes and cofactors on enzyme catalysis with examples
Unit II Production amp purification
Method os screening of sources for desired enzymes Availability of the sources for procurement
of enzymes Natural and synthetic Media for microbial enzyme production effect of inducers and
environmental factors on enzyme production by microorganisms
Methods of isolation of enzymes form the source purification of enzyme by dialysis salt and solvent
precipitation chromatography gel filtration Purification by affinity chromatography methods of
determination of purity and nature of of enzymes by simple PAGE SDSPAGE and 2 D electrophoresis
Unit III Enzyme Kinetics
Lock amp key model and Koshland model of enzyme active site Determination of active site of enzyme
Michelis Mentain equation kinetics of reversible irreversible and nonreversible enzymes Line Weaver burk
plot and Eddie Hofstie Plot Determination of kinetic constants and activation energy Effect of competitive
and non-competitive inhibitors on enzyme activity Allosteric enzyme and sigmoidal kinetics
Unit IV Applications of enzymes
Structure and function of multienzyme complex systems such as PDH KGH B oxidation spiral and glycolysis
Advantages of soluble and membrane bound enzymes Futile cycles in Biochemistry
Methods of immobilization of enzymes advantages and disadvantages of immobilization Application of
Immobilized enzymes in agriculture cosmetics detergent dairy brewing and food industries with examples
such as lactase pectinase proteinase invertaselipase etc Application of enzymes in nanotechnology
biosensors etc
Suggested references
1 Enzymology and Enzyme Technology 2014 by SM Bhatt (S Chand)
2 Enzyme Technology 2006 by Ashok Pandey (Editor) Colin Webb (Editor) MARCELO
FERNANDES (Editor) Springer
3 Biocatalysts and enzyme technology 2012 Klaus Buchholz
45
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
4T4 Bioresearch Techniques II (Subject centric core 2)
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Learn describe and build up knowledge domain regarding the latest and most advanced Bioresearch techniques available for biochemical research
2 Be aware select appropriately apply technology platforms and Perform techniques for analysis of DNA and protein expression
3 Evaluation of data and controls related to research techniques 4 Create thought-provoking questions related to the laboratory equipment
46
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
4T4 Bioresearch Techniques II (Subject centric core 2)
UNIT I
Biochemical methods I- Co-immunoprecipitation BiFC bimolecular fluorescence
complementation affinity electrophoresis Pull down assays label transfer yeast two hybrid
screens phage display
UNIT II
Biochemical methods II- In-vivo crosslinking of protein complexes using photo-reactive
amino acid analogs Tandem affinity purification (TAP) Chemical cross-linking SPINE
(Strepprotein interaction experiment) Quantitative immunoprecipitation combined with
knock-down (QUICK) Proximity ligation assay (PLA) in situ
UNIT III
Biophysical and theoretical methods I
Bio-Layer Interferometry
Dual polarisation interferometry (DPI)
Static light scattering (SLS)
Dynamic light scattering (DLS)
Surface plasmon resonance
UNIT IV
Biophysical and theoretical methods II
Fluorescence polarizationanisotropy
Fluorescence correlation spectroscopy
FRET BRET
2D-FT NMR spectroscopy
Proteinndashprotein docking
Isothermal Titration Calorimetry (ITC)
Isothermal Titration Calorimetry (ITC)
Suggested References
1 Molecular Biology of The Cell Alberts 5th Edition 2007 NCBI Publication
2 Principles of Biochemistry Lehninger WH Freeman
3 Biochemistry of Signal Transduction and Regulation-shy‐ Gerhard Krauss
Wiley VCH 3rd Revised Edition
4 Molecular Cell Biology Lodish 6th Edition WH Freeman amp Company
5 The cell Cooper 2nd Edition ASM Press
6 Gene IX Benjamin Lewin
Published by Pearson Prentice Hall
7 Cell and Molecular Biology Gerald Karp
8 Molecular Biology Robert Weaver 1st Edition WCBNMcGraw-shy‐Hill
9 Molecular Biology of the Gene Watson 6th Edition Pearson Publication
10 Gene Regulation A Eukaryotic Perspective David Latchman 5 illustrated Taylor amp
Francis 2005
47
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
4P1 Advanced Clinical Biochemistry and Immunology and Toxicology and Nutrition
1 Demonstration of dialysis using blood filtrate (Protein Separation)
2 Immunology
a Quantitative Estimation of Antibody
b Precipitation Techniques Double Immunodiffusion Single (Radial)
Immunodiffusion
3 Electrophoretic Techniques Immuno-electrophoresisRocket Immunoelectrophoresis
Immuno-diffusion
4 To assay cathepsin D ATPase (NaKCaMg) Lipid peroxidase enzymes
5 Assay of Acetylcholine esterase activity in rat brain
6 Assay of monoamine oxidase
7 Fractionation of tissues and assay of proteins
8 Assay of ornithine amino transferase
9 Glutathione Estimation
10 Organ tissue morphology histopathology
11 Assay of toxicant biotransformation enzyme-cytochrome P450
12 Test for teratogenecity carcinogenecity Ames test
13 To perform pair wise alignment of sequences using BLAST program
14 To design primers for the given gene sequences
15 To perform multiple sequence alignment and generate phylogenetic tree
16 To retrieve and visualize the three dimensional structures of proteins
17 To retrieve metagenomic sequences and primer designing to develop STS marker
OR
18 Determination of Triglycerides
19 Proximate Analysis of Food Samples
48
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4 Project
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Plan and develop experimental design projects from concept through to professional
prototype
2 Apply theoretical knowledge conceptual skills and techniques to the development of
solutions for biochemical problems
3 Apply initiative and judgment in planning problem solving and decision making in
practice or future study
4 Design a research project and submit in a form of thesis they will present their results of
the thesis to an audience of peers and faculty and be able to defend their results during
final evaluation
4PROJ PROJECT
4S1 Seminar
5
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
M Sc Biochemistry Semester IV
Code
Th
eory
P
ract
ical
Teaching scheme (Hours Week)
Cre
dit
s
Examination Scheme
Th
Pra
ct
To
tal
Du
rati
on
in h
rs
Max Marks
To
tal M
ark
s
Minimum Passing Marks
Ext
ern
al
Mar
ks
Inte
rnal
A
ss
Th
Pra
ct
4T1 Advanced Clinical Biochemistry
4 - 4 4 3 80 20 100 40
4T2 Advanced Immunology
4 - 4 4 3 80 20 100 40
4T3 A) Toxicology
(Clinical
Research)
OR
B) Nutrition (Applied Nutritional Biochemistry)
4 - 4 4 3 80 20 100 40
4T4 Foundation 2 (Basic Enzymology) or (Subject centric Core 2) Bioresearch Techniques II
4 - 4 4 3 80 20 100 40
4P1 Advanced
Clinical
Biochemistry amp
Immunology
And
A) Toxicology
(Clinical
Research)
OR
B) Nutrition
(Applied
Nutritional
Biochemistry)
- 8 8 4 8 80 20 100 40
4PROJ Project - 8 8 4 8 80 20 100 40 4S1 Seminar 2 - 2 1 25 25 10 TOTAL 18 16 34 25 520 105 625 170 80
6
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 1
Paper 1 (Code 1T1) Protein Biochemistry Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Basics Protein structure chemical bonding or molecular geometry based on accepted
models
2 Apply quantitative reasoning skills of protein folding and energy physical or
chemical changes that occur
3 Use accepted models to describe the interactions of amino acids and equilibrium
concepts with respect to protein conformations and interactions
4 In the major areas of Mass spectrometry students will be able to
a Describe and understand the capabilities and limitations of instrumental methods
b Explain the instrument components and principles of operation
5 Upon being introduced to the steps of the analytical process students will be able to
correctly select an analytical method and instrument meeting their use objectives
Also students would be able to demonstrate competence in data acquisition by Mass
Spectrometric analysis and interpreting laboratory data
6 With Basics of Protein synthesis machinery students will be able to conceptualize the
process of translation and its regulatory aspects so as to apply the concept for
understanding protein structural dynamics with respect to protein functions
7 Protein sorting and compartmentalization during and after translation will give
fundamental understanding about organelle specific protein functions This will
develop competence amongst the students for application of physical parameters in
protein functional dynamics depending upon organelle specific environment
8 Overall understanding of protein structure function relationship through this paper
will equip the students to propose designs of novel proteins constructed through
utilization of aspects of protein engineering Specific examples of the same would
help them understand and apply the concept of protein engineering to the fullest
7
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 1
1T1 Protein Biochemistry
Unit I Proteins and Mass Spectrometry
Overview of protein structure protein folding Ramchandran plot domains and modules
binding sites within proteins protein sequencing
Basics of Mass Spectrometry Ionization mechanisms- protonation deprotonation
cationization transfer of charged molecules to gas phase electron ejection electron capture
Mass analyzers-TOF Ion trap Quadrupole Ionization methods-Electron Impact (EI)
Chemical Ionization (CI) Fast Atom Bombardment (FAB) Field Description (FD) Electron
Spray Ionization (ESI) Matrix Assisted Laser Desorption Ionization (MALDI) Protein
Identification using MS
Unit II Protein biosynthesis
Eukaryotic translation machinery structure and assembly of the ribosome initiation
elongation and termination of translation
Unit III Protein sorting and degradation Intracellular protein sorting movement of proteins between cellular compartments gated
transmembrane and vesicular transport Protein transport and translocation to nucleus mitochondria
chloroplast peroxisomes endoplasmic reticular system Protein degradation
Unit IV Protein Engineering
Design and construction of novel proteins and enzymes Conformation of proteins in general and
enzymes in particular Effect of amino acids on structure of proteins Energy status of a protein
molecule Structure function relations of enzymes Physical methods such as x-ray crystallography
for determination of protein structure Site directed mutagenesis for specific protein function Basic
concepts for design of a new proteinenzyme molecule Specific examples of enzyme engineering -
Dihydrofolate reductase and Subtilisin
Suggested References
1 Modern Protein Chemistry Practical Aspects Published September 12 2001 by CRC Press -
272 Pages Edited By Gary C Howard
2 Biochemistry 5th edition Berg JM Tymoczko JL Stryer L New York W H Freeman 2002
3 Proteins Structures and Molecular Properties Thomas E Creighton Publisher W H Freeman
1992 Edition Second Edition
4 Protein Engineering Protocols (Methods in Molecular Biology) Kristian Muumlller (Editor)
Publisher Humana Press Softcover reprint of hardcover 1st ed 2007 edition (November 10
2010)
5 Protein Degradation Series 4 Volume Set (v 1) R John Mayer (Editor) Publisher Wiley-
VCH 1 edition (March 4 2008)
6 Structural Aspects of Protein Synthesis Anders LiljashttpwwwamazoncomStructural-
Aspects-Protein-Synthesis-
Andersdp981238863Xref=sr_1_1s=booksampie=UTF8ampqid=1323503546ampsr=1-1 -
(Author) Publisher World Scientific Pub Co Inc 1 edition (November 2004)
7 Protein Targeting Transport and Translocation Ross Dalbey (Editor) Publisher Academic
Press 1 edition (May 13 2002)
8 Principles of Physical Biochemistry- KenslE van Holde W Curtis Johnson P Shing Ho
Pearson Prentice Hall 2nd Edition
9 Crystallography made crystal clear 1993 G Rhodes Academic Press
10 Principles and Techniques of Biochemistry and Molecular Biology 6th Edition Wilson Keith
and Walker John (2005) Cambridge University Press New York
11 A textbook of biophysics R N Roy New Central Publication 1st edition
8
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 1
Paper 2 (Code 1T2) Advanced Enzymology Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Describe structure capacities and the component of activity of
chemicals and interaction with enzymes Learning energy of protein
catalyzed responses and compound restraints and administrative
procedure Enzyme action Enzyme Units Specific action
2 Have a detail and more intricate knowledge of allosteric and other
aspects of enzyme catalysis regulation
3 Have a total comprehension of rate of responses and request of
responses and restraints and their kinetics To gain information on
protein catalysis and isoenzymes and on multienzyme and multienzyme
complexes with specific examples
4 Develop intellectual capacity to relate bioenergetics principles and the
entropy to the law of thermodynamics and Free energy and its
connection to chemical equilibria in consolation to enzyme catalysis
5 Theory related to respiratory mechanisms catalysed by enzymatic
principles of redox biochemistry will help the students to gauge wide
applicability of enzymatic reactions in biological systems Detail
description of Coupled reactions and their role in metabolism and
Chemiosmotic hypothesis of ATP synthesis to understand the
mechanism of energy harnessing mechanism operating in biological
system
9
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 1
1T 2 Advanced Enzymology
Unit I Kinetics and Regulation of enzyme activity
Review of unisubstrate enzyme kinetics multisubstrate enzyme kinetics Co-operativity
phenomenon Hill and Scatchard plots protein-ligand binding and its measurement detailed
mechanism of catalysis of serine protease carbonic anhydrase and PEP kinase
Metalloenzymes
Unit II Allosteric enzymes and multienzyme systems
Allosteric enzymes sigmoidal kinetics and its physiological significance symmetric and
sequential modes of action and their significance immobilized enzymes and their industrial
applications study of multienzyme complexes with respect to occurrence isolation and their
properties and polygenic nature eg pyruvate dehydrogenase and fatty acid synthase
Unit III Enzyme regulation
General mechanisms of enzyme regulation Feed back inhibition and feed forward
stimulation repression and induction of enzymes reversible and irreversible covalent
modifications of enzymes flexibility and conformational mobility of enzymes convergent
and divergent evolution of enzymes
Unit IV Bioenergetics and oxidative phosphorylation
Energy transformation laws of thermodynamics Gibbs energy free energy change redox
potentials phosphate potential ion electrochemical potential proton electrochemical
potential membrane potential Chemi-osmotic theory mitochondrial respiratory chain order
and organization of carrier proton gradients Characterization of Iron- Sulphur proteins and
Cytochromes Q cycle Respiratory controls and oxidative phosphorylation ATP synthase
complex
Suggested References
1 Enzymes Biochemistry Biotechnology and Clinical Chemistry-Trevor Palmer
2 Principles of Biochemistry- Lehninger David L Nelson and Michael M Cox
3 Enzymes- Malcolm Dixon and Edwin Webb
4 Harperrsquos Biochemistry- Harper
5 Biochemistry- Western and Todd
6 Cell and Molecular Biology-Gerald Karp
7 Fundamentals of Biochemistry-Donald Voet Judith G Voet and Charlotte W Bratt
10
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 1
Paper 3 (Code 1T3) Biochemical Research Techniques Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 The theoretical aspects of designing the Experiments and also study the Quality
control mechanism in Biochemistry
2 Understand the Sampling techniques and interpret the data based on the measures
of the central tendency
3 Learn the discrepancies and deviations of the variable based of measures of
dispersion
4 Study the relationship between variables based on correlation and regression
analysis
5 Deduce the probable outcomes of an experiment based on observations
following laws of probability and also assess the significance of the
interpretation through tests of significance such as t-test
6 To understand the importance and applications of computational methods and
statistical softwares in Biology
11
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 1
1T 3 Biochemical Research Techniques
Unit I Research Methodology
1 Introduction to research methodology History and definition of research role of
theory hypothesis sampling variables randomness selection of problem purpose of
research and research reporting
2 Experimental research Early experimentation experimental groups control groups
variables method of controlling variables designing and validation of experiments
3 Methods and tools in research Research tools and its reliability and validity
quantitative and qualitative studies observation inquiry forms Q methodology data
collection limitations and sources of error
4 Types of data Analysis Descriptive data analysis Inferential data analysis Computer
data analysis
Unit II Biostatistics
Principles and practice of statistical methods in biological research samples and populations Basic
statistics-average statistics of dispersion coefficient of variation confidence limits Probability
distribution normal binomial and Poisson distribution Mean variants standard deviations and
standard error correlation and regression test of statistical significance and analysis of variance and
covariance
Unit III Data Retrieval Scientific Writing and Presentation
1 Information Search amp Data Retrieval Tools for Web Search Data Retrieval Tools
Data Mining of Biological Databases
2 Report Writing Significance of report writing different steps in report writing types
of report layout of research paper
3 Mechanics and precautions of writing research reports for scientific journals popular
magazines seminarssymposia conferencesworkshops poster session
4 Presentationndash Oral amp Written Presentations in classrooms scientific meets amp public
audience Defence of research thesis
Unit IV Computers
Introduction of computer networks- Topologies and designs Basics of computer operating systems-
windows and Linux Introduction to Markup language-Hyper Text Markup Language (HTML) and
Extensive Markup Language (XML) Spreadsheets and Presentation software
Systems Biology-An introduction
Introduction to Metagenomics
Suggested References
1 Fundamentals of Biostatistics Bernard A Rosner Thomson-BrooksCole 2006
2 Research methodology in social behavioural and life sciences Designs models and
methods Herman J Ader and Gideon Mellenbergh (Ed) SAGE Publications
6 Principles of Genome analysis and genomics Primrose SB Twyman RM Blackwell
Science (2002)
7 Biostatistics-A foundation for Health Science Daniel WW John Wiley (1983)
8 Statistical Methods Medhi J Willey Eastern Limited (1992)
12
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 1
Paper 4 (Code 1T4) Plant Biochemistry Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Detailed knowledge of plant cellular architecture and the mechanism
of photosynthetic systems for photophosphorylation will enable the
students to get a dissected approach for understanding autotrophic food
synthesis mechanism driven by photon energy operative in plants
2 Hormonal pathways driving plant growth mechanisms form the
foundation for in vitro plant propagation setup and understanding of
Plant tissue culture aspects Students would gain an thorough insight of
growth regulatory mechanism of plants through which they will be able
to devise the hormonal concoction required for organogenesis and related
plant tissue culture applications
3 Students will be able to learn metabolic attributes and driving
principles of plant growth through basic carbohydrate lipid and protein
metabolism Also the students will be developing a comprehension of
importance of nitrogen and sulphur metabolism in plants and associated
plant physiological alterations
4 With in depth knowledge about plant physiochemical aspects the
students will get equipped to develop an understanding about effects
caused by biotic and abiotic stress factors on plant metabolism and
growth They can thus impinge upon the ways to tackle such stress
physiological aspects to promote and resolve plant stresses
5 Practical exposure to biochemical analysis of plant physiological
aspects would improve the students application approach towards plant
biochemistry as tool to protect plant diversity
13
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 1
1T4 Plant Biochemistry
Unit I Plant Cell and Photosynthesis
Structure of plant cell Structure of plant cell membrane and cell wall
Structure of chloroplast system Photosynthetic pigments and their functions Photo system
I amp II Photosynthetic electron transport and photophosphorylation
Calvin cycle(C3 plants) Hatch slack pathway (C4 plants) Crassulacean acid metabolism
Unit II Plant hormones and Tissue culture
Plant hormones Biosynthesis structure and biochemical mode of action of auxins
gibberellins cytokinins abscisic acid and ethylene Other plant growth regulators
Plant tissue culture Plant cell organs and culture Somaclonal variation protoplast isolation
fusion and culture of protoplasts Application of plant tissue culture
Unit III Plant respiration and Metabolism
Plant respiration Carbohydrate lipid and Protein metabolism Cyanide sensitive and
insensitive respiration
Nitrogen metabolism Development and structure of root nodules Role of nod factors in
nodule development Structure of plant nitrogenase system Symbiotic nitrogen fixation and
and its regulation Formation and assimilation of ammonia
Sulphur metabolism Sulphate activation Reduction of active sulphate Oxidation of
inorganic sulphur incorporation of sulphur into amino acids
Unit IV Biochemistry of plant growth amp stress physiology
Biochemistry of seed and bud dormancy Biochemistry of seed germination factors affecting seed germination Structure and function of Phytochrome and Cryptochrome Photoperiodism and Vernalization Hormonal regulation of flowering Responses of plant to biotic (pathogens and insects) and abiotic (water temperature and salt) stresses Mechanism of resistance to biotic stress and tolerance to abiotic stress
Suggested References
1 Plant physiology -Taiz amp Ziger
2 Biochemistry and molecular Biology of plant-Buchanan
3 Plant physiology -M Devlin
4 Plant pathology- George N Agriose
5 Plant breeding- BD Singh
6 Germination of seed- AM Mayer amp A Mayber
7 Introduction of Plant Physiology -William Hopkins
8 Introduction to plant - Godwin amp merser
9 Plant physiology - Mohit Warma
14
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 1
1P 1 Protein Biochemistry and Enzymology
1 Estimation of protein by UV Spectrophotometer by E280E260 method
2 Estimation of Riboflavin by Arnoldrsquos fluorimetric method
3 Estimation of Thiamine by thiochrome method
4 Separation of proteins by PAGE
5 Seperation of proteins by SDS gel electrophoresis
6 Western Blotting
7 Purification of proteins by isoelectric precipitation
8 Molecular weight determination
9 Fractionation of cells by differential centrifugation
10 Assay of marker enzymes
11 To study the essentiality of co-enzymes in enzyme catalyzed reaction
12 Fractionation of human plasma proteins by precipitation
13 Assay of acid and alkaline phosphatase
14 Effect of environmental factors such as pH temperature and inhibitors on alkaline
phosphatase
15 Measurement of initial velocity
16 To study kinetics of enzyme using Lineweaver-Burk Eadie-Hofstee and Hanes Plots
1P 2 Biochemical Research Techniques and Plant Biochemistry
1 Absorption of water by live amp dead seeds
2 Changes in carbohydrate protein content during germination
3 Induction of proteinases amylases and lipase during germination
4 Induction of vitamin C synthesis during germination
5 Isolation and characterization of trypsin inhibitor
6 Assay of peroxidase catalase phenol oxidase ascorbic acid oxidase
7 Isolation of plant DNA amp RNA
8 Estimation of carotene ascorbic acid phenols and tannins in fruits and vegetables
9 Development of callus culture from meristems and leaves
1S1 Seminar
InstitutionalEducational tour For minimum 08 days
15
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 2
Paper ndash I (Code 2T1) Immunology
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Remember and Understand basic concepts of Immunology Molecular details of
various receptors and effectors involved in evoking Immune responses
2 Mechanism and pathways of immunity with essential details about immunoglobulin
structures and mechanism of action
3 Appreciate and assess the various immunological techniques used for public health
Applications of immunology based techniques in public health and immunization
16
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 2
2T1 Immunology
Unit I The Immune system Immunoglobulins and TCR
History of Immunology Innate Immunity effector mechanisms involved PAMPs PRRs
Phagocytosis Lysis blocking extra cellular killing etc Biochemistry and biology of TLRs
Inflamatory processes inflamamasomes interrelationship between innate and adaptive
immunity
Immunoglobulins and TCR
Immunochemistry Antigen antibody reaction its kinetics and thermodynamics Structure
functions of immunoglobulins Ig genes and their expression Generation of Ab diversity
BCR TCR Organization and re-arrangement of TCR genes TCR diversity
Unit II
Anatomy of Immune system
Immunological cells tissues and organs Maturation activation and differentiation of B and
T cells MHC genes and their polymorphism Structure and function of MHC molecules
Clonal selection theory Cell surface molecules Ig super family integrins selectins
chemokine receptors and other accessory molecules Cytokines and chemokines
Unit III
Immune response by T and B lymphocytes
Cellular and molecular mechanisms of Ab production humoral and cell mediated immunity
Antigen processing and presentation T and B cell interaction Super antigens
Unit IV
Immunological Techniques
Immunochemical techniques including immunodiffusion RIA EIA agglutination
immunoflorescence immunoelectron microscopy immunoelectrophoresis HLA typing
leukocyte migration inhibition technique delayed hypersensitivity technique cytotoxicity
assay Monoclonal Abrsquos hybridoma and other technologies Abzymes
Suggested References
1 Cellular and Molecular Immunology- 5th Edition Abul K Abbas Andrew Litchman
2 Immunology-5th Edition Richard A Goldsby Thomas J Kindt Barbara A Osborne
Janis Kuby
3 Immunology- 6th Edition Ivan Roitt Jonathan Brostoff David Male
17
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 2
Paper ndash II (Code 2T2) Clinical Biochemistry
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Remember and Understand fundamental concepts in Clinical Biochemistry and
recent automations introduced in it
2 Comprehend basics of Endocrine system and hormones involved for regulation of
various biochemical functions of target organs
3 Illustrate compare and appreciate functions and biochemical attributes of Liver and
implications in Clinical Biochemistry
18
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 2
2T2 Clinical Biochemistry
Unit I Automation in clinical biochemistry gastric and blood disorders
Automation in Clinical Biochemistry- Instrumental concept Selection of Instrument Quality
assurance Control of pre-analytical and analytical variables External and internal quality
control measurements
Gastric disorders Disorders of gastric function method of evaluation pancreatic diseases
Steatorrhoea Malabsorption syndrome test for their evaluation
Blood Disorder Review of mechanism of coagulation and fibrinolysis abnormalities in
blood coagulation variation of plasma proteins abnormalities of blood formation anemia
haemoglobinopathies clinical significance of fecal and urine analysis
Unit II Endocrinology I Insulin and glucagon Various types of hyperglycemia Diabetes mellitus Ketonemia
ketonuria Experimental diabetes Hypoglycemia Polyurea Glucose tolerance test
Thyroid Iodine metabolism Hypo and Hyper thyroidism BMRand other test for
evaluation of thyroid function
Parathyroid Calcium and phosphorus metabolism Abnormalities of Parathyroid function
and methods of evaluation
Unit III Endocrinology II
Adrenal Addisonrsquos disease and pheochromocytoma Disorders of steroid metabolism Test
for evaluation of adrenal functions
Pituitary Pituitary hormones Clinical syndromes and their evaluation
Unit IV Liver disorders
Liver disorders Jaundice fatty liver and liver function tests Renal function test
Cerebrospinal fluid Composition in health and disease Lipid profile in health and disease
Elements of Clinical Enzymology Isoenzymes in health and disease
Clinical significance of GOT GPT Creatine kinase LDH etc
Biochemical diagnosis of disease by enzymatic evaluation
Suggested References 1 Clinical Biochemistry ndash Metabolic and Clinical aspects By-William J Marshall amp Stephen
K Angert
2 Harperrsquos Biochemistry - 27th EdText book of Medical Physiology - By Guyton
3 Text book of Physiology -By Burn amp levy
4 Biochemistry ndashBy L Stryer (Freeman amp CoNY)
5 Biochemistry with clinical correlation- By Thomas Devli
6 The Metabolic Basis of Inherited Disease 5th Ed-By John Stanbury
7 Teitz Fundamentals of Clinical Chemistry ndashBy CABurtis amp Ashwood
8 Biochemistry - By Lehninger
9 Lehningerrsquos Biochemistry ndashBy Nelson amp Cox
10 Biochemistry ndashBy Stanford
11 Basic Medical Biochemistry A Clinical approach- By Smith
12 Principles of Internal Medicines- By HarrisonT R
13 Practical Biochemistry Principles amp Techniques- By Wilson amp Walker
14 Practical Biochemistry ndashBy David Plummer
19
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 2
Paper ndash III (Code 2T3) Cell Biochemistry
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Gain knowledge about fundamentals of cell division cycle and decision making
ability of the cells to proceed for duplication with regulatory aspects
2 Cell communication ability and control of cell cycle brough about by internal and
external molecular effectors
3 Understand basic concept of Cancer Biology and stem cells
20
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 2
2T3 Cell Biochemistry
Unit I Cell cycle and regulation
Review of cell cycle divisional control regulatory proteins cyclincdk complexes positive
and negative regulation inhibitory molecules restriction points regulation of DNA
synthesis regulation of degradation check points cell cycle arrest role of cyclically
activated protein kinases transcriptional regulation
Unit II Cell communication I
General principles of cell communication extra cellular signals and their receptors autocrine
signaling and role of gap junctions types of cell receptors relay of signal and intracellular
signal proteins regulated proteolysis dependent signaling pathways (Notch Wnt hedgehog
NFKB)
Unit III Cell communication II
Informational transactions in eukaryotic cells- cyclic AMP facet Study of G-proteins
signaling through G-protein linked cell surface receptors signaling through enzyme linked
cell surface receptors Calcium messenger system signaling via GMP
Unit IV Cancer
Causes and types of cancer viral carcinogenesis tumor suppressors oncogenes and signal
transduction growth and spread of cancer molecular basis of cancer therapy molecular
markers
Programmed cell death and its regulation in normal physiology regulation and execution of
mammalian apoptosis cytokine signaling and role of apoptosis in tumor genesis
Suggested References
1 Molecular Biology of the Cell Alberts 5th Edition 2007 NCBI Publication
2 Principles of Biochemistry Lehninger WH Freeman
3 Biochemistry of Signal Transduction and Regulation - Gerhard Krauss Wiley VCH 3rd
Revised Edition
4 Molecular Cell Biology Lodish 6th Edition WH Freeman amp Company
5 The Cell Cooper 2nd Edition ASM Press
6 Gene IX Benjamin Lewin Published by Pearson Prentice Hall
7 Cell and Molecular Biology Gerald Karp
8 Molecular Biology Robert Weaver 1st Edition WCB McGraw-Hill
9 Molecular Biology of the Gene Watson 6th Edition Pearson Publication
10 Gene Regulation A Eukaryotic Perspective David Latchman 5 illustrated Taylor amp
Francis 2005
11 The Cell- G M Cooper
21
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 2
Paper ndash IV (Code 2T4) Molecular Biology
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Remember and understand the fundamental concepts of Molecular Biology and the
experiments involved in it
2 Relate the concepts of Molecular Biology in the development of Biochemical
research techniques
22
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 2
2T4 Molecular Biology
Unit I Eukaryotic and Prokaryotic chromosomes
Chromatin structure Histones DNA nucleosome morphology and higher level organization Functional
states of chromatin and alterations in chromatin organization Chromosome organization Metaphase
chromosomes centromere and kinetochore telomere and its maintenance Holocentric chromosomes
Heterochromatin and euchromatin position effect variegation Chromosomal domains (matrix loop domains)
and their functional significance
Organization of nuclear and organellar genomes C-value paradox Repetitive DNA-satellite DNAs and
interspersed repeated DNAs Transposable elements LINES SINES Alu family and their application in
genome mapping
Concept of a gene Conventional and modern views Fine structure of gene split genes pseudogenes non-
coding genes overlapping genes and multi-gene families
Unit II Replication and Recombination
Replication Review of replication in bacteria plasmid and viruses Models of DNA replication DNA
replication in eukaryotes Eukaryotic DNA polymerases and their roles origin of replication Autonomously
Replicating Segments (ARS) in yeast elongation lagging strand synthesis and termination
Recombination DNA recombination Homologous site specific and transposition
Homologous recombination Holliday Model Messelsson -Radding Model Rec BCD pathway
Site specific recombination Lambda phage ingration and excision rearrengementof immunoglobulin genes
Transposition Prokaryotic transposition Insertion sequences and mere complex transposons (eg Tn3)
conservative and replicative transposition Eukaryotic transposable elements yeast and Drosophila transposons
retroviruses and retrovirus like elements
Unit III Transcription
Review of prokaryotic transcription transcription in eukaryotes Eukaryotic RNA polymerases and their
subunit structure Class I II and III promoters Upstream elements enhancers and silencers General
transcription factors Class I II III genes and their functions elongation factors TBP structure and its role in
transcription mediators Structure of transcription activators zinc fingers homeodomains helix loop helix
bZIP beta barrels
Unit IV Viruses
General properties of viruses (size shape composition of viral capsid spikes envelope and nucleic acids)
Viral classification in brief Baltimore classification Structure and composition of DNA viruses (Herpes virus
amp Adenovirus) and RNA viruses (HIV)
Tumor viruses (HBV HTLV HPV) structure and mechanism of oncogenesis
Structure and life cycle of Lambda and M13 bacteriophages
Laboratory diagnosis of viral diseases
Mechanism of action of Antiviral drugs (Acyclovir Foscarnet Nevirapine Saquinavir Oseltamivir)
Suggested References
1 Molecular Biology of Gene Watson
2 Gene 7 Benjamin Lewin
3 Cell amp Molecular Biology Devlin
4 Biochemistry Lehninger Nelson amp Cox
5 Biochemistry Voet amp Voet
6 Molecular Biology David Frifelder
7 Molecular biology-Lodish Baltimore
8 Genetics-Russell
9 Genetics 1and 2-CBPower
10 Molecular biology-Watson
11 Molecular biochemistry ndashRobert Weaver
12 Microbiology by Davis
13 Virology by Luria
14 Understanding Viruses-Teri Shors Jones and Bartlett Publishers Massachusetts edition 2009
23
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 2
2P1 Clinical Biochemistry And Immunology
1 Determination of serum and urine Creatinine by Jaffrsquos method
2 Determination of serum Bilirubin by Malloy amp Evllyn method
3 Determination of serum Chloride by Schales amp Schales method
4 Estimation of blood urea by Nesslerisation method
5 Estimation of Serum amylase (EC3211)
6 Estimation of Serum Cholesterol by Single Step Method (Libermann amp Burchard)
7 Determination of Serum Uric Acid by Henry Carawayrsquos method
8 Determination of Icteric Index SGOT SGPT and alkaline phosphatase activity
9 Routine Urine Analysis
10 Quantitative Estimation of T3 T4 and TSH
11 To determine Urinary VMA (3-methoxy 4 ndashHydroxyl Vanillin Mandellic Acid)
12 Glucose Tolerance Test
2P2 Cell And Molecular Biology
1 Use of Simple Compound and Phase Contrast Microscopes
2 Isolation culture and cell counting of lymphocytes
3 Adherent cell line Trypsinization cell count subculturing
4 MTT assay
5 Isolation of DNA from Bacteria and Blood
6 Assessment of purity of DNA by 260280 ratio
7 Isolation of plasmid DNA Mini Prep Midi Prep and Maxi Prep
8 Restriction digestion of DNA
9 Ligation of DNA
10 Separation of DNA fragments by Electrophoresis
11 Southern Blotting amp Northern Blotting
2S1 Seminar
24
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 3
Paper ndash I (Code 3T1) Advanced Molecular Biology
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Understand the concepts of Eukaryotic Transcription regulation mechanisms with details
of enzymes involved eukaryotic transcription process
2 Post transcriptional and translational modifications and regulatory aspects of it
3 Describe the expression of genes and the regulatory RNAs involved in it
4 Appreciate epigenetic ways of gene expression regulation
25
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 3
3T1 Advanced Molecular Biology
Unit I Regulation of eukaryotic gene expression at transcriptional level
Overview of transcription by RNA Polymerases I II and III
Anatomy of a protein-coding gene
Basal transcription by RNA polymerase II Subunits of Pol II general transcription factors
Activators How the initiation complex is assembled How initiation occurs
Speeding up the process Enhancers TAFs and how they work
Regulated transcription transcription factors Zinc-fingers (Sp1 the first such factor identified)
Leucine zippers Basic helix loop helix Homeodomains DNA binding domains Activating domains
RNA Elongation HIV TATTAR
RNA polymerase III and regulation of 5S rRNA
Unit II Regulation of eukaryotic gene expression at post translational translational and post-
translational levels
Regulation at tpst-transcriptional level Effect of cap and polyadenylation on splicing trans and
alternative splicing RNA editing mRNA stability and transport
Regulation at Translational level Global regulation through eIF2 and eIF4EeIF4E-BP Specific
regulation through 5 UTRs using RNA structure eg ODC Specific regulation through 5
UTRprotein interactions eg ferritin in eukaryotes and ribosomal proteins in prokaryotes Specific
regulation through 3 UTRs eg 15-LOX
Regulation at post-translational level Control of the level of active proteins regulation of proteolysis
Unit III Regulatory RNAs
Historical background RNA interference as regulatory mechanism in eukaryotes Slicer and dicer
synthesis and function of RNAi molecules in plants chromatin remodeling in human disease and
diagnosis
Unit IV Epigenetics
Background chromosomal inheritance taking fission yeast as an example DNA methyltransferases
DNA methylation maintenance histone modification and regulation of chromatin structure bivalent
histones DNA demethylation histone demethylation
Suggested References
1 Molecular Biology of the Cell Alberts 5th Edition 2007 NCBI Publication
2 Principles of Biochemistry Lehninger WH Freeman
3 Biochemistry of Signal Transduction and Regulation - Gerhard Krauss Wiley VCH 3rd
Revised Edition
4 Molecular Cell Biology Lodish 6th Edition WH Freeman amp Company
5 The cell Cooper 2nd Edition ASM Press
6 Genes IX Benjamin Lewin Published by Pearson Prentice Hall
7 Cell and Molecular Biology Gerald Karp
8 Molecular Biology Robert Weaver 1st Edition WCB McGraw-Hill
9 Molecular Biology of the Gene Watson 6th Edition Pearson Publication
10 Gene Regulation A Eukaryotic Perspective David Latchman 5 illustrated Taylor amp
Francis 2005
26
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 3
Paper ndash II (Code 3T2) Biotechnology
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Remember and Understand fundamental concepts of Genetic Engineering
2 Illustrate and compare different techniques involved in Genetic Engineering
3 Understand the concepts of Prokaryotic and Eukaryotic Transformation and PCR
4 Describe the expression of heterologous genes and the vectors involved in it
5 Appreciate technology involved in industrial products of Protein engineering and
fermentation technology Remember and Understand the design and functioning of
different types of Bioreactors and Downstream processing Evaluate the application of
different types of Bioreactors including immobilization reactor system and its kinetics
6 Comprehend tools important in Bioinformatics analysis for simplified application of
nucleic acid and protein sequence data
27
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 3
3T2 Biotechnology
Unit I rDNA technology Genomic and cDNA libraries DNA manipulation enzymes isolation of specific genes
Gene cloning REs vectors-plasmids cosmids phage vectors M13 phage vectors phagemids expression
vectors with strong promoters inducible vectors produce fusion proteins and their isolation Eucaryotic
expression system shuttle vectors YAC BAC insertion of DNA and its ligation to carrier DNA introduction
of DNA in cells gene synthesis gene libraries
Application of recombinant DNA technology in medicine agriculture industry and environmental sciences
Unit II Gene control systems in bacteria and bacteriophage lambda
Mechanism of induction and repression constitutive expression various control mechanisms positive
regulation negative regulation attenuation operon hypothesis with special reference to malgal ara and
histidine operons Regulatory mechanisms in bacteriophage lambda
Regulation of gene expression at various levels (transcription post transcriptional and translational)
DNA-protein interactions Lambda family of repressor trp repressor
Unit III Biochemical engineering Biochemical Engineering Bioreactors and related equipment and
instrumentation types of bioreactor (Batch semi batch CSTF recycle etc) reactor analysis reactor design
reactor for recombination proteins
Fermentation technology Fermentation technology microbial culture reaction genetic modification use of
mutants recombinant DNA technology and application in fermentation technology microbial growth kinetics
sterilization fermentation process kinetics analysis of rate pattern and kinetic groups fermentation process
types control of environmental variables recovery of fermentation products isolation and purification and use
of immobilization techniques
Unit IV Bioinformatics and Drug Designing Introduction to Bioinformatics Applications of Bioinformatics Bioinformatics resources
Biological Databases Overview to Biological Databases Nucleotide Databases (GenBank DDBJ ENA) Protein sequence
databases (Uniprot Swiss prot Prosite Pfam Prodom) Protein structure databases (PDB SCOP CATH)
Sequence analysis Sequence similarity search BLAST FASTA CLUSTAL
Genomics Introduction to Genomics Comparative Genomic Databases Objective of Genome Comparisons Genome
Alignments
Proteomics Overview of Proteomics Experimental Techniques Bioinformatics Approaches Protein-Protein Interaction
Databases and software
Softwaresrsquo for Drug Designing Structure Based Drug Designing Ligand Based Drug Designing
Virtual Screening Homology Modeling and Chimera Generation
Suggested References 1 Molecular Biology of the Cell Alberts 5th Edition 2007 NCBI Publication
2 Principles of Biochemistry Lehninger WH Freeman
3 Biochemistry of Signal Transduction and Regulation - Gerhard Krauss Wiley VCH 3rd Revised Edition
4 Molecular Cell Biology Lodish 6th Edition WH Freeman amp Company
5 The cell Cooper 2nd Edition ASM Press
6 Genes IX Benjamin Lewin Published by Pearson Prentice Hall
7 Cell and Molecular Biology Gerald Karp
8 Molecular Biology Robert Weaver 1st Edition WCB McGraw-Hill
9 Molecular Biology of the Gene Watson 6th Edition Pearson Publication
10 Gene Regulation A Eukaryotic Perspective David Latchman 5 illustrated Taylor amp Francis 2005
Molecular Biotechnology Principles and Applications of Recombinant DNA Bernard R
GlickhttpwwwamazoncomMolecular-Biotechnology-Principles-Applications-
Recombinantdp1555814980ref=sr_1_6s=booksampie=UTF8ampqid=1323503937ampsr=1-6 - (Author)Publisher
Amer Society for Microbiology 4 edition (December 31 2009)
11 Principles of gene manipulation and genomics S B Primrose Richard M Twyman Publisher Wiley-Blackwell 7
edition (February 17 2006)
12 Principles of Fermentation Technology P F Stanbury (Author) S Hall (Author) A Whitaker (Author) Publisher
Butterworth-Heinemann 2 edition (February 19 1999)
13 1 Bioinformatics A practical guide to the analysis of genes and proteins Baxevanis AD and Ovellette BFF
Wiley-Interscience (2002)
14 2 Molecular and Biotechnology A comprehensive desk reference RA Meyes (Ed) VCH Publishers Inc (1995)
15 3 Textbook of Biotechnology Das HK Wiley Dreamtech India Pvt Ltd (2004)
28
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
Semester 3
Paper ndash III (Code 3T3 A) Toxicology (Biochemical And Environmental Toxicology)
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 To understand key principles of toxicology including various factors affecting toxicity and toxicity assessment
2 To evaluate analyse disposition of toxicants and factor affecting to disposition of toxicants
3 The know how of toxicokinetics and biotransformation 4 To critically analyse and interpret non-organ directed toxicity To
study effect of environmental toxicity on human beings
5 To develop an understanding of the genetic toxicology and
Developmental Toxicology for scientific research practices
6 Critical evaluation of relationship between target organ toxicity for
experimental designs
29
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 3
Core Elective 1
3T3 A) Toxicology (Biochemical And Environmental Toxicology)
Unit I General principles of Toxicology
Definition Different facets of toxicology and their interrelationships Classification of toxic
agents Desired and undesired effects
Various factors affecting toxicity vehicles formulation factors biological half life volume
and concentration dose dosage forms routes of administration entry genetic status etc
Principles of selective toxicity comparative morphology comparative biochemistry
comparative cytology
Toxicity assessment acute subchronic chronic exposure determination of ED50 and LD50
values tests for mutagenecity carcinogenicity genotoxicity Ames test
Unit II Disposition of Toxicants
Factors affecting disposition of toxicants absorption distribution biotransformation
elimination
Absorption through gastro-intestinal tract lungs skin
Distribution storage in tissues blood-brain barrier passage across placenta redistribution
Biotransformation Phase I and II reactions metabolic interrelationship antidotal therapy
Excretion urinary fecal exhalation other routes
Toxicokinetics classic and physiologic
Unit III A) Non ndashorgan directed toxicity
Chemical carcinogenesis definition mechanism
Genetic toxicology definition health impacts and mechanism of induction of genetic
alterations
Developmental toxicology definition principles mechanism and pathogenesis of
developmental toxicity
B) Environmental Toxicology
Air pollution definition air pollutants health effects and risk assessment of air pollution
Introduction to Ecotoxicology
Unit IV Target organ toxicity
Skin skin as a barrier dermatitis acne urticaria
Toxic responses of the blood blood as a target organ toxicology of erythron leukon and
platelets
Toxic responses of the liver physiology and pathophysiology factors in liver injury
mechanism of liver injury
Toxic responses of the respiratory system lungs structure and functions pulmonotoxic
agents pathogenesis of chemical induced damage acute and chronic responses of lungs to
injury
Suggested References
1 Casarette and Doullrsquos Toxicology by Klaassen CD
2 Biochemical Toxicology of Environmental Agents by Bruine D
3 Detoxification mechanisms by Williams RT
4 Selective Toxicity by Albert A
5 Developmental Toxicology by Hood RD
30
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 3
Paper ndash III (Code 3T3 B) Nutrition (Nutritional Biochemistry) (Core Elective 1)
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Capably describe the biochemical techniques that are relevant for the investigation of nutrient metabolism
2 Understand key principles of energy expenditure thermogenic effects Energy requirements and role of dietary fibers in nutrition
3 To read interpret and discuss protein energy malnutrition disorders of mineral metabolism for scientific research
4 To develop an understanding of the observational and experimental character of science in nutritional biochemistry
5 To communicate role of clinical nutrition and food allergies in scientific communication frameworks such as written reports and open discussion
31
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 3
3T3 B Nutrition (Nutritional Biochemistry) (Core Elective 1)
Unit I Basic Concepts
Basic Concept Energy content of foods Measurements of energy expenditure Direct amp
Indirect calorimetry Definition of BMR and SDA and factors affecting these Thermogenic
effects of foods Energy requirements of man and woman and factors affecting energy
requirements
Role of dietary fibers in nutrition
Unit II Nutritional Disorders
Protein Energy Malnutrition (PEM) Aetiology Clinical features Metabolic disorders
and Management of Marasmus and Kwashiorkor diseases
Disorders of Mineral Metabolism Hypercalecemia Hypocalcaemia Normocalcemia
Hyperphosphatemia
Unit III Starvation and Antinutrients
Starvation Techniques for studying starvation protein metabolim in prolonged fasting
protein sparing treatments during fasting Concept of high protein low calorific weight
reduction diets
Antinutrients Naturally occurring food borne toxicants protease inhibitors hemagglutins
hepatotoxins allergens oxalates toxins from mushrooms animal food stuffs and sea foods
Unit IV Clinical Nutrition and Food Allergies
Clinical Nutrition Role of diet and nutrition in the prevention and treatment of diseases
dental caries Fluorosis Atherosclerosis amp Rheumatic disorders Inherited metabolic
Disorders Phenylketonuria Maple Syrup disease amp Hemocystinuria
Food Allergies Definition role of antigen host and environment types of
hypersensitivities diagnosis and treatment of allergy
Suggested Reading 1 Basics of clinical nutrition author- yk joshi jaypee publication
2 Nutrition for the community Gully baba publishing house
Essentials of human nutrition author-jim mann amp stewart truswell oxford university press
3 Introduction to human nutrition
edited by- professor michael gibney (ucd institute of food and health) professor susan lanham-new
(university of surrey) professor aedin Cassidy (university of east anglia) professor hester vorster (north-
west university south africa) httpwwwnutritionsocietyorgpublicationstextbooksintroduction-to-
human-nutritionsthashtdyscawhdpuf
4 Nutrition and metabolism
edited by- professor susan lanham-new (university of surrey) professor ian macdonald (university of
nottingham) professor helen roche (unviersity college dublin) -
httpwwwnutritionsocietyorgpublicationstextbooksnutrition-and-metabolismsthashiusrjtiudpuf
32
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 3
Foundation Course 1 Biomolecules and Basic Metabolism
Unit I Carbohydrates and metabolism
Classification of carbohydrates Structure occurrence and biological importance of
monosaccharides oligosaccharides and polysaccharides
Introduction to Metabolism glycolysis glucogenesis and gluconeogenesis TCA cycle and its
amphibolic role energetics of carbohydrate metabolismAlternate pathways HMP shunt Enter-
Doudoroff glucuronate and glyoxylate pathways Corirsquos cycle
Unit II Lipids and metabolism
Classification of lipids Fatty acids Saturated and unsaturated fatty acids Essential fatty acids
Glycerophospholipids Glycolipids properties and functions
Metabolism Oxidation of fatty acids even and odd numbered unsaturated and branched chain fatty
acids
Degradation and biosynthesis of triacylglycerols and phospholipids energetic of beta- oxidation
Cholesterol biosynthesis catabolism and regulation
Unit III Proteins and metabolism
Classification of amino acids and proteins Protein structures primary secondary tertiary and
quarternary structure General metabolic reaction of amino acids transamination oxidative
deamination minor pathways of amino acid degradation transdeamination amino acid oxidase non
oxidative deamination
Degradation and biosynthesis of amino acids glycogenic and ketogenic amino acids Urea cycle
pathway and regulation
Unit IV Minerals and metabolism
Major and minor and ultra trace minerals their occurrence functions toxicity and interaction with
other nutrients
Iron metabolism and regulation
Calcium and phosphorus metabolism and regulation
Suggested Reading
1 Biophysical Techniques- Upadhyay Upadhyay and Nath
2 Principles of Biochemistry- Lehninger David L Nelson and Michael M Cox
3 Enzymes- Malcolm Dixon and Edwin Webb
4 Harperrsquos Biochemistry- Harper
5 Biochemistry- Western and Todd
6 Cell and Molecular Biology-Gerald Karp
7 Fundamentals of Biochemistry-Donald Voet Judith G Voet and Charlotte W Bratt
33
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 3
Paper ndash IV (Code 3T4 ) Bioresearch Techniques I (Subject centric core 1)
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Understand key principles of how flow cytometer work including data
analysis for their applications
2 Improve on skillful process of the animal cell culture techniques and
experimental demand of knowledge including an appreciation of the
need for good experimental design and scientific research practices
3 To incline intellectual curiosity in DNA and RNA techniques and
related fields that extends well beyond the course
4 To develop practical laboratory skills in the field of DNA and RNA
techniques
34
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 3
3T4 Bioresearch Techniques I (Subject centric core 1)
Unit I Flow cytometry
Principles of flow cytometry Instrument overview principle of fluorescence sample preparation
data analysis and applications of flow cytometry Overview Fludics Generation of Scatter and
fluorescence ( Optical bench optical filters signal detection Treshold) Data Analysis (Data
Collection and Display gating data analysis for subsetting applications Data analysis for ther
applications) Sorting Lasers and Alignment (Working of lasers and laser alignment)
Unit II Animal cell culture techniques
Animal cell Culture Cell culture (adherent and suspension) basic equipment cell culture media-
Components sterility buffering capacity growth requirements supplementation of serum antibiotic
and antimycotic agents preparation of medium advantages and limitations of Primary cell culture
clonal cell lines basic technique a of animal cell subcultuing disaggregation method for quantitation
of cells in culture counting chamber counters cell viability determination cytotoxicity assay and its
applications cell apoptosis assay and its applications 3 D cultures
Unit III DNA techniques
Isolation Sequencing Restriction Nucleases Gel Electrophoresis DNA probes Nucleic acid
hybridization Southern blotting DNA fingerprinting and DNA typing DNA Library
DNA sequencing Sanger and Maxam Gilbert
Restriction Mapping DNase foot printing DMS foot printing knockouts
PCR RFLP RAPD AFLP SNP
Unit IV RNA techniques
Isolation Hybridization Northern Blotting in vitro labeling with radioisotopes and chemical
markers
Mapping and quantifying transcripts S1assay primer extension run off transcription
Transcription rate measurement in vivo Nuclear run on transcription reporter gene N transcription
si RNA technology gene silencing techniques its applications microarrays ribozyme technology
Suggested References
1 Molecular Biology of The Cell Alberts 5th Edition 2007 NCBI Publication
2 Principles of Biochemistry Lehninger WH Freeman
3 Biochemistry of Signal Transduction and Regulation-shy‐ Gerhard Krauss
Wiley VCH 3rd Revised Edition
4 Molecular Cell Biology Lodish 6th Edition WH Freeman amp Company
5 The cell Cooper 2nd Edition ASM Press
6 Gene IX Benjamin Lewin
Published by Pearson Prentice Hall
7 Cell and Molecular Biology Gerald Karp
8 Molecular Biology Robert Weaver 1st Edition WCBNMcGraw-shy‐Hill
9 Molecular Biology of the Gene Watson 6th Edition Pearson Publication
10 Gene Regulation A Eukaryotic Perspective David Latchman 5 illustrated Taylor amp Francis
2005
35
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 3
3P1 Biotechnology And Molecular Biology
1) Fermentation
i) Isolation of microorganisms from soil demonstrating synthesis capability of desired product
Gram staining (Desired property to be decided by the instructor) and screening
ii) Optimization of the lab scale production of the desired product Effect of temperature pH
substrate concentration
iii) Growth curve Estimation of cell number substrate utilization andor product formation
2) Polymerase Chain Reaction
i) PCR amplification from genomic DNA
ii) Nested PCR
iii) Random Amplification of Polymorphic DNA (RAPD)
3) Restriction Fragment Length Polymorphism (RFLP)
3P2 A Biochemical And Environmental Toxicology
1 Qualitative detection of various toxicants in biological samples
Phenothiazine derivatives Organochlorine compounds (Fujiwara test) Phenol Methanol Arsenic (As)
Antimony (Sb) Selenium (Se) Mercury (Hg) Bismuth (Bi) Fluoride (F) Boron (Bo) Gutzeit test for
Antimony (Sb) and Arsenic (As) Spot test for metal toxicants
2 Quantitative determination of Salicylate Paracetamol (acetaminophen) Sulphonamide in biological
samples
3 Enzyme assay in toxic conditions
GOT (AST) GPT (ALT) Acid phosphatase Alkaline phosphatase Acetyl cholinesterase etc
4 Construction of dose-response curves
5 Determination of LD50 value of a toxicant
6 Induction of hepatotoxicity diabetes skin lesions teratogenesis
7 Assay of biomarkers of environmental pollution toxicity
OR
3P2 B) Nutritional Biochemistry
1 Determination of Calcium in food samples
2 Determination of Inorganic Phosphorous in food samples
3 Determination of Iron in food samples
4 Determination of beta carotene in carrots by column chromatography
5 Determination of Ascorbic Acid in food
6 Estimation of Amylase activity
7 Determination of Total Lipids By Sulphophospho vanillin Method
3S1 Seminar
InstitutionalEducational tour For minimum 08 days
36
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
Paper ndash I (Code 4T1) Advanced Clinical Biochemistry
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Analyse evaluate and generate information from a wide variety of sources regarding the key principles of aging and Neurological disorders
2 Analyse the effects of obesity on physiological functions including gene regulation
3 Critically interpret molecular and metabolic diseases and develop new knowledge domain about them
4 To develop effective creative and innovative solutions to current research problems in Reproductive Disease and Reproductive Biochemistry
5 To develop practical laboratory skill for Assisted Reproductive Technology program
37
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
4T1 Advanced Clinical Biochemistry
Unit I Aging and Neurological Disorders
Current view and theories of aging auto immune connection and HLA association processes of
aging and biochemical alteration DNA damage protein oxidation and axonal transport in aging
nutritional intervention as anti-aging therapy
Alzheimerrsquos disease Causes symptoms diagnosis pathogenesis genetics APP ApoE PS2 tau
protein risk factors and therapeutic approaches
Progeria Parkinsonrsquos disease Causes symptoms diagnosis pathogenesis genetics and therapeutic
approaches
Unit II Obesity
Theories lipid metabolism adipose tissue anomalies
Genetic basis of familial obesity effects of neuropeptides and leptin in nutrient partitioning
Obesity related derangements in metabolic regulation Therapeutic approaches
Unit III Molecular and Metabolic Diseases
Human gene map genetic diversity polymorphism genetic linkage chromosomal disorder
Monogenetic Disorders Autosomal dominant autosomal recessive X-linked Multifactorial
disorders Genetic heterogeneity Allelic heterogeneity Pathogenesis of genetic disease
Galactosemia Hemophilia Sickle cell anemia Muscular dystrophy Hypercholesterolemia Gout
Turnerrsquos syndrome
Unit IV Reproductive Biochemistry
Overview of reproductive system and reproduction biochemistry of reproductive disorders (male amp
female) Influence of various factors in reproduction with special reference to role of prostaglandins
and gonadotrophins Mechanism and methods of birth control and possible biochemical
consequences thereof Biochemical markerrsquos in infertility disorders Techniques involved in assisted
reproductive technology (ART) Culture media and cell culture techniques in ART programme
Suggested References
1 Clinical Biochemistry ndash Metabolic and Clinical aspects By-William J Marshall amp Stephen
K Angert
2 Harperrsquos Biochemistry - 27th Ed
3 Text book of Medical Physiology - By Guyton
4 Text book of Physiology -By Burn amp levy
5 Biochemistry ndashBy L Stryer (Freeman amp CoNY)
6 Biochemistry with clinical correlation- By Thomas Devli
7 The Metabolic Basis of Inherited Disease 5th Ed-By John Stanbury
8 Teitz Fundamentals of Clinical Chemistry ndashBy CABurtis amp Ashwood
9 Biochemistry - By Lehninger
10 Lehningerrsquos Biochemistry ndashBy Nelson amp Cox
11 Biochemistry ndashBy Stanford
12 Basic Medical Biochemistry A Clinical approach- By Smith
13 Principles of Internal Medicines- By HarrisonT R
14 Practical Biochemistry Principles amp Techniques- By Wilson amp Walker
15 Practical Biochemistry ndashBy David Plummer
38
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
Paper ndash II (Code 4T2) Advanced Immunology
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Understand details of lymph node microanatomy and learn the B and T cells encounter with antigens and study its development
2 Gain insight into antigen presentation and autophagy on a detailed molecular level
3 Understand immunology of mucosal surfaces and the interplay between commensal flora and the immune system in the gut
4 In-depth knowledge of the cellular and molecular basis for autoimmune disease and allergies
5 Basic knowledge of tumor immunology and the development of novel recombinant antibodies for treatment of cancer and autoimmune disease
39
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
4T2 Advanced Immunology
Unit I Introductory Immunobiology
Complement system Alternative and Classical pathway of complement activation
Immune networks Homeostasis in the immune system-termination of normal immune
responses network hypothesis
In vivo immunity to viruses bacteria fungi protozoa worms etc
Unit II Immunological tolerance and Autoimmunity
Immunologic tolerance T lymphocyte tolerance- central and peripheral Apoptosis in
Lymphocytes-pathways and biochemical mechanisms effector mechanisms Tolerance
induced regulatory T cells B lymphocyte tolerance- Central and Peripheral Homeostasis in
the immune pathogenesis and therapeutic approaches to autoimmunity
Unit III Tumor and Transplantation Immunology Hypersensitivity
General features of tumor immunity tumor antigens Immune response to tumor and
evasion Immunotherapy Types of hypersensitivity Effector mechanisms of immunologic
tissue injury and disease
Unit IV Immunodeficiency and Vaccinology
MHC and disease susceptibility immune deficiency disorders Active immunization
(immune prophylaxis) passive immunization adjuvants modern approaches to vaccine
development role of vaccines in the prevention of disease
Suggested References
1 Cellular and Molecular Immunology- 5th Edition Abul K Abbas Andrew Litchman
2 Immunology-5th Edition Richard A Goldsby Thomas J Kindt Barbara A Osborne
Janis Kuby
3 Immunology- 6th Edition Ivan Roitt Jonathan Brostoff David Male
40
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
Paper ndash III (Code 4T3 A) Toxicology (Clinical Research)
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Have knowledge about assessment and management of ethical clinical trial
programs
2 Demonstrate competency in biopharmaceutical clinical trial research designs and
regulatory affairs
3 Demonstrate competencies in evaluating clinical research data and
communicating results Manage innovative products through the discovery
processes and into the clinical trial phases
4 Identify and classify different types of trial designs when reading a trial report
understand the essential of GLP roles and responsibilities of stakeholders in
clinical trials
41
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
4T3 A) Toxicology (Clinical Research)
Unit I Pre-Clinical Research
Animal studies acute amp chronic toxicity of drugs regulations for number amp types of
animals protocols for animal experimentation Biochemical amp histopathological studies of
animals after drug administration Mechanism amp cause of death Routine toxicity studies amp
special toxicity studies carcinogenicity mutagenicity amp teratogenicity to be given special
emphasis
Unit II Phases of Clinical Research
Phases of clinical research number of volunteers in phase I amp types of patients in phase II to
IV Importance of these investigations Post marketing surveillance (PMS) amp
pharmacovigilence in case of clinical investigations after marketing authorization
Importance of ethical committee protocol design documentation in clinical trials Bio
Availability and Bio Equivalence studies Pharmacokinetics Pharmacodynamics Genomic
studies
Unit III Good lab practices
Good Clinical Practices Good Manufacturing Practices and Good Laboratory Practices
Principles of ICH-GCP History GCP declaration of Helsinki Belmont report Nuremberg
code Tuskgee trial Schedules Y and its amendments ICMR Guidelines Composition
functions amp operations of IRBIEC ethics of clinical trials Health Authorities- CDSCO US-
FDA EMEA and other
Unit IV Roles and Responsibilities of different stake holders in Clinical Research-
Sponsor CRO SMO Ethics Committee Investigator CRA CRC Patients and other
Departments in Clinical Research- Operations Business Development Regulatory
Pharmacovigilance Data Management Centralized Monitoring Quality Finance Important
documents in Clinical Research and importance of documentation in Clinical Research
Stages in clinical trial-Feasibilities PSSV SIV SMV and Close-out visits Audits and
Inspections
Suggested reading
1 Clinical Research Coordinator Handbook Norris Deborrah Plexus Publications
20040601
2 Clinical Research Methodology and Evidence-Based Medicine Babu Ajit N
Anshan 20080530
3 Conducting Clinical Research Judy Stone Biblio Distribution 2006
4 Essentials of clinical research Stephen P Glasser (Edt) Springer Verlag 2008
42
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
Paper ndash III (Code 4T3 B) Nutrition (Applied Nutritional Biochemistry)
Learning outcome Students will be
1 Capable of describing biochemical pathways relevant in nutrient metabolism 2 Capable of using selected biochemical techniques relevant in nutritional
biochemical research 3 Critical reading of scientific articles in nutritional biochemistry 4 Capable of discussing research questions relevant to nutritional biochemistry 5 The ability to ask critical questions and discuss nutritional biochemical research
43
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
4T3 B) Nutrition (Applied Nutritional Biochemistry)
Unit I Clinical nutrition
Role of a dietician role and responsibilities of a dietitian nutrition counseling professional
ethics and obligations
Diet therapy-Rationale for diet therapy (normal diet modifications of the diet to the light
diet soft diet full liquid diet clear liquid tube feeding) Routes for diet therapy-enteral and
parental use of biochemical parameters in the planning of diets use of computers in the
planning of diets
Unit II Nutritional Counseling and Dietetics
Nutritive value of different food groups and changes due to cooking in various food groups
Storage of foods food quality and factors affecting food quality Control of food quality Use
of additives Classification and applications
Unit III Community Nutrition
Opportunities in community Nutrition Assessing Community Resources assessing target
population program planning Assessing communityrsquos nutritional resources Food insecurity
food assistance programs world hunger and food insecurity Principles of nutrition education
and policy making national nutrition agenda
Unit IV Applied Nutrition and Public Health Concept of Health Nutrition and Public Health Nutrition Demographic trends in India and
the significance of certain indices of Health and Nutrition situation of a community IMR
MMR TFR Birth rate Death rate Life expectancy etc) Major nutritional problems in
developing countries Dietary surveys-methods ways of interpretations and analysis
recommendations based on survey findings Assessment of nutritional status biochemical
and anthropometry
Suggested Reading
Clinical nutrition
edited by- professor marinos elia (university of outhampton) professor olle ljungqvist
(karolinska institutet amp oumlrebro university hospital) dr outham outhamp (university of
outhampton professor susan lanham-new (university of surrey) - see more at
httpwwwnutritionsocietyorgpublicationstextbooksclinical-
nutritionsthashw12tfscqdpuf
Public health nutrition
edited by- professor michael gibney (ucd institute of food and health) professor barrie
margetts (university of southampton) dr john kearney (dublin institute of technology)
professor lenore arab (university of california los angeles)
httpwwwnutritionsocietyorgpublicationstextbookspublic-health-
nutritionsthash8pvhu1m0dpuf
Staying healthy with nutrition author- elson m Hass buck levin
American dietetic association complete food and nutrition guide Roberta larson duyff
44
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
MSc Biochemistry CBCS syllabus Effective from 2015-16
SEMESTER 4
Foundation 2 Basic Enzymology
Unit I
Introduction to Enzymology Nomenclature and classification of enzymes History sources of
enzymes (Animal Plant and microorganisms) Protein amp nonprotein nature of enzymes with
examples enzymes as biological catalysts and their importance principle of assay of enzymes and
measurement of activity effect of experimental conditions on measurement of activity such as time pH temp
substrate definition of enzyme unit Stability of enzymes and half life of enzymes Effect of environmental
factors on stability of enzymes Concept of Zymogens and active enzyme with examples effect of activators
and inhibitors on enzyme activity Role of coenzymes and cofactors on enzyme catalysis with examples
Unit II Production amp purification
Method os screening of sources for desired enzymes Availability of the sources for procurement
of enzymes Natural and synthetic Media for microbial enzyme production effect of inducers and
environmental factors on enzyme production by microorganisms
Methods of isolation of enzymes form the source purification of enzyme by dialysis salt and solvent
precipitation chromatography gel filtration Purification by affinity chromatography methods of
determination of purity and nature of of enzymes by simple PAGE SDSPAGE and 2 D electrophoresis
Unit III Enzyme Kinetics
Lock amp key model and Koshland model of enzyme active site Determination of active site of enzyme
Michelis Mentain equation kinetics of reversible irreversible and nonreversible enzymes Line Weaver burk
plot and Eddie Hofstie Plot Determination of kinetic constants and activation energy Effect of competitive
and non-competitive inhibitors on enzyme activity Allosteric enzyme and sigmoidal kinetics
Unit IV Applications of enzymes
Structure and function of multienzyme complex systems such as PDH KGH B oxidation spiral and glycolysis
Advantages of soluble and membrane bound enzymes Futile cycles in Biochemistry
Methods of immobilization of enzymes advantages and disadvantages of immobilization Application of
Immobilized enzymes in agriculture cosmetics detergent dairy brewing and food industries with examples
such as lactase pectinase proteinase invertaselipase etc Application of enzymes in nanotechnology
biosensors etc
Suggested references
1 Enzymology and Enzyme Technology 2014 by SM Bhatt (S Chand)
2 Enzyme Technology 2006 by Ashok Pandey (Editor) Colin Webb (Editor) MARCELO
FERNANDES (Editor) Springer
3 Biocatalysts and enzyme technology 2012 Klaus Buchholz
45
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
4T4 Bioresearch Techniques II (Subject centric core 2)
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Learn describe and build up knowledge domain regarding the latest and most advanced Bioresearch techniques available for biochemical research
2 Be aware select appropriately apply technology platforms and Perform techniques for analysis of DNA and protein expression
3 Evaluation of data and controls related to research techniques 4 Create thought-provoking questions related to the laboratory equipment
46
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
4T4 Bioresearch Techniques II (Subject centric core 2)
UNIT I
Biochemical methods I- Co-immunoprecipitation BiFC bimolecular fluorescence
complementation affinity electrophoresis Pull down assays label transfer yeast two hybrid
screens phage display
UNIT II
Biochemical methods II- In-vivo crosslinking of protein complexes using photo-reactive
amino acid analogs Tandem affinity purification (TAP) Chemical cross-linking SPINE
(Strepprotein interaction experiment) Quantitative immunoprecipitation combined with
knock-down (QUICK) Proximity ligation assay (PLA) in situ
UNIT III
Biophysical and theoretical methods I
Bio-Layer Interferometry
Dual polarisation interferometry (DPI)
Static light scattering (SLS)
Dynamic light scattering (DLS)
Surface plasmon resonance
UNIT IV
Biophysical and theoretical methods II
Fluorescence polarizationanisotropy
Fluorescence correlation spectroscopy
FRET BRET
2D-FT NMR spectroscopy
Proteinndashprotein docking
Isothermal Titration Calorimetry (ITC)
Isothermal Titration Calorimetry (ITC)
Suggested References
1 Molecular Biology of The Cell Alberts 5th Edition 2007 NCBI Publication
2 Principles of Biochemistry Lehninger WH Freeman
3 Biochemistry of Signal Transduction and Regulation-shy‐ Gerhard Krauss
Wiley VCH 3rd Revised Edition
4 Molecular Cell Biology Lodish 6th Edition WH Freeman amp Company
5 The cell Cooper 2nd Edition ASM Press
6 Gene IX Benjamin Lewin
Published by Pearson Prentice Hall
7 Cell and Molecular Biology Gerald Karp
8 Molecular Biology Robert Weaver 1st Edition WCBNMcGraw-shy‐Hill
9 Molecular Biology of the Gene Watson 6th Edition Pearson Publication
10 Gene Regulation A Eukaryotic Perspective David Latchman 5 illustrated Taylor amp
Francis 2005
47
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
4P1 Advanced Clinical Biochemistry and Immunology and Toxicology and Nutrition
1 Demonstration of dialysis using blood filtrate (Protein Separation)
2 Immunology
a Quantitative Estimation of Antibody
b Precipitation Techniques Double Immunodiffusion Single (Radial)
Immunodiffusion
3 Electrophoretic Techniques Immuno-electrophoresisRocket Immunoelectrophoresis
Immuno-diffusion
4 To assay cathepsin D ATPase (NaKCaMg) Lipid peroxidase enzymes
5 Assay of Acetylcholine esterase activity in rat brain
6 Assay of monoamine oxidase
7 Fractionation of tissues and assay of proteins
8 Assay of ornithine amino transferase
9 Glutathione Estimation
10 Organ tissue morphology histopathology
11 Assay of toxicant biotransformation enzyme-cytochrome P450
12 Test for teratogenecity carcinogenecity Ames test
13 To perform pair wise alignment of sequences using BLAST program
14 To design primers for the given gene sequences
15 To perform multiple sequence alignment and generate phylogenetic tree
16 To retrieve and visualize the three dimensional structures of proteins
17 To retrieve metagenomic sequences and primer designing to develop STS marker
OR
18 Determination of Triglycerides
19 Proximate Analysis of Food Samples
48
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4 Project
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Plan and develop experimental design projects from concept through to professional
prototype
2 Apply theoretical knowledge conceptual skills and techniques to the development of
solutions for biochemical problems
3 Apply initiative and judgment in planning problem solving and decision making in
practice or future study
4 Design a research project and submit in a form of thesis they will present their results of
the thesis to an audience of peers and faculty and be able to defend their results during
final evaluation
4PROJ PROJECT
4S1 Seminar
6
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 1
Paper 1 (Code 1T1) Protein Biochemistry Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Basics Protein structure chemical bonding or molecular geometry based on accepted
models
2 Apply quantitative reasoning skills of protein folding and energy physical or
chemical changes that occur
3 Use accepted models to describe the interactions of amino acids and equilibrium
concepts with respect to protein conformations and interactions
4 In the major areas of Mass spectrometry students will be able to
a Describe and understand the capabilities and limitations of instrumental methods
b Explain the instrument components and principles of operation
5 Upon being introduced to the steps of the analytical process students will be able to
correctly select an analytical method and instrument meeting their use objectives
Also students would be able to demonstrate competence in data acquisition by Mass
Spectrometric analysis and interpreting laboratory data
6 With Basics of Protein synthesis machinery students will be able to conceptualize the
process of translation and its regulatory aspects so as to apply the concept for
understanding protein structural dynamics with respect to protein functions
7 Protein sorting and compartmentalization during and after translation will give
fundamental understanding about organelle specific protein functions This will
develop competence amongst the students for application of physical parameters in
protein functional dynamics depending upon organelle specific environment
8 Overall understanding of protein structure function relationship through this paper
will equip the students to propose designs of novel proteins constructed through
utilization of aspects of protein engineering Specific examples of the same would
help them understand and apply the concept of protein engineering to the fullest
7
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 1
1T1 Protein Biochemistry
Unit I Proteins and Mass Spectrometry
Overview of protein structure protein folding Ramchandran plot domains and modules
binding sites within proteins protein sequencing
Basics of Mass Spectrometry Ionization mechanisms- protonation deprotonation
cationization transfer of charged molecules to gas phase electron ejection electron capture
Mass analyzers-TOF Ion trap Quadrupole Ionization methods-Electron Impact (EI)
Chemical Ionization (CI) Fast Atom Bombardment (FAB) Field Description (FD) Electron
Spray Ionization (ESI) Matrix Assisted Laser Desorption Ionization (MALDI) Protein
Identification using MS
Unit II Protein biosynthesis
Eukaryotic translation machinery structure and assembly of the ribosome initiation
elongation and termination of translation
Unit III Protein sorting and degradation Intracellular protein sorting movement of proteins between cellular compartments gated
transmembrane and vesicular transport Protein transport and translocation to nucleus mitochondria
chloroplast peroxisomes endoplasmic reticular system Protein degradation
Unit IV Protein Engineering
Design and construction of novel proteins and enzymes Conformation of proteins in general and
enzymes in particular Effect of amino acids on structure of proteins Energy status of a protein
molecule Structure function relations of enzymes Physical methods such as x-ray crystallography
for determination of protein structure Site directed mutagenesis for specific protein function Basic
concepts for design of a new proteinenzyme molecule Specific examples of enzyme engineering -
Dihydrofolate reductase and Subtilisin
Suggested References
1 Modern Protein Chemistry Practical Aspects Published September 12 2001 by CRC Press -
272 Pages Edited By Gary C Howard
2 Biochemistry 5th edition Berg JM Tymoczko JL Stryer L New York W H Freeman 2002
3 Proteins Structures and Molecular Properties Thomas E Creighton Publisher W H Freeman
1992 Edition Second Edition
4 Protein Engineering Protocols (Methods in Molecular Biology) Kristian Muumlller (Editor)
Publisher Humana Press Softcover reprint of hardcover 1st ed 2007 edition (November 10
2010)
5 Protein Degradation Series 4 Volume Set (v 1) R John Mayer (Editor) Publisher Wiley-
VCH 1 edition (March 4 2008)
6 Structural Aspects of Protein Synthesis Anders LiljashttpwwwamazoncomStructural-
Aspects-Protein-Synthesis-
Andersdp981238863Xref=sr_1_1s=booksampie=UTF8ampqid=1323503546ampsr=1-1 -
(Author) Publisher World Scientific Pub Co Inc 1 edition (November 2004)
7 Protein Targeting Transport and Translocation Ross Dalbey (Editor) Publisher Academic
Press 1 edition (May 13 2002)
8 Principles of Physical Biochemistry- KenslE van Holde W Curtis Johnson P Shing Ho
Pearson Prentice Hall 2nd Edition
9 Crystallography made crystal clear 1993 G Rhodes Academic Press
10 Principles and Techniques of Biochemistry and Molecular Biology 6th Edition Wilson Keith
and Walker John (2005) Cambridge University Press New York
11 A textbook of biophysics R N Roy New Central Publication 1st edition
8
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 1
Paper 2 (Code 1T2) Advanced Enzymology Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Describe structure capacities and the component of activity of
chemicals and interaction with enzymes Learning energy of protein
catalyzed responses and compound restraints and administrative
procedure Enzyme action Enzyme Units Specific action
2 Have a detail and more intricate knowledge of allosteric and other
aspects of enzyme catalysis regulation
3 Have a total comprehension of rate of responses and request of
responses and restraints and their kinetics To gain information on
protein catalysis and isoenzymes and on multienzyme and multienzyme
complexes with specific examples
4 Develop intellectual capacity to relate bioenergetics principles and the
entropy to the law of thermodynamics and Free energy and its
connection to chemical equilibria in consolation to enzyme catalysis
5 Theory related to respiratory mechanisms catalysed by enzymatic
principles of redox biochemistry will help the students to gauge wide
applicability of enzymatic reactions in biological systems Detail
description of Coupled reactions and their role in metabolism and
Chemiosmotic hypothesis of ATP synthesis to understand the
mechanism of energy harnessing mechanism operating in biological
system
9
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 1
1T 2 Advanced Enzymology
Unit I Kinetics and Regulation of enzyme activity
Review of unisubstrate enzyme kinetics multisubstrate enzyme kinetics Co-operativity
phenomenon Hill and Scatchard plots protein-ligand binding and its measurement detailed
mechanism of catalysis of serine protease carbonic anhydrase and PEP kinase
Metalloenzymes
Unit II Allosteric enzymes and multienzyme systems
Allosteric enzymes sigmoidal kinetics and its physiological significance symmetric and
sequential modes of action and their significance immobilized enzymes and their industrial
applications study of multienzyme complexes with respect to occurrence isolation and their
properties and polygenic nature eg pyruvate dehydrogenase and fatty acid synthase
Unit III Enzyme regulation
General mechanisms of enzyme regulation Feed back inhibition and feed forward
stimulation repression and induction of enzymes reversible and irreversible covalent
modifications of enzymes flexibility and conformational mobility of enzymes convergent
and divergent evolution of enzymes
Unit IV Bioenergetics and oxidative phosphorylation
Energy transformation laws of thermodynamics Gibbs energy free energy change redox
potentials phosphate potential ion electrochemical potential proton electrochemical
potential membrane potential Chemi-osmotic theory mitochondrial respiratory chain order
and organization of carrier proton gradients Characterization of Iron- Sulphur proteins and
Cytochromes Q cycle Respiratory controls and oxidative phosphorylation ATP synthase
complex
Suggested References
1 Enzymes Biochemistry Biotechnology and Clinical Chemistry-Trevor Palmer
2 Principles of Biochemistry- Lehninger David L Nelson and Michael M Cox
3 Enzymes- Malcolm Dixon and Edwin Webb
4 Harperrsquos Biochemistry- Harper
5 Biochemistry- Western and Todd
6 Cell and Molecular Biology-Gerald Karp
7 Fundamentals of Biochemistry-Donald Voet Judith G Voet and Charlotte W Bratt
10
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 1
Paper 3 (Code 1T3) Biochemical Research Techniques Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 The theoretical aspects of designing the Experiments and also study the Quality
control mechanism in Biochemistry
2 Understand the Sampling techniques and interpret the data based on the measures
of the central tendency
3 Learn the discrepancies and deviations of the variable based of measures of
dispersion
4 Study the relationship between variables based on correlation and regression
analysis
5 Deduce the probable outcomes of an experiment based on observations
following laws of probability and also assess the significance of the
interpretation through tests of significance such as t-test
6 To understand the importance and applications of computational methods and
statistical softwares in Biology
11
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 1
1T 3 Biochemical Research Techniques
Unit I Research Methodology
1 Introduction to research methodology History and definition of research role of
theory hypothesis sampling variables randomness selection of problem purpose of
research and research reporting
2 Experimental research Early experimentation experimental groups control groups
variables method of controlling variables designing and validation of experiments
3 Methods and tools in research Research tools and its reliability and validity
quantitative and qualitative studies observation inquiry forms Q methodology data
collection limitations and sources of error
4 Types of data Analysis Descriptive data analysis Inferential data analysis Computer
data analysis
Unit II Biostatistics
Principles and practice of statistical methods in biological research samples and populations Basic
statistics-average statistics of dispersion coefficient of variation confidence limits Probability
distribution normal binomial and Poisson distribution Mean variants standard deviations and
standard error correlation and regression test of statistical significance and analysis of variance and
covariance
Unit III Data Retrieval Scientific Writing and Presentation
1 Information Search amp Data Retrieval Tools for Web Search Data Retrieval Tools
Data Mining of Biological Databases
2 Report Writing Significance of report writing different steps in report writing types
of report layout of research paper
3 Mechanics and precautions of writing research reports for scientific journals popular
magazines seminarssymposia conferencesworkshops poster session
4 Presentationndash Oral amp Written Presentations in classrooms scientific meets amp public
audience Defence of research thesis
Unit IV Computers
Introduction of computer networks- Topologies and designs Basics of computer operating systems-
windows and Linux Introduction to Markup language-Hyper Text Markup Language (HTML) and
Extensive Markup Language (XML) Spreadsheets and Presentation software
Systems Biology-An introduction
Introduction to Metagenomics
Suggested References
1 Fundamentals of Biostatistics Bernard A Rosner Thomson-BrooksCole 2006
2 Research methodology in social behavioural and life sciences Designs models and
methods Herman J Ader and Gideon Mellenbergh (Ed) SAGE Publications
6 Principles of Genome analysis and genomics Primrose SB Twyman RM Blackwell
Science (2002)
7 Biostatistics-A foundation for Health Science Daniel WW John Wiley (1983)
8 Statistical Methods Medhi J Willey Eastern Limited (1992)
12
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 1
Paper 4 (Code 1T4) Plant Biochemistry Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Detailed knowledge of plant cellular architecture and the mechanism
of photosynthetic systems for photophosphorylation will enable the
students to get a dissected approach for understanding autotrophic food
synthesis mechanism driven by photon energy operative in plants
2 Hormonal pathways driving plant growth mechanisms form the
foundation for in vitro plant propagation setup and understanding of
Plant tissue culture aspects Students would gain an thorough insight of
growth regulatory mechanism of plants through which they will be able
to devise the hormonal concoction required for organogenesis and related
plant tissue culture applications
3 Students will be able to learn metabolic attributes and driving
principles of plant growth through basic carbohydrate lipid and protein
metabolism Also the students will be developing a comprehension of
importance of nitrogen and sulphur metabolism in plants and associated
plant physiological alterations
4 With in depth knowledge about plant physiochemical aspects the
students will get equipped to develop an understanding about effects
caused by biotic and abiotic stress factors on plant metabolism and
growth They can thus impinge upon the ways to tackle such stress
physiological aspects to promote and resolve plant stresses
5 Practical exposure to biochemical analysis of plant physiological
aspects would improve the students application approach towards plant
biochemistry as tool to protect plant diversity
13
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 1
1T4 Plant Biochemistry
Unit I Plant Cell and Photosynthesis
Structure of plant cell Structure of plant cell membrane and cell wall
Structure of chloroplast system Photosynthetic pigments and their functions Photo system
I amp II Photosynthetic electron transport and photophosphorylation
Calvin cycle(C3 plants) Hatch slack pathway (C4 plants) Crassulacean acid metabolism
Unit II Plant hormones and Tissue culture
Plant hormones Biosynthesis structure and biochemical mode of action of auxins
gibberellins cytokinins abscisic acid and ethylene Other plant growth regulators
Plant tissue culture Plant cell organs and culture Somaclonal variation protoplast isolation
fusion and culture of protoplasts Application of plant tissue culture
Unit III Plant respiration and Metabolism
Plant respiration Carbohydrate lipid and Protein metabolism Cyanide sensitive and
insensitive respiration
Nitrogen metabolism Development and structure of root nodules Role of nod factors in
nodule development Structure of plant nitrogenase system Symbiotic nitrogen fixation and
and its regulation Formation and assimilation of ammonia
Sulphur metabolism Sulphate activation Reduction of active sulphate Oxidation of
inorganic sulphur incorporation of sulphur into amino acids
Unit IV Biochemistry of plant growth amp stress physiology
Biochemistry of seed and bud dormancy Biochemistry of seed germination factors affecting seed germination Structure and function of Phytochrome and Cryptochrome Photoperiodism and Vernalization Hormonal regulation of flowering Responses of plant to biotic (pathogens and insects) and abiotic (water temperature and salt) stresses Mechanism of resistance to biotic stress and tolerance to abiotic stress
Suggested References
1 Plant physiology -Taiz amp Ziger
2 Biochemistry and molecular Biology of plant-Buchanan
3 Plant physiology -M Devlin
4 Plant pathology- George N Agriose
5 Plant breeding- BD Singh
6 Germination of seed- AM Mayer amp A Mayber
7 Introduction of Plant Physiology -William Hopkins
8 Introduction to plant - Godwin amp merser
9 Plant physiology - Mohit Warma
14
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 1
1P 1 Protein Biochemistry and Enzymology
1 Estimation of protein by UV Spectrophotometer by E280E260 method
2 Estimation of Riboflavin by Arnoldrsquos fluorimetric method
3 Estimation of Thiamine by thiochrome method
4 Separation of proteins by PAGE
5 Seperation of proteins by SDS gel electrophoresis
6 Western Blotting
7 Purification of proteins by isoelectric precipitation
8 Molecular weight determination
9 Fractionation of cells by differential centrifugation
10 Assay of marker enzymes
11 To study the essentiality of co-enzymes in enzyme catalyzed reaction
12 Fractionation of human plasma proteins by precipitation
13 Assay of acid and alkaline phosphatase
14 Effect of environmental factors such as pH temperature and inhibitors on alkaline
phosphatase
15 Measurement of initial velocity
16 To study kinetics of enzyme using Lineweaver-Burk Eadie-Hofstee and Hanes Plots
1P 2 Biochemical Research Techniques and Plant Biochemistry
1 Absorption of water by live amp dead seeds
2 Changes in carbohydrate protein content during germination
3 Induction of proteinases amylases and lipase during germination
4 Induction of vitamin C synthesis during germination
5 Isolation and characterization of trypsin inhibitor
6 Assay of peroxidase catalase phenol oxidase ascorbic acid oxidase
7 Isolation of plant DNA amp RNA
8 Estimation of carotene ascorbic acid phenols and tannins in fruits and vegetables
9 Development of callus culture from meristems and leaves
1S1 Seminar
InstitutionalEducational tour For minimum 08 days
15
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 2
Paper ndash I (Code 2T1) Immunology
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Remember and Understand basic concepts of Immunology Molecular details of
various receptors and effectors involved in evoking Immune responses
2 Mechanism and pathways of immunity with essential details about immunoglobulin
structures and mechanism of action
3 Appreciate and assess the various immunological techniques used for public health
Applications of immunology based techniques in public health and immunization
16
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 2
2T1 Immunology
Unit I The Immune system Immunoglobulins and TCR
History of Immunology Innate Immunity effector mechanisms involved PAMPs PRRs
Phagocytosis Lysis blocking extra cellular killing etc Biochemistry and biology of TLRs
Inflamatory processes inflamamasomes interrelationship between innate and adaptive
immunity
Immunoglobulins and TCR
Immunochemistry Antigen antibody reaction its kinetics and thermodynamics Structure
functions of immunoglobulins Ig genes and their expression Generation of Ab diversity
BCR TCR Organization and re-arrangement of TCR genes TCR diversity
Unit II
Anatomy of Immune system
Immunological cells tissues and organs Maturation activation and differentiation of B and
T cells MHC genes and their polymorphism Structure and function of MHC molecules
Clonal selection theory Cell surface molecules Ig super family integrins selectins
chemokine receptors and other accessory molecules Cytokines and chemokines
Unit III
Immune response by T and B lymphocytes
Cellular and molecular mechanisms of Ab production humoral and cell mediated immunity
Antigen processing and presentation T and B cell interaction Super antigens
Unit IV
Immunological Techniques
Immunochemical techniques including immunodiffusion RIA EIA agglutination
immunoflorescence immunoelectron microscopy immunoelectrophoresis HLA typing
leukocyte migration inhibition technique delayed hypersensitivity technique cytotoxicity
assay Monoclonal Abrsquos hybridoma and other technologies Abzymes
Suggested References
1 Cellular and Molecular Immunology- 5th Edition Abul K Abbas Andrew Litchman
2 Immunology-5th Edition Richard A Goldsby Thomas J Kindt Barbara A Osborne
Janis Kuby
3 Immunology- 6th Edition Ivan Roitt Jonathan Brostoff David Male
17
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 2
Paper ndash II (Code 2T2) Clinical Biochemistry
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Remember and Understand fundamental concepts in Clinical Biochemistry and
recent automations introduced in it
2 Comprehend basics of Endocrine system and hormones involved for regulation of
various biochemical functions of target organs
3 Illustrate compare and appreciate functions and biochemical attributes of Liver and
implications in Clinical Biochemistry
18
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 2
2T2 Clinical Biochemistry
Unit I Automation in clinical biochemistry gastric and blood disorders
Automation in Clinical Biochemistry- Instrumental concept Selection of Instrument Quality
assurance Control of pre-analytical and analytical variables External and internal quality
control measurements
Gastric disorders Disorders of gastric function method of evaluation pancreatic diseases
Steatorrhoea Malabsorption syndrome test for their evaluation
Blood Disorder Review of mechanism of coagulation and fibrinolysis abnormalities in
blood coagulation variation of plasma proteins abnormalities of blood formation anemia
haemoglobinopathies clinical significance of fecal and urine analysis
Unit II Endocrinology I Insulin and glucagon Various types of hyperglycemia Diabetes mellitus Ketonemia
ketonuria Experimental diabetes Hypoglycemia Polyurea Glucose tolerance test
Thyroid Iodine metabolism Hypo and Hyper thyroidism BMRand other test for
evaluation of thyroid function
Parathyroid Calcium and phosphorus metabolism Abnormalities of Parathyroid function
and methods of evaluation
Unit III Endocrinology II
Adrenal Addisonrsquos disease and pheochromocytoma Disorders of steroid metabolism Test
for evaluation of adrenal functions
Pituitary Pituitary hormones Clinical syndromes and their evaluation
Unit IV Liver disorders
Liver disorders Jaundice fatty liver and liver function tests Renal function test
Cerebrospinal fluid Composition in health and disease Lipid profile in health and disease
Elements of Clinical Enzymology Isoenzymes in health and disease
Clinical significance of GOT GPT Creatine kinase LDH etc
Biochemical diagnosis of disease by enzymatic evaluation
Suggested References 1 Clinical Biochemistry ndash Metabolic and Clinical aspects By-William J Marshall amp Stephen
K Angert
2 Harperrsquos Biochemistry - 27th EdText book of Medical Physiology - By Guyton
3 Text book of Physiology -By Burn amp levy
4 Biochemistry ndashBy L Stryer (Freeman amp CoNY)
5 Biochemistry with clinical correlation- By Thomas Devli
6 The Metabolic Basis of Inherited Disease 5th Ed-By John Stanbury
7 Teitz Fundamentals of Clinical Chemistry ndashBy CABurtis amp Ashwood
8 Biochemistry - By Lehninger
9 Lehningerrsquos Biochemistry ndashBy Nelson amp Cox
10 Biochemistry ndashBy Stanford
11 Basic Medical Biochemistry A Clinical approach- By Smith
12 Principles of Internal Medicines- By HarrisonT R
13 Practical Biochemistry Principles amp Techniques- By Wilson amp Walker
14 Practical Biochemistry ndashBy David Plummer
19
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 2
Paper ndash III (Code 2T3) Cell Biochemistry
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Gain knowledge about fundamentals of cell division cycle and decision making
ability of the cells to proceed for duplication with regulatory aspects
2 Cell communication ability and control of cell cycle brough about by internal and
external molecular effectors
3 Understand basic concept of Cancer Biology and stem cells
20
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 2
2T3 Cell Biochemistry
Unit I Cell cycle and regulation
Review of cell cycle divisional control regulatory proteins cyclincdk complexes positive
and negative regulation inhibitory molecules restriction points regulation of DNA
synthesis regulation of degradation check points cell cycle arrest role of cyclically
activated protein kinases transcriptional regulation
Unit II Cell communication I
General principles of cell communication extra cellular signals and their receptors autocrine
signaling and role of gap junctions types of cell receptors relay of signal and intracellular
signal proteins regulated proteolysis dependent signaling pathways (Notch Wnt hedgehog
NFKB)
Unit III Cell communication II
Informational transactions in eukaryotic cells- cyclic AMP facet Study of G-proteins
signaling through G-protein linked cell surface receptors signaling through enzyme linked
cell surface receptors Calcium messenger system signaling via GMP
Unit IV Cancer
Causes and types of cancer viral carcinogenesis tumor suppressors oncogenes and signal
transduction growth and spread of cancer molecular basis of cancer therapy molecular
markers
Programmed cell death and its regulation in normal physiology regulation and execution of
mammalian apoptosis cytokine signaling and role of apoptosis in tumor genesis
Suggested References
1 Molecular Biology of the Cell Alberts 5th Edition 2007 NCBI Publication
2 Principles of Biochemistry Lehninger WH Freeman
3 Biochemistry of Signal Transduction and Regulation - Gerhard Krauss Wiley VCH 3rd
Revised Edition
4 Molecular Cell Biology Lodish 6th Edition WH Freeman amp Company
5 The Cell Cooper 2nd Edition ASM Press
6 Gene IX Benjamin Lewin Published by Pearson Prentice Hall
7 Cell and Molecular Biology Gerald Karp
8 Molecular Biology Robert Weaver 1st Edition WCB McGraw-Hill
9 Molecular Biology of the Gene Watson 6th Edition Pearson Publication
10 Gene Regulation A Eukaryotic Perspective David Latchman 5 illustrated Taylor amp
Francis 2005
11 The Cell- G M Cooper
21
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 2
Paper ndash IV (Code 2T4) Molecular Biology
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Remember and understand the fundamental concepts of Molecular Biology and the
experiments involved in it
2 Relate the concepts of Molecular Biology in the development of Biochemical
research techniques
22
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 2
2T4 Molecular Biology
Unit I Eukaryotic and Prokaryotic chromosomes
Chromatin structure Histones DNA nucleosome morphology and higher level organization Functional
states of chromatin and alterations in chromatin organization Chromosome organization Metaphase
chromosomes centromere and kinetochore telomere and its maintenance Holocentric chromosomes
Heterochromatin and euchromatin position effect variegation Chromosomal domains (matrix loop domains)
and their functional significance
Organization of nuclear and organellar genomes C-value paradox Repetitive DNA-satellite DNAs and
interspersed repeated DNAs Transposable elements LINES SINES Alu family and their application in
genome mapping
Concept of a gene Conventional and modern views Fine structure of gene split genes pseudogenes non-
coding genes overlapping genes and multi-gene families
Unit II Replication and Recombination
Replication Review of replication in bacteria plasmid and viruses Models of DNA replication DNA
replication in eukaryotes Eukaryotic DNA polymerases and their roles origin of replication Autonomously
Replicating Segments (ARS) in yeast elongation lagging strand synthesis and termination
Recombination DNA recombination Homologous site specific and transposition
Homologous recombination Holliday Model Messelsson -Radding Model Rec BCD pathway
Site specific recombination Lambda phage ingration and excision rearrengementof immunoglobulin genes
Transposition Prokaryotic transposition Insertion sequences and mere complex transposons (eg Tn3)
conservative and replicative transposition Eukaryotic transposable elements yeast and Drosophila transposons
retroviruses and retrovirus like elements
Unit III Transcription
Review of prokaryotic transcription transcription in eukaryotes Eukaryotic RNA polymerases and their
subunit structure Class I II and III promoters Upstream elements enhancers and silencers General
transcription factors Class I II III genes and their functions elongation factors TBP structure and its role in
transcription mediators Structure of transcription activators zinc fingers homeodomains helix loop helix
bZIP beta barrels
Unit IV Viruses
General properties of viruses (size shape composition of viral capsid spikes envelope and nucleic acids)
Viral classification in brief Baltimore classification Structure and composition of DNA viruses (Herpes virus
amp Adenovirus) and RNA viruses (HIV)
Tumor viruses (HBV HTLV HPV) structure and mechanism of oncogenesis
Structure and life cycle of Lambda and M13 bacteriophages
Laboratory diagnosis of viral diseases
Mechanism of action of Antiviral drugs (Acyclovir Foscarnet Nevirapine Saquinavir Oseltamivir)
Suggested References
1 Molecular Biology of Gene Watson
2 Gene 7 Benjamin Lewin
3 Cell amp Molecular Biology Devlin
4 Biochemistry Lehninger Nelson amp Cox
5 Biochemistry Voet amp Voet
6 Molecular Biology David Frifelder
7 Molecular biology-Lodish Baltimore
8 Genetics-Russell
9 Genetics 1and 2-CBPower
10 Molecular biology-Watson
11 Molecular biochemistry ndashRobert Weaver
12 Microbiology by Davis
13 Virology by Luria
14 Understanding Viruses-Teri Shors Jones and Bartlett Publishers Massachusetts edition 2009
23
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 2
2P1 Clinical Biochemistry And Immunology
1 Determination of serum and urine Creatinine by Jaffrsquos method
2 Determination of serum Bilirubin by Malloy amp Evllyn method
3 Determination of serum Chloride by Schales amp Schales method
4 Estimation of blood urea by Nesslerisation method
5 Estimation of Serum amylase (EC3211)
6 Estimation of Serum Cholesterol by Single Step Method (Libermann amp Burchard)
7 Determination of Serum Uric Acid by Henry Carawayrsquos method
8 Determination of Icteric Index SGOT SGPT and alkaline phosphatase activity
9 Routine Urine Analysis
10 Quantitative Estimation of T3 T4 and TSH
11 To determine Urinary VMA (3-methoxy 4 ndashHydroxyl Vanillin Mandellic Acid)
12 Glucose Tolerance Test
2P2 Cell And Molecular Biology
1 Use of Simple Compound and Phase Contrast Microscopes
2 Isolation culture and cell counting of lymphocytes
3 Adherent cell line Trypsinization cell count subculturing
4 MTT assay
5 Isolation of DNA from Bacteria and Blood
6 Assessment of purity of DNA by 260280 ratio
7 Isolation of plasmid DNA Mini Prep Midi Prep and Maxi Prep
8 Restriction digestion of DNA
9 Ligation of DNA
10 Separation of DNA fragments by Electrophoresis
11 Southern Blotting amp Northern Blotting
2S1 Seminar
24
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 3
Paper ndash I (Code 3T1) Advanced Molecular Biology
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Understand the concepts of Eukaryotic Transcription regulation mechanisms with details
of enzymes involved eukaryotic transcription process
2 Post transcriptional and translational modifications and regulatory aspects of it
3 Describe the expression of genes and the regulatory RNAs involved in it
4 Appreciate epigenetic ways of gene expression regulation
25
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 3
3T1 Advanced Molecular Biology
Unit I Regulation of eukaryotic gene expression at transcriptional level
Overview of transcription by RNA Polymerases I II and III
Anatomy of a protein-coding gene
Basal transcription by RNA polymerase II Subunits of Pol II general transcription factors
Activators How the initiation complex is assembled How initiation occurs
Speeding up the process Enhancers TAFs and how they work
Regulated transcription transcription factors Zinc-fingers (Sp1 the first such factor identified)
Leucine zippers Basic helix loop helix Homeodomains DNA binding domains Activating domains
RNA Elongation HIV TATTAR
RNA polymerase III and regulation of 5S rRNA
Unit II Regulation of eukaryotic gene expression at post translational translational and post-
translational levels
Regulation at tpst-transcriptional level Effect of cap and polyadenylation on splicing trans and
alternative splicing RNA editing mRNA stability and transport
Regulation at Translational level Global regulation through eIF2 and eIF4EeIF4E-BP Specific
regulation through 5 UTRs using RNA structure eg ODC Specific regulation through 5
UTRprotein interactions eg ferritin in eukaryotes and ribosomal proteins in prokaryotes Specific
regulation through 3 UTRs eg 15-LOX
Regulation at post-translational level Control of the level of active proteins regulation of proteolysis
Unit III Regulatory RNAs
Historical background RNA interference as regulatory mechanism in eukaryotes Slicer and dicer
synthesis and function of RNAi molecules in plants chromatin remodeling in human disease and
diagnosis
Unit IV Epigenetics
Background chromosomal inheritance taking fission yeast as an example DNA methyltransferases
DNA methylation maintenance histone modification and regulation of chromatin structure bivalent
histones DNA demethylation histone demethylation
Suggested References
1 Molecular Biology of the Cell Alberts 5th Edition 2007 NCBI Publication
2 Principles of Biochemistry Lehninger WH Freeman
3 Biochemistry of Signal Transduction and Regulation - Gerhard Krauss Wiley VCH 3rd
Revised Edition
4 Molecular Cell Biology Lodish 6th Edition WH Freeman amp Company
5 The cell Cooper 2nd Edition ASM Press
6 Genes IX Benjamin Lewin Published by Pearson Prentice Hall
7 Cell and Molecular Biology Gerald Karp
8 Molecular Biology Robert Weaver 1st Edition WCB McGraw-Hill
9 Molecular Biology of the Gene Watson 6th Edition Pearson Publication
10 Gene Regulation A Eukaryotic Perspective David Latchman 5 illustrated Taylor amp
Francis 2005
26
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 3
Paper ndash II (Code 3T2) Biotechnology
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Remember and Understand fundamental concepts of Genetic Engineering
2 Illustrate and compare different techniques involved in Genetic Engineering
3 Understand the concepts of Prokaryotic and Eukaryotic Transformation and PCR
4 Describe the expression of heterologous genes and the vectors involved in it
5 Appreciate technology involved in industrial products of Protein engineering and
fermentation technology Remember and Understand the design and functioning of
different types of Bioreactors and Downstream processing Evaluate the application of
different types of Bioreactors including immobilization reactor system and its kinetics
6 Comprehend tools important in Bioinformatics analysis for simplified application of
nucleic acid and protein sequence data
27
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 3
3T2 Biotechnology
Unit I rDNA technology Genomic and cDNA libraries DNA manipulation enzymes isolation of specific genes
Gene cloning REs vectors-plasmids cosmids phage vectors M13 phage vectors phagemids expression
vectors with strong promoters inducible vectors produce fusion proteins and their isolation Eucaryotic
expression system shuttle vectors YAC BAC insertion of DNA and its ligation to carrier DNA introduction
of DNA in cells gene synthesis gene libraries
Application of recombinant DNA technology in medicine agriculture industry and environmental sciences
Unit II Gene control systems in bacteria and bacteriophage lambda
Mechanism of induction and repression constitutive expression various control mechanisms positive
regulation negative regulation attenuation operon hypothesis with special reference to malgal ara and
histidine operons Regulatory mechanisms in bacteriophage lambda
Regulation of gene expression at various levels (transcription post transcriptional and translational)
DNA-protein interactions Lambda family of repressor trp repressor
Unit III Biochemical engineering Biochemical Engineering Bioreactors and related equipment and
instrumentation types of bioreactor (Batch semi batch CSTF recycle etc) reactor analysis reactor design
reactor for recombination proteins
Fermentation technology Fermentation technology microbial culture reaction genetic modification use of
mutants recombinant DNA technology and application in fermentation technology microbial growth kinetics
sterilization fermentation process kinetics analysis of rate pattern and kinetic groups fermentation process
types control of environmental variables recovery of fermentation products isolation and purification and use
of immobilization techniques
Unit IV Bioinformatics and Drug Designing Introduction to Bioinformatics Applications of Bioinformatics Bioinformatics resources
Biological Databases Overview to Biological Databases Nucleotide Databases (GenBank DDBJ ENA) Protein sequence
databases (Uniprot Swiss prot Prosite Pfam Prodom) Protein structure databases (PDB SCOP CATH)
Sequence analysis Sequence similarity search BLAST FASTA CLUSTAL
Genomics Introduction to Genomics Comparative Genomic Databases Objective of Genome Comparisons Genome
Alignments
Proteomics Overview of Proteomics Experimental Techniques Bioinformatics Approaches Protein-Protein Interaction
Databases and software
Softwaresrsquo for Drug Designing Structure Based Drug Designing Ligand Based Drug Designing
Virtual Screening Homology Modeling and Chimera Generation
Suggested References 1 Molecular Biology of the Cell Alberts 5th Edition 2007 NCBI Publication
2 Principles of Biochemistry Lehninger WH Freeman
3 Biochemistry of Signal Transduction and Regulation - Gerhard Krauss Wiley VCH 3rd Revised Edition
4 Molecular Cell Biology Lodish 6th Edition WH Freeman amp Company
5 The cell Cooper 2nd Edition ASM Press
6 Genes IX Benjamin Lewin Published by Pearson Prentice Hall
7 Cell and Molecular Biology Gerald Karp
8 Molecular Biology Robert Weaver 1st Edition WCB McGraw-Hill
9 Molecular Biology of the Gene Watson 6th Edition Pearson Publication
10 Gene Regulation A Eukaryotic Perspective David Latchman 5 illustrated Taylor amp Francis 2005
Molecular Biotechnology Principles and Applications of Recombinant DNA Bernard R
GlickhttpwwwamazoncomMolecular-Biotechnology-Principles-Applications-
Recombinantdp1555814980ref=sr_1_6s=booksampie=UTF8ampqid=1323503937ampsr=1-6 - (Author)Publisher
Amer Society for Microbiology 4 edition (December 31 2009)
11 Principles of gene manipulation and genomics S B Primrose Richard M Twyman Publisher Wiley-Blackwell 7
edition (February 17 2006)
12 Principles of Fermentation Technology P F Stanbury (Author) S Hall (Author) A Whitaker (Author) Publisher
Butterworth-Heinemann 2 edition (February 19 1999)
13 1 Bioinformatics A practical guide to the analysis of genes and proteins Baxevanis AD and Ovellette BFF
Wiley-Interscience (2002)
14 2 Molecular and Biotechnology A comprehensive desk reference RA Meyes (Ed) VCH Publishers Inc (1995)
15 3 Textbook of Biotechnology Das HK Wiley Dreamtech India Pvt Ltd (2004)
28
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
Semester 3
Paper ndash III (Code 3T3 A) Toxicology (Biochemical And Environmental Toxicology)
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 To understand key principles of toxicology including various factors affecting toxicity and toxicity assessment
2 To evaluate analyse disposition of toxicants and factor affecting to disposition of toxicants
3 The know how of toxicokinetics and biotransformation 4 To critically analyse and interpret non-organ directed toxicity To
study effect of environmental toxicity on human beings
5 To develop an understanding of the genetic toxicology and
Developmental Toxicology for scientific research practices
6 Critical evaluation of relationship between target organ toxicity for
experimental designs
29
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 3
Core Elective 1
3T3 A) Toxicology (Biochemical And Environmental Toxicology)
Unit I General principles of Toxicology
Definition Different facets of toxicology and their interrelationships Classification of toxic
agents Desired and undesired effects
Various factors affecting toxicity vehicles formulation factors biological half life volume
and concentration dose dosage forms routes of administration entry genetic status etc
Principles of selective toxicity comparative morphology comparative biochemistry
comparative cytology
Toxicity assessment acute subchronic chronic exposure determination of ED50 and LD50
values tests for mutagenecity carcinogenicity genotoxicity Ames test
Unit II Disposition of Toxicants
Factors affecting disposition of toxicants absorption distribution biotransformation
elimination
Absorption through gastro-intestinal tract lungs skin
Distribution storage in tissues blood-brain barrier passage across placenta redistribution
Biotransformation Phase I and II reactions metabolic interrelationship antidotal therapy
Excretion urinary fecal exhalation other routes
Toxicokinetics classic and physiologic
Unit III A) Non ndashorgan directed toxicity
Chemical carcinogenesis definition mechanism
Genetic toxicology definition health impacts and mechanism of induction of genetic
alterations
Developmental toxicology definition principles mechanism and pathogenesis of
developmental toxicity
B) Environmental Toxicology
Air pollution definition air pollutants health effects and risk assessment of air pollution
Introduction to Ecotoxicology
Unit IV Target organ toxicity
Skin skin as a barrier dermatitis acne urticaria
Toxic responses of the blood blood as a target organ toxicology of erythron leukon and
platelets
Toxic responses of the liver physiology and pathophysiology factors in liver injury
mechanism of liver injury
Toxic responses of the respiratory system lungs structure and functions pulmonotoxic
agents pathogenesis of chemical induced damage acute and chronic responses of lungs to
injury
Suggested References
1 Casarette and Doullrsquos Toxicology by Klaassen CD
2 Biochemical Toxicology of Environmental Agents by Bruine D
3 Detoxification mechanisms by Williams RT
4 Selective Toxicity by Albert A
5 Developmental Toxicology by Hood RD
30
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 3
Paper ndash III (Code 3T3 B) Nutrition (Nutritional Biochemistry) (Core Elective 1)
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Capably describe the biochemical techniques that are relevant for the investigation of nutrient metabolism
2 Understand key principles of energy expenditure thermogenic effects Energy requirements and role of dietary fibers in nutrition
3 To read interpret and discuss protein energy malnutrition disorders of mineral metabolism for scientific research
4 To develop an understanding of the observational and experimental character of science in nutritional biochemistry
5 To communicate role of clinical nutrition and food allergies in scientific communication frameworks such as written reports and open discussion
31
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 3
3T3 B Nutrition (Nutritional Biochemistry) (Core Elective 1)
Unit I Basic Concepts
Basic Concept Energy content of foods Measurements of energy expenditure Direct amp
Indirect calorimetry Definition of BMR and SDA and factors affecting these Thermogenic
effects of foods Energy requirements of man and woman and factors affecting energy
requirements
Role of dietary fibers in nutrition
Unit II Nutritional Disorders
Protein Energy Malnutrition (PEM) Aetiology Clinical features Metabolic disorders
and Management of Marasmus and Kwashiorkor diseases
Disorders of Mineral Metabolism Hypercalecemia Hypocalcaemia Normocalcemia
Hyperphosphatemia
Unit III Starvation and Antinutrients
Starvation Techniques for studying starvation protein metabolim in prolonged fasting
protein sparing treatments during fasting Concept of high protein low calorific weight
reduction diets
Antinutrients Naturally occurring food borne toxicants protease inhibitors hemagglutins
hepatotoxins allergens oxalates toxins from mushrooms animal food stuffs and sea foods
Unit IV Clinical Nutrition and Food Allergies
Clinical Nutrition Role of diet and nutrition in the prevention and treatment of diseases
dental caries Fluorosis Atherosclerosis amp Rheumatic disorders Inherited metabolic
Disorders Phenylketonuria Maple Syrup disease amp Hemocystinuria
Food Allergies Definition role of antigen host and environment types of
hypersensitivities diagnosis and treatment of allergy
Suggested Reading 1 Basics of clinical nutrition author- yk joshi jaypee publication
2 Nutrition for the community Gully baba publishing house
Essentials of human nutrition author-jim mann amp stewart truswell oxford university press
3 Introduction to human nutrition
edited by- professor michael gibney (ucd institute of food and health) professor susan lanham-new
(university of surrey) professor aedin Cassidy (university of east anglia) professor hester vorster (north-
west university south africa) httpwwwnutritionsocietyorgpublicationstextbooksintroduction-to-
human-nutritionsthashtdyscawhdpuf
4 Nutrition and metabolism
edited by- professor susan lanham-new (university of surrey) professor ian macdonald (university of
nottingham) professor helen roche (unviersity college dublin) -
httpwwwnutritionsocietyorgpublicationstextbooksnutrition-and-metabolismsthashiusrjtiudpuf
32
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 3
Foundation Course 1 Biomolecules and Basic Metabolism
Unit I Carbohydrates and metabolism
Classification of carbohydrates Structure occurrence and biological importance of
monosaccharides oligosaccharides and polysaccharides
Introduction to Metabolism glycolysis glucogenesis and gluconeogenesis TCA cycle and its
amphibolic role energetics of carbohydrate metabolismAlternate pathways HMP shunt Enter-
Doudoroff glucuronate and glyoxylate pathways Corirsquos cycle
Unit II Lipids and metabolism
Classification of lipids Fatty acids Saturated and unsaturated fatty acids Essential fatty acids
Glycerophospholipids Glycolipids properties and functions
Metabolism Oxidation of fatty acids even and odd numbered unsaturated and branched chain fatty
acids
Degradation and biosynthesis of triacylglycerols and phospholipids energetic of beta- oxidation
Cholesterol biosynthesis catabolism and regulation
Unit III Proteins and metabolism
Classification of amino acids and proteins Protein structures primary secondary tertiary and
quarternary structure General metabolic reaction of amino acids transamination oxidative
deamination minor pathways of amino acid degradation transdeamination amino acid oxidase non
oxidative deamination
Degradation and biosynthesis of amino acids glycogenic and ketogenic amino acids Urea cycle
pathway and regulation
Unit IV Minerals and metabolism
Major and minor and ultra trace minerals their occurrence functions toxicity and interaction with
other nutrients
Iron metabolism and regulation
Calcium and phosphorus metabolism and regulation
Suggested Reading
1 Biophysical Techniques- Upadhyay Upadhyay and Nath
2 Principles of Biochemistry- Lehninger David L Nelson and Michael M Cox
3 Enzymes- Malcolm Dixon and Edwin Webb
4 Harperrsquos Biochemistry- Harper
5 Biochemistry- Western and Todd
6 Cell and Molecular Biology-Gerald Karp
7 Fundamentals of Biochemistry-Donald Voet Judith G Voet and Charlotte W Bratt
33
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 3
Paper ndash IV (Code 3T4 ) Bioresearch Techniques I (Subject centric core 1)
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Understand key principles of how flow cytometer work including data
analysis for their applications
2 Improve on skillful process of the animal cell culture techniques and
experimental demand of knowledge including an appreciation of the
need for good experimental design and scientific research practices
3 To incline intellectual curiosity in DNA and RNA techniques and
related fields that extends well beyond the course
4 To develop practical laboratory skills in the field of DNA and RNA
techniques
34
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 3
3T4 Bioresearch Techniques I (Subject centric core 1)
Unit I Flow cytometry
Principles of flow cytometry Instrument overview principle of fluorescence sample preparation
data analysis and applications of flow cytometry Overview Fludics Generation of Scatter and
fluorescence ( Optical bench optical filters signal detection Treshold) Data Analysis (Data
Collection and Display gating data analysis for subsetting applications Data analysis for ther
applications) Sorting Lasers and Alignment (Working of lasers and laser alignment)
Unit II Animal cell culture techniques
Animal cell Culture Cell culture (adherent and suspension) basic equipment cell culture media-
Components sterility buffering capacity growth requirements supplementation of serum antibiotic
and antimycotic agents preparation of medium advantages and limitations of Primary cell culture
clonal cell lines basic technique a of animal cell subcultuing disaggregation method for quantitation
of cells in culture counting chamber counters cell viability determination cytotoxicity assay and its
applications cell apoptosis assay and its applications 3 D cultures
Unit III DNA techniques
Isolation Sequencing Restriction Nucleases Gel Electrophoresis DNA probes Nucleic acid
hybridization Southern blotting DNA fingerprinting and DNA typing DNA Library
DNA sequencing Sanger and Maxam Gilbert
Restriction Mapping DNase foot printing DMS foot printing knockouts
PCR RFLP RAPD AFLP SNP
Unit IV RNA techniques
Isolation Hybridization Northern Blotting in vitro labeling with radioisotopes and chemical
markers
Mapping and quantifying transcripts S1assay primer extension run off transcription
Transcription rate measurement in vivo Nuclear run on transcription reporter gene N transcription
si RNA technology gene silencing techniques its applications microarrays ribozyme technology
Suggested References
1 Molecular Biology of The Cell Alberts 5th Edition 2007 NCBI Publication
2 Principles of Biochemistry Lehninger WH Freeman
3 Biochemistry of Signal Transduction and Regulation-shy‐ Gerhard Krauss
Wiley VCH 3rd Revised Edition
4 Molecular Cell Biology Lodish 6th Edition WH Freeman amp Company
5 The cell Cooper 2nd Edition ASM Press
6 Gene IX Benjamin Lewin
Published by Pearson Prentice Hall
7 Cell and Molecular Biology Gerald Karp
8 Molecular Biology Robert Weaver 1st Edition WCBNMcGraw-shy‐Hill
9 Molecular Biology of the Gene Watson 6th Edition Pearson Publication
10 Gene Regulation A Eukaryotic Perspective David Latchman 5 illustrated Taylor amp Francis
2005
35
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 3
3P1 Biotechnology And Molecular Biology
1) Fermentation
i) Isolation of microorganisms from soil demonstrating synthesis capability of desired product
Gram staining (Desired property to be decided by the instructor) and screening
ii) Optimization of the lab scale production of the desired product Effect of temperature pH
substrate concentration
iii) Growth curve Estimation of cell number substrate utilization andor product formation
2) Polymerase Chain Reaction
i) PCR amplification from genomic DNA
ii) Nested PCR
iii) Random Amplification of Polymorphic DNA (RAPD)
3) Restriction Fragment Length Polymorphism (RFLP)
3P2 A Biochemical And Environmental Toxicology
1 Qualitative detection of various toxicants in biological samples
Phenothiazine derivatives Organochlorine compounds (Fujiwara test) Phenol Methanol Arsenic (As)
Antimony (Sb) Selenium (Se) Mercury (Hg) Bismuth (Bi) Fluoride (F) Boron (Bo) Gutzeit test for
Antimony (Sb) and Arsenic (As) Spot test for metal toxicants
2 Quantitative determination of Salicylate Paracetamol (acetaminophen) Sulphonamide in biological
samples
3 Enzyme assay in toxic conditions
GOT (AST) GPT (ALT) Acid phosphatase Alkaline phosphatase Acetyl cholinesterase etc
4 Construction of dose-response curves
5 Determination of LD50 value of a toxicant
6 Induction of hepatotoxicity diabetes skin lesions teratogenesis
7 Assay of biomarkers of environmental pollution toxicity
OR
3P2 B) Nutritional Biochemistry
1 Determination of Calcium in food samples
2 Determination of Inorganic Phosphorous in food samples
3 Determination of Iron in food samples
4 Determination of beta carotene in carrots by column chromatography
5 Determination of Ascorbic Acid in food
6 Estimation of Amylase activity
7 Determination of Total Lipids By Sulphophospho vanillin Method
3S1 Seminar
InstitutionalEducational tour For minimum 08 days
36
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
Paper ndash I (Code 4T1) Advanced Clinical Biochemistry
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Analyse evaluate and generate information from a wide variety of sources regarding the key principles of aging and Neurological disorders
2 Analyse the effects of obesity on physiological functions including gene regulation
3 Critically interpret molecular and metabolic diseases and develop new knowledge domain about them
4 To develop effective creative and innovative solutions to current research problems in Reproductive Disease and Reproductive Biochemistry
5 To develop practical laboratory skill for Assisted Reproductive Technology program
37
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
4T1 Advanced Clinical Biochemistry
Unit I Aging and Neurological Disorders
Current view and theories of aging auto immune connection and HLA association processes of
aging and biochemical alteration DNA damage protein oxidation and axonal transport in aging
nutritional intervention as anti-aging therapy
Alzheimerrsquos disease Causes symptoms diagnosis pathogenesis genetics APP ApoE PS2 tau
protein risk factors and therapeutic approaches
Progeria Parkinsonrsquos disease Causes symptoms diagnosis pathogenesis genetics and therapeutic
approaches
Unit II Obesity
Theories lipid metabolism adipose tissue anomalies
Genetic basis of familial obesity effects of neuropeptides and leptin in nutrient partitioning
Obesity related derangements in metabolic regulation Therapeutic approaches
Unit III Molecular and Metabolic Diseases
Human gene map genetic diversity polymorphism genetic linkage chromosomal disorder
Monogenetic Disorders Autosomal dominant autosomal recessive X-linked Multifactorial
disorders Genetic heterogeneity Allelic heterogeneity Pathogenesis of genetic disease
Galactosemia Hemophilia Sickle cell anemia Muscular dystrophy Hypercholesterolemia Gout
Turnerrsquos syndrome
Unit IV Reproductive Biochemistry
Overview of reproductive system and reproduction biochemistry of reproductive disorders (male amp
female) Influence of various factors in reproduction with special reference to role of prostaglandins
and gonadotrophins Mechanism and methods of birth control and possible biochemical
consequences thereof Biochemical markerrsquos in infertility disorders Techniques involved in assisted
reproductive technology (ART) Culture media and cell culture techniques in ART programme
Suggested References
1 Clinical Biochemistry ndash Metabolic and Clinical aspects By-William J Marshall amp Stephen
K Angert
2 Harperrsquos Biochemistry - 27th Ed
3 Text book of Medical Physiology - By Guyton
4 Text book of Physiology -By Burn amp levy
5 Biochemistry ndashBy L Stryer (Freeman amp CoNY)
6 Biochemistry with clinical correlation- By Thomas Devli
7 The Metabolic Basis of Inherited Disease 5th Ed-By John Stanbury
8 Teitz Fundamentals of Clinical Chemistry ndashBy CABurtis amp Ashwood
9 Biochemistry - By Lehninger
10 Lehningerrsquos Biochemistry ndashBy Nelson amp Cox
11 Biochemistry ndashBy Stanford
12 Basic Medical Biochemistry A Clinical approach- By Smith
13 Principles of Internal Medicines- By HarrisonT R
14 Practical Biochemistry Principles amp Techniques- By Wilson amp Walker
15 Practical Biochemistry ndashBy David Plummer
38
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
Paper ndash II (Code 4T2) Advanced Immunology
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Understand details of lymph node microanatomy and learn the B and T cells encounter with antigens and study its development
2 Gain insight into antigen presentation and autophagy on a detailed molecular level
3 Understand immunology of mucosal surfaces and the interplay between commensal flora and the immune system in the gut
4 In-depth knowledge of the cellular and molecular basis for autoimmune disease and allergies
5 Basic knowledge of tumor immunology and the development of novel recombinant antibodies for treatment of cancer and autoimmune disease
39
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
4T2 Advanced Immunology
Unit I Introductory Immunobiology
Complement system Alternative and Classical pathway of complement activation
Immune networks Homeostasis in the immune system-termination of normal immune
responses network hypothesis
In vivo immunity to viruses bacteria fungi protozoa worms etc
Unit II Immunological tolerance and Autoimmunity
Immunologic tolerance T lymphocyte tolerance- central and peripheral Apoptosis in
Lymphocytes-pathways and biochemical mechanisms effector mechanisms Tolerance
induced regulatory T cells B lymphocyte tolerance- Central and Peripheral Homeostasis in
the immune pathogenesis and therapeutic approaches to autoimmunity
Unit III Tumor and Transplantation Immunology Hypersensitivity
General features of tumor immunity tumor antigens Immune response to tumor and
evasion Immunotherapy Types of hypersensitivity Effector mechanisms of immunologic
tissue injury and disease
Unit IV Immunodeficiency and Vaccinology
MHC and disease susceptibility immune deficiency disorders Active immunization
(immune prophylaxis) passive immunization adjuvants modern approaches to vaccine
development role of vaccines in the prevention of disease
Suggested References
1 Cellular and Molecular Immunology- 5th Edition Abul K Abbas Andrew Litchman
2 Immunology-5th Edition Richard A Goldsby Thomas J Kindt Barbara A Osborne
Janis Kuby
3 Immunology- 6th Edition Ivan Roitt Jonathan Brostoff David Male
40
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
Paper ndash III (Code 4T3 A) Toxicology (Clinical Research)
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Have knowledge about assessment and management of ethical clinical trial
programs
2 Demonstrate competency in biopharmaceutical clinical trial research designs and
regulatory affairs
3 Demonstrate competencies in evaluating clinical research data and
communicating results Manage innovative products through the discovery
processes and into the clinical trial phases
4 Identify and classify different types of trial designs when reading a trial report
understand the essential of GLP roles and responsibilities of stakeholders in
clinical trials
41
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
4T3 A) Toxicology (Clinical Research)
Unit I Pre-Clinical Research
Animal studies acute amp chronic toxicity of drugs regulations for number amp types of
animals protocols for animal experimentation Biochemical amp histopathological studies of
animals after drug administration Mechanism amp cause of death Routine toxicity studies amp
special toxicity studies carcinogenicity mutagenicity amp teratogenicity to be given special
emphasis
Unit II Phases of Clinical Research
Phases of clinical research number of volunteers in phase I amp types of patients in phase II to
IV Importance of these investigations Post marketing surveillance (PMS) amp
pharmacovigilence in case of clinical investigations after marketing authorization
Importance of ethical committee protocol design documentation in clinical trials Bio
Availability and Bio Equivalence studies Pharmacokinetics Pharmacodynamics Genomic
studies
Unit III Good lab practices
Good Clinical Practices Good Manufacturing Practices and Good Laboratory Practices
Principles of ICH-GCP History GCP declaration of Helsinki Belmont report Nuremberg
code Tuskgee trial Schedules Y and its amendments ICMR Guidelines Composition
functions amp operations of IRBIEC ethics of clinical trials Health Authorities- CDSCO US-
FDA EMEA and other
Unit IV Roles and Responsibilities of different stake holders in Clinical Research-
Sponsor CRO SMO Ethics Committee Investigator CRA CRC Patients and other
Departments in Clinical Research- Operations Business Development Regulatory
Pharmacovigilance Data Management Centralized Monitoring Quality Finance Important
documents in Clinical Research and importance of documentation in Clinical Research
Stages in clinical trial-Feasibilities PSSV SIV SMV and Close-out visits Audits and
Inspections
Suggested reading
1 Clinical Research Coordinator Handbook Norris Deborrah Plexus Publications
20040601
2 Clinical Research Methodology and Evidence-Based Medicine Babu Ajit N
Anshan 20080530
3 Conducting Clinical Research Judy Stone Biblio Distribution 2006
4 Essentials of clinical research Stephen P Glasser (Edt) Springer Verlag 2008
42
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
Paper ndash III (Code 4T3 B) Nutrition (Applied Nutritional Biochemistry)
Learning outcome Students will be
1 Capable of describing biochemical pathways relevant in nutrient metabolism 2 Capable of using selected biochemical techniques relevant in nutritional
biochemical research 3 Critical reading of scientific articles in nutritional biochemistry 4 Capable of discussing research questions relevant to nutritional biochemistry 5 The ability to ask critical questions and discuss nutritional biochemical research
43
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
4T3 B) Nutrition (Applied Nutritional Biochemistry)
Unit I Clinical nutrition
Role of a dietician role and responsibilities of a dietitian nutrition counseling professional
ethics and obligations
Diet therapy-Rationale for diet therapy (normal diet modifications of the diet to the light
diet soft diet full liquid diet clear liquid tube feeding) Routes for diet therapy-enteral and
parental use of biochemical parameters in the planning of diets use of computers in the
planning of diets
Unit II Nutritional Counseling and Dietetics
Nutritive value of different food groups and changes due to cooking in various food groups
Storage of foods food quality and factors affecting food quality Control of food quality Use
of additives Classification and applications
Unit III Community Nutrition
Opportunities in community Nutrition Assessing Community Resources assessing target
population program planning Assessing communityrsquos nutritional resources Food insecurity
food assistance programs world hunger and food insecurity Principles of nutrition education
and policy making national nutrition agenda
Unit IV Applied Nutrition and Public Health Concept of Health Nutrition and Public Health Nutrition Demographic trends in India and
the significance of certain indices of Health and Nutrition situation of a community IMR
MMR TFR Birth rate Death rate Life expectancy etc) Major nutritional problems in
developing countries Dietary surveys-methods ways of interpretations and analysis
recommendations based on survey findings Assessment of nutritional status biochemical
and anthropometry
Suggested Reading
Clinical nutrition
edited by- professor marinos elia (university of outhampton) professor olle ljungqvist
(karolinska institutet amp oumlrebro university hospital) dr outham outhamp (university of
outhampton professor susan lanham-new (university of surrey) - see more at
httpwwwnutritionsocietyorgpublicationstextbooksclinical-
nutritionsthashw12tfscqdpuf
Public health nutrition
edited by- professor michael gibney (ucd institute of food and health) professor barrie
margetts (university of southampton) dr john kearney (dublin institute of technology)
professor lenore arab (university of california los angeles)
httpwwwnutritionsocietyorgpublicationstextbookspublic-health-
nutritionsthash8pvhu1m0dpuf
Staying healthy with nutrition author- elson m Hass buck levin
American dietetic association complete food and nutrition guide Roberta larson duyff
44
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
MSc Biochemistry CBCS syllabus Effective from 2015-16
SEMESTER 4
Foundation 2 Basic Enzymology
Unit I
Introduction to Enzymology Nomenclature and classification of enzymes History sources of
enzymes (Animal Plant and microorganisms) Protein amp nonprotein nature of enzymes with
examples enzymes as biological catalysts and their importance principle of assay of enzymes and
measurement of activity effect of experimental conditions on measurement of activity such as time pH temp
substrate definition of enzyme unit Stability of enzymes and half life of enzymes Effect of environmental
factors on stability of enzymes Concept of Zymogens and active enzyme with examples effect of activators
and inhibitors on enzyme activity Role of coenzymes and cofactors on enzyme catalysis with examples
Unit II Production amp purification
Method os screening of sources for desired enzymes Availability of the sources for procurement
of enzymes Natural and synthetic Media for microbial enzyme production effect of inducers and
environmental factors on enzyme production by microorganisms
Methods of isolation of enzymes form the source purification of enzyme by dialysis salt and solvent
precipitation chromatography gel filtration Purification by affinity chromatography methods of
determination of purity and nature of of enzymes by simple PAGE SDSPAGE and 2 D electrophoresis
Unit III Enzyme Kinetics
Lock amp key model and Koshland model of enzyme active site Determination of active site of enzyme
Michelis Mentain equation kinetics of reversible irreversible and nonreversible enzymes Line Weaver burk
plot and Eddie Hofstie Plot Determination of kinetic constants and activation energy Effect of competitive
and non-competitive inhibitors on enzyme activity Allosteric enzyme and sigmoidal kinetics
Unit IV Applications of enzymes
Structure and function of multienzyme complex systems such as PDH KGH B oxidation spiral and glycolysis
Advantages of soluble and membrane bound enzymes Futile cycles in Biochemistry
Methods of immobilization of enzymes advantages and disadvantages of immobilization Application of
Immobilized enzymes in agriculture cosmetics detergent dairy brewing and food industries with examples
such as lactase pectinase proteinase invertaselipase etc Application of enzymes in nanotechnology
biosensors etc
Suggested references
1 Enzymology and Enzyme Technology 2014 by SM Bhatt (S Chand)
2 Enzyme Technology 2006 by Ashok Pandey (Editor) Colin Webb (Editor) MARCELO
FERNANDES (Editor) Springer
3 Biocatalysts and enzyme technology 2012 Klaus Buchholz
45
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
4T4 Bioresearch Techniques II (Subject centric core 2)
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Learn describe and build up knowledge domain regarding the latest and most advanced Bioresearch techniques available for biochemical research
2 Be aware select appropriately apply technology platforms and Perform techniques for analysis of DNA and protein expression
3 Evaluation of data and controls related to research techniques 4 Create thought-provoking questions related to the laboratory equipment
46
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
4T4 Bioresearch Techniques II (Subject centric core 2)
UNIT I
Biochemical methods I- Co-immunoprecipitation BiFC bimolecular fluorescence
complementation affinity electrophoresis Pull down assays label transfer yeast two hybrid
screens phage display
UNIT II
Biochemical methods II- In-vivo crosslinking of protein complexes using photo-reactive
amino acid analogs Tandem affinity purification (TAP) Chemical cross-linking SPINE
(Strepprotein interaction experiment) Quantitative immunoprecipitation combined with
knock-down (QUICK) Proximity ligation assay (PLA) in situ
UNIT III
Biophysical and theoretical methods I
Bio-Layer Interferometry
Dual polarisation interferometry (DPI)
Static light scattering (SLS)
Dynamic light scattering (DLS)
Surface plasmon resonance
UNIT IV
Biophysical and theoretical methods II
Fluorescence polarizationanisotropy
Fluorescence correlation spectroscopy
FRET BRET
2D-FT NMR spectroscopy
Proteinndashprotein docking
Isothermal Titration Calorimetry (ITC)
Isothermal Titration Calorimetry (ITC)
Suggested References
1 Molecular Biology of The Cell Alberts 5th Edition 2007 NCBI Publication
2 Principles of Biochemistry Lehninger WH Freeman
3 Biochemistry of Signal Transduction and Regulation-shy‐ Gerhard Krauss
Wiley VCH 3rd Revised Edition
4 Molecular Cell Biology Lodish 6th Edition WH Freeman amp Company
5 The cell Cooper 2nd Edition ASM Press
6 Gene IX Benjamin Lewin
Published by Pearson Prentice Hall
7 Cell and Molecular Biology Gerald Karp
8 Molecular Biology Robert Weaver 1st Edition WCBNMcGraw-shy‐Hill
9 Molecular Biology of the Gene Watson 6th Edition Pearson Publication
10 Gene Regulation A Eukaryotic Perspective David Latchman 5 illustrated Taylor amp
Francis 2005
47
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
4P1 Advanced Clinical Biochemistry and Immunology and Toxicology and Nutrition
1 Demonstration of dialysis using blood filtrate (Protein Separation)
2 Immunology
a Quantitative Estimation of Antibody
b Precipitation Techniques Double Immunodiffusion Single (Radial)
Immunodiffusion
3 Electrophoretic Techniques Immuno-electrophoresisRocket Immunoelectrophoresis
Immuno-diffusion
4 To assay cathepsin D ATPase (NaKCaMg) Lipid peroxidase enzymes
5 Assay of Acetylcholine esterase activity in rat brain
6 Assay of monoamine oxidase
7 Fractionation of tissues and assay of proteins
8 Assay of ornithine amino transferase
9 Glutathione Estimation
10 Organ tissue morphology histopathology
11 Assay of toxicant biotransformation enzyme-cytochrome P450
12 Test for teratogenecity carcinogenecity Ames test
13 To perform pair wise alignment of sequences using BLAST program
14 To design primers for the given gene sequences
15 To perform multiple sequence alignment and generate phylogenetic tree
16 To retrieve and visualize the three dimensional structures of proteins
17 To retrieve metagenomic sequences and primer designing to develop STS marker
OR
18 Determination of Triglycerides
19 Proximate Analysis of Food Samples
48
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4 Project
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Plan and develop experimental design projects from concept through to professional
prototype
2 Apply theoretical knowledge conceptual skills and techniques to the development of
solutions for biochemical problems
3 Apply initiative and judgment in planning problem solving and decision making in
practice or future study
4 Design a research project and submit in a form of thesis they will present their results of
the thesis to an audience of peers and faculty and be able to defend their results during
final evaluation
4PROJ PROJECT
4S1 Seminar
7
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 1
1T1 Protein Biochemistry
Unit I Proteins and Mass Spectrometry
Overview of protein structure protein folding Ramchandran plot domains and modules
binding sites within proteins protein sequencing
Basics of Mass Spectrometry Ionization mechanisms- protonation deprotonation
cationization transfer of charged molecules to gas phase electron ejection electron capture
Mass analyzers-TOF Ion trap Quadrupole Ionization methods-Electron Impact (EI)
Chemical Ionization (CI) Fast Atom Bombardment (FAB) Field Description (FD) Electron
Spray Ionization (ESI) Matrix Assisted Laser Desorption Ionization (MALDI) Protein
Identification using MS
Unit II Protein biosynthesis
Eukaryotic translation machinery structure and assembly of the ribosome initiation
elongation and termination of translation
Unit III Protein sorting and degradation Intracellular protein sorting movement of proteins between cellular compartments gated
transmembrane and vesicular transport Protein transport and translocation to nucleus mitochondria
chloroplast peroxisomes endoplasmic reticular system Protein degradation
Unit IV Protein Engineering
Design and construction of novel proteins and enzymes Conformation of proteins in general and
enzymes in particular Effect of amino acids on structure of proteins Energy status of a protein
molecule Structure function relations of enzymes Physical methods such as x-ray crystallography
for determination of protein structure Site directed mutagenesis for specific protein function Basic
concepts for design of a new proteinenzyme molecule Specific examples of enzyme engineering -
Dihydrofolate reductase and Subtilisin
Suggested References
1 Modern Protein Chemistry Practical Aspects Published September 12 2001 by CRC Press -
272 Pages Edited By Gary C Howard
2 Biochemistry 5th edition Berg JM Tymoczko JL Stryer L New York W H Freeman 2002
3 Proteins Structures and Molecular Properties Thomas E Creighton Publisher W H Freeman
1992 Edition Second Edition
4 Protein Engineering Protocols (Methods in Molecular Biology) Kristian Muumlller (Editor)
Publisher Humana Press Softcover reprint of hardcover 1st ed 2007 edition (November 10
2010)
5 Protein Degradation Series 4 Volume Set (v 1) R John Mayer (Editor) Publisher Wiley-
VCH 1 edition (March 4 2008)
6 Structural Aspects of Protein Synthesis Anders LiljashttpwwwamazoncomStructural-
Aspects-Protein-Synthesis-
Andersdp981238863Xref=sr_1_1s=booksampie=UTF8ampqid=1323503546ampsr=1-1 -
(Author) Publisher World Scientific Pub Co Inc 1 edition (November 2004)
7 Protein Targeting Transport and Translocation Ross Dalbey (Editor) Publisher Academic
Press 1 edition (May 13 2002)
8 Principles of Physical Biochemistry- KenslE van Holde W Curtis Johnson P Shing Ho
Pearson Prentice Hall 2nd Edition
9 Crystallography made crystal clear 1993 G Rhodes Academic Press
10 Principles and Techniques of Biochemistry and Molecular Biology 6th Edition Wilson Keith
and Walker John (2005) Cambridge University Press New York
11 A textbook of biophysics R N Roy New Central Publication 1st edition
8
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 1
Paper 2 (Code 1T2) Advanced Enzymology Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Describe structure capacities and the component of activity of
chemicals and interaction with enzymes Learning energy of protein
catalyzed responses and compound restraints and administrative
procedure Enzyme action Enzyme Units Specific action
2 Have a detail and more intricate knowledge of allosteric and other
aspects of enzyme catalysis regulation
3 Have a total comprehension of rate of responses and request of
responses and restraints and their kinetics To gain information on
protein catalysis and isoenzymes and on multienzyme and multienzyme
complexes with specific examples
4 Develop intellectual capacity to relate bioenergetics principles and the
entropy to the law of thermodynamics and Free energy and its
connection to chemical equilibria in consolation to enzyme catalysis
5 Theory related to respiratory mechanisms catalysed by enzymatic
principles of redox biochemistry will help the students to gauge wide
applicability of enzymatic reactions in biological systems Detail
description of Coupled reactions and their role in metabolism and
Chemiosmotic hypothesis of ATP synthesis to understand the
mechanism of energy harnessing mechanism operating in biological
system
9
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 1
1T 2 Advanced Enzymology
Unit I Kinetics and Regulation of enzyme activity
Review of unisubstrate enzyme kinetics multisubstrate enzyme kinetics Co-operativity
phenomenon Hill and Scatchard plots protein-ligand binding and its measurement detailed
mechanism of catalysis of serine protease carbonic anhydrase and PEP kinase
Metalloenzymes
Unit II Allosteric enzymes and multienzyme systems
Allosteric enzymes sigmoidal kinetics and its physiological significance symmetric and
sequential modes of action and their significance immobilized enzymes and their industrial
applications study of multienzyme complexes with respect to occurrence isolation and their
properties and polygenic nature eg pyruvate dehydrogenase and fatty acid synthase
Unit III Enzyme regulation
General mechanisms of enzyme regulation Feed back inhibition and feed forward
stimulation repression and induction of enzymes reversible and irreversible covalent
modifications of enzymes flexibility and conformational mobility of enzymes convergent
and divergent evolution of enzymes
Unit IV Bioenergetics and oxidative phosphorylation
Energy transformation laws of thermodynamics Gibbs energy free energy change redox
potentials phosphate potential ion electrochemical potential proton electrochemical
potential membrane potential Chemi-osmotic theory mitochondrial respiratory chain order
and organization of carrier proton gradients Characterization of Iron- Sulphur proteins and
Cytochromes Q cycle Respiratory controls and oxidative phosphorylation ATP synthase
complex
Suggested References
1 Enzymes Biochemistry Biotechnology and Clinical Chemistry-Trevor Palmer
2 Principles of Biochemistry- Lehninger David L Nelson and Michael M Cox
3 Enzymes- Malcolm Dixon and Edwin Webb
4 Harperrsquos Biochemistry- Harper
5 Biochemistry- Western and Todd
6 Cell and Molecular Biology-Gerald Karp
7 Fundamentals of Biochemistry-Donald Voet Judith G Voet and Charlotte W Bratt
10
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 1
Paper 3 (Code 1T3) Biochemical Research Techniques Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 The theoretical aspects of designing the Experiments and also study the Quality
control mechanism in Biochemistry
2 Understand the Sampling techniques and interpret the data based on the measures
of the central tendency
3 Learn the discrepancies and deviations of the variable based of measures of
dispersion
4 Study the relationship between variables based on correlation and regression
analysis
5 Deduce the probable outcomes of an experiment based on observations
following laws of probability and also assess the significance of the
interpretation through tests of significance such as t-test
6 To understand the importance and applications of computational methods and
statistical softwares in Biology
11
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 1
1T 3 Biochemical Research Techniques
Unit I Research Methodology
1 Introduction to research methodology History and definition of research role of
theory hypothesis sampling variables randomness selection of problem purpose of
research and research reporting
2 Experimental research Early experimentation experimental groups control groups
variables method of controlling variables designing and validation of experiments
3 Methods and tools in research Research tools and its reliability and validity
quantitative and qualitative studies observation inquiry forms Q methodology data
collection limitations and sources of error
4 Types of data Analysis Descriptive data analysis Inferential data analysis Computer
data analysis
Unit II Biostatistics
Principles and practice of statistical methods in biological research samples and populations Basic
statistics-average statistics of dispersion coefficient of variation confidence limits Probability
distribution normal binomial and Poisson distribution Mean variants standard deviations and
standard error correlation and regression test of statistical significance and analysis of variance and
covariance
Unit III Data Retrieval Scientific Writing and Presentation
1 Information Search amp Data Retrieval Tools for Web Search Data Retrieval Tools
Data Mining of Biological Databases
2 Report Writing Significance of report writing different steps in report writing types
of report layout of research paper
3 Mechanics and precautions of writing research reports for scientific journals popular
magazines seminarssymposia conferencesworkshops poster session
4 Presentationndash Oral amp Written Presentations in classrooms scientific meets amp public
audience Defence of research thesis
Unit IV Computers
Introduction of computer networks- Topologies and designs Basics of computer operating systems-
windows and Linux Introduction to Markup language-Hyper Text Markup Language (HTML) and
Extensive Markup Language (XML) Spreadsheets and Presentation software
Systems Biology-An introduction
Introduction to Metagenomics
Suggested References
1 Fundamentals of Biostatistics Bernard A Rosner Thomson-BrooksCole 2006
2 Research methodology in social behavioural and life sciences Designs models and
methods Herman J Ader and Gideon Mellenbergh (Ed) SAGE Publications
6 Principles of Genome analysis and genomics Primrose SB Twyman RM Blackwell
Science (2002)
7 Biostatistics-A foundation for Health Science Daniel WW John Wiley (1983)
8 Statistical Methods Medhi J Willey Eastern Limited (1992)
12
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 1
Paper 4 (Code 1T4) Plant Biochemistry Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Detailed knowledge of plant cellular architecture and the mechanism
of photosynthetic systems for photophosphorylation will enable the
students to get a dissected approach for understanding autotrophic food
synthesis mechanism driven by photon energy operative in plants
2 Hormonal pathways driving plant growth mechanisms form the
foundation for in vitro plant propagation setup and understanding of
Plant tissue culture aspects Students would gain an thorough insight of
growth regulatory mechanism of plants through which they will be able
to devise the hormonal concoction required for organogenesis and related
plant tissue culture applications
3 Students will be able to learn metabolic attributes and driving
principles of plant growth through basic carbohydrate lipid and protein
metabolism Also the students will be developing a comprehension of
importance of nitrogen and sulphur metabolism in plants and associated
plant physiological alterations
4 With in depth knowledge about plant physiochemical aspects the
students will get equipped to develop an understanding about effects
caused by biotic and abiotic stress factors on plant metabolism and
growth They can thus impinge upon the ways to tackle such stress
physiological aspects to promote and resolve plant stresses
5 Practical exposure to biochemical analysis of plant physiological
aspects would improve the students application approach towards plant
biochemistry as tool to protect plant diversity
13
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 1
1T4 Plant Biochemistry
Unit I Plant Cell and Photosynthesis
Structure of plant cell Structure of plant cell membrane and cell wall
Structure of chloroplast system Photosynthetic pigments and their functions Photo system
I amp II Photosynthetic electron transport and photophosphorylation
Calvin cycle(C3 plants) Hatch slack pathway (C4 plants) Crassulacean acid metabolism
Unit II Plant hormones and Tissue culture
Plant hormones Biosynthesis structure and biochemical mode of action of auxins
gibberellins cytokinins abscisic acid and ethylene Other plant growth regulators
Plant tissue culture Plant cell organs and culture Somaclonal variation protoplast isolation
fusion and culture of protoplasts Application of plant tissue culture
Unit III Plant respiration and Metabolism
Plant respiration Carbohydrate lipid and Protein metabolism Cyanide sensitive and
insensitive respiration
Nitrogen metabolism Development and structure of root nodules Role of nod factors in
nodule development Structure of plant nitrogenase system Symbiotic nitrogen fixation and
and its regulation Formation and assimilation of ammonia
Sulphur metabolism Sulphate activation Reduction of active sulphate Oxidation of
inorganic sulphur incorporation of sulphur into amino acids
Unit IV Biochemistry of plant growth amp stress physiology
Biochemistry of seed and bud dormancy Biochemistry of seed germination factors affecting seed germination Structure and function of Phytochrome and Cryptochrome Photoperiodism and Vernalization Hormonal regulation of flowering Responses of plant to biotic (pathogens and insects) and abiotic (water temperature and salt) stresses Mechanism of resistance to biotic stress and tolerance to abiotic stress
Suggested References
1 Plant physiology -Taiz amp Ziger
2 Biochemistry and molecular Biology of plant-Buchanan
3 Plant physiology -M Devlin
4 Plant pathology- George N Agriose
5 Plant breeding- BD Singh
6 Germination of seed- AM Mayer amp A Mayber
7 Introduction of Plant Physiology -William Hopkins
8 Introduction to plant - Godwin amp merser
9 Plant physiology - Mohit Warma
14
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 1
1P 1 Protein Biochemistry and Enzymology
1 Estimation of protein by UV Spectrophotometer by E280E260 method
2 Estimation of Riboflavin by Arnoldrsquos fluorimetric method
3 Estimation of Thiamine by thiochrome method
4 Separation of proteins by PAGE
5 Seperation of proteins by SDS gel electrophoresis
6 Western Blotting
7 Purification of proteins by isoelectric precipitation
8 Molecular weight determination
9 Fractionation of cells by differential centrifugation
10 Assay of marker enzymes
11 To study the essentiality of co-enzymes in enzyme catalyzed reaction
12 Fractionation of human plasma proteins by precipitation
13 Assay of acid and alkaline phosphatase
14 Effect of environmental factors such as pH temperature and inhibitors on alkaline
phosphatase
15 Measurement of initial velocity
16 To study kinetics of enzyme using Lineweaver-Burk Eadie-Hofstee and Hanes Plots
1P 2 Biochemical Research Techniques and Plant Biochemistry
1 Absorption of water by live amp dead seeds
2 Changes in carbohydrate protein content during germination
3 Induction of proteinases amylases and lipase during germination
4 Induction of vitamin C synthesis during germination
5 Isolation and characterization of trypsin inhibitor
6 Assay of peroxidase catalase phenol oxidase ascorbic acid oxidase
7 Isolation of plant DNA amp RNA
8 Estimation of carotene ascorbic acid phenols and tannins in fruits and vegetables
9 Development of callus culture from meristems and leaves
1S1 Seminar
InstitutionalEducational tour For minimum 08 days
15
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 2
Paper ndash I (Code 2T1) Immunology
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Remember and Understand basic concepts of Immunology Molecular details of
various receptors and effectors involved in evoking Immune responses
2 Mechanism and pathways of immunity with essential details about immunoglobulin
structures and mechanism of action
3 Appreciate and assess the various immunological techniques used for public health
Applications of immunology based techniques in public health and immunization
16
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 2
2T1 Immunology
Unit I The Immune system Immunoglobulins and TCR
History of Immunology Innate Immunity effector mechanisms involved PAMPs PRRs
Phagocytosis Lysis blocking extra cellular killing etc Biochemistry and biology of TLRs
Inflamatory processes inflamamasomes interrelationship between innate and adaptive
immunity
Immunoglobulins and TCR
Immunochemistry Antigen antibody reaction its kinetics and thermodynamics Structure
functions of immunoglobulins Ig genes and their expression Generation of Ab diversity
BCR TCR Organization and re-arrangement of TCR genes TCR diversity
Unit II
Anatomy of Immune system
Immunological cells tissues and organs Maturation activation and differentiation of B and
T cells MHC genes and their polymorphism Structure and function of MHC molecules
Clonal selection theory Cell surface molecules Ig super family integrins selectins
chemokine receptors and other accessory molecules Cytokines and chemokines
Unit III
Immune response by T and B lymphocytes
Cellular and molecular mechanisms of Ab production humoral and cell mediated immunity
Antigen processing and presentation T and B cell interaction Super antigens
Unit IV
Immunological Techniques
Immunochemical techniques including immunodiffusion RIA EIA agglutination
immunoflorescence immunoelectron microscopy immunoelectrophoresis HLA typing
leukocyte migration inhibition technique delayed hypersensitivity technique cytotoxicity
assay Monoclonal Abrsquos hybridoma and other technologies Abzymes
Suggested References
1 Cellular and Molecular Immunology- 5th Edition Abul K Abbas Andrew Litchman
2 Immunology-5th Edition Richard A Goldsby Thomas J Kindt Barbara A Osborne
Janis Kuby
3 Immunology- 6th Edition Ivan Roitt Jonathan Brostoff David Male
17
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 2
Paper ndash II (Code 2T2) Clinical Biochemistry
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Remember and Understand fundamental concepts in Clinical Biochemistry and
recent automations introduced in it
2 Comprehend basics of Endocrine system and hormones involved for regulation of
various biochemical functions of target organs
3 Illustrate compare and appreciate functions and biochemical attributes of Liver and
implications in Clinical Biochemistry
18
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 2
2T2 Clinical Biochemistry
Unit I Automation in clinical biochemistry gastric and blood disorders
Automation in Clinical Biochemistry- Instrumental concept Selection of Instrument Quality
assurance Control of pre-analytical and analytical variables External and internal quality
control measurements
Gastric disorders Disorders of gastric function method of evaluation pancreatic diseases
Steatorrhoea Malabsorption syndrome test for their evaluation
Blood Disorder Review of mechanism of coagulation and fibrinolysis abnormalities in
blood coagulation variation of plasma proteins abnormalities of blood formation anemia
haemoglobinopathies clinical significance of fecal and urine analysis
Unit II Endocrinology I Insulin and glucagon Various types of hyperglycemia Diabetes mellitus Ketonemia
ketonuria Experimental diabetes Hypoglycemia Polyurea Glucose tolerance test
Thyroid Iodine metabolism Hypo and Hyper thyroidism BMRand other test for
evaluation of thyroid function
Parathyroid Calcium and phosphorus metabolism Abnormalities of Parathyroid function
and methods of evaluation
Unit III Endocrinology II
Adrenal Addisonrsquos disease and pheochromocytoma Disorders of steroid metabolism Test
for evaluation of adrenal functions
Pituitary Pituitary hormones Clinical syndromes and their evaluation
Unit IV Liver disorders
Liver disorders Jaundice fatty liver and liver function tests Renal function test
Cerebrospinal fluid Composition in health and disease Lipid profile in health and disease
Elements of Clinical Enzymology Isoenzymes in health and disease
Clinical significance of GOT GPT Creatine kinase LDH etc
Biochemical diagnosis of disease by enzymatic evaluation
Suggested References 1 Clinical Biochemistry ndash Metabolic and Clinical aspects By-William J Marshall amp Stephen
K Angert
2 Harperrsquos Biochemistry - 27th EdText book of Medical Physiology - By Guyton
3 Text book of Physiology -By Burn amp levy
4 Biochemistry ndashBy L Stryer (Freeman amp CoNY)
5 Biochemistry with clinical correlation- By Thomas Devli
6 The Metabolic Basis of Inherited Disease 5th Ed-By John Stanbury
7 Teitz Fundamentals of Clinical Chemistry ndashBy CABurtis amp Ashwood
8 Biochemistry - By Lehninger
9 Lehningerrsquos Biochemistry ndashBy Nelson amp Cox
10 Biochemistry ndashBy Stanford
11 Basic Medical Biochemistry A Clinical approach- By Smith
12 Principles of Internal Medicines- By HarrisonT R
13 Practical Biochemistry Principles amp Techniques- By Wilson amp Walker
14 Practical Biochemistry ndashBy David Plummer
19
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 2
Paper ndash III (Code 2T3) Cell Biochemistry
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Gain knowledge about fundamentals of cell division cycle and decision making
ability of the cells to proceed for duplication with regulatory aspects
2 Cell communication ability and control of cell cycle brough about by internal and
external molecular effectors
3 Understand basic concept of Cancer Biology and stem cells
20
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 2
2T3 Cell Biochemistry
Unit I Cell cycle and regulation
Review of cell cycle divisional control regulatory proteins cyclincdk complexes positive
and negative regulation inhibitory molecules restriction points regulation of DNA
synthesis regulation of degradation check points cell cycle arrest role of cyclically
activated protein kinases transcriptional regulation
Unit II Cell communication I
General principles of cell communication extra cellular signals and their receptors autocrine
signaling and role of gap junctions types of cell receptors relay of signal and intracellular
signal proteins regulated proteolysis dependent signaling pathways (Notch Wnt hedgehog
NFKB)
Unit III Cell communication II
Informational transactions in eukaryotic cells- cyclic AMP facet Study of G-proteins
signaling through G-protein linked cell surface receptors signaling through enzyme linked
cell surface receptors Calcium messenger system signaling via GMP
Unit IV Cancer
Causes and types of cancer viral carcinogenesis tumor suppressors oncogenes and signal
transduction growth and spread of cancer molecular basis of cancer therapy molecular
markers
Programmed cell death and its regulation in normal physiology regulation and execution of
mammalian apoptosis cytokine signaling and role of apoptosis in tumor genesis
Suggested References
1 Molecular Biology of the Cell Alberts 5th Edition 2007 NCBI Publication
2 Principles of Biochemistry Lehninger WH Freeman
3 Biochemistry of Signal Transduction and Regulation - Gerhard Krauss Wiley VCH 3rd
Revised Edition
4 Molecular Cell Biology Lodish 6th Edition WH Freeman amp Company
5 The Cell Cooper 2nd Edition ASM Press
6 Gene IX Benjamin Lewin Published by Pearson Prentice Hall
7 Cell and Molecular Biology Gerald Karp
8 Molecular Biology Robert Weaver 1st Edition WCB McGraw-Hill
9 Molecular Biology of the Gene Watson 6th Edition Pearson Publication
10 Gene Regulation A Eukaryotic Perspective David Latchman 5 illustrated Taylor amp
Francis 2005
11 The Cell- G M Cooper
21
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 2
Paper ndash IV (Code 2T4) Molecular Biology
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Remember and understand the fundamental concepts of Molecular Biology and the
experiments involved in it
2 Relate the concepts of Molecular Biology in the development of Biochemical
research techniques
22
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 2
2T4 Molecular Biology
Unit I Eukaryotic and Prokaryotic chromosomes
Chromatin structure Histones DNA nucleosome morphology and higher level organization Functional
states of chromatin and alterations in chromatin organization Chromosome organization Metaphase
chromosomes centromere and kinetochore telomere and its maintenance Holocentric chromosomes
Heterochromatin and euchromatin position effect variegation Chromosomal domains (matrix loop domains)
and their functional significance
Organization of nuclear and organellar genomes C-value paradox Repetitive DNA-satellite DNAs and
interspersed repeated DNAs Transposable elements LINES SINES Alu family and their application in
genome mapping
Concept of a gene Conventional and modern views Fine structure of gene split genes pseudogenes non-
coding genes overlapping genes and multi-gene families
Unit II Replication and Recombination
Replication Review of replication in bacteria plasmid and viruses Models of DNA replication DNA
replication in eukaryotes Eukaryotic DNA polymerases and their roles origin of replication Autonomously
Replicating Segments (ARS) in yeast elongation lagging strand synthesis and termination
Recombination DNA recombination Homologous site specific and transposition
Homologous recombination Holliday Model Messelsson -Radding Model Rec BCD pathway
Site specific recombination Lambda phage ingration and excision rearrengementof immunoglobulin genes
Transposition Prokaryotic transposition Insertion sequences and mere complex transposons (eg Tn3)
conservative and replicative transposition Eukaryotic transposable elements yeast and Drosophila transposons
retroviruses and retrovirus like elements
Unit III Transcription
Review of prokaryotic transcription transcription in eukaryotes Eukaryotic RNA polymerases and their
subunit structure Class I II and III promoters Upstream elements enhancers and silencers General
transcription factors Class I II III genes and their functions elongation factors TBP structure and its role in
transcription mediators Structure of transcription activators zinc fingers homeodomains helix loop helix
bZIP beta barrels
Unit IV Viruses
General properties of viruses (size shape composition of viral capsid spikes envelope and nucleic acids)
Viral classification in brief Baltimore classification Structure and composition of DNA viruses (Herpes virus
amp Adenovirus) and RNA viruses (HIV)
Tumor viruses (HBV HTLV HPV) structure and mechanism of oncogenesis
Structure and life cycle of Lambda and M13 bacteriophages
Laboratory diagnosis of viral diseases
Mechanism of action of Antiviral drugs (Acyclovir Foscarnet Nevirapine Saquinavir Oseltamivir)
Suggested References
1 Molecular Biology of Gene Watson
2 Gene 7 Benjamin Lewin
3 Cell amp Molecular Biology Devlin
4 Biochemistry Lehninger Nelson amp Cox
5 Biochemistry Voet amp Voet
6 Molecular Biology David Frifelder
7 Molecular biology-Lodish Baltimore
8 Genetics-Russell
9 Genetics 1and 2-CBPower
10 Molecular biology-Watson
11 Molecular biochemistry ndashRobert Weaver
12 Microbiology by Davis
13 Virology by Luria
14 Understanding Viruses-Teri Shors Jones and Bartlett Publishers Massachusetts edition 2009
23
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 2
2P1 Clinical Biochemistry And Immunology
1 Determination of serum and urine Creatinine by Jaffrsquos method
2 Determination of serum Bilirubin by Malloy amp Evllyn method
3 Determination of serum Chloride by Schales amp Schales method
4 Estimation of blood urea by Nesslerisation method
5 Estimation of Serum amylase (EC3211)
6 Estimation of Serum Cholesterol by Single Step Method (Libermann amp Burchard)
7 Determination of Serum Uric Acid by Henry Carawayrsquos method
8 Determination of Icteric Index SGOT SGPT and alkaline phosphatase activity
9 Routine Urine Analysis
10 Quantitative Estimation of T3 T4 and TSH
11 To determine Urinary VMA (3-methoxy 4 ndashHydroxyl Vanillin Mandellic Acid)
12 Glucose Tolerance Test
2P2 Cell And Molecular Biology
1 Use of Simple Compound and Phase Contrast Microscopes
2 Isolation culture and cell counting of lymphocytes
3 Adherent cell line Trypsinization cell count subculturing
4 MTT assay
5 Isolation of DNA from Bacteria and Blood
6 Assessment of purity of DNA by 260280 ratio
7 Isolation of plasmid DNA Mini Prep Midi Prep and Maxi Prep
8 Restriction digestion of DNA
9 Ligation of DNA
10 Separation of DNA fragments by Electrophoresis
11 Southern Blotting amp Northern Blotting
2S1 Seminar
24
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 3
Paper ndash I (Code 3T1) Advanced Molecular Biology
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Understand the concepts of Eukaryotic Transcription regulation mechanisms with details
of enzymes involved eukaryotic transcription process
2 Post transcriptional and translational modifications and regulatory aspects of it
3 Describe the expression of genes and the regulatory RNAs involved in it
4 Appreciate epigenetic ways of gene expression regulation
25
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 3
3T1 Advanced Molecular Biology
Unit I Regulation of eukaryotic gene expression at transcriptional level
Overview of transcription by RNA Polymerases I II and III
Anatomy of a protein-coding gene
Basal transcription by RNA polymerase II Subunits of Pol II general transcription factors
Activators How the initiation complex is assembled How initiation occurs
Speeding up the process Enhancers TAFs and how they work
Regulated transcription transcription factors Zinc-fingers (Sp1 the first such factor identified)
Leucine zippers Basic helix loop helix Homeodomains DNA binding domains Activating domains
RNA Elongation HIV TATTAR
RNA polymerase III and regulation of 5S rRNA
Unit II Regulation of eukaryotic gene expression at post translational translational and post-
translational levels
Regulation at tpst-transcriptional level Effect of cap and polyadenylation on splicing trans and
alternative splicing RNA editing mRNA stability and transport
Regulation at Translational level Global regulation through eIF2 and eIF4EeIF4E-BP Specific
regulation through 5 UTRs using RNA structure eg ODC Specific regulation through 5
UTRprotein interactions eg ferritin in eukaryotes and ribosomal proteins in prokaryotes Specific
regulation through 3 UTRs eg 15-LOX
Regulation at post-translational level Control of the level of active proteins regulation of proteolysis
Unit III Regulatory RNAs
Historical background RNA interference as regulatory mechanism in eukaryotes Slicer and dicer
synthesis and function of RNAi molecules in plants chromatin remodeling in human disease and
diagnosis
Unit IV Epigenetics
Background chromosomal inheritance taking fission yeast as an example DNA methyltransferases
DNA methylation maintenance histone modification and regulation of chromatin structure bivalent
histones DNA demethylation histone demethylation
Suggested References
1 Molecular Biology of the Cell Alberts 5th Edition 2007 NCBI Publication
2 Principles of Biochemistry Lehninger WH Freeman
3 Biochemistry of Signal Transduction and Regulation - Gerhard Krauss Wiley VCH 3rd
Revised Edition
4 Molecular Cell Biology Lodish 6th Edition WH Freeman amp Company
5 The cell Cooper 2nd Edition ASM Press
6 Genes IX Benjamin Lewin Published by Pearson Prentice Hall
7 Cell and Molecular Biology Gerald Karp
8 Molecular Biology Robert Weaver 1st Edition WCB McGraw-Hill
9 Molecular Biology of the Gene Watson 6th Edition Pearson Publication
10 Gene Regulation A Eukaryotic Perspective David Latchman 5 illustrated Taylor amp
Francis 2005
26
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 3
Paper ndash II (Code 3T2) Biotechnology
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Remember and Understand fundamental concepts of Genetic Engineering
2 Illustrate and compare different techniques involved in Genetic Engineering
3 Understand the concepts of Prokaryotic and Eukaryotic Transformation and PCR
4 Describe the expression of heterologous genes and the vectors involved in it
5 Appreciate technology involved in industrial products of Protein engineering and
fermentation technology Remember and Understand the design and functioning of
different types of Bioreactors and Downstream processing Evaluate the application of
different types of Bioreactors including immobilization reactor system and its kinetics
6 Comprehend tools important in Bioinformatics analysis for simplified application of
nucleic acid and protein sequence data
27
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 3
3T2 Biotechnology
Unit I rDNA technology Genomic and cDNA libraries DNA manipulation enzymes isolation of specific genes
Gene cloning REs vectors-plasmids cosmids phage vectors M13 phage vectors phagemids expression
vectors with strong promoters inducible vectors produce fusion proteins and their isolation Eucaryotic
expression system shuttle vectors YAC BAC insertion of DNA and its ligation to carrier DNA introduction
of DNA in cells gene synthesis gene libraries
Application of recombinant DNA technology in medicine agriculture industry and environmental sciences
Unit II Gene control systems in bacteria and bacteriophage lambda
Mechanism of induction and repression constitutive expression various control mechanisms positive
regulation negative regulation attenuation operon hypothesis with special reference to malgal ara and
histidine operons Regulatory mechanisms in bacteriophage lambda
Regulation of gene expression at various levels (transcription post transcriptional and translational)
DNA-protein interactions Lambda family of repressor trp repressor
Unit III Biochemical engineering Biochemical Engineering Bioreactors and related equipment and
instrumentation types of bioreactor (Batch semi batch CSTF recycle etc) reactor analysis reactor design
reactor for recombination proteins
Fermentation technology Fermentation technology microbial culture reaction genetic modification use of
mutants recombinant DNA technology and application in fermentation technology microbial growth kinetics
sterilization fermentation process kinetics analysis of rate pattern and kinetic groups fermentation process
types control of environmental variables recovery of fermentation products isolation and purification and use
of immobilization techniques
Unit IV Bioinformatics and Drug Designing Introduction to Bioinformatics Applications of Bioinformatics Bioinformatics resources
Biological Databases Overview to Biological Databases Nucleotide Databases (GenBank DDBJ ENA) Protein sequence
databases (Uniprot Swiss prot Prosite Pfam Prodom) Protein structure databases (PDB SCOP CATH)
Sequence analysis Sequence similarity search BLAST FASTA CLUSTAL
Genomics Introduction to Genomics Comparative Genomic Databases Objective of Genome Comparisons Genome
Alignments
Proteomics Overview of Proteomics Experimental Techniques Bioinformatics Approaches Protein-Protein Interaction
Databases and software
Softwaresrsquo for Drug Designing Structure Based Drug Designing Ligand Based Drug Designing
Virtual Screening Homology Modeling and Chimera Generation
Suggested References 1 Molecular Biology of the Cell Alberts 5th Edition 2007 NCBI Publication
2 Principles of Biochemistry Lehninger WH Freeman
3 Biochemistry of Signal Transduction and Regulation - Gerhard Krauss Wiley VCH 3rd Revised Edition
4 Molecular Cell Biology Lodish 6th Edition WH Freeman amp Company
5 The cell Cooper 2nd Edition ASM Press
6 Genes IX Benjamin Lewin Published by Pearson Prentice Hall
7 Cell and Molecular Biology Gerald Karp
8 Molecular Biology Robert Weaver 1st Edition WCB McGraw-Hill
9 Molecular Biology of the Gene Watson 6th Edition Pearson Publication
10 Gene Regulation A Eukaryotic Perspective David Latchman 5 illustrated Taylor amp Francis 2005
Molecular Biotechnology Principles and Applications of Recombinant DNA Bernard R
GlickhttpwwwamazoncomMolecular-Biotechnology-Principles-Applications-
Recombinantdp1555814980ref=sr_1_6s=booksampie=UTF8ampqid=1323503937ampsr=1-6 - (Author)Publisher
Amer Society for Microbiology 4 edition (December 31 2009)
11 Principles of gene manipulation and genomics S B Primrose Richard M Twyman Publisher Wiley-Blackwell 7
edition (February 17 2006)
12 Principles of Fermentation Technology P F Stanbury (Author) S Hall (Author) A Whitaker (Author) Publisher
Butterworth-Heinemann 2 edition (February 19 1999)
13 1 Bioinformatics A practical guide to the analysis of genes and proteins Baxevanis AD and Ovellette BFF
Wiley-Interscience (2002)
14 2 Molecular and Biotechnology A comprehensive desk reference RA Meyes (Ed) VCH Publishers Inc (1995)
15 3 Textbook of Biotechnology Das HK Wiley Dreamtech India Pvt Ltd (2004)
28
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
Semester 3
Paper ndash III (Code 3T3 A) Toxicology (Biochemical And Environmental Toxicology)
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 To understand key principles of toxicology including various factors affecting toxicity and toxicity assessment
2 To evaluate analyse disposition of toxicants and factor affecting to disposition of toxicants
3 The know how of toxicokinetics and biotransformation 4 To critically analyse and interpret non-organ directed toxicity To
study effect of environmental toxicity on human beings
5 To develop an understanding of the genetic toxicology and
Developmental Toxicology for scientific research practices
6 Critical evaluation of relationship between target organ toxicity for
experimental designs
29
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 3
Core Elective 1
3T3 A) Toxicology (Biochemical And Environmental Toxicology)
Unit I General principles of Toxicology
Definition Different facets of toxicology and their interrelationships Classification of toxic
agents Desired and undesired effects
Various factors affecting toxicity vehicles formulation factors biological half life volume
and concentration dose dosage forms routes of administration entry genetic status etc
Principles of selective toxicity comparative morphology comparative biochemistry
comparative cytology
Toxicity assessment acute subchronic chronic exposure determination of ED50 and LD50
values tests for mutagenecity carcinogenicity genotoxicity Ames test
Unit II Disposition of Toxicants
Factors affecting disposition of toxicants absorption distribution biotransformation
elimination
Absorption through gastro-intestinal tract lungs skin
Distribution storage in tissues blood-brain barrier passage across placenta redistribution
Biotransformation Phase I and II reactions metabolic interrelationship antidotal therapy
Excretion urinary fecal exhalation other routes
Toxicokinetics classic and physiologic
Unit III A) Non ndashorgan directed toxicity
Chemical carcinogenesis definition mechanism
Genetic toxicology definition health impacts and mechanism of induction of genetic
alterations
Developmental toxicology definition principles mechanism and pathogenesis of
developmental toxicity
B) Environmental Toxicology
Air pollution definition air pollutants health effects and risk assessment of air pollution
Introduction to Ecotoxicology
Unit IV Target organ toxicity
Skin skin as a barrier dermatitis acne urticaria
Toxic responses of the blood blood as a target organ toxicology of erythron leukon and
platelets
Toxic responses of the liver physiology and pathophysiology factors in liver injury
mechanism of liver injury
Toxic responses of the respiratory system lungs structure and functions pulmonotoxic
agents pathogenesis of chemical induced damage acute and chronic responses of lungs to
injury
Suggested References
1 Casarette and Doullrsquos Toxicology by Klaassen CD
2 Biochemical Toxicology of Environmental Agents by Bruine D
3 Detoxification mechanisms by Williams RT
4 Selective Toxicity by Albert A
5 Developmental Toxicology by Hood RD
30
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 3
Paper ndash III (Code 3T3 B) Nutrition (Nutritional Biochemistry) (Core Elective 1)
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Capably describe the biochemical techniques that are relevant for the investigation of nutrient metabolism
2 Understand key principles of energy expenditure thermogenic effects Energy requirements and role of dietary fibers in nutrition
3 To read interpret and discuss protein energy malnutrition disorders of mineral metabolism for scientific research
4 To develop an understanding of the observational and experimental character of science in nutritional biochemistry
5 To communicate role of clinical nutrition and food allergies in scientific communication frameworks such as written reports and open discussion
31
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 3
3T3 B Nutrition (Nutritional Biochemistry) (Core Elective 1)
Unit I Basic Concepts
Basic Concept Energy content of foods Measurements of energy expenditure Direct amp
Indirect calorimetry Definition of BMR and SDA and factors affecting these Thermogenic
effects of foods Energy requirements of man and woman and factors affecting energy
requirements
Role of dietary fibers in nutrition
Unit II Nutritional Disorders
Protein Energy Malnutrition (PEM) Aetiology Clinical features Metabolic disorders
and Management of Marasmus and Kwashiorkor diseases
Disorders of Mineral Metabolism Hypercalecemia Hypocalcaemia Normocalcemia
Hyperphosphatemia
Unit III Starvation and Antinutrients
Starvation Techniques for studying starvation protein metabolim in prolonged fasting
protein sparing treatments during fasting Concept of high protein low calorific weight
reduction diets
Antinutrients Naturally occurring food borne toxicants protease inhibitors hemagglutins
hepatotoxins allergens oxalates toxins from mushrooms animal food stuffs and sea foods
Unit IV Clinical Nutrition and Food Allergies
Clinical Nutrition Role of diet and nutrition in the prevention and treatment of diseases
dental caries Fluorosis Atherosclerosis amp Rheumatic disorders Inherited metabolic
Disorders Phenylketonuria Maple Syrup disease amp Hemocystinuria
Food Allergies Definition role of antigen host and environment types of
hypersensitivities diagnosis and treatment of allergy
Suggested Reading 1 Basics of clinical nutrition author- yk joshi jaypee publication
2 Nutrition for the community Gully baba publishing house
Essentials of human nutrition author-jim mann amp stewart truswell oxford university press
3 Introduction to human nutrition
edited by- professor michael gibney (ucd institute of food and health) professor susan lanham-new
(university of surrey) professor aedin Cassidy (university of east anglia) professor hester vorster (north-
west university south africa) httpwwwnutritionsocietyorgpublicationstextbooksintroduction-to-
human-nutritionsthashtdyscawhdpuf
4 Nutrition and metabolism
edited by- professor susan lanham-new (university of surrey) professor ian macdonald (university of
nottingham) professor helen roche (unviersity college dublin) -
httpwwwnutritionsocietyorgpublicationstextbooksnutrition-and-metabolismsthashiusrjtiudpuf
32
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 3
Foundation Course 1 Biomolecules and Basic Metabolism
Unit I Carbohydrates and metabolism
Classification of carbohydrates Structure occurrence and biological importance of
monosaccharides oligosaccharides and polysaccharides
Introduction to Metabolism glycolysis glucogenesis and gluconeogenesis TCA cycle and its
amphibolic role energetics of carbohydrate metabolismAlternate pathways HMP shunt Enter-
Doudoroff glucuronate and glyoxylate pathways Corirsquos cycle
Unit II Lipids and metabolism
Classification of lipids Fatty acids Saturated and unsaturated fatty acids Essential fatty acids
Glycerophospholipids Glycolipids properties and functions
Metabolism Oxidation of fatty acids even and odd numbered unsaturated and branched chain fatty
acids
Degradation and biosynthesis of triacylglycerols and phospholipids energetic of beta- oxidation
Cholesterol biosynthesis catabolism and regulation
Unit III Proteins and metabolism
Classification of amino acids and proteins Protein structures primary secondary tertiary and
quarternary structure General metabolic reaction of amino acids transamination oxidative
deamination minor pathways of amino acid degradation transdeamination amino acid oxidase non
oxidative deamination
Degradation and biosynthesis of amino acids glycogenic and ketogenic amino acids Urea cycle
pathway and regulation
Unit IV Minerals and metabolism
Major and minor and ultra trace minerals their occurrence functions toxicity and interaction with
other nutrients
Iron metabolism and regulation
Calcium and phosphorus metabolism and regulation
Suggested Reading
1 Biophysical Techniques- Upadhyay Upadhyay and Nath
2 Principles of Biochemistry- Lehninger David L Nelson and Michael M Cox
3 Enzymes- Malcolm Dixon and Edwin Webb
4 Harperrsquos Biochemistry- Harper
5 Biochemistry- Western and Todd
6 Cell and Molecular Biology-Gerald Karp
7 Fundamentals of Biochemistry-Donald Voet Judith G Voet and Charlotte W Bratt
33
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 3
Paper ndash IV (Code 3T4 ) Bioresearch Techniques I (Subject centric core 1)
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Understand key principles of how flow cytometer work including data
analysis for their applications
2 Improve on skillful process of the animal cell culture techniques and
experimental demand of knowledge including an appreciation of the
need for good experimental design and scientific research practices
3 To incline intellectual curiosity in DNA and RNA techniques and
related fields that extends well beyond the course
4 To develop practical laboratory skills in the field of DNA and RNA
techniques
34
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 3
3T4 Bioresearch Techniques I (Subject centric core 1)
Unit I Flow cytometry
Principles of flow cytometry Instrument overview principle of fluorescence sample preparation
data analysis and applications of flow cytometry Overview Fludics Generation of Scatter and
fluorescence ( Optical bench optical filters signal detection Treshold) Data Analysis (Data
Collection and Display gating data analysis for subsetting applications Data analysis for ther
applications) Sorting Lasers and Alignment (Working of lasers and laser alignment)
Unit II Animal cell culture techniques
Animal cell Culture Cell culture (adherent and suspension) basic equipment cell culture media-
Components sterility buffering capacity growth requirements supplementation of serum antibiotic
and antimycotic agents preparation of medium advantages and limitations of Primary cell culture
clonal cell lines basic technique a of animal cell subcultuing disaggregation method for quantitation
of cells in culture counting chamber counters cell viability determination cytotoxicity assay and its
applications cell apoptosis assay and its applications 3 D cultures
Unit III DNA techniques
Isolation Sequencing Restriction Nucleases Gel Electrophoresis DNA probes Nucleic acid
hybridization Southern blotting DNA fingerprinting and DNA typing DNA Library
DNA sequencing Sanger and Maxam Gilbert
Restriction Mapping DNase foot printing DMS foot printing knockouts
PCR RFLP RAPD AFLP SNP
Unit IV RNA techniques
Isolation Hybridization Northern Blotting in vitro labeling with radioisotopes and chemical
markers
Mapping and quantifying transcripts S1assay primer extension run off transcription
Transcription rate measurement in vivo Nuclear run on transcription reporter gene N transcription
si RNA technology gene silencing techniques its applications microarrays ribozyme technology
Suggested References
1 Molecular Biology of The Cell Alberts 5th Edition 2007 NCBI Publication
2 Principles of Biochemistry Lehninger WH Freeman
3 Biochemistry of Signal Transduction and Regulation-shy‐ Gerhard Krauss
Wiley VCH 3rd Revised Edition
4 Molecular Cell Biology Lodish 6th Edition WH Freeman amp Company
5 The cell Cooper 2nd Edition ASM Press
6 Gene IX Benjamin Lewin
Published by Pearson Prentice Hall
7 Cell and Molecular Biology Gerald Karp
8 Molecular Biology Robert Weaver 1st Edition WCBNMcGraw-shy‐Hill
9 Molecular Biology of the Gene Watson 6th Edition Pearson Publication
10 Gene Regulation A Eukaryotic Perspective David Latchman 5 illustrated Taylor amp Francis
2005
35
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 3
3P1 Biotechnology And Molecular Biology
1) Fermentation
i) Isolation of microorganisms from soil demonstrating synthesis capability of desired product
Gram staining (Desired property to be decided by the instructor) and screening
ii) Optimization of the lab scale production of the desired product Effect of temperature pH
substrate concentration
iii) Growth curve Estimation of cell number substrate utilization andor product formation
2) Polymerase Chain Reaction
i) PCR amplification from genomic DNA
ii) Nested PCR
iii) Random Amplification of Polymorphic DNA (RAPD)
3) Restriction Fragment Length Polymorphism (RFLP)
3P2 A Biochemical And Environmental Toxicology
1 Qualitative detection of various toxicants in biological samples
Phenothiazine derivatives Organochlorine compounds (Fujiwara test) Phenol Methanol Arsenic (As)
Antimony (Sb) Selenium (Se) Mercury (Hg) Bismuth (Bi) Fluoride (F) Boron (Bo) Gutzeit test for
Antimony (Sb) and Arsenic (As) Spot test for metal toxicants
2 Quantitative determination of Salicylate Paracetamol (acetaminophen) Sulphonamide in biological
samples
3 Enzyme assay in toxic conditions
GOT (AST) GPT (ALT) Acid phosphatase Alkaline phosphatase Acetyl cholinesterase etc
4 Construction of dose-response curves
5 Determination of LD50 value of a toxicant
6 Induction of hepatotoxicity diabetes skin lesions teratogenesis
7 Assay of biomarkers of environmental pollution toxicity
OR
3P2 B) Nutritional Biochemistry
1 Determination of Calcium in food samples
2 Determination of Inorganic Phosphorous in food samples
3 Determination of Iron in food samples
4 Determination of beta carotene in carrots by column chromatography
5 Determination of Ascorbic Acid in food
6 Estimation of Amylase activity
7 Determination of Total Lipids By Sulphophospho vanillin Method
3S1 Seminar
InstitutionalEducational tour For minimum 08 days
36
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
Paper ndash I (Code 4T1) Advanced Clinical Biochemistry
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Analyse evaluate and generate information from a wide variety of sources regarding the key principles of aging and Neurological disorders
2 Analyse the effects of obesity on physiological functions including gene regulation
3 Critically interpret molecular and metabolic diseases and develop new knowledge domain about them
4 To develop effective creative and innovative solutions to current research problems in Reproductive Disease and Reproductive Biochemistry
5 To develop practical laboratory skill for Assisted Reproductive Technology program
37
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
4T1 Advanced Clinical Biochemistry
Unit I Aging and Neurological Disorders
Current view and theories of aging auto immune connection and HLA association processes of
aging and biochemical alteration DNA damage protein oxidation and axonal transport in aging
nutritional intervention as anti-aging therapy
Alzheimerrsquos disease Causes symptoms diagnosis pathogenesis genetics APP ApoE PS2 tau
protein risk factors and therapeutic approaches
Progeria Parkinsonrsquos disease Causes symptoms diagnosis pathogenesis genetics and therapeutic
approaches
Unit II Obesity
Theories lipid metabolism adipose tissue anomalies
Genetic basis of familial obesity effects of neuropeptides and leptin in nutrient partitioning
Obesity related derangements in metabolic regulation Therapeutic approaches
Unit III Molecular and Metabolic Diseases
Human gene map genetic diversity polymorphism genetic linkage chromosomal disorder
Monogenetic Disorders Autosomal dominant autosomal recessive X-linked Multifactorial
disorders Genetic heterogeneity Allelic heterogeneity Pathogenesis of genetic disease
Galactosemia Hemophilia Sickle cell anemia Muscular dystrophy Hypercholesterolemia Gout
Turnerrsquos syndrome
Unit IV Reproductive Biochemistry
Overview of reproductive system and reproduction biochemistry of reproductive disorders (male amp
female) Influence of various factors in reproduction with special reference to role of prostaglandins
and gonadotrophins Mechanism and methods of birth control and possible biochemical
consequences thereof Biochemical markerrsquos in infertility disorders Techniques involved in assisted
reproductive technology (ART) Culture media and cell culture techniques in ART programme
Suggested References
1 Clinical Biochemistry ndash Metabolic and Clinical aspects By-William J Marshall amp Stephen
K Angert
2 Harperrsquos Biochemistry - 27th Ed
3 Text book of Medical Physiology - By Guyton
4 Text book of Physiology -By Burn amp levy
5 Biochemistry ndashBy L Stryer (Freeman amp CoNY)
6 Biochemistry with clinical correlation- By Thomas Devli
7 The Metabolic Basis of Inherited Disease 5th Ed-By John Stanbury
8 Teitz Fundamentals of Clinical Chemistry ndashBy CABurtis amp Ashwood
9 Biochemistry - By Lehninger
10 Lehningerrsquos Biochemistry ndashBy Nelson amp Cox
11 Biochemistry ndashBy Stanford
12 Basic Medical Biochemistry A Clinical approach- By Smith
13 Principles of Internal Medicines- By HarrisonT R
14 Practical Biochemistry Principles amp Techniques- By Wilson amp Walker
15 Practical Biochemistry ndashBy David Plummer
38
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
Paper ndash II (Code 4T2) Advanced Immunology
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Understand details of lymph node microanatomy and learn the B and T cells encounter with antigens and study its development
2 Gain insight into antigen presentation and autophagy on a detailed molecular level
3 Understand immunology of mucosal surfaces and the interplay between commensal flora and the immune system in the gut
4 In-depth knowledge of the cellular and molecular basis for autoimmune disease and allergies
5 Basic knowledge of tumor immunology and the development of novel recombinant antibodies for treatment of cancer and autoimmune disease
39
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
4T2 Advanced Immunology
Unit I Introductory Immunobiology
Complement system Alternative and Classical pathway of complement activation
Immune networks Homeostasis in the immune system-termination of normal immune
responses network hypothesis
In vivo immunity to viruses bacteria fungi protozoa worms etc
Unit II Immunological tolerance and Autoimmunity
Immunologic tolerance T lymphocyte tolerance- central and peripheral Apoptosis in
Lymphocytes-pathways and biochemical mechanisms effector mechanisms Tolerance
induced regulatory T cells B lymphocyte tolerance- Central and Peripheral Homeostasis in
the immune pathogenesis and therapeutic approaches to autoimmunity
Unit III Tumor and Transplantation Immunology Hypersensitivity
General features of tumor immunity tumor antigens Immune response to tumor and
evasion Immunotherapy Types of hypersensitivity Effector mechanisms of immunologic
tissue injury and disease
Unit IV Immunodeficiency and Vaccinology
MHC and disease susceptibility immune deficiency disorders Active immunization
(immune prophylaxis) passive immunization adjuvants modern approaches to vaccine
development role of vaccines in the prevention of disease
Suggested References
1 Cellular and Molecular Immunology- 5th Edition Abul K Abbas Andrew Litchman
2 Immunology-5th Edition Richard A Goldsby Thomas J Kindt Barbara A Osborne
Janis Kuby
3 Immunology- 6th Edition Ivan Roitt Jonathan Brostoff David Male
40
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
Paper ndash III (Code 4T3 A) Toxicology (Clinical Research)
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Have knowledge about assessment and management of ethical clinical trial
programs
2 Demonstrate competency in biopharmaceutical clinical trial research designs and
regulatory affairs
3 Demonstrate competencies in evaluating clinical research data and
communicating results Manage innovative products through the discovery
processes and into the clinical trial phases
4 Identify and classify different types of trial designs when reading a trial report
understand the essential of GLP roles and responsibilities of stakeholders in
clinical trials
41
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
4T3 A) Toxicology (Clinical Research)
Unit I Pre-Clinical Research
Animal studies acute amp chronic toxicity of drugs regulations for number amp types of
animals protocols for animal experimentation Biochemical amp histopathological studies of
animals after drug administration Mechanism amp cause of death Routine toxicity studies amp
special toxicity studies carcinogenicity mutagenicity amp teratogenicity to be given special
emphasis
Unit II Phases of Clinical Research
Phases of clinical research number of volunteers in phase I amp types of patients in phase II to
IV Importance of these investigations Post marketing surveillance (PMS) amp
pharmacovigilence in case of clinical investigations after marketing authorization
Importance of ethical committee protocol design documentation in clinical trials Bio
Availability and Bio Equivalence studies Pharmacokinetics Pharmacodynamics Genomic
studies
Unit III Good lab practices
Good Clinical Practices Good Manufacturing Practices and Good Laboratory Practices
Principles of ICH-GCP History GCP declaration of Helsinki Belmont report Nuremberg
code Tuskgee trial Schedules Y and its amendments ICMR Guidelines Composition
functions amp operations of IRBIEC ethics of clinical trials Health Authorities- CDSCO US-
FDA EMEA and other
Unit IV Roles and Responsibilities of different stake holders in Clinical Research-
Sponsor CRO SMO Ethics Committee Investigator CRA CRC Patients and other
Departments in Clinical Research- Operations Business Development Regulatory
Pharmacovigilance Data Management Centralized Monitoring Quality Finance Important
documents in Clinical Research and importance of documentation in Clinical Research
Stages in clinical trial-Feasibilities PSSV SIV SMV and Close-out visits Audits and
Inspections
Suggested reading
1 Clinical Research Coordinator Handbook Norris Deborrah Plexus Publications
20040601
2 Clinical Research Methodology and Evidence-Based Medicine Babu Ajit N
Anshan 20080530
3 Conducting Clinical Research Judy Stone Biblio Distribution 2006
4 Essentials of clinical research Stephen P Glasser (Edt) Springer Verlag 2008
42
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
Paper ndash III (Code 4T3 B) Nutrition (Applied Nutritional Biochemistry)
Learning outcome Students will be
1 Capable of describing biochemical pathways relevant in nutrient metabolism 2 Capable of using selected biochemical techniques relevant in nutritional
biochemical research 3 Critical reading of scientific articles in nutritional biochemistry 4 Capable of discussing research questions relevant to nutritional biochemistry 5 The ability to ask critical questions and discuss nutritional biochemical research
43
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
4T3 B) Nutrition (Applied Nutritional Biochemistry)
Unit I Clinical nutrition
Role of a dietician role and responsibilities of a dietitian nutrition counseling professional
ethics and obligations
Diet therapy-Rationale for diet therapy (normal diet modifications of the diet to the light
diet soft diet full liquid diet clear liquid tube feeding) Routes for diet therapy-enteral and
parental use of biochemical parameters in the planning of diets use of computers in the
planning of diets
Unit II Nutritional Counseling and Dietetics
Nutritive value of different food groups and changes due to cooking in various food groups
Storage of foods food quality and factors affecting food quality Control of food quality Use
of additives Classification and applications
Unit III Community Nutrition
Opportunities in community Nutrition Assessing Community Resources assessing target
population program planning Assessing communityrsquos nutritional resources Food insecurity
food assistance programs world hunger and food insecurity Principles of nutrition education
and policy making national nutrition agenda
Unit IV Applied Nutrition and Public Health Concept of Health Nutrition and Public Health Nutrition Demographic trends in India and
the significance of certain indices of Health and Nutrition situation of a community IMR
MMR TFR Birth rate Death rate Life expectancy etc) Major nutritional problems in
developing countries Dietary surveys-methods ways of interpretations and analysis
recommendations based on survey findings Assessment of nutritional status biochemical
and anthropometry
Suggested Reading
Clinical nutrition
edited by- professor marinos elia (university of outhampton) professor olle ljungqvist
(karolinska institutet amp oumlrebro university hospital) dr outham outhamp (university of
outhampton professor susan lanham-new (university of surrey) - see more at
httpwwwnutritionsocietyorgpublicationstextbooksclinical-
nutritionsthashw12tfscqdpuf
Public health nutrition
edited by- professor michael gibney (ucd institute of food and health) professor barrie
margetts (university of southampton) dr john kearney (dublin institute of technology)
professor lenore arab (university of california los angeles)
httpwwwnutritionsocietyorgpublicationstextbookspublic-health-
nutritionsthash8pvhu1m0dpuf
Staying healthy with nutrition author- elson m Hass buck levin
American dietetic association complete food and nutrition guide Roberta larson duyff
44
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
MSc Biochemistry CBCS syllabus Effective from 2015-16
SEMESTER 4
Foundation 2 Basic Enzymology
Unit I
Introduction to Enzymology Nomenclature and classification of enzymes History sources of
enzymes (Animal Plant and microorganisms) Protein amp nonprotein nature of enzymes with
examples enzymes as biological catalysts and their importance principle of assay of enzymes and
measurement of activity effect of experimental conditions on measurement of activity such as time pH temp
substrate definition of enzyme unit Stability of enzymes and half life of enzymes Effect of environmental
factors on stability of enzymes Concept of Zymogens and active enzyme with examples effect of activators
and inhibitors on enzyme activity Role of coenzymes and cofactors on enzyme catalysis with examples
Unit II Production amp purification
Method os screening of sources for desired enzymes Availability of the sources for procurement
of enzymes Natural and synthetic Media for microbial enzyme production effect of inducers and
environmental factors on enzyme production by microorganisms
Methods of isolation of enzymes form the source purification of enzyme by dialysis salt and solvent
precipitation chromatography gel filtration Purification by affinity chromatography methods of
determination of purity and nature of of enzymes by simple PAGE SDSPAGE and 2 D electrophoresis
Unit III Enzyme Kinetics
Lock amp key model and Koshland model of enzyme active site Determination of active site of enzyme
Michelis Mentain equation kinetics of reversible irreversible and nonreversible enzymes Line Weaver burk
plot and Eddie Hofstie Plot Determination of kinetic constants and activation energy Effect of competitive
and non-competitive inhibitors on enzyme activity Allosteric enzyme and sigmoidal kinetics
Unit IV Applications of enzymes
Structure and function of multienzyme complex systems such as PDH KGH B oxidation spiral and glycolysis
Advantages of soluble and membrane bound enzymes Futile cycles in Biochemistry
Methods of immobilization of enzymes advantages and disadvantages of immobilization Application of
Immobilized enzymes in agriculture cosmetics detergent dairy brewing and food industries with examples
such as lactase pectinase proteinase invertaselipase etc Application of enzymes in nanotechnology
biosensors etc
Suggested references
1 Enzymology and Enzyme Technology 2014 by SM Bhatt (S Chand)
2 Enzyme Technology 2006 by Ashok Pandey (Editor) Colin Webb (Editor) MARCELO
FERNANDES (Editor) Springer
3 Biocatalysts and enzyme technology 2012 Klaus Buchholz
45
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
4T4 Bioresearch Techniques II (Subject centric core 2)
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Learn describe and build up knowledge domain regarding the latest and most advanced Bioresearch techniques available for biochemical research
2 Be aware select appropriately apply technology platforms and Perform techniques for analysis of DNA and protein expression
3 Evaluation of data and controls related to research techniques 4 Create thought-provoking questions related to the laboratory equipment
46
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
4T4 Bioresearch Techniques II (Subject centric core 2)
UNIT I
Biochemical methods I- Co-immunoprecipitation BiFC bimolecular fluorescence
complementation affinity electrophoresis Pull down assays label transfer yeast two hybrid
screens phage display
UNIT II
Biochemical methods II- In-vivo crosslinking of protein complexes using photo-reactive
amino acid analogs Tandem affinity purification (TAP) Chemical cross-linking SPINE
(Strepprotein interaction experiment) Quantitative immunoprecipitation combined with
knock-down (QUICK) Proximity ligation assay (PLA) in situ
UNIT III
Biophysical and theoretical methods I
Bio-Layer Interferometry
Dual polarisation interferometry (DPI)
Static light scattering (SLS)
Dynamic light scattering (DLS)
Surface plasmon resonance
UNIT IV
Biophysical and theoretical methods II
Fluorescence polarizationanisotropy
Fluorescence correlation spectroscopy
FRET BRET
2D-FT NMR spectroscopy
Proteinndashprotein docking
Isothermal Titration Calorimetry (ITC)
Isothermal Titration Calorimetry (ITC)
Suggested References
1 Molecular Biology of The Cell Alberts 5th Edition 2007 NCBI Publication
2 Principles of Biochemistry Lehninger WH Freeman
3 Biochemistry of Signal Transduction and Regulation-shy‐ Gerhard Krauss
Wiley VCH 3rd Revised Edition
4 Molecular Cell Biology Lodish 6th Edition WH Freeman amp Company
5 The cell Cooper 2nd Edition ASM Press
6 Gene IX Benjamin Lewin
Published by Pearson Prentice Hall
7 Cell and Molecular Biology Gerald Karp
8 Molecular Biology Robert Weaver 1st Edition WCBNMcGraw-shy‐Hill
9 Molecular Biology of the Gene Watson 6th Edition Pearson Publication
10 Gene Regulation A Eukaryotic Perspective David Latchman 5 illustrated Taylor amp
Francis 2005
47
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
4P1 Advanced Clinical Biochemistry and Immunology and Toxicology and Nutrition
1 Demonstration of dialysis using blood filtrate (Protein Separation)
2 Immunology
a Quantitative Estimation of Antibody
b Precipitation Techniques Double Immunodiffusion Single (Radial)
Immunodiffusion
3 Electrophoretic Techniques Immuno-electrophoresisRocket Immunoelectrophoresis
Immuno-diffusion
4 To assay cathepsin D ATPase (NaKCaMg) Lipid peroxidase enzymes
5 Assay of Acetylcholine esterase activity in rat brain
6 Assay of monoamine oxidase
7 Fractionation of tissues and assay of proteins
8 Assay of ornithine amino transferase
9 Glutathione Estimation
10 Organ tissue morphology histopathology
11 Assay of toxicant biotransformation enzyme-cytochrome P450
12 Test for teratogenecity carcinogenecity Ames test
13 To perform pair wise alignment of sequences using BLAST program
14 To design primers for the given gene sequences
15 To perform multiple sequence alignment and generate phylogenetic tree
16 To retrieve and visualize the three dimensional structures of proteins
17 To retrieve metagenomic sequences and primer designing to develop STS marker
OR
18 Determination of Triglycerides
19 Proximate Analysis of Food Samples
48
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4 Project
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Plan and develop experimental design projects from concept through to professional
prototype
2 Apply theoretical knowledge conceptual skills and techniques to the development of
solutions for biochemical problems
3 Apply initiative and judgment in planning problem solving and decision making in
practice or future study
4 Design a research project and submit in a form of thesis they will present their results of
the thesis to an audience of peers and faculty and be able to defend their results during
final evaluation
4PROJ PROJECT
4S1 Seminar
8
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 1
Paper 2 (Code 1T2) Advanced Enzymology Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Describe structure capacities and the component of activity of
chemicals and interaction with enzymes Learning energy of protein
catalyzed responses and compound restraints and administrative
procedure Enzyme action Enzyme Units Specific action
2 Have a detail and more intricate knowledge of allosteric and other
aspects of enzyme catalysis regulation
3 Have a total comprehension of rate of responses and request of
responses and restraints and their kinetics To gain information on
protein catalysis and isoenzymes and on multienzyme and multienzyme
complexes with specific examples
4 Develop intellectual capacity to relate bioenergetics principles and the
entropy to the law of thermodynamics and Free energy and its
connection to chemical equilibria in consolation to enzyme catalysis
5 Theory related to respiratory mechanisms catalysed by enzymatic
principles of redox biochemistry will help the students to gauge wide
applicability of enzymatic reactions in biological systems Detail
description of Coupled reactions and their role in metabolism and
Chemiosmotic hypothesis of ATP synthesis to understand the
mechanism of energy harnessing mechanism operating in biological
system
9
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 1
1T 2 Advanced Enzymology
Unit I Kinetics and Regulation of enzyme activity
Review of unisubstrate enzyme kinetics multisubstrate enzyme kinetics Co-operativity
phenomenon Hill and Scatchard plots protein-ligand binding and its measurement detailed
mechanism of catalysis of serine protease carbonic anhydrase and PEP kinase
Metalloenzymes
Unit II Allosteric enzymes and multienzyme systems
Allosteric enzymes sigmoidal kinetics and its physiological significance symmetric and
sequential modes of action and their significance immobilized enzymes and their industrial
applications study of multienzyme complexes with respect to occurrence isolation and their
properties and polygenic nature eg pyruvate dehydrogenase and fatty acid synthase
Unit III Enzyme regulation
General mechanisms of enzyme regulation Feed back inhibition and feed forward
stimulation repression and induction of enzymes reversible and irreversible covalent
modifications of enzymes flexibility and conformational mobility of enzymes convergent
and divergent evolution of enzymes
Unit IV Bioenergetics and oxidative phosphorylation
Energy transformation laws of thermodynamics Gibbs energy free energy change redox
potentials phosphate potential ion electrochemical potential proton electrochemical
potential membrane potential Chemi-osmotic theory mitochondrial respiratory chain order
and organization of carrier proton gradients Characterization of Iron- Sulphur proteins and
Cytochromes Q cycle Respiratory controls and oxidative phosphorylation ATP synthase
complex
Suggested References
1 Enzymes Biochemistry Biotechnology and Clinical Chemistry-Trevor Palmer
2 Principles of Biochemistry- Lehninger David L Nelson and Michael M Cox
3 Enzymes- Malcolm Dixon and Edwin Webb
4 Harperrsquos Biochemistry- Harper
5 Biochemistry- Western and Todd
6 Cell and Molecular Biology-Gerald Karp
7 Fundamentals of Biochemistry-Donald Voet Judith G Voet and Charlotte W Bratt
10
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 1
Paper 3 (Code 1T3) Biochemical Research Techniques Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 The theoretical aspects of designing the Experiments and also study the Quality
control mechanism in Biochemistry
2 Understand the Sampling techniques and interpret the data based on the measures
of the central tendency
3 Learn the discrepancies and deviations of the variable based of measures of
dispersion
4 Study the relationship between variables based on correlation and regression
analysis
5 Deduce the probable outcomes of an experiment based on observations
following laws of probability and also assess the significance of the
interpretation through tests of significance such as t-test
6 To understand the importance and applications of computational methods and
statistical softwares in Biology
11
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 1
1T 3 Biochemical Research Techniques
Unit I Research Methodology
1 Introduction to research methodology History and definition of research role of
theory hypothesis sampling variables randomness selection of problem purpose of
research and research reporting
2 Experimental research Early experimentation experimental groups control groups
variables method of controlling variables designing and validation of experiments
3 Methods and tools in research Research tools and its reliability and validity
quantitative and qualitative studies observation inquiry forms Q methodology data
collection limitations and sources of error
4 Types of data Analysis Descriptive data analysis Inferential data analysis Computer
data analysis
Unit II Biostatistics
Principles and practice of statistical methods in biological research samples and populations Basic
statistics-average statistics of dispersion coefficient of variation confidence limits Probability
distribution normal binomial and Poisson distribution Mean variants standard deviations and
standard error correlation and regression test of statistical significance and analysis of variance and
covariance
Unit III Data Retrieval Scientific Writing and Presentation
1 Information Search amp Data Retrieval Tools for Web Search Data Retrieval Tools
Data Mining of Biological Databases
2 Report Writing Significance of report writing different steps in report writing types
of report layout of research paper
3 Mechanics and precautions of writing research reports for scientific journals popular
magazines seminarssymposia conferencesworkshops poster session
4 Presentationndash Oral amp Written Presentations in classrooms scientific meets amp public
audience Defence of research thesis
Unit IV Computers
Introduction of computer networks- Topologies and designs Basics of computer operating systems-
windows and Linux Introduction to Markup language-Hyper Text Markup Language (HTML) and
Extensive Markup Language (XML) Spreadsheets and Presentation software
Systems Biology-An introduction
Introduction to Metagenomics
Suggested References
1 Fundamentals of Biostatistics Bernard A Rosner Thomson-BrooksCole 2006
2 Research methodology in social behavioural and life sciences Designs models and
methods Herman J Ader and Gideon Mellenbergh (Ed) SAGE Publications
6 Principles of Genome analysis and genomics Primrose SB Twyman RM Blackwell
Science (2002)
7 Biostatistics-A foundation for Health Science Daniel WW John Wiley (1983)
8 Statistical Methods Medhi J Willey Eastern Limited (1992)
12
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 1
Paper 4 (Code 1T4) Plant Biochemistry Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Detailed knowledge of plant cellular architecture and the mechanism
of photosynthetic systems for photophosphorylation will enable the
students to get a dissected approach for understanding autotrophic food
synthesis mechanism driven by photon energy operative in plants
2 Hormonal pathways driving plant growth mechanisms form the
foundation for in vitro plant propagation setup and understanding of
Plant tissue culture aspects Students would gain an thorough insight of
growth regulatory mechanism of plants through which they will be able
to devise the hormonal concoction required for organogenesis and related
plant tissue culture applications
3 Students will be able to learn metabolic attributes and driving
principles of plant growth through basic carbohydrate lipid and protein
metabolism Also the students will be developing a comprehension of
importance of nitrogen and sulphur metabolism in plants and associated
plant physiological alterations
4 With in depth knowledge about plant physiochemical aspects the
students will get equipped to develop an understanding about effects
caused by biotic and abiotic stress factors on plant metabolism and
growth They can thus impinge upon the ways to tackle such stress
physiological aspects to promote and resolve plant stresses
5 Practical exposure to biochemical analysis of plant physiological
aspects would improve the students application approach towards plant
biochemistry as tool to protect plant diversity
13
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 1
1T4 Plant Biochemistry
Unit I Plant Cell and Photosynthesis
Structure of plant cell Structure of plant cell membrane and cell wall
Structure of chloroplast system Photosynthetic pigments and their functions Photo system
I amp II Photosynthetic electron transport and photophosphorylation
Calvin cycle(C3 plants) Hatch slack pathway (C4 plants) Crassulacean acid metabolism
Unit II Plant hormones and Tissue culture
Plant hormones Biosynthesis structure and biochemical mode of action of auxins
gibberellins cytokinins abscisic acid and ethylene Other plant growth regulators
Plant tissue culture Plant cell organs and culture Somaclonal variation protoplast isolation
fusion and culture of protoplasts Application of plant tissue culture
Unit III Plant respiration and Metabolism
Plant respiration Carbohydrate lipid and Protein metabolism Cyanide sensitive and
insensitive respiration
Nitrogen metabolism Development and structure of root nodules Role of nod factors in
nodule development Structure of plant nitrogenase system Symbiotic nitrogen fixation and
and its regulation Formation and assimilation of ammonia
Sulphur metabolism Sulphate activation Reduction of active sulphate Oxidation of
inorganic sulphur incorporation of sulphur into amino acids
Unit IV Biochemistry of plant growth amp stress physiology
Biochemistry of seed and bud dormancy Biochemistry of seed germination factors affecting seed germination Structure and function of Phytochrome and Cryptochrome Photoperiodism and Vernalization Hormonal regulation of flowering Responses of plant to biotic (pathogens and insects) and abiotic (water temperature and salt) stresses Mechanism of resistance to biotic stress and tolerance to abiotic stress
Suggested References
1 Plant physiology -Taiz amp Ziger
2 Biochemistry and molecular Biology of plant-Buchanan
3 Plant physiology -M Devlin
4 Plant pathology- George N Agriose
5 Plant breeding- BD Singh
6 Germination of seed- AM Mayer amp A Mayber
7 Introduction of Plant Physiology -William Hopkins
8 Introduction to plant - Godwin amp merser
9 Plant physiology - Mohit Warma
14
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 1
1P 1 Protein Biochemistry and Enzymology
1 Estimation of protein by UV Spectrophotometer by E280E260 method
2 Estimation of Riboflavin by Arnoldrsquos fluorimetric method
3 Estimation of Thiamine by thiochrome method
4 Separation of proteins by PAGE
5 Seperation of proteins by SDS gel electrophoresis
6 Western Blotting
7 Purification of proteins by isoelectric precipitation
8 Molecular weight determination
9 Fractionation of cells by differential centrifugation
10 Assay of marker enzymes
11 To study the essentiality of co-enzymes in enzyme catalyzed reaction
12 Fractionation of human plasma proteins by precipitation
13 Assay of acid and alkaline phosphatase
14 Effect of environmental factors such as pH temperature and inhibitors on alkaline
phosphatase
15 Measurement of initial velocity
16 To study kinetics of enzyme using Lineweaver-Burk Eadie-Hofstee and Hanes Plots
1P 2 Biochemical Research Techniques and Plant Biochemistry
1 Absorption of water by live amp dead seeds
2 Changes in carbohydrate protein content during germination
3 Induction of proteinases amylases and lipase during germination
4 Induction of vitamin C synthesis during germination
5 Isolation and characterization of trypsin inhibitor
6 Assay of peroxidase catalase phenol oxidase ascorbic acid oxidase
7 Isolation of plant DNA amp RNA
8 Estimation of carotene ascorbic acid phenols and tannins in fruits and vegetables
9 Development of callus culture from meristems and leaves
1S1 Seminar
InstitutionalEducational tour For minimum 08 days
15
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 2
Paper ndash I (Code 2T1) Immunology
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Remember and Understand basic concepts of Immunology Molecular details of
various receptors and effectors involved in evoking Immune responses
2 Mechanism and pathways of immunity with essential details about immunoglobulin
structures and mechanism of action
3 Appreciate and assess the various immunological techniques used for public health
Applications of immunology based techniques in public health and immunization
16
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 2
2T1 Immunology
Unit I The Immune system Immunoglobulins and TCR
History of Immunology Innate Immunity effector mechanisms involved PAMPs PRRs
Phagocytosis Lysis blocking extra cellular killing etc Biochemistry and biology of TLRs
Inflamatory processes inflamamasomes interrelationship between innate and adaptive
immunity
Immunoglobulins and TCR
Immunochemistry Antigen antibody reaction its kinetics and thermodynamics Structure
functions of immunoglobulins Ig genes and their expression Generation of Ab diversity
BCR TCR Organization and re-arrangement of TCR genes TCR diversity
Unit II
Anatomy of Immune system
Immunological cells tissues and organs Maturation activation and differentiation of B and
T cells MHC genes and their polymorphism Structure and function of MHC molecules
Clonal selection theory Cell surface molecules Ig super family integrins selectins
chemokine receptors and other accessory molecules Cytokines and chemokines
Unit III
Immune response by T and B lymphocytes
Cellular and molecular mechanisms of Ab production humoral and cell mediated immunity
Antigen processing and presentation T and B cell interaction Super antigens
Unit IV
Immunological Techniques
Immunochemical techniques including immunodiffusion RIA EIA agglutination
immunoflorescence immunoelectron microscopy immunoelectrophoresis HLA typing
leukocyte migration inhibition technique delayed hypersensitivity technique cytotoxicity
assay Monoclonal Abrsquos hybridoma and other technologies Abzymes
Suggested References
1 Cellular and Molecular Immunology- 5th Edition Abul K Abbas Andrew Litchman
2 Immunology-5th Edition Richard A Goldsby Thomas J Kindt Barbara A Osborne
Janis Kuby
3 Immunology- 6th Edition Ivan Roitt Jonathan Brostoff David Male
17
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 2
Paper ndash II (Code 2T2) Clinical Biochemistry
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Remember and Understand fundamental concepts in Clinical Biochemistry and
recent automations introduced in it
2 Comprehend basics of Endocrine system and hormones involved for regulation of
various biochemical functions of target organs
3 Illustrate compare and appreciate functions and biochemical attributes of Liver and
implications in Clinical Biochemistry
18
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 2
2T2 Clinical Biochemistry
Unit I Automation in clinical biochemistry gastric and blood disorders
Automation in Clinical Biochemistry- Instrumental concept Selection of Instrument Quality
assurance Control of pre-analytical and analytical variables External and internal quality
control measurements
Gastric disorders Disorders of gastric function method of evaluation pancreatic diseases
Steatorrhoea Malabsorption syndrome test for their evaluation
Blood Disorder Review of mechanism of coagulation and fibrinolysis abnormalities in
blood coagulation variation of plasma proteins abnormalities of blood formation anemia
haemoglobinopathies clinical significance of fecal and urine analysis
Unit II Endocrinology I Insulin and glucagon Various types of hyperglycemia Diabetes mellitus Ketonemia
ketonuria Experimental diabetes Hypoglycemia Polyurea Glucose tolerance test
Thyroid Iodine metabolism Hypo and Hyper thyroidism BMRand other test for
evaluation of thyroid function
Parathyroid Calcium and phosphorus metabolism Abnormalities of Parathyroid function
and methods of evaluation
Unit III Endocrinology II
Adrenal Addisonrsquos disease and pheochromocytoma Disorders of steroid metabolism Test
for evaluation of adrenal functions
Pituitary Pituitary hormones Clinical syndromes and their evaluation
Unit IV Liver disorders
Liver disorders Jaundice fatty liver and liver function tests Renal function test
Cerebrospinal fluid Composition in health and disease Lipid profile in health and disease
Elements of Clinical Enzymology Isoenzymes in health and disease
Clinical significance of GOT GPT Creatine kinase LDH etc
Biochemical diagnosis of disease by enzymatic evaluation
Suggested References 1 Clinical Biochemistry ndash Metabolic and Clinical aspects By-William J Marshall amp Stephen
K Angert
2 Harperrsquos Biochemistry - 27th EdText book of Medical Physiology - By Guyton
3 Text book of Physiology -By Burn amp levy
4 Biochemistry ndashBy L Stryer (Freeman amp CoNY)
5 Biochemistry with clinical correlation- By Thomas Devli
6 The Metabolic Basis of Inherited Disease 5th Ed-By John Stanbury
7 Teitz Fundamentals of Clinical Chemistry ndashBy CABurtis amp Ashwood
8 Biochemistry - By Lehninger
9 Lehningerrsquos Biochemistry ndashBy Nelson amp Cox
10 Biochemistry ndashBy Stanford
11 Basic Medical Biochemistry A Clinical approach- By Smith
12 Principles of Internal Medicines- By HarrisonT R
13 Practical Biochemistry Principles amp Techniques- By Wilson amp Walker
14 Practical Biochemistry ndashBy David Plummer
19
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 2
Paper ndash III (Code 2T3) Cell Biochemistry
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Gain knowledge about fundamentals of cell division cycle and decision making
ability of the cells to proceed for duplication with regulatory aspects
2 Cell communication ability and control of cell cycle brough about by internal and
external molecular effectors
3 Understand basic concept of Cancer Biology and stem cells
20
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 2
2T3 Cell Biochemistry
Unit I Cell cycle and regulation
Review of cell cycle divisional control regulatory proteins cyclincdk complexes positive
and negative regulation inhibitory molecules restriction points regulation of DNA
synthesis regulation of degradation check points cell cycle arrest role of cyclically
activated protein kinases transcriptional regulation
Unit II Cell communication I
General principles of cell communication extra cellular signals and their receptors autocrine
signaling and role of gap junctions types of cell receptors relay of signal and intracellular
signal proteins regulated proteolysis dependent signaling pathways (Notch Wnt hedgehog
NFKB)
Unit III Cell communication II
Informational transactions in eukaryotic cells- cyclic AMP facet Study of G-proteins
signaling through G-protein linked cell surface receptors signaling through enzyme linked
cell surface receptors Calcium messenger system signaling via GMP
Unit IV Cancer
Causes and types of cancer viral carcinogenesis tumor suppressors oncogenes and signal
transduction growth and spread of cancer molecular basis of cancer therapy molecular
markers
Programmed cell death and its regulation in normal physiology regulation and execution of
mammalian apoptosis cytokine signaling and role of apoptosis in tumor genesis
Suggested References
1 Molecular Biology of the Cell Alberts 5th Edition 2007 NCBI Publication
2 Principles of Biochemistry Lehninger WH Freeman
3 Biochemistry of Signal Transduction and Regulation - Gerhard Krauss Wiley VCH 3rd
Revised Edition
4 Molecular Cell Biology Lodish 6th Edition WH Freeman amp Company
5 The Cell Cooper 2nd Edition ASM Press
6 Gene IX Benjamin Lewin Published by Pearson Prentice Hall
7 Cell and Molecular Biology Gerald Karp
8 Molecular Biology Robert Weaver 1st Edition WCB McGraw-Hill
9 Molecular Biology of the Gene Watson 6th Edition Pearson Publication
10 Gene Regulation A Eukaryotic Perspective David Latchman 5 illustrated Taylor amp
Francis 2005
11 The Cell- G M Cooper
21
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 2
Paper ndash IV (Code 2T4) Molecular Biology
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Remember and understand the fundamental concepts of Molecular Biology and the
experiments involved in it
2 Relate the concepts of Molecular Biology in the development of Biochemical
research techniques
22
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 2
2T4 Molecular Biology
Unit I Eukaryotic and Prokaryotic chromosomes
Chromatin structure Histones DNA nucleosome morphology and higher level organization Functional
states of chromatin and alterations in chromatin organization Chromosome organization Metaphase
chromosomes centromere and kinetochore telomere and its maintenance Holocentric chromosomes
Heterochromatin and euchromatin position effect variegation Chromosomal domains (matrix loop domains)
and their functional significance
Organization of nuclear and organellar genomes C-value paradox Repetitive DNA-satellite DNAs and
interspersed repeated DNAs Transposable elements LINES SINES Alu family and their application in
genome mapping
Concept of a gene Conventional and modern views Fine structure of gene split genes pseudogenes non-
coding genes overlapping genes and multi-gene families
Unit II Replication and Recombination
Replication Review of replication in bacteria plasmid and viruses Models of DNA replication DNA
replication in eukaryotes Eukaryotic DNA polymerases and their roles origin of replication Autonomously
Replicating Segments (ARS) in yeast elongation lagging strand synthesis and termination
Recombination DNA recombination Homologous site specific and transposition
Homologous recombination Holliday Model Messelsson -Radding Model Rec BCD pathway
Site specific recombination Lambda phage ingration and excision rearrengementof immunoglobulin genes
Transposition Prokaryotic transposition Insertion sequences and mere complex transposons (eg Tn3)
conservative and replicative transposition Eukaryotic transposable elements yeast and Drosophila transposons
retroviruses and retrovirus like elements
Unit III Transcription
Review of prokaryotic transcription transcription in eukaryotes Eukaryotic RNA polymerases and their
subunit structure Class I II and III promoters Upstream elements enhancers and silencers General
transcription factors Class I II III genes and their functions elongation factors TBP structure and its role in
transcription mediators Structure of transcription activators zinc fingers homeodomains helix loop helix
bZIP beta barrels
Unit IV Viruses
General properties of viruses (size shape composition of viral capsid spikes envelope and nucleic acids)
Viral classification in brief Baltimore classification Structure and composition of DNA viruses (Herpes virus
amp Adenovirus) and RNA viruses (HIV)
Tumor viruses (HBV HTLV HPV) structure and mechanism of oncogenesis
Structure and life cycle of Lambda and M13 bacteriophages
Laboratory diagnosis of viral diseases
Mechanism of action of Antiviral drugs (Acyclovir Foscarnet Nevirapine Saquinavir Oseltamivir)
Suggested References
1 Molecular Biology of Gene Watson
2 Gene 7 Benjamin Lewin
3 Cell amp Molecular Biology Devlin
4 Biochemistry Lehninger Nelson amp Cox
5 Biochemistry Voet amp Voet
6 Molecular Biology David Frifelder
7 Molecular biology-Lodish Baltimore
8 Genetics-Russell
9 Genetics 1and 2-CBPower
10 Molecular biology-Watson
11 Molecular biochemistry ndashRobert Weaver
12 Microbiology by Davis
13 Virology by Luria
14 Understanding Viruses-Teri Shors Jones and Bartlett Publishers Massachusetts edition 2009
23
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 2
2P1 Clinical Biochemistry And Immunology
1 Determination of serum and urine Creatinine by Jaffrsquos method
2 Determination of serum Bilirubin by Malloy amp Evllyn method
3 Determination of serum Chloride by Schales amp Schales method
4 Estimation of blood urea by Nesslerisation method
5 Estimation of Serum amylase (EC3211)
6 Estimation of Serum Cholesterol by Single Step Method (Libermann amp Burchard)
7 Determination of Serum Uric Acid by Henry Carawayrsquos method
8 Determination of Icteric Index SGOT SGPT and alkaline phosphatase activity
9 Routine Urine Analysis
10 Quantitative Estimation of T3 T4 and TSH
11 To determine Urinary VMA (3-methoxy 4 ndashHydroxyl Vanillin Mandellic Acid)
12 Glucose Tolerance Test
2P2 Cell And Molecular Biology
1 Use of Simple Compound and Phase Contrast Microscopes
2 Isolation culture and cell counting of lymphocytes
3 Adherent cell line Trypsinization cell count subculturing
4 MTT assay
5 Isolation of DNA from Bacteria and Blood
6 Assessment of purity of DNA by 260280 ratio
7 Isolation of plasmid DNA Mini Prep Midi Prep and Maxi Prep
8 Restriction digestion of DNA
9 Ligation of DNA
10 Separation of DNA fragments by Electrophoresis
11 Southern Blotting amp Northern Blotting
2S1 Seminar
24
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 3
Paper ndash I (Code 3T1) Advanced Molecular Biology
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Understand the concepts of Eukaryotic Transcription regulation mechanisms with details
of enzymes involved eukaryotic transcription process
2 Post transcriptional and translational modifications and regulatory aspects of it
3 Describe the expression of genes and the regulatory RNAs involved in it
4 Appreciate epigenetic ways of gene expression regulation
25
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 3
3T1 Advanced Molecular Biology
Unit I Regulation of eukaryotic gene expression at transcriptional level
Overview of transcription by RNA Polymerases I II and III
Anatomy of a protein-coding gene
Basal transcription by RNA polymerase II Subunits of Pol II general transcription factors
Activators How the initiation complex is assembled How initiation occurs
Speeding up the process Enhancers TAFs and how they work
Regulated transcription transcription factors Zinc-fingers (Sp1 the first such factor identified)
Leucine zippers Basic helix loop helix Homeodomains DNA binding domains Activating domains
RNA Elongation HIV TATTAR
RNA polymerase III and regulation of 5S rRNA
Unit II Regulation of eukaryotic gene expression at post translational translational and post-
translational levels
Regulation at tpst-transcriptional level Effect of cap and polyadenylation on splicing trans and
alternative splicing RNA editing mRNA stability and transport
Regulation at Translational level Global regulation through eIF2 and eIF4EeIF4E-BP Specific
regulation through 5 UTRs using RNA structure eg ODC Specific regulation through 5
UTRprotein interactions eg ferritin in eukaryotes and ribosomal proteins in prokaryotes Specific
regulation through 3 UTRs eg 15-LOX
Regulation at post-translational level Control of the level of active proteins regulation of proteolysis
Unit III Regulatory RNAs
Historical background RNA interference as regulatory mechanism in eukaryotes Slicer and dicer
synthesis and function of RNAi molecules in plants chromatin remodeling in human disease and
diagnosis
Unit IV Epigenetics
Background chromosomal inheritance taking fission yeast as an example DNA methyltransferases
DNA methylation maintenance histone modification and regulation of chromatin structure bivalent
histones DNA demethylation histone demethylation
Suggested References
1 Molecular Biology of the Cell Alberts 5th Edition 2007 NCBI Publication
2 Principles of Biochemistry Lehninger WH Freeman
3 Biochemistry of Signal Transduction and Regulation - Gerhard Krauss Wiley VCH 3rd
Revised Edition
4 Molecular Cell Biology Lodish 6th Edition WH Freeman amp Company
5 The cell Cooper 2nd Edition ASM Press
6 Genes IX Benjamin Lewin Published by Pearson Prentice Hall
7 Cell and Molecular Biology Gerald Karp
8 Molecular Biology Robert Weaver 1st Edition WCB McGraw-Hill
9 Molecular Biology of the Gene Watson 6th Edition Pearson Publication
10 Gene Regulation A Eukaryotic Perspective David Latchman 5 illustrated Taylor amp
Francis 2005
26
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 3
Paper ndash II (Code 3T2) Biotechnology
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Remember and Understand fundamental concepts of Genetic Engineering
2 Illustrate and compare different techniques involved in Genetic Engineering
3 Understand the concepts of Prokaryotic and Eukaryotic Transformation and PCR
4 Describe the expression of heterologous genes and the vectors involved in it
5 Appreciate technology involved in industrial products of Protein engineering and
fermentation technology Remember and Understand the design and functioning of
different types of Bioreactors and Downstream processing Evaluate the application of
different types of Bioreactors including immobilization reactor system and its kinetics
6 Comprehend tools important in Bioinformatics analysis for simplified application of
nucleic acid and protein sequence data
27
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 3
3T2 Biotechnology
Unit I rDNA technology Genomic and cDNA libraries DNA manipulation enzymes isolation of specific genes
Gene cloning REs vectors-plasmids cosmids phage vectors M13 phage vectors phagemids expression
vectors with strong promoters inducible vectors produce fusion proteins and their isolation Eucaryotic
expression system shuttle vectors YAC BAC insertion of DNA and its ligation to carrier DNA introduction
of DNA in cells gene synthesis gene libraries
Application of recombinant DNA technology in medicine agriculture industry and environmental sciences
Unit II Gene control systems in bacteria and bacteriophage lambda
Mechanism of induction and repression constitutive expression various control mechanisms positive
regulation negative regulation attenuation operon hypothesis with special reference to malgal ara and
histidine operons Regulatory mechanisms in bacteriophage lambda
Regulation of gene expression at various levels (transcription post transcriptional and translational)
DNA-protein interactions Lambda family of repressor trp repressor
Unit III Biochemical engineering Biochemical Engineering Bioreactors and related equipment and
instrumentation types of bioreactor (Batch semi batch CSTF recycle etc) reactor analysis reactor design
reactor for recombination proteins
Fermentation technology Fermentation technology microbial culture reaction genetic modification use of
mutants recombinant DNA technology and application in fermentation technology microbial growth kinetics
sterilization fermentation process kinetics analysis of rate pattern and kinetic groups fermentation process
types control of environmental variables recovery of fermentation products isolation and purification and use
of immobilization techniques
Unit IV Bioinformatics and Drug Designing Introduction to Bioinformatics Applications of Bioinformatics Bioinformatics resources
Biological Databases Overview to Biological Databases Nucleotide Databases (GenBank DDBJ ENA) Protein sequence
databases (Uniprot Swiss prot Prosite Pfam Prodom) Protein structure databases (PDB SCOP CATH)
Sequence analysis Sequence similarity search BLAST FASTA CLUSTAL
Genomics Introduction to Genomics Comparative Genomic Databases Objective of Genome Comparisons Genome
Alignments
Proteomics Overview of Proteomics Experimental Techniques Bioinformatics Approaches Protein-Protein Interaction
Databases and software
Softwaresrsquo for Drug Designing Structure Based Drug Designing Ligand Based Drug Designing
Virtual Screening Homology Modeling and Chimera Generation
Suggested References 1 Molecular Biology of the Cell Alberts 5th Edition 2007 NCBI Publication
2 Principles of Biochemistry Lehninger WH Freeman
3 Biochemistry of Signal Transduction and Regulation - Gerhard Krauss Wiley VCH 3rd Revised Edition
4 Molecular Cell Biology Lodish 6th Edition WH Freeman amp Company
5 The cell Cooper 2nd Edition ASM Press
6 Genes IX Benjamin Lewin Published by Pearson Prentice Hall
7 Cell and Molecular Biology Gerald Karp
8 Molecular Biology Robert Weaver 1st Edition WCB McGraw-Hill
9 Molecular Biology of the Gene Watson 6th Edition Pearson Publication
10 Gene Regulation A Eukaryotic Perspective David Latchman 5 illustrated Taylor amp Francis 2005
Molecular Biotechnology Principles and Applications of Recombinant DNA Bernard R
GlickhttpwwwamazoncomMolecular-Biotechnology-Principles-Applications-
Recombinantdp1555814980ref=sr_1_6s=booksampie=UTF8ampqid=1323503937ampsr=1-6 - (Author)Publisher
Amer Society for Microbiology 4 edition (December 31 2009)
11 Principles of gene manipulation and genomics S B Primrose Richard M Twyman Publisher Wiley-Blackwell 7
edition (February 17 2006)
12 Principles of Fermentation Technology P F Stanbury (Author) S Hall (Author) A Whitaker (Author) Publisher
Butterworth-Heinemann 2 edition (February 19 1999)
13 1 Bioinformatics A practical guide to the analysis of genes and proteins Baxevanis AD and Ovellette BFF
Wiley-Interscience (2002)
14 2 Molecular and Biotechnology A comprehensive desk reference RA Meyes (Ed) VCH Publishers Inc (1995)
15 3 Textbook of Biotechnology Das HK Wiley Dreamtech India Pvt Ltd (2004)
28
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
Semester 3
Paper ndash III (Code 3T3 A) Toxicology (Biochemical And Environmental Toxicology)
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 To understand key principles of toxicology including various factors affecting toxicity and toxicity assessment
2 To evaluate analyse disposition of toxicants and factor affecting to disposition of toxicants
3 The know how of toxicokinetics and biotransformation 4 To critically analyse and interpret non-organ directed toxicity To
study effect of environmental toxicity on human beings
5 To develop an understanding of the genetic toxicology and
Developmental Toxicology for scientific research practices
6 Critical evaluation of relationship between target organ toxicity for
experimental designs
29
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 3
Core Elective 1
3T3 A) Toxicology (Biochemical And Environmental Toxicology)
Unit I General principles of Toxicology
Definition Different facets of toxicology and their interrelationships Classification of toxic
agents Desired and undesired effects
Various factors affecting toxicity vehicles formulation factors biological half life volume
and concentration dose dosage forms routes of administration entry genetic status etc
Principles of selective toxicity comparative morphology comparative biochemistry
comparative cytology
Toxicity assessment acute subchronic chronic exposure determination of ED50 and LD50
values tests for mutagenecity carcinogenicity genotoxicity Ames test
Unit II Disposition of Toxicants
Factors affecting disposition of toxicants absorption distribution biotransformation
elimination
Absorption through gastro-intestinal tract lungs skin
Distribution storage in tissues blood-brain barrier passage across placenta redistribution
Biotransformation Phase I and II reactions metabolic interrelationship antidotal therapy
Excretion urinary fecal exhalation other routes
Toxicokinetics classic and physiologic
Unit III A) Non ndashorgan directed toxicity
Chemical carcinogenesis definition mechanism
Genetic toxicology definition health impacts and mechanism of induction of genetic
alterations
Developmental toxicology definition principles mechanism and pathogenesis of
developmental toxicity
B) Environmental Toxicology
Air pollution definition air pollutants health effects and risk assessment of air pollution
Introduction to Ecotoxicology
Unit IV Target organ toxicity
Skin skin as a barrier dermatitis acne urticaria
Toxic responses of the blood blood as a target organ toxicology of erythron leukon and
platelets
Toxic responses of the liver physiology and pathophysiology factors in liver injury
mechanism of liver injury
Toxic responses of the respiratory system lungs structure and functions pulmonotoxic
agents pathogenesis of chemical induced damage acute and chronic responses of lungs to
injury
Suggested References
1 Casarette and Doullrsquos Toxicology by Klaassen CD
2 Biochemical Toxicology of Environmental Agents by Bruine D
3 Detoxification mechanisms by Williams RT
4 Selective Toxicity by Albert A
5 Developmental Toxicology by Hood RD
30
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 3
Paper ndash III (Code 3T3 B) Nutrition (Nutritional Biochemistry) (Core Elective 1)
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Capably describe the biochemical techniques that are relevant for the investigation of nutrient metabolism
2 Understand key principles of energy expenditure thermogenic effects Energy requirements and role of dietary fibers in nutrition
3 To read interpret and discuss protein energy malnutrition disorders of mineral metabolism for scientific research
4 To develop an understanding of the observational and experimental character of science in nutritional biochemistry
5 To communicate role of clinical nutrition and food allergies in scientific communication frameworks such as written reports and open discussion
31
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 3
3T3 B Nutrition (Nutritional Biochemistry) (Core Elective 1)
Unit I Basic Concepts
Basic Concept Energy content of foods Measurements of energy expenditure Direct amp
Indirect calorimetry Definition of BMR and SDA and factors affecting these Thermogenic
effects of foods Energy requirements of man and woman and factors affecting energy
requirements
Role of dietary fibers in nutrition
Unit II Nutritional Disorders
Protein Energy Malnutrition (PEM) Aetiology Clinical features Metabolic disorders
and Management of Marasmus and Kwashiorkor diseases
Disorders of Mineral Metabolism Hypercalecemia Hypocalcaemia Normocalcemia
Hyperphosphatemia
Unit III Starvation and Antinutrients
Starvation Techniques for studying starvation protein metabolim in prolonged fasting
protein sparing treatments during fasting Concept of high protein low calorific weight
reduction diets
Antinutrients Naturally occurring food borne toxicants protease inhibitors hemagglutins
hepatotoxins allergens oxalates toxins from mushrooms animal food stuffs and sea foods
Unit IV Clinical Nutrition and Food Allergies
Clinical Nutrition Role of diet and nutrition in the prevention and treatment of diseases
dental caries Fluorosis Atherosclerosis amp Rheumatic disorders Inherited metabolic
Disorders Phenylketonuria Maple Syrup disease amp Hemocystinuria
Food Allergies Definition role of antigen host and environment types of
hypersensitivities diagnosis and treatment of allergy
Suggested Reading 1 Basics of clinical nutrition author- yk joshi jaypee publication
2 Nutrition for the community Gully baba publishing house
Essentials of human nutrition author-jim mann amp stewart truswell oxford university press
3 Introduction to human nutrition
edited by- professor michael gibney (ucd institute of food and health) professor susan lanham-new
(university of surrey) professor aedin Cassidy (university of east anglia) professor hester vorster (north-
west university south africa) httpwwwnutritionsocietyorgpublicationstextbooksintroduction-to-
human-nutritionsthashtdyscawhdpuf
4 Nutrition and metabolism
edited by- professor susan lanham-new (university of surrey) professor ian macdonald (university of
nottingham) professor helen roche (unviersity college dublin) -
httpwwwnutritionsocietyorgpublicationstextbooksnutrition-and-metabolismsthashiusrjtiudpuf
32
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 3
Foundation Course 1 Biomolecules and Basic Metabolism
Unit I Carbohydrates and metabolism
Classification of carbohydrates Structure occurrence and biological importance of
monosaccharides oligosaccharides and polysaccharides
Introduction to Metabolism glycolysis glucogenesis and gluconeogenesis TCA cycle and its
amphibolic role energetics of carbohydrate metabolismAlternate pathways HMP shunt Enter-
Doudoroff glucuronate and glyoxylate pathways Corirsquos cycle
Unit II Lipids and metabolism
Classification of lipids Fatty acids Saturated and unsaturated fatty acids Essential fatty acids
Glycerophospholipids Glycolipids properties and functions
Metabolism Oxidation of fatty acids even and odd numbered unsaturated and branched chain fatty
acids
Degradation and biosynthesis of triacylglycerols and phospholipids energetic of beta- oxidation
Cholesterol biosynthesis catabolism and regulation
Unit III Proteins and metabolism
Classification of amino acids and proteins Protein structures primary secondary tertiary and
quarternary structure General metabolic reaction of amino acids transamination oxidative
deamination minor pathways of amino acid degradation transdeamination amino acid oxidase non
oxidative deamination
Degradation and biosynthesis of amino acids glycogenic and ketogenic amino acids Urea cycle
pathway and regulation
Unit IV Minerals and metabolism
Major and minor and ultra trace minerals their occurrence functions toxicity and interaction with
other nutrients
Iron metabolism and regulation
Calcium and phosphorus metabolism and regulation
Suggested Reading
1 Biophysical Techniques- Upadhyay Upadhyay and Nath
2 Principles of Biochemistry- Lehninger David L Nelson and Michael M Cox
3 Enzymes- Malcolm Dixon and Edwin Webb
4 Harperrsquos Biochemistry- Harper
5 Biochemistry- Western and Todd
6 Cell and Molecular Biology-Gerald Karp
7 Fundamentals of Biochemistry-Donald Voet Judith G Voet and Charlotte W Bratt
33
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 3
Paper ndash IV (Code 3T4 ) Bioresearch Techniques I (Subject centric core 1)
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Understand key principles of how flow cytometer work including data
analysis for their applications
2 Improve on skillful process of the animal cell culture techniques and
experimental demand of knowledge including an appreciation of the
need for good experimental design and scientific research practices
3 To incline intellectual curiosity in DNA and RNA techniques and
related fields that extends well beyond the course
4 To develop practical laboratory skills in the field of DNA and RNA
techniques
34
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 3
3T4 Bioresearch Techniques I (Subject centric core 1)
Unit I Flow cytometry
Principles of flow cytometry Instrument overview principle of fluorescence sample preparation
data analysis and applications of flow cytometry Overview Fludics Generation of Scatter and
fluorescence ( Optical bench optical filters signal detection Treshold) Data Analysis (Data
Collection and Display gating data analysis for subsetting applications Data analysis for ther
applications) Sorting Lasers and Alignment (Working of lasers and laser alignment)
Unit II Animal cell culture techniques
Animal cell Culture Cell culture (adherent and suspension) basic equipment cell culture media-
Components sterility buffering capacity growth requirements supplementation of serum antibiotic
and antimycotic agents preparation of medium advantages and limitations of Primary cell culture
clonal cell lines basic technique a of animal cell subcultuing disaggregation method for quantitation
of cells in culture counting chamber counters cell viability determination cytotoxicity assay and its
applications cell apoptosis assay and its applications 3 D cultures
Unit III DNA techniques
Isolation Sequencing Restriction Nucleases Gel Electrophoresis DNA probes Nucleic acid
hybridization Southern blotting DNA fingerprinting and DNA typing DNA Library
DNA sequencing Sanger and Maxam Gilbert
Restriction Mapping DNase foot printing DMS foot printing knockouts
PCR RFLP RAPD AFLP SNP
Unit IV RNA techniques
Isolation Hybridization Northern Blotting in vitro labeling with radioisotopes and chemical
markers
Mapping and quantifying transcripts S1assay primer extension run off transcription
Transcription rate measurement in vivo Nuclear run on transcription reporter gene N transcription
si RNA technology gene silencing techniques its applications microarrays ribozyme technology
Suggested References
1 Molecular Biology of The Cell Alberts 5th Edition 2007 NCBI Publication
2 Principles of Biochemistry Lehninger WH Freeman
3 Biochemistry of Signal Transduction and Regulation-shy‐ Gerhard Krauss
Wiley VCH 3rd Revised Edition
4 Molecular Cell Biology Lodish 6th Edition WH Freeman amp Company
5 The cell Cooper 2nd Edition ASM Press
6 Gene IX Benjamin Lewin
Published by Pearson Prentice Hall
7 Cell and Molecular Biology Gerald Karp
8 Molecular Biology Robert Weaver 1st Edition WCBNMcGraw-shy‐Hill
9 Molecular Biology of the Gene Watson 6th Edition Pearson Publication
10 Gene Regulation A Eukaryotic Perspective David Latchman 5 illustrated Taylor amp Francis
2005
35
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 3
3P1 Biotechnology And Molecular Biology
1) Fermentation
i) Isolation of microorganisms from soil demonstrating synthesis capability of desired product
Gram staining (Desired property to be decided by the instructor) and screening
ii) Optimization of the lab scale production of the desired product Effect of temperature pH
substrate concentration
iii) Growth curve Estimation of cell number substrate utilization andor product formation
2) Polymerase Chain Reaction
i) PCR amplification from genomic DNA
ii) Nested PCR
iii) Random Amplification of Polymorphic DNA (RAPD)
3) Restriction Fragment Length Polymorphism (RFLP)
3P2 A Biochemical And Environmental Toxicology
1 Qualitative detection of various toxicants in biological samples
Phenothiazine derivatives Organochlorine compounds (Fujiwara test) Phenol Methanol Arsenic (As)
Antimony (Sb) Selenium (Se) Mercury (Hg) Bismuth (Bi) Fluoride (F) Boron (Bo) Gutzeit test for
Antimony (Sb) and Arsenic (As) Spot test for metal toxicants
2 Quantitative determination of Salicylate Paracetamol (acetaminophen) Sulphonamide in biological
samples
3 Enzyme assay in toxic conditions
GOT (AST) GPT (ALT) Acid phosphatase Alkaline phosphatase Acetyl cholinesterase etc
4 Construction of dose-response curves
5 Determination of LD50 value of a toxicant
6 Induction of hepatotoxicity diabetes skin lesions teratogenesis
7 Assay of biomarkers of environmental pollution toxicity
OR
3P2 B) Nutritional Biochemistry
1 Determination of Calcium in food samples
2 Determination of Inorganic Phosphorous in food samples
3 Determination of Iron in food samples
4 Determination of beta carotene in carrots by column chromatography
5 Determination of Ascorbic Acid in food
6 Estimation of Amylase activity
7 Determination of Total Lipids By Sulphophospho vanillin Method
3S1 Seminar
InstitutionalEducational tour For minimum 08 days
36
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
Paper ndash I (Code 4T1) Advanced Clinical Biochemistry
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Analyse evaluate and generate information from a wide variety of sources regarding the key principles of aging and Neurological disorders
2 Analyse the effects of obesity on physiological functions including gene regulation
3 Critically interpret molecular and metabolic diseases and develop new knowledge domain about them
4 To develop effective creative and innovative solutions to current research problems in Reproductive Disease and Reproductive Biochemistry
5 To develop practical laboratory skill for Assisted Reproductive Technology program
37
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
4T1 Advanced Clinical Biochemistry
Unit I Aging and Neurological Disorders
Current view and theories of aging auto immune connection and HLA association processes of
aging and biochemical alteration DNA damage protein oxidation and axonal transport in aging
nutritional intervention as anti-aging therapy
Alzheimerrsquos disease Causes symptoms diagnosis pathogenesis genetics APP ApoE PS2 tau
protein risk factors and therapeutic approaches
Progeria Parkinsonrsquos disease Causes symptoms diagnosis pathogenesis genetics and therapeutic
approaches
Unit II Obesity
Theories lipid metabolism adipose tissue anomalies
Genetic basis of familial obesity effects of neuropeptides and leptin in nutrient partitioning
Obesity related derangements in metabolic regulation Therapeutic approaches
Unit III Molecular and Metabolic Diseases
Human gene map genetic diversity polymorphism genetic linkage chromosomal disorder
Monogenetic Disorders Autosomal dominant autosomal recessive X-linked Multifactorial
disorders Genetic heterogeneity Allelic heterogeneity Pathogenesis of genetic disease
Galactosemia Hemophilia Sickle cell anemia Muscular dystrophy Hypercholesterolemia Gout
Turnerrsquos syndrome
Unit IV Reproductive Biochemistry
Overview of reproductive system and reproduction biochemistry of reproductive disorders (male amp
female) Influence of various factors in reproduction with special reference to role of prostaglandins
and gonadotrophins Mechanism and methods of birth control and possible biochemical
consequences thereof Biochemical markerrsquos in infertility disorders Techniques involved in assisted
reproductive technology (ART) Culture media and cell culture techniques in ART programme
Suggested References
1 Clinical Biochemistry ndash Metabolic and Clinical aspects By-William J Marshall amp Stephen
K Angert
2 Harperrsquos Biochemistry - 27th Ed
3 Text book of Medical Physiology - By Guyton
4 Text book of Physiology -By Burn amp levy
5 Biochemistry ndashBy L Stryer (Freeman amp CoNY)
6 Biochemistry with clinical correlation- By Thomas Devli
7 The Metabolic Basis of Inherited Disease 5th Ed-By John Stanbury
8 Teitz Fundamentals of Clinical Chemistry ndashBy CABurtis amp Ashwood
9 Biochemistry - By Lehninger
10 Lehningerrsquos Biochemistry ndashBy Nelson amp Cox
11 Biochemistry ndashBy Stanford
12 Basic Medical Biochemistry A Clinical approach- By Smith
13 Principles of Internal Medicines- By HarrisonT R
14 Practical Biochemistry Principles amp Techniques- By Wilson amp Walker
15 Practical Biochemistry ndashBy David Plummer
38
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
Paper ndash II (Code 4T2) Advanced Immunology
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Understand details of lymph node microanatomy and learn the B and T cells encounter with antigens and study its development
2 Gain insight into antigen presentation and autophagy on a detailed molecular level
3 Understand immunology of mucosal surfaces and the interplay between commensal flora and the immune system in the gut
4 In-depth knowledge of the cellular and molecular basis for autoimmune disease and allergies
5 Basic knowledge of tumor immunology and the development of novel recombinant antibodies for treatment of cancer and autoimmune disease
39
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
4T2 Advanced Immunology
Unit I Introductory Immunobiology
Complement system Alternative and Classical pathway of complement activation
Immune networks Homeostasis in the immune system-termination of normal immune
responses network hypothesis
In vivo immunity to viruses bacteria fungi protozoa worms etc
Unit II Immunological tolerance and Autoimmunity
Immunologic tolerance T lymphocyte tolerance- central and peripheral Apoptosis in
Lymphocytes-pathways and biochemical mechanisms effector mechanisms Tolerance
induced regulatory T cells B lymphocyte tolerance- Central and Peripheral Homeostasis in
the immune pathogenesis and therapeutic approaches to autoimmunity
Unit III Tumor and Transplantation Immunology Hypersensitivity
General features of tumor immunity tumor antigens Immune response to tumor and
evasion Immunotherapy Types of hypersensitivity Effector mechanisms of immunologic
tissue injury and disease
Unit IV Immunodeficiency and Vaccinology
MHC and disease susceptibility immune deficiency disorders Active immunization
(immune prophylaxis) passive immunization adjuvants modern approaches to vaccine
development role of vaccines in the prevention of disease
Suggested References
1 Cellular and Molecular Immunology- 5th Edition Abul K Abbas Andrew Litchman
2 Immunology-5th Edition Richard A Goldsby Thomas J Kindt Barbara A Osborne
Janis Kuby
3 Immunology- 6th Edition Ivan Roitt Jonathan Brostoff David Male
40
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
Paper ndash III (Code 4T3 A) Toxicology (Clinical Research)
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Have knowledge about assessment and management of ethical clinical trial
programs
2 Demonstrate competency in biopharmaceutical clinical trial research designs and
regulatory affairs
3 Demonstrate competencies in evaluating clinical research data and
communicating results Manage innovative products through the discovery
processes and into the clinical trial phases
4 Identify and classify different types of trial designs when reading a trial report
understand the essential of GLP roles and responsibilities of stakeholders in
clinical trials
41
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
4T3 A) Toxicology (Clinical Research)
Unit I Pre-Clinical Research
Animal studies acute amp chronic toxicity of drugs regulations for number amp types of
animals protocols for animal experimentation Biochemical amp histopathological studies of
animals after drug administration Mechanism amp cause of death Routine toxicity studies amp
special toxicity studies carcinogenicity mutagenicity amp teratogenicity to be given special
emphasis
Unit II Phases of Clinical Research
Phases of clinical research number of volunteers in phase I amp types of patients in phase II to
IV Importance of these investigations Post marketing surveillance (PMS) amp
pharmacovigilence in case of clinical investigations after marketing authorization
Importance of ethical committee protocol design documentation in clinical trials Bio
Availability and Bio Equivalence studies Pharmacokinetics Pharmacodynamics Genomic
studies
Unit III Good lab practices
Good Clinical Practices Good Manufacturing Practices and Good Laboratory Practices
Principles of ICH-GCP History GCP declaration of Helsinki Belmont report Nuremberg
code Tuskgee trial Schedules Y and its amendments ICMR Guidelines Composition
functions amp operations of IRBIEC ethics of clinical trials Health Authorities- CDSCO US-
FDA EMEA and other
Unit IV Roles and Responsibilities of different stake holders in Clinical Research-
Sponsor CRO SMO Ethics Committee Investigator CRA CRC Patients and other
Departments in Clinical Research- Operations Business Development Regulatory
Pharmacovigilance Data Management Centralized Monitoring Quality Finance Important
documents in Clinical Research and importance of documentation in Clinical Research
Stages in clinical trial-Feasibilities PSSV SIV SMV and Close-out visits Audits and
Inspections
Suggested reading
1 Clinical Research Coordinator Handbook Norris Deborrah Plexus Publications
20040601
2 Clinical Research Methodology and Evidence-Based Medicine Babu Ajit N
Anshan 20080530
3 Conducting Clinical Research Judy Stone Biblio Distribution 2006
4 Essentials of clinical research Stephen P Glasser (Edt) Springer Verlag 2008
42
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
Paper ndash III (Code 4T3 B) Nutrition (Applied Nutritional Biochemistry)
Learning outcome Students will be
1 Capable of describing biochemical pathways relevant in nutrient metabolism 2 Capable of using selected biochemical techniques relevant in nutritional
biochemical research 3 Critical reading of scientific articles in nutritional biochemistry 4 Capable of discussing research questions relevant to nutritional biochemistry 5 The ability to ask critical questions and discuss nutritional biochemical research
43
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
4T3 B) Nutrition (Applied Nutritional Biochemistry)
Unit I Clinical nutrition
Role of a dietician role and responsibilities of a dietitian nutrition counseling professional
ethics and obligations
Diet therapy-Rationale for diet therapy (normal diet modifications of the diet to the light
diet soft diet full liquid diet clear liquid tube feeding) Routes for diet therapy-enteral and
parental use of biochemical parameters in the planning of diets use of computers in the
planning of diets
Unit II Nutritional Counseling and Dietetics
Nutritive value of different food groups and changes due to cooking in various food groups
Storage of foods food quality and factors affecting food quality Control of food quality Use
of additives Classification and applications
Unit III Community Nutrition
Opportunities in community Nutrition Assessing Community Resources assessing target
population program planning Assessing communityrsquos nutritional resources Food insecurity
food assistance programs world hunger and food insecurity Principles of nutrition education
and policy making national nutrition agenda
Unit IV Applied Nutrition and Public Health Concept of Health Nutrition and Public Health Nutrition Demographic trends in India and
the significance of certain indices of Health and Nutrition situation of a community IMR
MMR TFR Birth rate Death rate Life expectancy etc) Major nutritional problems in
developing countries Dietary surveys-methods ways of interpretations and analysis
recommendations based on survey findings Assessment of nutritional status biochemical
and anthropometry
Suggested Reading
Clinical nutrition
edited by- professor marinos elia (university of outhampton) professor olle ljungqvist
(karolinska institutet amp oumlrebro university hospital) dr outham outhamp (university of
outhampton professor susan lanham-new (university of surrey) - see more at
httpwwwnutritionsocietyorgpublicationstextbooksclinical-
nutritionsthashw12tfscqdpuf
Public health nutrition
edited by- professor michael gibney (ucd institute of food and health) professor barrie
margetts (university of southampton) dr john kearney (dublin institute of technology)
professor lenore arab (university of california los angeles)
httpwwwnutritionsocietyorgpublicationstextbookspublic-health-
nutritionsthash8pvhu1m0dpuf
Staying healthy with nutrition author- elson m Hass buck levin
American dietetic association complete food and nutrition guide Roberta larson duyff
44
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
MSc Biochemistry CBCS syllabus Effective from 2015-16
SEMESTER 4
Foundation 2 Basic Enzymology
Unit I
Introduction to Enzymology Nomenclature and classification of enzymes History sources of
enzymes (Animal Plant and microorganisms) Protein amp nonprotein nature of enzymes with
examples enzymes as biological catalysts and their importance principle of assay of enzymes and
measurement of activity effect of experimental conditions on measurement of activity such as time pH temp
substrate definition of enzyme unit Stability of enzymes and half life of enzymes Effect of environmental
factors on stability of enzymes Concept of Zymogens and active enzyme with examples effect of activators
and inhibitors on enzyme activity Role of coenzymes and cofactors on enzyme catalysis with examples
Unit II Production amp purification
Method os screening of sources for desired enzymes Availability of the sources for procurement
of enzymes Natural and synthetic Media for microbial enzyme production effect of inducers and
environmental factors on enzyme production by microorganisms
Methods of isolation of enzymes form the source purification of enzyme by dialysis salt and solvent
precipitation chromatography gel filtration Purification by affinity chromatography methods of
determination of purity and nature of of enzymes by simple PAGE SDSPAGE and 2 D electrophoresis
Unit III Enzyme Kinetics
Lock amp key model and Koshland model of enzyme active site Determination of active site of enzyme
Michelis Mentain equation kinetics of reversible irreversible and nonreversible enzymes Line Weaver burk
plot and Eddie Hofstie Plot Determination of kinetic constants and activation energy Effect of competitive
and non-competitive inhibitors on enzyme activity Allosteric enzyme and sigmoidal kinetics
Unit IV Applications of enzymes
Structure and function of multienzyme complex systems such as PDH KGH B oxidation spiral and glycolysis
Advantages of soluble and membrane bound enzymes Futile cycles in Biochemistry
Methods of immobilization of enzymes advantages and disadvantages of immobilization Application of
Immobilized enzymes in agriculture cosmetics detergent dairy brewing and food industries with examples
such as lactase pectinase proteinase invertaselipase etc Application of enzymes in nanotechnology
biosensors etc
Suggested references
1 Enzymology and Enzyme Technology 2014 by SM Bhatt (S Chand)
2 Enzyme Technology 2006 by Ashok Pandey (Editor) Colin Webb (Editor) MARCELO
FERNANDES (Editor) Springer
3 Biocatalysts and enzyme technology 2012 Klaus Buchholz
45
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
4T4 Bioresearch Techniques II (Subject centric core 2)
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Learn describe and build up knowledge domain regarding the latest and most advanced Bioresearch techniques available for biochemical research
2 Be aware select appropriately apply technology platforms and Perform techniques for analysis of DNA and protein expression
3 Evaluation of data and controls related to research techniques 4 Create thought-provoking questions related to the laboratory equipment
46
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
4T4 Bioresearch Techniques II (Subject centric core 2)
UNIT I
Biochemical methods I- Co-immunoprecipitation BiFC bimolecular fluorescence
complementation affinity electrophoresis Pull down assays label transfer yeast two hybrid
screens phage display
UNIT II
Biochemical methods II- In-vivo crosslinking of protein complexes using photo-reactive
amino acid analogs Tandem affinity purification (TAP) Chemical cross-linking SPINE
(Strepprotein interaction experiment) Quantitative immunoprecipitation combined with
knock-down (QUICK) Proximity ligation assay (PLA) in situ
UNIT III
Biophysical and theoretical methods I
Bio-Layer Interferometry
Dual polarisation interferometry (DPI)
Static light scattering (SLS)
Dynamic light scattering (DLS)
Surface plasmon resonance
UNIT IV
Biophysical and theoretical methods II
Fluorescence polarizationanisotropy
Fluorescence correlation spectroscopy
FRET BRET
2D-FT NMR spectroscopy
Proteinndashprotein docking
Isothermal Titration Calorimetry (ITC)
Isothermal Titration Calorimetry (ITC)
Suggested References
1 Molecular Biology of The Cell Alberts 5th Edition 2007 NCBI Publication
2 Principles of Biochemistry Lehninger WH Freeman
3 Biochemistry of Signal Transduction and Regulation-shy‐ Gerhard Krauss
Wiley VCH 3rd Revised Edition
4 Molecular Cell Biology Lodish 6th Edition WH Freeman amp Company
5 The cell Cooper 2nd Edition ASM Press
6 Gene IX Benjamin Lewin
Published by Pearson Prentice Hall
7 Cell and Molecular Biology Gerald Karp
8 Molecular Biology Robert Weaver 1st Edition WCBNMcGraw-shy‐Hill
9 Molecular Biology of the Gene Watson 6th Edition Pearson Publication
10 Gene Regulation A Eukaryotic Perspective David Latchman 5 illustrated Taylor amp
Francis 2005
47
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
4P1 Advanced Clinical Biochemistry and Immunology and Toxicology and Nutrition
1 Demonstration of dialysis using blood filtrate (Protein Separation)
2 Immunology
a Quantitative Estimation of Antibody
b Precipitation Techniques Double Immunodiffusion Single (Radial)
Immunodiffusion
3 Electrophoretic Techniques Immuno-electrophoresisRocket Immunoelectrophoresis
Immuno-diffusion
4 To assay cathepsin D ATPase (NaKCaMg) Lipid peroxidase enzymes
5 Assay of Acetylcholine esterase activity in rat brain
6 Assay of monoamine oxidase
7 Fractionation of tissues and assay of proteins
8 Assay of ornithine amino transferase
9 Glutathione Estimation
10 Organ tissue morphology histopathology
11 Assay of toxicant biotransformation enzyme-cytochrome P450
12 Test for teratogenecity carcinogenecity Ames test
13 To perform pair wise alignment of sequences using BLAST program
14 To design primers for the given gene sequences
15 To perform multiple sequence alignment and generate phylogenetic tree
16 To retrieve and visualize the three dimensional structures of proteins
17 To retrieve metagenomic sequences and primer designing to develop STS marker
OR
18 Determination of Triglycerides
19 Proximate Analysis of Food Samples
48
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4 Project
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Plan and develop experimental design projects from concept through to professional
prototype
2 Apply theoretical knowledge conceptual skills and techniques to the development of
solutions for biochemical problems
3 Apply initiative and judgment in planning problem solving and decision making in
practice or future study
4 Design a research project and submit in a form of thesis they will present their results of
the thesis to an audience of peers and faculty and be able to defend their results during
final evaluation
4PROJ PROJECT
4S1 Seminar
9
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 1
1T 2 Advanced Enzymology
Unit I Kinetics and Regulation of enzyme activity
Review of unisubstrate enzyme kinetics multisubstrate enzyme kinetics Co-operativity
phenomenon Hill and Scatchard plots protein-ligand binding and its measurement detailed
mechanism of catalysis of serine protease carbonic anhydrase and PEP kinase
Metalloenzymes
Unit II Allosteric enzymes and multienzyme systems
Allosteric enzymes sigmoidal kinetics and its physiological significance symmetric and
sequential modes of action and their significance immobilized enzymes and their industrial
applications study of multienzyme complexes with respect to occurrence isolation and their
properties and polygenic nature eg pyruvate dehydrogenase and fatty acid synthase
Unit III Enzyme regulation
General mechanisms of enzyme regulation Feed back inhibition and feed forward
stimulation repression and induction of enzymes reversible and irreversible covalent
modifications of enzymes flexibility and conformational mobility of enzymes convergent
and divergent evolution of enzymes
Unit IV Bioenergetics and oxidative phosphorylation
Energy transformation laws of thermodynamics Gibbs energy free energy change redox
potentials phosphate potential ion electrochemical potential proton electrochemical
potential membrane potential Chemi-osmotic theory mitochondrial respiratory chain order
and organization of carrier proton gradients Characterization of Iron- Sulphur proteins and
Cytochromes Q cycle Respiratory controls and oxidative phosphorylation ATP synthase
complex
Suggested References
1 Enzymes Biochemistry Biotechnology and Clinical Chemistry-Trevor Palmer
2 Principles of Biochemistry- Lehninger David L Nelson and Michael M Cox
3 Enzymes- Malcolm Dixon and Edwin Webb
4 Harperrsquos Biochemistry- Harper
5 Biochemistry- Western and Todd
6 Cell and Molecular Biology-Gerald Karp
7 Fundamentals of Biochemistry-Donald Voet Judith G Voet and Charlotte W Bratt
10
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 1
Paper 3 (Code 1T3) Biochemical Research Techniques Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 The theoretical aspects of designing the Experiments and also study the Quality
control mechanism in Biochemistry
2 Understand the Sampling techniques and interpret the data based on the measures
of the central tendency
3 Learn the discrepancies and deviations of the variable based of measures of
dispersion
4 Study the relationship between variables based on correlation and regression
analysis
5 Deduce the probable outcomes of an experiment based on observations
following laws of probability and also assess the significance of the
interpretation through tests of significance such as t-test
6 To understand the importance and applications of computational methods and
statistical softwares in Biology
11
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 1
1T 3 Biochemical Research Techniques
Unit I Research Methodology
1 Introduction to research methodology History and definition of research role of
theory hypothesis sampling variables randomness selection of problem purpose of
research and research reporting
2 Experimental research Early experimentation experimental groups control groups
variables method of controlling variables designing and validation of experiments
3 Methods and tools in research Research tools and its reliability and validity
quantitative and qualitative studies observation inquiry forms Q methodology data
collection limitations and sources of error
4 Types of data Analysis Descriptive data analysis Inferential data analysis Computer
data analysis
Unit II Biostatistics
Principles and practice of statistical methods in biological research samples and populations Basic
statistics-average statistics of dispersion coefficient of variation confidence limits Probability
distribution normal binomial and Poisson distribution Mean variants standard deviations and
standard error correlation and regression test of statistical significance and analysis of variance and
covariance
Unit III Data Retrieval Scientific Writing and Presentation
1 Information Search amp Data Retrieval Tools for Web Search Data Retrieval Tools
Data Mining of Biological Databases
2 Report Writing Significance of report writing different steps in report writing types
of report layout of research paper
3 Mechanics and precautions of writing research reports for scientific journals popular
magazines seminarssymposia conferencesworkshops poster session
4 Presentationndash Oral amp Written Presentations in classrooms scientific meets amp public
audience Defence of research thesis
Unit IV Computers
Introduction of computer networks- Topologies and designs Basics of computer operating systems-
windows and Linux Introduction to Markup language-Hyper Text Markup Language (HTML) and
Extensive Markup Language (XML) Spreadsheets and Presentation software
Systems Biology-An introduction
Introduction to Metagenomics
Suggested References
1 Fundamentals of Biostatistics Bernard A Rosner Thomson-BrooksCole 2006
2 Research methodology in social behavioural and life sciences Designs models and
methods Herman J Ader and Gideon Mellenbergh (Ed) SAGE Publications
6 Principles of Genome analysis and genomics Primrose SB Twyman RM Blackwell
Science (2002)
7 Biostatistics-A foundation for Health Science Daniel WW John Wiley (1983)
8 Statistical Methods Medhi J Willey Eastern Limited (1992)
12
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 1
Paper 4 (Code 1T4) Plant Biochemistry Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Detailed knowledge of plant cellular architecture and the mechanism
of photosynthetic systems for photophosphorylation will enable the
students to get a dissected approach for understanding autotrophic food
synthesis mechanism driven by photon energy operative in plants
2 Hormonal pathways driving plant growth mechanisms form the
foundation for in vitro plant propagation setup and understanding of
Plant tissue culture aspects Students would gain an thorough insight of
growth regulatory mechanism of plants through which they will be able
to devise the hormonal concoction required for organogenesis and related
plant tissue culture applications
3 Students will be able to learn metabolic attributes and driving
principles of plant growth through basic carbohydrate lipid and protein
metabolism Also the students will be developing a comprehension of
importance of nitrogen and sulphur metabolism in plants and associated
plant physiological alterations
4 With in depth knowledge about plant physiochemical aspects the
students will get equipped to develop an understanding about effects
caused by biotic and abiotic stress factors on plant metabolism and
growth They can thus impinge upon the ways to tackle such stress
physiological aspects to promote and resolve plant stresses
5 Practical exposure to biochemical analysis of plant physiological
aspects would improve the students application approach towards plant
biochemistry as tool to protect plant diversity
13
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 1
1T4 Plant Biochemistry
Unit I Plant Cell and Photosynthesis
Structure of plant cell Structure of plant cell membrane and cell wall
Structure of chloroplast system Photosynthetic pigments and their functions Photo system
I amp II Photosynthetic electron transport and photophosphorylation
Calvin cycle(C3 plants) Hatch slack pathway (C4 plants) Crassulacean acid metabolism
Unit II Plant hormones and Tissue culture
Plant hormones Biosynthesis structure and biochemical mode of action of auxins
gibberellins cytokinins abscisic acid and ethylene Other plant growth regulators
Plant tissue culture Plant cell organs and culture Somaclonal variation protoplast isolation
fusion and culture of protoplasts Application of plant tissue culture
Unit III Plant respiration and Metabolism
Plant respiration Carbohydrate lipid and Protein metabolism Cyanide sensitive and
insensitive respiration
Nitrogen metabolism Development and structure of root nodules Role of nod factors in
nodule development Structure of plant nitrogenase system Symbiotic nitrogen fixation and
and its regulation Formation and assimilation of ammonia
Sulphur metabolism Sulphate activation Reduction of active sulphate Oxidation of
inorganic sulphur incorporation of sulphur into amino acids
Unit IV Biochemistry of plant growth amp stress physiology
Biochemistry of seed and bud dormancy Biochemistry of seed germination factors affecting seed germination Structure and function of Phytochrome and Cryptochrome Photoperiodism and Vernalization Hormonal regulation of flowering Responses of plant to biotic (pathogens and insects) and abiotic (water temperature and salt) stresses Mechanism of resistance to biotic stress and tolerance to abiotic stress
Suggested References
1 Plant physiology -Taiz amp Ziger
2 Biochemistry and molecular Biology of plant-Buchanan
3 Plant physiology -M Devlin
4 Plant pathology- George N Agriose
5 Plant breeding- BD Singh
6 Germination of seed- AM Mayer amp A Mayber
7 Introduction of Plant Physiology -William Hopkins
8 Introduction to plant - Godwin amp merser
9 Plant physiology - Mohit Warma
14
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 1
1P 1 Protein Biochemistry and Enzymology
1 Estimation of protein by UV Spectrophotometer by E280E260 method
2 Estimation of Riboflavin by Arnoldrsquos fluorimetric method
3 Estimation of Thiamine by thiochrome method
4 Separation of proteins by PAGE
5 Seperation of proteins by SDS gel electrophoresis
6 Western Blotting
7 Purification of proteins by isoelectric precipitation
8 Molecular weight determination
9 Fractionation of cells by differential centrifugation
10 Assay of marker enzymes
11 To study the essentiality of co-enzymes in enzyme catalyzed reaction
12 Fractionation of human plasma proteins by precipitation
13 Assay of acid and alkaline phosphatase
14 Effect of environmental factors such as pH temperature and inhibitors on alkaline
phosphatase
15 Measurement of initial velocity
16 To study kinetics of enzyme using Lineweaver-Burk Eadie-Hofstee and Hanes Plots
1P 2 Biochemical Research Techniques and Plant Biochemistry
1 Absorption of water by live amp dead seeds
2 Changes in carbohydrate protein content during germination
3 Induction of proteinases amylases and lipase during germination
4 Induction of vitamin C synthesis during germination
5 Isolation and characterization of trypsin inhibitor
6 Assay of peroxidase catalase phenol oxidase ascorbic acid oxidase
7 Isolation of plant DNA amp RNA
8 Estimation of carotene ascorbic acid phenols and tannins in fruits and vegetables
9 Development of callus culture from meristems and leaves
1S1 Seminar
InstitutionalEducational tour For minimum 08 days
15
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 2
Paper ndash I (Code 2T1) Immunology
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Remember and Understand basic concepts of Immunology Molecular details of
various receptors and effectors involved in evoking Immune responses
2 Mechanism and pathways of immunity with essential details about immunoglobulin
structures and mechanism of action
3 Appreciate and assess the various immunological techniques used for public health
Applications of immunology based techniques in public health and immunization
16
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 2
2T1 Immunology
Unit I The Immune system Immunoglobulins and TCR
History of Immunology Innate Immunity effector mechanisms involved PAMPs PRRs
Phagocytosis Lysis blocking extra cellular killing etc Biochemistry and biology of TLRs
Inflamatory processes inflamamasomes interrelationship between innate and adaptive
immunity
Immunoglobulins and TCR
Immunochemistry Antigen antibody reaction its kinetics and thermodynamics Structure
functions of immunoglobulins Ig genes and their expression Generation of Ab diversity
BCR TCR Organization and re-arrangement of TCR genes TCR diversity
Unit II
Anatomy of Immune system
Immunological cells tissues and organs Maturation activation and differentiation of B and
T cells MHC genes and their polymorphism Structure and function of MHC molecules
Clonal selection theory Cell surface molecules Ig super family integrins selectins
chemokine receptors and other accessory molecules Cytokines and chemokines
Unit III
Immune response by T and B lymphocytes
Cellular and molecular mechanisms of Ab production humoral and cell mediated immunity
Antigen processing and presentation T and B cell interaction Super antigens
Unit IV
Immunological Techniques
Immunochemical techniques including immunodiffusion RIA EIA agglutination
immunoflorescence immunoelectron microscopy immunoelectrophoresis HLA typing
leukocyte migration inhibition technique delayed hypersensitivity technique cytotoxicity
assay Monoclonal Abrsquos hybridoma and other technologies Abzymes
Suggested References
1 Cellular and Molecular Immunology- 5th Edition Abul K Abbas Andrew Litchman
2 Immunology-5th Edition Richard A Goldsby Thomas J Kindt Barbara A Osborne
Janis Kuby
3 Immunology- 6th Edition Ivan Roitt Jonathan Brostoff David Male
17
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 2
Paper ndash II (Code 2T2) Clinical Biochemistry
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Remember and Understand fundamental concepts in Clinical Biochemistry and
recent automations introduced in it
2 Comprehend basics of Endocrine system and hormones involved for regulation of
various biochemical functions of target organs
3 Illustrate compare and appreciate functions and biochemical attributes of Liver and
implications in Clinical Biochemistry
18
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 2
2T2 Clinical Biochemistry
Unit I Automation in clinical biochemistry gastric and blood disorders
Automation in Clinical Biochemistry- Instrumental concept Selection of Instrument Quality
assurance Control of pre-analytical and analytical variables External and internal quality
control measurements
Gastric disorders Disorders of gastric function method of evaluation pancreatic diseases
Steatorrhoea Malabsorption syndrome test for their evaluation
Blood Disorder Review of mechanism of coagulation and fibrinolysis abnormalities in
blood coagulation variation of plasma proteins abnormalities of blood formation anemia
haemoglobinopathies clinical significance of fecal and urine analysis
Unit II Endocrinology I Insulin and glucagon Various types of hyperglycemia Diabetes mellitus Ketonemia
ketonuria Experimental diabetes Hypoglycemia Polyurea Glucose tolerance test
Thyroid Iodine metabolism Hypo and Hyper thyroidism BMRand other test for
evaluation of thyroid function
Parathyroid Calcium and phosphorus metabolism Abnormalities of Parathyroid function
and methods of evaluation
Unit III Endocrinology II
Adrenal Addisonrsquos disease and pheochromocytoma Disorders of steroid metabolism Test
for evaluation of adrenal functions
Pituitary Pituitary hormones Clinical syndromes and their evaluation
Unit IV Liver disorders
Liver disorders Jaundice fatty liver and liver function tests Renal function test
Cerebrospinal fluid Composition in health and disease Lipid profile in health and disease
Elements of Clinical Enzymology Isoenzymes in health and disease
Clinical significance of GOT GPT Creatine kinase LDH etc
Biochemical diagnosis of disease by enzymatic evaluation
Suggested References 1 Clinical Biochemistry ndash Metabolic and Clinical aspects By-William J Marshall amp Stephen
K Angert
2 Harperrsquos Biochemistry - 27th EdText book of Medical Physiology - By Guyton
3 Text book of Physiology -By Burn amp levy
4 Biochemistry ndashBy L Stryer (Freeman amp CoNY)
5 Biochemistry with clinical correlation- By Thomas Devli
6 The Metabolic Basis of Inherited Disease 5th Ed-By John Stanbury
7 Teitz Fundamentals of Clinical Chemistry ndashBy CABurtis amp Ashwood
8 Biochemistry - By Lehninger
9 Lehningerrsquos Biochemistry ndashBy Nelson amp Cox
10 Biochemistry ndashBy Stanford
11 Basic Medical Biochemistry A Clinical approach- By Smith
12 Principles of Internal Medicines- By HarrisonT R
13 Practical Biochemistry Principles amp Techniques- By Wilson amp Walker
14 Practical Biochemistry ndashBy David Plummer
19
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 2
Paper ndash III (Code 2T3) Cell Biochemistry
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Gain knowledge about fundamentals of cell division cycle and decision making
ability of the cells to proceed for duplication with regulatory aspects
2 Cell communication ability and control of cell cycle brough about by internal and
external molecular effectors
3 Understand basic concept of Cancer Biology and stem cells
20
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 2
2T3 Cell Biochemistry
Unit I Cell cycle and regulation
Review of cell cycle divisional control regulatory proteins cyclincdk complexes positive
and negative regulation inhibitory molecules restriction points regulation of DNA
synthesis regulation of degradation check points cell cycle arrest role of cyclically
activated protein kinases transcriptional regulation
Unit II Cell communication I
General principles of cell communication extra cellular signals and their receptors autocrine
signaling and role of gap junctions types of cell receptors relay of signal and intracellular
signal proteins regulated proteolysis dependent signaling pathways (Notch Wnt hedgehog
NFKB)
Unit III Cell communication II
Informational transactions in eukaryotic cells- cyclic AMP facet Study of G-proteins
signaling through G-protein linked cell surface receptors signaling through enzyme linked
cell surface receptors Calcium messenger system signaling via GMP
Unit IV Cancer
Causes and types of cancer viral carcinogenesis tumor suppressors oncogenes and signal
transduction growth and spread of cancer molecular basis of cancer therapy molecular
markers
Programmed cell death and its regulation in normal physiology regulation and execution of
mammalian apoptosis cytokine signaling and role of apoptosis in tumor genesis
Suggested References
1 Molecular Biology of the Cell Alberts 5th Edition 2007 NCBI Publication
2 Principles of Biochemistry Lehninger WH Freeman
3 Biochemistry of Signal Transduction and Regulation - Gerhard Krauss Wiley VCH 3rd
Revised Edition
4 Molecular Cell Biology Lodish 6th Edition WH Freeman amp Company
5 The Cell Cooper 2nd Edition ASM Press
6 Gene IX Benjamin Lewin Published by Pearson Prentice Hall
7 Cell and Molecular Biology Gerald Karp
8 Molecular Biology Robert Weaver 1st Edition WCB McGraw-Hill
9 Molecular Biology of the Gene Watson 6th Edition Pearson Publication
10 Gene Regulation A Eukaryotic Perspective David Latchman 5 illustrated Taylor amp
Francis 2005
11 The Cell- G M Cooper
21
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 2
Paper ndash IV (Code 2T4) Molecular Biology
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Remember and understand the fundamental concepts of Molecular Biology and the
experiments involved in it
2 Relate the concepts of Molecular Biology in the development of Biochemical
research techniques
22
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 2
2T4 Molecular Biology
Unit I Eukaryotic and Prokaryotic chromosomes
Chromatin structure Histones DNA nucleosome morphology and higher level organization Functional
states of chromatin and alterations in chromatin organization Chromosome organization Metaphase
chromosomes centromere and kinetochore telomere and its maintenance Holocentric chromosomes
Heterochromatin and euchromatin position effect variegation Chromosomal domains (matrix loop domains)
and their functional significance
Organization of nuclear and organellar genomes C-value paradox Repetitive DNA-satellite DNAs and
interspersed repeated DNAs Transposable elements LINES SINES Alu family and their application in
genome mapping
Concept of a gene Conventional and modern views Fine structure of gene split genes pseudogenes non-
coding genes overlapping genes and multi-gene families
Unit II Replication and Recombination
Replication Review of replication in bacteria plasmid and viruses Models of DNA replication DNA
replication in eukaryotes Eukaryotic DNA polymerases and their roles origin of replication Autonomously
Replicating Segments (ARS) in yeast elongation lagging strand synthesis and termination
Recombination DNA recombination Homologous site specific and transposition
Homologous recombination Holliday Model Messelsson -Radding Model Rec BCD pathway
Site specific recombination Lambda phage ingration and excision rearrengementof immunoglobulin genes
Transposition Prokaryotic transposition Insertion sequences and mere complex transposons (eg Tn3)
conservative and replicative transposition Eukaryotic transposable elements yeast and Drosophila transposons
retroviruses and retrovirus like elements
Unit III Transcription
Review of prokaryotic transcription transcription in eukaryotes Eukaryotic RNA polymerases and their
subunit structure Class I II and III promoters Upstream elements enhancers and silencers General
transcription factors Class I II III genes and their functions elongation factors TBP structure and its role in
transcription mediators Structure of transcription activators zinc fingers homeodomains helix loop helix
bZIP beta barrels
Unit IV Viruses
General properties of viruses (size shape composition of viral capsid spikes envelope and nucleic acids)
Viral classification in brief Baltimore classification Structure and composition of DNA viruses (Herpes virus
amp Adenovirus) and RNA viruses (HIV)
Tumor viruses (HBV HTLV HPV) structure and mechanism of oncogenesis
Structure and life cycle of Lambda and M13 bacteriophages
Laboratory diagnosis of viral diseases
Mechanism of action of Antiviral drugs (Acyclovir Foscarnet Nevirapine Saquinavir Oseltamivir)
Suggested References
1 Molecular Biology of Gene Watson
2 Gene 7 Benjamin Lewin
3 Cell amp Molecular Biology Devlin
4 Biochemistry Lehninger Nelson amp Cox
5 Biochemistry Voet amp Voet
6 Molecular Biology David Frifelder
7 Molecular biology-Lodish Baltimore
8 Genetics-Russell
9 Genetics 1and 2-CBPower
10 Molecular biology-Watson
11 Molecular biochemistry ndashRobert Weaver
12 Microbiology by Davis
13 Virology by Luria
14 Understanding Viruses-Teri Shors Jones and Bartlett Publishers Massachusetts edition 2009
23
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 2
2P1 Clinical Biochemistry And Immunology
1 Determination of serum and urine Creatinine by Jaffrsquos method
2 Determination of serum Bilirubin by Malloy amp Evllyn method
3 Determination of serum Chloride by Schales amp Schales method
4 Estimation of blood urea by Nesslerisation method
5 Estimation of Serum amylase (EC3211)
6 Estimation of Serum Cholesterol by Single Step Method (Libermann amp Burchard)
7 Determination of Serum Uric Acid by Henry Carawayrsquos method
8 Determination of Icteric Index SGOT SGPT and alkaline phosphatase activity
9 Routine Urine Analysis
10 Quantitative Estimation of T3 T4 and TSH
11 To determine Urinary VMA (3-methoxy 4 ndashHydroxyl Vanillin Mandellic Acid)
12 Glucose Tolerance Test
2P2 Cell And Molecular Biology
1 Use of Simple Compound and Phase Contrast Microscopes
2 Isolation culture and cell counting of lymphocytes
3 Adherent cell line Trypsinization cell count subculturing
4 MTT assay
5 Isolation of DNA from Bacteria and Blood
6 Assessment of purity of DNA by 260280 ratio
7 Isolation of plasmid DNA Mini Prep Midi Prep and Maxi Prep
8 Restriction digestion of DNA
9 Ligation of DNA
10 Separation of DNA fragments by Electrophoresis
11 Southern Blotting amp Northern Blotting
2S1 Seminar
24
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 3
Paper ndash I (Code 3T1) Advanced Molecular Biology
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Understand the concepts of Eukaryotic Transcription regulation mechanisms with details
of enzymes involved eukaryotic transcription process
2 Post transcriptional and translational modifications and regulatory aspects of it
3 Describe the expression of genes and the regulatory RNAs involved in it
4 Appreciate epigenetic ways of gene expression regulation
25
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 3
3T1 Advanced Molecular Biology
Unit I Regulation of eukaryotic gene expression at transcriptional level
Overview of transcription by RNA Polymerases I II and III
Anatomy of a protein-coding gene
Basal transcription by RNA polymerase II Subunits of Pol II general transcription factors
Activators How the initiation complex is assembled How initiation occurs
Speeding up the process Enhancers TAFs and how they work
Regulated transcription transcription factors Zinc-fingers (Sp1 the first such factor identified)
Leucine zippers Basic helix loop helix Homeodomains DNA binding domains Activating domains
RNA Elongation HIV TATTAR
RNA polymerase III and regulation of 5S rRNA
Unit II Regulation of eukaryotic gene expression at post translational translational and post-
translational levels
Regulation at tpst-transcriptional level Effect of cap and polyadenylation on splicing trans and
alternative splicing RNA editing mRNA stability and transport
Regulation at Translational level Global regulation through eIF2 and eIF4EeIF4E-BP Specific
regulation through 5 UTRs using RNA structure eg ODC Specific regulation through 5
UTRprotein interactions eg ferritin in eukaryotes and ribosomal proteins in prokaryotes Specific
regulation through 3 UTRs eg 15-LOX
Regulation at post-translational level Control of the level of active proteins regulation of proteolysis
Unit III Regulatory RNAs
Historical background RNA interference as regulatory mechanism in eukaryotes Slicer and dicer
synthesis and function of RNAi molecules in plants chromatin remodeling in human disease and
diagnosis
Unit IV Epigenetics
Background chromosomal inheritance taking fission yeast as an example DNA methyltransferases
DNA methylation maintenance histone modification and regulation of chromatin structure bivalent
histones DNA demethylation histone demethylation
Suggested References
1 Molecular Biology of the Cell Alberts 5th Edition 2007 NCBI Publication
2 Principles of Biochemistry Lehninger WH Freeman
3 Biochemistry of Signal Transduction and Regulation - Gerhard Krauss Wiley VCH 3rd
Revised Edition
4 Molecular Cell Biology Lodish 6th Edition WH Freeman amp Company
5 The cell Cooper 2nd Edition ASM Press
6 Genes IX Benjamin Lewin Published by Pearson Prentice Hall
7 Cell and Molecular Biology Gerald Karp
8 Molecular Biology Robert Weaver 1st Edition WCB McGraw-Hill
9 Molecular Biology of the Gene Watson 6th Edition Pearson Publication
10 Gene Regulation A Eukaryotic Perspective David Latchman 5 illustrated Taylor amp
Francis 2005
26
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 3
Paper ndash II (Code 3T2) Biotechnology
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Remember and Understand fundamental concepts of Genetic Engineering
2 Illustrate and compare different techniques involved in Genetic Engineering
3 Understand the concepts of Prokaryotic and Eukaryotic Transformation and PCR
4 Describe the expression of heterologous genes and the vectors involved in it
5 Appreciate technology involved in industrial products of Protein engineering and
fermentation technology Remember and Understand the design and functioning of
different types of Bioreactors and Downstream processing Evaluate the application of
different types of Bioreactors including immobilization reactor system and its kinetics
6 Comprehend tools important in Bioinformatics analysis for simplified application of
nucleic acid and protein sequence data
27
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 3
3T2 Biotechnology
Unit I rDNA technology Genomic and cDNA libraries DNA manipulation enzymes isolation of specific genes
Gene cloning REs vectors-plasmids cosmids phage vectors M13 phage vectors phagemids expression
vectors with strong promoters inducible vectors produce fusion proteins and their isolation Eucaryotic
expression system shuttle vectors YAC BAC insertion of DNA and its ligation to carrier DNA introduction
of DNA in cells gene synthesis gene libraries
Application of recombinant DNA technology in medicine agriculture industry and environmental sciences
Unit II Gene control systems in bacteria and bacteriophage lambda
Mechanism of induction and repression constitutive expression various control mechanisms positive
regulation negative regulation attenuation operon hypothesis with special reference to malgal ara and
histidine operons Regulatory mechanisms in bacteriophage lambda
Regulation of gene expression at various levels (transcription post transcriptional and translational)
DNA-protein interactions Lambda family of repressor trp repressor
Unit III Biochemical engineering Biochemical Engineering Bioreactors and related equipment and
instrumentation types of bioreactor (Batch semi batch CSTF recycle etc) reactor analysis reactor design
reactor for recombination proteins
Fermentation technology Fermentation technology microbial culture reaction genetic modification use of
mutants recombinant DNA technology and application in fermentation technology microbial growth kinetics
sterilization fermentation process kinetics analysis of rate pattern and kinetic groups fermentation process
types control of environmental variables recovery of fermentation products isolation and purification and use
of immobilization techniques
Unit IV Bioinformatics and Drug Designing Introduction to Bioinformatics Applications of Bioinformatics Bioinformatics resources
Biological Databases Overview to Biological Databases Nucleotide Databases (GenBank DDBJ ENA) Protein sequence
databases (Uniprot Swiss prot Prosite Pfam Prodom) Protein structure databases (PDB SCOP CATH)
Sequence analysis Sequence similarity search BLAST FASTA CLUSTAL
Genomics Introduction to Genomics Comparative Genomic Databases Objective of Genome Comparisons Genome
Alignments
Proteomics Overview of Proteomics Experimental Techniques Bioinformatics Approaches Protein-Protein Interaction
Databases and software
Softwaresrsquo for Drug Designing Structure Based Drug Designing Ligand Based Drug Designing
Virtual Screening Homology Modeling and Chimera Generation
Suggested References 1 Molecular Biology of the Cell Alberts 5th Edition 2007 NCBI Publication
2 Principles of Biochemistry Lehninger WH Freeman
3 Biochemistry of Signal Transduction and Regulation - Gerhard Krauss Wiley VCH 3rd Revised Edition
4 Molecular Cell Biology Lodish 6th Edition WH Freeman amp Company
5 The cell Cooper 2nd Edition ASM Press
6 Genes IX Benjamin Lewin Published by Pearson Prentice Hall
7 Cell and Molecular Biology Gerald Karp
8 Molecular Biology Robert Weaver 1st Edition WCB McGraw-Hill
9 Molecular Biology of the Gene Watson 6th Edition Pearson Publication
10 Gene Regulation A Eukaryotic Perspective David Latchman 5 illustrated Taylor amp Francis 2005
Molecular Biotechnology Principles and Applications of Recombinant DNA Bernard R
GlickhttpwwwamazoncomMolecular-Biotechnology-Principles-Applications-
Recombinantdp1555814980ref=sr_1_6s=booksampie=UTF8ampqid=1323503937ampsr=1-6 - (Author)Publisher
Amer Society for Microbiology 4 edition (December 31 2009)
11 Principles of gene manipulation and genomics S B Primrose Richard M Twyman Publisher Wiley-Blackwell 7
edition (February 17 2006)
12 Principles of Fermentation Technology P F Stanbury (Author) S Hall (Author) A Whitaker (Author) Publisher
Butterworth-Heinemann 2 edition (February 19 1999)
13 1 Bioinformatics A practical guide to the analysis of genes and proteins Baxevanis AD and Ovellette BFF
Wiley-Interscience (2002)
14 2 Molecular and Biotechnology A comprehensive desk reference RA Meyes (Ed) VCH Publishers Inc (1995)
15 3 Textbook of Biotechnology Das HK Wiley Dreamtech India Pvt Ltd (2004)
28
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
Semester 3
Paper ndash III (Code 3T3 A) Toxicology (Biochemical And Environmental Toxicology)
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 To understand key principles of toxicology including various factors affecting toxicity and toxicity assessment
2 To evaluate analyse disposition of toxicants and factor affecting to disposition of toxicants
3 The know how of toxicokinetics and biotransformation 4 To critically analyse and interpret non-organ directed toxicity To
study effect of environmental toxicity on human beings
5 To develop an understanding of the genetic toxicology and
Developmental Toxicology for scientific research practices
6 Critical evaluation of relationship between target organ toxicity for
experimental designs
29
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 3
Core Elective 1
3T3 A) Toxicology (Biochemical And Environmental Toxicology)
Unit I General principles of Toxicology
Definition Different facets of toxicology and their interrelationships Classification of toxic
agents Desired and undesired effects
Various factors affecting toxicity vehicles formulation factors biological half life volume
and concentration dose dosage forms routes of administration entry genetic status etc
Principles of selective toxicity comparative morphology comparative biochemistry
comparative cytology
Toxicity assessment acute subchronic chronic exposure determination of ED50 and LD50
values tests for mutagenecity carcinogenicity genotoxicity Ames test
Unit II Disposition of Toxicants
Factors affecting disposition of toxicants absorption distribution biotransformation
elimination
Absorption through gastro-intestinal tract lungs skin
Distribution storage in tissues blood-brain barrier passage across placenta redistribution
Biotransformation Phase I and II reactions metabolic interrelationship antidotal therapy
Excretion urinary fecal exhalation other routes
Toxicokinetics classic and physiologic
Unit III A) Non ndashorgan directed toxicity
Chemical carcinogenesis definition mechanism
Genetic toxicology definition health impacts and mechanism of induction of genetic
alterations
Developmental toxicology definition principles mechanism and pathogenesis of
developmental toxicity
B) Environmental Toxicology
Air pollution definition air pollutants health effects and risk assessment of air pollution
Introduction to Ecotoxicology
Unit IV Target organ toxicity
Skin skin as a barrier dermatitis acne urticaria
Toxic responses of the blood blood as a target organ toxicology of erythron leukon and
platelets
Toxic responses of the liver physiology and pathophysiology factors in liver injury
mechanism of liver injury
Toxic responses of the respiratory system lungs structure and functions pulmonotoxic
agents pathogenesis of chemical induced damage acute and chronic responses of lungs to
injury
Suggested References
1 Casarette and Doullrsquos Toxicology by Klaassen CD
2 Biochemical Toxicology of Environmental Agents by Bruine D
3 Detoxification mechanisms by Williams RT
4 Selective Toxicity by Albert A
5 Developmental Toxicology by Hood RD
30
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 3
Paper ndash III (Code 3T3 B) Nutrition (Nutritional Biochemistry) (Core Elective 1)
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Capably describe the biochemical techniques that are relevant for the investigation of nutrient metabolism
2 Understand key principles of energy expenditure thermogenic effects Energy requirements and role of dietary fibers in nutrition
3 To read interpret and discuss protein energy malnutrition disorders of mineral metabolism for scientific research
4 To develop an understanding of the observational and experimental character of science in nutritional biochemistry
5 To communicate role of clinical nutrition and food allergies in scientific communication frameworks such as written reports and open discussion
31
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 3
3T3 B Nutrition (Nutritional Biochemistry) (Core Elective 1)
Unit I Basic Concepts
Basic Concept Energy content of foods Measurements of energy expenditure Direct amp
Indirect calorimetry Definition of BMR and SDA and factors affecting these Thermogenic
effects of foods Energy requirements of man and woman and factors affecting energy
requirements
Role of dietary fibers in nutrition
Unit II Nutritional Disorders
Protein Energy Malnutrition (PEM) Aetiology Clinical features Metabolic disorders
and Management of Marasmus and Kwashiorkor diseases
Disorders of Mineral Metabolism Hypercalecemia Hypocalcaemia Normocalcemia
Hyperphosphatemia
Unit III Starvation and Antinutrients
Starvation Techniques for studying starvation protein metabolim in prolonged fasting
protein sparing treatments during fasting Concept of high protein low calorific weight
reduction diets
Antinutrients Naturally occurring food borne toxicants protease inhibitors hemagglutins
hepatotoxins allergens oxalates toxins from mushrooms animal food stuffs and sea foods
Unit IV Clinical Nutrition and Food Allergies
Clinical Nutrition Role of diet and nutrition in the prevention and treatment of diseases
dental caries Fluorosis Atherosclerosis amp Rheumatic disorders Inherited metabolic
Disorders Phenylketonuria Maple Syrup disease amp Hemocystinuria
Food Allergies Definition role of antigen host and environment types of
hypersensitivities diagnosis and treatment of allergy
Suggested Reading 1 Basics of clinical nutrition author- yk joshi jaypee publication
2 Nutrition for the community Gully baba publishing house
Essentials of human nutrition author-jim mann amp stewart truswell oxford university press
3 Introduction to human nutrition
edited by- professor michael gibney (ucd institute of food and health) professor susan lanham-new
(university of surrey) professor aedin Cassidy (university of east anglia) professor hester vorster (north-
west university south africa) httpwwwnutritionsocietyorgpublicationstextbooksintroduction-to-
human-nutritionsthashtdyscawhdpuf
4 Nutrition and metabolism
edited by- professor susan lanham-new (university of surrey) professor ian macdonald (university of
nottingham) professor helen roche (unviersity college dublin) -
httpwwwnutritionsocietyorgpublicationstextbooksnutrition-and-metabolismsthashiusrjtiudpuf
32
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 3
Foundation Course 1 Biomolecules and Basic Metabolism
Unit I Carbohydrates and metabolism
Classification of carbohydrates Structure occurrence and biological importance of
monosaccharides oligosaccharides and polysaccharides
Introduction to Metabolism glycolysis glucogenesis and gluconeogenesis TCA cycle and its
amphibolic role energetics of carbohydrate metabolismAlternate pathways HMP shunt Enter-
Doudoroff glucuronate and glyoxylate pathways Corirsquos cycle
Unit II Lipids and metabolism
Classification of lipids Fatty acids Saturated and unsaturated fatty acids Essential fatty acids
Glycerophospholipids Glycolipids properties and functions
Metabolism Oxidation of fatty acids even and odd numbered unsaturated and branched chain fatty
acids
Degradation and biosynthesis of triacylglycerols and phospholipids energetic of beta- oxidation
Cholesterol biosynthesis catabolism and regulation
Unit III Proteins and metabolism
Classification of amino acids and proteins Protein structures primary secondary tertiary and
quarternary structure General metabolic reaction of amino acids transamination oxidative
deamination minor pathways of amino acid degradation transdeamination amino acid oxidase non
oxidative deamination
Degradation and biosynthesis of amino acids glycogenic and ketogenic amino acids Urea cycle
pathway and regulation
Unit IV Minerals and metabolism
Major and minor and ultra trace minerals their occurrence functions toxicity and interaction with
other nutrients
Iron metabolism and regulation
Calcium and phosphorus metabolism and regulation
Suggested Reading
1 Biophysical Techniques- Upadhyay Upadhyay and Nath
2 Principles of Biochemistry- Lehninger David L Nelson and Michael M Cox
3 Enzymes- Malcolm Dixon and Edwin Webb
4 Harperrsquos Biochemistry- Harper
5 Biochemistry- Western and Todd
6 Cell and Molecular Biology-Gerald Karp
7 Fundamentals of Biochemistry-Donald Voet Judith G Voet and Charlotte W Bratt
33
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 3
Paper ndash IV (Code 3T4 ) Bioresearch Techniques I (Subject centric core 1)
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Understand key principles of how flow cytometer work including data
analysis for their applications
2 Improve on skillful process of the animal cell culture techniques and
experimental demand of knowledge including an appreciation of the
need for good experimental design and scientific research practices
3 To incline intellectual curiosity in DNA and RNA techniques and
related fields that extends well beyond the course
4 To develop practical laboratory skills in the field of DNA and RNA
techniques
34
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 3
3T4 Bioresearch Techniques I (Subject centric core 1)
Unit I Flow cytometry
Principles of flow cytometry Instrument overview principle of fluorescence sample preparation
data analysis and applications of flow cytometry Overview Fludics Generation of Scatter and
fluorescence ( Optical bench optical filters signal detection Treshold) Data Analysis (Data
Collection and Display gating data analysis for subsetting applications Data analysis for ther
applications) Sorting Lasers and Alignment (Working of lasers and laser alignment)
Unit II Animal cell culture techniques
Animal cell Culture Cell culture (adherent and suspension) basic equipment cell culture media-
Components sterility buffering capacity growth requirements supplementation of serum antibiotic
and antimycotic agents preparation of medium advantages and limitations of Primary cell culture
clonal cell lines basic technique a of animal cell subcultuing disaggregation method for quantitation
of cells in culture counting chamber counters cell viability determination cytotoxicity assay and its
applications cell apoptosis assay and its applications 3 D cultures
Unit III DNA techniques
Isolation Sequencing Restriction Nucleases Gel Electrophoresis DNA probes Nucleic acid
hybridization Southern blotting DNA fingerprinting and DNA typing DNA Library
DNA sequencing Sanger and Maxam Gilbert
Restriction Mapping DNase foot printing DMS foot printing knockouts
PCR RFLP RAPD AFLP SNP
Unit IV RNA techniques
Isolation Hybridization Northern Blotting in vitro labeling with radioisotopes and chemical
markers
Mapping and quantifying transcripts S1assay primer extension run off transcription
Transcription rate measurement in vivo Nuclear run on transcription reporter gene N transcription
si RNA technology gene silencing techniques its applications microarrays ribozyme technology
Suggested References
1 Molecular Biology of The Cell Alberts 5th Edition 2007 NCBI Publication
2 Principles of Biochemistry Lehninger WH Freeman
3 Biochemistry of Signal Transduction and Regulation-shy‐ Gerhard Krauss
Wiley VCH 3rd Revised Edition
4 Molecular Cell Biology Lodish 6th Edition WH Freeman amp Company
5 The cell Cooper 2nd Edition ASM Press
6 Gene IX Benjamin Lewin
Published by Pearson Prentice Hall
7 Cell and Molecular Biology Gerald Karp
8 Molecular Biology Robert Weaver 1st Edition WCBNMcGraw-shy‐Hill
9 Molecular Biology of the Gene Watson 6th Edition Pearson Publication
10 Gene Regulation A Eukaryotic Perspective David Latchman 5 illustrated Taylor amp Francis
2005
35
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 3
3P1 Biotechnology And Molecular Biology
1) Fermentation
i) Isolation of microorganisms from soil demonstrating synthesis capability of desired product
Gram staining (Desired property to be decided by the instructor) and screening
ii) Optimization of the lab scale production of the desired product Effect of temperature pH
substrate concentration
iii) Growth curve Estimation of cell number substrate utilization andor product formation
2) Polymerase Chain Reaction
i) PCR amplification from genomic DNA
ii) Nested PCR
iii) Random Amplification of Polymorphic DNA (RAPD)
3) Restriction Fragment Length Polymorphism (RFLP)
3P2 A Biochemical And Environmental Toxicology
1 Qualitative detection of various toxicants in biological samples
Phenothiazine derivatives Organochlorine compounds (Fujiwara test) Phenol Methanol Arsenic (As)
Antimony (Sb) Selenium (Se) Mercury (Hg) Bismuth (Bi) Fluoride (F) Boron (Bo) Gutzeit test for
Antimony (Sb) and Arsenic (As) Spot test for metal toxicants
2 Quantitative determination of Salicylate Paracetamol (acetaminophen) Sulphonamide in biological
samples
3 Enzyme assay in toxic conditions
GOT (AST) GPT (ALT) Acid phosphatase Alkaline phosphatase Acetyl cholinesterase etc
4 Construction of dose-response curves
5 Determination of LD50 value of a toxicant
6 Induction of hepatotoxicity diabetes skin lesions teratogenesis
7 Assay of biomarkers of environmental pollution toxicity
OR
3P2 B) Nutritional Biochemistry
1 Determination of Calcium in food samples
2 Determination of Inorganic Phosphorous in food samples
3 Determination of Iron in food samples
4 Determination of beta carotene in carrots by column chromatography
5 Determination of Ascorbic Acid in food
6 Estimation of Amylase activity
7 Determination of Total Lipids By Sulphophospho vanillin Method
3S1 Seminar
InstitutionalEducational tour For minimum 08 days
36
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
Paper ndash I (Code 4T1) Advanced Clinical Biochemistry
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Analyse evaluate and generate information from a wide variety of sources regarding the key principles of aging and Neurological disorders
2 Analyse the effects of obesity on physiological functions including gene regulation
3 Critically interpret molecular and metabolic diseases and develop new knowledge domain about them
4 To develop effective creative and innovative solutions to current research problems in Reproductive Disease and Reproductive Biochemistry
5 To develop practical laboratory skill for Assisted Reproductive Technology program
37
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
4T1 Advanced Clinical Biochemistry
Unit I Aging and Neurological Disorders
Current view and theories of aging auto immune connection and HLA association processes of
aging and biochemical alteration DNA damage protein oxidation and axonal transport in aging
nutritional intervention as anti-aging therapy
Alzheimerrsquos disease Causes symptoms diagnosis pathogenesis genetics APP ApoE PS2 tau
protein risk factors and therapeutic approaches
Progeria Parkinsonrsquos disease Causes symptoms diagnosis pathogenesis genetics and therapeutic
approaches
Unit II Obesity
Theories lipid metabolism adipose tissue anomalies
Genetic basis of familial obesity effects of neuropeptides and leptin in nutrient partitioning
Obesity related derangements in metabolic regulation Therapeutic approaches
Unit III Molecular and Metabolic Diseases
Human gene map genetic diversity polymorphism genetic linkage chromosomal disorder
Monogenetic Disorders Autosomal dominant autosomal recessive X-linked Multifactorial
disorders Genetic heterogeneity Allelic heterogeneity Pathogenesis of genetic disease
Galactosemia Hemophilia Sickle cell anemia Muscular dystrophy Hypercholesterolemia Gout
Turnerrsquos syndrome
Unit IV Reproductive Biochemistry
Overview of reproductive system and reproduction biochemistry of reproductive disorders (male amp
female) Influence of various factors in reproduction with special reference to role of prostaglandins
and gonadotrophins Mechanism and methods of birth control and possible biochemical
consequences thereof Biochemical markerrsquos in infertility disorders Techniques involved in assisted
reproductive technology (ART) Culture media and cell culture techniques in ART programme
Suggested References
1 Clinical Biochemistry ndash Metabolic and Clinical aspects By-William J Marshall amp Stephen
K Angert
2 Harperrsquos Biochemistry - 27th Ed
3 Text book of Medical Physiology - By Guyton
4 Text book of Physiology -By Burn amp levy
5 Biochemistry ndashBy L Stryer (Freeman amp CoNY)
6 Biochemistry with clinical correlation- By Thomas Devli
7 The Metabolic Basis of Inherited Disease 5th Ed-By John Stanbury
8 Teitz Fundamentals of Clinical Chemistry ndashBy CABurtis amp Ashwood
9 Biochemistry - By Lehninger
10 Lehningerrsquos Biochemistry ndashBy Nelson amp Cox
11 Biochemistry ndashBy Stanford
12 Basic Medical Biochemistry A Clinical approach- By Smith
13 Principles of Internal Medicines- By HarrisonT R
14 Practical Biochemistry Principles amp Techniques- By Wilson amp Walker
15 Practical Biochemistry ndashBy David Plummer
38
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
Paper ndash II (Code 4T2) Advanced Immunology
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Understand details of lymph node microanatomy and learn the B and T cells encounter with antigens and study its development
2 Gain insight into antigen presentation and autophagy on a detailed molecular level
3 Understand immunology of mucosal surfaces and the interplay between commensal flora and the immune system in the gut
4 In-depth knowledge of the cellular and molecular basis for autoimmune disease and allergies
5 Basic knowledge of tumor immunology and the development of novel recombinant antibodies for treatment of cancer and autoimmune disease
39
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
4T2 Advanced Immunology
Unit I Introductory Immunobiology
Complement system Alternative and Classical pathway of complement activation
Immune networks Homeostasis in the immune system-termination of normal immune
responses network hypothesis
In vivo immunity to viruses bacteria fungi protozoa worms etc
Unit II Immunological tolerance and Autoimmunity
Immunologic tolerance T lymphocyte tolerance- central and peripheral Apoptosis in
Lymphocytes-pathways and biochemical mechanisms effector mechanisms Tolerance
induced regulatory T cells B lymphocyte tolerance- Central and Peripheral Homeostasis in
the immune pathogenesis and therapeutic approaches to autoimmunity
Unit III Tumor and Transplantation Immunology Hypersensitivity
General features of tumor immunity tumor antigens Immune response to tumor and
evasion Immunotherapy Types of hypersensitivity Effector mechanisms of immunologic
tissue injury and disease
Unit IV Immunodeficiency and Vaccinology
MHC and disease susceptibility immune deficiency disorders Active immunization
(immune prophylaxis) passive immunization adjuvants modern approaches to vaccine
development role of vaccines in the prevention of disease
Suggested References
1 Cellular and Molecular Immunology- 5th Edition Abul K Abbas Andrew Litchman
2 Immunology-5th Edition Richard A Goldsby Thomas J Kindt Barbara A Osborne
Janis Kuby
3 Immunology- 6th Edition Ivan Roitt Jonathan Brostoff David Male
40
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
Paper ndash III (Code 4T3 A) Toxicology (Clinical Research)
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Have knowledge about assessment and management of ethical clinical trial
programs
2 Demonstrate competency in biopharmaceutical clinical trial research designs and
regulatory affairs
3 Demonstrate competencies in evaluating clinical research data and
communicating results Manage innovative products through the discovery
processes and into the clinical trial phases
4 Identify and classify different types of trial designs when reading a trial report
understand the essential of GLP roles and responsibilities of stakeholders in
clinical trials
41
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
4T3 A) Toxicology (Clinical Research)
Unit I Pre-Clinical Research
Animal studies acute amp chronic toxicity of drugs regulations for number amp types of
animals protocols for animal experimentation Biochemical amp histopathological studies of
animals after drug administration Mechanism amp cause of death Routine toxicity studies amp
special toxicity studies carcinogenicity mutagenicity amp teratogenicity to be given special
emphasis
Unit II Phases of Clinical Research
Phases of clinical research number of volunteers in phase I amp types of patients in phase II to
IV Importance of these investigations Post marketing surveillance (PMS) amp
pharmacovigilence in case of clinical investigations after marketing authorization
Importance of ethical committee protocol design documentation in clinical trials Bio
Availability and Bio Equivalence studies Pharmacokinetics Pharmacodynamics Genomic
studies
Unit III Good lab practices
Good Clinical Practices Good Manufacturing Practices and Good Laboratory Practices
Principles of ICH-GCP History GCP declaration of Helsinki Belmont report Nuremberg
code Tuskgee trial Schedules Y and its amendments ICMR Guidelines Composition
functions amp operations of IRBIEC ethics of clinical trials Health Authorities- CDSCO US-
FDA EMEA and other
Unit IV Roles and Responsibilities of different stake holders in Clinical Research-
Sponsor CRO SMO Ethics Committee Investigator CRA CRC Patients and other
Departments in Clinical Research- Operations Business Development Regulatory
Pharmacovigilance Data Management Centralized Monitoring Quality Finance Important
documents in Clinical Research and importance of documentation in Clinical Research
Stages in clinical trial-Feasibilities PSSV SIV SMV and Close-out visits Audits and
Inspections
Suggested reading
1 Clinical Research Coordinator Handbook Norris Deborrah Plexus Publications
20040601
2 Clinical Research Methodology and Evidence-Based Medicine Babu Ajit N
Anshan 20080530
3 Conducting Clinical Research Judy Stone Biblio Distribution 2006
4 Essentials of clinical research Stephen P Glasser (Edt) Springer Verlag 2008
42
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
Paper ndash III (Code 4T3 B) Nutrition (Applied Nutritional Biochemistry)
Learning outcome Students will be
1 Capable of describing biochemical pathways relevant in nutrient metabolism 2 Capable of using selected biochemical techniques relevant in nutritional
biochemical research 3 Critical reading of scientific articles in nutritional biochemistry 4 Capable of discussing research questions relevant to nutritional biochemistry 5 The ability to ask critical questions and discuss nutritional biochemical research
43
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
4T3 B) Nutrition (Applied Nutritional Biochemistry)
Unit I Clinical nutrition
Role of a dietician role and responsibilities of a dietitian nutrition counseling professional
ethics and obligations
Diet therapy-Rationale for diet therapy (normal diet modifications of the diet to the light
diet soft diet full liquid diet clear liquid tube feeding) Routes for diet therapy-enteral and
parental use of biochemical parameters in the planning of diets use of computers in the
planning of diets
Unit II Nutritional Counseling and Dietetics
Nutritive value of different food groups and changes due to cooking in various food groups
Storage of foods food quality and factors affecting food quality Control of food quality Use
of additives Classification and applications
Unit III Community Nutrition
Opportunities in community Nutrition Assessing Community Resources assessing target
population program planning Assessing communityrsquos nutritional resources Food insecurity
food assistance programs world hunger and food insecurity Principles of nutrition education
and policy making national nutrition agenda
Unit IV Applied Nutrition and Public Health Concept of Health Nutrition and Public Health Nutrition Demographic trends in India and
the significance of certain indices of Health and Nutrition situation of a community IMR
MMR TFR Birth rate Death rate Life expectancy etc) Major nutritional problems in
developing countries Dietary surveys-methods ways of interpretations and analysis
recommendations based on survey findings Assessment of nutritional status biochemical
and anthropometry
Suggested Reading
Clinical nutrition
edited by- professor marinos elia (university of outhampton) professor olle ljungqvist
(karolinska institutet amp oumlrebro university hospital) dr outham outhamp (university of
outhampton professor susan lanham-new (university of surrey) - see more at
httpwwwnutritionsocietyorgpublicationstextbooksclinical-
nutritionsthashw12tfscqdpuf
Public health nutrition
edited by- professor michael gibney (ucd institute of food and health) professor barrie
margetts (university of southampton) dr john kearney (dublin institute of technology)
professor lenore arab (university of california los angeles)
httpwwwnutritionsocietyorgpublicationstextbookspublic-health-
nutritionsthash8pvhu1m0dpuf
Staying healthy with nutrition author- elson m Hass buck levin
American dietetic association complete food and nutrition guide Roberta larson duyff
44
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
MSc Biochemistry CBCS syllabus Effective from 2015-16
SEMESTER 4
Foundation 2 Basic Enzymology
Unit I
Introduction to Enzymology Nomenclature and classification of enzymes History sources of
enzymes (Animal Plant and microorganisms) Protein amp nonprotein nature of enzymes with
examples enzymes as biological catalysts and their importance principle of assay of enzymes and
measurement of activity effect of experimental conditions on measurement of activity such as time pH temp
substrate definition of enzyme unit Stability of enzymes and half life of enzymes Effect of environmental
factors on stability of enzymes Concept of Zymogens and active enzyme with examples effect of activators
and inhibitors on enzyme activity Role of coenzymes and cofactors on enzyme catalysis with examples
Unit II Production amp purification
Method os screening of sources for desired enzymes Availability of the sources for procurement
of enzymes Natural and synthetic Media for microbial enzyme production effect of inducers and
environmental factors on enzyme production by microorganisms
Methods of isolation of enzymes form the source purification of enzyme by dialysis salt and solvent
precipitation chromatography gel filtration Purification by affinity chromatography methods of
determination of purity and nature of of enzymes by simple PAGE SDSPAGE and 2 D electrophoresis
Unit III Enzyme Kinetics
Lock amp key model and Koshland model of enzyme active site Determination of active site of enzyme
Michelis Mentain equation kinetics of reversible irreversible and nonreversible enzymes Line Weaver burk
plot and Eddie Hofstie Plot Determination of kinetic constants and activation energy Effect of competitive
and non-competitive inhibitors on enzyme activity Allosteric enzyme and sigmoidal kinetics
Unit IV Applications of enzymes
Structure and function of multienzyme complex systems such as PDH KGH B oxidation spiral and glycolysis
Advantages of soluble and membrane bound enzymes Futile cycles in Biochemistry
Methods of immobilization of enzymes advantages and disadvantages of immobilization Application of
Immobilized enzymes in agriculture cosmetics detergent dairy brewing and food industries with examples
such as lactase pectinase proteinase invertaselipase etc Application of enzymes in nanotechnology
biosensors etc
Suggested references
1 Enzymology and Enzyme Technology 2014 by SM Bhatt (S Chand)
2 Enzyme Technology 2006 by Ashok Pandey (Editor) Colin Webb (Editor) MARCELO
FERNANDES (Editor) Springer
3 Biocatalysts and enzyme technology 2012 Klaus Buchholz
45
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
4T4 Bioresearch Techniques II (Subject centric core 2)
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Learn describe and build up knowledge domain regarding the latest and most advanced Bioresearch techniques available for biochemical research
2 Be aware select appropriately apply technology platforms and Perform techniques for analysis of DNA and protein expression
3 Evaluation of data and controls related to research techniques 4 Create thought-provoking questions related to the laboratory equipment
46
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
4T4 Bioresearch Techniques II (Subject centric core 2)
UNIT I
Biochemical methods I- Co-immunoprecipitation BiFC bimolecular fluorescence
complementation affinity electrophoresis Pull down assays label transfer yeast two hybrid
screens phage display
UNIT II
Biochemical methods II- In-vivo crosslinking of protein complexes using photo-reactive
amino acid analogs Tandem affinity purification (TAP) Chemical cross-linking SPINE
(Strepprotein interaction experiment) Quantitative immunoprecipitation combined with
knock-down (QUICK) Proximity ligation assay (PLA) in situ
UNIT III
Biophysical and theoretical methods I
Bio-Layer Interferometry
Dual polarisation interferometry (DPI)
Static light scattering (SLS)
Dynamic light scattering (DLS)
Surface plasmon resonance
UNIT IV
Biophysical and theoretical methods II
Fluorescence polarizationanisotropy
Fluorescence correlation spectroscopy
FRET BRET
2D-FT NMR spectroscopy
Proteinndashprotein docking
Isothermal Titration Calorimetry (ITC)
Isothermal Titration Calorimetry (ITC)
Suggested References
1 Molecular Biology of The Cell Alberts 5th Edition 2007 NCBI Publication
2 Principles of Biochemistry Lehninger WH Freeman
3 Biochemistry of Signal Transduction and Regulation-shy‐ Gerhard Krauss
Wiley VCH 3rd Revised Edition
4 Molecular Cell Biology Lodish 6th Edition WH Freeman amp Company
5 The cell Cooper 2nd Edition ASM Press
6 Gene IX Benjamin Lewin
Published by Pearson Prentice Hall
7 Cell and Molecular Biology Gerald Karp
8 Molecular Biology Robert Weaver 1st Edition WCBNMcGraw-shy‐Hill
9 Molecular Biology of the Gene Watson 6th Edition Pearson Publication
10 Gene Regulation A Eukaryotic Perspective David Latchman 5 illustrated Taylor amp
Francis 2005
47
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
4P1 Advanced Clinical Biochemistry and Immunology and Toxicology and Nutrition
1 Demonstration of dialysis using blood filtrate (Protein Separation)
2 Immunology
a Quantitative Estimation of Antibody
b Precipitation Techniques Double Immunodiffusion Single (Radial)
Immunodiffusion
3 Electrophoretic Techniques Immuno-electrophoresisRocket Immunoelectrophoresis
Immuno-diffusion
4 To assay cathepsin D ATPase (NaKCaMg) Lipid peroxidase enzymes
5 Assay of Acetylcholine esterase activity in rat brain
6 Assay of monoamine oxidase
7 Fractionation of tissues and assay of proteins
8 Assay of ornithine amino transferase
9 Glutathione Estimation
10 Organ tissue morphology histopathology
11 Assay of toxicant biotransformation enzyme-cytochrome P450
12 Test for teratogenecity carcinogenecity Ames test
13 To perform pair wise alignment of sequences using BLAST program
14 To design primers for the given gene sequences
15 To perform multiple sequence alignment and generate phylogenetic tree
16 To retrieve and visualize the three dimensional structures of proteins
17 To retrieve metagenomic sequences and primer designing to develop STS marker
OR
18 Determination of Triglycerides
19 Proximate Analysis of Food Samples
48
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4 Project
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Plan and develop experimental design projects from concept through to professional
prototype
2 Apply theoretical knowledge conceptual skills and techniques to the development of
solutions for biochemical problems
3 Apply initiative and judgment in planning problem solving and decision making in
practice or future study
4 Design a research project and submit in a form of thesis they will present their results of
the thesis to an audience of peers and faculty and be able to defend their results during
final evaluation
4PROJ PROJECT
4S1 Seminar
10
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 1
Paper 3 (Code 1T3) Biochemical Research Techniques Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 The theoretical aspects of designing the Experiments and also study the Quality
control mechanism in Biochemistry
2 Understand the Sampling techniques and interpret the data based on the measures
of the central tendency
3 Learn the discrepancies and deviations of the variable based of measures of
dispersion
4 Study the relationship between variables based on correlation and regression
analysis
5 Deduce the probable outcomes of an experiment based on observations
following laws of probability and also assess the significance of the
interpretation through tests of significance such as t-test
6 To understand the importance and applications of computational methods and
statistical softwares in Biology
11
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 1
1T 3 Biochemical Research Techniques
Unit I Research Methodology
1 Introduction to research methodology History and definition of research role of
theory hypothesis sampling variables randomness selection of problem purpose of
research and research reporting
2 Experimental research Early experimentation experimental groups control groups
variables method of controlling variables designing and validation of experiments
3 Methods and tools in research Research tools and its reliability and validity
quantitative and qualitative studies observation inquiry forms Q methodology data
collection limitations and sources of error
4 Types of data Analysis Descriptive data analysis Inferential data analysis Computer
data analysis
Unit II Biostatistics
Principles and practice of statistical methods in biological research samples and populations Basic
statistics-average statistics of dispersion coefficient of variation confidence limits Probability
distribution normal binomial and Poisson distribution Mean variants standard deviations and
standard error correlation and regression test of statistical significance and analysis of variance and
covariance
Unit III Data Retrieval Scientific Writing and Presentation
1 Information Search amp Data Retrieval Tools for Web Search Data Retrieval Tools
Data Mining of Biological Databases
2 Report Writing Significance of report writing different steps in report writing types
of report layout of research paper
3 Mechanics and precautions of writing research reports for scientific journals popular
magazines seminarssymposia conferencesworkshops poster session
4 Presentationndash Oral amp Written Presentations in classrooms scientific meets amp public
audience Defence of research thesis
Unit IV Computers
Introduction of computer networks- Topologies and designs Basics of computer operating systems-
windows and Linux Introduction to Markup language-Hyper Text Markup Language (HTML) and
Extensive Markup Language (XML) Spreadsheets and Presentation software
Systems Biology-An introduction
Introduction to Metagenomics
Suggested References
1 Fundamentals of Biostatistics Bernard A Rosner Thomson-BrooksCole 2006
2 Research methodology in social behavioural and life sciences Designs models and
methods Herman J Ader and Gideon Mellenbergh (Ed) SAGE Publications
6 Principles of Genome analysis and genomics Primrose SB Twyman RM Blackwell
Science (2002)
7 Biostatistics-A foundation for Health Science Daniel WW John Wiley (1983)
8 Statistical Methods Medhi J Willey Eastern Limited (1992)
12
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 1
Paper 4 (Code 1T4) Plant Biochemistry Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Detailed knowledge of plant cellular architecture and the mechanism
of photosynthetic systems for photophosphorylation will enable the
students to get a dissected approach for understanding autotrophic food
synthesis mechanism driven by photon energy operative in plants
2 Hormonal pathways driving plant growth mechanisms form the
foundation for in vitro plant propagation setup and understanding of
Plant tissue culture aspects Students would gain an thorough insight of
growth regulatory mechanism of plants through which they will be able
to devise the hormonal concoction required for organogenesis and related
plant tissue culture applications
3 Students will be able to learn metabolic attributes and driving
principles of plant growth through basic carbohydrate lipid and protein
metabolism Also the students will be developing a comprehension of
importance of nitrogen and sulphur metabolism in plants and associated
plant physiological alterations
4 With in depth knowledge about plant physiochemical aspects the
students will get equipped to develop an understanding about effects
caused by biotic and abiotic stress factors on plant metabolism and
growth They can thus impinge upon the ways to tackle such stress
physiological aspects to promote and resolve plant stresses
5 Practical exposure to biochemical analysis of plant physiological
aspects would improve the students application approach towards plant
biochemistry as tool to protect plant diversity
13
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 1
1T4 Plant Biochemistry
Unit I Plant Cell and Photosynthesis
Structure of plant cell Structure of plant cell membrane and cell wall
Structure of chloroplast system Photosynthetic pigments and their functions Photo system
I amp II Photosynthetic electron transport and photophosphorylation
Calvin cycle(C3 plants) Hatch slack pathway (C4 plants) Crassulacean acid metabolism
Unit II Plant hormones and Tissue culture
Plant hormones Biosynthesis structure and biochemical mode of action of auxins
gibberellins cytokinins abscisic acid and ethylene Other plant growth regulators
Plant tissue culture Plant cell organs and culture Somaclonal variation protoplast isolation
fusion and culture of protoplasts Application of plant tissue culture
Unit III Plant respiration and Metabolism
Plant respiration Carbohydrate lipid and Protein metabolism Cyanide sensitive and
insensitive respiration
Nitrogen metabolism Development and structure of root nodules Role of nod factors in
nodule development Structure of plant nitrogenase system Symbiotic nitrogen fixation and
and its regulation Formation and assimilation of ammonia
Sulphur metabolism Sulphate activation Reduction of active sulphate Oxidation of
inorganic sulphur incorporation of sulphur into amino acids
Unit IV Biochemistry of plant growth amp stress physiology
Biochemistry of seed and bud dormancy Biochemistry of seed germination factors affecting seed germination Structure and function of Phytochrome and Cryptochrome Photoperiodism and Vernalization Hormonal regulation of flowering Responses of plant to biotic (pathogens and insects) and abiotic (water temperature and salt) stresses Mechanism of resistance to biotic stress and tolerance to abiotic stress
Suggested References
1 Plant physiology -Taiz amp Ziger
2 Biochemistry and molecular Biology of plant-Buchanan
3 Plant physiology -M Devlin
4 Plant pathology- George N Agriose
5 Plant breeding- BD Singh
6 Germination of seed- AM Mayer amp A Mayber
7 Introduction of Plant Physiology -William Hopkins
8 Introduction to plant - Godwin amp merser
9 Plant physiology - Mohit Warma
14
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 1
1P 1 Protein Biochemistry and Enzymology
1 Estimation of protein by UV Spectrophotometer by E280E260 method
2 Estimation of Riboflavin by Arnoldrsquos fluorimetric method
3 Estimation of Thiamine by thiochrome method
4 Separation of proteins by PAGE
5 Seperation of proteins by SDS gel electrophoresis
6 Western Blotting
7 Purification of proteins by isoelectric precipitation
8 Molecular weight determination
9 Fractionation of cells by differential centrifugation
10 Assay of marker enzymes
11 To study the essentiality of co-enzymes in enzyme catalyzed reaction
12 Fractionation of human plasma proteins by precipitation
13 Assay of acid and alkaline phosphatase
14 Effect of environmental factors such as pH temperature and inhibitors on alkaline
phosphatase
15 Measurement of initial velocity
16 To study kinetics of enzyme using Lineweaver-Burk Eadie-Hofstee and Hanes Plots
1P 2 Biochemical Research Techniques and Plant Biochemistry
1 Absorption of water by live amp dead seeds
2 Changes in carbohydrate protein content during germination
3 Induction of proteinases amylases and lipase during germination
4 Induction of vitamin C synthesis during germination
5 Isolation and characterization of trypsin inhibitor
6 Assay of peroxidase catalase phenol oxidase ascorbic acid oxidase
7 Isolation of plant DNA amp RNA
8 Estimation of carotene ascorbic acid phenols and tannins in fruits and vegetables
9 Development of callus culture from meristems and leaves
1S1 Seminar
InstitutionalEducational tour For minimum 08 days
15
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 2
Paper ndash I (Code 2T1) Immunology
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Remember and Understand basic concepts of Immunology Molecular details of
various receptors and effectors involved in evoking Immune responses
2 Mechanism and pathways of immunity with essential details about immunoglobulin
structures and mechanism of action
3 Appreciate and assess the various immunological techniques used for public health
Applications of immunology based techniques in public health and immunization
16
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 2
2T1 Immunology
Unit I The Immune system Immunoglobulins and TCR
History of Immunology Innate Immunity effector mechanisms involved PAMPs PRRs
Phagocytosis Lysis blocking extra cellular killing etc Biochemistry and biology of TLRs
Inflamatory processes inflamamasomes interrelationship between innate and adaptive
immunity
Immunoglobulins and TCR
Immunochemistry Antigen antibody reaction its kinetics and thermodynamics Structure
functions of immunoglobulins Ig genes and their expression Generation of Ab diversity
BCR TCR Organization and re-arrangement of TCR genes TCR diversity
Unit II
Anatomy of Immune system
Immunological cells tissues and organs Maturation activation and differentiation of B and
T cells MHC genes and their polymorphism Structure and function of MHC molecules
Clonal selection theory Cell surface molecules Ig super family integrins selectins
chemokine receptors and other accessory molecules Cytokines and chemokines
Unit III
Immune response by T and B lymphocytes
Cellular and molecular mechanisms of Ab production humoral and cell mediated immunity
Antigen processing and presentation T and B cell interaction Super antigens
Unit IV
Immunological Techniques
Immunochemical techniques including immunodiffusion RIA EIA agglutination
immunoflorescence immunoelectron microscopy immunoelectrophoresis HLA typing
leukocyte migration inhibition technique delayed hypersensitivity technique cytotoxicity
assay Monoclonal Abrsquos hybridoma and other technologies Abzymes
Suggested References
1 Cellular and Molecular Immunology- 5th Edition Abul K Abbas Andrew Litchman
2 Immunology-5th Edition Richard A Goldsby Thomas J Kindt Barbara A Osborne
Janis Kuby
3 Immunology- 6th Edition Ivan Roitt Jonathan Brostoff David Male
17
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 2
Paper ndash II (Code 2T2) Clinical Biochemistry
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Remember and Understand fundamental concepts in Clinical Biochemistry and
recent automations introduced in it
2 Comprehend basics of Endocrine system and hormones involved for regulation of
various biochemical functions of target organs
3 Illustrate compare and appreciate functions and biochemical attributes of Liver and
implications in Clinical Biochemistry
18
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 2
2T2 Clinical Biochemistry
Unit I Automation in clinical biochemistry gastric and blood disorders
Automation in Clinical Biochemistry- Instrumental concept Selection of Instrument Quality
assurance Control of pre-analytical and analytical variables External and internal quality
control measurements
Gastric disorders Disorders of gastric function method of evaluation pancreatic diseases
Steatorrhoea Malabsorption syndrome test for their evaluation
Blood Disorder Review of mechanism of coagulation and fibrinolysis abnormalities in
blood coagulation variation of plasma proteins abnormalities of blood formation anemia
haemoglobinopathies clinical significance of fecal and urine analysis
Unit II Endocrinology I Insulin and glucagon Various types of hyperglycemia Diabetes mellitus Ketonemia
ketonuria Experimental diabetes Hypoglycemia Polyurea Glucose tolerance test
Thyroid Iodine metabolism Hypo and Hyper thyroidism BMRand other test for
evaluation of thyroid function
Parathyroid Calcium and phosphorus metabolism Abnormalities of Parathyroid function
and methods of evaluation
Unit III Endocrinology II
Adrenal Addisonrsquos disease and pheochromocytoma Disorders of steroid metabolism Test
for evaluation of adrenal functions
Pituitary Pituitary hormones Clinical syndromes and their evaluation
Unit IV Liver disorders
Liver disorders Jaundice fatty liver and liver function tests Renal function test
Cerebrospinal fluid Composition in health and disease Lipid profile in health and disease
Elements of Clinical Enzymology Isoenzymes in health and disease
Clinical significance of GOT GPT Creatine kinase LDH etc
Biochemical diagnosis of disease by enzymatic evaluation
Suggested References 1 Clinical Biochemistry ndash Metabolic and Clinical aspects By-William J Marshall amp Stephen
K Angert
2 Harperrsquos Biochemistry - 27th EdText book of Medical Physiology - By Guyton
3 Text book of Physiology -By Burn amp levy
4 Biochemistry ndashBy L Stryer (Freeman amp CoNY)
5 Biochemistry with clinical correlation- By Thomas Devli
6 The Metabolic Basis of Inherited Disease 5th Ed-By John Stanbury
7 Teitz Fundamentals of Clinical Chemistry ndashBy CABurtis amp Ashwood
8 Biochemistry - By Lehninger
9 Lehningerrsquos Biochemistry ndashBy Nelson amp Cox
10 Biochemistry ndashBy Stanford
11 Basic Medical Biochemistry A Clinical approach- By Smith
12 Principles of Internal Medicines- By HarrisonT R
13 Practical Biochemistry Principles amp Techniques- By Wilson amp Walker
14 Practical Biochemistry ndashBy David Plummer
19
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 2
Paper ndash III (Code 2T3) Cell Biochemistry
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Gain knowledge about fundamentals of cell division cycle and decision making
ability of the cells to proceed for duplication with regulatory aspects
2 Cell communication ability and control of cell cycle brough about by internal and
external molecular effectors
3 Understand basic concept of Cancer Biology and stem cells
20
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 2
2T3 Cell Biochemistry
Unit I Cell cycle and regulation
Review of cell cycle divisional control regulatory proteins cyclincdk complexes positive
and negative regulation inhibitory molecules restriction points regulation of DNA
synthesis regulation of degradation check points cell cycle arrest role of cyclically
activated protein kinases transcriptional regulation
Unit II Cell communication I
General principles of cell communication extra cellular signals and their receptors autocrine
signaling and role of gap junctions types of cell receptors relay of signal and intracellular
signal proteins regulated proteolysis dependent signaling pathways (Notch Wnt hedgehog
NFKB)
Unit III Cell communication II
Informational transactions in eukaryotic cells- cyclic AMP facet Study of G-proteins
signaling through G-protein linked cell surface receptors signaling through enzyme linked
cell surface receptors Calcium messenger system signaling via GMP
Unit IV Cancer
Causes and types of cancer viral carcinogenesis tumor suppressors oncogenes and signal
transduction growth and spread of cancer molecular basis of cancer therapy molecular
markers
Programmed cell death and its regulation in normal physiology regulation and execution of
mammalian apoptosis cytokine signaling and role of apoptosis in tumor genesis
Suggested References
1 Molecular Biology of the Cell Alberts 5th Edition 2007 NCBI Publication
2 Principles of Biochemistry Lehninger WH Freeman
3 Biochemistry of Signal Transduction and Regulation - Gerhard Krauss Wiley VCH 3rd
Revised Edition
4 Molecular Cell Biology Lodish 6th Edition WH Freeman amp Company
5 The Cell Cooper 2nd Edition ASM Press
6 Gene IX Benjamin Lewin Published by Pearson Prentice Hall
7 Cell and Molecular Biology Gerald Karp
8 Molecular Biology Robert Weaver 1st Edition WCB McGraw-Hill
9 Molecular Biology of the Gene Watson 6th Edition Pearson Publication
10 Gene Regulation A Eukaryotic Perspective David Latchman 5 illustrated Taylor amp
Francis 2005
11 The Cell- G M Cooper
21
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 2
Paper ndash IV (Code 2T4) Molecular Biology
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Remember and understand the fundamental concepts of Molecular Biology and the
experiments involved in it
2 Relate the concepts of Molecular Biology in the development of Biochemical
research techniques
22
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 2
2T4 Molecular Biology
Unit I Eukaryotic and Prokaryotic chromosomes
Chromatin structure Histones DNA nucleosome morphology and higher level organization Functional
states of chromatin and alterations in chromatin organization Chromosome organization Metaphase
chromosomes centromere and kinetochore telomere and its maintenance Holocentric chromosomes
Heterochromatin and euchromatin position effect variegation Chromosomal domains (matrix loop domains)
and their functional significance
Organization of nuclear and organellar genomes C-value paradox Repetitive DNA-satellite DNAs and
interspersed repeated DNAs Transposable elements LINES SINES Alu family and their application in
genome mapping
Concept of a gene Conventional and modern views Fine structure of gene split genes pseudogenes non-
coding genes overlapping genes and multi-gene families
Unit II Replication and Recombination
Replication Review of replication in bacteria plasmid and viruses Models of DNA replication DNA
replication in eukaryotes Eukaryotic DNA polymerases and their roles origin of replication Autonomously
Replicating Segments (ARS) in yeast elongation lagging strand synthesis and termination
Recombination DNA recombination Homologous site specific and transposition
Homologous recombination Holliday Model Messelsson -Radding Model Rec BCD pathway
Site specific recombination Lambda phage ingration and excision rearrengementof immunoglobulin genes
Transposition Prokaryotic transposition Insertion sequences and mere complex transposons (eg Tn3)
conservative and replicative transposition Eukaryotic transposable elements yeast and Drosophila transposons
retroviruses and retrovirus like elements
Unit III Transcription
Review of prokaryotic transcription transcription in eukaryotes Eukaryotic RNA polymerases and their
subunit structure Class I II and III promoters Upstream elements enhancers and silencers General
transcription factors Class I II III genes and their functions elongation factors TBP structure and its role in
transcription mediators Structure of transcription activators zinc fingers homeodomains helix loop helix
bZIP beta barrels
Unit IV Viruses
General properties of viruses (size shape composition of viral capsid spikes envelope and nucleic acids)
Viral classification in brief Baltimore classification Structure and composition of DNA viruses (Herpes virus
amp Adenovirus) and RNA viruses (HIV)
Tumor viruses (HBV HTLV HPV) structure and mechanism of oncogenesis
Structure and life cycle of Lambda and M13 bacteriophages
Laboratory diagnosis of viral diseases
Mechanism of action of Antiviral drugs (Acyclovir Foscarnet Nevirapine Saquinavir Oseltamivir)
Suggested References
1 Molecular Biology of Gene Watson
2 Gene 7 Benjamin Lewin
3 Cell amp Molecular Biology Devlin
4 Biochemistry Lehninger Nelson amp Cox
5 Biochemistry Voet amp Voet
6 Molecular Biology David Frifelder
7 Molecular biology-Lodish Baltimore
8 Genetics-Russell
9 Genetics 1and 2-CBPower
10 Molecular biology-Watson
11 Molecular biochemistry ndashRobert Weaver
12 Microbiology by Davis
13 Virology by Luria
14 Understanding Viruses-Teri Shors Jones and Bartlett Publishers Massachusetts edition 2009
23
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 2
2P1 Clinical Biochemistry And Immunology
1 Determination of serum and urine Creatinine by Jaffrsquos method
2 Determination of serum Bilirubin by Malloy amp Evllyn method
3 Determination of serum Chloride by Schales amp Schales method
4 Estimation of blood urea by Nesslerisation method
5 Estimation of Serum amylase (EC3211)
6 Estimation of Serum Cholesterol by Single Step Method (Libermann amp Burchard)
7 Determination of Serum Uric Acid by Henry Carawayrsquos method
8 Determination of Icteric Index SGOT SGPT and alkaline phosphatase activity
9 Routine Urine Analysis
10 Quantitative Estimation of T3 T4 and TSH
11 To determine Urinary VMA (3-methoxy 4 ndashHydroxyl Vanillin Mandellic Acid)
12 Glucose Tolerance Test
2P2 Cell And Molecular Biology
1 Use of Simple Compound and Phase Contrast Microscopes
2 Isolation culture and cell counting of lymphocytes
3 Adherent cell line Trypsinization cell count subculturing
4 MTT assay
5 Isolation of DNA from Bacteria and Blood
6 Assessment of purity of DNA by 260280 ratio
7 Isolation of plasmid DNA Mini Prep Midi Prep and Maxi Prep
8 Restriction digestion of DNA
9 Ligation of DNA
10 Separation of DNA fragments by Electrophoresis
11 Southern Blotting amp Northern Blotting
2S1 Seminar
24
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 3
Paper ndash I (Code 3T1) Advanced Molecular Biology
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Understand the concepts of Eukaryotic Transcription regulation mechanisms with details
of enzymes involved eukaryotic transcription process
2 Post transcriptional and translational modifications and regulatory aspects of it
3 Describe the expression of genes and the regulatory RNAs involved in it
4 Appreciate epigenetic ways of gene expression regulation
25
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 3
3T1 Advanced Molecular Biology
Unit I Regulation of eukaryotic gene expression at transcriptional level
Overview of transcription by RNA Polymerases I II and III
Anatomy of a protein-coding gene
Basal transcription by RNA polymerase II Subunits of Pol II general transcription factors
Activators How the initiation complex is assembled How initiation occurs
Speeding up the process Enhancers TAFs and how they work
Regulated transcription transcription factors Zinc-fingers (Sp1 the first such factor identified)
Leucine zippers Basic helix loop helix Homeodomains DNA binding domains Activating domains
RNA Elongation HIV TATTAR
RNA polymerase III and regulation of 5S rRNA
Unit II Regulation of eukaryotic gene expression at post translational translational and post-
translational levels
Regulation at tpst-transcriptional level Effect of cap and polyadenylation on splicing trans and
alternative splicing RNA editing mRNA stability and transport
Regulation at Translational level Global regulation through eIF2 and eIF4EeIF4E-BP Specific
regulation through 5 UTRs using RNA structure eg ODC Specific regulation through 5
UTRprotein interactions eg ferritin in eukaryotes and ribosomal proteins in prokaryotes Specific
regulation through 3 UTRs eg 15-LOX
Regulation at post-translational level Control of the level of active proteins regulation of proteolysis
Unit III Regulatory RNAs
Historical background RNA interference as regulatory mechanism in eukaryotes Slicer and dicer
synthesis and function of RNAi molecules in plants chromatin remodeling in human disease and
diagnosis
Unit IV Epigenetics
Background chromosomal inheritance taking fission yeast as an example DNA methyltransferases
DNA methylation maintenance histone modification and regulation of chromatin structure bivalent
histones DNA demethylation histone demethylation
Suggested References
1 Molecular Biology of the Cell Alberts 5th Edition 2007 NCBI Publication
2 Principles of Biochemistry Lehninger WH Freeman
3 Biochemistry of Signal Transduction and Regulation - Gerhard Krauss Wiley VCH 3rd
Revised Edition
4 Molecular Cell Biology Lodish 6th Edition WH Freeman amp Company
5 The cell Cooper 2nd Edition ASM Press
6 Genes IX Benjamin Lewin Published by Pearson Prentice Hall
7 Cell and Molecular Biology Gerald Karp
8 Molecular Biology Robert Weaver 1st Edition WCB McGraw-Hill
9 Molecular Biology of the Gene Watson 6th Edition Pearson Publication
10 Gene Regulation A Eukaryotic Perspective David Latchman 5 illustrated Taylor amp
Francis 2005
26
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 3
Paper ndash II (Code 3T2) Biotechnology
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Remember and Understand fundamental concepts of Genetic Engineering
2 Illustrate and compare different techniques involved in Genetic Engineering
3 Understand the concepts of Prokaryotic and Eukaryotic Transformation and PCR
4 Describe the expression of heterologous genes and the vectors involved in it
5 Appreciate technology involved in industrial products of Protein engineering and
fermentation technology Remember and Understand the design and functioning of
different types of Bioreactors and Downstream processing Evaluate the application of
different types of Bioreactors including immobilization reactor system and its kinetics
6 Comprehend tools important in Bioinformatics analysis for simplified application of
nucleic acid and protein sequence data
27
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 3
3T2 Biotechnology
Unit I rDNA technology Genomic and cDNA libraries DNA manipulation enzymes isolation of specific genes
Gene cloning REs vectors-plasmids cosmids phage vectors M13 phage vectors phagemids expression
vectors with strong promoters inducible vectors produce fusion proteins and their isolation Eucaryotic
expression system shuttle vectors YAC BAC insertion of DNA and its ligation to carrier DNA introduction
of DNA in cells gene synthesis gene libraries
Application of recombinant DNA technology in medicine agriculture industry and environmental sciences
Unit II Gene control systems in bacteria and bacteriophage lambda
Mechanism of induction and repression constitutive expression various control mechanisms positive
regulation negative regulation attenuation operon hypothesis with special reference to malgal ara and
histidine operons Regulatory mechanisms in bacteriophage lambda
Regulation of gene expression at various levels (transcription post transcriptional and translational)
DNA-protein interactions Lambda family of repressor trp repressor
Unit III Biochemical engineering Biochemical Engineering Bioreactors and related equipment and
instrumentation types of bioreactor (Batch semi batch CSTF recycle etc) reactor analysis reactor design
reactor for recombination proteins
Fermentation technology Fermentation technology microbial culture reaction genetic modification use of
mutants recombinant DNA technology and application in fermentation technology microbial growth kinetics
sterilization fermentation process kinetics analysis of rate pattern and kinetic groups fermentation process
types control of environmental variables recovery of fermentation products isolation and purification and use
of immobilization techniques
Unit IV Bioinformatics and Drug Designing Introduction to Bioinformatics Applications of Bioinformatics Bioinformatics resources
Biological Databases Overview to Biological Databases Nucleotide Databases (GenBank DDBJ ENA) Protein sequence
databases (Uniprot Swiss prot Prosite Pfam Prodom) Protein structure databases (PDB SCOP CATH)
Sequence analysis Sequence similarity search BLAST FASTA CLUSTAL
Genomics Introduction to Genomics Comparative Genomic Databases Objective of Genome Comparisons Genome
Alignments
Proteomics Overview of Proteomics Experimental Techniques Bioinformatics Approaches Protein-Protein Interaction
Databases and software
Softwaresrsquo for Drug Designing Structure Based Drug Designing Ligand Based Drug Designing
Virtual Screening Homology Modeling and Chimera Generation
Suggested References 1 Molecular Biology of the Cell Alberts 5th Edition 2007 NCBI Publication
2 Principles of Biochemistry Lehninger WH Freeman
3 Biochemistry of Signal Transduction and Regulation - Gerhard Krauss Wiley VCH 3rd Revised Edition
4 Molecular Cell Biology Lodish 6th Edition WH Freeman amp Company
5 The cell Cooper 2nd Edition ASM Press
6 Genes IX Benjamin Lewin Published by Pearson Prentice Hall
7 Cell and Molecular Biology Gerald Karp
8 Molecular Biology Robert Weaver 1st Edition WCB McGraw-Hill
9 Molecular Biology of the Gene Watson 6th Edition Pearson Publication
10 Gene Regulation A Eukaryotic Perspective David Latchman 5 illustrated Taylor amp Francis 2005
Molecular Biotechnology Principles and Applications of Recombinant DNA Bernard R
GlickhttpwwwamazoncomMolecular-Biotechnology-Principles-Applications-
Recombinantdp1555814980ref=sr_1_6s=booksampie=UTF8ampqid=1323503937ampsr=1-6 - (Author)Publisher
Amer Society for Microbiology 4 edition (December 31 2009)
11 Principles of gene manipulation and genomics S B Primrose Richard M Twyman Publisher Wiley-Blackwell 7
edition (February 17 2006)
12 Principles of Fermentation Technology P F Stanbury (Author) S Hall (Author) A Whitaker (Author) Publisher
Butterworth-Heinemann 2 edition (February 19 1999)
13 1 Bioinformatics A practical guide to the analysis of genes and proteins Baxevanis AD and Ovellette BFF
Wiley-Interscience (2002)
14 2 Molecular and Biotechnology A comprehensive desk reference RA Meyes (Ed) VCH Publishers Inc (1995)
15 3 Textbook of Biotechnology Das HK Wiley Dreamtech India Pvt Ltd (2004)
28
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
Semester 3
Paper ndash III (Code 3T3 A) Toxicology (Biochemical And Environmental Toxicology)
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 To understand key principles of toxicology including various factors affecting toxicity and toxicity assessment
2 To evaluate analyse disposition of toxicants and factor affecting to disposition of toxicants
3 The know how of toxicokinetics and biotransformation 4 To critically analyse and interpret non-organ directed toxicity To
study effect of environmental toxicity on human beings
5 To develop an understanding of the genetic toxicology and
Developmental Toxicology for scientific research practices
6 Critical evaluation of relationship between target organ toxicity for
experimental designs
29
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 3
Core Elective 1
3T3 A) Toxicology (Biochemical And Environmental Toxicology)
Unit I General principles of Toxicology
Definition Different facets of toxicology and their interrelationships Classification of toxic
agents Desired and undesired effects
Various factors affecting toxicity vehicles formulation factors biological half life volume
and concentration dose dosage forms routes of administration entry genetic status etc
Principles of selective toxicity comparative morphology comparative biochemistry
comparative cytology
Toxicity assessment acute subchronic chronic exposure determination of ED50 and LD50
values tests for mutagenecity carcinogenicity genotoxicity Ames test
Unit II Disposition of Toxicants
Factors affecting disposition of toxicants absorption distribution biotransformation
elimination
Absorption through gastro-intestinal tract lungs skin
Distribution storage in tissues blood-brain barrier passage across placenta redistribution
Biotransformation Phase I and II reactions metabolic interrelationship antidotal therapy
Excretion urinary fecal exhalation other routes
Toxicokinetics classic and physiologic
Unit III A) Non ndashorgan directed toxicity
Chemical carcinogenesis definition mechanism
Genetic toxicology definition health impacts and mechanism of induction of genetic
alterations
Developmental toxicology definition principles mechanism and pathogenesis of
developmental toxicity
B) Environmental Toxicology
Air pollution definition air pollutants health effects and risk assessment of air pollution
Introduction to Ecotoxicology
Unit IV Target organ toxicity
Skin skin as a barrier dermatitis acne urticaria
Toxic responses of the blood blood as a target organ toxicology of erythron leukon and
platelets
Toxic responses of the liver physiology and pathophysiology factors in liver injury
mechanism of liver injury
Toxic responses of the respiratory system lungs structure and functions pulmonotoxic
agents pathogenesis of chemical induced damage acute and chronic responses of lungs to
injury
Suggested References
1 Casarette and Doullrsquos Toxicology by Klaassen CD
2 Biochemical Toxicology of Environmental Agents by Bruine D
3 Detoxification mechanisms by Williams RT
4 Selective Toxicity by Albert A
5 Developmental Toxicology by Hood RD
30
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 3
Paper ndash III (Code 3T3 B) Nutrition (Nutritional Biochemistry) (Core Elective 1)
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Capably describe the biochemical techniques that are relevant for the investigation of nutrient metabolism
2 Understand key principles of energy expenditure thermogenic effects Energy requirements and role of dietary fibers in nutrition
3 To read interpret and discuss protein energy malnutrition disorders of mineral metabolism for scientific research
4 To develop an understanding of the observational and experimental character of science in nutritional biochemistry
5 To communicate role of clinical nutrition and food allergies in scientific communication frameworks such as written reports and open discussion
31
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 3
3T3 B Nutrition (Nutritional Biochemistry) (Core Elective 1)
Unit I Basic Concepts
Basic Concept Energy content of foods Measurements of energy expenditure Direct amp
Indirect calorimetry Definition of BMR and SDA and factors affecting these Thermogenic
effects of foods Energy requirements of man and woman and factors affecting energy
requirements
Role of dietary fibers in nutrition
Unit II Nutritional Disorders
Protein Energy Malnutrition (PEM) Aetiology Clinical features Metabolic disorders
and Management of Marasmus and Kwashiorkor diseases
Disorders of Mineral Metabolism Hypercalecemia Hypocalcaemia Normocalcemia
Hyperphosphatemia
Unit III Starvation and Antinutrients
Starvation Techniques for studying starvation protein metabolim in prolonged fasting
protein sparing treatments during fasting Concept of high protein low calorific weight
reduction diets
Antinutrients Naturally occurring food borne toxicants protease inhibitors hemagglutins
hepatotoxins allergens oxalates toxins from mushrooms animal food stuffs and sea foods
Unit IV Clinical Nutrition and Food Allergies
Clinical Nutrition Role of diet and nutrition in the prevention and treatment of diseases
dental caries Fluorosis Atherosclerosis amp Rheumatic disorders Inherited metabolic
Disorders Phenylketonuria Maple Syrup disease amp Hemocystinuria
Food Allergies Definition role of antigen host and environment types of
hypersensitivities diagnosis and treatment of allergy
Suggested Reading 1 Basics of clinical nutrition author- yk joshi jaypee publication
2 Nutrition for the community Gully baba publishing house
Essentials of human nutrition author-jim mann amp stewart truswell oxford university press
3 Introduction to human nutrition
edited by- professor michael gibney (ucd institute of food and health) professor susan lanham-new
(university of surrey) professor aedin Cassidy (university of east anglia) professor hester vorster (north-
west university south africa) httpwwwnutritionsocietyorgpublicationstextbooksintroduction-to-
human-nutritionsthashtdyscawhdpuf
4 Nutrition and metabolism
edited by- professor susan lanham-new (university of surrey) professor ian macdonald (university of
nottingham) professor helen roche (unviersity college dublin) -
httpwwwnutritionsocietyorgpublicationstextbooksnutrition-and-metabolismsthashiusrjtiudpuf
32
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 3
Foundation Course 1 Biomolecules and Basic Metabolism
Unit I Carbohydrates and metabolism
Classification of carbohydrates Structure occurrence and biological importance of
monosaccharides oligosaccharides and polysaccharides
Introduction to Metabolism glycolysis glucogenesis and gluconeogenesis TCA cycle and its
amphibolic role energetics of carbohydrate metabolismAlternate pathways HMP shunt Enter-
Doudoroff glucuronate and glyoxylate pathways Corirsquos cycle
Unit II Lipids and metabolism
Classification of lipids Fatty acids Saturated and unsaturated fatty acids Essential fatty acids
Glycerophospholipids Glycolipids properties and functions
Metabolism Oxidation of fatty acids even and odd numbered unsaturated and branched chain fatty
acids
Degradation and biosynthesis of triacylglycerols and phospholipids energetic of beta- oxidation
Cholesterol biosynthesis catabolism and regulation
Unit III Proteins and metabolism
Classification of amino acids and proteins Protein structures primary secondary tertiary and
quarternary structure General metabolic reaction of amino acids transamination oxidative
deamination minor pathways of amino acid degradation transdeamination amino acid oxidase non
oxidative deamination
Degradation and biosynthesis of amino acids glycogenic and ketogenic amino acids Urea cycle
pathway and regulation
Unit IV Minerals and metabolism
Major and minor and ultra trace minerals their occurrence functions toxicity and interaction with
other nutrients
Iron metabolism and regulation
Calcium and phosphorus metabolism and regulation
Suggested Reading
1 Biophysical Techniques- Upadhyay Upadhyay and Nath
2 Principles of Biochemistry- Lehninger David L Nelson and Michael M Cox
3 Enzymes- Malcolm Dixon and Edwin Webb
4 Harperrsquos Biochemistry- Harper
5 Biochemistry- Western and Todd
6 Cell and Molecular Biology-Gerald Karp
7 Fundamentals of Biochemistry-Donald Voet Judith G Voet and Charlotte W Bratt
33
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 3
Paper ndash IV (Code 3T4 ) Bioresearch Techniques I (Subject centric core 1)
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Understand key principles of how flow cytometer work including data
analysis for their applications
2 Improve on skillful process of the animal cell culture techniques and
experimental demand of knowledge including an appreciation of the
need for good experimental design and scientific research practices
3 To incline intellectual curiosity in DNA and RNA techniques and
related fields that extends well beyond the course
4 To develop practical laboratory skills in the field of DNA and RNA
techniques
34
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 3
3T4 Bioresearch Techniques I (Subject centric core 1)
Unit I Flow cytometry
Principles of flow cytometry Instrument overview principle of fluorescence sample preparation
data analysis and applications of flow cytometry Overview Fludics Generation of Scatter and
fluorescence ( Optical bench optical filters signal detection Treshold) Data Analysis (Data
Collection and Display gating data analysis for subsetting applications Data analysis for ther
applications) Sorting Lasers and Alignment (Working of lasers and laser alignment)
Unit II Animal cell culture techniques
Animal cell Culture Cell culture (adherent and suspension) basic equipment cell culture media-
Components sterility buffering capacity growth requirements supplementation of serum antibiotic
and antimycotic agents preparation of medium advantages and limitations of Primary cell culture
clonal cell lines basic technique a of animal cell subcultuing disaggregation method for quantitation
of cells in culture counting chamber counters cell viability determination cytotoxicity assay and its
applications cell apoptosis assay and its applications 3 D cultures
Unit III DNA techniques
Isolation Sequencing Restriction Nucleases Gel Electrophoresis DNA probes Nucleic acid
hybridization Southern blotting DNA fingerprinting and DNA typing DNA Library
DNA sequencing Sanger and Maxam Gilbert
Restriction Mapping DNase foot printing DMS foot printing knockouts
PCR RFLP RAPD AFLP SNP
Unit IV RNA techniques
Isolation Hybridization Northern Blotting in vitro labeling with radioisotopes and chemical
markers
Mapping and quantifying transcripts S1assay primer extension run off transcription
Transcription rate measurement in vivo Nuclear run on transcription reporter gene N transcription
si RNA technology gene silencing techniques its applications microarrays ribozyme technology
Suggested References
1 Molecular Biology of The Cell Alberts 5th Edition 2007 NCBI Publication
2 Principles of Biochemistry Lehninger WH Freeman
3 Biochemistry of Signal Transduction and Regulation-shy‐ Gerhard Krauss
Wiley VCH 3rd Revised Edition
4 Molecular Cell Biology Lodish 6th Edition WH Freeman amp Company
5 The cell Cooper 2nd Edition ASM Press
6 Gene IX Benjamin Lewin
Published by Pearson Prentice Hall
7 Cell and Molecular Biology Gerald Karp
8 Molecular Biology Robert Weaver 1st Edition WCBNMcGraw-shy‐Hill
9 Molecular Biology of the Gene Watson 6th Edition Pearson Publication
10 Gene Regulation A Eukaryotic Perspective David Latchman 5 illustrated Taylor amp Francis
2005
35
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 3
3P1 Biotechnology And Molecular Biology
1) Fermentation
i) Isolation of microorganisms from soil demonstrating synthesis capability of desired product
Gram staining (Desired property to be decided by the instructor) and screening
ii) Optimization of the lab scale production of the desired product Effect of temperature pH
substrate concentration
iii) Growth curve Estimation of cell number substrate utilization andor product formation
2) Polymerase Chain Reaction
i) PCR amplification from genomic DNA
ii) Nested PCR
iii) Random Amplification of Polymorphic DNA (RAPD)
3) Restriction Fragment Length Polymorphism (RFLP)
3P2 A Biochemical And Environmental Toxicology
1 Qualitative detection of various toxicants in biological samples
Phenothiazine derivatives Organochlorine compounds (Fujiwara test) Phenol Methanol Arsenic (As)
Antimony (Sb) Selenium (Se) Mercury (Hg) Bismuth (Bi) Fluoride (F) Boron (Bo) Gutzeit test for
Antimony (Sb) and Arsenic (As) Spot test for metal toxicants
2 Quantitative determination of Salicylate Paracetamol (acetaminophen) Sulphonamide in biological
samples
3 Enzyme assay in toxic conditions
GOT (AST) GPT (ALT) Acid phosphatase Alkaline phosphatase Acetyl cholinesterase etc
4 Construction of dose-response curves
5 Determination of LD50 value of a toxicant
6 Induction of hepatotoxicity diabetes skin lesions teratogenesis
7 Assay of biomarkers of environmental pollution toxicity
OR
3P2 B) Nutritional Biochemistry
1 Determination of Calcium in food samples
2 Determination of Inorganic Phosphorous in food samples
3 Determination of Iron in food samples
4 Determination of beta carotene in carrots by column chromatography
5 Determination of Ascorbic Acid in food
6 Estimation of Amylase activity
7 Determination of Total Lipids By Sulphophospho vanillin Method
3S1 Seminar
InstitutionalEducational tour For minimum 08 days
36
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
Paper ndash I (Code 4T1) Advanced Clinical Biochemistry
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Analyse evaluate and generate information from a wide variety of sources regarding the key principles of aging and Neurological disorders
2 Analyse the effects of obesity on physiological functions including gene regulation
3 Critically interpret molecular and metabolic diseases and develop new knowledge domain about them
4 To develop effective creative and innovative solutions to current research problems in Reproductive Disease and Reproductive Biochemistry
5 To develop practical laboratory skill for Assisted Reproductive Technology program
37
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
4T1 Advanced Clinical Biochemistry
Unit I Aging and Neurological Disorders
Current view and theories of aging auto immune connection and HLA association processes of
aging and biochemical alteration DNA damage protein oxidation and axonal transport in aging
nutritional intervention as anti-aging therapy
Alzheimerrsquos disease Causes symptoms diagnosis pathogenesis genetics APP ApoE PS2 tau
protein risk factors and therapeutic approaches
Progeria Parkinsonrsquos disease Causes symptoms diagnosis pathogenesis genetics and therapeutic
approaches
Unit II Obesity
Theories lipid metabolism adipose tissue anomalies
Genetic basis of familial obesity effects of neuropeptides and leptin in nutrient partitioning
Obesity related derangements in metabolic regulation Therapeutic approaches
Unit III Molecular and Metabolic Diseases
Human gene map genetic diversity polymorphism genetic linkage chromosomal disorder
Monogenetic Disorders Autosomal dominant autosomal recessive X-linked Multifactorial
disorders Genetic heterogeneity Allelic heterogeneity Pathogenesis of genetic disease
Galactosemia Hemophilia Sickle cell anemia Muscular dystrophy Hypercholesterolemia Gout
Turnerrsquos syndrome
Unit IV Reproductive Biochemistry
Overview of reproductive system and reproduction biochemistry of reproductive disorders (male amp
female) Influence of various factors in reproduction with special reference to role of prostaglandins
and gonadotrophins Mechanism and methods of birth control and possible biochemical
consequences thereof Biochemical markerrsquos in infertility disorders Techniques involved in assisted
reproductive technology (ART) Culture media and cell culture techniques in ART programme
Suggested References
1 Clinical Biochemistry ndash Metabolic and Clinical aspects By-William J Marshall amp Stephen
K Angert
2 Harperrsquos Biochemistry - 27th Ed
3 Text book of Medical Physiology - By Guyton
4 Text book of Physiology -By Burn amp levy
5 Biochemistry ndashBy L Stryer (Freeman amp CoNY)
6 Biochemistry with clinical correlation- By Thomas Devli
7 The Metabolic Basis of Inherited Disease 5th Ed-By John Stanbury
8 Teitz Fundamentals of Clinical Chemistry ndashBy CABurtis amp Ashwood
9 Biochemistry - By Lehninger
10 Lehningerrsquos Biochemistry ndashBy Nelson amp Cox
11 Biochemistry ndashBy Stanford
12 Basic Medical Biochemistry A Clinical approach- By Smith
13 Principles of Internal Medicines- By HarrisonT R
14 Practical Biochemistry Principles amp Techniques- By Wilson amp Walker
15 Practical Biochemistry ndashBy David Plummer
38
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
Paper ndash II (Code 4T2) Advanced Immunology
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Understand details of lymph node microanatomy and learn the B and T cells encounter with antigens and study its development
2 Gain insight into antigen presentation and autophagy on a detailed molecular level
3 Understand immunology of mucosal surfaces and the interplay between commensal flora and the immune system in the gut
4 In-depth knowledge of the cellular and molecular basis for autoimmune disease and allergies
5 Basic knowledge of tumor immunology and the development of novel recombinant antibodies for treatment of cancer and autoimmune disease
39
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
4T2 Advanced Immunology
Unit I Introductory Immunobiology
Complement system Alternative and Classical pathway of complement activation
Immune networks Homeostasis in the immune system-termination of normal immune
responses network hypothesis
In vivo immunity to viruses bacteria fungi protozoa worms etc
Unit II Immunological tolerance and Autoimmunity
Immunologic tolerance T lymphocyte tolerance- central and peripheral Apoptosis in
Lymphocytes-pathways and biochemical mechanisms effector mechanisms Tolerance
induced regulatory T cells B lymphocyte tolerance- Central and Peripheral Homeostasis in
the immune pathogenesis and therapeutic approaches to autoimmunity
Unit III Tumor and Transplantation Immunology Hypersensitivity
General features of tumor immunity tumor antigens Immune response to tumor and
evasion Immunotherapy Types of hypersensitivity Effector mechanisms of immunologic
tissue injury and disease
Unit IV Immunodeficiency and Vaccinology
MHC and disease susceptibility immune deficiency disorders Active immunization
(immune prophylaxis) passive immunization adjuvants modern approaches to vaccine
development role of vaccines in the prevention of disease
Suggested References
1 Cellular and Molecular Immunology- 5th Edition Abul K Abbas Andrew Litchman
2 Immunology-5th Edition Richard A Goldsby Thomas J Kindt Barbara A Osborne
Janis Kuby
3 Immunology- 6th Edition Ivan Roitt Jonathan Brostoff David Male
40
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
Paper ndash III (Code 4T3 A) Toxicology (Clinical Research)
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Have knowledge about assessment and management of ethical clinical trial
programs
2 Demonstrate competency in biopharmaceutical clinical trial research designs and
regulatory affairs
3 Demonstrate competencies in evaluating clinical research data and
communicating results Manage innovative products through the discovery
processes and into the clinical trial phases
4 Identify and classify different types of trial designs when reading a trial report
understand the essential of GLP roles and responsibilities of stakeholders in
clinical trials
41
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
4T3 A) Toxicology (Clinical Research)
Unit I Pre-Clinical Research
Animal studies acute amp chronic toxicity of drugs regulations for number amp types of
animals protocols for animal experimentation Biochemical amp histopathological studies of
animals after drug administration Mechanism amp cause of death Routine toxicity studies amp
special toxicity studies carcinogenicity mutagenicity amp teratogenicity to be given special
emphasis
Unit II Phases of Clinical Research
Phases of clinical research number of volunteers in phase I amp types of patients in phase II to
IV Importance of these investigations Post marketing surveillance (PMS) amp
pharmacovigilence in case of clinical investigations after marketing authorization
Importance of ethical committee protocol design documentation in clinical trials Bio
Availability and Bio Equivalence studies Pharmacokinetics Pharmacodynamics Genomic
studies
Unit III Good lab practices
Good Clinical Practices Good Manufacturing Practices and Good Laboratory Practices
Principles of ICH-GCP History GCP declaration of Helsinki Belmont report Nuremberg
code Tuskgee trial Schedules Y and its amendments ICMR Guidelines Composition
functions amp operations of IRBIEC ethics of clinical trials Health Authorities- CDSCO US-
FDA EMEA and other
Unit IV Roles and Responsibilities of different stake holders in Clinical Research-
Sponsor CRO SMO Ethics Committee Investigator CRA CRC Patients and other
Departments in Clinical Research- Operations Business Development Regulatory
Pharmacovigilance Data Management Centralized Monitoring Quality Finance Important
documents in Clinical Research and importance of documentation in Clinical Research
Stages in clinical trial-Feasibilities PSSV SIV SMV and Close-out visits Audits and
Inspections
Suggested reading
1 Clinical Research Coordinator Handbook Norris Deborrah Plexus Publications
20040601
2 Clinical Research Methodology and Evidence-Based Medicine Babu Ajit N
Anshan 20080530
3 Conducting Clinical Research Judy Stone Biblio Distribution 2006
4 Essentials of clinical research Stephen P Glasser (Edt) Springer Verlag 2008
42
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
Paper ndash III (Code 4T3 B) Nutrition (Applied Nutritional Biochemistry)
Learning outcome Students will be
1 Capable of describing biochemical pathways relevant in nutrient metabolism 2 Capable of using selected biochemical techniques relevant in nutritional
biochemical research 3 Critical reading of scientific articles in nutritional biochemistry 4 Capable of discussing research questions relevant to nutritional biochemistry 5 The ability to ask critical questions and discuss nutritional biochemical research
43
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
4T3 B) Nutrition (Applied Nutritional Biochemistry)
Unit I Clinical nutrition
Role of a dietician role and responsibilities of a dietitian nutrition counseling professional
ethics and obligations
Diet therapy-Rationale for diet therapy (normal diet modifications of the diet to the light
diet soft diet full liquid diet clear liquid tube feeding) Routes for diet therapy-enteral and
parental use of biochemical parameters in the planning of diets use of computers in the
planning of diets
Unit II Nutritional Counseling and Dietetics
Nutritive value of different food groups and changes due to cooking in various food groups
Storage of foods food quality and factors affecting food quality Control of food quality Use
of additives Classification and applications
Unit III Community Nutrition
Opportunities in community Nutrition Assessing Community Resources assessing target
population program planning Assessing communityrsquos nutritional resources Food insecurity
food assistance programs world hunger and food insecurity Principles of nutrition education
and policy making national nutrition agenda
Unit IV Applied Nutrition and Public Health Concept of Health Nutrition and Public Health Nutrition Demographic trends in India and
the significance of certain indices of Health and Nutrition situation of a community IMR
MMR TFR Birth rate Death rate Life expectancy etc) Major nutritional problems in
developing countries Dietary surveys-methods ways of interpretations and analysis
recommendations based on survey findings Assessment of nutritional status biochemical
and anthropometry
Suggested Reading
Clinical nutrition
edited by- professor marinos elia (university of outhampton) professor olle ljungqvist
(karolinska institutet amp oumlrebro university hospital) dr outham outhamp (university of
outhampton professor susan lanham-new (university of surrey) - see more at
httpwwwnutritionsocietyorgpublicationstextbooksclinical-
nutritionsthashw12tfscqdpuf
Public health nutrition
edited by- professor michael gibney (ucd institute of food and health) professor barrie
margetts (university of southampton) dr john kearney (dublin institute of technology)
professor lenore arab (university of california los angeles)
httpwwwnutritionsocietyorgpublicationstextbookspublic-health-
nutritionsthash8pvhu1m0dpuf
Staying healthy with nutrition author- elson m Hass buck levin
American dietetic association complete food and nutrition guide Roberta larson duyff
44
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
MSc Biochemistry CBCS syllabus Effective from 2015-16
SEMESTER 4
Foundation 2 Basic Enzymology
Unit I
Introduction to Enzymology Nomenclature and classification of enzymes History sources of
enzymes (Animal Plant and microorganisms) Protein amp nonprotein nature of enzymes with
examples enzymes as biological catalysts and their importance principle of assay of enzymes and
measurement of activity effect of experimental conditions on measurement of activity such as time pH temp
substrate definition of enzyme unit Stability of enzymes and half life of enzymes Effect of environmental
factors on stability of enzymes Concept of Zymogens and active enzyme with examples effect of activators
and inhibitors on enzyme activity Role of coenzymes and cofactors on enzyme catalysis with examples
Unit II Production amp purification
Method os screening of sources for desired enzymes Availability of the sources for procurement
of enzymes Natural and synthetic Media for microbial enzyme production effect of inducers and
environmental factors on enzyme production by microorganisms
Methods of isolation of enzymes form the source purification of enzyme by dialysis salt and solvent
precipitation chromatography gel filtration Purification by affinity chromatography methods of
determination of purity and nature of of enzymes by simple PAGE SDSPAGE and 2 D electrophoresis
Unit III Enzyme Kinetics
Lock amp key model and Koshland model of enzyme active site Determination of active site of enzyme
Michelis Mentain equation kinetics of reversible irreversible and nonreversible enzymes Line Weaver burk
plot and Eddie Hofstie Plot Determination of kinetic constants and activation energy Effect of competitive
and non-competitive inhibitors on enzyme activity Allosteric enzyme and sigmoidal kinetics
Unit IV Applications of enzymes
Structure and function of multienzyme complex systems such as PDH KGH B oxidation spiral and glycolysis
Advantages of soluble and membrane bound enzymes Futile cycles in Biochemistry
Methods of immobilization of enzymes advantages and disadvantages of immobilization Application of
Immobilized enzymes in agriculture cosmetics detergent dairy brewing and food industries with examples
such as lactase pectinase proteinase invertaselipase etc Application of enzymes in nanotechnology
biosensors etc
Suggested references
1 Enzymology and Enzyme Technology 2014 by SM Bhatt (S Chand)
2 Enzyme Technology 2006 by Ashok Pandey (Editor) Colin Webb (Editor) MARCELO
FERNANDES (Editor) Springer
3 Biocatalysts and enzyme technology 2012 Klaus Buchholz
45
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
4T4 Bioresearch Techniques II (Subject centric core 2)
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Learn describe and build up knowledge domain regarding the latest and most advanced Bioresearch techniques available for biochemical research
2 Be aware select appropriately apply technology platforms and Perform techniques for analysis of DNA and protein expression
3 Evaluation of data and controls related to research techniques 4 Create thought-provoking questions related to the laboratory equipment
46
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
4T4 Bioresearch Techniques II (Subject centric core 2)
UNIT I
Biochemical methods I- Co-immunoprecipitation BiFC bimolecular fluorescence
complementation affinity electrophoresis Pull down assays label transfer yeast two hybrid
screens phage display
UNIT II
Biochemical methods II- In-vivo crosslinking of protein complexes using photo-reactive
amino acid analogs Tandem affinity purification (TAP) Chemical cross-linking SPINE
(Strepprotein interaction experiment) Quantitative immunoprecipitation combined with
knock-down (QUICK) Proximity ligation assay (PLA) in situ
UNIT III
Biophysical and theoretical methods I
Bio-Layer Interferometry
Dual polarisation interferometry (DPI)
Static light scattering (SLS)
Dynamic light scattering (DLS)
Surface plasmon resonance
UNIT IV
Biophysical and theoretical methods II
Fluorescence polarizationanisotropy
Fluorescence correlation spectroscopy
FRET BRET
2D-FT NMR spectroscopy
Proteinndashprotein docking
Isothermal Titration Calorimetry (ITC)
Isothermal Titration Calorimetry (ITC)
Suggested References
1 Molecular Biology of The Cell Alberts 5th Edition 2007 NCBI Publication
2 Principles of Biochemistry Lehninger WH Freeman
3 Biochemistry of Signal Transduction and Regulation-shy‐ Gerhard Krauss
Wiley VCH 3rd Revised Edition
4 Molecular Cell Biology Lodish 6th Edition WH Freeman amp Company
5 The cell Cooper 2nd Edition ASM Press
6 Gene IX Benjamin Lewin
Published by Pearson Prentice Hall
7 Cell and Molecular Biology Gerald Karp
8 Molecular Biology Robert Weaver 1st Edition WCBNMcGraw-shy‐Hill
9 Molecular Biology of the Gene Watson 6th Edition Pearson Publication
10 Gene Regulation A Eukaryotic Perspective David Latchman 5 illustrated Taylor amp
Francis 2005
47
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
4P1 Advanced Clinical Biochemistry and Immunology and Toxicology and Nutrition
1 Demonstration of dialysis using blood filtrate (Protein Separation)
2 Immunology
a Quantitative Estimation of Antibody
b Precipitation Techniques Double Immunodiffusion Single (Radial)
Immunodiffusion
3 Electrophoretic Techniques Immuno-electrophoresisRocket Immunoelectrophoresis
Immuno-diffusion
4 To assay cathepsin D ATPase (NaKCaMg) Lipid peroxidase enzymes
5 Assay of Acetylcholine esterase activity in rat brain
6 Assay of monoamine oxidase
7 Fractionation of tissues and assay of proteins
8 Assay of ornithine amino transferase
9 Glutathione Estimation
10 Organ tissue morphology histopathology
11 Assay of toxicant biotransformation enzyme-cytochrome P450
12 Test for teratogenecity carcinogenecity Ames test
13 To perform pair wise alignment of sequences using BLAST program
14 To design primers for the given gene sequences
15 To perform multiple sequence alignment and generate phylogenetic tree
16 To retrieve and visualize the three dimensional structures of proteins
17 To retrieve metagenomic sequences and primer designing to develop STS marker
OR
18 Determination of Triglycerides
19 Proximate Analysis of Food Samples
48
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4 Project
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Plan and develop experimental design projects from concept through to professional
prototype
2 Apply theoretical knowledge conceptual skills and techniques to the development of
solutions for biochemical problems
3 Apply initiative and judgment in planning problem solving and decision making in
practice or future study
4 Design a research project and submit in a form of thesis they will present their results of
the thesis to an audience of peers and faculty and be able to defend their results during
final evaluation
4PROJ PROJECT
4S1 Seminar
11
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 1
1T 3 Biochemical Research Techniques
Unit I Research Methodology
1 Introduction to research methodology History and definition of research role of
theory hypothesis sampling variables randomness selection of problem purpose of
research and research reporting
2 Experimental research Early experimentation experimental groups control groups
variables method of controlling variables designing and validation of experiments
3 Methods and tools in research Research tools and its reliability and validity
quantitative and qualitative studies observation inquiry forms Q methodology data
collection limitations and sources of error
4 Types of data Analysis Descriptive data analysis Inferential data analysis Computer
data analysis
Unit II Biostatistics
Principles and practice of statistical methods in biological research samples and populations Basic
statistics-average statistics of dispersion coefficient of variation confidence limits Probability
distribution normal binomial and Poisson distribution Mean variants standard deviations and
standard error correlation and regression test of statistical significance and analysis of variance and
covariance
Unit III Data Retrieval Scientific Writing and Presentation
1 Information Search amp Data Retrieval Tools for Web Search Data Retrieval Tools
Data Mining of Biological Databases
2 Report Writing Significance of report writing different steps in report writing types
of report layout of research paper
3 Mechanics and precautions of writing research reports for scientific journals popular
magazines seminarssymposia conferencesworkshops poster session
4 Presentationndash Oral amp Written Presentations in classrooms scientific meets amp public
audience Defence of research thesis
Unit IV Computers
Introduction of computer networks- Topologies and designs Basics of computer operating systems-
windows and Linux Introduction to Markup language-Hyper Text Markup Language (HTML) and
Extensive Markup Language (XML) Spreadsheets and Presentation software
Systems Biology-An introduction
Introduction to Metagenomics
Suggested References
1 Fundamentals of Biostatistics Bernard A Rosner Thomson-BrooksCole 2006
2 Research methodology in social behavioural and life sciences Designs models and
methods Herman J Ader and Gideon Mellenbergh (Ed) SAGE Publications
6 Principles of Genome analysis and genomics Primrose SB Twyman RM Blackwell
Science (2002)
7 Biostatistics-A foundation for Health Science Daniel WW John Wiley (1983)
8 Statistical Methods Medhi J Willey Eastern Limited (1992)
12
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 1
Paper 4 (Code 1T4) Plant Biochemistry Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Detailed knowledge of plant cellular architecture and the mechanism
of photosynthetic systems for photophosphorylation will enable the
students to get a dissected approach for understanding autotrophic food
synthesis mechanism driven by photon energy operative in plants
2 Hormonal pathways driving plant growth mechanisms form the
foundation for in vitro plant propagation setup and understanding of
Plant tissue culture aspects Students would gain an thorough insight of
growth regulatory mechanism of plants through which they will be able
to devise the hormonal concoction required for organogenesis and related
plant tissue culture applications
3 Students will be able to learn metabolic attributes and driving
principles of plant growth through basic carbohydrate lipid and protein
metabolism Also the students will be developing a comprehension of
importance of nitrogen and sulphur metabolism in plants and associated
plant physiological alterations
4 With in depth knowledge about plant physiochemical aspects the
students will get equipped to develop an understanding about effects
caused by biotic and abiotic stress factors on plant metabolism and
growth They can thus impinge upon the ways to tackle such stress
physiological aspects to promote and resolve plant stresses
5 Practical exposure to biochemical analysis of plant physiological
aspects would improve the students application approach towards plant
biochemistry as tool to protect plant diversity
13
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 1
1T4 Plant Biochemistry
Unit I Plant Cell and Photosynthesis
Structure of plant cell Structure of plant cell membrane and cell wall
Structure of chloroplast system Photosynthetic pigments and their functions Photo system
I amp II Photosynthetic electron transport and photophosphorylation
Calvin cycle(C3 plants) Hatch slack pathway (C4 plants) Crassulacean acid metabolism
Unit II Plant hormones and Tissue culture
Plant hormones Biosynthesis structure and biochemical mode of action of auxins
gibberellins cytokinins abscisic acid and ethylene Other plant growth regulators
Plant tissue culture Plant cell organs and culture Somaclonal variation protoplast isolation
fusion and culture of protoplasts Application of plant tissue culture
Unit III Plant respiration and Metabolism
Plant respiration Carbohydrate lipid and Protein metabolism Cyanide sensitive and
insensitive respiration
Nitrogen metabolism Development and structure of root nodules Role of nod factors in
nodule development Structure of plant nitrogenase system Symbiotic nitrogen fixation and
and its regulation Formation and assimilation of ammonia
Sulphur metabolism Sulphate activation Reduction of active sulphate Oxidation of
inorganic sulphur incorporation of sulphur into amino acids
Unit IV Biochemistry of plant growth amp stress physiology
Biochemistry of seed and bud dormancy Biochemistry of seed germination factors affecting seed germination Structure and function of Phytochrome and Cryptochrome Photoperiodism and Vernalization Hormonal regulation of flowering Responses of plant to biotic (pathogens and insects) and abiotic (water temperature and salt) stresses Mechanism of resistance to biotic stress and tolerance to abiotic stress
Suggested References
1 Plant physiology -Taiz amp Ziger
2 Biochemistry and molecular Biology of plant-Buchanan
3 Plant physiology -M Devlin
4 Plant pathology- George N Agriose
5 Plant breeding- BD Singh
6 Germination of seed- AM Mayer amp A Mayber
7 Introduction of Plant Physiology -William Hopkins
8 Introduction to plant - Godwin amp merser
9 Plant physiology - Mohit Warma
14
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 1
1P 1 Protein Biochemistry and Enzymology
1 Estimation of protein by UV Spectrophotometer by E280E260 method
2 Estimation of Riboflavin by Arnoldrsquos fluorimetric method
3 Estimation of Thiamine by thiochrome method
4 Separation of proteins by PAGE
5 Seperation of proteins by SDS gel electrophoresis
6 Western Blotting
7 Purification of proteins by isoelectric precipitation
8 Molecular weight determination
9 Fractionation of cells by differential centrifugation
10 Assay of marker enzymes
11 To study the essentiality of co-enzymes in enzyme catalyzed reaction
12 Fractionation of human plasma proteins by precipitation
13 Assay of acid and alkaline phosphatase
14 Effect of environmental factors such as pH temperature and inhibitors on alkaline
phosphatase
15 Measurement of initial velocity
16 To study kinetics of enzyme using Lineweaver-Burk Eadie-Hofstee and Hanes Plots
1P 2 Biochemical Research Techniques and Plant Biochemistry
1 Absorption of water by live amp dead seeds
2 Changes in carbohydrate protein content during germination
3 Induction of proteinases amylases and lipase during germination
4 Induction of vitamin C synthesis during germination
5 Isolation and characterization of trypsin inhibitor
6 Assay of peroxidase catalase phenol oxidase ascorbic acid oxidase
7 Isolation of plant DNA amp RNA
8 Estimation of carotene ascorbic acid phenols and tannins in fruits and vegetables
9 Development of callus culture from meristems and leaves
1S1 Seminar
InstitutionalEducational tour For minimum 08 days
15
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 2
Paper ndash I (Code 2T1) Immunology
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Remember and Understand basic concepts of Immunology Molecular details of
various receptors and effectors involved in evoking Immune responses
2 Mechanism and pathways of immunity with essential details about immunoglobulin
structures and mechanism of action
3 Appreciate and assess the various immunological techniques used for public health
Applications of immunology based techniques in public health and immunization
16
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 2
2T1 Immunology
Unit I The Immune system Immunoglobulins and TCR
History of Immunology Innate Immunity effector mechanisms involved PAMPs PRRs
Phagocytosis Lysis blocking extra cellular killing etc Biochemistry and biology of TLRs
Inflamatory processes inflamamasomes interrelationship between innate and adaptive
immunity
Immunoglobulins and TCR
Immunochemistry Antigen antibody reaction its kinetics and thermodynamics Structure
functions of immunoglobulins Ig genes and their expression Generation of Ab diversity
BCR TCR Organization and re-arrangement of TCR genes TCR diversity
Unit II
Anatomy of Immune system
Immunological cells tissues and organs Maturation activation and differentiation of B and
T cells MHC genes and their polymorphism Structure and function of MHC molecules
Clonal selection theory Cell surface molecules Ig super family integrins selectins
chemokine receptors and other accessory molecules Cytokines and chemokines
Unit III
Immune response by T and B lymphocytes
Cellular and molecular mechanisms of Ab production humoral and cell mediated immunity
Antigen processing and presentation T and B cell interaction Super antigens
Unit IV
Immunological Techniques
Immunochemical techniques including immunodiffusion RIA EIA agglutination
immunoflorescence immunoelectron microscopy immunoelectrophoresis HLA typing
leukocyte migration inhibition technique delayed hypersensitivity technique cytotoxicity
assay Monoclonal Abrsquos hybridoma and other technologies Abzymes
Suggested References
1 Cellular and Molecular Immunology- 5th Edition Abul K Abbas Andrew Litchman
2 Immunology-5th Edition Richard A Goldsby Thomas J Kindt Barbara A Osborne
Janis Kuby
3 Immunology- 6th Edition Ivan Roitt Jonathan Brostoff David Male
17
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 2
Paper ndash II (Code 2T2) Clinical Biochemistry
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Remember and Understand fundamental concepts in Clinical Biochemistry and
recent automations introduced in it
2 Comprehend basics of Endocrine system and hormones involved for regulation of
various biochemical functions of target organs
3 Illustrate compare and appreciate functions and biochemical attributes of Liver and
implications in Clinical Biochemistry
18
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 2
2T2 Clinical Biochemistry
Unit I Automation in clinical biochemistry gastric and blood disorders
Automation in Clinical Biochemistry- Instrumental concept Selection of Instrument Quality
assurance Control of pre-analytical and analytical variables External and internal quality
control measurements
Gastric disorders Disorders of gastric function method of evaluation pancreatic diseases
Steatorrhoea Malabsorption syndrome test for their evaluation
Blood Disorder Review of mechanism of coagulation and fibrinolysis abnormalities in
blood coagulation variation of plasma proteins abnormalities of blood formation anemia
haemoglobinopathies clinical significance of fecal and urine analysis
Unit II Endocrinology I Insulin and glucagon Various types of hyperglycemia Diabetes mellitus Ketonemia
ketonuria Experimental diabetes Hypoglycemia Polyurea Glucose tolerance test
Thyroid Iodine metabolism Hypo and Hyper thyroidism BMRand other test for
evaluation of thyroid function
Parathyroid Calcium and phosphorus metabolism Abnormalities of Parathyroid function
and methods of evaluation
Unit III Endocrinology II
Adrenal Addisonrsquos disease and pheochromocytoma Disorders of steroid metabolism Test
for evaluation of adrenal functions
Pituitary Pituitary hormones Clinical syndromes and their evaluation
Unit IV Liver disorders
Liver disorders Jaundice fatty liver and liver function tests Renal function test
Cerebrospinal fluid Composition in health and disease Lipid profile in health and disease
Elements of Clinical Enzymology Isoenzymes in health and disease
Clinical significance of GOT GPT Creatine kinase LDH etc
Biochemical diagnosis of disease by enzymatic evaluation
Suggested References 1 Clinical Biochemistry ndash Metabolic and Clinical aspects By-William J Marshall amp Stephen
K Angert
2 Harperrsquos Biochemistry - 27th EdText book of Medical Physiology - By Guyton
3 Text book of Physiology -By Burn amp levy
4 Biochemistry ndashBy L Stryer (Freeman amp CoNY)
5 Biochemistry with clinical correlation- By Thomas Devli
6 The Metabolic Basis of Inherited Disease 5th Ed-By John Stanbury
7 Teitz Fundamentals of Clinical Chemistry ndashBy CABurtis amp Ashwood
8 Biochemistry - By Lehninger
9 Lehningerrsquos Biochemistry ndashBy Nelson amp Cox
10 Biochemistry ndashBy Stanford
11 Basic Medical Biochemistry A Clinical approach- By Smith
12 Principles of Internal Medicines- By HarrisonT R
13 Practical Biochemistry Principles amp Techniques- By Wilson amp Walker
14 Practical Biochemistry ndashBy David Plummer
19
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 2
Paper ndash III (Code 2T3) Cell Biochemistry
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Gain knowledge about fundamentals of cell division cycle and decision making
ability of the cells to proceed for duplication with regulatory aspects
2 Cell communication ability and control of cell cycle brough about by internal and
external molecular effectors
3 Understand basic concept of Cancer Biology and stem cells
20
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 2
2T3 Cell Biochemistry
Unit I Cell cycle and regulation
Review of cell cycle divisional control regulatory proteins cyclincdk complexes positive
and negative regulation inhibitory molecules restriction points regulation of DNA
synthesis regulation of degradation check points cell cycle arrest role of cyclically
activated protein kinases transcriptional regulation
Unit II Cell communication I
General principles of cell communication extra cellular signals and their receptors autocrine
signaling and role of gap junctions types of cell receptors relay of signal and intracellular
signal proteins regulated proteolysis dependent signaling pathways (Notch Wnt hedgehog
NFKB)
Unit III Cell communication II
Informational transactions in eukaryotic cells- cyclic AMP facet Study of G-proteins
signaling through G-protein linked cell surface receptors signaling through enzyme linked
cell surface receptors Calcium messenger system signaling via GMP
Unit IV Cancer
Causes and types of cancer viral carcinogenesis tumor suppressors oncogenes and signal
transduction growth and spread of cancer molecular basis of cancer therapy molecular
markers
Programmed cell death and its regulation in normal physiology regulation and execution of
mammalian apoptosis cytokine signaling and role of apoptosis in tumor genesis
Suggested References
1 Molecular Biology of the Cell Alberts 5th Edition 2007 NCBI Publication
2 Principles of Biochemistry Lehninger WH Freeman
3 Biochemistry of Signal Transduction and Regulation - Gerhard Krauss Wiley VCH 3rd
Revised Edition
4 Molecular Cell Biology Lodish 6th Edition WH Freeman amp Company
5 The Cell Cooper 2nd Edition ASM Press
6 Gene IX Benjamin Lewin Published by Pearson Prentice Hall
7 Cell and Molecular Biology Gerald Karp
8 Molecular Biology Robert Weaver 1st Edition WCB McGraw-Hill
9 Molecular Biology of the Gene Watson 6th Edition Pearson Publication
10 Gene Regulation A Eukaryotic Perspective David Latchman 5 illustrated Taylor amp
Francis 2005
11 The Cell- G M Cooper
21
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 2
Paper ndash IV (Code 2T4) Molecular Biology
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Remember and understand the fundamental concepts of Molecular Biology and the
experiments involved in it
2 Relate the concepts of Molecular Biology in the development of Biochemical
research techniques
22
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 2
2T4 Molecular Biology
Unit I Eukaryotic and Prokaryotic chromosomes
Chromatin structure Histones DNA nucleosome morphology and higher level organization Functional
states of chromatin and alterations in chromatin organization Chromosome organization Metaphase
chromosomes centromere and kinetochore telomere and its maintenance Holocentric chromosomes
Heterochromatin and euchromatin position effect variegation Chromosomal domains (matrix loop domains)
and their functional significance
Organization of nuclear and organellar genomes C-value paradox Repetitive DNA-satellite DNAs and
interspersed repeated DNAs Transposable elements LINES SINES Alu family and their application in
genome mapping
Concept of a gene Conventional and modern views Fine structure of gene split genes pseudogenes non-
coding genes overlapping genes and multi-gene families
Unit II Replication and Recombination
Replication Review of replication in bacteria plasmid and viruses Models of DNA replication DNA
replication in eukaryotes Eukaryotic DNA polymerases and their roles origin of replication Autonomously
Replicating Segments (ARS) in yeast elongation lagging strand synthesis and termination
Recombination DNA recombination Homologous site specific and transposition
Homologous recombination Holliday Model Messelsson -Radding Model Rec BCD pathway
Site specific recombination Lambda phage ingration and excision rearrengementof immunoglobulin genes
Transposition Prokaryotic transposition Insertion sequences and mere complex transposons (eg Tn3)
conservative and replicative transposition Eukaryotic transposable elements yeast and Drosophila transposons
retroviruses and retrovirus like elements
Unit III Transcription
Review of prokaryotic transcription transcription in eukaryotes Eukaryotic RNA polymerases and their
subunit structure Class I II and III promoters Upstream elements enhancers and silencers General
transcription factors Class I II III genes and their functions elongation factors TBP structure and its role in
transcription mediators Structure of transcription activators zinc fingers homeodomains helix loop helix
bZIP beta barrels
Unit IV Viruses
General properties of viruses (size shape composition of viral capsid spikes envelope and nucleic acids)
Viral classification in brief Baltimore classification Structure and composition of DNA viruses (Herpes virus
amp Adenovirus) and RNA viruses (HIV)
Tumor viruses (HBV HTLV HPV) structure and mechanism of oncogenesis
Structure and life cycle of Lambda and M13 bacteriophages
Laboratory diagnosis of viral diseases
Mechanism of action of Antiviral drugs (Acyclovir Foscarnet Nevirapine Saquinavir Oseltamivir)
Suggested References
1 Molecular Biology of Gene Watson
2 Gene 7 Benjamin Lewin
3 Cell amp Molecular Biology Devlin
4 Biochemistry Lehninger Nelson amp Cox
5 Biochemistry Voet amp Voet
6 Molecular Biology David Frifelder
7 Molecular biology-Lodish Baltimore
8 Genetics-Russell
9 Genetics 1and 2-CBPower
10 Molecular biology-Watson
11 Molecular biochemistry ndashRobert Weaver
12 Microbiology by Davis
13 Virology by Luria
14 Understanding Viruses-Teri Shors Jones and Bartlett Publishers Massachusetts edition 2009
23
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 2
2P1 Clinical Biochemistry And Immunology
1 Determination of serum and urine Creatinine by Jaffrsquos method
2 Determination of serum Bilirubin by Malloy amp Evllyn method
3 Determination of serum Chloride by Schales amp Schales method
4 Estimation of blood urea by Nesslerisation method
5 Estimation of Serum amylase (EC3211)
6 Estimation of Serum Cholesterol by Single Step Method (Libermann amp Burchard)
7 Determination of Serum Uric Acid by Henry Carawayrsquos method
8 Determination of Icteric Index SGOT SGPT and alkaline phosphatase activity
9 Routine Urine Analysis
10 Quantitative Estimation of T3 T4 and TSH
11 To determine Urinary VMA (3-methoxy 4 ndashHydroxyl Vanillin Mandellic Acid)
12 Glucose Tolerance Test
2P2 Cell And Molecular Biology
1 Use of Simple Compound and Phase Contrast Microscopes
2 Isolation culture and cell counting of lymphocytes
3 Adherent cell line Trypsinization cell count subculturing
4 MTT assay
5 Isolation of DNA from Bacteria and Blood
6 Assessment of purity of DNA by 260280 ratio
7 Isolation of plasmid DNA Mini Prep Midi Prep and Maxi Prep
8 Restriction digestion of DNA
9 Ligation of DNA
10 Separation of DNA fragments by Electrophoresis
11 Southern Blotting amp Northern Blotting
2S1 Seminar
24
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 3
Paper ndash I (Code 3T1) Advanced Molecular Biology
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Understand the concepts of Eukaryotic Transcription regulation mechanisms with details
of enzymes involved eukaryotic transcription process
2 Post transcriptional and translational modifications and regulatory aspects of it
3 Describe the expression of genes and the regulatory RNAs involved in it
4 Appreciate epigenetic ways of gene expression regulation
25
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 3
3T1 Advanced Molecular Biology
Unit I Regulation of eukaryotic gene expression at transcriptional level
Overview of transcription by RNA Polymerases I II and III
Anatomy of a protein-coding gene
Basal transcription by RNA polymerase II Subunits of Pol II general transcription factors
Activators How the initiation complex is assembled How initiation occurs
Speeding up the process Enhancers TAFs and how they work
Regulated transcription transcription factors Zinc-fingers (Sp1 the first such factor identified)
Leucine zippers Basic helix loop helix Homeodomains DNA binding domains Activating domains
RNA Elongation HIV TATTAR
RNA polymerase III and regulation of 5S rRNA
Unit II Regulation of eukaryotic gene expression at post translational translational and post-
translational levels
Regulation at tpst-transcriptional level Effect of cap and polyadenylation on splicing trans and
alternative splicing RNA editing mRNA stability and transport
Regulation at Translational level Global regulation through eIF2 and eIF4EeIF4E-BP Specific
regulation through 5 UTRs using RNA structure eg ODC Specific regulation through 5
UTRprotein interactions eg ferritin in eukaryotes and ribosomal proteins in prokaryotes Specific
regulation through 3 UTRs eg 15-LOX
Regulation at post-translational level Control of the level of active proteins regulation of proteolysis
Unit III Regulatory RNAs
Historical background RNA interference as regulatory mechanism in eukaryotes Slicer and dicer
synthesis and function of RNAi molecules in plants chromatin remodeling in human disease and
diagnosis
Unit IV Epigenetics
Background chromosomal inheritance taking fission yeast as an example DNA methyltransferases
DNA methylation maintenance histone modification and regulation of chromatin structure bivalent
histones DNA demethylation histone demethylation
Suggested References
1 Molecular Biology of the Cell Alberts 5th Edition 2007 NCBI Publication
2 Principles of Biochemistry Lehninger WH Freeman
3 Biochemistry of Signal Transduction and Regulation - Gerhard Krauss Wiley VCH 3rd
Revised Edition
4 Molecular Cell Biology Lodish 6th Edition WH Freeman amp Company
5 The cell Cooper 2nd Edition ASM Press
6 Genes IX Benjamin Lewin Published by Pearson Prentice Hall
7 Cell and Molecular Biology Gerald Karp
8 Molecular Biology Robert Weaver 1st Edition WCB McGraw-Hill
9 Molecular Biology of the Gene Watson 6th Edition Pearson Publication
10 Gene Regulation A Eukaryotic Perspective David Latchman 5 illustrated Taylor amp
Francis 2005
26
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 3
Paper ndash II (Code 3T2) Biotechnology
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Remember and Understand fundamental concepts of Genetic Engineering
2 Illustrate and compare different techniques involved in Genetic Engineering
3 Understand the concepts of Prokaryotic and Eukaryotic Transformation and PCR
4 Describe the expression of heterologous genes and the vectors involved in it
5 Appreciate technology involved in industrial products of Protein engineering and
fermentation technology Remember and Understand the design and functioning of
different types of Bioreactors and Downstream processing Evaluate the application of
different types of Bioreactors including immobilization reactor system and its kinetics
6 Comprehend tools important in Bioinformatics analysis for simplified application of
nucleic acid and protein sequence data
27
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 3
3T2 Biotechnology
Unit I rDNA technology Genomic and cDNA libraries DNA manipulation enzymes isolation of specific genes
Gene cloning REs vectors-plasmids cosmids phage vectors M13 phage vectors phagemids expression
vectors with strong promoters inducible vectors produce fusion proteins and their isolation Eucaryotic
expression system shuttle vectors YAC BAC insertion of DNA and its ligation to carrier DNA introduction
of DNA in cells gene synthesis gene libraries
Application of recombinant DNA technology in medicine agriculture industry and environmental sciences
Unit II Gene control systems in bacteria and bacteriophage lambda
Mechanism of induction and repression constitutive expression various control mechanisms positive
regulation negative regulation attenuation operon hypothesis with special reference to malgal ara and
histidine operons Regulatory mechanisms in bacteriophage lambda
Regulation of gene expression at various levels (transcription post transcriptional and translational)
DNA-protein interactions Lambda family of repressor trp repressor
Unit III Biochemical engineering Biochemical Engineering Bioreactors and related equipment and
instrumentation types of bioreactor (Batch semi batch CSTF recycle etc) reactor analysis reactor design
reactor for recombination proteins
Fermentation technology Fermentation technology microbial culture reaction genetic modification use of
mutants recombinant DNA technology and application in fermentation technology microbial growth kinetics
sterilization fermentation process kinetics analysis of rate pattern and kinetic groups fermentation process
types control of environmental variables recovery of fermentation products isolation and purification and use
of immobilization techniques
Unit IV Bioinformatics and Drug Designing Introduction to Bioinformatics Applications of Bioinformatics Bioinformatics resources
Biological Databases Overview to Biological Databases Nucleotide Databases (GenBank DDBJ ENA) Protein sequence
databases (Uniprot Swiss prot Prosite Pfam Prodom) Protein structure databases (PDB SCOP CATH)
Sequence analysis Sequence similarity search BLAST FASTA CLUSTAL
Genomics Introduction to Genomics Comparative Genomic Databases Objective of Genome Comparisons Genome
Alignments
Proteomics Overview of Proteomics Experimental Techniques Bioinformatics Approaches Protein-Protein Interaction
Databases and software
Softwaresrsquo for Drug Designing Structure Based Drug Designing Ligand Based Drug Designing
Virtual Screening Homology Modeling and Chimera Generation
Suggested References 1 Molecular Biology of the Cell Alberts 5th Edition 2007 NCBI Publication
2 Principles of Biochemistry Lehninger WH Freeman
3 Biochemistry of Signal Transduction and Regulation - Gerhard Krauss Wiley VCH 3rd Revised Edition
4 Molecular Cell Biology Lodish 6th Edition WH Freeman amp Company
5 The cell Cooper 2nd Edition ASM Press
6 Genes IX Benjamin Lewin Published by Pearson Prentice Hall
7 Cell and Molecular Biology Gerald Karp
8 Molecular Biology Robert Weaver 1st Edition WCB McGraw-Hill
9 Molecular Biology of the Gene Watson 6th Edition Pearson Publication
10 Gene Regulation A Eukaryotic Perspective David Latchman 5 illustrated Taylor amp Francis 2005
Molecular Biotechnology Principles and Applications of Recombinant DNA Bernard R
GlickhttpwwwamazoncomMolecular-Biotechnology-Principles-Applications-
Recombinantdp1555814980ref=sr_1_6s=booksampie=UTF8ampqid=1323503937ampsr=1-6 - (Author)Publisher
Amer Society for Microbiology 4 edition (December 31 2009)
11 Principles of gene manipulation and genomics S B Primrose Richard M Twyman Publisher Wiley-Blackwell 7
edition (February 17 2006)
12 Principles of Fermentation Technology P F Stanbury (Author) S Hall (Author) A Whitaker (Author) Publisher
Butterworth-Heinemann 2 edition (February 19 1999)
13 1 Bioinformatics A practical guide to the analysis of genes and proteins Baxevanis AD and Ovellette BFF
Wiley-Interscience (2002)
14 2 Molecular and Biotechnology A comprehensive desk reference RA Meyes (Ed) VCH Publishers Inc (1995)
15 3 Textbook of Biotechnology Das HK Wiley Dreamtech India Pvt Ltd (2004)
28
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
Semester 3
Paper ndash III (Code 3T3 A) Toxicology (Biochemical And Environmental Toxicology)
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 To understand key principles of toxicology including various factors affecting toxicity and toxicity assessment
2 To evaluate analyse disposition of toxicants and factor affecting to disposition of toxicants
3 The know how of toxicokinetics and biotransformation 4 To critically analyse and interpret non-organ directed toxicity To
study effect of environmental toxicity on human beings
5 To develop an understanding of the genetic toxicology and
Developmental Toxicology for scientific research practices
6 Critical evaluation of relationship between target organ toxicity for
experimental designs
29
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 3
Core Elective 1
3T3 A) Toxicology (Biochemical And Environmental Toxicology)
Unit I General principles of Toxicology
Definition Different facets of toxicology and their interrelationships Classification of toxic
agents Desired and undesired effects
Various factors affecting toxicity vehicles formulation factors biological half life volume
and concentration dose dosage forms routes of administration entry genetic status etc
Principles of selective toxicity comparative morphology comparative biochemistry
comparative cytology
Toxicity assessment acute subchronic chronic exposure determination of ED50 and LD50
values tests for mutagenecity carcinogenicity genotoxicity Ames test
Unit II Disposition of Toxicants
Factors affecting disposition of toxicants absorption distribution biotransformation
elimination
Absorption through gastro-intestinal tract lungs skin
Distribution storage in tissues blood-brain barrier passage across placenta redistribution
Biotransformation Phase I and II reactions metabolic interrelationship antidotal therapy
Excretion urinary fecal exhalation other routes
Toxicokinetics classic and physiologic
Unit III A) Non ndashorgan directed toxicity
Chemical carcinogenesis definition mechanism
Genetic toxicology definition health impacts and mechanism of induction of genetic
alterations
Developmental toxicology definition principles mechanism and pathogenesis of
developmental toxicity
B) Environmental Toxicology
Air pollution definition air pollutants health effects and risk assessment of air pollution
Introduction to Ecotoxicology
Unit IV Target organ toxicity
Skin skin as a barrier dermatitis acne urticaria
Toxic responses of the blood blood as a target organ toxicology of erythron leukon and
platelets
Toxic responses of the liver physiology and pathophysiology factors in liver injury
mechanism of liver injury
Toxic responses of the respiratory system lungs structure and functions pulmonotoxic
agents pathogenesis of chemical induced damage acute and chronic responses of lungs to
injury
Suggested References
1 Casarette and Doullrsquos Toxicology by Klaassen CD
2 Biochemical Toxicology of Environmental Agents by Bruine D
3 Detoxification mechanisms by Williams RT
4 Selective Toxicity by Albert A
5 Developmental Toxicology by Hood RD
30
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 3
Paper ndash III (Code 3T3 B) Nutrition (Nutritional Biochemistry) (Core Elective 1)
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Capably describe the biochemical techniques that are relevant for the investigation of nutrient metabolism
2 Understand key principles of energy expenditure thermogenic effects Energy requirements and role of dietary fibers in nutrition
3 To read interpret and discuss protein energy malnutrition disorders of mineral metabolism for scientific research
4 To develop an understanding of the observational and experimental character of science in nutritional biochemistry
5 To communicate role of clinical nutrition and food allergies in scientific communication frameworks such as written reports and open discussion
31
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 3
3T3 B Nutrition (Nutritional Biochemistry) (Core Elective 1)
Unit I Basic Concepts
Basic Concept Energy content of foods Measurements of energy expenditure Direct amp
Indirect calorimetry Definition of BMR and SDA and factors affecting these Thermogenic
effects of foods Energy requirements of man and woman and factors affecting energy
requirements
Role of dietary fibers in nutrition
Unit II Nutritional Disorders
Protein Energy Malnutrition (PEM) Aetiology Clinical features Metabolic disorders
and Management of Marasmus and Kwashiorkor diseases
Disorders of Mineral Metabolism Hypercalecemia Hypocalcaemia Normocalcemia
Hyperphosphatemia
Unit III Starvation and Antinutrients
Starvation Techniques for studying starvation protein metabolim in prolonged fasting
protein sparing treatments during fasting Concept of high protein low calorific weight
reduction diets
Antinutrients Naturally occurring food borne toxicants protease inhibitors hemagglutins
hepatotoxins allergens oxalates toxins from mushrooms animal food stuffs and sea foods
Unit IV Clinical Nutrition and Food Allergies
Clinical Nutrition Role of diet and nutrition in the prevention and treatment of diseases
dental caries Fluorosis Atherosclerosis amp Rheumatic disorders Inherited metabolic
Disorders Phenylketonuria Maple Syrup disease amp Hemocystinuria
Food Allergies Definition role of antigen host and environment types of
hypersensitivities diagnosis and treatment of allergy
Suggested Reading 1 Basics of clinical nutrition author- yk joshi jaypee publication
2 Nutrition for the community Gully baba publishing house
Essentials of human nutrition author-jim mann amp stewart truswell oxford university press
3 Introduction to human nutrition
edited by- professor michael gibney (ucd institute of food and health) professor susan lanham-new
(university of surrey) professor aedin Cassidy (university of east anglia) professor hester vorster (north-
west university south africa) httpwwwnutritionsocietyorgpublicationstextbooksintroduction-to-
human-nutritionsthashtdyscawhdpuf
4 Nutrition and metabolism
edited by- professor susan lanham-new (university of surrey) professor ian macdonald (university of
nottingham) professor helen roche (unviersity college dublin) -
httpwwwnutritionsocietyorgpublicationstextbooksnutrition-and-metabolismsthashiusrjtiudpuf
32
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 3
Foundation Course 1 Biomolecules and Basic Metabolism
Unit I Carbohydrates and metabolism
Classification of carbohydrates Structure occurrence and biological importance of
monosaccharides oligosaccharides and polysaccharides
Introduction to Metabolism glycolysis glucogenesis and gluconeogenesis TCA cycle and its
amphibolic role energetics of carbohydrate metabolismAlternate pathways HMP shunt Enter-
Doudoroff glucuronate and glyoxylate pathways Corirsquos cycle
Unit II Lipids and metabolism
Classification of lipids Fatty acids Saturated and unsaturated fatty acids Essential fatty acids
Glycerophospholipids Glycolipids properties and functions
Metabolism Oxidation of fatty acids even and odd numbered unsaturated and branched chain fatty
acids
Degradation and biosynthesis of triacylglycerols and phospholipids energetic of beta- oxidation
Cholesterol biosynthesis catabolism and regulation
Unit III Proteins and metabolism
Classification of amino acids and proteins Protein structures primary secondary tertiary and
quarternary structure General metabolic reaction of amino acids transamination oxidative
deamination minor pathways of amino acid degradation transdeamination amino acid oxidase non
oxidative deamination
Degradation and biosynthesis of amino acids glycogenic and ketogenic amino acids Urea cycle
pathway and regulation
Unit IV Minerals and metabolism
Major and minor and ultra trace minerals their occurrence functions toxicity and interaction with
other nutrients
Iron metabolism and regulation
Calcium and phosphorus metabolism and regulation
Suggested Reading
1 Biophysical Techniques- Upadhyay Upadhyay and Nath
2 Principles of Biochemistry- Lehninger David L Nelson and Michael M Cox
3 Enzymes- Malcolm Dixon and Edwin Webb
4 Harperrsquos Biochemistry- Harper
5 Biochemistry- Western and Todd
6 Cell and Molecular Biology-Gerald Karp
7 Fundamentals of Biochemistry-Donald Voet Judith G Voet and Charlotte W Bratt
33
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 3
Paper ndash IV (Code 3T4 ) Bioresearch Techniques I (Subject centric core 1)
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Understand key principles of how flow cytometer work including data
analysis for their applications
2 Improve on skillful process of the animal cell culture techniques and
experimental demand of knowledge including an appreciation of the
need for good experimental design and scientific research practices
3 To incline intellectual curiosity in DNA and RNA techniques and
related fields that extends well beyond the course
4 To develop practical laboratory skills in the field of DNA and RNA
techniques
34
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 3
3T4 Bioresearch Techniques I (Subject centric core 1)
Unit I Flow cytometry
Principles of flow cytometry Instrument overview principle of fluorescence sample preparation
data analysis and applications of flow cytometry Overview Fludics Generation of Scatter and
fluorescence ( Optical bench optical filters signal detection Treshold) Data Analysis (Data
Collection and Display gating data analysis for subsetting applications Data analysis for ther
applications) Sorting Lasers and Alignment (Working of lasers and laser alignment)
Unit II Animal cell culture techniques
Animal cell Culture Cell culture (adherent and suspension) basic equipment cell culture media-
Components sterility buffering capacity growth requirements supplementation of serum antibiotic
and antimycotic agents preparation of medium advantages and limitations of Primary cell culture
clonal cell lines basic technique a of animal cell subcultuing disaggregation method for quantitation
of cells in culture counting chamber counters cell viability determination cytotoxicity assay and its
applications cell apoptosis assay and its applications 3 D cultures
Unit III DNA techniques
Isolation Sequencing Restriction Nucleases Gel Electrophoresis DNA probes Nucleic acid
hybridization Southern blotting DNA fingerprinting and DNA typing DNA Library
DNA sequencing Sanger and Maxam Gilbert
Restriction Mapping DNase foot printing DMS foot printing knockouts
PCR RFLP RAPD AFLP SNP
Unit IV RNA techniques
Isolation Hybridization Northern Blotting in vitro labeling with radioisotopes and chemical
markers
Mapping and quantifying transcripts S1assay primer extension run off transcription
Transcription rate measurement in vivo Nuclear run on transcription reporter gene N transcription
si RNA technology gene silencing techniques its applications microarrays ribozyme technology
Suggested References
1 Molecular Biology of The Cell Alberts 5th Edition 2007 NCBI Publication
2 Principles of Biochemistry Lehninger WH Freeman
3 Biochemistry of Signal Transduction and Regulation-shy‐ Gerhard Krauss
Wiley VCH 3rd Revised Edition
4 Molecular Cell Biology Lodish 6th Edition WH Freeman amp Company
5 The cell Cooper 2nd Edition ASM Press
6 Gene IX Benjamin Lewin
Published by Pearson Prentice Hall
7 Cell and Molecular Biology Gerald Karp
8 Molecular Biology Robert Weaver 1st Edition WCBNMcGraw-shy‐Hill
9 Molecular Biology of the Gene Watson 6th Edition Pearson Publication
10 Gene Regulation A Eukaryotic Perspective David Latchman 5 illustrated Taylor amp Francis
2005
35
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 3
3P1 Biotechnology And Molecular Biology
1) Fermentation
i) Isolation of microorganisms from soil demonstrating synthesis capability of desired product
Gram staining (Desired property to be decided by the instructor) and screening
ii) Optimization of the lab scale production of the desired product Effect of temperature pH
substrate concentration
iii) Growth curve Estimation of cell number substrate utilization andor product formation
2) Polymerase Chain Reaction
i) PCR amplification from genomic DNA
ii) Nested PCR
iii) Random Amplification of Polymorphic DNA (RAPD)
3) Restriction Fragment Length Polymorphism (RFLP)
3P2 A Biochemical And Environmental Toxicology
1 Qualitative detection of various toxicants in biological samples
Phenothiazine derivatives Organochlorine compounds (Fujiwara test) Phenol Methanol Arsenic (As)
Antimony (Sb) Selenium (Se) Mercury (Hg) Bismuth (Bi) Fluoride (F) Boron (Bo) Gutzeit test for
Antimony (Sb) and Arsenic (As) Spot test for metal toxicants
2 Quantitative determination of Salicylate Paracetamol (acetaminophen) Sulphonamide in biological
samples
3 Enzyme assay in toxic conditions
GOT (AST) GPT (ALT) Acid phosphatase Alkaline phosphatase Acetyl cholinesterase etc
4 Construction of dose-response curves
5 Determination of LD50 value of a toxicant
6 Induction of hepatotoxicity diabetes skin lesions teratogenesis
7 Assay of biomarkers of environmental pollution toxicity
OR
3P2 B) Nutritional Biochemistry
1 Determination of Calcium in food samples
2 Determination of Inorganic Phosphorous in food samples
3 Determination of Iron in food samples
4 Determination of beta carotene in carrots by column chromatography
5 Determination of Ascorbic Acid in food
6 Estimation of Amylase activity
7 Determination of Total Lipids By Sulphophospho vanillin Method
3S1 Seminar
InstitutionalEducational tour For minimum 08 days
36
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
Paper ndash I (Code 4T1) Advanced Clinical Biochemistry
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Analyse evaluate and generate information from a wide variety of sources regarding the key principles of aging and Neurological disorders
2 Analyse the effects of obesity on physiological functions including gene regulation
3 Critically interpret molecular and metabolic diseases and develop new knowledge domain about them
4 To develop effective creative and innovative solutions to current research problems in Reproductive Disease and Reproductive Biochemistry
5 To develop practical laboratory skill for Assisted Reproductive Technology program
37
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
4T1 Advanced Clinical Biochemistry
Unit I Aging and Neurological Disorders
Current view and theories of aging auto immune connection and HLA association processes of
aging and biochemical alteration DNA damage protein oxidation and axonal transport in aging
nutritional intervention as anti-aging therapy
Alzheimerrsquos disease Causes symptoms diagnosis pathogenesis genetics APP ApoE PS2 tau
protein risk factors and therapeutic approaches
Progeria Parkinsonrsquos disease Causes symptoms diagnosis pathogenesis genetics and therapeutic
approaches
Unit II Obesity
Theories lipid metabolism adipose tissue anomalies
Genetic basis of familial obesity effects of neuropeptides and leptin in nutrient partitioning
Obesity related derangements in metabolic regulation Therapeutic approaches
Unit III Molecular and Metabolic Diseases
Human gene map genetic diversity polymorphism genetic linkage chromosomal disorder
Monogenetic Disorders Autosomal dominant autosomal recessive X-linked Multifactorial
disorders Genetic heterogeneity Allelic heterogeneity Pathogenesis of genetic disease
Galactosemia Hemophilia Sickle cell anemia Muscular dystrophy Hypercholesterolemia Gout
Turnerrsquos syndrome
Unit IV Reproductive Biochemistry
Overview of reproductive system and reproduction biochemistry of reproductive disorders (male amp
female) Influence of various factors in reproduction with special reference to role of prostaglandins
and gonadotrophins Mechanism and methods of birth control and possible biochemical
consequences thereof Biochemical markerrsquos in infertility disorders Techniques involved in assisted
reproductive technology (ART) Culture media and cell culture techniques in ART programme
Suggested References
1 Clinical Biochemistry ndash Metabolic and Clinical aspects By-William J Marshall amp Stephen
K Angert
2 Harperrsquos Biochemistry - 27th Ed
3 Text book of Medical Physiology - By Guyton
4 Text book of Physiology -By Burn amp levy
5 Biochemistry ndashBy L Stryer (Freeman amp CoNY)
6 Biochemistry with clinical correlation- By Thomas Devli
7 The Metabolic Basis of Inherited Disease 5th Ed-By John Stanbury
8 Teitz Fundamentals of Clinical Chemistry ndashBy CABurtis amp Ashwood
9 Biochemistry - By Lehninger
10 Lehningerrsquos Biochemistry ndashBy Nelson amp Cox
11 Biochemistry ndashBy Stanford
12 Basic Medical Biochemistry A Clinical approach- By Smith
13 Principles of Internal Medicines- By HarrisonT R
14 Practical Biochemistry Principles amp Techniques- By Wilson amp Walker
15 Practical Biochemistry ndashBy David Plummer
38
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
Paper ndash II (Code 4T2) Advanced Immunology
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Understand details of lymph node microanatomy and learn the B and T cells encounter with antigens and study its development
2 Gain insight into antigen presentation and autophagy on a detailed molecular level
3 Understand immunology of mucosal surfaces and the interplay between commensal flora and the immune system in the gut
4 In-depth knowledge of the cellular and molecular basis for autoimmune disease and allergies
5 Basic knowledge of tumor immunology and the development of novel recombinant antibodies for treatment of cancer and autoimmune disease
39
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
4T2 Advanced Immunology
Unit I Introductory Immunobiology
Complement system Alternative and Classical pathway of complement activation
Immune networks Homeostasis in the immune system-termination of normal immune
responses network hypothesis
In vivo immunity to viruses bacteria fungi protozoa worms etc
Unit II Immunological tolerance and Autoimmunity
Immunologic tolerance T lymphocyte tolerance- central and peripheral Apoptosis in
Lymphocytes-pathways and biochemical mechanisms effector mechanisms Tolerance
induced regulatory T cells B lymphocyte tolerance- Central and Peripheral Homeostasis in
the immune pathogenesis and therapeutic approaches to autoimmunity
Unit III Tumor and Transplantation Immunology Hypersensitivity
General features of tumor immunity tumor antigens Immune response to tumor and
evasion Immunotherapy Types of hypersensitivity Effector mechanisms of immunologic
tissue injury and disease
Unit IV Immunodeficiency and Vaccinology
MHC and disease susceptibility immune deficiency disorders Active immunization
(immune prophylaxis) passive immunization adjuvants modern approaches to vaccine
development role of vaccines in the prevention of disease
Suggested References
1 Cellular and Molecular Immunology- 5th Edition Abul K Abbas Andrew Litchman
2 Immunology-5th Edition Richard A Goldsby Thomas J Kindt Barbara A Osborne
Janis Kuby
3 Immunology- 6th Edition Ivan Roitt Jonathan Brostoff David Male
40
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
Paper ndash III (Code 4T3 A) Toxicology (Clinical Research)
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Have knowledge about assessment and management of ethical clinical trial
programs
2 Demonstrate competency in biopharmaceutical clinical trial research designs and
regulatory affairs
3 Demonstrate competencies in evaluating clinical research data and
communicating results Manage innovative products through the discovery
processes and into the clinical trial phases
4 Identify and classify different types of trial designs when reading a trial report
understand the essential of GLP roles and responsibilities of stakeholders in
clinical trials
41
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
4T3 A) Toxicology (Clinical Research)
Unit I Pre-Clinical Research
Animal studies acute amp chronic toxicity of drugs regulations for number amp types of
animals protocols for animal experimentation Biochemical amp histopathological studies of
animals after drug administration Mechanism amp cause of death Routine toxicity studies amp
special toxicity studies carcinogenicity mutagenicity amp teratogenicity to be given special
emphasis
Unit II Phases of Clinical Research
Phases of clinical research number of volunteers in phase I amp types of patients in phase II to
IV Importance of these investigations Post marketing surveillance (PMS) amp
pharmacovigilence in case of clinical investigations after marketing authorization
Importance of ethical committee protocol design documentation in clinical trials Bio
Availability and Bio Equivalence studies Pharmacokinetics Pharmacodynamics Genomic
studies
Unit III Good lab practices
Good Clinical Practices Good Manufacturing Practices and Good Laboratory Practices
Principles of ICH-GCP History GCP declaration of Helsinki Belmont report Nuremberg
code Tuskgee trial Schedules Y and its amendments ICMR Guidelines Composition
functions amp operations of IRBIEC ethics of clinical trials Health Authorities- CDSCO US-
FDA EMEA and other
Unit IV Roles and Responsibilities of different stake holders in Clinical Research-
Sponsor CRO SMO Ethics Committee Investigator CRA CRC Patients and other
Departments in Clinical Research- Operations Business Development Regulatory
Pharmacovigilance Data Management Centralized Monitoring Quality Finance Important
documents in Clinical Research and importance of documentation in Clinical Research
Stages in clinical trial-Feasibilities PSSV SIV SMV and Close-out visits Audits and
Inspections
Suggested reading
1 Clinical Research Coordinator Handbook Norris Deborrah Plexus Publications
20040601
2 Clinical Research Methodology and Evidence-Based Medicine Babu Ajit N
Anshan 20080530
3 Conducting Clinical Research Judy Stone Biblio Distribution 2006
4 Essentials of clinical research Stephen P Glasser (Edt) Springer Verlag 2008
42
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
Paper ndash III (Code 4T3 B) Nutrition (Applied Nutritional Biochemistry)
Learning outcome Students will be
1 Capable of describing biochemical pathways relevant in nutrient metabolism 2 Capable of using selected biochemical techniques relevant in nutritional
biochemical research 3 Critical reading of scientific articles in nutritional biochemistry 4 Capable of discussing research questions relevant to nutritional biochemistry 5 The ability to ask critical questions and discuss nutritional biochemical research
43
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
4T3 B) Nutrition (Applied Nutritional Biochemistry)
Unit I Clinical nutrition
Role of a dietician role and responsibilities of a dietitian nutrition counseling professional
ethics and obligations
Diet therapy-Rationale for diet therapy (normal diet modifications of the diet to the light
diet soft diet full liquid diet clear liquid tube feeding) Routes for diet therapy-enteral and
parental use of biochemical parameters in the planning of diets use of computers in the
planning of diets
Unit II Nutritional Counseling and Dietetics
Nutritive value of different food groups and changes due to cooking in various food groups
Storage of foods food quality and factors affecting food quality Control of food quality Use
of additives Classification and applications
Unit III Community Nutrition
Opportunities in community Nutrition Assessing Community Resources assessing target
population program planning Assessing communityrsquos nutritional resources Food insecurity
food assistance programs world hunger and food insecurity Principles of nutrition education
and policy making national nutrition agenda
Unit IV Applied Nutrition and Public Health Concept of Health Nutrition and Public Health Nutrition Demographic trends in India and
the significance of certain indices of Health and Nutrition situation of a community IMR
MMR TFR Birth rate Death rate Life expectancy etc) Major nutritional problems in
developing countries Dietary surveys-methods ways of interpretations and analysis
recommendations based on survey findings Assessment of nutritional status biochemical
and anthropometry
Suggested Reading
Clinical nutrition
edited by- professor marinos elia (university of outhampton) professor olle ljungqvist
(karolinska institutet amp oumlrebro university hospital) dr outham outhamp (university of
outhampton professor susan lanham-new (university of surrey) - see more at
httpwwwnutritionsocietyorgpublicationstextbooksclinical-
nutritionsthashw12tfscqdpuf
Public health nutrition
edited by- professor michael gibney (ucd institute of food and health) professor barrie
margetts (university of southampton) dr john kearney (dublin institute of technology)
professor lenore arab (university of california los angeles)
httpwwwnutritionsocietyorgpublicationstextbookspublic-health-
nutritionsthash8pvhu1m0dpuf
Staying healthy with nutrition author- elson m Hass buck levin
American dietetic association complete food and nutrition guide Roberta larson duyff
44
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
MSc Biochemistry CBCS syllabus Effective from 2015-16
SEMESTER 4
Foundation 2 Basic Enzymology
Unit I
Introduction to Enzymology Nomenclature and classification of enzymes History sources of
enzymes (Animal Plant and microorganisms) Protein amp nonprotein nature of enzymes with
examples enzymes as biological catalysts and their importance principle of assay of enzymes and
measurement of activity effect of experimental conditions on measurement of activity such as time pH temp
substrate definition of enzyme unit Stability of enzymes and half life of enzymes Effect of environmental
factors on stability of enzymes Concept of Zymogens and active enzyme with examples effect of activators
and inhibitors on enzyme activity Role of coenzymes and cofactors on enzyme catalysis with examples
Unit II Production amp purification
Method os screening of sources for desired enzymes Availability of the sources for procurement
of enzymes Natural and synthetic Media for microbial enzyme production effect of inducers and
environmental factors on enzyme production by microorganisms
Methods of isolation of enzymes form the source purification of enzyme by dialysis salt and solvent
precipitation chromatography gel filtration Purification by affinity chromatography methods of
determination of purity and nature of of enzymes by simple PAGE SDSPAGE and 2 D electrophoresis
Unit III Enzyme Kinetics
Lock amp key model and Koshland model of enzyme active site Determination of active site of enzyme
Michelis Mentain equation kinetics of reversible irreversible and nonreversible enzymes Line Weaver burk
plot and Eddie Hofstie Plot Determination of kinetic constants and activation energy Effect of competitive
and non-competitive inhibitors on enzyme activity Allosteric enzyme and sigmoidal kinetics
Unit IV Applications of enzymes
Structure and function of multienzyme complex systems such as PDH KGH B oxidation spiral and glycolysis
Advantages of soluble and membrane bound enzymes Futile cycles in Biochemistry
Methods of immobilization of enzymes advantages and disadvantages of immobilization Application of
Immobilized enzymes in agriculture cosmetics detergent dairy brewing and food industries with examples
such as lactase pectinase proteinase invertaselipase etc Application of enzymes in nanotechnology
biosensors etc
Suggested references
1 Enzymology and Enzyme Technology 2014 by SM Bhatt (S Chand)
2 Enzyme Technology 2006 by Ashok Pandey (Editor) Colin Webb (Editor) MARCELO
FERNANDES (Editor) Springer
3 Biocatalysts and enzyme technology 2012 Klaus Buchholz
45
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
4T4 Bioresearch Techniques II (Subject centric core 2)
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Learn describe and build up knowledge domain regarding the latest and most advanced Bioresearch techniques available for biochemical research
2 Be aware select appropriately apply technology platforms and Perform techniques for analysis of DNA and protein expression
3 Evaluation of data and controls related to research techniques 4 Create thought-provoking questions related to the laboratory equipment
46
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
4T4 Bioresearch Techniques II (Subject centric core 2)
UNIT I
Biochemical methods I- Co-immunoprecipitation BiFC bimolecular fluorescence
complementation affinity electrophoresis Pull down assays label transfer yeast two hybrid
screens phage display
UNIT II
Biochemical methods II- In-vivo crosslinking of protein complexes using photo-reactive
amino acid analogs Tandem affinity purification (TAP) Chemical cross-linking SPINE
(Strepprotein interaction experiment) Quantitative immunoprecipitation combined with
knock-down (QUICK) Proximity ligation assay (PLA) in situ
UNIT III
Biophysical and theoretical methods I
Bio-Layer Interferometry
Dual polarisation interferometry (DPI)
Static light scattering (SLS)
Dynamic light scattering (DLS)
Surface plasmon resonance
UNIT IV
Biophysical and theoretical methods II
Fluorescence polarizationanisotropy
Fluorescence correlation spectroscopy
FRET BRET
2D-FT NMR spectroscopy
Proteinndashprotein docking
Isothermal Titration Calorimetry (ITC)
Isothermal Titration Calorimetry (ITC)
Suggested References
1 Molecular Biology of The Cell Alberts 5th Edition 2007 NCBI Publication
2 Principles of Biochemistry Lehninger WH Freeman
3 Biochemistry of Signal Transduction and Regulation-shy‐ Gerhard Krauss
Wiley VCH 3rd Revised Edition
4 Molecular Cell Biology Lodish 6th Edition WH Freeman amp Company
5 The cell Cooper 2nd Edition ASM Press
6 Gene IX Benjamin Lewin
Published by Pearson Prentice Hall
7 Cell and Molecular Biology Gerald Karp
8 Molecular Biology Robert Weaver 1st Edition WCBNMcGraw-shy‐Hill
9 Molecular Biology of the Gene Watson 6th Edition Pearson Publication
10 Gene Regulation A Eukaryotic Perspective David Latchman 5 illustrated Taylor amp
Francis 2005
47
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
4P1 Advanced Clinical Biochemistry and Immunology and Toxicology and Nutrition
1 Demonstration of dialysis using blood filtrate (Protein Separation)
2 Immunology
a Quantitative Estimation of Antibody
b Precipitation Techniques Double Immunodiffusion Single (Radial)
Immunodiffusion
3 Electrophoretic Techniques Immuno-electrophoresisRocket Immunoelectrophoresis
Immuno-diffusion
4 To assay cathepsin D ATPase (NaKCaMg) Lipid peroxidase enzymes
5 Assay of Acetylcholine esterase activity in rat brain
6 Assay of monoamine oxidase
7 Fractionation of tissues and assay of proteins
8 Assay of ornithine amino transferase
9 Glutathione Estimation
10 Organ tissue morphology histopathology
11 Assay of toxicant biotransformation enzyme-cytochrome P450
12 Test for teratogenecity carcinogenecity Ames test
13 To perform pair wise alignment of sequences using BLAST program
14 To design primers for the given gene sequences
15 To perform multiple sequence alignment and generate phylogenetic tree
16 To retrieve and visualize the three dimensional structures of proteins
17 To retrieve metagenomic sequences and primer designing to develop STS marker
OR
18 Determination of Triglycerides
19 Proximate Analysis of Food Samples
48
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4 Project
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Plan and develop experimental design projects from concept through to professional
prototype
2 Apply theoretical knowledge conceptual skills and techniques to the development of
solutions for biochemical problems
3 Apply initiative and judgment in planning problem solving and decision making in
practice or future study
4 Design a research project and submit in a form of thesis they will present their results of
the thesis to an audience of peers and faculty and be able to defend their results during
final evaluation
4PROJ PROJECT
4S1 Seminar
12
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 1
Paper 4 (Code 1T4) Plant Biochemistry Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Detailed knowledge of plant cellular architecture and the mechanism
of photosynthetic systems for photophosphorylation will enable the
students to get a dissected approach for understanding autotrophic food
synthesis mechanism driven by photon energy operative in plants
2 Hormonal pathways driving plant growth mechanisms form the
foundation for in vitro plant propagation setup and understanding of
Plant tissue culture aspects Students would gain an thorough insight of
growth regulatory mechanism of plants through which they will be able
to devise the hormonal concoction required for organogenesis and related
plant tissue culture applications
3 Students will be able to learn metabolic attributes and driving
principles of plant growth through basic carbohydrate lipid and protein
metabolism Also the students will be developing a comprehension of
importance of nitrogen and sulphur metabolism in plants and associated
plant physiological alterations
4 With in depth knowledge about plant physiochemical aspects the
students will get equipped to develop an understanding about effects
caused by biotic and abiotic stress factors on plant metabolism and
growth They can thus impinge upon the ways to tackle such stress
physiological aspects to promote and resolve plant stresses
5 Practical exposure to biochemical analysis of plant physiological
aspects would improve the students application approach towards plant
biochemistry as tool to protect plant diversity
13
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 1
1T4 Plant Biochemistry
Unit I Plant Cell and Photosynthesis
Structure of plant cell Structure of plant cell membrane and cell wall
Structure of chloroplast system Photosynthetic pigments and their functions Photo system
I amp II Photosynthetic electron transport and photophosphorylation
Calvin cycle(C3 plants) Hatch slack pathway (C4 plants) Crassulacean acid metabolism
Unit II Plant hormones and Tissue culture
Plant hormones Biosynthesis structure and biochemical mode of action of auxins
gibberellins cytokinins abscisic acid and ethylene Other plant growth regulators
Plant tissue culture Plant cell organs and culture Somaclonal variation protoplast isolation
fusion and culture of protoplasts Application of plant tissue culture
Unit III Plant respiration and Metabolism
Plant respiration Carbohydrate lipid and Protein metabolism Cyanide sensitive and
insensitive respiration
Nitrogen metabolism Development and structure of root nodules Role of nod factors in
nodule development Structure of plant nitrogenase system Symbiotic nitrogen fixation and
and its regulation Formation and assimilation of ammonia
Sulphur metabolism Sulphate activation Reduction of active sulphate Oxidation of
inorganic sulphur incorporation of sulphur into amino acids
Unit IV Biochemistry of plant growth amp stress physiology
Biochemistry of seed and bud dormancy Biochemistry of seed germination factors affecting seed germination Structure and function of Phytochrome and Cryptochrome Photoperiodism and Vernalization Hormonal regulation of flowering Responses of plant to biotic (pathogens and insects) and abiotic (water temperature and salt) stresses Mechanism of resistance to biotic stress and tolerance to abiotic stress
Suggested References
1 Plant physiology -Taiz amp Ziger
2 Biochemistry and molecular Biology of plant-Buchanan
3 Plant physiology -M Devlin
4 Plant pathology- George N Agriose
5 Plant breeding- BD Singh
6 Germination of seed- AM Mayer amp A Mayber
7 Introduction of Plant Physiology -William Hopkins
8 Introduction to plant - Godwin amp merser
9 Plant physiology - Mohit Warma
14
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 1
1P 1 Protein Biochemistry and Enzymology
1 Estimation of protein by UV Spectrophotometer by E280E260 method
2 Estimation of Riboflavin by Arnoldrsquos fluorimetric method
3 Estimation of Thiamine by thiochrome method
4 Separation of proteins by PAGE
5 Seperation of proteins by SDS gel electrophoresis
6 Western Blotting
7 Purification of proteins by isoelectric precipitation
8 Molecular weight determination
9 Fractionation of cells by differential centrifugation
10 Assay of marker enzymes
11 To study the essentiality of co-enzymes in enzyme catalyzed reaction
12 Fractionation of human plasma proteins by precipitation
13 Assay of acid and alkaline phosphatase
14 Effect of environmental factors such as pH temperature and inhibitors on alkaline
phosphatase
15 Measurement of initial velocity
16 To study kinetics of enzyme using Lineweaver-Burk Eadie-Hofstee and Hanes Plots
1P 2 Biochemical Research Techniques and Plant Biochemistry
1 Absorption of water by live amp dead seeds
2 Changes in carbohydrate protein content during germination
3 Induction of proteinases amylases and lipase during germination
4 Induction of vitamin C synthesis during germination
5 Isolation and characterization of trypsin inhibitor
6 Assay of peroxidase catalase phenol oxidase ascorbic acid oxidase
7 Isolation of plant DNA amp RNA
8 Estimation of carotene ascorbic acid phenols and tannins in fruits and vegetables
9 Development of callus culture from meristems and leaves
1S1 Seminar
InstitutionalEducational tour For minimum 08 days
15
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 2
Paper ndash I (Code 2T1) Immunology
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Remember and Understand basic concepts of Immunology Molecular details of
various receptors and effectors involved in evoking Immune responses
2 Mechanism and pathways of immunity with essential details about immunoglobulin
structures and mechanism of action
3 Appreciate and assess the various immunological techniques used for public health
Applications of immunology based techniques in public health and immunization
16
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 2
2T1 Immunology
Unit I The Immune system Immunoglobulins and TCR
History of Immunology Innate Immunity effector mechanisms involved PAMPs PRRs
Phagocytosis Lysis blocking extra cellular killing etc Biochemistry and biology of TLRs
Inflamatory processes inflamamasomes interrelationship between innate and adaptive
immunity
Immunoglobulins and TCR
Immunochemistry Antigen antibody reaction its kinetics and thermodynamics Structure
functions of immunoglobulins Ig genes and their expression Generation of Ab diversity
BCR TCR Organization and re-arrangement of TCR genes TCR diversity
Unit II
Anatomy of Immune system
Immunological cells tissues and organs Maturation activation and differentiation of B and
T cells MHC genes and their polymorphism Structure and function of MHC molecules
Clonal selection theory Cell surface molecules Ig super family integrins selectins
chemokine receptors and other accessory molecules Cytokines and chemokines
Unit III
Immune response by T and B lymphocytes
Cellular and molecular mechanisms of Ab production humoral and cell mediated immunity
Antigen processing and presentation T and B cell interaction Super antigens
Unit IV
Immunological Techniques
Immunochemical techniques including immunodiffusion RIA EIA agglutination
immunoflorescence immunoelectron microscopy immunoelectrophoresis HLA typing
leukocyte migration inhibition technique delayed hypersensitivity technique cytotoxicity
assay Monoclonal Abrsquos hybridoma and other technologies Abzymes
Suggested References
1 Cellular and Molecular Immunology- 5th Edition Abul K Abbas Andrew Litchman
2 Immunology-5th Edition Richard A Goldsby Thomas J Kindt Barbara A Osborne
Janis Kuby
3 Immunology- 6th Edition Ivan Roitt Jonathan Brostoff David Male
17
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 2
Paper ndash II (Code 2T2) Clinical Biochemistry
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Remember and Understand fundamental concepts in Clinical Biochemistry and
recent automations introduced in it
2 Comprehend basics of Endocrine system and hormones involved for regulation of
various biochemical functions of target organs
3 Illustrate compare and appreciate functions and biochemical attributes of Liver and
implications in Clinical Biochemistry
18
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 2
2T2 Clinical Biochemistry
Unit I Automation in clinical biochemistry gastric and blood disorders
Automation in Clinical Biochemistry- Instrumental concept Selection of Instrument Quality
assurance Control of pre-analytical and analytical variables External and internal quality
control measurements
Gastric disorders Disorders of gastric function method of evaluation pancreatic diseases
Steatorrhoea Malabsorption syndrome test for their evaluation
Blood Disorder Review of mechanism of coagulation and fibrinolysis abnormalities in
blood coagulation variation of plasma proteins abnormalities of blood formation anemia
haemoglobinopathies clinical significance of fecal and urine analysis
Unit II Endocrinology I Insulin and glucagon Various types of hyperglycemia Diabetes mellitus Ketonemia
ketonuria Experimental diabetes Hypoglycemia Polyurea Glucose tolerance test
Thyroid Iodine metabolism Hypo and Hyper thyroidism BMRand other test for
evaluation of thyroid function
Parathyroid Calcium and phosphorus metabolism Abnormalities of Parathyroid function
and methods of evaluation
Unit III Endocrinology II
Adrenal Addisonrsquos disease and pheochromocytoma Disorders of steroid metabolism Test
for evaluation of adrenal functions
Pituitary Pituitary hormones Clinical syndromes and their evaluation
Unit IV Liver disorders
Liver disorders Jaundice fatty liver and liver function tests Renal function test
Cerebrospinal fluid Composition in health and disease Lipid profile in health and disease
Elements of Clinical Enzymology Isoenzymes in health and disease
Clinical significance of GOT GPT Creatine kinase LDH etc
Biochemical diagnosis of disease by enzymatic evaluation
Suggested References 1 Clinical Biochemistry ndash Metabolic and Clinical aspects By-William J Marshall amp Stephen
K Angert
2 Harperrsquos Biochemistry - 27th EdText book of Medical Physiology - By Guyton
3 Text book of Physiology -By Burn amp levy
4 Biochemistry ndashBy L Stryer (Freeman amp CoNY)
5 Biochemistry with clinical correlation- By Thomas Devli
6 The Metabolic Basis of Inherited Disease 5th Ed-By John Stanbury
7 Teitz Fundamentals of Clinical Chemistry ndashBy CABurtis amp Ashwood
8 Biochemistry - By Lehninger
9 Lehningerrsquos Biochemistry ndashBy Nelson amp Cox
10 Biochemistry ndashBy Stanford
11 Basic Medical Biochemistry A Clinical approach- By Smith
12 Principles of Internal Medicines- By HarrisonT R
13 Practical Biochemistry Principles amp Techniques- By Wilson amp Walker
14 Practical Biochemistry ndashBy David Plummer
19
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 2
Paper ndash III (Code 2T3) Cell Biochemistry
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Gain knowledge about fundamentals of cell division cycle and decision making
ability of the cells to proceed for duplication with regulatory aspects
2 Cell communication ability and control of cell cycle brough about by internal and
external molecular effectors
3 Understand basic concept of Cancer Biology and stem cells
20
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 2
2T3 Cell Biochemistry
Unit I Cell cycle and regulation
Review of cell cycle divisional control regulatory proteins cyclincdk complexes positive
and negative regulation inhibitory molecules restriction points regulation of DNA
synthesis regulation of degradation check points cell cycle arrest role of cyclically
activated protein kinases transcriptional regulation
Unit II Cell communication I
General principles of cell communication extra cellular signals and their receptors autocrine
signaling and role of gap junctions types of cell receptors relay of signal and intracellular
signal proteins regulated proteolysis dependent signaling pathways (Notch Wnt hedgehog
NFKB)
Unit III Cell communication II
Informational transactions in eukaryotic cells- cyclic AMP facet Study of G-proteins
signaling through G-protein linked cell surface receptors signaling through enzyme linked
cell surface receptors Calcium messenger system signaling via GMP
Unit IV Cancer
Causes and types of cancer viral carcinogenesis tumor suppressors oncogenes and signal
transduction growth and spread of cancer molecular basis of cancer therapy molecular
markers
Programmed cell death and its regulation in normal physiology regulation and execution of
mammalian apoptosis cytokine signaling and role of apoptosis in tumor genesis
Suggested References
1 Molecular Biology of the Cell Alberts 5th Edition 2007 NCBI Publication
2 Principles of Biochemistry Lehninger WH Freeman
3 Biochemistry of Signal Transduction and Regulation - Gerhard Krauss Wiley VCH 3rd
Revised Edition
4 Molecular Cell Biology Lodish 6th Edition WH Freeman amp Company
5 The Cell Cooper 2nd Edition ASM Press
6 Gene IX Benjamin Lewin Published by Pearson Prentice Hall
7 Cell and Molecular Biology Gerald Karp
8 Molecular Biology Robert Weaver 1st Edition WCB McGraw-Hill
9 Molecular Biology of the Gene Watson 6th Edition Pearson Publication
10 Gene Regulation A Eukaryotic Perspective David Latchman 5 illustrated Taylor amp
Francis 2005
11 The Cell- G M Cooper
21
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 2
Paper ndash IV (Code 2T4) Molecular Biology
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Remember and understand the fundamental concepts of Molecular Biology and the
experiments involved in it
2 Relate the concepts of Molecular Biology in the development of Biochemical
research techniques
22
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 2
2T4 Molecular Biology
Unit I Eukaryotic and Prokaryotic chromosomes
Chromatin structure Histones DNA nucleosome morphology and higher level organization Functional
states of chromatin and alterations in chromatin organization Chromosome organization Metaphase
chromosomes centromere and kinetochore telomere and its maintenance Holocentric chromosomes
Heterochromatin and euchromatin position effect variegation Chromosomal domains (matrix loop domains)
and their functional significance
Organization of nuclear and organellar genomes C-value paradox Repetitive DNA-satellite DNAs and
interspersed repeated DNAs Transposable elements LINES SINES Alu family and their application in
genome mapping
Concept of a gene Conventional and modern views Fine structure of gene split genes pseudogenes non-
coding genes overlapping genes and multi-gene families
Unit II Replication and Recombination
Replication Review of replication in bacteria plasmid and viruses Models of DNA replication DNA
replication in eukaryotes Eukaryotic DNA polymerases and their roles origin of replication Autonomously
Replicating Segments (ARS) in yeast elongation lagging strand synthesis and termination
Recombination DNA recombination Homologous site specific and transposition
Homologous recombination Holliday Model Messelsson -Radding Model Rec BCD pathway
Site specific recombination Lambda phage ingration and excision rearrengementof immunoglobulin genes
Transposition Prokaryotic transposition Insertion sequences and mere complex transposons (eg Tn3)
conservative and replicative transposition Eukaryotic transposable elements yeast and Drosophila transposons
retroviruses and retrovirus like elements
Unit III Transcription
Review of prokaryotic transcription transcription in eukaryotes Eukaryotic RNA polymerases and their
subunit structure Class I II and III promoters Upstream elements enhancers and silencers General
transcription factors Class I II III genes and their functions elongation factors TBP structure and its role in
transcription mediators Structure of transcription activators zinc fingers homeodomains helix loop helix
bZIP beta barrels
Unit IV Viruses
General properties of viruses (size shape composition of viral capsid spikes envelope and nucleic acids)
Viral classification in brief Baltimore classification Structure and composition of DNA viruses (Herpes virus
amp Adenovirus) and RNA viruses (HIV)
Tumor viruses (HBV HTLV HPV) structure and mechanism of oncogenesis
Structure and life cycle of Lambda and M13 bacteriophages
Laboratory diagnosis of viral diseases
Mechanism of action of Antiviral drugs (Acyclovir Foscarnet Nevirapine Saquinavir Oseltamivir)
Suggested References
1 Molecular Biology of Gene Watson
2 Gene 7 Benjamin Lewin
3 Cell amp Molecular Biology Devlin
4 Biochemistry Lehninger Nelson amp Cox
5 Biochemistry Voet amp Voet
6 Molecular Biology David Frifelder
7 Molecular biology-Lodish Baltimore
8 Genetics-Russell
9 Genetics 1and 2-CBPower
10 Molecular biology-Watson
11 Molecular biochemistry ndashRobert Weaver
12 Microbiology by Davis
13 Virology by Luria
14 Understanding Viruses-Teri Shors Jones and Bartlett Publishers Massachusetts edition 2009
23
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 2
2P1 Clinical Biochemistry And Immunology
1 Determination of serum and urine Creatinine by Jaffrsquos method
2 Determination of serum Bilirubin by Malloy amp Evllyn method
3 Determination of serum Chloride by Schales amp Schales method
4 Estimation of blood urea by Nesslerisation method
5 Estimation of Serum amylase (EC3211)
6 Estimation of Serum Cholesterol by Single Step Method (Libermann amp Burchard)
7 Determination of Serum Uric Acid by Henry Carawayrsquos method
8 Determination of Icteric Index SGOT SGPT and alkaline phosphatase activity
9 Routine Urine Analysis
10 Quantitative Estimation of T3 T4 and TSH
11 To determine Urinary VMA (3-methoxy 4 ndashHydroxyl Vanillin Mandellic Acid)
12 Glucose Tolerance Test
2P2 Cell And Molecular Biology
1 Use of Simple Compound and Phase Contrast Microscopes
2 Isolation culture and cell counting of lymphocytes
3 Adherent cell line Trypsinization cell count subculturing
4 MTT assay
5 Isolation of DNA from Bacteria and Blood
6 Assessment of purity of DNA by 260280 ratio
7 Isolation of plasmid DNA Mini Prep Midi Prep and Maxi Prep
8 Restriction digestion of DNA
9 Ligation of DNA
10 Separation of DNA fragments by Electrophoresis
11 Southern Blotting amp Northern Blotting
2S1 Seminar
24
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 3
Paper ndash I (Code 3T1) Advanced Molecular Biology
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Understand the concepts of Eukaryotic Transcription regulation mechanisms with details
of enzymes involved eukaryotic transcription process
2 Post transcriptional and translational modifications and regulatory aspects of it
3 Describe the expression of genes and the regulatory RNAs involved in it
4 Appreciate epigenetic ways of gene expression regulation
25
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 3
3T1 Advanced Molecular Biology
Unit I Regulation of eukaryotic gene expression at transcriptional level
Overview of transcription by RNA Polymerases I II and III
Anatomy of a protein-coding gene
Basal transcription by RNA polymerase II Subunits of Pol II general transcription factors
Activators How the initiation complex is assembled How initiation occurs
Speeding up the process Enhancers TAFs and how they work
Regulated transcription transcription factors Zinc-fingers (Sp1 the first such factor identified)
Leucine zippers Basic helix loop helix Homeodomains DNA binding domains Activating domains
RNA Elongation HIV TATTAR
RNA polymerase III and regulation of 5S rRNA
Unit II Regulation of eukaryotic gene expression at post translational translational and post-
translational levels
Regulation at tpst-transcriptional level Effect of cap and polyadenylation on splicing trans and
alternative splicing RNA editing mRNA stability and transport
Regulation at Translational level Global regulation through eIF2 and eIF4EeIF4E-BP Specific
regulation through 5 UTRs using RNA structure eg ODC Specific regulation through 5
UTRprotein interactions eg ferritin in eukaryotes and ribosomal proteins in prokaryotes Specific
regulation through 3 UTRs eg 15-LOX
Regulation at post-translational level Control of the level of active proteins regulation of proteolysis
Unit III Regulatory RNAs
Historical background RNA interference as regulatory mechanism in eukaryotes Slicer and dicer
synthesis and function of RNAi molecules in plants chromatin remodeling in human disease and
diagnosis
Unit IV Epigenetics
Background chromosomal inheritance taking fission yeast as an example DNA methyltransferases
DNA methylation maintenance histone modification and regulation of chromatin structure bivalent
histones DNA demethylation histone demethylation
Suggested References
1 Molecular Biology of the Cell Alberts 5th Edition 2007 NCBI Publication
2 Principles of Biochemistry Lehninger WH Freeman
3 Biochemistry of Signal Transduction and Regulation - Gerhard Krauss Wiley VCH 3rd
Revised Edition
4 Molecular Cell Biology Lodish 6th Edition WH Freeman amp Company
5 The cell Cooper 2nd Edition ASM Press
6 Genes IX Benjamin Lewin Published by Pearson Prentice Hall
7 Cell and Molecular Biology Gerald Karp
8 Molecular Biology Robert Weaver 1st Edition WCB McGraw-Hill
9 Molecular Biology of the Gene Watson 6th Edition Pearson Publication
10 Gene Regulation A Eukaryotic Perspective David Latchman 5 illustrated Taylor amp
Francis 2005
26
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 3
Paper ndash II (Code 3T2) Biotechnology
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Remember and Understand fundamental concepts of Genetic Engineering
2 Illustrate and compare different techniques involved in Genetic Engineering
3 Understand the concepts of Prokaryotic and Eukaryotic Transformation and PCR
4 Describe the expression of heterologous genes and the vectors involved in it
5 Appreciate technology involved in industrial products of Protein engineering and
fermentation technology Remember and Understand the design and functioning of
different types of Bioreactors and Downstream processing Evaluate the application of
different types of Bioreactors including immobilization reactor system and its kinetics
6 Comprehend tools important in Bioinformatics analysis for simplified application of
nucleic acid and protein sequence data
27
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 3
3T2 Biotechnology
Unit I rDNA technology Genomic and cDNA libraries DNA manipulation enzymes isolation of specific genes
Gene cloning REs vectors-plasmids cosmids phage vectors M13 phage vectors phagemids expression
vectors with strong promoters inducible vectors produce fusion proteins and their isolation Eucaryotic
expression system shuttle vectors YAC BAC insertion of DNA and its ligation to carrier DNA introduction
of DNA in cells gene synthesis gene libraries
Application of recombinant DNA technology in medicine agriculture industry and environmental sciences
Unit II Gene control systems in bacteria and bacteriophage lambda
Mechanism of induction and repression constitutive expression various control mechanisms positive
regulation negative regulation attenuation operon hypothesis with special reference to malgal ara and
histidine operons Regulatory mechanisms in bacteriophage lambda
Regulation of gene expression at various levels (transcription post transcriptional and translational)
DNA-protein interactions Lambda family of repressor trp repressor
Unit III Biochemical engineering Biochemical Engineering Bioreactors and related equipment and
instrumentation types of bioreactor (Batch semi batch CSTF recycle etc) reactor analysis reactor design
reactor for recombination proteins
Fermentation technology Fermentation technology microbial culture reaction genetic modification use of
mutants recombinant DNA technology and application in fermentation technology microbial growth kinetics
sterilization fermentation process kinetics analysis of rate pattern and kinetic groups fermentation process
types control of environmental variables recovery of fermentation products isolation and purification and use
of immobilization techniques
Unit IV Bioinformatics and Drug Designing Introduction to Bioinformatics Applications of Bioinformatics Bioinformatics resources
Biological Databases Overview to Biological Databases Nucleotide Databases (GenBank DDBJ ENA) Protein sequence
databases (Uniprot Swiss prot Prosite Pfam Prodom) Protein structure databases (PDB SCOP CATH)
Sequence analysis Sequence similarity search BLAST FASTA CLUSTAL
Genomics Introduction to Genomics Comparative Genomic Databases Objective of Genome Comparisons Genome
Alignments
Proteomics Overview of Proteomics Experimental Techniques Bioinformatics Approaches Protein-Protein Interaction
Databases and software
Softwaresrsquo for Drug Designing Structure Based Drug Designing Ligand Based Drug Designing
Virtual Screening Homology Modeling and Chimera Generation
Suggested References 1 Molecular Biology of the Cell Alberts 5th Edition 2007 NCBI Publication
2 Principles of Biochemistry Lehninger WH Freeman
3 Biochemistry of Signal Transduction and Regulation - Gerhard Krauss Wiley VCH 3rd Revised Edition
4 Molecular Cell Biology Lodish 6th Edition WH Freeman amp Company
5 The cell Cooper 2nd Edition ASM Press
6 Genes IX Benjamin Lewin Published by Pearson Prentice Hall
7 Cell and Molecular Biology Gerald Karp
8 Molecular Biology Robert Weaver 1st Edition WCB McGraw-Hill
9 Molecular Biology of the Gene Watson 6th Edition Pearson Publication
10 Gene Regulation A Eukaryotic Perspective David Latchman 5 illustrated Taylor amp Francis 2005
Molecular Biotechnology Principles and Applications of Recombinant DNA Bernard R
GlickhttpwwwamazoncomMolecular-Biotechnology-Principles-Applications-
Recombinantdp1555814980ref=sr_1_6s=booksampie=UTF8ampqid=1323503937ampsr=1-6 - (Author)Publisher
Amer Society for Microbiology 4 edition (December 31 2009)
11 Principles of gene manipulation and genomics S B Primrose Richard M Twyman Publisher Wiley-Blackwell 7
edition (February 17 2006)
12 Principles of Fermentation Technology P F Stanbury (Author) S Hall (Author) A Whitaker (Author) Publisher
Butterworth-Heinemann 2 edition (February 19 1999)
13 1 Bioinformatics A practical guide to the analysis of genes and proteins Baxevanis AD and Ovellette BFF
Wiley-Interscience (2002)
14 2 Molecular and Biotechnology A comprehensive desk reference RA Meyes (Ed) VCH Publishers Inc (1995)
15 3 Textbook of Biotechnology Das HK Wiley Dreamtech India Pvt Ltd (2004)
28
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
Semester 3
Paper ndash III (Code 3T3 A) Toxicology (Biochemical And Environmental Toxicology)
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 To understand key principles of toxicology including various factors affecting toxicity and toxicity assessment
2 To evaluate analyse disposition of toxicants and factor affecting to disposition of toxicants
3 The know how of toxicokinetics and biotransformation 4 To critically analyse and interpret non-organ directed toxicity To
study effect of environmental toxicity on human beings
5 To develop an understanding of the genetic toxicology and
Developmental Toxicology for scientific research practices
6 Critical evaluation of relationship between target organ toxicity for
experimental designs
29
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 3
Core Elective 1
3T3 A) Toxicology (Biochemical And Environmental Toxicology)
Unit I General principles of Toxicology
Definition Different facets of toxicology and their interrelationships Classification of toxic
agents Desired and undesired effects
Various factors affecting toxicity vehicles formulation factors biological half life volume
and concentration dose dosage forms routes of administration entry genetic status etc
Principles of selective toxicity comparative morphology comparative biochemistry
comparative cytology
Toxicity assessment acute subchronic chronic exposure determination of ED50 and LD50
values tests for mutagenecity carcinogenicity genotoxicity Ames test
Unit II Disposition of Toxicants
Factors affecting disposition of toxicants absorption distribution biotransformation
elimination
Absorption through gastro-intestinal tract lungs skin
Distribution storage in tissues blood-brain barrier passage across placenta redistribution
Biotransformation Phase I and II reactions metabolic interrelationship antidotal therapy
Excretion urinary fecal exhalation other routes
Toxicokinetics classic and physiologic
Unit III A) Non ndashorgan directed toxicity
Chemical carcinogenesis definition mechanism
Genetic toxicology definition health impacts and mechanism of induction of genetic
alterations
Developmental toxicology definition principles mechanism and pathogenesis of
developmental toxicity
B) Environmental Toxicology
Air pollution definition air pollutants health effects and risk assessment of air pollution
Introduction to Ecotoxicology
Unit IV Target organ toxicity
Skin skin as a barrier dermatitis acne urticaria
Toxic responses of the blood blood as a target organ toxicology of erythron leukon and
platelets
Toxic responses of the liver physiology and pathophysiology factors in liver injury
mechanism of liver injury
Toxic responses of the respiratory system lungs structure and functions pulmonotoxic
agents pathogenesis of chemical induced damage acute and chronic responses of lungs to
injury
Suggested References
1 Casarette and Doullrsquos Toxicology by Klaassen CD
2 Biochemical Toxicology of Environmental Agents by Bruine D
3 Detoxification mechanisms by Williams RT
4 Selective Toxicity by Albert A
5 Developmental Toxicology by Hood RD
30
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 3
Paper ndash III (Code 3T3 B) Nutrition (Nutritional Biochemistry) (Core Elective 1)
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Capably describe the biochemical techniques that are relevant for the investigation of nutrient metabolism
2 Understand key principles of energy expenditure thermogenic effects Energy requirements and role of dietary fibers in nutrition
3 To read interpret and discuss protein energy malnutrition disorders of mineral metabolism for scientific research
4 To develop an understanding of the observational and experimental character of science in nutritional biochemistry
5 To communicate role of clinical nutrition and food allergies in scientific communication frameworks such as written reports and open discussion
31
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 3
3T3 B Nutrition (Nutritional Biochemistry) (Core Elective 1)
Unit I Basic Concepts
Basic Concept Energy content of foods Measurements of energy expenditure Direct amp
Indirect calorimetry Definition of BMR and SDA and factors affecting these Thermogenic
effects of foods Energy requirements of man and woman and factors affecting energy
requirements
Role of dietary fibers in nutrition
Unit II Nutritional Disorders
Protein Energy Malnutrition (PEM) Aetiology Clinical features Metabolic disorders
and Management of Marasmus and Kwashiorkor diseases
Disorders of Mineral Metabolism Hypercalecemia Hypocalcaemia Normocalcemia
Hyperphosphatemia
Unit III Starvation and Antinutrients
Starvation Techniques for studying starvation protein metabolim in prolonged fasting
protein sparing treatments during fasting Concept of high protein low calorific weight
reduction diets
Antinutrients Naturally occurring food borne toxicants protease inhibitors hemagglutins
hepatotoxins allergens oxalates toxins from mushrooms animal food stuffs and sea foods
Unit IV Clinical Nutrition and Food Allergies
Clinical Nutrition Role of diet and nutrition in the prevention and treatment of diseases
dental caries Fluorosis Atherosclerosis amp Rheumatic disorders Inherited metabolic
Disorders Phenylketonuria Maple Syrup disease amp Hemocystinuria
Food Allergies Definition role of antigen host and environment types of
hypersensitivities diagnosis and treatment of allergy
Suggested Reading 1 Basics of clinical nutrition author- yk joshi jaypee publication
2 Nutrition for the community Gully baba publishing house
Essentials of human nutrition author-jim mann amp stewart truswell oxford university press
3 Introduction to human nutrition
edited by- professor michael gibney (ucd institute of food and health) professor susan lanham-new
(university of surrey) professor aedin Cassidy (university of east anglia) professor hester vorster (north-
west university south africa) httpwwwnutritionsocietyorgpublicationstextbooksintroduction-to-
human-nutritionsthashtdyscawhdpuf
4 Nutrition and metabolism
edited by- professor susan lanham-new (university of surrey) professor ian macdonald (university of
nottingham) professor helen roche (unviersity college dublin) -
httpwwwnutritionsocietyorgpublicationstextbooksnutrition-and-metabolismsthashiusrjtiudpuf
32
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 3
Foundation Course 1 Biomolecules and Basic Metabolism
Unit I Carbohydrates and metabolism
Classification of carbohydrates Structure occurrence and biological importance of
monosaccharides oligosaccharides and polysaccharides
Introduction to Metabolism glycolysis glucogenesis and gluconeogenesis TCA cycle and its
amphibolic role energetics of carbohydrate metabolismAlternate pathways HMP shunt Enter-
Doudoroff glucuronate and glyoxylate pathways Corirsquos cycle
Unit II Lipids and metabolism
Classification of lipids Fatty acids Saturated and unsaturated fatty acids Essential fatty acids
Glycerophospholipids Glycolipids properties and functions
Metabolism Oxidation of fatty acids even and odd numbered unsaturated and branched chain fatty
acids
Degradation and biosynthesis of triacylglycerols and phospholipids energetic of beta- oxidation
Cholesterol biosynthesis catabolism and regulation
Unit III Proteins and metabolism
Classification of amino acids and proteins Protein structures primary secondary tertiary and
quarternary structure General metabolic reaction of amino acids transamination oxidative
deamination minor pathways of amino acid degradation transdeamination amino acid oxidase non
oxidative deamination
Degradation and biosynthesis of amino acids glycogenic and ketogenic amino acids Urea cycle
pathway and regulation
Unit IV Minerals and metabolism
Major and minor and ultra trace minerals their occurrence functions toxicity and interaction with
other nutrients
Iron metabolism and regulation
Calcium and phosphorus metabolism and regulation
Suggested Reading
1 Biophysical Techniques- Upadhyay Upadhyay and Nath
2 Principles of Biochemistry- Lehninger David L Nelson and Michael M Cox
3 Enzymes- Malcolm Dixon and Edwin Webb
4 Harperrsquos Biochemistry- Harper
5 Biochemistry- Western and Todd
6 Cell and Molecular Biology-Gerald Karp
7 Fundamentals of Biochemistry-Donald Voet Judith G Voet and Charlotte W Bratt
33
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 3
Paper ndash IV (Code 3T4 ) Bioresearch Techniques I (Subject centric core 1)
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Understand key principles of how flow cytometer work including data
analysis for their applications
2 Improve on skillful process of the animal cell culture techniques and
experimental demand of knowledge including an appreciation of the
need for good experimental design and scientific research practices
3 To incline intellectual curiosity in DNA and RNA techniques and
related fields that extends well beyond the course
4 To develop practical laboratory skills in the field of DNA and RNA
techniques
34
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 3
3T4 Bioresearch Techniques I (Subject centric core 1)
Unit I Flow cytometry
Principles of flow cytometry Instrument overview principle of fluorescence sample preparation
data analysis and applications of flow cytometry Overview Fludics Generation of Scatter and
fluorescence ( Optical bench optical filters signal detection Treshold) Data Analysis (Data
Collection and Display gating data analysis for subsetting applications Data analysis for ther
applications) Sorting Lasers and Alignment (Working of lasers and laser alignment)
Unit II Animal cell culture techniques
Animal cell Culture Cell culture (adherent and suspension) basic equipment cell culture media-
Components sterility buffering capacity growth requirements supplementation of serum antibiotic
and antimycotic agents preparation of medium advantages and limitations of Primary cell culture
clonal cell lines basic technique a of animal cell subcultuing disaggregation method for quantitation
of cells in culture counting chamber counters cell viability determination cytotoxicity assay and its
applications cell apoptosis assay and its applications 3 D cultures
Unit III DNA techniques
Isolation Sequencing Restriction Nucleases Gel Electrophoresis DNA probes Nucleic acid
hybridization Southern blotting DNA fingerprinting and DNA typing DNA Library
DNA sequencing Sanger and Maxam Gilbert
Restriction Mapping DNase foot printing DMS foot printing knockouts
PCR RFLP RAPD AFLP SNP
Unit IV RNA techniques
Isolation Hybridization Northern Blotting in vitro labeling with radioisotopes and chemical
markers
Mapping and quantifying transcripts S1assay primer extension run off transcription
Transcription rate measurement in vivo Nuclear run on transcription reporter gene N transcription
si RNA technology gene silencing techniques its applications microarrays ribozyme technology
Suggested References
1 Molecular Biology of The Cell Alberts 5th Edition 2007 NCBI Publication
2 Principles of Biochemistry Lehninger WH Freeman
3 Biochemistry of Signal Transduction and Regulation-shy‐ Gerhard Krauss
Wiley VCH 3rd Revised Edition
4 Molecular Cell Biology Lodish 6th Edition WH Freeman amp Company
5 The cell Cooper 2nd Edition ASM Press
6 Gene IX Benjamin Lewin
Published by Pearson Prentice Hall
7 Cell and Molecular Biology Gerald Karp
8 Molecular Biology Robert Weaver 1st Edition WCBNMcGraw-shy‐Hill
9 Molecular Biology of the Gene Watson 6th Edition Pearson Publication
10 Gene Regulation A Eukaryotic Perspective David Latchman 5 illustrated Taylor amp Francis
2005
35
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 3
3P1 Biotechnology And Molecular Biology
1) Fermentation
i) Isolation of microorganisms from soil demonstrating synthesis capability of desired product
Gram staining (Desired property to be decided by the instructor) and screening
ii) Optimization of the lab scale production of the desired product Effect of temperature pH
substrate concentration
iii) Growth curve Estimation of cell number substrate utilization andor product formation
2) Polymerase Chain Reaction
i) PCR amplification from genomic DNA
ii) Nested PCR
iii) Random Amplification of Polymorphic DNA (RAPD)
3) Restriction Fragment Length Polymorphism (RFLP)
3P2 A Biochemical And Environmental Toxicology
1 Qualitative detection of various toxicants in biological samples
Phenothiazine derivatives Organochlorine compounds (Fujiwara test) Phenol Methanol Arsenic (As)
Antimony (Sb) Selenium (Se) Mercury (Hg) Bismuth (Bi) Fluoride (F) Boron (Bo) Gutzeit test for
Antimony (Sb) and Arsenic (As) Spot test for metal toxicants
2 Quantitative determination of Salicylate Paracetamol (acetaminophen) Sulphonamide in biological
samples
3 Enzyme assay in toxic conditions
GOT (AST) GPT (ALT) Acid phosphatase Alkaline phosphatase Acetyl cholinesterase etc
4 Construction of dose-response curves
5 Determination of LD50 value of a toxicant
6 Induction of hepatotoxicity diabetes skin lesions teratogenesis
7 Assay of biomarkers of environmental pollution toxicity
OR
3P2 B) Nutritional Biochemistry
1 Determination of Calcium in food samples
2 Determination of Inorganic Phosphorous in food samples
3 Determination of Iron in food samples
4 Determination of beta carotene in carrots by column chromatography
5 Determination of Ascorbic Acid in food
6 Estimation of Amylase activity
7 Determination of Total Lipids By Sulphophospho vanillin Method
3S1 Seminar
InstitutionalEducational tour For minimum 08 days
36
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
Paper ndash I (Code 4T1) Advanced Clinical Biochemistry
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Analyse evaluate and generate information from a wide variety of sources regarding the key principles of aging and Neurological disorders
2 Analyse the effects of obesity on physiological functions including gene regulation
3 Critically interpret molecular and metabolic diseases and develop new knowledge domain about them
4 To develop effective creative and innovative solutions to current research problems in Reproductive Disease and Reproductive Biochemistry
5 To develop practical laboratory skill for Assisted Reproductive Technology program
37
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
4T1 Advanced Clinical Biochemistry
Unit I Aging and Neurological Disorders
Current view and theories of aging auto immune connection and HLA association processes of
aging and biochemical alteration DNA damage protein oxidation and axonal transport in aging
nutritional intervention as anti-aging therapy
Alzheimerrsquos disease Causes symptoms diagnosis pathogenesis genetics APP ApoE PS2 tau
protein risk factors and therapeutic approaches
Progeria Parkinsonrsquos disease Causes symptoms diagnosis pathogenesis genetics and therapeutic
approaches
Unit II Obesity
Theories lipid metabolism adipose tissue anomalies
Genetic basis of familial obesity effects of neuropeptides and leptin in nutrient partitioning
Obesity related derangements in metabolic regulation Therapeutic approaches
Unit III Molecular and Metabolic Diseases
Human gene map genetic diversity polymorphism genetic linkage chromosomal disorder
Monogenetic Disorders Autosomal dominant autosomal recessive X-linked Multifactorial
disorders Genetic heterogeneity Allelic heterogeneity Pathogenesis of genetic disease
Galactosemia Hemophilia Sickle cell anemia Muscular dystrophy Hypercholesterolemia Gout
Turnerrsquos syndrome
Unit IV Reproductive Biochemistry
Overview of reproductive system and reproduction biochemistry of reproductive disorders (male amp
female) Influence of various factors in reproduction with special reference to role of prostaglandins
and gonadotrophins Mechanism and methods of birth control and possible biochemical
consequences thereof Biochemical markerrsquos in infertility disorders Techniques involved in assisted
reproductive technology (ART) Culture media and cell culture techniques in ART programme
Suggested References
1 Clinical Biochemistry ndash Metabolic and Clinical aspects By-William J Marshall amp Stephen
K Angert
2 Harperrsquos Biochemistry - 27th Ed
3 Text book of Medical Physiology - By Guyton
4 Text book of Physiology -By Burn amp levy
5 Biochemistry ndashBy L Stryer (Freeman amp CoNY)
6 Biochemistry with clinical correlation- By Thomas Devli
7 The Metabolic Basis of Inherited Disease 5th Ed-By John Stanbury
8 Teitz Fundamentals of Clinical Chemistry ndashBy CABurtis amp Ashwood
9 Biochemistry - By Lehninger
10 Lehningerrsquos Biochemistry ndashBy Nelson amp Cox
11 Biochemistry ndashBy Stanford
12 Basic Medical Biochemistry A Clinical approach- By Smith
13 Principles of Internal Medicines- By HarrisonT R
14 Practical Biochemistry Principles amp Techniques- By Wilson amp Walker
15 Practical Biochemistry ndashBy David Plummer
38
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
Paper ndash II (Code 4T2) Advanced Immunology
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Understand details of lymph node microanatomy and learn the B and T cells encounter with antigens and study its development
2 Gain insight into antigen presentation and autophagy on a detailed molecular level
3 Understand immunology of mucosal surfaces and the interplay between commensal flora and the immune system in the gut
4 In-depth knowledge of the cellular and molecular basis for autoimmune disease and allergies
5 Basic knowledge of tumor immunology and the development of novel recombinant antibodies for treatment of cancer and autoimmune disease
39
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
4T2 Advanced Immunology
Unit I Introductory Immunobiology
Complement system Alternative and Classical pathway of complement activation
Immune networks Homeostasis in the immune system-termination of normal immune
responses network hypothesis
In vivo immunity to viruses bacteria fungi protozoa worms etc
Unit II Immunological tolerance and Autoimmunity
Immunologic tolerance T lymphocyte tolerance- central and peripheral Apoptosis in
Lymphocytes-pathways and biochemical mechanisms effector mechanisms Tolerance
induced regulatory T cells B lymphocyte tolerance- Central and Peripheral Homeostasis in
the immune pathogenesis and therapeutic approaches to autoimmunity
Unit III Tumor and Transplantation Immunology Hypersensitivity
General features of tumor immunity tumor antigens Immune response to tumor and
evasion Immunotherapy Types of hypersensitivity Effector mechanisms of immunologic
tissue injury and disease
Unit IV Immunodeficiency and Vaccinology
MHC and disease susceptibility immune deficiency disorders Active immunization
(immune prophylaxis) passive immunization adjuvants modern approaches to vaccine
development role of vaccines in the prevention of disease
Suggested References
1 Cellular and Molecular Immunology- 5th Edition Abul K Abbas Andrew Litchman
2 Immunology-5th Edition Richard A Goldsby Thomas J Kindt Barbara A Osborne
Janis Kuby
3 Immunology- 6th Edition Ivan Roitt Jonathan Brostoff David Male
40
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
Paper ndash III (Code 4T3 A) Toxicology (Clinical Research)
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Have knowledge about assessment and management of ethical clinical trial
programs
2 Demonstrate competency in biopharmaceutical clinical trial research designs and
regulatory affairs
3 Demonstrate competencies in evaluating clinical research data and
communicating results Manage innovative products through the discovery
processes and into the clinical trial phases
4 Identify and classify different types of trial designs when reading a trial report
understand the essential of GLP roles and responsibilities of stakeholders in
clinical trials
41
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
4T3 A) Toxicology (Clinical Research)
Unit I Pre-Clinical Research
Animal studies acute amp chronic toxicity of drugs regulations for number amp types of
animals protocols for animal experimentation Biochemical amp histopathological studies of
animals after drug administration Mechanism amp cause of death Routine toxicity studies amp
special toxicity studies carcinogenicity mutagenicity amp teratogenicity to be given special
emphasis
Unit II Phases of Clinical Research
Phases of clinical research number of volunteers in phase I amp types of patients in phase II to
IV Importance of these investigations Post marketing surveillance (PMS) amp
pharmacovigilence in case of clinical investigations after marketing authorization
Importance of ethical committee protocol design documentation in clinical trials Bio
Availability and Bio Equivalence studies Pharmacokinetics Pharmacodynamics Genomic
studies
Unit III Good lab practices
Good Clinical Practices Good Manufacturing Practices and Good Laboratory Practices
Principles of ICH-GCP History GCP declaration of Helsinki Belmont report Nuremberg
code Tuskgee trial Schedules Y and its amendments ICMR Guidelines Composition
functions amp operations of IRBIEC ethics of clinical trials Health Authorities- CDSCO US-
FDA EMEA and other
Unit IV Roles and Responsibilities of different stake holders in Clinical Research-
Sponsor CRO SMO Ethics Committee Investigator CRA CRC Patients and other
Departments in Clinical Research- Operations Business Development Regulatory
Pharmacovigilance Data Management Centralized Monitoring Quality Finance Important
documents in Clinical Research and importance of documentation in Clinical Research
Stages in clinical trial-Feasibilities PSSV SIV SMV and Close-out visits Audits and
Inspections
Suggested reading
1 Clinical Research Coordinator Handbook Norris Deborrah Plexus Publications
20040601
2 Clinical Research Methodology and Evidence-Based Medicine Babu Ajit N
Anshan 20080530
3 Conducting Clinical Research Judy Stone Biblio Distribution 2006
4 Essentials of clinical research Stephen P Glasser (Edt) Springer Verlag 2008
42
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
Paper ndash III (Code 4T3 B) Nutrition (Applied Nutritional Biochemistry)
Learning outcome Students will be
1 Capable of describing biochemical pathways relevant in nutrient metabolism 2 Capable of using selected biochemical techniques relevant in nutritional
biochemical research 3 Critical reading of scientific articles in nutritional biochemistry 4 Capable of discussing research questions relevant to nutritional biochemistry 5 The ability to ask critical questions and discuss nutritional biochemical research
43
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
4T3 B) Nutrition (Applied Nutritional Biochemistry)
Unit I Clinical nutrition
Role of a dietician role and responsibilities of a dietitian nutrition counseling professional
ethics and obligations
Diet therapy-Rationale for diet therapy (normal diet modifications of the diet to the light
diet soft diet full liquid diet clear liquid tube feeding) Routes for diet therapy-enteral and
parental use of biochemical parameters in the planning of diets use of computers in the
planning of diets
Unit II Nutritional Counseling and Dietetics
Nutritive value of different food groups and changes due to cooking in various food groups
Storage of foods food quality and factors affecting food quality Control of food quality Use
of additives Classification and applications
Unit III Community Nutrition
Opportunities in community Nutrition Assessing Community Resources assessing target
population program planning Assessing communityrsquos nutritional resources Food insecurity
food assistance programs world hunger and food insecurity Principles of nutrition education
and policy making national nutrition agenda
Unit IV Applied Nutrition and Public Health Concept of Health Nutrition and Public Health Nutrition Demographic trends in India and
the significance of certain indices of Health and Nutrition situation of a community IMR
MMR TFR Birth rate Death rate Life expectancy etc) Major nutritional problems in
developing countries Dietary surveys-methods ways of interpretations and analysis
recommendations based on survey findings Assessment of nutritional status biochemical
and anthropometry
Suggested Reading
Clinical nutrition
edited by- professor marinos elia (university of outhampton) professor olle ljungqvist
(karolinska institutet amp oumlrebro university hospital) dr outham outhamp (university of
outhampton professor susan lanham-new (university of surrey) - see more at
httpwwwnutritionsocietyorgpublicationstextbooksclinical-
nutritionsthashw12tfscqdpuf
Public health nutrition
edited by- professor michael gibney (ucd institute of food and health) professor barrie
margetts (university of southampton) dr john kearney (dublin institute of technology)
professor lenore arab (university of california los angeles)
httpwwwnutritionsocietyorgpublicationstextbookspublic-health-
nutritionsthash8pvhu1m0dpuf
Staying healthy with nutrition author- elson m Hass buck levin
American dietetic association complete food and nutrition guide Roberta larson duyff
44
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
MSc Biochemistry CBCS syllabus Effective from 2015-16
SEMESTER 4
Foundation 2 Basic Enzymology
Unit I
Introduction to Enzymology Nomenclature and classification of enzymes History sources of
enzymes (Animal Plant and microorganisms) Protein amp nonprotein nature of enzymes with
examples enzymes as biological catalysts and their importance principle of assay of enzymes and
measurement of activity effect of experimental conditions on measurement of activity such as time pH temp
substrate definition of enzyme unit Stability of enzymes and half life of enzymes Effect of environmental
factors on stability of enzymes Concept of Zymogens and active enzyme with examples effect of activators
and inhibitors on enzyme activity Role of coenzymes and cofactors on enzyme catalysis with examples
Unit II Production amp purification
Method os screening of sources for desired enzymes Availability of the sources for procurement
of enzymes Natural and synthetic Media for microbial enzyme production effect of inducers and
environmental factors on enzyme production by microorganisms
Methods of isolation of enzymes form the source purification of enzyme by dialysis salt and solvent
precipitation chromatography gel filtration Purification by affinity chromatography methods of
determination of purity and nature of of enzymes by simple PAGE SDSPAGE and 2 D electrophoresis
Unit III Enzyme Kinetics
Lock amp key model and Koshland model of enzyme active site Determination of active site of enzyme
Michelis Mentain equation kinetics of reversible irreversible and nonreversible enzymes Line Weaver burk
plot and Eddie Hofstie Plot Determination of kinetic constants and activation energy Effect of competitive
and non-competitive inhibitors on enzyme activity Allosteric enzyme and sigmoidal kinetics
Unit IV Applications of enzymes
Structure and function of multienzyme complex systems such as PDH KGH B oxidation spiral and glycolysis
Advantages of soluble and membrane bound enzymes Futile cycles in Biochemistry
Methods of immobilization of enzymes advantages and disadvantages of immobilization Application of
Immobilized enzymes in agriculture cosmetics detergent dairy brewing and food industries with examples
such as lactase pectinase proteinase invertaselipase etc Application of enzymes in nanotechnology
biosensors etc
Suggested references
1 Enzymology and Enzyme Technology 2014 by SM Bhatt (S Chand)
2 Enzyme Technology 2006 by Ashok Pandey (Editor) Colin Webb (Editor) MARCELO
FERNANDES (Editor) Springer
3 Biocatalysts and enzyme technology 2012 Klaus Buchholz
45
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
4T4 Bioresearch Techniques II (Subject centric core 2)
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Learn describe and build up knowledge domain regarding the latest and most advanced Bioresearch techniques available for biochemical research
2 Be aware select appropriately apply technology platforms and Perform techniques for analysis of DNA and protein expression
3 Evaluation of data and controls related to research techniques 4 Create thought-provoking questions related to the laboratory equipment
46
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
4T4 Bioresearch Techniques II (Subject centric core 2)
UNIT I
Biochemical methods I- Co-immunoprecipitation BiFC bimolecular fluorescence
complementation affinity electrophoresis Pull down assays label transfer yeast two hybrid
screens phage display
UNIT II
Biochemical methods II- In-vivo crosslinking of protein complexes using photo-reactive
amino acid analogs Tandem affinity purification (TAP) Chemical cross-linking SPINE
(Strepprotein interaction experiment) Quantitative immunoprecipitation combined with
knock-down (QUICK) Proximity ligation assay (PLA) in situ
UNIT III
Biophysical and theoretical methods I
Bio-Layer Interferometry
Dual polarisation interferometry (DPI)
Static light scattering (SLS)
Dynamic light scattering (DLS)
Surface plasmon resonance
UNIT IV
Biophysical and theoretical methods II
Fluorescence polarizationanisotropy
Fluorescence correlation spectroscopy
FRET BRET
2D-FT NMR spectroscopy
Proteinndashprotein docking
Isothermal Titration Calorimetry (ITC)
Isothermal Titration Calorimetry (ITC)
Suggested References
1 Molecular Biology of The Cell Alberts 5th Edition 2007 NCBI Publication
2 Principles of Biochemistry Lehninger WH Freeman
3 Biochemistry of Signal Transduction and Regulation-shy‐ Gerhard Krauss
Wiley VCH 3rd Revised Edition
4 Molecular Cell Biology Lodish 6th Edition WH Freeman amp Company
5 The cell Cooper 2nd Edition ASM Press
6 Gene IX Benjamin Lewin
Published by Pearson Prentice Hall
7 Cell and Molecular Biology Gerald Karp
8 Molecular Biology Robert Weaver 1st Edition WCBNMcGraw-shy‐Hill
9 Molecular Biology of the Gene Watson 6th Edition Pearson Publication
10 Gene Regulation A Eukaryotic Perspective David Latchman 5 illustrated Taylor amp
Francis 2005
47
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
4P1 Advanced Clinical Biochemistry and Immunology and Toxicology and Nutrition
1 Demonstration of dialysis using blood filtrate (Protein Separation)
2 Immunology
a Quantitative Estimation of Antibody
b Precipitation Techniques Double Immunodiffusion Single (Radial)
Immunodiffusion
3 Electrophoretic Techniques Immuno-electrophoresisRocket Immunoelectrophoresis
Immuno-diffusion
4 To assay cathepsin D ATPase (NaKCaMg) Lipid peroxidase enzymes
5 Assay of Acetylcholine esterase activity in rat brain
6 Assay of monoamine oxidase
7 Fractionation of tissues and assay of proteins
8 Assay of ornithine amino transferase
9 Glutathione Estimation
10 Organ tissue morphology histopathology
11 Assay of toxicant biotransformation enzyme-cytochrome P450
12 Test for teratogenecity carcinogenecity Ames test
13 To perform pair wise alignment of sequences using BLAST program
14 To design primers for the given gene sequences
15 To perform multiple sequence alignment and generate phylogenetic tree
16 To retrieve and visualize the three dimensional structures of proteins
17 To retrieve metagenomic sequences and primer designing to develop STS marker
OR
18 Determination of Triglycerides
19 Proximate Analysis of Food Samples
48
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4 Project
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Plan and develop experimental design projects from concept through to professional
prototype
2 Apply theoretical knowledge conceptual skills and techniques to the development of
solutions for biochemical problems
3 Apply initiative and judgment in planning problem solving and decision making in
practice or future study
4 Design a research project and submit in a form of thesis they will present their results of
the thesis to an audience of peers and faculty and be able to defend their results during
final evaluation
4PROJ PROJECT
4S1 Seminar
13
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 1
1T4 Plant Biochemistry
Unit I Plant Cell and Photosynthesis
Structure of plant cell Structure of plant cell membrane and cell wall
Structure of chloroplast system Photosynthetic pigments and their functions Photo system
I amp II Photosynthetic electron transport and photophosphorylation
Calvin cycle(C3 plants) Hatch slack pathway (C4 plants) Crassulacean acid metabolism
Unit II Plant hormones and Tissue culture
Plant hormones Biosynthesis structure and biochemical mode of action of auxins
gibberellins cytokinins abscisic acid and ethylene Other plant growth regulators
Plant tissue culture Plant cell organs and culture Somaclonal variation protoplast isolation
fusion and culture of protoplasts Application of plant tissue culture
Unit III Plant respiration and Metabolism
Plant respiration Carbohydrate lipid and Protein metabolism Cyanide sensitive and
insensitive respiration
Nitrogen metabolism Development and structure of root nodules Role of nod factors in
nodule development Structure of plant nitrogenase system Symbiotic nitrogen fixation and
and its regulation Formation and assimilation of ammonia
Sulphur metabolism Sulphate activation Reduction of active sulphate Oxidation of
inorganic sulphur incorporation of sulphur into amino acids
Unit IV Biochemistry of plant growth amp stress physiology
Biochemistry of seed and bud dormancy Biochemistry of seed germination factors affecting seed germination Structure and function of Phytochrome and Cryptochrome Photoperiodism and Vernalization Hormonal regulation of flowering Responses of plant to biotic (pathogens and insects) and abiotic (water temperature and salt) stresses Mechanism of resistance to biotic stress and tolerance to abiotic stress
Suggested References
1 Plant physiology -Taiz amp Ziger
2 Biochemistry and molecular Biology of plant-Buchanan
3 Plant physiology -M Devlin
4 Plant pathology- George N Agriose
5 Plant breeding- BD Singh
6 Germination of seed- AM Mayer amp A Mayber
7 Introduction of Plant Physiology -William Hopkins
8 Introduction to plant - Godwin amp merser
9 Plant physiology - Mohit Warma
14
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 1
1P 1 Protein Biochemistry and Enzymology
1 Estimation of protein by UV Spectrophotometer by E280E260 method
2 Estimation of Riboflavin by Arnoldrsquos fluorimetric method
3 Estimation of Thiamine by thiochrome method
4 Separation of proteins by PAGE
5 Seperation of proteins by SDS gel electrophoresis
6 Western Blotting
7 Purification of proteins by isoelectric precipitation
8 Molecular weight determination
9 Fractionation of cells by differential centrifugation
10 Assay of marker enzymes
11 To study the essentiality of co-enzymes in enzyme catalyzed reaction
12 Fractionation of human plasma proteins by precipitation
13 Assay of acid and alkaline phosphatase
14 Effect of environmental factors such as pH temperature and inhibitors on alkaline
phosphatase
15 Measurement of initial velocity
16 To study kinetics of enzyme using Lineweaver-Burk Eadie-Hofstee and Hanes Plots
1P 2 Biochemical Research Techniques and Plant Biochemistry
1 Absorption of water by live amp dead seeds
2 Changes in carbohydrate protein content during germination
3 Induction of proteinases amylases and lipase during germination
4 Induction of vitamin C synthesis during germination
5 Isolation and characterization of trypsin inhibitor
6 Assay of peroxidase catalase phenol oxidase ascorbic acid oxidase
7 Isolation of plant DNA amp RNA
8 Estimation of carotene ascorbic acid phenols and tannins in fruits and vegetables
9 Development of callus culture from meristems and leaves
1S1 Seminar
InstitutionalEducational tour For minimum 08 days
15
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 2
Paper ndash I (Code 2T1) Immunology
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Remember and Understand basic concepts of Immunology Molecular details of
various receptors and effectors involved in evoking Immune responses
2 Mechanism and pathways of immunity with essential details about immunoglobulin
structures and mechanism of action
3 Appreciate and assess the various immunological techniques used for public health
Applications of immunology based techniques in public health and immunization
16
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 2
2T1 Immunology
Unit I The Immune system Immunoglobulins and TCR
History of Immunology Innate Immunity effector mechanisms involved PAMPs PRRs
Phagocytosis Lysis blocking extra cellular killing etc Biochemistry and biology of TLRs
Inflamatory processes inflamamasomes interrelationship between innate and adaptive
immunity
Immunoglobulins and TCR
Immunochemistry Antigen antibody reaction its kinetics and thermodynamics Structure
functions of immunoglobulins Ig genes and their expression Generation of Ab diversity
BCR TCR Organization and re-arrangement of TCR genes TCR diversity
Unit II
Anatomy of Immune system
Immunological cells tissues and organs Maturation activation and differentiation of B and
T cells MHC genes and their polymorphism Structure and function of MHC molecules
Clonal selection theory Cell surface molecules Ig super family integrins selectins
chemokine receptors and other accessory molecules Cytokines and chemokines
Unit III
Immune response by T and B lymphocytes
Cellular and molecular mechanisms of Ab production humoral and cell mediated immunity
Antigen processing and presentation T and B cell interaction Super antigens
Unit IV
Immunological Techniques
Immunochemical techniques including immunodiffusion RIA EIA agglutination
immunoflorescence immunoelectron microscopy immunoelectrophoresis HLA typing
leukocyte migration inhibition technique delayed hypersensitivity technique cytotoxicity
assay Monoclonal Abrsquos hybridoma and other technologies Abzymes
Suggested References
1 Cellular and Molecular Immunology- 5th Edition Abul K Abbas Andrew Litchman
2 Immunology-5th Edition Richard A Goldsby Thomas J Kindt Barbara A Osborne
Janis Kuby
3 Immunology- 6th Edition Ivan Roitt Jonathan Brostoff David Male
17
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 2
Paper ndash II (Code 2T2) Clinical Biochemistry
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Remember and Understand fundamental concepts in Clinical Biochemistry and
recent automations introduced in it
2 Comprehend basics of Endocrine system and hormones involved for regulation of
various biochemical functions of target organs
3 Illustrate compare and appreciate functions and biochemical attributes of Liver and
implications in Clinical Biochemistry
18
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 2
2T2 Clinical Biochemistry
Unit I Automation in clinical biochemistry gastric and blood disorders
Automation in Clinical Biochemistry- Instrumental concept Selection of Instrument Quality
assurance Control of pre-analytical and analytical variables External and internal quality
control measurements
Gastric disorders Disorders of gastric function method of evaluation pancreatic diseases
Steatorrhoea Malabsorption syndrome test for their evaluation
Blood Disorder Review of mechanism of coagulation and fibrinolysis abnormalities in
blood coagulation variation of plasma proteins abnormalities of blood formation anemia
haemoglobinopathies clinical significance of fecal and urine analysis
Unit II Endocrinology I Insulin and glucagon Various types of hyperglycemia Diabetes mellitus Ketonemia
ketonuria Experimental diabetes Hypoglycemia Polyurea Glucose tolerance test
Thyroid Iodine metabolism Hypo and Hyper thyroidism BMRand other test for
evaluation of thyroid function
Parathyroid Calcium and phosphorus metabolism Abnormalities of Parathyroid function
and methods of evaluation
Unit III Endocrinology II
Adrenal Addisonrsquos disease and pheochromocytoma Disorders of steroid metabolism Test
for evaluation of adrenal functions
Pituitary Pituitary hormones Clinical syndromes and their evaluation
Unit IV Liver disorders
Liver disorders Jaundice fatty liver and liver function tests Renal function test
Cerebrospinal fluid Composition in health and disease Lipid profile in health and disease
Elements of Clinical Enzymology Isoenzymes in health and disease
Clinical significance of GOT GPT Creatine kinase LDH etc
Biochemical diagnosis of disease by enzymatic evaluation
Suggested References 1 Clinical Biochemistry ndash Metabolic and Clinical aspects By-William J Marshall amp Stephen
K Angert
2 Harperrsquos Biochemistry - 27th EdText book of Medical Physiology - By Guyton
3 Text book of Physiology -By Burn amp levy
4 Biochemistry ndashBy L Stryer (Freeman amp CoNY)
5 Biochemistry with clinical correlation- By Thomas Devli
6 The Metabolic Basis of Inherited Disease 5th Ed-By John Stanbury
7 Teitz Fundamentals of Clinical Chemistry ndashBy CABurtis amp Ashwood
8 Biochemistry - By Lehninger
9 Lehningerrsquos Biochemistry ndashBy Nelson amp Cox
10 Biochemistry ndashBy Stanford
11 Basic Medical Biochemistry A Clinical approach- By Smith
12 Principles of Internal Medicines- By HarrisonT R
13 Practical Biochemistry Principles amp Techniques- By Wilson amp Walker
14 Practical Biochemistry ndashBy David Plummer
19
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 2
Paper ndash III (Code 2T3) Cell Biochemistry
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Gain knowledge about fundamentals of cell division cycle and decision making
ability of the cells to proceed for duplication with regulatory aspects
2 Cell communication ability and control of cell cycle brough about by internal and
external molecular effectors
3 Understand basic concept of Cancer Biology and stem cells
20
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 2
2T3 Cell Biochemistry
Unit I Cell cycle and regulation
Review of cell cycle divisional control regulatory proteins cyclincdk complexes positive
and negative regulation inhibitory molecules restriction points regulation of DNA
synthesis regulation of degradation check points cell cycle arrest role of cyclically
activated protein kinases transcriptional regulation
Unit II Cell communication I
General principles of cell communication extra cellular signals and their receptors autocrine
signaling and role of gap junctions types of cell receptors relay of signal and intracellular
signal proteins regulated proteolysis dependent signaling pathways (Notch Wnt hedgehog
NFKB)
Unit III Cell communication II
Informational transactions in eukaryotic cells- cyclic AMP facet Study of G-proteins
signaling through G-protein linked cell surface receptors signaling through enzyme linked
cell surface receptors Calcium messenger system signaling via GMP
Unit IV Cancer
Causes and types of cancer viral carcinogenesis tumor suppressors oncogenes and signal
transduction growth and spread of cancer molecular basis of cancer therapy molecular
markers
Programmed cell death and its regulation in normal physiology regulation and execution of
mammalian apoptosis cytokine signaling and role of apoptosis in tumor genesis
Suggested References
1 Molecular Biology of the Cell Alberts 5th Edition 2007 NCBI Publication
2 Principles of Biochemistry Lehninger WH Freeman
3 Biochemistry of Signal Transduction and Regulation - Gerhard Krauss Wiley VCH 3rd
Revised Edition
4 Molecular Cell Biology Lodish 6th Edition WH Freeman amp Company
5 The Cell Cooper 2nd Edition ASM Press
6 Gene IX Benjamin Lewin Published by Pearson Prentice Hall
7 Cell and Molecular Biology Gerald Karp
8 Molecular Biology Robert Weaver 1st Edition WCB McGraw-Hill
9 Molecular Biology of the Gene Watson 6th Edition Pearson Publication
10 Gene Regulation A Eukaryotic Perspective David Latchman 5 illustrated Taylor amp
Francis 2005
11 The Cell- G M Cooper
21
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 2
Paper ndash IV (Code 2T4) Molecular Biology
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Remember and understand the fundamental concepts of Molecular Biology and the
experiments involved in it
2 Relate the concepts of Molecular Biology in the development of Biochemical
research techniques
22
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 2
2T4 Molecular Biology
Unit I Eukaryotic and Prokaryotic chromosomes
Chromatin structure Histones DNA nucleosome morphology and higher level organization Functional
states of chromatin and alterations in chromatin organization Chromosome organization Metaphase
chromosomes centromere and kinetochore telomere and its maintenance Holocentric chromosomes
Heterochromatin and euchromatin position effect variegation Chromosomal domains (matrix loop domains)
and their functional significance
Organization of nuclear and organellar genomes C-value paradox Repetitive DNA-satellite DNAs and
interspersed repeated DNAs Transposable elements LINES SINES Alu family and their application in
genome mapping
Concept of a gene Conventional and modern views Fine structure of gene split genes pseudogenes non-
coding genes overlapping genes and multi-gene families
Unit II Replication and Recombination
Replication Review of replication in bacteria plasmid and viruses Models of DNA replication DNA
replication in eukaryotes Eukaryotic DNA polymerases and their roles origin of replication Autonomously
Replicating Segments (ARS) in yeast elongation lagging strand synthesis and termination
Recombination DNA recombination Homologous site specific and transposition
Homologous recombination Holliday Model Messelsson -Radding Model Rec BCD pathway
Site specific recombination Lambda phage ingration and excision rearrengementof immunoglobulin genes
Transposition Prokaryotic transposition Insertion sequences and mere complex transposons (eg Tn3)
conservative and replicative transposition Eukaryotic transposable elements yeast and Drosophila transposons
retroviruses and retrovirus like elements
Unit III Transcription
Review of prokaryotic transcription transcription in eukaryotes Eukaryotic RNA polymerases and their
subunit structure Class I II and III promoters Upstream elements enhancers and silencers General
transcription factors Class I II III genes and their functions elongation factors TBP structure and its role in
transcription mediators Structure of transcription activators zinc fingers homeodomains helix loop helix
bZIP beta barrels
Unit IV Viruses
General properties of viruses (size shape composition of viral capsid spikes envelope and nucleic acids)
Viral classification in brief Baltimore classification Structure and composition of DNA viruses (Herpes virus
amp Adenovirus) and RNA viruses (HIV)
Tumor viruses (HBV HTLV HPV) structure and mechanism of oncogenesis
Structure and life cycle of Lambda and M13 bacteriophages
Laboratory diagnosis of viral diseases
Mechanism of action of Antiviral drugs (Acyclovir Foscarnet Nevirapine Saquinavir Oseltamivir)
Suggested References
1 Molecular Biology of Gene Watson
2 Gene 7 Benjamin Lewin
3 Cell amp Molecular Biology Devlin
4 Biochemistry Lehninger Nelson amp Cox
5 Biochemistry Voet amp Voet
6 Molecular Biology David Frifelder
7 Molecular biology-Lodish Baltimore
8 Genetics-Russell
9 Genetics 1and 2-CBPower
10 Molecular biology-Watson
11 Molecular biochemistry ndashRobert Weaver
12 Microbiology by Davis
13 Virology by Luria
14 Understanding Viruses-Teri Shors Jones and Bartlett Publishers Massachusetts edition 2009
23
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 2
2P1 Clinical Biochemistry And Immunology
1 Determination of serum and urine Creatinine by Jaffrsquos method
2 Determination of serum Bilirubin by Malloy amp Evllyn method
3 Determination of serum Chloride by Schales amp Schales method
4 Estimation of blood urea by Nesslerisation method
5 Estimation of Serum amylase (EC3211)
6 Estimation of Serum Cholesterol by Single Step Method (Libermann amp Burchard)
7 Determination of Serum Uric Acid by Henry Carawayrsquos method
8 Determination of Icteric Index SGOT SGPT and alkaline phosphatase activity
9 Routine Urine Analysis
10 Quantitative Estimation of T3 T4 and TSH
11 To determine Urinary VMA (3-methoxy 4 ndashHydroxyl Vanillin Mandellic Acid)
12 Glucose Tolerance Test
2P2 Cell And Molecular Biology
1 Use of Simple Compound and Phase Contrast Microscopes
2 Isolation culture and cell counting of lymphocytes
3 Adherent cell line Trypsinization cell count subculturing
4 MTT assay
5 Isolation of DNA from Bacteria and Blood
6 Assessment of purity of DNA by 260280 ratio
7 Isolation of plasmid DNA Mini Prep Midi Prep and Maxi Prep
8 Restriction digestion of DNA
9 Ligation of DNA
10 Separation of DNA fragments by Electrophoresis
11 Southern Blotting amp Northern Blotting
2S1 Seminar
24
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 3
Paper ndash I (Code 3T1) Advanced Molecular Biology
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Understand the concepts of Eukaryotic Transcription regulation mechanisms with details
of enzymes involved eukaryotic transcription process
2 Post transcriptional and translational modifications and regulatory aspects of it
3 Describe the expression of genes and the regulatory RNAs involved in it
4 Appreciate epigenetic ways of gene expression regulation
25
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 3
3T1 Advanced Molecular Biology
Unit I Regulation of eukaryotic gene expression at transcriptional level
Overview of transcription by RNA Polymerases I II and III
Anatomy of a protein-coding gene
Basal transcription by RNA polymerase II Subunits of Pol II general transcription factors
Activators How the initiation complex is assembled How initiation occurs
Speeding up the process Enhancers TAFs and how they work
Regulated transcription transcription factors Zinc-fingers (Sp1 the first such factor identified)
Leucine zippers Basic helix loop helix Homeodomains DNA binding domains Activating domains
RNA Elongation HIV TATTAR
RNA polymerase III and regulation of 5S rRNA
Unit II Regulation of eukaryotic gene expression at post translational translational and post-
translational levels
Regulation at tpst-transcriptional level Effect of cap and polyadenylation on splicing trans and
alternative splicing RNA editing mRNA stability and transport
Regulation at Translational level Global regulation through eIF2 and eIF4EeIF4E-BP Specific
regulation through 5 UTRs using RNA structure eg ODC Specific regulation through 5
UTRprotein interactions eg ferritin in eukaryotes and ribosomal proteins in prokaryotes Specific
regulation through 3 UTRs eg 15-LOX
Regulation at post-translational level Control of the level of active proteins regulation of proteolysis
Unit III Regulatory RNAs
Historical background RNA interference as regulatory mechanism in eukaryotes Slicer and dicer
synthesis and function of RNAi molecules in plants chromatin remodeling in human disease and
diagnosis
Unit IV Epigenetics
Background chromosomal inheritance taking fission yeast as an example DNA methyltransferases
DNA methylation maintenance histone modification and regulation of chromatin structure bivalent
histones DNA demethylation histone demethylation
Suggested References
1 Molecular Biology of the Cell Alberts 5th Edition 2007 NCBI Publication
2 Principles of Biochemistry Lehninger WH Freeman
3 Biochemistry of Signal Transduction and Regulation - Gerhard Krauss Wiley VCH 3rd
Revised Edition
4 Molecular Cell Biology Lodish 6th Edition WH Freeman amp Company
5 The cell Cooper 2nd Edition ASM Press
6 Genes IX Benjamin Lewin Published by Pearson Prentice Hall
7 Cell and Molecular Biology Gerald Karp
8 Molecular Biology Robert Weaver 1st Edition WCB McGraw-Hill
9 Molecular Biology of the Gene Watson 6th Edition Pearson Publication
10 Gene Regulation A Eukaryotic Perspective David Latchman 5 illustrated Taylor amp
Francis 2005
26
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 3
Paper ndash II (Code 3T2) Biotechnology
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Remember and Understand fundamental concepts of Genetic Engineering
2 Illustrate and compare different techniques involved in Genetic Engineering
3 Understand the concepts of Prokaryotic and Eukaryotic Transformation and PCR
4 Describe the expression of heterologous genes and the vectors involved in it
5 Appreciate technology involved in industrial products of Protein engineering and
fermentation technology Remember and Understand the design and functioning of
different types of Bioreactors and Downstream processing Evaluate the application of
different types of Bioreactors including immobilization reactor system and its kinetics
6 Comprehend tools important in Bioinformatics analysis for simplified application of
nucleic acid and protein sequence data
27
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 3
3T2 Biotechnology
Unit I rDNA technology Genomic and cDNA libraries DNA manipulation enzymes isolation of specific genes
Gene cloning REs vectors-plasmids cosmids phage vectors M13 phage vectors phagemids expression
vectors with strong promoters inducible vectors produce fusion proteins and their isolation Eucaryotic
expression system shuttle vectors YAC BAC insertion of DNA and its ligation to carrier DNA introduction
of DNA in cells gene synthesis gene libraries
Application of recombinant DNA technology in medicine agriculture industry and environmental sciences
Unit II Gene control systems in bacteria and bacteriophage lambda
Mechanism of induction and repression constitutive expression various control mechanisms positive
regulation negative regulation attenuation operon hypothesis with special reference to malgal ara and
histidine operons Regulatory mechanisms in bacteriophage lambda
Regulation of gene expression at various levels (transcription post transcriptional and translational)
DNA-protein interactions Lambda family of repressor trp repressor
Unit III Biochemical engineering Biochemical Engineering Bioreactors and related equipment and
instrumentation types of bioreactor (Batch semi batch CSTF recycle etc) reactor analysis reactor design
reactor for recombination proteins
Fermentation technology Fermentation technology microbial culture reaction genetic modification use of
mutants recombinant DNA technology and application in fermentation technology microbial growth kinetics
sterilization fermentation process kinetics analysis of rate pattern and kinetic groups fermentation process
types control of environmental variables recovery of fermentation products isolation and purification and use
of immobilization techniques
Unit IV Bioinformatics and Drug Designing Introduction to Bioinformatics Applications of Bioinformatics Bioinformatics resources
Biological Databases Overview to Biological Databases Nucleotide Databases (GenBank DDBJ ENA) Protein sequence
databases (Uniprot Swiss prot Prosite Pfam Prodom) Protein structure databases (PDB SCOP CATH)
Sequence analysis Sequence similarity search BLAST FASTA CLUSTAL
Genomics Introduction to Genomics Comparative Genomic Databases Objective of Genome Comparisons Genome
Alignments
Proteomics Overview of Proteomics Experimental Techniques Bioinformatics Approaches Protein-Protein Interaction
Databases and software
Softwaresrsquo for Drug Designing Structure Based Drug Designing Ligand Based Drug Designing
Virtual Screening Homology Modeling and Chimera Generation
Suggested References 1 Molecular Biology of the Cell Alberts 5th Edition 2007 NCBI Publication
2 Principles of Biochemistry Lehninger WH Freeman
3 Biochemistry of Signal Transduction and Regulation - Gerhard Krauss Wiley VCH 3rd Revised Edition
4 Molecular Cell Biology Lodish 6th Edition WH Freeman amp Company
5 The cell Cooper 2nd Edition ASM Press
6 Genes IX Benjamin Lewin Published by Pearson Prentice Hall
7 Cell and Molecular Biology Gerald Karp
8 Molecular Biology Robert Weaver 1st Edition WCB McGraw-Hill
9 Molecular Biology of the Gene Watson 6th Edition Pearson Publication
10 Gene Regulation A Eukaryotic Perspective David Latchman 5 illustrated Taylor amp Francis 2005
Molecular Biotechnology Principles and Applications of Recombinant DNA Bernard R
GlickhttpwwwamazoncomMolecular-Biotechnology-Principles-Applications-
Recombinantdp1555814980ref=sr_1_6s=booksampie=UTF8ampqid=1323503937ampsr=1-6 - (Author)Publisher
Amer Society for Microbiology 4 edition (December 31 2009)
11 Principles of gene manipulation and genomics S B Primrose Richard M Twyman Publisher Wiley-Blackwell 7
edition (February 17 2006)
12 Principles of Fermentation Technology P F Stanbury (Author) S Hall (Author) A Whitaker (Author) Publisher
Butterworth-Heinemann 2 edition (February 19 1999)
13 1 Bioinformatics A practical guide to the analysis of genes and proteins Baxevanis AD and Ovellette BFF
Wiley-Interscience (2002)
14 2 Molecular and Biotechnology A comprehensive desk reference RA Meyes (Ed) VCH Publishers Inc (1995)
15 3 Textbook of Biotechnology Das HK Wiley Dreamtech India Pvt Ltd (2004)
28
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
Semester 3
Paper ndash III (Code 3T3 A) Toxicology (Biochemical And Environmental Toxicology)
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 To understand key principles of toxicology including various factors affecting toxicity and toxicity assessment
2 To evaluate analyse disposition of toxicants and factor affecting to disposition of toxicants
3 The know how of toxicokinetics and biotransformation 4 To critically analyse and interpret non-organ directed toxicity To
study effect of environmental toxicity on human beings
5 To develop an understanding of the genetic toxicology and
Developmental Toxicology for scientific research practices
6 Critical evaluation of relationship between target organ toxicity for
experimental designs
29
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 3
Core Elective 1
3T3 A) Toxicology (Biochemical And Environmental Toxicology)
Unit I General principles of Toxicology
Definition Different facets of toxicology and their interrelationships Classification of toxic
agents Desired and undesired effects
Various factors affecting toxicity vehicles formulation factors biological half life volume
and concentration dose dosage forms routes of administration entry genetic status etc
Principles of selective toxicity comparative morphology comparative biochemistry
comparative cytology
Toxicity assessment acute subchronic chronic exposure determination of ED50 and LD50
values tests for mutagenecity carcinogenicity genotoxicity Ames test
Unit II Disposition of Toxicants
Factors affecting disposition of toxicants absorption distribution biotransformation
elimination
Absorption through gastro-intestinal tract lungs skin
Distribution storage in tissues blood-brain barrier passage across placenta redistribution
Biotransformation Phase I and II reactions metabolic interrelationship antidotal therapy
Excretion urinary fecal exhalation other routes
Toxicokinetics classic and physiologic
Unit III A) Non ndashorgan directed toxicity
Chemical carcinogenesis definition mechanism
Genetic toxicology definition health impacts and mechanism of induction of genetic
alterations
Developmental toxicology definition principles mechanism and pathogenesis of
developmental toxicity
B) Environmental Toxicology
Air pollution definition air pollutants health effects and risk assessment of air pollution
Introduction to Ecotoxicology
Unit IV Target organ toxicity
Skin skin as a barrier dermatitis acne urticaria
Toxic responses of the blood blood as a target organ toxicology of erythron leukon and
platelets
Toxic responses of the liver physiology and pathophysiology factors in liver injury
mechanism of liver injury
Toxic responses of the respiratory system lungs structure and functions pulmonotoxic
agents pathogenesis of chemical induced damage acute and chronic responses of lungs to
injury
Suggested References
1 Casarette and Doullrsquos Toxicology by Klaassen CD
2 Biochemical Toxicology of Environmental Agents by Bruine D
3 Detoxification mechanisms by Williams RT
4 Selective Toxicity by Albert A
5 Developmental Toxicology by Hood RD
30
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 3
Paper ndash III (Code 3T3 B) Nutrition (Nutritional Biochemistry) (Core Elective 1)
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Capably describe the biochemical techniques that are relevant for the investigation of nutrient metabolism
2 Understand key principles of energy expenditure thermogenic effects Energy requirements and role of dietary fibers in nutrition
3 To read interpret and discuss protein energy malnutrition disorders of mineral metabolism for scientific research
4 To develop an understanding of the observational and experimental character of science in nutritional biochemistry
5 To communicate role of clinical nutrition and food allergies in scientific communication frameworks such as written reports and open discussion
31
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 3
3T3 B Nutrition (Nutritional Biochemistry) (Core Elective 1)
Unit I Basic Concepts
Basic Concept Energy content of foods Measurements of energy expenditure Direct amp
Indirect calorimetry Definition of BMR and SDA and factors affecting these Thermogenic
effects of foods Energy requirements of man and woman and factors affecting energy
requirements
Role of dietary fibers in nutrition
Unit II Nutritional Disorders
Protein Energy Malnutrition (PEM) Aetiology Clinical features Metabolic disorders
and Management of Marasmus and Kwashiorkor diseases
Disorders of Mineral Metabolism Hypercalecemia Hypocalcaemia Normocalcemia
Hyperphosphatemia
Unit III Starvation and Antinutrients
Starvation Techniques for studying starvation protein metabolim in prolonged fasting
protein sparing treatments during fasting Concept of high protein low calorific weight
reduction diets
Antinutrients Naturally occurring food borne toxicants protease inhibitors hemagglutins
hepatotoxins allergens oxalates toxins from mushrooms animal food stuffs and sea foods
Unit IV Clinical Nutrition and Food Allergies
Clinical Nutrition Role of diet and nutrition in the prevention and treatment of diseases
dental caries Fluorosis Atherosclerosis amp Rheumatic disorders Inherited metabolic
Disorders Phenylketonuria Maple Syrup disease amp Hemocystinuria
Food Allergies Definition role of antigen host and environment types of
hypersensitivities diagnosis and treatment of allergy
Suggested Reading 1 Basics of clinical nutrition author- yk joshi jaypee publication
2 Nutrition for the community Gully baba publishing house
Essentials of human nutrition author-jim mann amp stewart truswell oxford university press
3 Introduction to human nutrition
edited by- professor michael gibney (ucd institute of food and health) professor susan lanham-new
(university of surrey) professor aedin Cassidy (university of east anglia) professor hester vorster (north-
west university south africa) httpwwwnutritionsocietyorgpublicationstextbooksintroduction-to-
human-nutritionsthashtdyscawhdpuf
4 Nutrition and metabolism
edited by- professor susan lanham-new (university of surrey) professor ian macdonald (university of
nottingham) professor helen roche (unviersity college dublin) -
httpwwwnutritionsocietyorgpublicationstextbooksnutrition-and-metabolismsthashiusrjtiudpuf
32
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 3
Foundation Course 1 Biomolecules and Basic Metabolism
Unit I Carbohydrates and metabolism
Classification of carbohydrates Structure occurrence and biological importance of
monosaccharides oligosaccharides and polysaccharides
Introduction to Metabolism glycolysis glucogenesis and gluconeogenesis TCA cycle and its
amphibolic role energetics of carbohydrate metabolismAlternate pathways HMP shunt Enter-
Doudoroff glucuronate and glyoxylate pathways Corirsquos cycle
Unit II Lipids and metabolism
Classification of lipids Fatty acids Saturated and unsaturated fatty acids Essential fatty acids
Glycerophospholipids Glycolipids properties and functions
Metabolism Oxidation of fatty acids even and odd numbered unsaturated and branched chain fatty
acids
Degradation and biosynthesis of triacylglycerols and phospholipids energetic of beta- oxidation
Cholesterol biosynthesis catabolism and regulation
Unit III Proteins and metabolism
Classification of amino acids and proteins Protein structures primary secondary tertiary and
quarternary structure General metabolic reaction of amino acids transamination oxidative
deamination minor pathways of amino acid degradation transdeamination amino acid oxidase non
oxidative deamination
Degradation and biosynthesis of amino acids glycogenic and ketogenic amino acids Urea cycle
pathway and regulation
Unit IV Minerals and metabolism
Major and minor and ultra trace minerals their occurrence functions toxicity and interaction with
other nutrients
Iron metabolism and regulation
Calcium and phosphorus metabolism and regulation
Suggested Reading
1 Biophysical Techniques- Upadhyay Upadhyay and Nath
2 Principles of Biochemistry- Lehninger David L Nelson and Michael M Cox
3 Enzymes- Malcolm Dixon and Edwin Webb
4 Harperrsquos Biochemistry- Harper
5 Biochemistry- Western and Todd
6 Cell and Molecular Biology-Gerald Karp
7 Fundamentals of Biochemistry-Donald Voet Judith G Voet and Charlotte W Bratt
33
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 3
Paper ndash IV (Code 3T4 ) Bioresearch Techniques I (Subject centric core 1)
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Understand key principles of how flow cytometer work including data
analysis for their applications
2 Improve on skillful process of the animal cell culture techniques and
experimental demand of knowledge including an appreciation of the
need for good experimental design and scientific research practices
3 To incline intellectual curiosity in DNA and RNA techniques and
related fields that extends well beyond the course
4 To develop practical laboratory skills in the field of DNA and RNA
techniques
34
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 3
3T4 Bioresearch Techniques I (Subject centric core 1)
Unit I Flow cytometry
Principles of flow cytometry Instrument overview principle of fluorescence sample preparation
data analysis and applications of flow cytometry Overview Fludics Generation of Scatter and
fluorescence ( Optical bench optical filters signal detection Treshold) Data Analysis (Data
Collection and Display gating data analysis for subsetting applications Data analysis for ther
applications) Sorting Lasers and Alignment (Working of lasers and laser alignment)
Unit II Animal cell culture techniques
Animal cell Culture Cell culture (adherent and suspension) basic equipment cell culture media-
Components sterility buffering capacity growth requirements supplementation of serum antibiotic
and antimycotic agents preparation of medium advantages and limitations of Primary cell culture
clonal cell lines basic technique a of animal cell subcultuing disaggregation method for quantitation
of cells in culture counting chamber counters cell viability determination cytotoxicity assay and its
applications cell apoptosis assay and its applications 3 D cultures
Unit III DNA techniques
Isolation Sequencing Restriction Nucleases Gel Electrophoresis DNA probes Nucleic acid
hybridization Southern blotting DNA fingerprinting and DNA typing DNA Library
DNA sequencing Sanger and Maxam Gilbert
Restriction Mapping DNase foot printing DMS foot printing knockouts
PCR RFLP RAPD AFLP SNP
Unit IV RNA techniques
Isolation Hybridization Northern Blotting in vitro labeling with radioisotopes and chemical
markers
Mapping and quantifying transcripts S1assay primer extension run off transcription
Transcription rate measurement in vivo Nuclear run on transcription reporter gene N transcription
si RNA technology gene silencing techniques its applications microarrays ribozyme technology
Suggested References
1 Molecular Biology of The Cell Alberts 5th Edition 2007 NCBI Publication
2 Principles of Biochemistry Lehninger WH Freeman
3 Biochemistry of Signal Transduction and Regulation-shy‐ Gerhard Krauss
Wiley VCH 3rd Revised Edition
4 Molecular Cell Biology Lodish 6th Edition WH Freeman amp Company
5 The cell Cooper 2nd Edition ASM Press
6 Gene IX Benjamin Lewin
Published by Pearson Prentice Hall
7 Cell and Molecular Biology Gerald Karp
8 Molecular Biology Robert Weaver 1st Edition WCBNMcGraw-shy‐Hill
9 Molecular Biology of the Gene Watson 6th Edition Pearson Publication
10 Gene Regulation A Eukaryotic Perspective David Latchman 5 illustrated Taylor amp Francis
2005
35
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 3
3P1 Biotechnology And Molecular Biology
1) Fermentation
i) Isolation of microorganisms from soil demonstrating synthesis capability of desired product
Gram staining (Desired property to be decided by the instructor) and screening
ii) Optimization of the lab scale production of the desired product Effect of temperature pH
substrate concentration
iii) Growth curve Estimation of cell number substrate utilization andor product formation
2) Polymerase Chain Reaction
i) PCR amplification from genomic DNA
ii) Nested PCR
iii) Random Amplification of Polymorphic DNA (RAPD)
3) Restriction Fragment Length Polymorphism (RFLP)
3P2 A Biochemical And Environmental Toxicology
1 Qualitative detection of various toxicants in biological samples
Phenothiazine derivatives Organochlorine compounds (Fujiwara test) Phenol Methanol Arsenic (As)
Antimony (Sb) Selenium (Se) Mercury (Hg) Bismuth (Bi) Fluoride (F) Boron (Bo) Gutzeit test for
Antimony (Sb) and Arsenic (As) Spot test for metal toxicants
2 Quantitative determination of Salicylate Paracetamol (acetaminophen) Sulphonamide in biological
samples
3 Enzyme assay in toxic conditions
GOT (AST) GPT (ALT) Acid phosphatase Alkaline phosphatase Acetyl cholinesterase etc
4 Construction of dose-response curves
5 Determination of LD50 value of a toxicant
6 Induction of hepatotoxicity diabetes skin lesions teratogenesis
7 Assay of biomarkers of environmental pollution toxicity
OR
3P2 B) Nutritional Biochemistry
1 Determination of Calcium in food samples
2 Determination of Inorganic Phosphorous in food samples
3 Determination of Iron in food samples
4 Determination of beta carotene in carrots by column chromatography
5 Determination of Ascorbic Acid in food
6 Estimation of Amylase activity
7 Determination of Total Lipids By Sulphophospho vanillin Method
3S1 Seminar
InstitutionalEducational tour For minimum 08 days
36
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
Paper ndash I (Code 4T1) Advanced Clinical Biochemistry
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Analyse evaluate and generate information from a wide variety of sources regarding the key principles of aging and Neurological disorders
2 Analyse the effects of obesity on physiological functions including gene regulation
3 Critically interpret molecular and metabolic diseases and develop new knowledge domain about them
4 To develop effective creative and innovative solutions to current research problems in Reproductive Disease and Reproductive Biochemistry
5 To develop practical laboratory skill for Assisted Reproductive Technology program
37
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
4T1 Advanced Clinical Biochemistry
Unit I Aging and Neurological Disorders
Current view and theories of aging auto immune connection and HLA association processes of
aging and biochemical alteration DNA damage protein oxidation and axonal transport in aging
nutritional intervention as anti-aging therapy
Alzheimerrsquos disease Causes symptoms diagnosis pathogenesis genetics APP ApoE PS2 tau
protein risk factors and therapeutic approaches
Progeria Parkinsonrsquos disease Causes symptoms diagnosis pathogenesis genetics and therapeutic
approaches
Unit II Obesity
Theories lipid metabolism adipose tissue anomalies
Genetic basis of familial obesity effects of neuropeptides and leptin in nutrient partitioning
Obesity related derangements in metabolic regulation Therapeutic approaches
Unit III Molecular and Metabolic Diseases
Human gene map genetic diversity polymorphism genetic linkage chromosomal disorder
Monogenetic Disorders Autosomal dominant autosomal recessive X-linked Multifactorial
disorders Genetic heterogeneity Allelic heterogeneity Pathogenesis of genetic disease
Galactosemia Hemophilia Sickle cell anemia Muscular dystrophy Hypercholesterolemia Gout
Turnerrsquos syndrome
Unit IV Reproductive Biochemistry
Overview of reproductive system and reproduction biochemistry of reproductive disorders (male amp
female) Influence of various factors in reproduction with special reference to role of prostaglandins
and gonadotrophins Mechanism and methods of birth control and possible biochemical
consequences thereof Biochemical markerrsquos in infertility disorders Techniques involved in assisted
reproductive technology (ART) Culture media and cell culture techniques in ART programme
Suggested References
1 Clinical Biochemistry ndash Metabolic and Clinical aspects By-William J Marshall amp Stephen
K Angert
2 Harperrsquos Biochemistry - 27th Ed
3 Text book of Medical Physiology - By Guyton
4 Text book of Physiology -By Burn amp levy
5 Biochemistry ndashBy L Stryer (Freeman amp CoNY)
6 Biochemistry with clinical correlation- By Thomas Devli
7 The Metabolic Basis of Inherited Disease 5th Ed-By John Stanbury
8 Teitz Fundamentals of Clinical Chemistry ndashBy CABurtis amp Ashwood
9 Biochemistry - By Lehninger
10 Lehningerrsquos Biochemistry ndashBy Nelson amp Cox
11 Biochemistry ndashBy Stanford
12 Basic Medical Biochemistry A Clinical approach- By Smith
13 Principles of Internal Medicines- By HarrisonT R
14 Practical Biochemistry Principles amp Techniques- By Wilson amp Walker
15 Practical Biochemistry ndashBy David Plummer
38
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
Paper ndash II (Code 4T2) Advanced Immunology
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Understand details of lymph node microanatomy and learn the B and T cells encounter with antigens and study its development
2 Gain insight into antigen presentation and autophagy on a detailed molecular level
3 Understand immunology of mucosal surfaces and the interplay between commensal flora and the immune system in the gut
4 In-depth knowledge of the cellular and molecular basis for autoimmune disease and allergies
5 Basic knowledge of tumor immunology and the development of novel recombinant antibodies for treatment of cancer and autoimmune disease
39
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
4T2 Advanced Immunology
Unit I Introductory Immunobiology
Complement system Alternative and Classical pathway of complement activation
Immune networks Homeostasis in the immune system-termination of normal immune
responses network hypothesis
In vivo immunity to viruses bacteria fungi protozoa worms etc
Unit II Immunological tolerance and Autoimmunity
Immunologic tolerance T lymphocyte tolerance- central and peripheral Apoptosis in
Lymphocytes-pathways and biochemical mechanisms effector mechanisms Tolerance
induced regulatory T cells B lymphocyte tolerance- Central and Peripheral Homeostasis in
the immune pathogenesis and therapeutic approaches to autoimmunity
Unit III Tumor and Transplantation Immunology Hypersensitivity
General features of tumor immunity tumor antigens Immune response to tumor and
evasion Immunotherapy Types of hypersensitivity Effector mechanisms of immunologic
tissue injury and disease
Unit IV Immunodeficiency and Vaccinology
MHC and disease susceptibility immune deficiency disorders Active immunization
(immune prophylaxis) passive immunization adjuvants modern approaches to vaccine
development role of vaccines in the prevention of disease
Suggested References
1 Cellular and Molecular Immunology- 5th Edition Abul K Abbas Andrew Litchman
2 Immunology-5th Edition Richard A Goldsby Thomas J Kindt Barbara A Osborne
Janis Kuby
3 Immunology- 6th Edition Ivan Roitt Jonathan Brostoff David Male
40
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
Paper ndash III (Code 4T3 A) Toxicology (Clinical Research)
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Have knowledge about assessment and management of ethical clinical trial
programs
2 Demonstrate competency in biopharmaceutical clinical trial research designs and
regulatory affairs
3 Demonstrate competencies in evaluating clinical research data and
communicating results Manage innovative products through the discovery
processes and into the clinical trial phases
4 Identify and classify different types of trial designs when reading a trial report
understand the essential of GLP roles and responsibilities of stakeholders in
clinical trials
41
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
4T3 A) Toxicology (Clinical Research)
Unit I Pre-Clinical Research
Animal studies acute amp chronic toxicity of drugs regulations for number amp types of
animals protocols for animal experimentation Biochemical amp histopathological studies of
animals after drug administration Mechanism amp cause of death Routine toxicity studies amp
special toxicity studies carcinogenicity mutagenicity amp teratogenicity to be given special
emphasis
Unit II Phases of Clinical Research
Phases of clinical research number of volunteers in phase I amp types of patients in phase II to
IV Importance of these investigations Post marketing surveillance (PMS) amp
pharmacovigilence in case of clinical investigations after marketing authorization
Importance of ethical committee protocol design documentation in clinical trials Bio
Availability and Bio Equivalence studies Pharmacokinetics Pharmacodynamics Genomic
studies
Unit III Good lab practices
Good Clinical Practices Good Manufacturing Practices and Good Laboratory Practices
Principles of ICH-GCP History GCP declaration of Helsinki Belmont report Nuremberg
code Tuskgee trial Schedules Y and its amendments ICMR Guidelines Composition
functions amp operations of IRBIEC ethics of clinical trials Health Authorities- CDSCO US-
FDA EMEA and other
Unit IV Roles and Responsibilities of different stake holders in Clinical Research-
Sponsor CRO SMO Ethics Committee Investigator CRA CRC Patients and other
Departments in Clinical Research- Operations Business Development Regulatory
Pharmacovigilance Data Management Centralized Monitoring Quality Finance Important
documents in Clinical Research and importance of documentation in Clinical Research
Stages in clinical trial-Feasibilities PSSV SIV SMV and Close-out visits Audits and
Inspections
Suggested reading
1 Clinical Research Coordinator Handbook Norris Deborrah Plexus Publications
20040601
2 Clinical Research Methodology and Evidence-Based Medicine Babu Ajit N
Anshan 20080530
3 Conducting Clinical Research Judy Stone Biblio Distribution 2006
4 Essentials of clinical research Stephen P Glasser (Edt) Springer Verlag 2008
42
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
Paper ndash III (Code 4T3 B) Nutrition (Applied Nutritional Biochemistry)
Learning outcome Students will be
1 Capable of describing biochemical pathways relevant in nutrient metabolism 2 Capable of using selected biochemical techniques relevant in nutritional
biochemical research 3 Critical reading of scientific articles in nutritional biochemistry 4 Capable of discussing research questions relevant to nutritional biochemistry 5 The ability to ask critical questions and discuss nutritional biochemical research
43
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
4T3 B) Nutrition (Applied Nutritional Biochemistry)
Unit I Clinical nutrition
Role of a dietician role and responsibilities of a dietitian nutrition counseling professional
ethics and obligations
Diet therapy-Rationale for diet therapy (normal diet modifications of the diet to the light
diet soft diet full liquid diet clear liquid tube feeding) Routes for diet therapy-enteral and
parental use of biochemical parameters in the planning of diets use of computers in the
planning of diets
Unit II Nutritional Counseling and Dietetics
Nutritive value of different food groups and changes due to cooking in various food groups
Storage of foods food quality and factors affecting food quality Control of food quality Use
of additives Classification and applications
Unit III Community Nutrition
Opportunities in community Nutrition Assessing Community Resources assessing target
population program planning Assessing communityrsquos nutritional resources Food insecurity
food assistance programs world hunger and food insecurity Principles of nutrition education
and policy making national nutrition agenda
Unit IV Applied Nutrition and Public Health Concept of Health Nutrition and Public Health Nutrition Demographic trends in India and
the significance of certain indices of Health and Nutrition situation of a community IMR
MMR TFR Birth rate Death rate Life expectancy etc) Major nutritional problems in
developing countries Dietary surveys-methods ways of interpretations and analysis
recommendations based on survey findings Assessment of nutritional status biochemical
and anthropometry
Suggested Reading
Clinical nutrition
edited by- professor marinos elia (university of outhampton) professor olle ljungqvist
(karolinska institutet amp oumlrebro university hospital) dr outham outhamp (university of
outhampton professor susan lanham-new (university of surrey) - see more at
httpwwwnutritionsocietyorgpublicationstextbooksclinical-
nutritionsthashw12tfscqdpuf
Public health nutrition
edited by- professor michael gibney (ucd institute of food and health) professor barrie
margetts (university of southampton) dr john kearney (dublin institute of technology)
professor lenore arab (university of california los angeles)
httpwwwnutritionsocietyorgpublicationstextbookspublic-health-
nutritionsthash8pvhu1m0dpuf
Staying healthy with nutrition author- elson m Hass buck levin
American dietetic association complete food and nutrition guide Roberta larson duyff
44
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
MSc Biochemistry CBCS syllabus Effective from 2015-16
SEMESTER 4
Foundation 2 Basic Enzymology
Unit I
Introduction to Enzymology Nomenclature and classification of enzymes History sources of
enzymes (Animal Plant and microorganisms) Protein amp nonprotein nature of enzymes with
examples enzymes as biological catalysts and their importance principle of assay of enzymes and
measurement of activity effect of experimental conditions on measurement of activity such as time pH temp
substrate definition of enzyme unit Stability of enzymes and half life of enzymes Effect of environmental
factors on stability of enzymes Concept of Zymogens and active enzyme with examples effect of activators
and inhibitors on enzyme activity Role of coenzymes and cofactors on enzyme catalysis with examples
Unit II Production amp purification
Method os screening of sources for desired enzymes Availability of the sources for procurement
of enzymes Natural and synthetic Media for microbial enzyme production effect of inducers and
environmental factors on enzyme production by microorganisms
Methods of isolation of enzymes form the source purification of enzyme by dialysis salt and solvent
precipitation chromatography gel filtration Purification by affinity chromatography methods of
determination of purity and nature of of enzymes by simple PAGE SDSPAGE and 2 D electrophoresis
Unit III Enzyme Kinetics
Lock amp key model and Koshland model of enzyme active site Determination of active site of enzyme
Michelis Mentain equation kinetics of reversible irreversible and nonreversible enzymes Line Weaver burk
plot and Eddie Hofstie Plot Determination of kinetic constants and activation energy Effect of competitive
and non-competitive inhibitors on enzyme activity Allosteric enzyme and sigmoidal kinetics
Unit IV Applications of enzymes
Structure and function of multienzyme complex systems such as PDH KGH B oxidation spiral and glycolysis
Advantages of soluble and membrane bound enzymes Futile cycles in Biochemistry
Methods of immobilization of enzymes advantages and disadvantages of immobilization Application of
Immobilized enzymes in agriculture cosmetics detergent dairy brewing and food industries with examples
such as lactase pectinase proteinase invertaselipase etc Application of enzymes in nanotechnology
biosensors etc
Suggested references
1 Enzymology and Enzyme Technology 2014 by SM Bhatt (S Chand)
2 Enzyme Technology 2006 by Ashok Pandey (Editor) Colin Webb (Editor) MARCELO
FERNANDES (Editor) Springer
3 Biocatalysts and enzyme technology 2012 Klaus Buchholz
45
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
4T4 Bioresearch Techniques II (Subject centric core 2)
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Learn describe and build up knowledge domain regarding the latest and most advanced Bioresearch techniques available for biochemical research
2 Be aware select appropriately apply technology platforms and Perform techniques for analysis of DNA and protein expression
3 Evaluation of data and controls related to research techniques 4 Create thought-provoking questions related to the laboratory equipment
46
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
4T4 Bioresearch Techniques II (Subject centric core 2)
UNIT I
Biochemical methods I- Co-immunoprecipitation BiFC bimolecular fluorescence
complementation affinity electrophoresis Pull down assays label transfer yeast two hybrid
screens phage display
UNIT II
Biochemical methods II- In-vivo crosslinking of protein complexes using photo-reactive
amino acid analogs Tandem affinity purification (TAP) Chemical cross-linking SPINE
(Strepprotein interaction experiment) Quantitative immunoprecipitation combined with
knock-down (QUICK) Proximity ligation assay (PLA) in situ
UNIT III
Biophysical and theoretical methods I
Bio-Layer Interferometry
Dual polarisation interferometry (DPI)
Static light scattering (SLS)
Dynamic light scattering (DLS)
Surface plasmon resonance
UNIT IV
Biophysical and theoretical methods II
Fluorescence polarizationanisotropy
Fluorescence correlation spectroscopy
FRET BRET
2D-FT NMR spectroscopy
Proteinndashprotein docking
Isothermal Titration Calorimetry (ITC)
Isothermal Titration Calorimetry (ITC)
Suggested References
1 Molecular Biology of The Cell Alberts 5th Edition 2007 NCBI Publication
2 Principles of Biochemistry Lehninger WH Freeman
3 Biochemistry of Signal Transduction and Regulation-shy‐ Gerhard Krauss
Wiley VCH 3rd Revised Edition
4 Molecular Cell Biology Lodish 6th Edition WH Freeman amp Company
5 The cell Cooper 2nd Edition ASM Press
6 Gene IX Benjamin Lewin
Published by Pearson Prentice Hall
7 Cell and Molecular Biology Gerald Karp
8 Molecular Biology Robert Weaver 1st Edition WCBNMcGraw-shy‐Hill
9 Molecular Biology of the Gene Watson 6th Edition Pearson Publication
10 Gene Regulation A Eukaryotic Perspective David Latchman 5 illustrated Taylor amp
Francis 2005
47
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
4P1 Advanced Clinical Biochemistry and Immunology and Toxicology and Nutrition
1 Demonstration of dialysis using blood filtrate (Protein Separation)
2 Immunology
a Quantitative Estimation of Antibody
b Precipitation Techniques Double Immunodiffusion Single (Radial)
Immunodiffusion
3 Electrophoretic Techniques Immuno-electrophoresisRocket Immunoelectrophoresis
Immuno-diffusion
4 To assay cathepsin D ATPase (NaKCaMg) Lipid peroxidase enzymes
5 Assay of Acetylcholine esterase activity in rat brain
6 Assay of monoamine oxidase
7 Fractionation of tissues and assay of proteins
8 Assay of ornithine amino transferase
9 Glutathione Estimation
10 Organ tissue morphology histopathology
11 Assay of toxicant biotransformation enzyme-cytochrome P450
12 Test for teratogenecity carcinogenecity Ames test
13 To perform pair wise alignment of sequences using BLAST program
14 To design primers for the given gene sequences
15 To perform multiple sequence alignment and generate phylogenetic tree
16 To retrieve and visualize the three dimensional structures of proteins
17 To retrieve metagenomic sequences and primer designing to develop STS marker
OR
18 Determination of Triglycerides
19 Proximate Analysis of Food Samples
48
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4 Project
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Plan and develop experimental design projects from concept through to professional
prototype
2 Apply theoretical knowledge conceptual skills and techniques to the development of
solutions for biochemical problems
3 Apply initiative and judgment in planning problem solving and decision making in
practice or future study
4 Design a research project and submit in a form of thesis they will present their results of
the thesis to an audience of peers and faculty and be able to defend their results during
final evaluation
4PROJ PROJECT
4S1 Seminar
14
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 1
1P 1 Protein Biochemistry and Enzymology
1 Estimation of protein by UV Spectrophotometer by E280E260 method
2 Estimation of Riboflavin by Arnoldrsquos fluorimetric method
3 Estimation of Thiamine by thiochrome method
4 Separation of proteins by PAGE
5 Seperation of proteins by SDS gel electrophoresis
6 Western Blotting
7 Purification of proteins by isoelectric precipitation
8 Molecular weight determination
9 Fractionation of cells by differential centrifugation
10 Assay of marker enzymes
11 To study the essentiality of co-enzymes in enzyme catalyzed reaction
12 Fractionation of human plasma proteins by precipitation
13 Assay of acid and alkaline phosphatase
14 Effect of environmental factors such as pH temperature and inhibitors on alkaline
phosphatase
15 Measurement of initial velocity
16 To study kinetics of enzyme using Lineweaver-Burk Eadie-Hofstee and Hanes Plots
1P 2 Biochemical Research Techniques and Plant Biochemistry
1 Absorption of water by live amp dead seeds
2 Changes in carbohydrate protein content during germination
3 Induction of proteinases amylases and lipase during germination
4 Induction of vitamin C synthesis during germination
5 Isolation and characterization of trypsin inhibitor
6 Assay of peroxidase catalase phenol oxidase ascorbic acid oxidase
7 Isolation of plant DNA amp RNA
8 Estimation of carotene ascorbic acid phenols and tannins in fruits and vegetables
9 Development of callus culture from meristems and leaves
1S1 Seminar
InstitutionalEducational tour For minimum 08 days
15
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 2
Paper ndash I (Code 2T1) Immunology
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Remember and Understand basic concepts of Immunology Molecular details of
various receptors and effectors involved in evoking Immune responses
2 Mechanism and pathways of immunity with essential details about immunoglobulin
structures and mechanism of action
3 Appreciate and assess the various immunological techniques used for public health
Applications of immunology based techniques in public health and immunization
16
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 2
2T1 Immunology
Unit I The Immune system Immunoglobulins and TCR
History of Immunology Innate Immunity effector mechanisms involved PAMPs PRRs
Phagocytosis Lysis blocking extra cellular killing etc Biochemistry and biology of TLRs
Inflamatory processes inflamamasomes interrelationship between innate and adaptive
immunity
Immunoglobulins and TCR
Immunochemistry Antigen antibody reaction its kinetics and thermodynamics Structure
functions of immunoglobulins Ig genes and their expression Generation of Ab diversity
BCR TCR Organization and re-arrangement of TCR genes TCR diversity
Unit II
Anatomy of Immune system
Immunological cells tissues and organs Maturation activation and differentiation of B and
T cells MHC genes and their polymorphism Structure and function of MHC molecules
Clonal selection theory Cell surface molecules Ig super family integrins selectins
chemokine receptors and other accessory molecules Cytokines and chemokines
Unit III
Immune response by T and B lymphocytes
Cellular and molecular mechanisms of Ab production humoral and cell mediated immunity
Antigen processing and presentation T and B cell interaction Super antigens
Unit IV
Immunological Techniques
Immunochemical techniques including immunodiffusion RIA EIA agglutination
immunoflorescence immunoelectron microscopy immunoelectrophoresis HLA typing
leukocyte migration inhibition technique delayed hypersensitivity technique cytotoxicity
assay Monoclonal Abrsquos hybridoma and other technologies Abzymes
Suggested References
1 Cellular and Molecular Immunology- 5th Edition Abul K Abbas Andrew Litchman
2 Immunology-5th Edition Richard A Goldsby Thomas J Kindt Barbara A Osborne
Janis Kuby
3 Immunology- 6th Edition Ivan Roitt Jonathan Brostoff David Male
17
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 2
Paper ndash II (Code 2T2) Clinical Biochemistry
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Remember and Understand fundamental concepts in Clinical Biochemistry and
recent automations introduced in it
2 Comprehend basics of Endocrine system and hormones involved for regulation of
various biochemical functions of target organs
3 Illustrate compare and appreciate functions and biochemical attributes of Liver and
implications in Clinical Biochemistry
18
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 2
2T2 Clinical Biochemistry
Unit I Automation in clinical biochemistry gastric and blood disorders
Automation in Clinical Biochemistry- Instrumental concept Selection of Instrument Quality
assurance Control of pre-analytical and analytical variables External and internal quality
control measurements
Gastric disorders Disorders of gastric function method of evaluation pancreatic diseases
Steatorrhoea Malabsorption syndrome test for their evaluation
Blood Disorder Review of mechanism of coagulation and fibrinolysis abnormalities in
blood coagulation variation of plasma proteins abnormalities of blood formation anemia
haemoglobinopathies clinical significance of fecal and urine analysis
Unit II Endocrinology I Insulin and glucagon Various types of hyperglycemia Diabetes mellitus Ketonemia
ketonuria Experimental diabetes Hypoglycemia Polyurea Glucose tolerance test
Thyroid Iodine metabolism Hypo and Hyper thyroidism BMRand other test for
evaluation of thyroid function
Parathyroid Calcium and phosphorus metabolism Abnormalities of Parathyroid function
and methods of evaluation
Unit III Endocrinology II
Adrenal Addisonrsquos disease and pheochromocytoma Disorders of steroid metabolism Test
for evaluation of adrenal functions
Pituitary Pituitary hormones Clinical syndromes and their evaluation
Unit IV Liver disorders
Liver disorders Jaundice fatty liver and liver function tests Renal function test
Cerebrospinal fluid Composition in health and disease Lipid profile in health and disease
Elements of Clinical Enzymology Isoenzymes in health and disease
Clinical significance of GOT GPT Creatine kinase LDH etc
Biochemical diagnosis of disease by enzymatic evaluation
Suggested References 1 Clinical Biochemistry ndash Metabolic and Clinical aspects By-William J Marshall amp Stephen
K Angert
2 Harperrsquos Biochemistry - 27th EdText book of Medical Physiology - By Guyton
3 Text book of Physiology -By Burn amp levy
4 Biochemistry ndashBy L Stryer (Freeman amp CoNY)
5 Biochemistry with clinical correlation- By Thomas Devli
6 The Metabolic Basis of Inherited Disease 5th Ed-By John Stanbury
7 Teitz Fundamentals of Clinical Chemistry ndashBy CABurtis amp Ashwood
8 Biochemistry - By Lehninger
9 Lehningerrsquos Biochemistry ndashBy Nelson amp Cox
10 Biochemistry ndashBy Stanford
11 Basic Medical Biochemistry A Clinical approach- By Smith
12 Principles of Internal Medicines- By HarrisonT R
13 Practical Biochemistry Principles amp Techniques- By Wilson amp Walker
14 Practical Biochemistry ndashBy David Plummer
19
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 2
Paper ndash III (Code 2T3) Cell Biochemistry
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Gain knowledge about fundamentals of cell division cycle and decision making
ability of the cells to proceed for duplication with regulatory aspects
2 Cell communication ability and control of cell cycle brough about by internal and
external molecular effectors
3 Understand basic concept of Cancer Biology and stem cells
20
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 2
2T3 Cell Biochemistry
Unit I Cell cycle and regulation
Review of cell cycle divisional control regulatory proteins cyclincdk complexes positive
and negative regulation inhibitory molecules restriction points regulation of DNA
synthesis regulation of degradation check points cell cycle arrest role of cyclically
activated protein kinases transcriptional regulation
Unit II Cell communication I
General principles of cell communication extra cellular signals and their receptors autocrine
signaling and role of gap junctions types of cell receptors relay of signal and intracellular
signal proteins regulated proteolysis dependent signaling pathways (Notch Wnt hedgehog
NFKB)
Unit III Cell communication II
Informational transactions in eukaryotic cells- cyclic AMP facet Study of G-proteins
signaling through G-protein linked cell surface receptors signaling through enzyme linked
cell surface receptors Calcium messenger system signaling via GMP
Unit IV Cancer
Causes and types of cancer viral carcinogenesis tumor suppressors oncogenes and signal
transduction growth and spread of cancer molecular basis of cancer therapy molecular
markers
Programmed cell death and its regulation in normal physiology regulation and execution of
mammalian apoptosis cytokine signaling and role of apoptosis in tumor genesis
Suggested References
1 Molecular Biology of the Cell Alberts 5th Edition 2007 NCBI Publication
2 Principles of Biochemistry Lehninger WH Freeman
3 Biochemistry of Signal Transduction and Regulation - Gerhard Krauss Wiley VCH 3rd
Revised Edition
4 Molecular Cell Biology Lodish 6th Edition WH Freeman amp Company
5 The Cell Cooper 2nd Edition ASM Press
6 Gene IX Benjamin Lewin Published by Pearson Prentice Hall
7 Cell and Molecular Biology Gerald Karp
8 Molecular Biology Robert Weaver 1st Edition WCB McGraw-Hill
9 Molecular Biology of the Gene Watson 6th Edition Pearson Publication
10 Gene Regulation A Eukaryotic Perspective David Latchman 5 illustrated Taylor amp
Francis 2005
11 The Cell- G M Cooper
21
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 2
Paper ndash IV (Code 2T4) Molecular Biology
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Remember and understand the fundamental concepts of Molecular Biology and the
experiments involved in it
2 Relate the concepts of Molecular Biology in the development of Biochemical
research techniques
22
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 2
2T4 Molecular Biology
Unit I Eukaryotic and Prokaryotic chromosomes
Chromatin structure Histones DNA nucleosome morphology and higher level organization Functional
states of chromatin and alterations in chromatin organization Chromosome organization Metaphase
chromosomes centromere and kinetochore telomere and its maintenance Holocentric chromosomes
Heterochromatin and euchromatin position effect variegation Chromosomal domains (matrix loop domains)
and their functional significance
Organization of nuclear and organellar genomes C-value paradox Repetitive DNA-satellite DNAs and
interspersed repeated DNAs Transposable elements LINES SINES Alu family and their application in
genome mapping
Concept of a gene Conventional and modern views Fine structure of gene split genes pseudogenes non-
coding genes overlapping genes and multi-gene families
Unit II Replication and Recombination
Replication Review of replication in bacteria plasmid and viruses Models of DNA replication DNA
replication in eukaryotes Eukaryotic DNA polymerases and their roles origin of replication Autonomously
Replicating Segments (ARS) in yeast elongation lagging strand synthesis and termination
Recombination DNA recombination Homologous site specific and transposition
Homologous recombination Holliday Model Messelsson -Radding Model Rec BCD pathway
Site specific recombination Lambda phage ingration and excision rearrengementof immunoglobulin genes
Transposition Prokaryotic transposition Insertion sequences and mere complex transposons (eg Tn3)
conservative and replicative transposition Eukaryotic transposable elements yeast and Drosophila transposons
retroviruses and retrovirus like elements
Unit III Transcription
Review of prokaryotic transcription transcription in eukaryotes Eukaryotic RNA polymerases and their
subunit structure Class I II and III promoters Upstream elements enhancers and silencers General
transcription factors Class I II III genes and their functions elongation factors TBP structure and its role in
transcription mediators Structure of transcription activators zinc fingers homeodomains helix loop helix
bZIP beta barrels
Unit IV Viruses
General properties of viruses (size shape composition of viral capsid spikes envelope and nucleic acids)
Viral classification in brief Baltimore classification Structure and composition of DNA viruses (Herpes virus
amp Adenovirus) and RNA viruses (HIV)
Tumor viruses (HBV HTLV HPV) structure and mechanism of oncogenesis
Structure and life cycle of Lambda and M13 bacteriophages
Laboratory diagnosis of viral diseases
Mechanism of action of Antiviral drugs (Acyclovir Foscarnet Nevirapine Saquinavir Oseltamivir)
Suggested References
1 Molecular Biology of Gene Watson
2 Gene 7 Benjamin Lewin
3 Cell amp Molecular Biology Devlin
4 Biochemistry Lehninger Nelson amp Cox
5 Biochemistry Voet amp Voet
6 Molecular Biology David Frifelder
7 Molecular biology-Lodish Baltimore
8 Genetics-Russell
9 Genetics 1and 2-CBPower
10 Molecular biology-Watson
11 Molecular biochemistry ndashRobert Weaver
12 Microbiology by Davis
13 Virology by Luria
14 Understanding Viruses-Teri Shors Jones and Bartlett Publishers Massachusetts edition 2009
23
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 2
2P1 Clinical Biochemistry And Immunology
1 Determination of serum and urine Creatinine by Jaffrsquos method
2 Determination of serum Bilirubin by Malloy amp Evllyn method
3 Determination of serum Chloride by Schales amp Schales method
4 Estimation of blood urea by Nesslerisation method
5 Estimation of Serum amylase (EC3211)
6 Estimation of Serum Cholesterol by Single Step Method (Libermann amp Burchard)
7 Determination of Serum Uric Acid by Henry Carawayrsquos method
8 Determination of Icteric Index SGOT SGPT and alkaline phosphatase activity
9 Routine Urine Analysis
10 Quantitative Estimation of T3 T4 and TSH
11 To determine Urinary VMA (3-methoxy 4 ndashHydroxyl Vanillin Mandellic Acid)
12 Glucose Tolerance Test
2P2 Cell And Molecular Biology
1 Use of Simple Compound and Phase Contrast Microscopes
2 Isolation culture and cell counting of lymphocytes
3 Adherent cell line Trypsinization cell count subculturing
4 MTT assay
5 Isolation of DNA from Bacteria and Blood
6 Assessment of purity of DNA by 260280 ratio
7 Isolation of plasmid DNA Mini Prep Midi Prep and Maxi Prep
8 Restriction digestion of DNA
9 Ligation of DNA
10 Separation of DNA fragments by Electrophoresis
11 Southern Blotting amp Northern Blotting
2S1 Seminar
24
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 3
Paper ndash I (Code 3T1) Advanced Molecular Biology
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Understand the concepts of Eukaryotic Transcription regulation mechanisms with details
of enzymes involved eukaryotic transcription process
2 Post transcriptional and translational modifications and regulatory aspects of it
3 Describe the expression of genes and the regulatory RNAs involved in it
4 Appreciate epigenetic ways of gene expression regulation
25
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 3
3T1 Advanced Molecular Biology
Unit I Regulation of eukaryotic gene expression at transcriptional level
Overview of transcription by RNA Polymerases I II and III
Anatomy of a protein-coding gene
Basal transcription by RNA polymerase II Subunits of Pol II general transcription factors
Activators How the initiation complex is assembled How initiation occurs
Speeding up the process Enhancers TAFs and how they work
Regulated transcription transcription factors Zinc-fingers (Sp1 the first such factor identified)
Leucine zippers Basic helix loop helix Homeodomains DNA binding domains Activating domains
RNA Elongation HIV TATTAR
RNA polymerase III and regulation of 5S rRNA
Unit II Regulation of eukaryotic gene expression at post translational translational and post-
translational levels
Regulation at tpst-transcriptional level Effect of cap and polyadenylation on splicing trans and
alternative splicing RNA editing mRNA stability and transport
Regulation at Translational level Global regulation through eIF2 and eIF4EeIF4E-BP Specific
regulation through 5 UTRs using RNA structure eg ODC Specific regulation through 5
UTRprotein interactions eg ferritin in eukaryotes and ribosomal proteins in prokaryotes Specific
regulation through 3 UTRs eg 15-LOX
Regulation at post-translational level Control of the level of active proteins regulation of proteolysis
Unit III Regulatory RNAs
Historical background RNA interference as regulatory mechanism in eukaryotes Slicer and dicer
synthesis and function of RNAi molecules in plants chromatin remodeling in human disease and
diagnosis
Unit IV Epigenetics
Background chromosomal inheritance taking fission yeast as an example DNA methyltransferases
DNA methylation maintenance histone modification and regulation of chromatin structure bivalent
histones DNA demethylation histone demethylation
Suggested References
1 Molecular Biology of the Cell Alberts 5th Edition 2007 NCBI Publication
2 Principles of Biochemistry Lehninger WH Freeman
3 Biochemistry of Signal Transduction and Regulation - Gerhard Krauss Wiley VCH 3rd
Revised Edition
4 Molecular Cell Biology Lodish 6th Edition WH Freeman amp Company
5 The cell Cooper 2nd Edition ASM Press
6 Genes IX Benjamin Lewin Published by Pearson Prentice Hall
7 Cell and Molecular Biology Gerald Karp
8 Molecular Biology Robert Weaver 1st Edition WCB McGraw-Hill
9 Molecular Biology of the Gene Watson 6th Edition Pearson Publication
10 Gene Regulation A Eukaryotic Perspective David Latchman 5 illustrated Taylor amp
Francis 2005
26
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 3
Paper ndash II (Code 3T2) Biotechnology
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Remember and Understand fundamental concepts of Genetic Engineering
2 Illustrate and compare different techniques involved in Genetic Engineering
3 Understand the concepts of Prokaryotic and Eukaryotic Transformation and PCR
4 Describe the expression of heterologous genes and the vectors involved in it
5 Appreciate technology involved in industrial products of Protein engineering and
fermentation technology Remember and Understand the design and functioning of
different types of Bioreactors and Downstream processing Evaluate the application of
different types of Bioreactors including immobilization reactor system and its kinetics
6 Comprehend tools important in Bioinformatics analysis for simplified application of
nucleic acid and protein sequence data
27
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 3
3T2 Biotechnology
Unit I rDNA technology Genomic and cDNA libraries DNA manipulation enzymes isolation of specific genes
Gene cloning REs vectors-plasmids cosmids phage vectors M13 phage vectors phagemids expression
vectors with strong promoters inducible vectors produce fusion proteins and their isolation Eucaryotic
expression system shuttle vectors YAC BAC insertion of DNA and its ligation to carrier DNA introduction
of DNA in cells gene synthesis gene libraries
Application of recombinant DNA technology in medicine agriculture industry and environmental sciences
Unit II Gene control systems in bacteria and bacteriophage lambda
Mechanism of induction and repression constitutive expression various control mechanisms positive
regulation negative regulation attenuation operon hypothesis with special reference to malgal ara and
histidine operons Regulatory mechanisms in bacteriophage lambda
Regulation of gene expression at various levels (transcription post transcriptional and translational)
DNA-protein interactions Lambda family of repressor trp repressor
Unit III Biochemical engineering Biochemical Engineering Bioreactors and related equipment and
instrumentation types of bioreactor (Batch semi batch CSTF recycle etc) reactor analysis reactor design
reactor for recombination proteins
Fermentation technology Fermentation technology microbial culture reaction genetic modification use of
mutants recombinant DNA technology and application in fermentation technology microbial growth kinetics
sterilization fermentation process kinetics analysis of rate pattern and kinetic groups fermentation process
types control of environmental variables recovery of fermentation products isolation and purification and use
of immobilization techniques
Unit IV Bioinformatics and Drug Designing Introduction to Bioinformatics Applications of Bioinformatics Bioinformatics resources
Biological Databases Overview to Biological Databases Nucleotide Databases (GenBank DDBJ ENA) Protein sequence
databases (Uniprot Swiss prot Prosite Pfam Prodom) Protein structure databases (PDB SCOP CATH)
Sequence analysis Sequence similarity search BLAST FASTA CLUSTAL
Genomics Introduction to Genomics Comparative Genomic Databases Objective of Genome Comparisons Genome
Alignments
Proteomics Overview of Proteomics Experimental Techniques Bioinformatics Approaches Protein-Protein Interaction
Databases and software
Softwaresrsquo for Drug Designing Structure Based Drug Designing Ligand Based Drug Designing
Virtual Screening Homology Modeling and Chimera Generation
Suggested References 1 Molecular Biology of the Cell Alberts 5th Edition 2007 NCBI Publication
2 Principles of Biochemistry Lehninger WH Freeman
3 Biochemistry of Signal Transduction and Regulation - Gerhard Krauss Wiley VCH 3rd Revised Edition
4 Molecular Cell Biology Lodish 6th Edition WH Freeman amp Company
5 The cell Cooper 2nd Edition ASM Press
6 Genes IX Benjamin Lewin Published by Pearson Prentice Hall
7 Cell and Molecular Biology Gerald Karp
8 Molecular Biology Robert Weaver 1st Edition WCB McGraw-Hill
9 Molecular Biology of the Gene Watson 6th Edition Pearson Publication
10 Gene Regulation A Eukaryotic Perspective David Latchman 5 illustrated Taylor amp Francis 2005
Molecular Biotechnology Principles and Applications of Recombinant DNA Bernard R
GlickhttpwwwamazoncomMolecular-Biotechnology-Principles-Applications-
Recombinantdp1555814980ref=sr_1_6s=booksampie=UTF8ampqid=1323503937ampsr=1-6 - (Author)Publisher
Amer Society for Microbiology 4 edition (December 31 2009)
11 Principles of gene manipulation and genomics S B Primrose Richard M Twyman Publisher Wiley-Blackwell 7
edition (February 17 2006)
12 Principles of Fermentation Technology P F Stanbury (Author) S Hall (Author) A Whitaker (Author) Publisher
Butterworth-Heinemann 2 edition (February 19 1999)
13 1 Bioinformatics A practical guide to the analysis of genes and proteins Baxevanis AD and Ovellette BFF
Wiley-Interscience (2002)
14 2 Molecular and Biotechnology A comprehensive desk reference RA Meyes (Ed) VCH Publishers Inc (1995)
15 3 Textbook of Biotechnology Das HK Wiley Dreamtech India Pvt Ltd (2004)
28
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
Semester 3
Paper ndash III (Code 3T3 A) Toxicology (Biochemical And Environmental Toxicology)
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 To understand key principles of toxicology including various factors affecting toxicity and toxicity assessment
2 To evaluate analyse disposition of toxicants and factor affecting to disposition of toxicants
3 The know how of toxicokinetics and biotransformation 4 To critically analyse and interpret non-organ directed toxicity To
study effect of environmental toxicity on human beings
5 To develop an understanding of the genetic toxicology and
Developmental Toxicology for scientific research practices
6 Critical evaluation of relationship between target organ toxicity for
experimental designs
29
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 3
Core Elective 1
3T3 A) Toxicology (Biochemical And Environmental Toxicology)
Unit I General principles of Toxicology
Definition Different facets of toxicology and their interrelationships Classification of toxic
agents Desired and undesired effects
Various factors affecting toxicity vehicles formulation factors biological half life volume
and concentration dose dosage forms routes of administration entry genetic status etc
Principles of selective toxicity comparative morphology comparative biochemistry
comparative cytology
Toxicity assessment acute subchronic chronic exposure determination of ED50 and LD50
values tests for mutagenecity carcinogenicity genotoxicity Ames test
Unit II Disposition of Toxicants
Factors affecting disposition of toxicants absorption distribution biotransformation
elimination
Absorption through gastro-intestinal tract lungs skin
Distribution storage in tissues blood-brain barrier passage across placenta redistribution
Biotransformation Phase I and II reactions metabolic interrelationship antidotal therapy
Excretion urinary fecal exhalation other routes
Toxicokinetics classic and physiologic
Unit III A) Non ndashorgan directed toxicity
Chemical carcinogenesis definition mechanism
Genetic toxicology definition health impacts and mechanism of induction of genetic
alterations
Developmental toxicology definition principles mechanism and pathogenesis of
developmental toxicity
B) Environmental Toxicology
Air pollution definition air pollutants health effects and risk assessment of air pollution
Introduction to Ecotoxicology
Unit IV Target organ toxicity
Skin skin as a barrier dermatitis acne urticaria
Toxic responses of the blood blood as a target organ toxicology of erythron leukon and
platelets
Toxic responses of the liver physiology and pathophysiology factors in liver injury
mechanism of liver injury
Toxic responses of the respiratory system lungs structure and functions pulmonotoxic
agents pathogenesis of chemical induced damage acute and chronic responses of lungs to
injury
Suggested References
1 Casarette and Doullrsquos Toxicology by Klaassen CD
2 Biochemical Toxicology of Environmental Agents by Bruine D
3 Detoxification mechanisms by Williams RT
4 Selective Toxicity by Albert A
5 Developmental Toxicology by Hood RD
30
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 3
Paper ndash III (Code 3T3 B) Nutrition (Nutritional Biochemistry) (Core Elective 1)
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Capably describe the biochemical techniques that are relevant for the investigation of nutrient metabolism
2 Understand key principles of energy expenditure thermogenic effects Energy requirements and role of dietary fibers in nutrition
3 To read interpret and discuss protein energy malnutrition disorders of mineral metabolism for scientific research
4 To develop an understanding of the observational and experimental character of science in nutritional biochemistry
5 To communicate role of clinical nutrition and food allergies in scientific communication frameworks such as written reports and open discussion
31
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 3
3T3 B Nutrition (Nutritional Biochemistry) (Core Elective 1)
Unit I Basic Concepts
Basic Concept Energy content of foods Measurements of energy expenditure Direct amp
Indirect calorimetry Definition of BMR and SDA and factors affecting these Thermogenic
effects of foods Energy requirements of man and woman and factors affecting energy
requirements
Role of dietary fibers in nutrition
Unit II Nutritional Disorders
Protein Energy Malnutrition (PEM) Aetiology Clinical features Metabolic disorders
and Management of Marasmus and Kwashiorkor diseases
Disorders of Mineral Metabolism Hypercalecemia Hypocalcaemia Normocalcemia
Hyperphosphatemia
Unit III Starvation and Antinutrients
Starvation Techniques for studying starvation protein metabolim in prolonged fasting
protein sparing treatments during fasting Concept of high protein low calorific weight
reduction diets
Antinutrients Naturally occurring food borne toxicants protease inhibitors hemagglutins
hepatotoxins allergens oxalates toxins from mushrooms animal food stuffs and sea foods
Unit IV Clinical Nutrition and Food Allergies
Clinical Nutrition Role of diet and nutrition in the prevention and treatment of diseases
dental caries Fluorosis Atherosclerosis amp Rheumatic disorders Inherited metabolic
Disorders Phenylketonuria Maple Syrup disease amp Hemocystinuria
Food Allergies Definition role of antigen host and environment types of
hypersensitivities diagnosis and treatment of allergy
Suggested Reading 1 Basics of clinical nutrition author- yk joshi jaypee publication
2 Nutrition for the community Gully baba publishing house
Essentials of human nutrition author-jim mann amp stewart truswell oxford university press
3 Introduction to human nutrition
edited by- professor michael gibney (ucd institute of food and health) professor susan lanham-new
(university of surrey) professor aedin Cassidy (university of east anglia) professor hester vorster (north-
west university south africa) httpwwwnutritionsocietyorgpublicationstextbooksintroduction-to-
human-nutritionsthashtdyscawhdpuf
4 Nutrition and metabolism
edited by- professor susan lanham-new (university of surrey) professor ian macdonald (university of
nottingham) professor helen roche (unviersity college dublin) -
httpwwwnutritionsocietyorgpublicationstextbooksnutrition-and-metabolismsthashiusrjtiudpuf
32
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 3
Foundation Course 1 Biomolecules and Basic Metabolism
Unit I Carbohydrates and metabolism
Classification of carbohydrates Structure occurrence and biological importance of
monosaccharides oligosaccharides and polysaccharides
Introduction to Metabolism glycolysis glucogenesis and gluconeogenesis TCA cycle and its
amphibolic role energetics of carbohydrate metabolismAlternate pathways HMP shunt Enter-
Doudoroff glucuronate and glyoxylate pathways Corirsquos cycle
Unit II Lipids and metabolism
Classification of lipids Fatty acids Saturated and unsaturated fatty acids Essential fatty acids
Glycerophospholipids Glycolipids properties and functions
Metabolism Oxidation of fatty acids even and odd numbered unsaturated and branched chain fatty
acids
Degradation and biosynthesis of triacylglycerols and phospholipids energetic of beta- oxidation
Cholesterol biosynthesis catabolism and regulation
Unit III Proteins and metabolism
Classification of amino acids and proteins Protein structures primary secondary tertiary and
quarternary structure General metabolic reaction of amino acids transamination oxidative
deamination minor pathways of amino acid degradation transdeamination amino acid oxidase non
oxidative deamination
Degradation and biosynthesis of amino acids glycogenic and ketogenic amino acids Urea cycle
pathway and regulation
Unit IV Minerals and metabolism
Major and minor and ultra trace minerals their occurrence functions toxicity and interaction with
other nutrients
Iron metabolism and regulation
Calcium and phosphorus metabolism and regulation
Suggested Reading
1 Biophysical Techniques- Upadhyay Upadhyay and Nath
2 Principles of Biochemistry- Lehninger David L Nelson and Michael M Cox
3 Enzymes- Malcolm Dixon and Edwin Webb
4 Harperrsquos Biochemistry- Harper
5 Biochemistry- Western and Todd
6 Cell and Molecular Biology-Gerald Karp
7 Fundamentals of Biochemistry-Donald Voet Judith G Voet and Charlotte W Bratt
33
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 3
Paper ndash IV (Code 3T4 ) Bioresearch Techniques I (Subject centric core 1)
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Understand key principles of how flow cytometer work including data
analysis for their applications
2 Improve on skillful process of the animal cell culture techniques and
experimental demand of knowledge including an appreciation of the
need for good experimental design and scientific research practices
3 To incline intellectual curiosity in DNA and RNA techniques and
related fields that extends well beyond the course
4 To develop practical laboratory skills in the field of DNA and RNA
techniques
34
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 3
3T4 Bioresearch Techniques I (Subject centric core 1)
Unit I Flow cytometry
Principles of flow cytometry Instrument overview principle of fluorescence sample preparation
data analysis and applications of flow cytometry Overview Fludics Generation of Scatter and
fluorescence ( Optical bench optical filters signal detection Treshold) Data Analysis (Data
Collection and Display gating data analysis for subsetting applications Data analysis for ther
applications) Sorting Lasers and Alignment (Working of lasers and laser alignment)
Unit II Animal cell culture techniques
Animal cell Culture Cell culture (adherent and suspension) basic equipment cell culture media-
Components sterility buffering capacity growth requirements supplementation of serum antibiotic
and antimycotic agents preparation of medium advantages and limitations of Primary cell culture
clonal cell lines basic technique a of animal cell subcultuing disaggregation method for quantitation
of cells in culture counting chamber counters cell viability determination cytotoxicity assay and its
applications cell apoptosis assay and its applications 3 D cultures
Unit III DNA techniques
Isolation Sequencing Restriction Nucleases Gel Electrophoresis DNA probes Nucleic acid
hybridization Southern blotting DNA fingerprinting and DNA typing DNA Library
DNA sequencing Sanger and Maxam Gilbert
Restriction Mapping DNase foot printing DMS foot printing knockouts
PCR RFLP RAPD AFLP SNP
Unit IV RNA techniques
Isolation Hybridization Northern Blotting in vitro labeling with radioisotopes and chemical
markers
Mapping and quantifying transcripts S1assay primer extension run off transcription
Transcription rate measurement in vivo Nuclear run on transcription reporter gene N transcription
si RNA technology gene silencing techniques its applications microarrays ribozyme technology
Suggested References
1 Molecular Biology of The Cell Alberts 5th Edition 2007 NCBI Publication
2 Principles of Biochemistry Lehninger WH Freeman
3 Biochemistry of Signal Transduction and Regulation-shy‐ Gerhard Krauss
Wiley VCH 3rd Revised Edition
4 Molecular Cell Biology Lodish 6th Edition WH Freeman amp Company
5 The cell Cooper 2nd Edition ASM Press
6 Gene IX Benjamin Lewin
Published by Pearson Prentice Hall
7 Cell and Molecular Biology Gerald Karp
8 Molecular Biology Robert Weaver 1st Edition WCBNMcGraw-shy‐Hill
9 Molecular Biology of the Gene Watson 6th Edition Pearson Publication
10 Gene Regulation A Eukaryotic Perspective David Latchman 5 illustrated Taylor amp Francis
2005
35
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 3
3P1 Biotechnology And Molecular Biology
1) Fermentation
i) Isolation of microorganisms from soil demonstrating synthesis capability of desired product
Gram staining (Desired property to be decided by the instructor) and screening
ii) Optimization of the lab scale production of the desired product Effect of temperature pH
substrate concentration
iii) Growth curve Estimation of cell number substrate utilization andor product formation
2) Polymerase Chain Reaction
i) PCR amplification from genomic DNA
ii) Nested PCR
iii) Random Amplification of Polymorphic DNA (RAPD)
3) Restriction Fragment Length Polymorphism (RFLP)
3P2 A Biochemical And Environmental Toxicology
1 Qualitative detection of various toxicants in biological samples
Phenothiazine derivatives Organochlorine compounds (Fujiwara test) Phenol Methanol Arsenic (As)
Antimony (Sb) Selenium (Se) Mercury (Hg) Bismuth (Bi) Fluoride (F) Boron (Bo) Gutzeit test for
Antimony (Sb) and Arsenic (As) Spot test for metal toxicants
2 Quantitative determination of Salicylate Paracetamol (acetaminophen) Sulphonamide in biological
samples
3 Enzyme assay in toxic conditions
GOT (AST) GPT (ALT) Acid phosphatase Alkaline phosphatase Acetyl cholinesterase etc
4 Construction of dose-response curves
5 Determination of LD50 value of a toxicant
6 Induction of hepatotoxicity diabetes skin lesions teratogenesis
7 Assay of biomarkers of environmental pollution toxicity
OR
3P2 B) Nutritional Biochemistry
1 Determination of Calcium in food samples
2 Determination of Inorganic Phosphorous in food samples
3 Determination of Iron in food samples
4 Determination of beta carotene in carrots by column chromatography
5 Determination of Ascorbic Acid in food
6 Estimation of Amylase activity
7 Determination of Total Lipids By Sulphophospho vanillin Method
3S1 Seminar
InstitutionalEducational tour For minimum 08 days
36
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
Paper ndash I (Code 4T1) Advanced Clinical Biochemistry
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Analyse evaluate and generate information from a wide variety of sources regarding the key principles of aging and Neurological disorders
2 Analyse the effects of obesity on physiological functions including gene regulation
3 Critically interpret molecular and metabolic diseases and develop new knowledge domain about them
4 To develop effective creative and innovative solutions to current research problems in Reproductive Disease and Reproductive Biochemistry
5 To develop practical laboratory skill for Assisted Reproductive Technology program
37
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
4T1 Advanced Clinical Biochemistry
Unit I Aging and Neurological Disorders
Current view and theories of aging auto immune connection and HLA association processes of
aging and biochemical alteration DNA damage protein oxidation and axonal transport in aging
nutritional intervention as anti-aging therapy
Alzheimerrsquos disease Causes symptoms diagnosis pathogenesis genetics APP ApoE PS2 tau
protein risk factors and therapeutic approaches
Progeria Parkinsonrsquos disease Causes symptoms diagnosis pathogenesis genetics and therapeutic
approaches
Unit II Obesity
Theories lipid metabolism adipose tissue anomalies
Genetic basis of familial obesity effects of neuropeptides and leptin in nutrient partitioning
Obesity related derangements in metabolic regulation Therapeutic approaches
Unit III Molecular and Metabolic Diseases
Human gene map genetic diversity polymorphism genetic linkage chromosomal disorder
Monogenetic Disorders Autosomal dominant autosomal recessive X-linked Multifactorial
disorders Genetic heterogeneity Allelic heterogeneity Pathogenesis of genetic disease
Galactosemia Hemophilia Sickle cell anemia Muscular dystrophy Hypercholesterolemia Gout
Turnerrsquos syndrome
Unit IV Reproductive Biochemistry
Overview of reproductive system and reproduction biochemistry of reproductive disorders (male amp
female) Influence of various factors in reproduction with special reference to role of prostaglandins
and gonadotrophins Mechanism and methods of birth control and possible biochemical
consequences thereof Biochemical markerrsquos in infertility disorders Techniques involved in assisted
reproductive technology (ART) Culture media and cell culture techniques in ART programme
Suggested References
1 Clinical Biochemistry ndash Metabolic and Clinical aspects By-William J Marshall amp Stephen
K Angert
2 Harperrsquos Biochemistry - 27th Ed
3 Text book of Medical Physiology - By Guyton
4 Text book of Physiology -By Burn amp levy
5 Biochemistry ndashBy L Stryer (Freeman amp CoNY)
6 Biochemistry with clinical correlation- By Thomas Devli
7 The Metabolic Basis of Inherited Disease 5th Ed-By John Stanbury
8 Teitz Fundamentals of Clinical Chemistry ndashBy CABurtis amp Ashwood
9 Biochemistry - By Lehninger
10 Lehningerrsquos Biochemistry ndashBy Nelson amp Cox
11 Biochemistry ndashBy Stanford
12 Basic Medical Biochemistry A Clinical approach- By Smith
13 Principles of Internal Medicines- By HarrisonT R
14 Practical Biochemistry Principles amp Techniques- By Wilson amp Walker
15 Practical Biochemistry ndashBy David Plummer
38
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
Paper ndash II (Code 4T2) Advanced Immunology
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Understand details of lymph node microanatomy and learn the B and T cells encounter with antigens and study its development
2 Gain insight into antigen presentation and autophagy on a detailed molecular level
3 Understand immunology of mucosal surfaces and the interplay between commensal flora and the immune system in the gut
4 In-depth knowledge of the cellular and molecular basis for autoimmune disease and allergies
5 Basic knowledge of tumor immunology and the development of novel recombinant antibodies for treatment of cancer and autoimmune disease
39
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
4T2 Advanced Immunology
Unit I Introductory Immunobiology
Complement system Alternative and Classical pathway of complement activation
Immune networks Homeostasis in the immune system-termination of normal immune
responses network hypothesis
In vivo immunity to viruses bacteria fungi protozoa worms etc
Unit II Immunological tolerance and Autoimmunity
Immunologic tolerance T lymphocyte tolerance- central and peripheral Apoptosis in
Lymphocytes-pathways and biochemical mechanisms effector mechanisms Tolerance
induced regulatory T cells B lymphocyte tolerance- Central and Peripheral Homeostasis in
the immune pathogenesis and therapeutic approaches to autoimmunity
Unit III Tumor and Transplantation Immunology Hypersensitivity
General features of tumor immunity tumor antigens Immune response to tumor and
evasion Immunotherapy Types of hypersensitivity Effector mechanisms of immunologic
tissue injury and disease
Unit IV Immunodeficiency and Vaccinology
MHC and disease susceptibility immune deficiency disorders Active immunization
(immune prophylaxis) passive immunization adjuvants modern approaches to vaccine
development role of vaccines in the prevention of disease
Suggested References
1 Cellular and Molecular Immunology- 5th Edition Abul K Abbas Andrew Litchman
2 Immunology-5th Edition Richard A Goldsby Thomas J Kindt Barbara A Osborne
Janis Kuby
3 Immunology- 6th Edition Ivan Roitt Jonathan Brostoff David Male
40
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
Paper ndash III (Code 4T3 A) Toxicology (Clinical Research)
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Have knowledge about assessment and management of ethical clinical trial
programs
2 Demonstrate competency in biopharmaceutical clinical trial research designs and
regulatory affairs
3 Demonstrate competencies in evaluating clinical research data and
communicating results Manage innovative products through the discovery
processes and into the clinical trial phases
4 Identify and classify different types of trial designs when reading a trial report
understand the essential of GLP roles and responsibilities of stakeholders in
clinical trials
41
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
4T3 A) Toxicology (Clinical Research)
Unit I Pre-Clinical Research
Animal studies acute amp chronic toxicity of drugs regulations for number amp types of
animals protocols for animal experimentation Biochemical amp histopathological studies of
animals after drug administration Mechanism amp cause of death Routine toxicity studies amp
special toxicity studies carcinogenicity mutagenicity amp teratogenicity to be given special
emphasis
Unit II Phases of Clinical Research
Phases of clinical research number of volunteers in phase I amp types of patients in phase II to
IV Importance of these investigations Post marketing surveillance (PMS) amp
pharmacovigilence in case of clinical investigations after marketing authorization
Importance of ethical committee protocol design documentation in clinical trials Bio
Availability and Bio Equivalence studies Pharmacokinetics Pharmacodynamics Genomic
studies
Unit III Good lab practices
Good Clinical Practices Good Manufacturing Practices and Good Laboratory Practices
Principles of ICH-GCP History GCP declaration of Helsinki Belmont report Nuremberg
code Tuskgee trial Schedules Y and its amendments ICMR Guidelines Composition
functions amp operations of IRBIEC ethics of clinical trials Health Authorities- CDSCO US-
FDA EMEA and other
Unit IV Roles and Responsibilities of different stake holders in Clinical Research-
Sponsor CRO SMO Ethics Committee Investigator CRA CRC Patients and other
Departments in Clinical Research- Operations Business Development Regulatory
Pharmacovigilance Data Management Centralized Monitoring Quality Finance Important
documents in Clinical Research and importance of documentation in Clinical Research
Stages in clinical trial-Feasibilities PSSV SIV SMV and Close-out visits Audits and
Inspections
Suggested reading
1 Clinical Research Coordinator Handbook Norris Deborrah Plexus Publications
20040601
2 Clinical Research Methodology and Evidence-Based Medicine Babu Ajit N
Anshan 20080530
3 Conducting Clinical Research Judy Stone Biblio Distribution 2006
4 Essentials of clinical research Stephen P Glasser (Edt) Springer Verlag 2008
42
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
Paper ndash III (Code 4T3 B) Nutrition (Applied Nutritional Biochemistry)
Learning outcome Students will be
1 Capable of describing biochemical pathways relevant in nutrient metabolism 2 Capable of using selected biochemical techniques relevant in nutritional
biochemical research 3 Critical reading of scientific articles in nutritional biochemistry 4 Capable of discussing research questions relevant to nutritional biochemistry 5 The ability to ask critical questions and discuss nutritional biochemical research
43
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
4T3 B) Nutrition (Applied Nutritional Biochemistry)
Unit I Clinical nutrition
Role of a dietician role and responsibilities of a dietitian nutrition counseling professional
ethics and obligations
Diet therapy-Rationale for diet therapy (normal diet modifications of the diet to the light
diet soft diet full liquid diet clear liquid tube feeding) Routes for diet therapy-enteral and
parental use of biochemical parameters in the planning of diets use of computers in the
planning of diets
Unit II Nutritional Counseling and Dietetics
Nutritive value of different food groups and changes due to cooking in various food groups
Storage of foods food quality and factors affecting food quality Control of food quality Use
of additives Classification and applications
Unit III Community Nutrition
Opportunities in community Nutrition Assessing Community Resources assessing target
population program planning Assessing communityrsquos nutritional resources Food insecurity
food assistance programs world hunger and food insecurity Principles of nutrition education
and policy making national nutrition agenda
Unit IV Applied Nutrition and Public Health Concept of Health Nutrition and Public Health Nutrition Demographic trends in India and
the significance of certain indices of Health and Nutrition situation of a community IMR
MMR TFR Birth rate Death rate Life expectancy etc) Major nutritional problems in
developing countries Dietary surveys-methods ways of interpretations and analysis
recommendations based on survey findings Assessment of nutritional status biochemical
and anthropometry
Suggested Reading
Clinical nutrition
edited by- professor marinos elia (university of outhampton) professor olle ljungqvist
(karolinska institutet amp oumlrebro university hospital) dr outham outhamp (university of
outhampton professor susan lanham-new (university of surrey) - see more at
httpwwwnutritionsocietyorgpublicationstextbooksclinical-
nutritionsthashw12tfscqdpuf
Public health nutrition
edited by- professor michael gibney (ucd institute of food and health) professor barrie
margetts (university of southampton) dr john kearney (dublin institute of technology)
professor lenore arab (university of california los angeles)
httpwwwnutritionsocietyorgpublicationstextbookspublic-health-
nutritionsthash8pvhu1m0dpuf
Staying healthy with nutrition author- elson m Hass buck levin
American dietetic association complete food and nutrition guide Roberta larson duyff
44
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
MSc Biochemistry CBCS syllabus Effective from 2015-16
SEMESTER 4
Foundation 2 Basic Enzymology
Unit I
Introduction to Enzymology Nomenclature and classification of enzymes History sources of
enzymes (Animal Plant and microorganisms) Protein amp nonprotein nature of enzymes with
examples enzymes as biological catalysts and their importance principle of assay of enzymes and
measurement of activity effect of experimental conditions on measurement of activity such as time pH temp
substrate definition of enzyme unit Stability of enzymes and half life of enzymes Effect of environmental
factors on stability of enzymes Concept of Zymogens and active enzyme with examples effect of activators
and inhibitors on enzyme activity Role of coenzymes and cofactors on enzyme catalysis with examples
Unit II Production amp purification
Method os screening of sources for desired enzymes Availability of the sources for procurement
of enzymes Natural and synthetic Media for microbial enzyme production effect of inducers and
environmental factors on enzyme production by microorganisms
Methods of isolation of enzymes form the source purification of enzyme by dialysis salt and solvent
precipitation chromatography gel filtration Purification by affinity chromatography methods of
determination of purity and nature of of enzymes by simple PAGE SDSPAGE and 2 D electrophoresis
Unit III Enzyme Kinetics
Lock amp key model and Koshland model of enzyme active site Determination of active site of enzyme
Michelis Mentain equation kinetics of reversible irreversible and nonreversible enzymes Line Weaver burk
plot and Eddie Hofstie Plot Determination of kinetic constants and activation energy Effect of competitive
and non-competitive inhibitors on enzyme activity Allosteric enzyme and sigmoidal kinetics
Unit IV Applications of enzymes
Structure and function of multienzyme complex systems such as PDH KGH B oxidation spiral and glycolysis
Advantages of soluble and membrane bound enzymes Futile cycles in Biochemistry
Methods of immobilization of enzymes advantages and disadvantages of immobilization Application of
Immobilized enzymes in agriculture cosmetics detergent dairy brewing and food industries with examples
such as lactase pectinase proteinase invertaselipase etc Application of enzymes in nanotechnology
biosensors etc
Suggested references
1 Enzymology and Enzyme Technology 2014 by SM Bhatt (S Chand)
2 Enzyme Technology 2006 by Ashok Pandey (Editor) Colin Webb (Editor) MARCELO
FERNANDES (Editor) Springer
3 Biocatalysts and enzyme technology 2012 Klaus Buchholz
45
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
4T4 Bioresearch Techniques II (Subject centric core 2)
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Learn describe and build up knowledge domain regarding the latest and most advanced Bioresearch techniques available for biochemical research
2 Be aware select appropriately apply technology platforms and Perform techniques for analysis of DNA and protein expression
3 Evaluation of data and controls related to research techniques 4 Create thought-provoking questions related to the laboratory equipment
46
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
4T4 Bioresearch Techniques II (Subject centric core 2)
UNIT I
Biochemical methods I- Co-immunoprecipitation BiFC bimolecular fluorescence
complementation affinity electrophoresis Pull down assays label transfer yeast two hybrid
screens phage display
UNIT II
Biochemical methods II- In-vivo crosslinking of protein complexes using photo-reactive
amino acid analogs Tandem affinity purification (TAP) Chemical cross-linking SPINE
(Strepprotein interaction experiment) Quantitative immunoprecipitation combined with
knock-down (QUICK) Proximity ligation assay (PLA) in situ
UNIT III
Biophysical and theoretical methods I
Bio-Layer Interferometry
Dual polarisation interferometry (DPI)
Static light scattering (SLS)
Dynamic light scattering (DLS)
Surface plasmon resonance
UNIT IV
Biophysical and theoretical methods II
Fluorescence polarizationanisotropy
Fluorescence correlation spectroscopy
FRET BRET
2D-FT NMR spectroscopy
Proteinndashprotein docking
Isothermal Titration Calorimetry (ITC)
Isothermal Titration Calorimetry (ITC)
Suggested References
1 Molecular Biology of The Cell Alberts 5th Edition 2007 NCBI Publication
2 Principles of Biochemistry Lehninger WH Freeman
3 Biochemistry of Signal Transduction and Regulation-shy‐ Gerhard Krauss
Wiley VCH 3rd Revised Edition
4 Molecular Cell Biology Lodish 6th Edition WH Freeman amp Company
5 The cell Cooper 2nd Edition ASM Press
6 Gene IX Benjamin Lewin
Published by Pearson Prentice Hall
7 Cell and Molecular Biology Gerald Karp
8 Molecular Biology Robert Weaver 1st Edition WCBNMcGraw-shy‐Hill
9 Molecular Biology of the Gene Watson 6th Edition Pearson Publication
10 Gene Regulation A Eukaryotic Perspective David Latchman 5 illustrated Taylor amp
Francis 2005
47
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
4P1 Advanced Clinical Biochemistry and Immunology and Toxicology and Nutrition
1 Demonstration of dialysis using blood filtrate (Protein Separation)
2 Immunology
a Quantitative Estimation of Antibody
b Precipitation Techniques Double Immunodiffusion Single (Radial)
Immunodiffusion
3 Electrophoretic Techniques Immuno-electrophoresisRocket Immunoelectrophoresis
Immuno-diffusion
4 To assay cathepsin D ATPase (NaKCaMg) Lipid peroxidase enzymes
5 Assay of Acetylcholine esterase activity in rat brain
6 Assay of monoamine oxidase
7 Fractionation of tissues and assay of proteins
8 Assay of ornithine amino transferase
9 Glutathione Estimation
10 Organ tissue morphology histopathology
11 Assay of toxicant biotransformation enzyme-cytochrome P450
12 Test for teratogenecity carcinogenecity Ames test
13 To perform pair wise alignment of sequences using BLAST program
14 To design primers for the given gene sequences
15 To perform multiple sequence alignment and generate phylogenetic tree
16 To retrieve and visualize the three dimensional structures of proteins
17 To retrieve metagenomic sequences and primer designing to develop STS marker
OR
18 Determination of Triglycerides
19 Proximate Analysis of Food Samples
48
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4 Project
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Plan and develop experimental design projects from concept through to professional
prototype
2 Apply theoretical knowledge conceptual skills and techniques to the development of
solutions for biochemical problems
3 Apply initiative and judgment in planning problem solving and decision making in
practice or future study
4 Design a research project and submit in a form of thesis they will present their results of
the thesis to an audience of peers and faculty and be able to defend their results during
final evaluation
4PROJ PROJECT
4S1 Seminar
15
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 2
Paper ndash I (Code 2T1) Immunology
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Remember and Understand basic concepts of Immunology Molecular details of
various receptors and effectors involved in evoking Immune responses
2 Mechanism and pathways of immunity with essential details about immunoglobulin
structures and mechanism of action
3 Appreciate and assess the various immunological techniques used for public health
Applications of immunology based techniques in public health and immunization
16
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 2
2T1 Immunology
Unit I The Immune system Immunoglobulins and TCR
History of Immunology Innate Immunity effector mechanisms involved PAMPs PRRs
Phagocytosis Lysis blocking extra cellular killing etc Biochemistry and biology of TLRs
Inflamatory processes inflamamasomes interrelationship between innate and adaptive
immunity
Immunoglobulins and TCR
Immunochemistry Antigen antibody reaction its kinetics and thermodynamics Structure
functions of immunoglobulins Ig genes and their expression Generation of Ab diversity
BCR TCR Organization and re-arrangement of TCR genes TCR diversity
Unit II
Anatomy of Immune system
Immunological cells tissues and organs Maturation activation and differentiation of B and
T cells MHC genes and their polymorphism Structure and function of MHC molecules
Clonal selection theory Cell surface molecules Ig super family integrins selectins
chemokine receptors and other accessory molecules Cytokines and chemokines
Unit III
Immune response by T and B lymphocytes
Cellular and molecular mechanisms of Ab production humoral and cell mediated immunity
Antigen processing and presentation T and B cell interaction Super antigens
Unit IV
Immunological Techniques
Immunochemical techniques including immunodiffusion RIA EIA agglutination
immunoflorescence immunoelectron microscopy immunoelectrophoresis HLA typing
leukocyte migration inhibition technique delayed hypersensitivity technique cytotoxicity
assay Monoclonal Abrsquos hybridoma and other technologies Abzymes
Suggested References
1 Cellular and Molecular Immunology- 5th Edition Abul K Abbas Andrew Litchman
2 Immunology-5th Edition Richard A Goldsby Thomas J Kindt Barbara A Osborne
Janis Kuby
3 Immunology- 6th Edition Ivan Roitt Jonathan Brostoff David Male
17
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 2
Paper ndash II (Code 2T2) Clinical Biochemistry
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Remember and Understand fundamental concepts in Clinical Biochemistry and
recent automations introduced in it
2 Comprehend basics of Endocrine system and hormones involved for regulation of
various biochemical functions of target organs
3 Illustrate compare and appreciate functions and biochemical attributes of Liver and
implications in Clinical Biochemistry
18
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 2
2T2 Clinical Biochemistry
Unit I Automation in clinical biochemistry gastric and blood disorders
Automation in Clinical Biochemistry- Instrumental concept Selection of Instrument Quality
assurance Control of pre-analytical and analytical variables External and internal quality
control measurements
Gastric disorders Disorders of gastric function method of evaluation pancreatic diseases
Steatorrhoea Malabsorption syndrome test for their evaluation
Blood Disorder Review of mechanism of coagulation and fibrinolysis abnormalities in
blood coagulation variation of plasma proteins abnormalities of blood formation anemia
haemoglobinopathies clinical significance of fecal and urine analysis
Unit II Endocrinology I Insulin and glucagon Various types of hyperglycemia Diabetes mellitus Ketonemia
ketonuria Experimental diabetes Hypoglycemia Polyurea Glucose tolerance test
Thyroid Iodine metabolism Hypo and Hyper thyroidism BMRand other test for
evaluation of thyroid function
Parathyroid Calcium and phosphorus metabolism Abnormalities of Parathyroid function
and methods of evaluation
Unit III Endocrinology II
Adrenal Addisonrsquos disease and pheochromocytoma Disorders of steroid metabolism Test
for evaluation of adrenal functions
Pituitary Pituitary hormones Clinical syndromes and their evaluation
Unit IV Liver disorders
Liver disorders Jaundice fatty liver and liver function tests Renal function test
Cerebrospinal fluid Composition in health and disease Lipid profile in health and disease
Elements of Clinical Enzymology Isoenzymes in health and disease
Clinical significance of GOT GPT Creatine kinase LDH etc
Biochemical diagnosis of disease by enzymatic evaluation
Suggested References 1 Clinical Biochemistry ndash Metabolic and Clinical aspects By-William J Marshall amp Stephen
K Angert
2 Harperrsquos Biochemistry - 27th EdText book of Medical Physiology - By Guyton
3 Text book of Physiology -By Burn amp levy
4 Biochemistry ndashBy L Stryer (Freeman amp CoNY)
5 Biochemistry with clinical correlation- By Thomas Devli
6 The Metabolic Basis of Inherited Disease 5th Ed-By John Stanbury
7 Teitz Fundamentals of Clinical Chemistry ndashBy CABurtis amp Ashwood
8 Biochemistry - By Lehninger
9 Lehningerrsquos Biochemistry ndashBy Nelson amp Cox
10 Biochemistry ndashBy Stanford
11 Basic Medical Biochemistry A Clinical approach- By Smith
12 Principles of Internal Medicines- By HarrisonT R
13 Practical Biochemistry Principles amp Techniques- By Wilson amp Walker
14 Practical Biochemistry ndashBy David Plummer
19
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 2
Paper ndash III (Code 2T3) Cell Biochemistry
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Gain knowledge about fundamentals of cell division cycle and decision making
ability of the cells to proceed for duplication with regulatory aspects
2 Cell communication ability and control of cell cycle brough about by internal and
external molecular effectors
3 Understand basic concept of Cancer Biology and stem cells
20
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 2
2T3 Cell Biochemistry
Unit I Cell cycle and regulation
Review of cell cycle divisional control regulatory proteins cyclincdk complexes positive
and negative regulation inhibitory molecules restriction points regulation of DNA
synthesis regulation of degradation check points cell cycle arrest role of cyclically
activated protein kinases transcriptional regulation
Unit II Cell communication I
General principles of cell communication extra cellular signals and their receptors autocrine
signaling and role of gap junctions types of cell receptors relay of signal and intracellular
signal proteins regulated proteolysis dependent signaling pathways (Notch Wnt hedgehog
NFKB)
Unit III Cell communication II
Informational transactions in eukaryotic cells- cyclic AMP facet Study of G-proteins
signaling through G-protein linked cell surface receptors signaling through enzyme linked
cell surface receptors Calcium messenger system signaling via GMP
Unit IV Cancer
Causes and types of cancer viral carcinogenesis tumor suppressors oncogenes and signal
transduction growth and spread of cancer molecular basis of cancer therapy molecular
markers
Programmed cell death and its regulation in normal physiology regulation and execution of
mammalian apoptosis cytokine signaling and role of apoptosis in tumor genesis
Suggested References
1 Molecular Biology of the Cell Alberts 5th Edition 2007 NCBI Publication
2 Principles of Biochemistry Lehninger WH Freeman
3 Biochemistry of Signal Transduction and Regulation - Gerhard Krauss Wiley VCH 3rd
Revised Edition
4 Molecular Cell Biology Lodish 6th Edition WH Freeman amp Company
5 The Cell Cooper 2nd Edition ASM Press
6 Gene IX Benjamin Lewin Published by Pearson Prentice Hall
7 Cell and Molecular Biology Gerald Karp
8 Molecular Biology Robert Weaver 1st Edition WCB McGraw-Hill
9 Molecular Biology of the Gene Watson 6th Edition Pearson Publication
10 Gene Regulation A Eukaryotic Perspective David Latchman 5 illustrated Taylor amp
Francis 2005
11 The Cell- G M Cooper
21
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 2
Paper ndash IV (Code 2T4) Molecular Biology
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Remember and understand the fundamental concepts of Molecular Biology and the
experiments involved in it
2 Relate the concepts of Molecular Biology in the development of Biochemical
research techniques
22
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 2
2T4 Molecular Biology
Unit I Eukaryotic and Prokaryotic chromosomes
Chromatin structure Histones DNA nucleosome morphology and higher level organization Functional
states of chromatin and alterations in chromatin organization Chromosome organization Metaphase
chromosomes centromere and kinetochore telomere and its maintenance Holocentric chromosomes
Heterochromatin and euchromatin position effect variegation Chromosomal domains (matrix loop domains)
and their functional significance
Organization of nuclear and organellar genomes C-value paradox Repetitive DNA-satellite DNAs and
interspersed repeated DNAs Transposable elements LINES SINES Alu family and their application in
genome mapping
Concept of a gene Conventional and modern views Fine structure of gene split genes pseudogenes non-
coding genes overlapping genes and multi-gene families
Unit II Replication and Recombination
Replication Review of replication in bacteria plasmid and viruses Models of DNA replication DNA
replication in eukaryotes Eukaryotic DNA polymerases and their roles origin of replication Autonomously
Replicating Segments (ARS) in yeast elongation lagging strand synthesis and termination
Recombination DNA recombination Homologous site specific and transposition
Homologous recombination Holliday Model Messelsson -Radding Model Rec BCD pathway
Site specific recombination Lambda phage ingration and excision rearrengementof immunoglobulin genes
Transposition Prokaryotic transposition Insertion sequences and mere complex transposons (eg Tn3)
conservative and replicative transposition Eukaryotic transposable elements yeast and Drosophila transposons
retroviruses and retrovirus like elements
Unit III Transcription
Review of prokaryotic transcription transcription in eukaryotes Eukaryotic RNA polymerases and their
subunit structure Class I II and III promoters Upstream elements enhancers and silencers General
transcription factors Class I II III genes and their functions elongation factors TBP structure and its role in
transcription mediators Structure of transcription activators zinc fingers homeodomains helix loop helix
bZIP beta barrels
Unit IV Viruses
General properties of viruses (size shape composition of viral capsid spikes envelope and nucleic acids)
Viral classification in brief Baltimore classification Structure and composition of DNA viruses (Herpes virus
amp Adenovirus) and RNA viruses (HIV)
Tumor viruses (HBV HTLV HPV) structure and mechanism of oncogenesis
Structure and life cycle of Lambda and M13 bacteriophages
Laboratory diagnosis of viral diseases
Mechanism of action of Antiviral drugs (Acyclovir Foscarnet Nevirapine Saquinavir Oseltamivir)
Suggested References
1 Molecular Biology of Gene Watson
2 Gene 7 Benjamin Lewin
3 Cell amp Molecular Biology Devlin
4 Biochemistry Lehninger Nelson amp Cox
5 Biochemistry Voet amp Voet
6 Molecular Biology David Frifelder
7 Molecular biology-Lodish Baltimore
8 Genetics-Russell
9 Genetics 1and 2-CBPower
10 Molecular biology-Watson
11 Molecular biochemistry ndashRobert Weaver
12 Microbiology by Davis
13 Virology by Luria
14 Understanding Viruses-Teri Shors Jones and Bartlett Publishers Massachusetts edition 2009
23
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 2
2P1 Clinical Biochemistry And Immunology
1 Determination of serum and urine Creatinine by Jaffrsquos method
2 Determination of serum Bilirubin by Malloy amp Evllyn method
3 Determination of serum Chloride by Schales amp Schales method
4 Estimation of blood urea by Nesslerisation method
5 Estimation of Serum amylase (EC3211)
6 Estimation of Serum Cholesterol by Single Step Method (Libermann amp Burchard)
7 Determination of Serum Uric Acid by Henry Carawayrsquos method
8 Determination of Icteric Index SGOT SGPT and alkaline phosphatase activity
9 Routine Urine Analysis
10 Quantitative Estimation of T3 T4 and TSH
11 To determine Urinary VMA (3-methoxy 4 ndashHydroxyl Vanillin Mandellic Acid)
12 Glucose Tolerance Test
2P2 Cell And Molecular Biology
1 Use of Simple Compound and Phase Contrast Microscopes
2 Isolation culture and cell counting of lymphocytes
3 Adherent cell line Trypsinization cell count subculturing
4 MTT assay
5 Isolation of DNA from Bacteria and Blood
6 Assessment of purity of DNA by 260280 ratio
7 Isolation of plasmid DNA Mini Prep Midi Prep and Maxi Prep
8 Restriction digestion of DNA
9 Ligation of DNA
10 Separation of DNA fragments by Electrophoresis
11 Southern Blotting amp Northern Blotting
2S1 Seminar
24
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 3
Paper ndash I (Code 3T1) Advanced Molecular Biology
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Understand the concepts of Eukaryotic Transcription regulation mechanisms with details
of enzymes involved eukaryotic transcription process
2 Post transcriptional and translational modifications and regulatory aspects of it
3 Describe the expression of genes and the regulatory RNAs involved in it
4 Appreciate epigenetic ways of gene expression regulation
25
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 3
3T1 Advanced Molecular Biology
Unit I Regulation of eukaryotic gene expression at transcriptional level
Overview of transcription by RNA Polymerases I II and III
Anatomy of a protein-coding gene
Basal transcription by RNA polymerase II Subunits of Pol II general transcription factors
Activators How the initiation complex is assembled How initiation occurs
Speeding up the process Enhancers TAFs and how they work
Regulated transcription transcription factors Zinc-fingers (Sp1 the first such factor identified)
Leucine zippers Basic helix loop helix Homeodomains DNA binding domains Activating domains
RNA Elongation HIV TATTAR
RNA polymerase III and regulation of 5S rRNA
Unit II Regulation of eukaryotic gene expression at post translational translational and post-
translational levels
Regulation at tpst-transcriptional level Effect of cap and polyadenylation on splicing trans and
alternative splicing RNA editing mRNA stability and transport
Regulation at Translational level Global regulation through eIF2 and eIF4EeIF4E-BP Specific
regulation through 5 UTRs using RNA structure eg ODC Specific regulation through 5
UTRprotein interactions eg ferritin in eukaryotes and ribosomal proteins in prokaryotes Specific
regulation through 3 UTRs eg 15-LOX
Regulation at post-translational level Control of the level of active proteins regulation of proteolysis
Unit III Regulatory RNAs
Historical background RNA interference as regulatory mechanism in eukaryotes Slicer and dicer
synthesis and function of RNAi molecules in plants chromatin remodeling in human disease and
diagnosis
Unit IV Epigenetics
Background chromosomal inheritance taking fission yeast as an example DNA methyltransferases
DNA methylation maintenance histone modification and regulation of chromatin structure bivalent
histones DNA demethylation histone demethylation
Suggested References
1 Molecular Biology of the Cell Alberts 5th Edition 2007 NCBI Publication
2 Principles of Biochemistry Lehninger WH Freeman
3 Biochemistry of Signal Transduction and Regulation - Gerhard Krauss Wiley VCH 3rd
Revised Edition
4 Molecular Cell Biology Lodish 6th Edition WH Freeman amp Company
5 The cell Cooper 2nd Edition ASM Press
6 Genes IX Benjamin Lewin Published by Pearson Prentice Hall
7 Cell and Molecular Biology Gerald Karp
8 Molecular Biology Robert Weaver 1st Edition WCB McGraw-Hill
9 Molecular Biology of the Gene Watson 6th Edition Pearson Publication
10 Gene Regulation A Eukaryotic Perspective David Latchman 5 illustrated Taylor amp
Francis 2005
26
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 3
Paper ndash II (Code 3T2) Biotechnology
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Remember and Understand fundamental concepts of Genetic Engineering
2 Illustrate and compare different techniques involved in Genetic Engineering
3 Understand the concepts of Prokaryotic and Eukaryotic Transformation and PCR
4 Describe the expression of heterologous genes and the vectors involved in it
5 Appreciate technology involved in industrial products of Protein engineering and
fermentation technology Remember and Understand the design and functioning of
different types of Bioreactors and Downstream processing Evaluate the application of
different types of Bioreactors including immobilization reactor system and its kinetics
6 Comprehend tools important in Bioinformatics analysis for simplified application of
nucleic acid and protein sequence data
27
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 3
3T2 Biotechnology
Unit I rDNA technology Genomic and cDNA libraries DNA manipulation enzymes isolation of specific genes
Gene cloning REs vectors-plasmids cosmids phage vectors M13 phage vectors phagemids expression
vectors with strong promoters inducible vectors produce fusion proteins and their isolation Eucaryotic
expression system shuttle vectors YAC BAC insertion of DNA and its ligation to carrier DNA introduction
of DNA in cells gene synthesis gene libraries
Application of recombinant DNA technology in medicine agriculture industry and environmental sciences
Unit II Gene control systems in bacteria and bacteriophage lambda
Mechanism of induction and repression constitutive expression various control mechanisms positive
regulation negative regulation attenuation operon hypothesis with special reference to malgal ara and
histidine operons Regulatory mechanisms in bacteriophage lambda
Regulation of gene expression at various levels (transcription post transcriptional and translational)
DNA-protein interactions Lambda family of repressor trp repressor
Unit III Biochemical engineering Biochemical Engineering Bioreactors and related equipment and
instrumentation types of bioreactor (Batch semi batch CSTF recycle etc) reactor analysis reactor design
reactor for recombination proteins
Fermentation technology Fermentation technology microbial culture reaction genetic modification use of
mutants recombinant DNA technology and application in fermentation technology microbial growth kinetics
sterilization fermentation process kinetics analysis of rate pattern and kinetic groups fermentation process
types control of environmental variables recovery of fermentation products isolation and purification and use
of immobilization techniques
Unit IV Bioinformatics and Drug Designing Introduction to Bioinformatics Applications of Bioinformatics Bioinformatics resources
Biological Databases Overview to Biological Databases Nucleotide Databases (GenBank DDBJ ENA) Protein sequence
databases (Uniprot Swiss prot Prosite Pfam Prodom) Protein structure databases (PDB SCOP CATH)
Sequence analysis Sequence similarity search BLAST FASTA CLUSTAL
Genomics Introduction to Genomics Comparative Genomic Databases Objective of Genome Comparisons Genome
Alignments
Proteomics Overview of Proteomics Experimental Techniques Bioinformatics Approaches Protein-Protein Interaction
Databases and software
Softwaresrsquo for Drug Designing Structure Based Drug Designing Ligand Based Drug Designing
Virtual Screening Homology Modeling and Chimera Generation
Suggested References 1 Molecular Biology of the Cell Alberts 5th Edition 2007 NCBI Publication
2 Principles of Biochemistry Lehninger WH Freeman
3 Biochemistry of Signal Transduction and Regulation - Gerhard Krauss Wiley VCH 3rd Revised Edition
4 Molecular Cell Biology Lodish 6th Edition WH Freeman amp Company
5 The cell Cooper 2nd Edition ASM Press
6 Genes IX Benjamin Lewin Published by Pearson Prentice Hall
7 Cell and Molecular Biology Gerald Karp
8 Molecular Biology Robert Weaver 1st Edition WCB McGraw-Hill
9 Molecular Biology of the Gene Watson 6th Edition Pearson Publication
10 Gene Regulation A Eukaryotic Perspective David Latchman 5 illustrated Taylor amp Francis 2005
Molecular Biotechnology Principles and Applications of Recombinant DNA Bernard R
GlickhttpwwwamazoncomMolecular-Biotechnology-Principles-Applications-
Recombinantdp1555814980ref=sr_1_6s=booksampie=UTF8ampqid=1323503937ampsr=1-6 - (Author)Publisher
Amer Society for Microbiology 4 edition (December 31 2009)
11 Principles of gene manipulation and genomics S B Primrose Richard M Twyman Publisher Wiley-Blackwell 7
edition (February 17 2006)
12 Principles of Fermentation Technology P F Stanbury (Author) S Hall (Author) A Whitaker (Author) Publisher
Butterworth-Heinemann 2 edition (February 19 1999)
13 1 Bioinformatics A practical guide to the analysis of genes and proteins Baxevanis AD and Ovellette BFF
Wiley-Interscience (2002)
14 2 Molecular and Biotechnology A comprehensive desk reference RA Meyes (Ed) VCH Publishers Inc (1995)
15 3 Textbook of Biotechnology Das HK Wiley Dreamtech India Pvt Ltd (2004)
28
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
Semester 3
Paper ndash III (Code 3T3 A) Toxicology (Biochemical And Environmental Toxicology)
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 To understand key principles of toxicology including various factors affecting toxicity and toxicity assessment
2 To evaluate analyse disposition of toxicants and factor affecting to disposition of toxicants
3 The know how of toxicokinetics and biotransformation 4 To critically analyse and interpret non-organ directed toxicity To
study effect of environmental toxicity on human beings
5 To develop an understanding of the genetic toxicology and
Developmental Toxicology for scientific research practices
6 Critical evaluation of relationship between target organ toxicity for
experimental designs
29
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 3
Core Elective 1
3T3 A) Toxicology (Biochemical And Environmental Toxicology)
Unit I General principles of Toxicology
Definition Different facets of toxicology and their interrelationships Classification of toxic
agents Desired and undesired effects
Various factors affecting toxicity vehicles formulation factors biological half life volume
and concentration dose dosage forms routes of administration entry genetic status etc
Principles of selective toxicity comparative morphology comparative biochemistry
comparative cytology
Toxicity assessment acute subchronic chronic exposure determination of ED50 and LD50
values tests for mutagenecity carcinogenicity genotoxicity Ames test
Unit II Disposition of Toxicants
Factors affecting disposition of toxicants absorption distribution biotransformation
elimination
Absorption through gastro-intestinal tract lungs skin
Distribution storage in tissues blood-brain barrier passage across placenta redistribution
Biotransformation Phase I and II reactions metabolic interrelationship antidotal therapy
Excretion urinary fecal exhalation other routes
Toxicokinetics classic and physiologic
Unit III A) Non ndashorgan directed toxicity
Chemical carcinogenesis definition mechanism
Genetic toxicology definition health impacts and mechanism of induction of genetic
alterations
Developmental toxicology definition principles mechanism and pathogenesis of
developmental toxicity
B) Environmental Toxicology
Air pollution definition air pollutants health effects and risk assessment of air pollution
Introduction to Ecotoxicology
Unit IV Target organ toxicity
Skin skin as a barrier dermatitis acne urticaria
Toxic responses of the blood blood as a target organ toxicology of erythron leukon and
platelets
Toxic responses of the liver physiology and pathophysiology factors in liver injury
mechanism of liver injury
Toxic responses of the respiratory system lungs structure and functions pulmonotoxic
agents pathogenesis of chemical induced damage acute and chronic responses of lungs to
injury
Suggested References
1 Casarette and Doullrsquos Toxicology by Klaassen CD
2 Biochemical Toxicology of Environmental Agents by Bruine D
3 Detoxification mechanisms by Williams RT
4 Selective Toxicity by Albert A
5 Developmental Toxicology by Hood RD
30
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 3
Paper ndash III (Code 3T3 B) Nutrition (Nutritional Biochemistry) (Core Elective 1)
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Capably describe the biochemical techniques that are relevant for the investigation of nutrient metabolism
2 Understand key principles of energy expenditure thermogenic effects Energy requirements and role of dietary fibers in nutrition
3 To read interpret and discuss protein energy malnutrition disorders of mineral metabolism for scientific research
4 To develop an understanding of the observational and experimental character of science in nutritional biochemistry
5 To communicate role of clinical nutrition and food allergies in scientific communication frameworks such as written reports and open discussion
31
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 3
3T3 B Nutrition (Nutritional Biochemistry) (Core Elective 1)
Unit I Basic Concepts
Basic Concept Energy content of foods Measurements of energy expenditure Direct amp
Indirect calorimetry Definition of BMR and SDA and factors affecting these Thermogenic
effects of foods Energy requirements of man and woman and factors affecting energy
requirements
Role of dietary fibers in nutrition
Unit II Nutritional Disorders
Protein Energy Malnutrition (PEM) Aetiology Clinical features Metabolic disorders
and Management of Marasmus and Kwashiorkor diseases
Disorders of Mineral Metabolism Hypercalecemia Hypocalcaemia Normocalcemia
Hyperphosphatemia
Unit III Starvation and Antinutrients
Starvation Techniques for studying starvation protein metabolim in prolonged fasting
protein sparing treatments during fasting Concept of high protein low calorific weight
reduction diets
Antinutrients Naturally occurring food borne toxicants protease inhibitors hemagglutins
hepatotoxins allergens oxalates toxins from mushrooms animal food stuffs and sea foods
Unit IV Clinical Nutrition and Food Allergies
Clinical Nutrition Role of diet and nutrition in the prevention and treatment of diseases
dental caries Fluorosis Atherosclerosis amp Rheumatic disorders Inherited metabolic
Disorders Phenylketonuria Maple Syrup disease amp Hemocystinuria
Food Allergies Definition role of antigen host and environment types of
hypersensitivities diagnosis and treatment of allergy
Suggested Reading 1 Basics of clinical nutrition author- yk joshi jaypee publication
2 Nutrition for the community Gully baba publishing house
Essentials of human nutrition author-jim mann amp stewart truswell oxford university press
3 Introduction to human nutrition
edited by- professor michael gibney (ucd institute of food and health) professor susan lanham-new
(university of surrey) professor aedin Cassidy (university of east anglia) professor hester vorster (north-
west university south africa) httpwwwnutritionsocietyorgpublicationstextbooksintroduction-to-
human-nutritionsthashtdyscawhdpuf
4 Nutrition and metabolism
edited by- professor susan lanham-new (university of surrey) professor ian macdonald (university of
nottingham) professor helen roche (unviersity college dublin) -
httpwwwnutritionsocietyorgpublicationstextbooksnutrition-and-metabolismsthashiusrjtiudpuf
32
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 3
Foundation Course 1 Biomolecules and Basic Metabolism
Unit I Carbohydrates and metabolism
Classification of carbohydrates Structure occurrence and biological importance of
monosaccharides oligosaccharides and polysaccharides
Introduction to Metabolism glycolysis glucogenesis and gluconeogenesis TCA cycle and its
amphibolic role energetics of carbohydrate metabolismAlternate pathways HMP shunt Enter-
Doudoroff glucuronate and glyoxylate pathways Corirsquos cycle
Unit II Lipids and metabolism
Classification of lipids Fatty acids Saturated and unsaturated fatty acids Essential fatty acids
Glycerophospholipids Glycolipids properties and functions
Metabolism Oxidation of fatty acids even and odd numbered unsaturated and branched chain fatty
acids
Degradation and biosynthesis of triacylglycerols and phospholipids energetic of beta- oxidation
Cholesterol biosynthesis catabolism and regulation
Unit III Proteins and metabolism
Classification of amino acids and proteins Protein structures primary secondary tertiary and
quarternary structure General metabolic reaction of amino acids transamination oxidative
deamination minor pathways of amino acid degradation transdeamination amino acid oxidase non
oxidative deamination
Degradation and biosynthesis of amino acids glycogenic and ketogenic amino acids Urea cycle
pathway and regulation
Unit IV Minerals and metabolism
Major and minor and ultra trace minerals their occurrence functions toxicity and interaction with
other nutrients
Iron metabolism and regulation
Calcium and phosphorus metabolism and regulation
Suggested Reading
1 Biophysical Techniques- Upadhyay Upadhyay and Nath
2 Principles of Biochemistry- Lehninger David L Nelson and Michael M Cox
3 Enzymes- Malcolm Dixon and Edwin Webb
4 Harperrsquos Biochemistry- Harper
5 Biochemistry- Western and Todd
6 Cell and Molecular Biology-Gerald Karp
7 Fundamentals of Biochemistry-Donald Voet Judith G Voet and Charlotte W Bratt
33
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 3
Paper ndash IV (Code 3T4 ) Bioresearch Techniques I (Subject centric core 1)
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Understand key principles of how flow cytometer work including data
analysis for their applications
2 Improve on skillful process of the animal cell culture techniques and
experimental demand of knowledge including an appreciation of the
need for good experimental design and scientific research practices
3 To incline intellectual curiosity in DNA and RNA techniques and
related fields that extends well beyond the course
4 To develop practical laboratory skills in the field of DNA and RNA
techniques
34
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 3
3T4 Bioresearch Techniques I (Subject centric core 1)
Unit I Flow cytometry
Principles of flow cytometry Instrument overview principle of fluorescence sample preparation
data analysis and applications of flow cytometry Overview Fludics Generation of Scatter and
fluorescence ( Optical bench optical filters signal detection Treshold) Data Analysis (Data
Collection and Display gating data analysis for subsetting applications Data analysis for ther
applications) Sorting Lasers and Alignment (Working of lasers and laser alignment)
Unit II Animal cell culture techniques
Animal cell Culture Cell culture (adherent and suspension) basic equipment cell culture media-
Components sterility buffering capacity growth requirements supplementation of serum antibiotic
and antimycotic agents preparation of medium advantages and limitations of Primary cell culture
clonal cell lines basic technique a of animal cell subcultuing disaggregation method for quantitation
of cells in culture counting chamber counters cell viability determination cytotoxicity assay and its
applications cell apoptosis assay and its applications 3 D cultures
Unit III DNA techniques
Isolation Sequencing Restriction Nucleases Gel Electrophoresis DNA probes Nucleic acid
hybridization Southern blotting DNA fingerprinting and DNA typing DNA Library
DNA sequencing Sanger and Maxam Gilbert
Restriction Mapping DNase foot printing DMS foot printing knockouts
PCR RFLP RAPD AFLP SNP
Unit IV RNA techniques
Isolation Hybridization Northern Blotting in vitro labeling with radioisotopes and chemical
markers
Mapping and quantifying transcripts S1assay primer extension run off transcription
Transcription rate measurement in vivo Nuclear run on transcription reporter gene N transcription
si RNA technology gene silencing techniques its applications microarrays ribozyme technology
Suggested References
1 Molecular Biology of The Cell Alberts 5th Edition 2007 NCBI Publication
2 Principles of Biochemistry Lehninger WH Freeman
3 Biochemistry of Signal Transduction and Regulation-shy‐ Gerhard Krauss
Wiley VCH 3rd Revised Edition
4 Molecular Cell Biology Lodish 6th Edition WH Freeman amp Company
5 The cell Cooper 2nd Edition ASM Press
6 Gene IX Benjamin Lewin
Published by Pearson Prentice Hall
7 Cell and Molecular Biology Gerald Karp
8 Molecular Biology Robert Weaver 1st Edition WCBNMcGraw-shy‐Hill
9 Molecular Biology of the Gene Watson 6th Edition Pearson Publication
10 Gene Regulation A Eukaryotic Perspective David Latchman 5 illustrated Taylor amp Francis
2005
35
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 3
3P1 Biotechnology And Molecular Biology
1) Fermentation
i) Isolation of microorganisms from soil demonstrating synthesis capability of desired product
Gram staining (Desired property to be decided by the instructor) and screening
ii) Optimization of the lab scale production of the desired product Effect of temperature pH
substrate concentration
iii) Growth curve Estimation of cell number substrate utilization andor product formation
2) Polymerase Chain Reaction
i) PCR amplification from genomic DNA
ii) Nested PCR
iii) Random Amplification of Polymorphic DNA (RAPD)
3) Restriction Fragment Length Polymorphism (RFLP)
3P2 A Biochemical And Environmental Toxicology
1 Qualitative detection of various toxicants in biological samples
Phenothiazine derivatives Organochlorine compounds (Fujiwara test) Phenol Methanol Arsenic (As)
Antimony (Sb) Selenium (Se) Mercury (Hg) Bismuth (Bi) Fluoride (F) Boron (Bo) Gutzeit test for
Antimony (Sb) and Arsenic (As) Spot test for metal toxicants
2 Quantitative determination of Salicylate Paracetamol (acetaminophen) Sulphonamide in biological
samples
3 Enzyme assay in toxic conditions
GOT (AST) GPT (ALT) Acid phosphatase Alkaline phosphatase Acetyl cholinesterase etc
4 Construction of dose-response curves
5 Determination of LD50 value of a toxicant
6 Induction of hepatotoxicity diabetes skin lesions teratogenesis
7 Assay of biomarkers of environmental pollution toxicity
OR
3P2 B) Nutritional Biochemistry
1 Determination of Calcium in food samples
2 Determination of Inorganic Phosphorous in food samples
3 Determination of Iron in food samples
4 Determination of beta carotene in carrots by column chromatography
5 Determination of Ascorbic Acid in food
6 Estimation of Amylase activity
7 Determination of Total Lipids By Sulphophospho vanillin Method
3S1 Seminar
InstitutionalEducational tour For minimum 08 days
36
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
Paper ndash I (Code 4T1) Advanced Clinical Biochemistry
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Analyse evaluate and generate information from a wide variety of sources regarding the key principles of aging and Neurological disorders
2 Analyse the effects of obesity on physiological functions including gene regulation
3 Critically interpret molecular and metabolic diseases and develop new knowledge domain about them
4 To develop effective creative and innovative solutions to current research problems in Reproductive Disease and Reproductive Biochemistry
5 To develop practical laboratory skill for Assisted Reproductive Technology program
37
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
4T1 Advanced Clinical Biochemistry
Unit I Aging and Neurological Disorders
Current view and theories of aging auto immune connection and HLA association processes of
aging and biochemical alteration DNA damage protein oxidation and axonal transport in aging
nutritional intervention as anti-aging therapy
Alzheimerrsquos disease Causes symptoms diagnosis pathogenesis genetics APP ApoE PS2 tau
protein risk factors and therapeutic approaches
Progeria Parkinsonrsquos disease Causes symptoms diagnosis pathogenesis genetics and therapeutic
approaches
Unit II Obesity
Theories lipid metabolism adipose tissue anomalies
Genetic basis of familial obesity effects of neuropeptides and leptin in nutrient partitioning
Obesity related derangements in metabolic regulation Therapeutic approaches
Unit III Molecular and Metabolic Diseases
Human gene map genetic diversity polymorphism genetic linkage chromosomal disorder
Monogenetic Disorders Autosomal dominant autosomal recessive X-linked Multifactorial
disorders Genetic heterogeneity Allelic heterogeneity Pathogenesis of genetic disease
Galactosemia Hemophilia Sickle cell anemia Muscular dystrophy Hypercholesterolemia Gout
Turnerrsquos syndrome
Unit IV Reproductive Biochemistry
Overview of reproductive system and reproduction biochemistry of reproductive disorders (male amp
female) Influence of various factors in reproduction with special reference to role of prostaglandins
and gonadotrophins Mechanism and methods of birth control and possible biochemical
consequences thereof Biochemical markerrsquos in infertility disorders Techniques involved in assisted
reproductive technology (ART) Culture media and cell culture techniques in ART programme
Suggested References
1 Clinical Biochemistry ndash Metabolic and Clinical aspects By-William J Marshall amp Stephen
K Angert
2 Harperrsquos Biochemistry - 27th Ed
3 Text book of Medical Physiology - By Guyton
4 Text book of Physiology -By Burn amp levy
5 Biochemistry ndashBy L Stryer (Freeman amp CoNY)
6 Biochemistry with clinical correlation- By Thomas Devli
7 The Metabolic Basis of Inherited Disease 5th Ed-By John Stanbury
8 Teitz Fundamentals of Clinical Chemistry ndashBy CABurtis amp Ashwood
9 Biochemistry - By Lehninger
10 Lehningerrsquos Biochemistry ndashBy Nelson amp Cox
11 Biochemistry ndashBy Stanford
12 Basic Medical Biochemistry A Clinical approach- By Smith
13 Principles of Internal Medicines- By HarrisonT R
14 Practical Biochemistry Principles amp Techniques- By Wilson amp Walker
15 Practical Biochemistry ndashBy David Plummer
38
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
Paper ndash II (Code 4T2) Advanced Immunology
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Understand details of lymph node microanatomy and learn the B and T cells encounter with antigens and study its development
2 Gain insight into antigen presentation and autophagy on a detailed molecular level
3 Understand immunology of mucosal surfaces and the interplay between commensal flora and the immune system in the gut
4 In-depth knowledge of the cellular and molecular basis for autoimmune disease and allergies
5 Basic knowledge of tumor immunology and the development of novel recombinant antibodies for treatment of cancer and autoimmune disease
39
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
4T2 Advanced Immunology
Unit I Introductory Immunobiology
Complement system Alternative and Classical pathway of complement activation
Immune networks Homeostasis in the immune system-termination of normal immune
responses network hypothesis
In vivo immunity to viruses bacteria fungi protozoa worms etc
Unit II Immunological tolerance and Autoimmunity
Immunologic tolerance T lymphocyte tolerance- central and peripheral Apoptosis in
Lymphocytes-pathways and biochemical mechanisms effector mechanisms Tolerance
induced regulatory T cells B lymphocyte tolerance- Central and Peripheral Homeostasis in
the immune pathogenesis and therapeutic approaches to autoimmunity
Unit III Tumor and Transplantation Immunology Hypersensitivity
General features of tumor immunity tumor antigens Immune response to tumor and
evasion Immunotherapy Types of hypersensitivity Effector mechanisms of immunologic
tissue injury and disease
Unit IV Immunodeficiency and Vaccinology
MHC and disease susceptibility immune deficiency disorders Active immunization
(immune prophylaxis) passive immunization adjuvants modern approaches to vaccine
development role of vaccines in the prevention of disease
Suggested References
1 Cellular and Molecular Immunology- 5th Edition Abul K Abbas Andrew Litchman
2 Immunology-5th Edition Richard A Goldsby Thomas J Kindt Barbara A Osborne
Janis Kuby
3 Immunology- 6th Edition Ivan Roitt Jonathan Brostoff David Male
40
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
Paper ndash III (Code 4T3 A) Toxicology (Clinical Research)
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Have knowledge about assessment and management of ethical clinical trial
programs
2 Demonstrate competency in biopharmaceutical clinical trial research designs and
regulatory affairs
3 Demonstrate competencies in evaluating clinical research data and
communicating results Manage innovative products through the discovery
processes and into the clinical trial phases
4 Identify and classify different types of trial designs when reading a trial report
understand the essential of GLP roles and responsibilities of stakeholders in
clinical trials
41
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
4T3 A) Toxicology (Clinical Research)
Unit I Pre-Clinical Research
Animal studies acute amp chronic toxicity of drugs regulations for number amp types of
animals protocols for animal experimentation Biochemical amp histopathological studies of
animals after drug administration Mechanism amp cause of death Routine toxicity studies amp
special toxicity studies carcinogenicity mutagenicity amp teratogenicity to be given special
emphasis
Unit II Phases of Clinical Research
Phases of clinical research number of volunteers in phase I amp types of patients in phase II to
IV Importance of these investigations Post marketing surveillance (PMS) amp
pharmacovigilence in case of clinical investigations after marketing authorization
Importance of ethical committee protocol design documentation in clinical trials Bio
Availability and Bio Equivalence studies Pharmacokinetics Pharmacodynamics Genomic
studies
Unit III Good lab practices
Good Clinical Practices Good Manufacturing Practices and Good Laboratory Practices
Principles of ICH-GCP History GCP declaration of Helsinki Belmont report Nuremberg
code Tuskgee trial Schedules Y and its amendments ICMR Guidelines Composition
functions amp operations of IRBIEC ethics of clinical trials Health Authorities- CDSCO US-
FDA EMEA and other
Unit IV Roles and Responsibilities of different stake holders in Clinical Research-
Sponsor CRO SMO Ethics Committee Investigator CRA CRC Patients and other
Departments in Clinical Research- Operations Business Development Regulatory
Pharmacovigilance Data Management Centralized Monitoring Quality Finance Important
documents in Clinical Research and importance of documentation in Clinical Research
Stages in clinical trial-Feasibilities PSSV SIV SMV and Close-out visits Audits and
Inspections
Suggested reading
1 Clinical Research Coordinator Handbook Norris Deborrah Plexus Publications
20040601
2 Clinical Research Methodology and Evidence-Based Medicine Babu Ajit N
Anshan 20080530
3 Conducting Clinical Research Judy Stone Biblio Distribution 2006
4 Essentials of clinical research Stephen P Glasser (Edt) Springer Verlag 2008
42
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
Paper ndash III (Code 4T3 B) Nutrition (Applied Nutritional Biochemistry)
Learning outcome Students will be
1 Capable of describing biochemical pathways relevant in nutrient metabolism 2 Capable of using selected biochemical techniques relevant in nutritional
biochemical research 3 Critical reading of scientific articles in nutritional biochemistry 4 Capable of discussing research questions relevant to nutritional biochemistry 5 The ability to ask critical questions and discuss nutritional biochemical research
43
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
4T3 B) Nutrition (Applied Nutritional Biochemistry)
Unit I Clinical nutrition
Role of a dietician role and responsibilities of a dietitian nutrition counseling professional
ethics and obligations
Diet therapy-Rationale for diet therapy (normal diet modifications of the diet to the light
diet soft diet full liquid diet clear liquid tube feeding) Routes for diet therapy-enteral and
parental use of biochemical parameters in the planning of diets use of computers in the
planning of diets
Unit II Nutritional Counseling and Dietetics
Nutritive value of different food groups and changes due to cooking in various food groups
Storage of foods food quality and factors affecting food quality Control of food quality Use
of additives Classification and applications
Unit III Community Nutrition
Opportunities in community Nutrition Assessing Community Resources assessing target
population program planning Assessing communityrsquos nutritional resources Food insecurity
food assistance programs world hunger and food insecurity Principles of nutrition education
and policy making national nutrition agenda
Unit IV Applied Nutrition and Public Health Concept of Health Nutrition and Public Health Nutrition Demographic trends in India and
the significance of certain indices of Health and Nutrition situation of a community IMR
MMR TFR Birth rate Death rate Life expectancy etc) Major nutritional problems in
developing countries Dietary surveys-methods ways of interpretations and analysis
recommendations based on survey findings Assessment of nutritional status biochemical
and anthropometry
Suggested Reading
Clinical nutrition
edited by- professor marinos elia (university of outhampton) professor olle ljungqvist
(karolinska institutet amp oumlrebro university hospital) dr outham outhamp (university of
outhampton professor susan lanham-new (university of surrey) - see more at
httpwwwnutritionsocietyorgpublicationstextbooksclinical-
nutritionsthashw12tfscqdpuf
Public health nutrition
edited by- professor michael gibney (ucd institute of food and health) professor barrie
margetts (university of southampton) dr john kearney (dublin institute of technology)
professor lenore arab (university of california los angeles)
httpwwwnutritionsocietyorgpublicationstextbookspublic-health-
nutritionsthash8pvhu1m0dpuf
Staying healthy with nutrition author- elson m Hass buck levin
American dietetic association complete food and nutrition guide Roberta larson duyff
44
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
MSc Biochemistry CBCS syllabus Effective from 2015-16
SEMESTER 4
Foundation 2 Basic Enzymology
Unit I
Introduction to Enzymology Nomenclature and classification of enzymes History sources of
enzymes (Animal Plant and microorganisms) Protein amp nonprotein nature of enzymes with
examples enzymes as biological catalysts and their importance principle of assay of enzymes and
measurement of activity effect of experimental conditions on measurement of activity such as time pH temp
substrate definition of enzyme unit Stability of enzymes and half life of enzymes Effect of environmental
factors on stability of enzymes Concept of Zymogens and active enzyme with examples effect of activators
and inhibitors on enzyme activity Role of coenzymes and cofactors on enzyme catalysis with examples
Unit II Production amp purification
Method os screening of sources for desired enzymes Availability of the sources for procurement
of enzymes Natural and synthetic Media for microbial enzyme production effect of inducers and
environmental factors on enzyme production by microorganisms
Methods of isolation of enzymes form the source purification of enzyme by dialysis salt and solvent
precipitation chromatography gel filtration Purification by affinity chromatography methods of
determination of purity and nature of of enzymes by simple PAGE SDSPAGE and 2 D electrophoresis
Unit III Enzyme Kinetics
Lock amp key model and Koshland model of enzyme active site Determination of active site of enzyme
Michelis Mentain equation kinetics of reversible irreversible and nonreversible enzymes Line Weaver burk
plot and Eddie Hofstie Plot Determination of kinetic constants and activation energy Effect of competitive
and non-competitive inhibitors on enzyme activity Allosteric enzyme and sigmoidal kinetics
Unit IV Applications of enzymes
Structure and function of multienzyme complex systems such as PDH KGH B oxidation spiral and glycolysis
Advantages of soluble and membrane bound enzymes Futile cycles in Biochemistry
Methods of immobilization of enzymes advantages and disadvantages of immobilization Application of
Immobilized enzymes in agriculture cosmetics detergent dairy brewing and food industries with examples
such as lactase pectinase proteinase invertaselipase etc Application of enzymes in nanotechnology
biosensors etc
Suggested references
1 Enzymology and Enzyme Technology 2014 by SM Bhatt (S Chand)
2 Enzyme Technology 2006 by Ashok Pandey (Editor) Colin Webb (Editor) MARCELO
FERNANDES (Editor) Springer
3 Biocatalysts and enzyme technology 2012 Klaus Buchholz
45
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
4T4 Bioresearch Techniques II (Subject centric core 2)
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Learn describe and build up knowledge domain regarding the latest and most advanced Bioresearch techniques available for biochemical research
2 Be aware select appropriately apply technology platforms and Perform techniques for analysis of DNA and protein expression
3 Evaluation of data and controls related to research techniques 4 Create thought-provoking questions related to the laboratory equipment
46
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
4T4 Bioresearch Techniques II (Subject centric core 2)
UNIT I
Biochemical methods I- Co-immunoprecipitation BiFC bimolecular fluorescence
complementation affinity electrophoresis Pull down assays label transfer yeast two hybrid
screens phage display
UNIT II
Biochemical methods II- In-vivo crosslinking of protein complexes using photo-reactive
amino acid analogs Tandem affinity purification (TAP) Chemical cross-linking SPINE
(Strepprotein interaction experiment) Quantitative immunoprecipitation combined with
knock-down (QUICK) Proximity ligation assay (PLA) in situ
UNIT III
Biophysical and theoretical methods I
Bio-Layer Interferometry
Dual polarisation interferometry (DPI)
Static light scattering (SLS)
Dynamic light scattering (DLS)
Surface plasmon resonance
UNIT IV
Biophysical and theoretical methods II
Fluorescence polarizationanisotropy
Fluorescence correlation spectroscopy
FRET BRET
2D-FT NMR spectroscopy
Proteinndashprotein docking
Isothermal Titration Calorimetry (ITC)
Isothermal Titration Calorimetry (ITC)
Suggested References
1 Molecular Biology of The Cell Alberts 5th Edition 2007 NCBI Publication
2 Principles of Biochemistry Lehninger WH Freeman
3 Biochemistry of Signal Transduction and Regulation-shy‐ Gerhard Krauss
Wiley VCH 3rd Revised Edition
4 Molecular Cell Biology Lodish 6th Edition WH Freeman amp Company
5 The cell Cooper 2nd Edition ASM Press
6 Gene IX Benjamin Lewin
Published by Pearson Prentice Hall
7 Cell and Molecular Biology Gerald Karp
8 Molecular Biology Robert Weaver 1st Edition WCBNMcGraw-shy‐Hill
9 Molecular Biology of the Gene Watson 6th Edition Pearson Publication
10 Gene Regulation A Eukaryotic Perspective David Latchman 5 illustrated Taylor amp
Francis 2005
47
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
4P1 Advanced Clinical Biochemistry and Immunology and Toxicology and Nutrition
1 Demonstration of dialysis using blood filtrate (Protein Separation)
2 Immunology
a Quantitative Estimation of Antibody
b Precipitation Techniques Double Immunodiffusion Single (Radial)
Immunodiffusion
3 Electrophoretic Techniques Immuno-electrophoresisRocket Immunoelectrophoresis
Immuno-diffusion
4 To assay cathepsin D ATPase (NaKCaMg) Lipid peroxidase enzymes
5 Assay of Acetylcholine esterase activity in rat brain
6 Assay of monoamine oxidase
7 Fractionation of tissues and assay of proteins
8 Assay of ornithine amino transferase
9 Glutathione Estimation
10 Organ tissue morphology histopathology
11 Assay of toxicant biotransformation enzyme-cytochrome P450
12 Test for teratogenecity carcinogenecity Ames test
13 To perform pair wise alignment of sequences using BLAST program
14 To design primers for the given gene sequences
15 To perform multiple sequence alignment and generate phylogenetic tree
16 To retrieve and visualize the three dimensional structures of proteins
17 To retrieve metagenomic sequences and primer designing to develop STS marker
OR
18 Determination of Triglycerides
19 Proximate Analysis of Food Samples
48
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4 Project
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Plan and develop experimental design projects from concept through to professional
prototype
2 Apply theoretical knowledge conceptual skills and techniques to the development of
solutions for biochemical problems
3 Apply initiative and judgment in planning problem solving and decision making in
practice or future study
4 Design a research project and submit in a form of thesis they will present their results of
the thesis to an audience of peers and faculty and be able to defend their results during
final evaluation
4PROJ PROJECT
4S1 Seminar
16
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 2
2T1 Immunology
Unit I The Immune system Immunoglobulins and TCR
History of Immunology Innate Immunity effector mechanisms involved PAMPs PRRs
Phagocytosis Lysis blocking extra cellular killing etc Biochemistry and biology of TLRs
Inflamatory processes inflamamasomes interrelationship between innate and adaptive
immunity
Immunoglobulins and TCR
Immunochemistry Antigen antibody reaction its kinetics and thermodynamics Structure
functions of immunoglobulins Ig genes and their expression Generation of Ab diversity
BCR TCR Organization and re-arrangement of TCR genes TCR diversity
Unit II
Anatomy of Immune system
Immunological cells tissues and organs Maturation activation and differentiation of B and
T cells MHC genes and their polymorphism Structure and function of MHC molecules
Clonal selection theory Cell surface molecules Ig super family integrins selectins
chemokine receptors and other accessory molecules Cytokines and chemokines
Unit III
Immune response by T and B lymphocytes
Cellular and molecular mechanisms of Ab production humoral and cell mediated immunity
Antigen processing and presentation T and B cell interaction Super antigens
Unit IV
Immunological Techniques
Immunochemical techniques including immunodiffusion RIA EIA agglutination
immunoflorescence immunoelectron microscopy immunoelectrophoresis HLA typing
leukocyte migration inhibition technique delayed hypersensitivity technique cytotoxicity
assay Monoclonal Abrsquos hybridoma and other technologies Abzymes
Suggested References
1 Cellular and Molecular Immunology- 5th Edition Abul K Abbas Andrew Litchman
2 Immunology-5th Edition Richard A Goldsby Thomas J Kindt Barbara A Osborne
Janis Kuby
3 Immunology- 6th Edition Ivan Roitt Jonathan Brostoff David Male
17
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 2
Paper ndash II (Code 2T2) Clinical Biochemistry
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Remember and Understand fundamental concepts in Clinical Biochemistry and
recent automations introduced in it
2 Comprehend basics of Endocrine system and hormones involved for regulation of
various biochemical functions of target organs
3 Illustrate compare and appreciate functions and biochemical attributes of Liver and
implications in Clinical Biochemistry
18
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 2
2T2 Clinical Biochemistry
Unit I Automation in clinical biochemistry gastric and blood disorders
Automation in Clinical Biochemistry- Instrumental concept Selection of Instrument Quality
assurance Control of pre-analytical and analytical variables External and internal quality
control measurements
Gastric disorders Disorders of gastric function method of evaluation pancreatic diseases
Steatorrhoea Malabsorption syndrome test for their evaluation
Blood Disorder Review of mechanism of coagulation and fibrinolysis abnormalities in
blood coagulation variation of plasma proteins abnormalities of blood formation anemia
haemoglobinopathies clinical significance of fecal and urine analysis
Unit II Endocrinology I Insulin and glucagon Various types of hyperglycemia Diabetes mellitus Ketonemia
ketonuria Experimental diabetes Hypoglycemia Polyurea Glucose tolerance test
Thyroid Iodine metabolism Hypo and Hyper thyroidism BMRand other test for
evaluation of thyroid function
Parathyroid Calcium and phosphorus metabolism Abnormalities of Parathyroid function
and methods of evaluation
Unit III Endocrinology II
Adrenal Addisonrsquos disease and pheochromocytoma Disorders of steroid metabolism Test
for evaluation of adrenal functions
Pituitary Pituitary hormones Clinical syndromes and their evaluation
Unit IV Liver disorders
Liver disorders Jaundice fatty liver and liver function tests Renal function test
Cerebrospinal fluid Composition in health and disease Lipid profile in health and disease
Elements of Clinical Enzymology Isoenzymes in health and disease
Clinical significance of GOT GPT Creatine kinase LDH etc
Biochemical diagnosis of disease by enzymatic evaluation
Suggested References 1 Clinical Biochemistry ndash Metabolic and Clinical aspects By-William J Marshall amp Stephen
K Angert
2 Harperrsquos Biochemistry - 27th EdText book of Medical Physiology - By Guyton
3 Text book of Physiology -By Burn amp levy
4 Biochemistry ndashBy L Stryer (Freeman amp CoNY)
5 Biochemistry with clinical correlation- By Thomas Devli
6 The Metabolic Basis of Inherited Disease 5th Ed-By John Stanbury
7 Teitz Fundamentals of Clinical Chemistry ndashBy CABurtis amp Ashwood
8 Biochemistry - By Lehninger
9 Lehningerrsquos Biochemistry ndashBy Nelson amp Cox
10 Biochemistry ndashBy Stanford
11 Basic Medical Biochemistry A Clinical approach- By Smith
12 Principles of Internal Medicines- By HarrisonT R
13 Practical Biochemistry Principles amp Techniques- By Wilson amp Walker
14 Practical Biochemistry ndashBy David Plummer
19
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 2
Paper ndash III (Code 2T3) Cell Biochemistry
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Gain knowledge about fundamentals of cell division cycle and decision making
ability of the cells to proceed for duplication with regulatory aspects
2 Cell communication ability and control of cell cycle brough about by internal and
external molecular effectors
3 Understand basic concept of Cancer Biology and stem cells
20
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 2
2T3 Cell Biochemistry
Unit I Cell cycle and regulation
Review of cell cycle divisional control regulatory proteins cyclincdk complexes positive
and negative regulation inhibitory molecules restriction points regulation of DNA
synthesis regulation of degradation check points cell cycle arrest role of cyclically
activated protein kinases transcriptional regulation
Unit II Cell communication I
General principles of cell communication extra cellular signals and their receptors autocrine
signaling and role of gap junctions types of cell receptors relay of signal and intracellular
signal proteins regulated proteolysis dependent signaling pathways (Notch Wnt hedgehog
NFKB)
Unit III Cell communication II
Informational transactions in eukaryotic cells- cyclic AMP facet Study of G-proteins
signaling through G-protein linked cell surface receptors signaling through enzyme linked
cell surface receptors Calcium messenger system signaling via GMP
Unit IV Cancer
Causes and types of cancer viral carcinogenesis tumor suppressors oncogenes and signal
transduction growth and spread of cancer molecular basis of cancer therapy molecular
markers
Programmed cell death and its regulation in normal physiology regulation and execution of
mammalian apoptosis cytokine signaling and role of apoptosis in tumor genesis
Suggested References
1 Molecular Biology of the Cell Alberts 5th Edition 2007 NCBI Publication
2 Principles of Biochemistry Lehninger WH Freeman
3 Biochemistry of Signal Transduction and Regulation - Gerhard Krauss Wiley VCH 3rd
Revised Edition
4 Molecular Cell Biology Lodish 6th Edition WH Freeman amp Company
5 The Cell Cooper 2nd Edition ASM Press
6 Gene IX Benjamin Lewin Published by Pearson Prentice Hall
7 Cell and Molecular Biology Gerald Karp
8 Molecular Biology Robert Weaver 1st Edition WCB McGraw-Hill
9 Molecular Biology of the Gene Watson 6th Edition Pearson Publication
10 Gene Regulation A Eukaryotic Perspective David Latchman 5 illustrated Taylor amp
Francis 2005
11 The Cell- G M Cooper
21
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 2
Paper ndash IV (Code 2T4) Molecular Biology
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Remember and understand the fundamental concepts of Molecular Biology and the
experiments involved in it
2 Relate the concepts of Molecular Biology in the development of Biochemical
research techniques
22
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 2
2T4 Molecular Biology
Unit I Eukaryotic and Prokaryotic chromosomes
Chromatin structure Histones DNA nucleosome morphology and higher level organization Functional
states of chromatin and alterations in chromatin organization Chromosome organization Metaphase
chromosomes centromere and kinetochore telomere and its maintenance Holocentric chromosomes
Heterochromatin and euchromatin position effect variegation Chromosomal domains (matrix loop domains)
and their functional significance
Organization of nuclear and organellar genomes C-value paradox Repetitive DNA-satellite DNAs and
interspersed repeated DNAs Transposable elements LINES SINES Alu family and their application in
genome mapping
Concept of a gene Conventional and modern views Fine structure of gene split genes pseudogenes non-
coding genes overlapping genes and multi-gene families
Unit II Replication and Recombination
Replication Review of replication in bacteria plasmid and viruses Models of DNA replication DNA
replication in eukaryotes Eukaryotic DNA polymerases and their roles origin of replication Autonomously
Replicating Segments (ARS) in yeast elongation lagging strand synthesis and termination
Recombination DNA recombination Homologous site specific and transposition
Homologous recombination Holliday Model Messelsson -Radding Model Rec BCD pathway
Site specific recombination Lambda phage ingration and excision rearrengementof immunoglobulin genes
Transposition Prokaryotic transposition Insertion sequences and mere complex transposons (eg Tn3)
conservative and replicative transposition Eukaryotic transposable elements yeast and Drosophila transposons
retroviruses and retrovirus like elements
Unit III Transcription
Review of prokaryotic transcription transcription in eukaryotes Eukaryotic RNA polymerases and their
subunit structure Class I II and III promoters Upstream elements enhancers and silencers General
transcription factors Class I II III genes and their functions elongation factors TBP structure and its role in
transcription mediators Structure of transcription activators zinc fingers homeodomains helix loop helix
bZIP beta barrels
Unit IV Viruses
General properties of viruses (size shape composition of viral capsid spikes envelope and nucleic acids)
Viral classification in brief Baltimore classification Structure and composition of DNA viruses (Herpes virus
amp Adenovirus) and RNA viruses (HIV)
Tumor viruses (HBV HTLV HPV) structure and mechanism of oncogenesis
Structure and life cycle of Lambda and M13 bacteriophages
Laboratory diagnosis of viral diseases
Mechanism of action of Antiviral drugs (Acyclovir Foscarnet Nevirapine Saquinavir Oseltamivir)
Suggested References
1 Molecular Biology of Gene Watson
2 Gene 7 Benjamin Lewin
3 Cell amp Molecular Biology Devlin
4 Biochemistry Lehninger Nelson amp Cox
5 Biochemistry Voet amp Voet
6 Molecular Biology David Frifelder
7 Molecular biology-Lodish Baltimore
8 Genetics-Russell
9 Genetics 1and 2-CBPower
10 Molecular biology-Watson
11 Molecular biochemistry ndashRobert Weaver
12 Microbiology by Davis
13 Virology by Luria
14 Understanding Viruses-Teri Shors Jones and Bartlett Publishers Massachusetts edition 2009
23
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 2
2P1 Clinical Biochemistry And Immunology
1 Determination of serum and urine Creatinine by Jaffrsquos method
2 Determination of serum Bilirubin by Malloy amp Evllyn method
3 Determination of serum Chloride by Schales amp Schales method
4 Estimation of blood urea by Nesslerisation method
5 Estimation of Serum amylase (EC3211)
6 Estimation of Serum Cholesterol by Single Step Method (Libermann amp Burchard)
7 Determination of Serum Uric Acid by Henry Carawayrsquos method
8 Determination of Icteric Index SGOT SGPT and alkaline phosphatase activity
9 Routine Urine Analysis
10 Quantitative Estimation of T3 T4 and TSH
11 To determine Urinary VMA (3-methoxy 4 ndashHydroxyl Vanillin Mandellic Acid)
12 Glucose Tolerance Test
2P2 Cell And Molecular Biology
1 Use of Simple Compound and Phase Contrast Microscopes
2 Isolation culture and cell counting of lymphocytes
3 Adherent cell line Trypsinization cell count subculturing
4 MTT assay
5 Isolation of DNA from Bacteria and Blood
6 Assessment of purity of DNA by 260280 ratio
7 Isolation of plasmid DNA Mini Prep Midi Prep and Maxi Prep
8 Restriction digestion of DNA
9 Ligation of DNA
10 Separation of DNA fragments by Electrophoresis
11 Southern Blotting amp Northern Blotting
2S1 Seminar
24
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 3
Paper ndash I (Code 3T1) Advanced Molecular Biology
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Understand the concepts of Eukaryotic Transcription regulation mechanisms with details
of enzymes involved eukaryotic transcription process
2 Post transcriptional and translational modifications and regulatory aspects of it
3 Describe the expression of genes and the regulatory RNAs involved in it
4 Appreciate epigenetic ways of gene expression regulation
25
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 3
3T1 Advanced Molecular Biology
Unit I Regulation of eukaryotic gene expression at transcriptional level
Overview of transcription by RNA Polymerases I II and III
Anatomy of a protein-coding gene
Basal transcription by RNA polymerase II Subunits of Pol II general transcription factors
Activators How the initiation complex is assembled How initiation occurs
Speeding up the process Enhancers TAFs and how they work
Regulated transcription transcription factors Zinc-fingers (Sp1 the first such factor identified)
Leucine zippers Basic helix loop helix Homeodomains DNA binding domains Activating domains
RNA Elongation HIV TATTAR
RNA polymerase III and regulation of 5S rRNA
Unit II Regulation of eukaryotic gene expression at post translational translational and post-
translational levels
Regulation at tpst-transcriptional level Effect of cap and polyadenylation on splicing trans and
alternative splicing RNA editing mRNA stability and transport
Regulation at Translational level Global regulation through eIF2 and eIF4EeIF4E-BP Specific
regulation through 5 UTRs using RNA structure eg ODC Specific regulation through 5
UTRprotein interactions eg ferritin in eukaryotes and ribosomal proteins in prokaryotes Specific
regulation through 3 UTRs eg 15-LOX
Regulation at post-translational level Control of the level of active proteins regulation of proteolysis
Unit III Regulatory RNAs
Historical background RNA interference as regulatory mechanism in eukaryotes Slicer and dicer
synthesis and function of RNAi molecules in plants chromatin remodeling in human disease and
diagnosis
Unit IV Epigenetics
Background chromosomal inheritance taking fission yeast as an example DNA methyltransferases
DNA methylation maintenance histone modification and regulation of chromatin structure bivalent
histones DNA demethylation histone demethylation
Suggested References
1 Molecular Biology of the Cell Alberts 5th Edition 2007 NCBI Publication
2 Principles of Biochemistry Lehninger WH Freeman
3 Biochemistry of Signal Transduction and Regulation - Gerhard Krauss Wiley VCH 3rd
Revised Edition
4 Molecular Cell Biology Lodish 6th Edition WH Freeman amp Company
5 The cell Cooper 2nd Edition ASM Press
6 Genes IX Benjamin Lewin Published by Pearson Prentice Hall
7 Cell and Molecular Biology Gerald Karp
8 Molecular Biology Robert Weaver 1st Edition WCB McGraw-Hill
9 Molecular Biology of the Gene Watson 6th Edition Pearson Publication
10 Gene Regulation A Eukaryotic Perspective David Latchman 5 illustrated Taylor amp
Francis 2005
26
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 3
Paper ndash II (Code 3T2) Biotechnology
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Remember and Understand fundamental concepts of Genetic Engineering
2 Illustrate and compare different techniques involved in Genetic Engineering
3 Understand the concepts of Prokaryotic and Eukaryotic Transformation and PCR
4 Describe the expression of heterologous genes and the vectors involved in it
5 Appreciate technology involved in industrial products of Protein engineering and
fermentation technology Remember and Understand the design and functioning of
different types of Bioreactors and Downstream processing Evaluate the application of
different types of Bioreactors including immobilization reactor system and its kinetics
6 Comprehend tools important in Bioinformatics analysis for simplified application of
nucleic acid and protein sequence data
27
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 3
3T2 Biotechnology
Unit I rDNA technology Genomic and cDNA libraries DNA manipulation enzymes isolation of specific genes
Gene cloning REs vectors-plasmids cosmids phage vectors M13 phage vectors phagemids expression
vectors with strong promoters inducible vectors produce fusion proteins and their isolation Eucaryotic
expression system shuttle vectors YAC BAC insertion of DNA and its ligation to carrier DNA introduction
of DNA in cells gene synthesis gene libraries
Application of recombinant DNA technology in medicine agriculture industry and environmental sciences
Unit II Gene control systems in bacteria and bacteriophage lambda
Mechanism of induction and repression constitutive expression various control mechanisms positive
regulation negative regulation attenuation operon hypothesis with special reference to malgal ara and
histidine operons Regulatory mechanisms in bacteriophage lambda
Regulation of gene expression at various levels (transcription post transcriptional and translational)
DNA-protein interactions Lambda family of repressor trp repressor
Unit III Biochemical engineering Biochemical Engineering Bioreactors and related equipment and
instrumentation types of bioreactor (Batch semi batch CSTF recycle etc) reactor analysis reactor design
reactor for recombination proteins
Fermentation technology Fermentation technology microbial culture reaction genetic modification use of
mutants recombinant DNA technology and application in fermentation technology microbial growth kinetics
sterilization fermentation process kinetics analysis of rate pattern and kinetic groups fermentation process
types control of environmental variables recovery of fermentation products isolation and purification and use
of immobilization techniques
Unit IV Bioinformatics and Drug Designing Introduction to Bioinformatics Applications of Bioinformatics Bioinformatics resources
Biological Databases Overview to Biological Databases Nucleotide Databases (GenBank DDBJ ENA) Protein sequence
databases (Uniprot Swiss prot Prosite Pfam Prodom) Protein structure databases (PDB SCOP CATH)
Sequence analysis Sequence similarity search BLAST FASTA CLUSTAL
Genomics Introduction to Genomics Comparative Genomic Databases Objective of Genome Comparisons Genome
Alignments
Proteomics Overview of Proteomics Experimental Techniques Bioinformatics Approaches Protein-Protein Interaction
Databases and software
Softwaresrsquo for Drug Designing Structure Based Drug Designing Ligand Based Drug Designing
Virtual Screening Homology Modeling and Chimera Generation
Suggested References 1 Molecular Biology of the Cell Alberts 5th Edition 2007 NCBI Publication
2 Principles of Biochemistry Lehninger WH Freeman
3 Biochemistry of Signal Transduction and Regulation - Gerhard Krauss Wiley VCH 3rd Revised Edition
4 Molecular Cell Biology Lodish 6th Edition WH Freeman amp Company
5 The cell Cooper 2nd Edition ASM Press
6 Genes IX Benjamin Lewin Published by Pearson Prentice Hall
7 Cell and Molecular Biology Gerald Karp
8 Molecular Biology Robert Weaver 1st Edition WCB McGraw-Hill
9 Molecular Biology of the Gene Watson 6th Edition Pearson Publication
10 Gene Regulation A Eukaryotic Perspective David Latchman 5 illustrated Taylor amp Francis 2005
Molecular Biotechnology Principles and Applications of Recombinant DNA Bernard R
GlickhttpwwwamazoncomMolecular-Biotechnology-Principles-Applications-
Recombinantdp1555814980ref=sr_1_6s=booksampie=UTF8ampqid=1323503937ampsr=1-6 - (Author)Publisher
Amer Society for Microbiology 4 edition (December 31 2009)
11 Principles of gene manipulation and genomics S B Primrose Richard M Twyman Publisher Wiley-Blackwell 7
edition (February 17 2006)
12 Principles of Fermentation Technology P F Stanbury (Author) S Hall (Author) A Whitaker (Author) Publisher
Butterworth-Heinemann 2 edition (February 19 1999)
13 1 Bioinformatics A practical guide to the analysis of genes and proteins Baxevanis AD and Ovellette BFF
Wiley-Interscience (2002)
14 2 Molecular and Biotechnology A comprehensive desk reference RA Meyes (Ed) VCH Publishers Inc (1995)
15 3 Textbook of Biotechnology Das HK Wiley Dreamtech India Pvt Ltd (2004)
28
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
Semester 3
Paper ndash III (Code 3T3 A) Toxicology (Biochemical And Environmental Toxicology)
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 To understand key principles of toxicology including various factors affecting toxicity and toxicity assessment
2 To evaluate analyse disposition of toxicants and factor affecting to disposition of toxicants
3 The know how of toxicokinetics and biotransformation 4 To critically analyse and interpret non-organ directed toxicity To
study effect of environmental toxicity on human beings
5 To develop an understanding of the genetic toxicology and
Developmental Toxicology for scientific research practices
6 Critical evaluation of relationship between target organ toxicity for
experimental designs
29
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 3
Core Elective 1
3T3 A) Toxicology (Biochemical And Environmental Toxicology)
Unit I General principles of Toxicology
Definition Different facets of toxicology and their interrelationships Classification of toxic
agents Desired and undesired effects
Various factors affecting toxicity vehicles formulation factors biological half life volume
and concentration dose dosage forms routes of administration entry genetic status etc
Principles of selective toxicity comparative morphology comparative biochemistry
comparative cytology
Toxicity assessment acute subchronic chronic exposure determination of ED50 and LD50
values tests for mutagenecity carcinogenicity genotoxicity Ames test
Unit II Disposition of Toxicants
Factors affecting disposition of toxicants absorption distribution biotransformation
elimination
Absorption through gastro-intestinal tract lungs skin
Distribution storage in tissues blood-brain barrier passage across placenta redistribution
Biotransformation Phase I and II reactions metabolic interrelationship antidotal therapy
Excretion urinary fecal exhalation other routes
Toxicokinetics classic and physiologic
Unit III A) Non ndashorgan directed toxicity
Chemical carcinogenesis definition mechanism
Genetic toxicology definition health impacts and mechanism of induction of genetic
alterations
Developmental toxicology definition principles mechanism and pathogenesis of
developmental toxicity
B) Environmental Toxicology
Air pollution definition air pollutants health effects and risk assessment of air pollution
Introduction to Ecotoxicology
Unit IV Target organ toxicity
Skin skin as a barrier dermatitis acne urticaria
Toxic responses of the blood blood as a target organ toxicology of erythron leukon and
platelets
Toxic responses of the liver physiology and pathophysiology factors in liver injury
mechanism of liver injury
Toxic responses of the respiratory system lungs structure and functions pulmonotoxic
agents pathogenesis of chemical induced damage acute and chronic responses of lungs to
injury
Suggested References
1 Casarette and Doullrsquos Toxicology by Klaassen CD
2 Biochemical Toxicology of Environmental Agents by Bruine D
3 Detoxification mechanisms by Williams RT
4 Selective Toxicity by Albert A
5 Developmental Toxicology by Hood RD
30
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 3
Paper ndash III (Code 3T3 B) Nutrition (Nutritional Biochemistry) (Core Elective 1)
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Capably describe the biochemical techniques that are relevant for the investigation of nutrient metabolism
2 Understand key principles of energy expenditure thermogenic effects Energy requirements and role of dietary fibers in nutrition
3 To read interpret and discuss protein energy malnutrition disorders of mineral metabolism for scientific research
4 To develop an understanding of the observational and experimental character of science in nutritional biochemistry
5 To communicate role of clinical nutrition and food allergies in scientific communication frameworks such as written reports and open discussion
31
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 3
3T3 B Nutrition (Nutritional Biochemistry) (Core Elective 1)
Unit I Basic Concepts
Basic Concept Energy content of foods Measurements of energy expenditure Direct amp
Indirect calorimetry Definition of BMR and SDA and factors affecting these Thermogenic
effects of foods Energy requirements of man and woman and factors affecting energy
requirements
Role of dietary fibers in nutrition
Unit II Nutritional Disorders
Protein Energy Malnutrition (PEM) Aetiology Clinical features Metabolic disorders
and Management of Marasmus and Kwashiorkor diseases
Disorders of Mineral Metabolism Hypercalecemia Hypocalcaemia Normocalcemia
Hyperphosphatemia
Unit III Starvation and Antinutrients
Starvation Techniques for studying starvation protein metabolim in prolonged fasting
protein sparing treatments during fasting Concept of high protein low calorific weight
reduction diets
Antinutrients Naturally occurring food borne toxicants protease inhibitors hemagglutins
hepatotoxins allergens oxalates toxins from mushrooms animal food stuffs and sea foods
Unit IV Clinical Nutrition and Food Allergies
Clinical Nutrition Role of diet and nutrition in the prevention and treatment of diseases
dental caries Fluorosis Atherosclerosis amp Rheumatic disorders Inherited metabolic
Disorders Phenylketonuria Maple Syrup disease amp Hemocystinuria
Food Allergies Definition role of antigen host and environment types of
hypersensitivities diagnosis and treatment of allergy
Suggested Reading 1 Basics of clinical nutrition author- yk joshi jaypee publication
2 Nutrition for the community Gully baba publishing house
Essentials of human nutrition author-jim mann amp stewart truswell oxford university press
3 Introduction to human nutrition
edited by- professor michael gibney (ucd institute of food and health) professor susan lanham-new
(university of surrey) professor aedin Cassidy (university of east anglia) professor hester vorster (north-
west university south africa) httpwwwnutritionsocietyorgpublicationstextbooksintroduction-to-
human-nutritionsthashtdyscawhdpuf
4 Nutrition and metabolism
edited by- professor susan lanham-new (university of surrey) professor ian macdonald (university of
nottingham) professor helen roche (unviersity college dublin) -
httpwwwnutritionsocietyorgpublicationstextbooksnutrition-and-metabolismsthashiusrjtiudpuf
32
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 3
Foundation Course 1 Biomolecules and Basic Metabolism
Unit I Carbohydrates and metabolism
Classification of carbohydrates Structure occurrence and biological importance of
monosaccharides oligosaccharides and polysaccharides
Introduction to Metabolism glycolysis glucogenesis and gluconeogenesis TCA cycle and its
amphibolic role energetics of carbohydrate metabolismAlternate pathways HMP shunt Enter-
Doudoroff glucuronate and glyoxylate pathways Corirsquos cycle
Unit II Lipids and metabolism
Classification of lipids Fatty acids Saturated and unsaturated fatty acids Essential fatty acids
Glycerophospholipids Glycolipids properties and functions
Metabolism Oxidation of fatty acids even and odd numbered unsaturated and branched chain fatty
acids
Degradation and biosynthesis of triacylglycerols and phospholipids energetic of beta- oxidation
Cholesterol biosynthesis catabolism and regulation
Unit III Proteins and metabolism
Classification of amino acids and proteins Protein structures primary secondary tertiary and
quarternary structure General metabolic reaction of amino acids transamination oxidative
deamination minor pathways of amino acid degradation transdeamination amino acid oxidase non
oxidative deamination
Degradation and biosynthesis of amino acids glycogenic and ketogenic amino acids Urea cycle
pathway and regulation
Unit IV Minerals and metabolism
Major and minor and ultra trace minerals their occurrence functions toxicity and interaction with
other nutrients
Iron metabolism and regulation
Calcium and phosphorus metabolism and regulation
Suggested Reading
1 Biophysical Techniques- Upadhyay Upadhyay and Nath
2 Principles of Biochemistry- Lehninger David L Nelson and Michael M Cox
3 Enzymes- Malcolm Dixon and Edwin Webb
4 Harperrsquos Biochemistry- Harper
5 Biochemistry- Western and Todd
6 Cell and Molecular Biology-Gerald Karp
7 Fundamentals of Biochemistry-Donald Voet Judith G Voet and Charlotte W Bratt
33
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 3
Paper ndash IV (Code 3T4 ) Bioresearch Techniques I (Subject centric core 1)
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Understand key principles of how flow cytometer work including data
analysis for their applications
2 Improve on skillful process of the animal cell culture techniques and
experimental demand of knowledge including an appreciation of the
need for good experimental design and scientific research practices
3 To incline intellectual curiosity in DNA and RNA techniques and
related fields that extends well beyond the course
4 To develop practical laboratory skills in the field of DNA and RNA
techniques
34
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 3
3T4 Bioresearch Techniques I (Subject centric core 1)
Unit I Flow cytometry
Principles of flow cytometry Instrument overview principle of fluorescence sample preparation
data analysis and applications of flow cytometry Overview Fludics Generation of Scatter and
fluorescence ( Optical bench optical filters signal detection Treshold) Data Analysis (Data
Collection and Display gating data analysis for subsetting applications Data analysis for ther
applications) Sorting Lasers and Alignment (Working of lasers and laser alignment)
Unit II Animal cell culture techniques
Animal cell Culture Cell culture (adherent and suspension) basic equipment cell culture media-
Components sterility buffering capacity growth requirements supplementation of serum antibiotic
and antimycotic agents preparation of medium advantages and limitations of Primary cell culture
clonal cell lines basic technique a of animal cell subcultuing disaggregation method for quantitation
of cells in culture counting chamber counters cell viability determination cytotoxicity assay and its
applications cell apoptosis assay and its applications 3 D cultures
Unit III DNA techniques
Isolation Sequencing Restriction Nucleases Gel Electrophoresis DNA probes Nucleic acid
hybridization Southern blotting DNA fingerprinting and DNA typing DNA Library
DNA sequencing Sanger and Maxam Gilbert
Restriction Mapping DNase foot printing DMS foot printing knockouts
PCR RFLP RAPD AFLP SNP
Unit IV RNA techniques
Isolation Hybridization Northern Blotting in vitro labeling with radioisotopes and chemical
markers
Mapping and quantifying transcripts S1assay primer extension run off transcription
Transcription rate measurement in vivo Nuclear run on transcription reporter gene N transcription
si RNA technology gene silencing techniques its applications microarrays ribozyme technology
Suggested References
1 Molecular Biology of The Cell Alberts 5th Edition 2007 NCBI Publication
2 Principles of Biochemistry Lehninger WH Freeman
3 Biochemistry of Signal Transduction and Regulation-shy‐ Gerhard Krauss
Wiley VCH 3rd Revised Edition
4 Molecular Cell Biology Lodish 6th Edition WH Freeman amp Company
5 The cell Cooper 2nd Edition ASM Press
6 Gene IX Benjamin Lewin
Published by Pearson Prentice Hall
7 Cell and Molecular Biology Gerald Karp
8 Molecular Biology Robert Weaver 1st Edition WCBNMcGraw-shy‐Hill
9 Molecular Biology of the Gene Watson 6th Edition Pearson Publication
10 Gene Regulation A Eukaryotic Perspective David Latchman 5 illustrated Taylor amp Francis
2005
35
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 3
3P1 Biotechnology And Molecular Biology
1) Fermentation
i) Isolation of microorganisms from soil demonstrating synthesis capability of desired product
Gram staining (Desired property to be decided by the instructor) and screening
ii) Optimization of the lab scale production of the desired product Effect of temperature pH
substrate concentration
iii) Growth curve Estimation of cell number substrate utilization andor product formation
2) Polymerase Chain Reaction
i) PCR amplification from genomic DNA
ii) Nested PCR
iii) Random Amplification of Polymorphic DNA (RAPD)
3) Restriction Fragment Length Polymorphism (RFLP)
3P2 A Biochemical And Environmental Toxicology
1 Qualitative detection of various toxicants in biological samples
Phenothiazine derivatives Organochlorine compounds (Fujiwara test) Phenol Methanol Arsenic (As)
Antimony (Sb) Selenium (Se) Mercury (Hg) Bismuth (Bi) Fluoride (F) Boron (Bo) Gutzeit test for
Antimony (Sb) and Arsenic (As) Spot test for metal toxicants
2 Quantitative determination of Salicylate Paracetamol (acetaminophen) Sulphonamide in biological
samples
3 Enzyme assay in toxic conditions
GOT (AST) GPT (ALT) Acid phosphatase Alkaline phosphatase Acetyl cholinesterase etc
4 Construction of dose-response curves
5 Determination of LD50 value of a toxicant
6 Induction of hepatotoxicity diabetes skin lesions teratogenesis
7 Assay of biomarkers of environmental pollution toxicity
OR
3P2 B) Nutritional Biochemistry
1 Determination of Calcium in food samples
2 Determination of Inorganic Phosphorous in food samples
3 Determination of Iron in food samples
4 Determination of beta carotene in carrots by column chromatography
5 Determination of Ascorbic Acid in food
6 Estimation of Amylase activity
7 Determination of Total Lipids By Sulphophospho vanillin Method
3S1 Seminar
InstitutionalEducational tour For minimum 08 days
36
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
Paper ndash I (Code 4T1) Advanced Clinical Biochemistry
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Analyse evaluate and generate information from a wide variety of sources regarding the key principles of aging and Neurological disorders
2 Analyse the effects of obesity on physiological functions including gene regulation
3 Critically interpret molecular and metabolic diseases and develop new knowledge domain about them
4 To develop effective creative and innovative solutions to current research problems in Reproductive Disease and Reproductive Biochemistry
5 To develop practical laboratory skill for Assisted Reproductive Technology program
37
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
4T1 Advanced Clinical Biochemistry
Unit I Aging and Neurological Disorders
Current view and theories of aging auto immune connection and HLA association processes of
aging and biochemical alteration DNA damage protein oxidation and axonal transport in aging
nutritional intervention as anti-aging therapy
Alzheimerrsquos disease Causes symptoms diagnosis pathogenesis genetics APP ApoE PS2 tau
protein risk factors and therapeutic approaches
Progeria Parkinsonrsquos disease Causes symptoms diagnosis pathogenesis genetics and therapeutic
approaches
Unit II Obesity
Theories lipid metabolism adipose tissue anomalies
Genetic basis of familial obesity effects of neuropeptides and leptin in nutrient partitioning
Obesity related derangements in metabolic regulation Therapeutic approaches
Unit III Molecular and Metabolic Diseases
Human gene map genetic diversity polymorphism genetic linkage chromosomal disorder
Monogenetic Disorders Autosomal dominant autosomal recessive X-linked Multifactorial
disorders Genetic heterogeneity Allelic heterogeneity Pathogenesis of genetic disease
Galactosemia Hemophilia Sickle cell anemia Muscular dystrophy Hypercholesterolemia Gout
Turnerrsquos syndrome
Unit IV Reproductive Biochemistry
Overview of reproductive system and reproduction biochemistry of reproductive disorders (male amp
female) Influence of various factors in reproduction with special reference to role of prostaglandins
and gonadotrophins Mechanism and methods of birth control and possible biochemical
consequences thereof Biochemical markerrsquos in infertility disorders Techniques involved in assisted
reproductive technology (ART) Culture media and cell culture techniques in ART programme
Suggested References
1 Clinical Biochemistry ndash Metabolic and Clinical aspects By-William J Marshall amp Stephen
K Angert
2 Harperrsquos Biochemistry - 27th Ed
3 Text book of Medical Physiology - By Guyton
4 Text book of Physiology -By Burn amp levy
5 Biochemistry ndashBy L Stryer (Freeman amp CoNY)
6 Biochemistry with clinical correlation- By Thomas Devli
7 The Metabolic Basis of Inherited Disease 5th Ed-By John Stanbury
8 Teitz Fundamentals of Clinical Chemistry ndashBy CABurtis amp Ashwood
9 Biochemistry - By Lehninger
10 Lehningerrsquos Biochemistry ndashBy Nelson amp Cox
11 Biochemistry ndashBy Stanford
12 Basic Medical Biochemistry A Clinical approach- By Smith
13 Principles of Internal Medicines- By HarrisonT R
14 Practical Biochemistry Principles amp Techniques- By Wilson amp Walker
15 Practical Biochemistry ndashBy David Plummer
38
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
Paper ndash II (Code 4T2) Advanced Immunology
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Understand details of lymph node microanatomy and learn the B and T cells encounter with antigens and study its development
2 Gain insight into antigen presentation and autophagy on a detailed molecular level
3 Understand immunology of mucosal surfaces and the interplay between commensal flora and the immune system in the gut
4 In-depth knowledge of the cellular and molecular basis for autoimmune disease and allergies
5 Basic knowledge of tumor immunology and the development of novel recombinant antibodies for treatment of cancer and autoimmune disease
39
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
4T2 Advanced Immunology
Unit I Introductory Immunobiology
Complement system Alternative and Classical pathway of complement activation
Immune networks Homeostasis in the immune system-termination of normal immune
responses network hypothesis
In vivo immunity to viruses bacteria fungi protozoa worms etc
Unit II Immunological tolerance and Autoimmunity
Immunologic tolerance T lymphocyte tolerance- central and peripheral Apoptosis in
Lymphocytes-pathways and biochemical mechanisms effector mechanisms Tolerance
induced regulatory T cells B lymphocyte tolerance- Central and Peripheral Homeostasis in
the immune pathogenesis and therapeutic approaches to autoimmunity
Unit III Tumor and Transplantation Immunology Hypersensitivity
General features of tumor immunity tumor antigens Immune response to tumor and
evasion Immunotherapy Types of hypersensitivity Effector mechanisms of immunologic
tissue injury and disease
Unit IV Immunodeficiency and Vaccinology
MHC and disease susceptibility immune deficiency disorders Active immunization
(immune prophylaxis) passive immunization adjuvants modern approaches to vaccine
development role of vaccines in the prevention of disease
Suggested References
1 Cellular and Molecular Immunology- 5th Edition Abul K Abbas Andrew Litchman
2 Immunology-5th Edition Richard A Goldsby Thomas J Kindt Barbara A Osborne
Janis Kuby
3 Immunology- 6th Edition Ivan Roitt Jonathan Brostoff David Male
40
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
Paper ndash III (Code 4T3 A) Toxicology (Clinical Research)
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Have knowledge about assessment and management of ethical clinical trial
programs
2 Demonstrate competency in biopharmaceutical clinical trial research designs and
regulatory affairs
3 Demonstrate competencies in evaluating clinical research data and
communicating results Manage innovative products through the discovery
processes and into the clinical trial phases
4 Identify and classify different types of trial designs when reading a trial report
understand the essential of GLP roles and responsibilities of stakeholders in
clinical trials
41
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
4T3 A) Toxicology (Clinical Research)
Unit I Pre-Clinical Research
Animal studies acute amp chronic toxicity of drugs regulations for number amp types of
animals protocols for animal experimentation Biochemical amp histopathological studies of
animals after drug administration Mechanism amp cause of death Routine toxicity studies amp
special toxicity studies carcinogenicity mutagenicity amp teratogenicity to be given special
emphasis
Unit II Phases of Clinical Research
Phases of clinical research number of volunteers in phase I amp types of patients in phase II to
IV Importance of these investigations Post marketing surveillance (PMS) amp
pharmacovigilence in case of clinical investigations after marketing authorization
Importance of ethical committee protocol design documentation in clinical trials Bio
Availability and Bio Equivalence studies Pharmacokinetics Pharmacodynamics Genomic
studies
Unit III Good lab practices
Good Clinical Practices Good Manufacturing Practices and Good Laboratory Practices
Principles of ICH-GCP History GCP declaration of Helsinki Belmont report Nuremberg
code Tuskgee trial Schedules Y and its amendments ICMR Guidelines Composition
functions amp operations of IRBIEC ethics of clinical trials Health Authorities- CDSCO US-
FDA EMEA and other
Unit IV Roles and Responsibilities of different stake holders in Clinical Research-
Sponsor CRO SMO Ethics Committee Investigator CRA CRC Patients and other
Departments in Clinical Research- Operations Business Development Regulatory
Pharmacovigilance Data Management Centralized Monitoring Quality Finance Important
documents in Clinical Research and importance of documentation in Clinical Research
Stages in clinical trial-Feasibilities PSSV SIV SMV and Close-out visits Audits and
Inspections
Suggested reading
1 Clinical Research Coordinator Handbook Norris Deborrah Plexus Publications
20040601
2 Clinical Research Methodology and Evidence-Based Medicine Babu Ajit N
Anshan 20080530
3 Conducting Clinical Research Judy Stone Biblio Distribution 2006
4 Essentials of clinical research Stephen P Glasser (Edt) Springer Verlag 2008
42
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
Paper ndash III (Code 4T3 B) Nutrition (Applied Nutritional Biochemistry)
Learning outcome Students will be
1 Capable of describing biochemical pathways relevant in nutrient metabolism 2 Capable of using selected biochemical techniques relevant in nutritional
biochemical research 3 Critical reading of scientific articles in nutritional biochemistry 4 Capable of discussing research questions relevant to nutritional biochemistry 5 The ability to ask critical questions and discuss nutritional biochemical research
43
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
4T3 B) Nutrition (Applied Nutritional Biochemistry)
Unit I Clinical nutrition
Role of a dietician role and responsibilities of a dietitian nutrition counseling professional
ethics and obligations
Diet therapy-Rationale for diet therapy (normal diet modifications of the diet to the light
diet soft diet full liquid diet clear liquid tube feeding) Routes for diet therapy-enteral and
parental use of biochemical parameters in the planning of diets use of computers in the
planning of diets
Unit II Nutritional Counseling and Dietetics
Nutritive value of different food groups and changes due to cooking in various food groups
Storage of foods food quality and factors affecting food quality Control of food quality Use
of additives Classification and applications
Unit III Community Nutrition
Opportunities in community Nutrition Assessing Community Resources assessing target
population program planning Assessing communityrsquos nutritional resources Food insecurity
food assistance programs world hunger and food insecurity Principles of nutrition education
and policy making national nutrition agenda
Unit IV Applied Nutrition and Public Health Concept of Health Nutrition and Public Health Nutrition Demographic trends in India and
the significance of certain indices of Health and Nutrition situation of a community IMR
MMR TFR Birth rate Death rate Life expectancy etc) Major nutritional problems in
developing countries Dietary surveys-methods ways of interpretations and analysis
recommendations based on survey findings Assessment of nutritional status biochemical
and anthropometry
Suggested Reading
Clinical nutrition
edited by- professor marinos elia (university of outhampton) professor olle ljungqvist
(karolinska institutet amp oumlrebro university hospital) dr outham outhamp (university of
outhampton professor susan lanham-new (university of surrey) - see more at
httpwwwnutritionsocietyorgpublicationstextbooksclinical-
nutritionsthashw12tfscqdpuf
Public health nutrition
edited by- professor michael gibney (ucd institute of food and health) professor barrie
margetts (university of southampton) dr john kearney (dublin institute of technology)
professor lenore arab (university of california los angeles)
httpwwwnutritionsocietyorgpublicationstextbookspublic-health-
nutritionsthash8pvhu1m0dpuf
Staying healthy with nutrition author- elson m Hass buck levin
American dietetic association complete food and nutrition guide Roberta larson duyff
44
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
MSc Biochemistry CBCS syllabus Effective from 2015-16
SEMESTER 4
Foundation 2 Basic Enzymology
Unit I
Introduction to Enzymology Nomenclature and classification of enzymes History sources of
enzymes (Animal Plant and microorganisms) Protein amp nonprotein nature of enzymes with
examples enzymes as biological catalysts and their importance principle of assay of enzymes and
measurement of activity effect of experimental conditions on measurement of activity such as time pH temp
substrate definition of enzyme unit Stability of enzymes and half life of enzymes Effect of environmental
factors on stability of enzymes Concept of Zymogens and active enzyme with examples effect of activators
and inhibitors on enzyme activity Role of coenzymes and cofactors on enzyme catalysis with examples
Unit II Production amp purification
Method os screening of sources for desired enzymes Availability of the sources for procurement
of enzymes Natural and synthetic Media for microbial enzyme production effect of inducers and
environmental factors on enzyme production by microorganisms
Methods of isolation of enzymes form the source purification of enzyme by dialysis salt and solvent
precipitation chromatography gel filtration Purification by affinity chromatography methods of
determination of purity and nature of of enzymes by simple PAGE SDSPAGE and 2 D electrophoresis
Unit III Enzyme Kinetics
Lock amp key model and Koshland model of enzyme active site Determination of active site of enzyme
Michelis Mentain equation kinetics of reversible irreversible and nonreversible enzymes Line Weaver burk
plot and Eddie Hofstie Plot Determination of kinetic constants and activation energy Effect of competitive
and non-competitive inhibitors on enzyme activity Allosteric enzyme and sigmoidal kinetics
Unit IV Applications of enzymes
Structure and function of multienzyme complex systems such as PDH KGH B oxidation spiral and glycolysis
Advantages of soluble and membrane bound enzymes Futile cycles in Biochemistry
Methods of immobilization of enzymes advantages and disadvantages of immobilization Application of
Immobilized enzymes in agriculture cosmetics detergent dairy brewing and food industries with examples
such as lactase pectinase proteinase invertaselipase etc Application of enzymes in nanotechnology
biosensors etc
Suggested references
1 Enzymology and Enzyme Technology 2014 by SM Bhatt (S Chand)
2 Enzyme Technology 2006 by Ashok Pandey (Editor) Colin Webb (Editor) MARCELO
FERNANDES (Editor) Springer
3 Biocatalysts and enzyme technology 2012 Klaus Buchholz
45
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
4T4 Bioresearch Techniques II (Subject centric core 2)
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Learn describe and build up knowledge domain regarding the latest and most advanced Bioresearch techniques available for biochemical research
2 Be aware select appropriately apply technology platforms and Perform techniques for analysis of DNA and protein expression
3 Evaluation of data and controls related to research techniques 4 Create thought-provoking questions related to the laboratory equipment
46
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
4T4 Bioresearch Techniques II (Subject centric core 2)
UNIT I
Biochemical methods I- Co-immunoprecipitation BiFC bimolecular fluorescence
complementation affinity electrophoresis Pull down assays label transfer yeast two hybrid
screens phage display
UNIT II
Biochemical methods II- In-vivo crosslinking of protein complexes using photo-reactive
amino acid analogs Tandem affinity purification (TAP) Chemical cross-linking SPINE
(Strepprotein interaction experiment) Quantitative immunoprecipitation combined with
knock-down (QUICK) Proximity ligation assay (PLA) in situ
UNIT III
Biophysical and theoretical methods I
Bio-Layer Interferometry
Dual polarisation interferometry (DPI)
Static light scattering (SLS)
Dynamic light scattering (DLS)
Surface plasmon resonance
UNIT IV
Biophysical and theoretical methods II
Fluorescence polarizationanisotropy
Fluorescence correlation spectroscopy
FRET BRET
2D-FT NMR spectroscopy
Proteinndashprotein docking
Isothermal Titration Calorimetry (ITC)
Isothermal Titration Calorimetry (ITC)
Suggested References
1 Molecular Biology of The Cell Alberts 5th Edition 2007 NCBI Publication
2 Principles of Biochemistry Lehninger WH Freeman
3 Biochemistry of Signal Transduction and Regulation-shy‐ Gerhard Krauss
Wiley VCH 3rd Revised Edition
4 Molecular Cell Biology Lodish 6th Edition WH Freeman amp Company
5 The cell Cooper 2nd Edition ASM Press
6 Gene IX Benjamin Lewin
Published by Pearson Prentice Hall
7 Cell and Molecular Biology Gerald Karp
8 Molecular Biology Robert Weaver 1st Edition WCBNMcGraw-shy‐Hill
9 Molecular Biology of the Gene Watson 6th Edition Pearson Publication
10 Gene Regulation A Eukaryotic Perspective David Latchman 5 illustrated Taylor amp
Francis 2005
47
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
4P1 Advanced Clinical Biochemistry and Immunology and Toxicology and Nutrition
1 Demonstration of dialysis using blood filtrate (Protein Separation)
2 Immunology
a Quantitative Estimation of Antibody
b Precipitation Techniques Double Immunodiffusion Single (Radial)
Immunodiffusion
3 Electrophoretic Techniques Immuno-electrophoresisRocket Immunoelectrophoresis
Immuno-diffusion
4 To assay cathepsin D ATPase (NaKCaMg) Lipid peroxidase enzymes
5 Assay of Acetylcholine esterase activity in rat brain
6 Assay of monoamine oxidase
7 Fractionation of tissues and assay of proteins
8 Assay of ornithine amino transferase
9 Glutathione Estimation
10 Organ tissue morphology histopathology
11 Assay of toxicant biotransformation enzyme-cytochrome P450
12 Test for teratogenecity carcinogenecity Ames test
13 To perform pair wise alignment of sequences using BLAST program
14 To design primers for the given gene sequences
15 To perform multiple sequence alignment and generate phylogenetic tree
16 To retrieve and visualize the three dimensional structures of proteins
17 To retrieve metagenomic sequences and primer designing to develop STS marker
OR
18 Determination of Triglycerides
19 Proximate Analysis of Food Samples
48
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4 Project
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Plan and develop experimental design projects from concept through to professional
prototype
2 Apply theoretical knowledge conceptual skills and techniques to the development of
solutions for biochemical problems
3 Apply initiative and judgment in planning problem solving and decision making in
practice or future study
4 Design a research project and submit in a form of thesis they will present their results of
the thesis to an audience of peers and faculty and be able to defend their results during
final evaluation
4PROJ PROJECT
4S1 Seminar
17
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 2
Paper ndash II (Code 2T2) Clinical Biochemistry
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Remember and Understand fundamental concepts in Clinical Biochemistry and
recent automations introduced in it
2 Comprehend basics of Endocrine system and hormones involved for regulation of
various biochemical functions of target organs
3 Illustrate compare and appreciate functions and biochemical attributes of Liver and
implications in Clinical Biochemistry
18
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 2
2T2 Clinical Biochemistry
Unit I Automation in clinical biochemistry gastric and blood disorders
Automation in Clinical Biochemistry- Instrumental concept Selection of Instrument Quality
assurance Control of pre-analytical and analytical variables External and internal quality
control measurements
Gastric disorders Disorders of gastric function method of evaluation pancreatic diseases
Steatorrhoea Malabsorption syndrome test for their evaluation
Blood Disorder Review of mechanism of coagulation and fibrinolysis abnormalities in
blood coagulation variation of plasma proteins abnormalities of blood formation anemia
haemoglobinopathies clinical significance of fecal and urine analysis
Unit II Endocrinology I Insulin and glucagon Various types of hyperglycemia Diabetes mellitus Ketonemia
ketonuria Experimental diabetes Hypoglycemia Polyurea Glucose tolerance test
Thyroid Iodine metabolism Hypo and Hyper thyroidism BMRand other test for
evaluation of thyroid function
Parathyroid Calcium and phosphorus metabolism Abnormalities of Parathyroid function
and methods of evaluation
Unit III Endocrinology II
Adrenal Addisonrsquos disease and pheochromocytoma Disorders of steroid metabolism Test
for evaluation of adrenal functions
Pituitary Pituitary hormones Clinical syndromes and their evaluation
Unit IV Liver disorders
Liver disorders Jaundice fatty liver and liver function tests Renal function test
Cerebrospinal fluid Composition in health and disease Lipid profile in health and disease
Elements of Clinical Enzymology Isoenzymes in health and disease
Clinical significance of GOT GPT Creatine kinase LDH etc
Biochemical diagnosis of disease by enzymatic evaluation
Suggested References 1 Clinical Biochemistry ndash Metabolic and Clinical aspects By-William J Marshall amp Stephen
K Angert
2 Harperrsquos Biochemistry - 27th EdText book of Medical Physiology - By Guyton
3 Text book of Physiology -By Burn amp levy
4 Biochemistry ndashBy L Stryer (Freeman amp CoNY)
5 Biochemistry with clinical correlation- By Thomas Devli
6 The Metabolic Basis of Inherited Disease 5th Ed-By John Stanbury
7 Teitz Fundamentals of Clinical Chemistry ndashBy CABurtis amp Ashwood
8 Biochemistry - By Lehninger
9 Lehningerrsquos Biochemistry ndashBy Nelson amp Cox
10 Biochemistry ndashBy Stanford
11 Basic Medical Biochemistry A Clinical approach- By Smith
12 Principles of Internal Medicines- By HarrisonT R
13 Practical Biochemistry Principles amp Techniques- By Wilson amp Walker
14 Practical Biochemistry ndashBy David Plummer
19
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 2
Paper ndash III (Code 2T3) Cell Biochemistry
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Gain knowledge about fundamentals of cell division cycle and decision making
ability of the cells to proceed for duplication with regulatory aspects
2 Cell communication ability and control of cell cycle brough about by internal and
external molecular effectors
3 Understand basic concept of Cancer Biology and stem cells
20
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 2
2T3 Cell Biochemistry
Unit I Cell cycle and regulation
Review of cell cycle divisional control regulatory proteins cyclincdk complexes positive
and negative regulation inhibitory molecules restriction points regulation of DNA
synthesis regulation of degradation check points cell cycle arrest role of cyclically
activated protein kinases transcriptional regulation
Unit II Cell communication I
General principles of cell communication extra cellular signals and their receptors autocrine
signaling and role of gap junctions types of cell receptors relay of signal and intracellular
signal proteins regulated proteolysis dependent signaling pathways (Notch Wnt hedgehog
NFKB)
Unit III Cell communication II
Informational transactions in eukaryotic cells- cyclic AMP facet Study of G-proteins
signaling through G-protein linked cell surface receptors signaling through enzyme linked
cell surface receptors Calcium messenger system signaling via GMP
Unit IV Cancer
Causes and types of cancer viral carcinogenesis tumor suppressors oncogenes and signal
transduction growth and spread of cancer molecular basis of cancer therapy molecular
markers
Programmed cell death and its regulation in normal physiology regulation and execution of
mammalian apoptosis cytokine signaling and role of apoptosis in tumor genesis
Suggested References
1 Molecular Biology of the Cell Alberts 5th Edition 2007 NCBI Publication
2 Principles of Biochemistry Lehninger WH Freeman
3 Biochemistry of Signal Transduction and Regulation - Gerhard Krauss Wiley VCH 3rd
Revised Edition
4 Molecular Cell Biology Lodish 6th Edition WH Freeman amp Company
5 The Cell Cooper 2nd Edition ASM Press
6 Gene IX Benjamin Lewin Published by Pearson Prentice Hall
7 Cell and Molecular Biology Gerald Karp
8 Molecular Biology Robert Weaver 1st Edition WCB McGraw-Hill
9 Molecular Biology of the Gene Watson 6th Edition Pearson Publication
10 Gene Regulation A Eukaryotic Perspective David Latchman 5 illustrated Taylor amp
Francis 2005
11 The Cell- G M Cooper
21
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 2
Paper ndash IV (Code 2T4) Molecular Biology
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Remember and understand the fundamental concepts of Molecular Biology and the
experiments involved in it
2 Relate the concepts of Molecular Biology in the development of Biochemical
research techniques
22
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 2
2T4 Molecular Biology
Unit I Eukaryotic and Prokaryotic chromosomes
Chromatin structure Histones DNA nucleosome morphology and higher level organization Functional
states of chromatin and alterations in chromatin organization Chromosome organization Metaphase
chromosomes centromere and kinetochore telomere and its maintenance Holocentric chromosomes
Heterochromatin and euchromatin position effect variegation Chromosomal domains (matrix loop domains)
and their functional significance
Organization of nuclear and organellar genomes C-value paradox Repetitive DNA-satellite DNAs and
interspersed repeated DNAs Transposable elements LINES SINES Alu family and their application in
genome mapping
Concept of a gene Conventional and modern views Fine structure of gene split genes pseudogenes non-
coding genes overlapping genes and multi-gene families
Unit II Replication and Recombination
Replication Review of replication in bacteria plasmid and viruses Models of DNA replication DNA
replication in eukaryotes Eukaryotic DNA polymerases and their roles origin of replication Autonomously
Replicating Segments (ARS) in yeast elongation lagging strand synthesis and termination
Recombination DNA recombination Homologous site specific and transposition
Homologous recombination Holliday Model Messelsson -Radding Model Rec BCD pathway
Site specific recombination Lambda phage ingration and excision rearrengementof immunoglobulin genes
Transposition Prokaryotic transposition Insertion sequences and mere complex transposons (eg Tn3)
conservative and replicative transposition Eukaryotic transposable elements yeast and Drosophila transposons
retroviruses and retrovirus like elements
Unit III Transcription
Review of prokaryotic transcription transcription in eukaryotes Eukaryotic RNA polymerases and their
subunit structure Class I II and III promoters Upstream elements enhancers and silencers General
transcription factors Class I II III genes and their functions elongation factors TBP structure and its role in
transcription mediators Structure of transcription activators zinc fingers homeodomains helix loop helix
bZIP beta barrels
Unit IV Viruses
General properties of viruses (size shape composition of viral capsid spikes envelope and nucleic acids)
Viral classification in brief Baltimore classification Structure and composition of DNA viruses (Herpes virus
amp Adenovirus) and RNA viruses (HIV)
Tumor viruses (HBV HTLV HPV) structure and mechanism of oncogenesis
Structure and life cycle of Lambda and M13 bacteriophages
Laboratory diagnosis of viral diseases
Mechanism of action of Antiviral drugs (Acyclovir Foscarnet Nevirapine Saquinavir Oseltamivir)
Suggested References
1 Molecular Biology of Gene Watson
2 Gene 7 Benjamin Lewin
3 Cell amp Molecular Biology Devlin
4 Biochemistry Lehninger Nelson amp Cox
5 Biochemistry Voet amp Voet
6 Molecular Biology David Frifelder
7 Molecular biology-Lodish Baltimore
8 Genetics-Russell
9 Genetics 1and 2-CBPower
10 Molecular biology-Watson
11 Molecular biochemistry ndashRobert Weaver
12 Microbiology by Davis
13 Virology by Luria
14 Understanding Viruses-Teri Shors Jones and Bartlett Publishers Massachusetts edition 2009
23
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 2
2P1 Clinical Biochemistry And Immunology
1 Determination of serum and urine Creatinine by Jaffrsquos method
2 Determination of serum Bilirubin by Malloy amp Evllyn method
3 Determination of serum Chloride by Schales amp Schales method
4 Estimation of blood urea by Nesslerisation method
5 Estimation of Serum amylase (EC3211)
6 Estimation of Serum Cholesterol by Single Step Method (Libermann amp Burchard)
7 Determination of Serum Uric Acid by Henry Carawayrsquos method
8 Determination of Icteric Index SGOT SGPT and alkaline phosphatase activity
9 Routine Urine Analysis
10 Quantitative Estimation of T3 T4 and TSH
11 To determine Urinary VMA (3-methoxy 4 ndashHydroxyl Vanillin Mandellic Acid)
12 Glucose Tolerance Test
2P2 Cell And Molecular Biology
1 Use of Simple Compound and Phase Contrast Microscopes
2 Isolation culture and cell counting of lymphocytes
3 Adherent cell line Trypsinization cell count subculturing
4 MTT assay
5 Isolation of DNA from Bacteria and Blood
6 Assessment of purity of DNA by 260280 ratio
7 Isolation of plasmid DNA Mini Prep Midi Prep and Maxi Prep
8 Restriction digestion of DNA
9 Ligation of DNA
10 Separation of DNA fragments by Electrophoresis
11 Southern Blotting amp Northern Blotting
2S1 Seminar
24
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 3
Paper ndash I (Code 3T1) Advanced Molecular Biology
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Understand the concepts of Eukaryotic Transcription regulation mechanisms with details
of enzymes involved eukaryotic transcription process
2 Post transcriptional and translational modifications and regulatory aspects of it
3 Describe the expression of genes and the regulatory RNAs involved in it
4 Appreciate epigenetic ways of gene expression regulation
25
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 3
3T1 Advanced Molecular Biology
Unit I Regulation of eukaryotic gene expression at transcriptional level
Overview of transcription by RNA Polymerases I II and III
Anatomy of a protein-coding gene
Basal transcription by RNA polymerase II Subunits of Pol II general transcription factors
Activators How the initiation complex is assembled How initiation occurs
Speeding up the process Enhancers TAFs and how they work
Regulated transcription transcription factors Zinc-fingers (Sp1 the first such factor identified)
Leucine zippers Basic helix loop helix Homeodomains DNA binding domains Activating domains
RNA Elongation HIV TATTAR
RNA polymerase III and regulation of 5S rRNA
Unit II Regulation of eukaryotic gene expression at post translational translational and post-
translational levels
Regulation at tpst-transcriptional level Effect of cap and polyadenylation on splicing trans and
alternative splicing RNA editing mRNA stability and transport
Regulation at Translational level Global regulation through eIF2 and eIF4EeIF4E-BP Specific
regulation through 5 UTRs using RNA structure eg ODC Specific regulation through 5
UTRprotein interactions eg ferritin in eukaryotes and ribosomal proteins in prokaryotes Specific
regulation through 3 UTRs eg 15-LOX
Regulation at post-translational level Control of the level of active proteins regulation of proteolysis
Unit III Regulatory RNAs
Historical background RNA interference as regulatory mechanism in eukaryotes Slicer and dicer
synthesis and function of RNAi molecules in plants chromatin remodeling in human disease and
diagnosis
Unit IV Epigenetics
Background chromosomal inheritance taking fission yeast as an example DNA methyltransferases
DNA methylation maintenance histone modification and regulation of chromatin structure bivalent
histones DNA demethylation histone demethylation
Suggested References
1 Molecular Biology of the Cell Alberts 5th Edition 2007 NCBI Publication
2 Principles of Biochemistry Lehninger WH Freeman
3 Biochemistry of Signal Transduction and Regulation - Gerhard Krauss Wiley VCH 3rd
Revised Edition
4 Molecular Cell Biology Lodish 6th Edition WH Freeman amp Company
5 The cell Cooper 2nd Edition ASM Press
6 Genes IX Benjamin Lewin Published by Pearson Prentice Hall
7 Cell and Molecular Biology Gerald Karp
8 Molecular Biology Robert Weaver 1st Edition WCB McGraw-Hill
9 Molecular Biology of the Gene Watson 6th Edition Pearson Publication
10 Gene Regulation A Eukaryotic Perspective David Latchman 5 illustrated Taylor amp
Francis 2005
26
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 3
Paper ndash II (Code 3T2) Biotechnology
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Remember and Understand fundamental concepts of Genetic Engineering
2 Illustrate and compare different techniques involved in Genetic Engineering
3 Understand the concepts of Prokaryotic and Eukaryotic Transformation and PCR
4 Describe the expression of heterologous genes and the vectors involved in it
5 Appreciate technology involved in industrial products of Protein engineering and
fermentation technology Remember and Understand the design and functioning of
different types of Bioreactors and Downstream processing Evaluate the application of
different types of Bioreactors including immobilization reactor system and its kinetics
6 Comprehend tools important in Bioinformatics analysis for simplified application of
nucleic acid and protein sequence data
27
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 3
3T2 Biotechnology
Unit I rDNA technology Genomic and cDNA libraries DNA manipulation enzymes isolation of specific genes
Gene cloning REs vectors-plasmids cosmids phage vectors M13 phage vectors phagemids expression
vectors with strong promoters inducible vectors produce fusion proteins and their isolation Eucaryotic
expression system shuttle vectors YAC BAC insertion of DNA and its ligation to carrier DNA introduction
of DNA in cells gene synthesis gene libraries
Application of recombinant DNA technology in medicine agriculture industry and environmental sciences
Unit II Gene control systems in bacteria and bacteriophage lambda
Mechanism of induction and repression constitutive expression various control mechanisms positive
regulation negative regulation attenuation operon hypothesis with special reference to malgal ara and
histidine operons Regulatory mechanisms in bacteriophage lambda
Regulation of gene expression at various levels (transcription post transcriptional and translational)
DNA-protein interactions Lambda family of repressor trp repressor
Unit III Biochemical engineering Biochemical Engineering Bioreactors and related equipment and
instrumentation types of bioreactor (Batch semi batch CSTF recycle etc) reactor analysis reactor design
reactor for recombination proteins
Fermentation technology Fermentation technology microbial culture reaction genetic modification use of
mutants recombinant DNA technology and application in fermentation technology microbial growth kinetics
sterilization fermentation process kinetics analysis of rate pattern and kinetic groups fermentation process
types control of environmental variables recovery of fermentation products isolation and purification and use
of immobilization techniques
Unit IV Bioinformatics and Drug Designing Introduction to Bioinformatics Applications of Bioinformatics Bioinformatics resources
Biological Databases Overview to Biological Databases Nucleotide Databases (GenBank DDBJ ENA) Protein sequence
databases (Uniprot Swiss prot Prosite Pfam Prodom) Protein structure databases (PDB SCOP CATH)
Sequence analysis Sequence similarity search BLAST FASTA CLUSTAL
Genomics Introduction to Genomics Comparative Genomic Databases Objective of Genome Comparisons Genome
Alignments
Proteomics Overview of Proteomics Experimental Techniques Bioinformatics Approaches Protein-Protein Interaction
Databases and software
Softwaresrsquo for Drug Designing Structure Based Drug Designing Ligand Based Drug Designing
Virtual Screening Homology Modeling and Chimera Generation
Suggested References 1 Molecular Biology of the Cell Alberts 5th Edition 2007 NCBI Publication
2 Principles of Biochemistry Lehninger WH Freeman
3 Biochemistry of Signal Transduction and Regulation - Gerhard Krauss Wiley VCH 3rd Revised Edition
4 Molecular Cell Biology Lodish 6th Edition WH Freeman amp Company
5 The cell Cooper 2nd Edition ASM Press
6 Genes IX Benjamin Lewin Published by Pearson Prentice Hall
7 Cell and Molecular Biology Gerald Karp
8 Molecular Biology Robert Weaver 1st Edition WCB McGraw-Hill
9 Molecular Biology of the Gene Watson 6th Edition Pearson Publication
10 Gene Regulation A Eukaryotic Perspective David Latchman 5 illustrated Taylor amp Francis 2005
Molecular Biotechnology Principles and Applications of Recombinant DNA Bernard R
GlickhttpwwwamazoncomMolecular-Biotechnology-Principles-Applications-
Recombinantdp1555814980ref=sr_1_6s=booksampie=UTF8ampqid=1323503937ampsr=1-6 - (Author)Publisher
Amer Society for Microbiology 4 edition (December 31 2009)
11 Principles of gene manipulation and genomics S B Primrose Richard M Twyman Publisher Wiley-Blackwell 7
edition (February 17 2006)
12 Principles of Fermentation Technology P F Stanbury (Author) S Hall (Author) A Whitaker (Author) Publisher
Butterworth-Heinemann 2 edition (February 19 1999)
13 1 Bioinformatics A practical guide to the analysis of genes and proteins Baxevanis AD and Ovellette BFF
Wiley-Interscience (2002)
14 2 Molecular and Biotechnology A comprehensive desk reference RA Meyes (Ed) VCH Publishers Inc (1995)
15 3 Textbook of Biotechnology Das HK Wiley Dreamtech India Pvt Ltd (2004)
28
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
Semester 3
Paper ndash III (Code 3T3 A) Toxicology (Biochemical And Environmental Toxicology)
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 To understand key principles of toxicology including various factors affecting toxicity and toxicity assessment
2 To evaluate analyse disposition of toxicants and factor affecting to disposition of toxicants
3 The know how of toxicokinetics and biotransformation 4 To critically analyse and interpret non-organ directed toxicity To
study effect of environmental toxicity on human beings
5 To develop an understanding of the genetic toxicology and
Developmental Toxicology for scientific research practices
6 Critical evaluation of relationship between target organ toxicity for
experimental designs
29
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 3
Core Elective 1
3T3 A) Toxicology (Biochemical And Environmental Toxicology)
Unit I General principles of Toxicology
Definition Different facets of toxicology and their interrelationships Classification of toxic
agents Desired and undesired effects
Various factors affecting toxicity vehicles formulation factors biological half life volume
and concentration dose dosage forms routes of administration entry genetic status etc
Principles of selective toxicity comparative morphology comparative biochemistry
comparative cytology
Toxicity assessment acute subchronic chronic exposure determination of ED50 and LD50
values tests for mutagenecity carcinogenicity genotoxicity Ames test
Unit II Disposition of Toxicants
Factors affecting disposition of toxicants absorption distribution biotransformation
elimination
Absorption through gastro-intestinal tract lungs skin
Distribution storage in tissues blood-brain barrier passage across placenta redistribution
Biotransformation Phase I and II reactions metabolic interrelationship antidotal therapy
Excretion urinary fecal exhalation other routes
Toxicokinetics classic and physiologic
Unit III A) Non ndashorgan directed toxicity
Chemical carcinogenesis definition mechanism
Genetic toxicology definition health impacts and mechanism of induction of genetic
alterations
Developmental toxicology definition principles mechanism and pathogenesis of
developmental toxicity
B) Environmental Toxicology
Air pollution definition air pollutants health effects and risk assessment of air pollution
Introduction to Ecotoxicology
Unit IV Target organ toxicity
Skin skin as a barrier dermatitis acne urticaria
Toxic responses of the blood blood as a target organ toxicology of erythron leukon and
platelets
Toxic responses of the liver physiology and pathophysiology factors in liver injury
mechanism of liver injury
Toxic responses of the respiratory system lungs structure and functions pulmonotoxic
agents pathogenesis of chemical induced damage acute and chronic responses of lungs to
injury
Suggested References
1 Casarette and Doullrsquos Toxicology by Klaassen CD
2 Biochemical Toxicology of Environmental Agents by Bruine D
3 Detoxification mechanisms by Williams RT
4 Selective Toxicity by Albert A
5 Developmental Toxicology by Hood RD
30
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 3
Paper ndash III (Code 3T3 B) Nutrition (Nutritional Biochemistry) (Core Elective 1)
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Capably describe the biochemical techniques that are relevant for the investigation of nutrient metabolism
2 Understand key principles of energy expenditure thermogenic effects Energy requirements and role of dietary fibers in nutrition
3 To read interpret and discuss protein energy malnutrition disorders of mineral metabolism for scientific research
4 To develop an understanding of the observational and experimental character of science in nutritional biochemistry
5 To communicate role of clinical nutrition and food allergies in scientific communication frameworks such as written reports and open discussion
31
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 3
3T3 B Nutrition (Nutritional Biochemistry) (Core Elective 1)
Unit I Basic Concepts
Basic Concept Energy content of foods Measurements of energy expenditure Direct amp
Indirect calorimetry Definition of BMR and SDA and factors affecting these Thermogenic
effects of foods Energy requirements of man and woman and factors affecting energy
requirements
Role of dietary fibers in nutrition
Unit II Nutritional Disorders
Protein Energy Malnutrition (PEM) Aetiology Clinical features Metabolic disorders
and Management of Marasmus and Kwashiorkor diseases
Disorders of Mineral Metabolism Hypercalecemia Hypocalcaemia Normocalcemia
Hyperphosphatemia
Unit III Starvation and Antinutrients
Starvation Techniques for studying starvation protein metabolim in prolonged fasting
protein sparing treatments during fasting Concept of high protein low calorific weight
reduction diets
Antinutrients Naturally occurring food borne toxicants protease inhibitors hemagglutins
hepatotoxins allergens oxalates toxins from mushrooms animal food stuffs and sea foods
Unit IV Clinical Nutrition and Food Allergies
Clinical Nutrition Role of diet and nutrition in the prevention and treatment of diseases
dental caries Fluorosis Atherosclerosis amp Rheumatic disorders Inherited metabolic
Disorders Phenylketonuria Maple Syrup disease amp Hemocystinuria
Food Allergies Definition role of antigen host and environment types of
hypersensitivities diagnosis and treatment of allergy
Suggested Reading 1 Basics of clinical nutrition author- yk joshi jaypee publication
2 Nutrition for the community Gully baba publishing house
Essentials of human nutrition author-jim mann amp stewart truswell oxford university press
3 Introduction to human nutrition
edited by- professor michael gibney (ucd institute of food and health) professor susan lanham-new
(university of surrey) professor aedin Cassidy (university of east anglia) professor hester vorster (north-
west university south africa) httpwwwnutritionsocietyorgpublicationstextbooksintroduction-to-
human-nutritionsthashtdyscawhdpuf
4 Nutrition and metabolism
edited by- professor susan lanham-new (university of surrey) professor ian macdonald (university of
nottingham) professor helen roche (unviersity college dublin) -
httpwwwnutritionsocietyorgpublicationstextbooksnutrition-and-metabolismsthashiusrjtiudpuf
32
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 3
Foundation Course 1 Biomolecules and Basic Metabolism
Unit I Carbohydrates and metabolism
Classification of carbohydrates Structure occurrence and biological importance of
monosaccharides oligosaccharides and polysaccharides
Introduction to Metabolism glycolysis glucogenesis and gluconeogenesis TCA cycle and its
amphibolic role energetics of carbohydrate metabolismAlternate pathways HMP shunt Enter-
Doudoroff glucuronate and glyoxylate pathways Corirsquos cycle
Unit II Lipids and metabolism
Classification of lipids Fatty acids Saturated and unsaturated fatty acids Essential fatty acids
Glycerophospholipids Glycolipids properties and functions
Metabolism Oxidation of fatty acids even and odd numbered unsaturated and branched chain fatty
acids
Degradation and biosynthesis of triacylglycerols and phospholipids energetic of beta- oxidation
Cholesterol biosynthesis catabolism and regulation
Unit III Proteins and metabolism
Classification of amino acids and proteins Protein structures primary secondary tertiary and
quarternary structure General metabolic reaction of amino acids transamination oxidative
deamination minor pathways of amino acid degradation transdeamination amino acid oxidase non
oxidative deamination
Degradation and biosynthesis of amino acids glycogenic and ketogenic amino acids Urea cycle
pathway and regulation
Unit IV Minerals and metabolism
Major and minor and ultra trace minerals their occurrence functions toxicity and interaction with
other nutrients
Iron metabolism and regulation
Calcium and phosphorus metabolism and regulation
Suggested Reading
1 Biophysical Techniques- Upadhyay Upadhyay and Nath
2 Principles of Biochemistry- Lehninger David L Nelson and Michael M Cox
3 Enzymes- Malcolm Dixon and Edwin Webb
4 Harperrsquos Biochemistry- Harper
5 Biochemistry- Western and Todd
6 Cell and Molecular Biology-Gerald Karp
7 Fundamentals of Biochemistry-Donald Voet Judith G Voet and Charlotte W Bratt
33
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 3
Paper ndash IV (Code 3T4 ) Bioresearch Techniques I (Subject centric core 1)
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Understand key principles of how flow cytometer work including data
analysis for their applications
2 Improve on skillful process of the animal cell culture techniques and
experimental demand of knowledge including an appreciation of the
need for good experimental design and scientific research practices
3 To incline intellectual curiosity in DNA and RNA techniques and
related fields that extends well beyond the course
4 To develop practical laboratory skills in the field of DNA and RNA
techniques
34
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 3
3T4 Bioresearch Techniques I (Subject centric core 1)
Unit I Flow cytometry
Principles of flow cytometry Instrument overview principle of fluorescence sample preparation
data analysis and applications of flow cytometry Overview Fludics Generation of Scatter and
fluorescence ( Optical bench optical filters signal detection Treshold) Data Analysis (Data
Collection and Display gating data analysis for subsetting applications Data analysis for ther
applications) Sorting Lasers and Alignment (Working of lasers and laser alignment)
Unit II Animal cell culture techniques
Animal cell Culture Cell culture (adherent and suspension) basic equipment cell culture media-
Components sterility buffering capacity growth requirements supplementation of serum antibiotic
and antimycotic agents preparation of medium advantages and limitations of Primary cell culture
clonal cell lines basic technique a of animal cell subcultuing disaggregation method for quantitation
of cells in culture counting chamber counters cell viability determination cytotoxicity assay and its
applications cell apoptosis assay and its applications 3 D cultures
Unit III DNA techniques
Isolation Sequencing Restriction Nucleases Gel Electrophoresis DNA probes Nucleic acid
hybridization Southern blotting DNA fingerprinting and DNA typing DNA Library
DNA sequencing Sanger and Maxam Gilbert
Restriction Mapping DNase foot printing DMS foot printing knockouts
PCR RFLP RAPD AFLP SNP
Unit IV RNA techniques
Isolation Hybridization Northern Blotting in vitro labeling with radioisotopes and chemical
markers
Mapping and quantifying transcripts S1assay primer extension run off transcription
Transcription rate measurement in vivo Nuclear run on transcription reporter gene N transcription
si RNA technology gene silencing techniques its applications microarrays ribozyme technology
Suggested References
1 Molecular Biology of The Cell Alberts 5th Edition 2007 NCBI Publication
2 Principles of Biochemistry Lehninger WH Freeman
3 Biochemistry of Signal Transduction and Regulation-shy‐ Gerhard Krauss
Wiley VCH 3rd Revised Edition
4 Molecular Cell Biology Lodish 6th Edition WH Freeman amp Company
5 The cell Cooper 2nd Edition ASM Press
6 Gene IX Benjamin Lewin
Published by Pearson Prentice Hall
7 Cell and Molecular Biology Gerald Karp
8 Molecular Biology Robert Weaver 1st Edition WCBNMcGraw-shy‐Hill
9 Molecular Biology of the Gene Watson 6th Edition Pearson Publication
10 Gene Regulation A Eukaryotic Perspective David Latchman 5 illustrated Taylor amp Francis
2005
35
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 3
3P1 Biotechnology And Molecular Biology
1) Fermentation
i) Isolation of microorganisms from soil demonstrating synthesis capability of desired product
Gram staining (Desired property to be decided by the instructor) and screening
ii) Optimization of the lab scale production of the desired product Effect of temperature pH
substrate concentration
iii) Growth curve Estimation of cell number substrate utilization andor product formation
2) Polymerase Chain Reaction
i) PCR amplification from genomic DNA
ii) Nested PCR
iii) Random Amplification of Polymorphic DNA (RAPD)
3) Restriction Fragment Length Polymorphism (RFLP)
3P2 A Biochemical And Environmental Toxicology
1 Qualitative detection of various toxicants in biological samples
Phenothiazine derivatives Organochlorine compounds (Fujiwara test) Phenol Methanol Arsenic (As)
Antimony (Sb) Selenium (Se) Mercury (Hg) Bismuth (Bi) Fluoride (F) Boron (Bo) Gutzeit test for
Antimony (Sb) and Arsenic (As) Spot test for metal toxicants
2 Quantitative determination of Salicylate Paracetamol (acetaminophen) Sulphonamide in biological
samples
3 Enzyme assay in toxic conditions
GOT (AST) GPT (ALT) Acid phosphatase Alkaline phosphatase Acetyl cholinesterase etc
4 Construction of dose-response curves
5 Determination of LD50 value of a toxicant
6 Induction of hepatotoxicity diabetes skin lesions teratogenesis
7 Assay of biomarkers of environmental pollution toxicity
OR
3P2 B) Nutritional Biochemistry
1 Determination of Calcium in food samples
2 Determination of Inorganic Phosphorous in food samples
3 Determination of Iron in food samples
4 Determination of beta carotene in carrots by column chromatography
5 Determination of Ascorbic Acid in food
6 Estimation of Amylase activity
7 Determination of Total Lipids By Sulphophospho vanillin Method
3S1 Seminar
InstitutionalEducational tour For minimum 08 days
36
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
Paper ndash I (Code 4T1) Advanced Clinical Biochemistry
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Analyse evaluate and generate information from a wide variety of sources regarding the key principles of aging and Neurological disorders
2 Analyse the effects of obesity on physiological functions including gene regulation
3 Critically interpret molecular and metabolic diseases and develop new knowledge domain about them
4 To develop effective creative and innovative solutions to current research problems in Reproductive Disease and Reproductive Biochemistry
5 To develop practical laboratory skill for Assisted Reproductive Technology program
37
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
4T1 Advanced Clinical Biochemistry
Unit I Aging and Neurological Disorders
Current view and theories of aging auto immune connection and HLA association processes of
aging and biochemical alteration DNA damage protein oxidation and axonal transport in aging
nutritional intervention as anti-aging therapy
Alzheimerrsquos disease Causes symptoms diagnosis pathogenesis genetics APP ApoE PS2 tau
protein risk factors and therapeutic approaches
Progeria Parkinsonrsquos disease Causes symptoms diagnosis pathogenesis genetics and therapeutic
approaches
Unit II Obesity
Theories lipid metabolism adipose tissue anomalies
Genetic basis of familial obesity effects of neuropeptides and leptin in nutrient partitioning
Obesity related derangements in metabolic regulation Therapeutic approaches
Unit III Molecular and Metabolic Diseases
Human gene map genetic diversity polymorphism genetic linkage chromosomal disorder
Monogenetic Disorders Autosomal dominant autosomal recessive X-linked Multifactorial
disorders Genetic heterogeneity Allelic heterogeneity Pathogenesis of genetic disease
Galactosemia Hemophilia Sickle cell anemia Muscular dystrophy Hypercholesterolemia Gout
Turnerrsquos syndrome
Unit IV Reproductive Biochemistry
Overview of reproductive system and reproduction biochemistry of reproductive disorders (male amp
female) Influence of various factors in reproduction with special reference to role of prostaglandins
and gonadotrophins Mechanism and methods of birth control and possible biochemical
consequences thereof Biochemical markerrsquos in infertility disorders Techniques involved in assisted
reproductive technology (ART) Culture media and cell culture techniques in ART programme
Suggested References
1 Clinical Biochemistry ndash Metabolic and Clinical aspects By-William J Marshall amp Stephen
K Angert
2 Harperrsquos Biochemistry - 27th Ed
3 Text book of Medical Physiology - By Guyton
4 Text book of Physiology -By Burn amp levy
5 Biochemistry ndashBy L Stryer (Freeman amp CoNY)
6 Biochemistry with clinical correlation- By Thomas Devli
7 The Metabolic Basis of Inherited Disease 5th Ed-By John Stanbury
8 Teitz Fundamentals of Clinical Chemistry ndashBy CABurtis amp Ashwood
9 Biochemistry - By Lehninger
10 Lehningerrsquos Biochemistry ndashBy Nelson amp Cox
11 Biochemistry ndashBy Stanford
12 Basic Medical Biochemistry A Clinical approach- By Smith
13 Principles of Internal Medicines- By HarrisonT R
14 Practical Biochemistry Principles amp Techniques- By Wilson amp Walker
15 Practical Biochemistry ndashBy David Plummer
38
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
Paper ndash II (Code 4T2) Advanced Immunology
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Understand details of lymph node microanatomy and learn the B and T cells encounter with antigens and study its development
2 Gain insight into antigen presentation and autophagy on a detailed molecular level
3 Understand immunology of mucosal surfaces and the interplay between commensal flora and the immune system in the gut
4 In-depth knowledge of the cellular and molecular basis for autoimmune disease and allergies
5 Basic knowledge of tumor immunology and the development of novel recombinant antibodies for treatment of cancer and autoimmune disease
39
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
4T2 Advanced Immunology
Unit I Introductory Immunobiology
Complement system Alternative and Classical pathway of complement activation
Immune networks Homeostasis in the immune system-termination of normal immune
responses network hypothesis
In vivo immunity to viruses bacteria fungi protozoa worms etc
Unit II Immunological tolerance and Autoimmunity
Immunologic tolerance T lymphocyte tolerance- central and peripheral Apoptosis in
Lymphocytes-pathways and biochemical mechanisms effector mechanisms Tolerance
induced regulatory T cells B lymphocyte tolerance- Central and Peripheral Homeostasis in
the immune pathogenesis and therapeutic approaches to autoimmunity
Unit III Tumor and Transplantation Immunology Hypersensitivity
General features of tumor immunity tumor antigens Immune response to tumor and
evasion Immunotherapy Types of hypersensitivity Effector mechanisms of immunologic
tissue injury and disease
Unit IV Immunodeficiency and Vaccinology
MHC and disease susceptibility immune deficiency disorders Active immunization
(immune prophylaxis) passive immunization adjuvants modern approaches to vaccine
development role of vaccines in the prevention of disease
Suggested References
1 Cellular and Molecular Immunology- 5th Edition Abul K Abbas Andrew Litchman
2 Immunology-5th Edition Richard A Goldsby Thomas J Kindt Barbara A Osborne
Janis Kuby
3 Immunology- 6th Edition Ivan Roitt Jonathan Brostoff David Male
40
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
Paper ndash III (Code 4T3 A) Toxicology (Clinical Research)
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Have knowledge about assessment and management of ethical clinical trial
programs
2 Demonstrate competency in biopharmaceutical clinical trial research designs and
regulatory affairs
3 Demonstrate competencies in evaluating clinical research data and
communicating results Manage innovative products through the discovery
processes and into the clinical trial phases
4 Identify and classify different types of trial designs when reading a trial report
understand the essential of GLP roles and responsibilities of stakeholders in
clinical trials
41
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
4T3 A) Toxicology (Clinical Research)
Unit I Pre-Clinical Research
Animal studies acute amp chronic toxicity of drugs regulations for number amp types of
animals protocols for animal experimentation Biochemical amp histopathological studies of
animals after drug administration Mechanism amp cause of death Routine toxicity studies amp
special toxicity studies carcinogenicity mutagenicity amp teratogenicity to be given special
emphasis
Unit II Phases of Clinical Research
Phases of clinical research number of volunteers in phase I amp types of patients in phase II to
IV Importance of these investigations Post marketing surveillance (PMS) amp
pharmacovigilence in case of clinical investigations after marketing authorization
Importance of ethical committee protocol design documentation in clinical trials Bio
Availability and Bio Equivalence studies Pharmacokinetics Pharmacodynamics Genomic
studies
Unit III Good lab practices
Good Clinical Practices Good Manufacturing Practices and Good Laboratory Practices
Principles of ICH-GCP History GCP declaration of Helsinki Belmont report Nuremberg
code Tuskgee trial Schedules Y and its amendments ICMR Guidelines Composition
functions amp operations of IRBIEC ethics of clinical trials Health Authorities- CDSCO US-
FDA EMEA and other
Unit IV Roles and Responsibilities of different stake holders in Clinical Research-
Sponsor CRO SMO Ethics Committee Investigator CRA CRC Patients and other
Departments in Clinical Research- Operations Business Development Regulatory
Pharmacovigilance Data Management Centralized Monitoring Quality Finance Important
documents in Clinical Research and importance of documentation in Clinical Research
Stages in clinical trial-Feasibilities PSSV SIV SMV and Close-out visits Audits and
Inspections
Suggested reading
1 Clinical Research Coordinator Handbook Norris Deborrah Plexus Publications
20040601
2 Clinical Research Methodology and Evidence-Based Medicine Babu Ajit N
Anshan 20080530
3 Conducting Clinical Research Judy Stone Biblio Distribution 2006
4 Essentials of clinical research Stephen P Glasser (Edt) Springer Verlag 2008
42
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
Paper ndash III (Code 4T3 B) Nutrition (Applied Nutritional Biochemistry)
Learning outcome Students will be
1 Capable of describing biochemical pathways relevant in nutrient metabolism 2 Capable of using selected biochemical techniques relevant in nutritional
biochemical research 3 Critical reading of scientific articles in nutritional biochemistry 4 Capable of discussing research questions relevant to nutritional biochemistry 5 The ability to ask critical questions and discuss nutritional biochemical research
43
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
4T3 B) Nutrition (Applied Nutritional Biochemistry)
Unit I Clinical nutrition
Role of a dietician role and responsibilities of a dietitian nutrition counseling professional
ethics and obligations
Diet therapy-Rationale for diet therapy (normal diet modifications of the diet to the light
diet soft diet full liquid diet clear liquid tube feeding) Routes for diet therapy-enteral and
parental use of biochemical parameters in the planning of diets use of computers in the
planning of diets
Unit II Nutritional Counseling and Dietetics
Nutritive value of different food groups and changes due to cooking in various food groups
Storage of foods food quality and factors affecting food quality Control of food quality Use
of additives Classification and applications
Unit III Community Nutrition
Opportunities in community Nutrition Assessing Community Resources assessing target
population program planning Assessing communityrsquos nutritional resources Food insecurity
food assistance programs world hunger and food insecurity Principles of nutrition education
and policy making national nutrition agenda
Unit IV Applied Nutrition and Public Health Concept of Health Nutrition and Public Health Nutrition Demographic trends in India and
the significance of certain indices of Health and Nutrition situation of a community IMR
MMR TFR Birth rate Death rate Life expectancy etc) Major nutritional problems in
developing countries Dietary surveys-methods ways of interpretations and analysis
recommendations based on survey findings Assessment of nutritional status biochemical
and anthropometry
Suggested Reading
Clinical nutrition
edited by- professor marinos elia (university of outhampton) professor olle ljungqvist
(karolinska institutet amp oumlrebro university hospital) dr outham outhamp (university of
outhampton professor susan lanham-new (university of surrey) - see more at
httpwwwnutritionsocietyorgpublicationstextbooksclinical-
nutritionsthashw12tfscqdpuf
Public health nutrition
edited by- professor michael gibney (ucd institute of food and health) professor barrie
margetts (university of southampton) dr john kearney (dublin institute of technology)
professor lenore arab (university of california los angeles)
httpwwwnutritionsocietyorgpublicationstextbookspublic-health-
nutritionsthash8pvhu1m0dpuf
Staying healthy with nutrition author- elson m Hass buck levin
American dietetic association complete food and nutrition guide Roberta larson duyff
44
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
MSc Biochemistry CBCS syllabus Effective from 2015-16
SEMESTER 4
Foundation 2 Basic Enzymology
Unit I
Introduction to Enzymology Nomenclature and classification of enzymes History sources of
enzymes (Animal Plant and microorganisms) Protein amp nonprotein nature of enzymes with
examples enzymes as biological catalysts and their importance principle of assay of enzymes and
measurement of activity effect of experimental conditions on measurement of activity such as time pH temp
substrate definition of enzyme unit Stability of enzymes and half life of enzymes Effect of environmental
factors on stability of enzymes Concept of Zymogens and active enzyme with examples effect of activators
and inhibitors on enzyme activity Role of coenzymes and cofactors on enzyme catalysis with examples
Unit II Production amp purification
Method os screening of sources for desired enzymes Availability of the sources for procurement
of enzymes Natural and synthetic Media for microbial enzyme production effect of inducers and
environmental factors on enzyme production by microorganisms
Methods of isolation of enzymes form the source purification of enzyme by dialysis salt and solvent
precipitation chromatography gel filtration Purification by affinity chromatography methods of
determination of purity and nature of of enzymes by simple PAGE SDSPAGE and 2 D electrophoresis
Unit III Enzyme Kinetics
Lock amp key model and Koshland model of enzyme active site Determination of active site of enzyme
Michelis Mentain equation kinetics of reversible irreversible and nonreversible enzymes Line Weaver burk
plot and Eddie Hofstie Plot Determination of kinetic constants and activation energy Effect of competitive
and non-competitive inhibitors on enzyme activity Allosteric enzyme and sigmoidal kinetics
Unit IV Applications of enzymes
Structure and function of multienzyme complex systems such as PDH KGH B oxidation spiral and glycolysis
Advantages of soluble and membrane bound enzymes Futile cycles in Biochemistry
Methods of immobilization of enzymes advantages and disadvantages of immobilization Application of
Immobilized enzymes in agriculture cosmetics detergent dairy brewing and food industries with examples
such as lactase pectinase proteinase invertaselipase etc Application of enzymes in nanotechnology
biosensors etc
Suggested references
1 Enzymology and Enzyme Technology 2014 by SM Bhatt (S Chand)
2 Enzyme Technology 2006 by Ashok Pandey (Editor) Colin Webb (Editor) MARCELO
FERNANDES (Editor) Springer
3 Biocatalysts and enzyme technology 2012 Klaus Buchholz
45
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
4T4 Bioresearch Techniques II (Subject centric core 2)
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Learn describe and build up knowledge domain regarding the latest and most advanced Bioresearch techniques available for biochemical research
2 Be aware select appropriately apply technology platforms and Perform techniques for analysis of DNA and protein expression
3 Evaluation of data and controls related to research techniques 4 Create thought-provoking questions related to the laboratory equipment
46
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
4T4 Bioresearch Techniques II (Subject centric core 2)
UNIT I
Biochemical methods I- Co-immunoprecipitation BiFC bimolecular fluorescence
complementation affinity electrophoresis Pull down assays label transfer yeast two hybrid
screens phage display
UNIT II
Biochemical methods II- In-vivo crosslinking of protein complexes using photo-reactive
amino acid analogs Tandem affinity purification (TAP) Chemical cross-linking SPINE
(Strepprotein interaction experiment) Quantitative immunoprecipitation combined with
knock-down (QUICK) Proximity ligation assay (PLA) in situ
UNIT III
Biophysical and theoretical methods I
Bio-Layer Interferometry
Dual polarisation interferometry (DPI)
Static light scattering (SLS)
Dynamic light scattering (DLS)
Surface plasmon resonance
UNIT IV
Biophysical and theoretical methods II
Fluorescence polarizationanisotropy
Fluorescence correlation spectroscopy
FRET BRET
2D-FT NMR spectroscopy
Proteinndashprotein docking
Isothermal Titration Calorimetry (ITC)
Isothermal Titration Calorimetry (ITC)
Suggested References
1 Molecular Biology of The Cell Alberts 5th Edition 2007 NCBI Publication
2 Principles of Biochemistry Lehninger WH Freeman
3 Biochemistry of Signal Transduction and Regulation-shy‐ Gerhard Krauss
Wiley VCH 3rd Revised Edition
4 Molecular Cell Biology Lodish 6th Edition WH Freeman amp Company
5 The cell Cooper 2nd Edition ASM Press
6 Gene IX Benjamin Lewin
Published by Pearson Prentice Hall
7 Cell and Molecular Biology Gerald Karp
8 Molecular Biology Robert Weaver 1st Edition WCBNMcGraw-shy‐Hill
9 Molecular Biology of the Gene Watson 6th Edition Pearson Publication
10 Gene Regulation A Eukaryotic Perspective David Latchman 5 illustrated Taylor amp
Francis 2005
47
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
4P1 Advanced Clinical Biochemistry and Immunology and Toxicology and Nutrition
1 Demonstration of dialysis using blood filtrate (Protein Separation)
2 Immunology
a Quantitative Estimation of Antibody
b Precipitation Techniques Double Immunodiffusion Single (Radial)
Immunodiffusion
3 Electrophoretic Techniques Immuno-electrophoresisRocket Immunoelectrophoresis
Immuno-diffusion
4 To assay cathepsin D ATPase (NaKCaMg) Lipid peroxidase enzymes
5 Assay of Acetylcholine esterase activity in rat brain
6 Assay of monoamine oxidase
7 Fractionation of tissues and assay of proteins
8 Assay of ornithine amino transferase
9 Glutathione Estimation
10 Organ tissue morphology histopathology
11 Assay of toxicant biotransformation enzyme-cytochrome P450
12 Test for teratogenecity carcinogenecity Ames test
13 To perform pair wise alignment of sequences using BLAST program
14 To design primers for the given gene sequences
15 To perform multiple sequence alignment and generate phylogenetic tree
16 To retrieve and visualize the three dimensional structures of proteins
17 To retrieve metagenomic sequences and primer designing to develop STS marker
OR
18 Determination of Triglycerides
19 Proximate Analysis of Food Samples
48
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4 Project
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Plan and develop experimental design projects from concept through to professional
prototype
2 Apply theoretical knowledge conceptual skills and techniques to the development of
solutions for biochemical problems
3 Apply initiative and judgment in planning problem solving and decision making in
practice or future study
4 Design a research project and submit in a form of thesis they will present their results of
the thesis to an audience of peers and faculty and be able to defend their results during
final evaluation
4PROJ PROJECT
4S1 Seminar
18
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 2
2T2 Clinical Biochemistry
Unit I Automation in clinical biochemistry gastric and blood disorders
Automation in Clinical Biochemistry- Instrumental concept Selection of Instrument Quality
assurance Control of pre-analytical and analytical variables External and internal quality
control measurements
Gastric disorders Disorders of gastric function method of evaluation pancreatic diseases
Steatorrhoea Malabsorption syndrome test for their evaluation
Blood Disorder Review of mechanism of coagulation and fibrinolysis abnormalities in
blood coagulation variation of plasma proteins abnormalities of blood formation anemia
haemoglobinopathies clinical significance of fecal and urine analysis
Unit II Endocrinology I Insulin and glucagon Various types of hyperglycemia Diabetes mellitus Ketonemia
ketonuria Experimental diabetes Hypoglycemia Polyurea Glucose tolerance test
Thyroid Iodine metabolism Hypo and Hyper thyroidism BMRand other test for
evaluation of thyroid function
Parathyroid Calcium and phosphorus metabolism Abnormalities of Parathyroid function
and methods of evaluation
Unit III Endocrinology II
Adrenal Addisonrsquos disease and pheochromocytoma Disorders of steroid metabolism Test
for evaluation of adrenal functions
Pituitary Pituitary hormones Clinical syndromes and their evaluation
Unit IV Liver disorders
Liver disorders Jaundice fatty liver and liver function tests Renal function test
Cerebrospinal fluid Composition in health and disease Lipid profile in health and disease
Elements of Clinical Enzymology Isoenzymes in health and disease
Clinical significance of GOT GPT Creatine kinase LDH etc
Biochemical diagnosis of disease by enzymatic evaluation
Suggested References 1 Clinical Biochemistry ndash Metabolic and Clinical aspects By-William J Marshall amp Stephen
K Angert
2 Harperrsquos Biochemistry - 27th EdText book of Medical Physiology - By Guyton
3 Text book of Physiology -By Burn amp levy
4 Biochemistry ndashBy L Stryer (Freeman amp CoNY)
5 Biochemistry with clinical correlation- By Thomas Devli
6 The Metabolic Basis of Inherited Disease 5th Ed-By John Stanbury
7 Teitz Fundamentals of Clinical Chemistry ndashBy CABurtis amp Ashwood
8 Biochemistry - By Lehninger
9 Lehningerrsquos Biochemistry ndashBy Nelson amp Cox
10 Biochemistry ndashBy Stanford
11 Basic Medical Biochemistry A Clinical approach- By Smith
12 Principles of Internal Medicines- By HarrisonT R
13 Practical Biochemistry Principles amp Techniques- By Wilson amp Walker
14 Practical Biochemistry ndashBy David Plummer
19
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 2
Paper ndash III (Code 2T3) Cell Biochemistry
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Gain knowledge about fundamentals of cell division cycle and decision making
ability of the cells to proceed for duplication with regulatory aspects
2 Cell communication ability and control of cell cycle brough about by internal and
external molecular effectors
3 Understand basic concept of Cancer Biology and stem cells
20
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 2
2T3 Cell Biochemistry
Unit I Cell cycle and regulation
Review of cell cycle divisional control regulatory proteins cyclincdk complexes positive
and negative regulation inhibitory molecules restriction points regulation of DNA
synthesis regulation of degradation check points cell cycle arrest role of cyclically
activated protein kinases transcriptional regulation
Unit II Cell communication I
General principles of cell communication extra cellular signals and their receptors autocrine
signaling and role of gap junctions types of cell receptors relay of signal and intracellular
signal proteins regulated proteolysis dependent signaling pathways (Notch Wnt hedgehog
NFKB)
Unit III Cell communication II
Informational transactions in eukaryotic cells- cyclic AMP facet Study of G-proteins
signaling through G-protein linked cell surface receptors signaling through enzyme linked
cell surface receptors Calcium messenger system signaling via GMP
Unit IV Cancer
Causes and types of cancer viral carcinogenesis tumor suppressors oncogenes and signal
transduction growth and spread of cancer molecular basis of cancer therapy molecular
markers
Programmed cell death and its regulation in normal physiology regulation and execution of
mammalian apoptosis cytokine signaling and role of apoptosis in tumor genesis
Suggested References
1 Molecular Biology of the Cell Alberts 5th Edition 2007 NCBI Publication
2 Principles of Biochemistry Lehninger WH Freeman
3 Biochemistry of Signal Transduction and Regulation - Gerhard Krauss Wiley VCH 3rd
Revised Edition
4 Molecular Cell Biology Lodish 6th Edition WH Freeman amp Company
5 The Cell Cooper 2nd Edition ASM Press
6 Gene IX Benjamin Lewin Published by Pearson Prentice Hall
7 Cell and Molecular Biology Gerald Karp
8 Molecular Biology Robert Weaver 1st Edition WCB McGraw-Hill
9 Molecular Biology of the Gene Watson 6th Edition Pearson Publication
10 Gene Regulation A Eukaryotic Perspective David Latchman 5 illustrated Taylor amp
Francis 2005
11 The Cell- G M Cooper
21
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 2
Paper ndash IV (Code 2T4) Molecular Biology
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Remember and understand the fundamental concepts of Molecular Biology and the
experiments involved in it
2 Relate the concepts of Molecular Biology in the development of Biochemical
research techniques
22
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 2
2T4 Molecular Biology
Unit I Eukaryotic and Prokaryotic chromosomes
Chromatin structure Histones DNA nucleosome morphology and higher level organization Functional
states of chromatin and alterations in chromatin organization Chromosome organization Metaphase
chromosomes centromere and kinetochore telomere and its maintenance Holocentric chromosomes
Heterochromatin and euchromatin position effect variegation Chromosomal domains (matrix loop domains)
and their functional significance
Organization of nuclear and organellar genomes C-value paradox Repetitive DNA-satellite DNAs and
interspersed repeated DNAs Transposable elements LINES SINES Alu family and their application in
genome mapping
Concept of a gene Conventional and modern views Fine structure of gene split genes pseudogenes non-
coding genes overlapping genes and multi-gene families
Unit II Replication and Recombination
Replication Review of replication in bacteria plasmid and viruses Models of DNA replication DNA
replication in eukaryotes Eukaryotic DNA polymerases and their roles origin of replication Autonomously
Replicating Segments (ARS) in yeast elongation lagging strand synthesis and termination
Recombination DNA recombination Homologous site specific and transposition
Homologous recombination Holliday Model Messelsson -Radding Model Rec BCD pathway
Site specific recombination Lambda phage ingration and excision rearrengementof immunoglobulin genes
Transposition Prokaryotic transposition Insertion sequences and mere complex transposons (eg Tn3)
conservative and replicative transposition Eukaryotic transposable elements yeast and Drosophila transposons
retroviruses and retrovirus like elements
Unit III Transcription
Review of prokaryotic transcription transcription in eukaryotes Eukaryotic RNA polymerases and their
subunit structure Class I II and III promoters Upstream elements enhancers and silencers General
transcription factors Class I II III genes and their functions elongation factors TBP structure and its role in
transcription mediators Structure of transcription activators zinc fingers homeodomains helix loop helix
bZIP beta barrels
Unit IV Viruses
General properties of viruses (size shape composition of viral capsid spikes envelope and nucleic acids)
Viral classification in brief Baltimore classification Structure and composition of DNA viruses (Herpes virus
amp Adenovirus) and RNA viruses (HIV)
Tumor viruses (HBV HTLV HPV) structure and mechanism of oncogenesis
Structure and life cycle of Lambda and M13 bacteriophages
Laboratory diagnosis of viral diseases
Mechanism of action of Antiviral drugs (Acyclovir Foscarnet Nevirapine Saquinavir Oseltamivir)
Suggested References
1 Molecular Biology of Gene Watson
2 Gene 7 Benjamin Lewin
3 Cell amp Molecular Biology Devlin
4 Biochemistry Lehninger Nelson amp Cox
5 Biochemistry Voet amp Voet
6 Molecular Biology David Frifelder
7 Molecular biology-Lodish Baltimore
8 Genetics-Russell
9 Genetics 1and 2-CBPower
10 Molecular biology-Watson
11 Molecular biochemistry ndashRobert Weaver
12 Microbiology by Davis
13 Virology by Luria
14 Understanding Viruses-Teri Shors Jones and Bartlett Publishers Massachusetts edition 2009
23
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 2
2P1 Clinical Biochemistry And Immunology
1 Determination of serum and urine Creatinine by Jaffrsquos method
2 Determination of serum Bilirubin by Malloy amp Evllyn method
3 Determination of serum Chloride by Schales amp Schales method
4 Estimation of blood urea by Nesslerisation method
5 Estimation of Serum amylase (EC3211)
6 Estimation of Serum Cholesterol by Single Step Method (Libermann amp Burchard)
7 Determination of Serum Uric Acid by Henry Carawayrsquos method
8 Determination of Icteric Index SGOT SGPT and alkaline phosphatase activity
9 Routine Urine Analysis
10 Quantitative Estimation of T3 T4 and TSH
11 To determine Urinary VMA (3-methoxy 4 ndashHydroxyl Vanillin Mandellic Acid)
12 Glucose Tolerance Test
2P2 Cell And Molecular Biology
1 Use of Simple Compound and Phase Contrast Microscopes
2 Isolation culture and cell counting of lymphocytes
3 Adherent cell line Trypsinization cell count subculturing
4 MTT assay
5 Isolation of DNA from Bacteria and Blood
6 Assessment of purity of DNA by 260280 ratio
7 Isolation of plasmid DNA Mini Prep Midi Prep and Maxi Prep
8 Restriction digestion of DNA
9 Ligation of DNA
10 Separation of DNA fragments by Electrophoresis
11 Southern Blotting amp Northern Blotting
2S1 Seminar
24
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 3
Paper ndash I (Code 3T1) Advanced Molecular Biology
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Understand the concepts of Eukaryotic Transcription regulation mechanisms with details
of enzymes involved eukaryotic transcription process
2 Post transcriptional and translational modifications and regulatory aspects of it
3 Describe the expression of genes and the regulatory RNAs involved in it
4 Appreciate epigenetic ways of gene expression regulation
25
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 3
3T1 Advanced Molecular Biology
Unit I Regulation of eukaryotic gene expression at transcriptional level
Overview of transcription by RNA Polymerases I II and III
Anatomy of a protein-coding gene
Basal transcription by RNA polymerase II Subunits of Pol II general transcription factors
Activators How the initiation complex is assembled How initiation occurs
Speeding up the process Enhancers TAFs and how they work
Regulated transcription transcription factors Zinc-fingers (Sp1 the first such factor identified)
Leucine zippers Basic helix loop helix Homeodomains DNA binding domains Activating domains
RNA Elongation HIV TATTAR
RNA polymerase III and regulation of 5S rRNA
Unit II Regulation of eukaryotic gene expression at post translational translational and post-
translational levels
Regulation at tpst-transcriptional level Effect of cap and polyadenylation on splicing trans and
alternative splicing RNA editing mRNA stability and transport
Regulation at Translational level Global regulation through eIF2 and eIF4EeIF4E-BP Specific
regulation through 5 UTRs using RNA structure eg ODC Specific regulation through 5
UTRprotein interactions eg ferritin in eukaryotes and ribosomal proteins in prokaryotes Specific
regulation through 3 UTRs eg 15-LOX
Regulation at post-translational level Control of the level of active proteins regulation of proteolysis
Unit III Regulatory RNAs
Historical background RNA interference as regulatory mechanism in eukaryotes Slicer and dicer
synthesis and function of RNAi molecules in plants chromatin remodeling in human disease and
diagnosis
Unit IV Epigenetics
Background chromosomal inheritance taking fission yeast as an example DNA methyltransferases
DNA methylation maintenance histone modification and regulation of chromatin structure bivalent
histones DNA demethylation histone demethylation
Suggested References
1 Molecular Biology of the Cell Alberts 5th Edition 2007 NCBI Publication
2 Principles of Biochemistry Lehninger WH Freeman
3 Biochemistry of Signal Transduction and Regulation - Gerhard Krauss Wiley VCH 3rd
Revised Edition
4 Molecular Cell Biology Lodish 6th Edition WH Freeman amp Company
5 The cell Cooper 2nd Edition ASM Press
6 Genes IX Benjamin Lewin Published by Pearson Prentice Hall
7 Cell and Molecular Biology Gerald Karp
8 Molecular Biology Robert Weaver 1st Edition WCB McGraw-Hill
9 Molecular Biology of the Gene Watson 6th Edition Pearson Publication
10 Gene Regulation A Eukaryotic Perspective David Latchman 5 illustrated Taylor amp
Francis 2005
26
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 3
Paper ndash II (Code 3T2) Biotechnology
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Remember and Understand fundamental concepts of Genetic Engineering
2 Illustrate and compare different techniques involved in Genetic Engineering
3 Understand the concepts of Prokaryotic and Eukaryotic Transformation and PCR
4 Describe the expression of heterologous genes and the vectors involved in it
5 Appreciate technology involved in industrial products of Protein engineering and
fermentation technology Remember and Understand the design and functioning of
different types of Bioreactors and Downstream processing Evaluate the application of
different types of Bioreactors including immobilization reactor system and its kinetics
6 Comprehend tools important in Bioinformatics analysis for simplified application of
nucleic acid and protein sequence data
27
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 3
3T2 Biotechnology
Unit I rDNA technology Genomic and cDNA libraries DNA manipulation enzymes isolation of specific genes
Gene cloning REs vectors-plasmids cosmids phage vectors M13 phage vectors phagemids expression
vectors with strong promoters inducible vectors produce fusion proteins and their isolation Eucaryotic
expression system shuttle vectors YAC BAC insertion of DNA and its ligation to carrier DNA introduction
of DNA in cells gene synthesis gene libraries
Application of recombinant DNA technology in medicine agriculture industry and environmental sciences
Unit II Gene control systems in bacteria and bacteriophage lambda
Mechanism of induction and repression constitutive expression various control mechanisms positive
regulation negative regulation attenuation operon hypothesis with special reference to malgal ara and
histidine operons Regulatory mechanisms in bacteriophage lambda
Regulation of gene expression at various levels (transcription post transcriptional and translational)
DNA-protein interactions Lambda family of repressor trp repressor
Unit III Biochemical engineering Biochemical Engineering Bioreactors and related equipment and
instrumentation types of bioreactor (Batch semi batch CSTF recycle etc) reactor analysis reactor design
reactor for recombination proteins
Fermentation technology Fermentation technology microbial culture reaction genetic modification use of
mutants recombinant DNA technology and application in fermentation technology microbial growth kinetics
sterilization fermentation process kinetics analysis of rate pattern and kinetic groups fermentation process
types control of environmental variables recovery of fermentation products isolation and purification and use
of immobilization techniques
Unit IV Bioinformatics and Drug Designing Introduction to Bioinformatics Applications of Bioinformatics Bioinformatics resources
Biological Databases Overview to Biological Databases Nucleotide Databases (GenBank DDBJ ENA) Protein sequence
databases (Uniprot Swiss prot Prosite Pfam Prodom) Protein structure databases (PDB SCOP CATH)
Sequence analysis Sequence similarity search BLAST FASTA CLUSTAL
Genomics Introduction to Genomics Comparative Genomic Databases Objective of Genome Comparisons Genome
Alignments
Proteomics Overview of Proteomics Experimental Techniques Bioinformatics Approaches Protein-Protein Interaction
Databases and software
Softwaresrsquo for Drug Designing Structure Based Drug Designing Ligand Based Drug Designing
Virtual Screening Homology Modeling and Chimera Generation
Suggested References 1 Molecular Biology of the Cell Alberts 5th Edition 2007 NCBI Publication
2 Principles of Biochemistry Lehninger WH Freeman
3 Biochemistry of Signal Transduction and Regulation - Gerhard Krauss Wiley VCH 3rd Revised Edition
4 Molecular Cell Biology Lodish 6th Edition WH Freeman amp Company
5 The cell Cooper 2nd Edition ASM Press
6 Genes IX Benjamin Lewin Published by Pearson Prentice Hall
7 Cell and Molecular Biology Gerald Karp
8 Molecular Biology Robert Weaver 1st Edition WCB McGraw-Hill
9 Molecular Biology of the Gene Watson 6th Edition Pearson Publication
10 Gene Regulation A Eukaryotic Perspective David Latchman 5 illustrated Taylor amp Francis 2005
Molecular Biotechnology Principles and Applications of Recombinant DNA Bernard R
GlickhttpwwwamazoncomMolecular-Biotechnology-Principles-Applications-
Recombinantdp1555814980ref=sr_1_6s=booksampie=UTF8ampqid=1323503937ampsr=1-6 - (Author)Publisher
Amer Society for Microbiology 4 edition (December 31 2009)
11 Principles of gene manipulation and genomics S B Primrose Richard M Twyman Publisher Wiley-Blackwell 7
edition (February 17 2006)
12 Principles of Fermentation Technology P F Stanbury (Author) S Hall (Author) A Whitaker (Author) Publisher
Butterworth-Heinemann 2 edition (February 19 1999)
13 1 Bioinformatics A practical guide to the analysis of genes and proteins Baxevanis AD and Ovellette BFF
Wiley-Interscience (2002)
14 2 Molecular and Biotechnology A comprehensive desk reference RA Meyes (Ed) VCH Publishers Inc (1995)
15 3 Textbook of Biotechnology Das HK Wiley Dreamtech India Pvt Ltd (2004)
28
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
Semester 3
Paper ndash III (Code 3T3 A) Toxicology (Biochemical And Environmental Toxicology)
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 To understand key principles of toxicology including various factors affecting toxicity and toxicity assessment
2 To evaluate analyse disposition of toxicants and factor affecting to disposition of toxicants
3 The know how of toxicokinetics and biotransformation 4 To critically analyse and interpret non-organ directed toxicity To
study effect of environmental toxicity on human beings
5 To develop an understanding of the genetic toxicology and
Developmental Toxicology for scientific research practices
6 Critical evaluation of relationship between target organ toxicity for
experimental designs
29
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 3
Core Elective 1
3T3 A) Toxicology (Biochemical And Environmental Toxicology)
Unit I General principles of Toxicology
Definition Different facets of toxicology and their interrelationships Classification of toxic
agents Desired and undesired effects
Various factors affecting toxicity vehicles formulation factors biological half life volume
and concentration dose dosage forms routes of administration entry genetic status etc
Principles of selective toxicity comparative morphology comparative biochemistry
comparative cytology
Toxicity assessment acute subchronic chronic exposure determination of ED50 and LD50
values tests for mutagenecity carcinogenicity genotoxicity Ames test
Unit II Disposition of Toxicants
Factors affecting disposition of toxicants absorption distribution biotransformation
elimination
Absorption through gastro-intestinal tract lungs skin
Distribution storage in tissues blood-brain barrier passage across placenta redistribution
Biotransformation Phase I and II reactions metabolic interrelationship antidotal therapy
Excretion urinary fecal exhalation other routes
Toxicokinetics classic and physiologic
Unit III A) Non ndashorgan directed toxicity
Chemical carcinogenesis definition mechanism
Genetic toxicology definition health impacts and mechanism of induction of genetic
alterations
Developmental toxicology definition principles mechanism and pathogenesis of
developmental toxicity
B) Environmental Toxicology
Air pollution definition air pollutants health effects and risk assessment of air pollution
Introduction to Ecotoxicology
Unit IV Target organ toxicity
Skin skin as a barrier dermatitis acne urticaria
Toxic responses of the blood blood as a target organ toxicology of erythron leukon and
platelets
Toxic responses of the liver physiology and pathophysiology factors in liver injury
mechanism of liver injury
Toxic responses of the respiratory system lungs structure and functions pulmonotoxic
agents pathogenesis of chemical induced damage acute and chronic responses of lungs to
injury
Suggested References
1 Casarette and Doullrsquos Toxicology by Klaassen CD
2 Biochemical Toxicology of Environmental Agents by Bruine D
3 Detoxification mechanisms by Williams RT
4 Selective Toxicity by Albert A
5 Developmental Toxicology by Hood RD
30
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 3
Paper ndash III (Code 3T3 B) Nutrition (Nutritional Biochemistry) (Core Elective 1)
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Capably describe the biochemical techniques that are relevant for the investigation of nutrient metabolism
2 Understand key principles of energy expenditure thermogenic effects Energy requirements and role of dietary fibers in nutrition
3 To read interpret and discuss protein energy malnutrition disorders of mineral metabolism for scientific research
4 To develop an understanding of the observational and experimental character of science in nutritional biochemistry
5 To communicate role of clinical nutrition and food allergies in scientific communication frameworks such as written reports and open discussion
31
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 3
3T3 B Nutrition (Nutritional Biochemistry) (Core Elective 1)
Unit I Basic Concepts
Basic Concept Energy content of foods Measurements of energy expenditure Direct amp
Indirect calorimetry Definition of BMR and SDA and factors affecting these Thermogenic
effects of foods Energy requirements of man and woman and factors affecting energy
requirements
Role of dietary fibers in nutrition
Unit II Nutritional Disorders
Protein Energy Malnutrition (PEM) Aetiology Clinical features Metabolic disorders
and Management of Marasmus and Kwashiorkor diseases
Disorders of Mineral Metabolism Hypercalecemia Hypocalcaemia Normocalcemia
Hyperphosphatemia
Unit III Starvation and Antinutrients
Starvation Techniques for studying starvation protein metabolim in prolonged fasting
protein sparing treatments during fasting Concept of high protein low calorific weight
reduction diets
Antinutrients Naturally occurring food borne toxicants protease inhibitors hemagglutins
hepatotoxins allergens oxalates toxins from mushrooms animal food stuffs and sea foods
Unit IV Clinical Nutrition and Food Allergies
Clinical Nutrition Role of diet and nutrition in the prevention and treatment of diseases
dental caries Fluorosis Atherosclerosis amp Rheumatic disorders Inherited metabolic
Disorders Phenylketonuria Maple Syrup disease amp Hemocystinuria
Food Allergies Definition role of antigen host and environment types of
hypersensitivities diagnosis and treatment of allergy
Suggested Reading 1 Basics of clinical nutrition author- yk joshi jaypee publication
2 Nutrition for the community Gully baba publishing house
Essentials of human nutrition author-jim mann amp stewart truswell oxford university press
3 Introduction to human nutrition
edited by- professor michael gibney (ucd institute of food and health) professor susan lanham-new
(university of surrey) professor aedin Cassidy (university of east anglia) professor hester vorster (north-
west university south africa) httpwwwnutritionsocietyorgpublicationstextbooksintroduction-to-
human-nutritionsthashtdyscawhdpuf
4 Nutrition and metabolism
edited by- professor susan lanham-new (university of surrey) professor ian macdonald (university of
nottingham) professor helen roche (unviersity college dublin) -
httpwwwnutritionsocietyorgpublicationstextbooksnutrition-and-metabolismsthashiusrjtiudpuf
32
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 3
Foundation Course 1 Biomolecules and Basic Metabolism
Unit I Carbohydrates and metabolism
Classification of carbohydrates Structure occurrence and biological importance of
monosaccharides oligosaccharides and polysaccharides
Introduction to Metabolism glycolysis glucogenesis and gluconeogenesis TCA cycle and its
amphibolic role energetics of carbohydrate metabolismAlternate pathways HMP shunt Enter-
Doudoroff glucuronate and glyoxylate pathways Corirsquos cycle
Unit II Lipids and metabolism
Classification of lipids Fatty acids Saturated and unsaturated fatty acids Essential fatty acids
Glycerophospholipids Glycolipids properties and functions
Metabolism Oxidation of fatty acids even and odd numbered unsaturated and branched chain fatty
acids
Degradation and biosynthesis of triacylglycerols and phospholipids energetic of beta- oxidation
Cholesterol biosynthesis catabolism and regulation
Unit III Proteins and metabolism
Classification of amino acids and proteins Protein structures primary secondary tertiary and
quarternary structure General metabolic reaction of amino acids transamination oxidative
deamination minor pathways of amino acid degradation transdeamination amino acid oxidase non
oxidative deamination
Degradation and biosynthesis of amino acids glycogenic and ketogenic amino acids Urea cycle
pathway and regulation
Unit IV Minerals and metabolism
Major and minor and ultra trace minerals their occurrence functions toxicity and interaction with
other nutrients
Iron metabolism and regulation
Calcium and phosphorus metabolism and regulation
Suggested Reading
1 Biophysical Techniques- Upadhyay Upadhyay and Nath
2 Principles of Biochemistry- Lehninger David L Nelson and Michael M Cox
3 Enzymes- Malcolm Dixon and Edwin Webb
4 Harperrsquos Biochemistry- Harper
5 Biochemistry- Western and Todd
6 Cell and Molecular Biology-Gerald Karp
7 Fundamentals of Biochemistry-Donald Voet Judith G Voet and Charlotte W Bratt
33
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 3
Paper ndash IV (Code 3T4 ) Bioresearch Techniques I (Subject centric core 1)
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Understand key principles of how flow cytometer work including data
analysis for their applications
2 Improve on skillful process of the animal cell culture techniques and
experimental demand of knowledge including an appreciation of the
need for good experimental design and scientific research practices
3 To incline intellectual curiosity in DNA and RNA techniques and
related fields that extends well beyond the course
4 To develop practical laboratory skills in the field of DNA and RNA
techniques
34
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 3
3T4 Bioresearch Techniques I (Subject centric core 1)
Unit I Flow cytometry
Principles of flow cytometry Instrument overview principle of fluorescence sample preparation
data analysis and applications of flow cytometry Overview Fludics Generation of Scatter and
fluorescence ( Optical bench optical filters signal detection Treshold) Data Analysis (Data
Collection and Display gating data analysis for subsetting applications Data analysis for ther
applications) Sorting Lasers and Alignment (Working of lasers and laser alignment)
Unit II Animal cell culture techniques
Animal cell Culture Cell culture (adherent and suspension) basic equipment cell culture media-
Components sterility buffering capacity growth requirements supplementation of serum antibiotic
and antimycotic agents preparation of medium advantages and limitations of Primary cell culture
clonal cell lines basic technique a of animal cell subcultuing disaggregation method for quantitation
of cells in culture counting chamber counters cell viability determination cytotoxicity assay and its
applications cell apoptosis assay and its applications 3 D cultures
Unit III DNA techniques
Isolation Sequencing Restriction Nucleases Gel Electrophoresis DNA probes Nucleic acid
hybridization Southern blotting DNA fingerprinting and DNA typing DNA Library
DNA sequencing Sanger and Maxam Gilbert
Restriction Mapping DNase foot printing DMS foot printing knockouts
PCR RFLP RAPD AFLP SNP
Unit IV RNA techniques
Isolation Hybridization Northern Blotting in vitro labeling with radioisotopes and chemical
markers
Mapping and quantifying transcripts S1assay primer extension run off transcription
Transcription rate measurement in vivo Nuclear run on transcription reporter gene N transcription
si RNA technology gene silencing techniques its applications microarrays ribozyme technology
Suggested References
1 Molecular Biology of The Cell Alberts 5th Edition 2007 NCBI Publication
2 Principles of Biochemistry Lehninger WH Freeman
3 Biochemistry of Signal Transduction and Regulation-shy‐ Gerhard Krauss
Wiley VCH 3rd Revised Edition
4 Molecular Cell Biology Lodish 6th Edition WH Freeman amp Company
5 The cell Cooper 2nd Edition ASM Press
6 Gene IX Benjamin Lewin
Published by Pearson Prentice Hall
7 Cell and Molecular Biology Gerald Karp
8 Molecular Biology Robert Weaver 1st Edition WCBNMcGraw-shy‐Hill
9 Molecular Biology of the Gene Watson 6th Edition Pearson Publication
10 Gene Regulation A Eukaryotic Perspective David Latchman 5 illustrated Taylor amp Francis
2005
35
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 3
3P1 Biotechnology And Molecular Biology
1) Fermentation
i) Isolation of microorganisms from soil demonstrating synthesis capability of desired product
Gram staining (Desired property to be decided by the instructor) and screening
ii) Optimization of the lab scale production of the desired product Effect of temperature pH
substrate concentration
iii) Growth curve Estimation of cell number substrate utilization andor product formation
2) Polymerase Chain Reaction
i) PCR amplification from genomic DNA
ii) Nested PCR
iii) Random Amplification of Polymorphic DNA (RAPD)
3) Restriction Fragment Length Polymorphism (RFLP)
3P2 A Biochemical And Environmental Toxicology
1 Qualitative detection of various toxicants in biological samples
Phenothiazine derivatives Organochlorine compounds (Fujiwara test) Phenol Methanol Arsenic (As)
Antimony (Sb) Selenium (Se) Mercury (Hg) Bismuth (Bi) Fluoride (F) Boron (Bo) Gutzeit test for
Antimony (Sb) and Arsenic (As) Spot test for metal toxicants
2 Quantitative determination of Salicylate Paracetamol (acetaminophen) Sulphonamide in biological
samples
3 Enzyme assay in toxic conditions
GOT (AST) GPT (ALT) Acid phosphatase Alkaline phosphatase Acetyl cholinesterase etc
4 Construction of dose-response curves
5 Determination of LD50 value of a toxicant
6 Induction of hepatotoxicity diabetes skin lesions teratogenesis
7 Assay of biomarkers of environmental pollution toxicity
OR
3P2 B) Nutritional Biochemistry
1 Determination of Calcium in food samples
2 Determination of Inorganic Phosphorous in food samples
3 Determination of Iron in food samples
4 Determination of beta carotene in carrots by column chromatography
5 Determination of Ascorbic Acid in food
6 Estimation of Amylase activity
7 Determination of Total Lipids By Sulphophospho vanillin Method
3S1 Seminar
InstitutionalEducational tour For minimum 08 days
36
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
Paper ndash I (Code 4T1) Advanced Clinical Biochemistry
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Analyse evaluate and generate information from a wide variety of sources regarding the key principles of aging and Neurological disorders
2 Analyse the effects of obesity on physiological functions including gene regulation
3 Critically interpret molecular and metabolic diseases and develop new knowledge domain about them
4 To develop effective creative and innovative solutions to current research problems in Reproductive Disease and Reproductive Biochemistry
5 To develop practical laboratory skill for Assisted Reproductive Technology program
37
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
4T1 Advanced Clinical Biochemistry
Unit I Aging and Neurological Disorders
Current view and theories of aging auto immune connection and HLA association processes of
aging and biochemical alteration DNA damage protein oxidation and axonal transport in aging
nutritional intervention as anti-aging therapy
Alzheimerrsquos disease Causes symptoms diagnosis pathogenesis genetics APP ApoE PS2 tau
protein risk factors and therapeutic approaches
Progeria Parkinsonrsquos disease Causes symptoms diagnosis pathogenesis genetics and therapeutic
approaches
Unit II Obesity
Theories lipid metabolism adipose tissue anomalies
Genetic basis of familial obesity effects of neuropeptides and leptin in nutrient partitioning
Obesity related derangements in metabolic regulation Therapeutic approaches
Unit III Molecular and Metabolic Diseases
Human gene map genetic diversity polymorphism genetic linkage chromosomal disorder
Monogenetic Disorders Autosomal dominant autosomal recessive X-linked Multifactorial
disorders Genetic heterogeneity Allelic heterogeneity Pathogenesis of genetic disease
Galactosemia Hemophilia Sickle cell anemia Muscular dystrophy Hypercholesterolemia Gout
Turnerrsquos syndrome
Unit IV Reproductive Biochemistry
Overview of reproductive system and reproduction biochemistry of reproductive disorders (male amp
female) Influence of various factors in reproduction with special reference to role of prostaglandins
and gonadotrophins Mechanism and methods of birth control and possible biochemical
consequences thereof Biochemical markerrsquos in infertility disorders Techniques involved in assisted
reproductive technology (ART) Culture media and cell culture techniques in ART programme
Suggested References
1 Clinical Biochemistry ndash Metabolic and Clinical aspects By-William J Marshall amp Stephen
K Angert
2 Harperrsquos Biochemistry - 27th Ed
3 Text book of Medical Physiology - By Guyton
4 Text book of Physiology -By Burn amp levy
5 Biochemistry ndashBy L Stryer (Freeman amp CoNY)
6 Biochemistry with clinical correlation- By Thomas Devli
7 The Metabolic Basis of Inherited Disease 5th Ed-By John Stanbury
8 Teitz Fundamentals of Clinical Chemistry ndashBy CABurtis amp Ashwood
9 Biochemistry - By Lehninger
10 Lehningerrsquos Biochemistry ndashBy Nelson amp Cox
11 Biochemistry ndashBy Stanford
12 Basic Medical Biochemistry A Clinical approach- By Smith
13 Principles of Internal Medicines- By HarrisonT R
14 Practical Biochemistry Principles amp Techniques- By Wilson amp Walker
15 Practical Biochemistry ndashBy David Plummer
38
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
Paper ndash II (Code 4T2) Advanced Immunology
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Understand details of lymph node microanatomy and learn the B and T cells encounter with antigens and study its development
2 Gain insight into antigen presentation and autophagy on a detailed molecular level
3 Understand immunology of mucosal surfaces and the interplay between commensal flora and the immune system in the gut
4 In-depth knowledge of the cellular and molecular basis for autoimmune disease and allergies
5 Basic knowledge of tumor immunology and the development of novel recombinant antibodies for treatment of cancer and autoimmune disease
39
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
4T2 Advanced Immunology
Unit I Introductory Immunobiology
Complement system Alternative and Classical pathway of complement activation
Immune networks Homeostasis in the immune system-termination of normal immune
responses network hypothesis
In vivo immunity to viruses bacteria fungi protozoa worms etc
Unit II Immunological tolerance and Autoimmunity
Immunologic tolerance T lymphocyte tolerance- central and peripheral Apoptosis in
Lymphocytes-pathways and biochemical mechanisms effector mechanisms Tolerance
induced regulatory T cells B lymphocyte tolerance- Central and Peripheral Homeostasis in
the immune pathogenesis and therapeutic approaches to autoimmunity
Unit III Tumor and Transplantation Immunology Hypersensitivity
General features of tumor immunity tumor antigens Immune response to tumor and
evasion Immunotherapy Types of hypersensitivity Effector mechanisms of immunologic
tissue injury and disease
Unit IV Immunodeficiency and Vaccinology
MHC and disease susceptibility immune deficiency disorders Active immunization
(immune prophylaxis) passive immunization adjuvants modern approaches to vaccine
development role of vaccines in the prevention of disease
Suggested References
1 Cellular and Molecular Immunology- 5th Edition Abul K Abbas Andrew Litchman
2 Immunology-5th Edition Richard A Goldsby Thomas J Kindt Barbara A Osborne
Janis Kuby
3 Immunology- 6th Edition Ivan Roitt Jonathan Brostoff David Male
40
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
Paper ndash III (Code 4T3 A) Toxicology (Clinical Research)
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Have knowledge about assessment and management of ethical clinical trial
programs
2 Demonstrate competency in biopharmaceutical clinical trial research designs and
regulatory affairs
3 Demonstrate competencies in evaluating clinical research data and
communicating results Manage innovative products through the discovery
processes and into the clinical trial phases
4 Identify and classify different types of trial designs when reading a trial report
understand the essential of GLP roles and responsibilities of stakeholders in
clinical trials
41
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
4T3 A) Toxicology (Clinical Research)
Unit I Pre-Clinical Research
Animal studies acute amp chronic toxicity of drugs regulations for number amp types of
animals protocols for animal experimentation Biochemical amp histopathological studies of
animals after drug administration Mechanism amp cause of death Routine toxicity studies amp
special toxicity studies carcinogenicity mutagenicity amp teratogenicity to be given special
emphasis
Unit II Phases of Clinical Research
Phases of clinical research number of volunteers in phase I amp types of patients in phase II to
IV Importance of these investigations Post marketing surveillance (PMS) amp
pharmacovigilence in case of clinical investigations after marketing authorization
Importance of ethical committee protocol design documentation in clinical trials Bio
Availability and Bio Equivalence studies Pharmacokinetics Pharmacodynamics Genomic
studies
Unit III Good lab practices
Good Clinical Practices Good Manufacturing Practices and Good Laboratory Practices
Principles of ICH-GCP History GCP declaration of Helsinki Belmont report Nuremberg
code Tuskgee trial Schedules Y and its amendments ICMR Guidelines Composition
functions amp operations of IRBIEC ethics of clinical trials Health Authorities- CDSCO US-
FDA EMEA and other
Unit IV Roles and Responsibilities of different stake holders in Clinical Research-
Sponsor CRO SMO Ethics Committee Investigator CRA CRC Patients and other
Departments in Clinical Research- Operations Business Development Regulatory
Pharmacovigilance Data Management Centralized Monitoring Quality Finance Important
documents in Clinical Research and importance of documentation in Clinical Research
Stages in clinical trial-Feasibilities PSSV SIV SMV and Close-out visits Audits and
Inspections
Suggested reading
1 Clinical Research Coordinator Handbook Norris Deborrah Plexus Publications
20040601
2 Clinical Research Methodology and Evidence-Based Medicine Babu Ajit N
Anshan 20080530
3 Conducting Clinical Research Judy Stone Biblio Distribution 2006
4 Essentials of clinical research Stephen P Glasser (Edt) Springer Verlag 2008
42
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
Paper ndash III (Code 4T3 B) Nutrition (Applied Nutritional Biochemistry)
Learning outcome Students will be
1 Capable of describing biochemical pathways relevant in nutrient metabolism 2 Capable of using selected biochemical techniques relevant in nutritional
biochemical research 3 Critical reading of scientific articles in nutritional biochemistry 4 Capable of discussing research questions relevant to nutritional biochemistry 5 The ability to ask critical questions and discuss nutritional biochemical research
43
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
4T3 B) Nutrition (Applied Nutritional Biochemistry)
Unit I Clinical nutrition
Role of a dietician role and responsibilities of a dietitian nutrition counseling professional
ethics and obligations
Diet therapy-Rationale for diet therapy (normal diet modifications of the diet to the light
diet soft diet full liquid diet clear liquid tube feeding) Routes for diet therapy-enteral and
parental use of biochemical parameters in the planning of diets use of computers in the
planning of diets
Unit II Nutritional Counseling and Dietetics
Nutritive value of different food groups and changes due to cooking in various food groups
Storage of foods food quality and factors affecting food quality Control of food quality Use
of additives Classification and applications
Unit III Community Nutrition
Opportunities in community Nutrition Assessing Community Resources assessing target
population program planning Assessing communityrsquos nutritional resources Food insecurity
food assistance programs world hunger and food insecurity Principles of nutrition education
and policy making national nutrition agenda
Unit IV Applied Nutrition and Public Health Concept of Health Nutrition and Public Health Nutrition Demographic trends in India and
the significance of certain indices of Health and Nutrition situation of a community IMR
MMR TFR Birth rate Death rate Life expectancy etc) Major nutritional problems in
developing countries Dietary surveys-methods ways of interpretations and analysis
recommendations based on survey findings Assessment of nutritional status biochemical
and anthropometry
Suggested Reading
Clinical nutrition
edited by- professor marinos elia (university of outhampton) professor olle ljungqvist
(karolinska institutet amp oumlrebro university hospital) dr outham outhamp (university of
outhampton professor susan lanham-new (university of surrey) - see more at
httpwwwnutritionsocietyorgpublicationstextbooksclinical-
nutritionsthashw12tfscqdpuf
Public health nutrition
edited by- professor michael gibney (ucd institute of food and health) professor barrie
margetts (university of southampton) dr john kearney (dublin institute of technology)
professor lenore arab (university of california los angeles)
httpwwwnutritionsocietyorgpublicationstextbookspublic-health-
nutritionsthash8pvhu1m0dpuf
Staying healthy with nutrition author- elson m Hass buck levin
American dietetic association complete food and nutrition guide Roberta larson duyff
44
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
MSc Biochemistry CBCS syllabus Effective from 2015-16
SEMESTER 4
Foundation 2 Basic Enzymology
Unit I
Introduction to Enzymology Nomenclature and classification of enzymes History sources of
enzymes (Animal Plant and microorganisms) Protein amp nonprotein nature of enzymes with
examples enzymes as biological catalysts and their importance principle of assay of enzymes and
measurement of activity effect of experimental conditions on measurement of activity such as time pH temp
substrate definition of enzyme unit Stability of enzymes and half life of enzymes Effect of environmental
factors on stability of enzymes Concept of Zymogens and active enzyme with examples effect of activators
and inhibitors on enzyme activity Role of coenzymes and cofactors on enzyme catalysis with examples
Unit II Production amp purification
Method os screening of sources for desired enzymes Availability of the sources for procurement
of enzymes Natural and synthetic Media for microbial enzyme production effect of inducers and
environmental factors on enzyme production by microorganisms
Methods of isolation of enzymes form the source purification of enzyme by dialysis salt and solvent
precipitation chromatography gel filtration Purification by affinity chromatography methods of
determination of purity and nature of of enzymes by simple PAGE SDSPAGE and 2 D electrophoresis
Unit III Enzyme Kinetics
Lock amp key model and Koshland model of enzyme active site Determination of active site of enzyme
Michelis Mentain equation kinetics of reversible irreversible and nonreversible enzymes Line Weaver burk
plot and Eddie Hofstie Plot Determination of kinetic constants and activation energy Effect of competitive
and non-competitive inhibitors on enzyme activity Allosteric enzyme and sigmoidal kinetics
Unit IV Applications of enzymes
Structure and function of multienzyme complex systems such as PDH KGH B oxidation spiral and glycolysis
Advantages of soluble and membrane bound enzymes Futile cycles in Biochemistry
Methods of immobilization of enzymes advantages and disadvantages of immobilization Application of
Immobilized enzymes in agriculture cosmetics detergent dairy brewing and food industries with examples
such as lactase pectinase proteinase invertaselipase etc Application of enzymes in nanotechnology
biosensors etc
Suggested references
1 Enzymology and Enzyme Technology 2014 by SM Bhatt (S Chand)
2 Enzyme Technology 2006 by Ashok Pandey (Editor) Colin Webb (Editor) MARCELO
FERNANDES (Editor) Springer
3 Biocatalysts and enzyme technology 2012 Klaus Buchholz
45
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
4T4 Bioresearch Techniques II (Subject centric core 2)
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Learn describe and build up knowledge domain regarding the latest and most advanced Bioresearch techniques available for biochemical research
2 Be aware select appropriately apply technology platforms and Perform techniques for analysis of DNA and protein expression
3 Evaluation of data and controls related to research techniques 4 Create thought-provoking questions related to the laboratory equipment
46
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
4T4 Bioresearch Techniques II (Subject centric core 2)
UNIT I
Biochemical methods I- Co-immunoprecipitation BiFC bimolecular fluorescence
complementation affinity electrophoresis Pull down assays label transfer yeast two hybrid
screens phage display
UNIT II
Biochemical methods II- In-vivo crosslinking of protein complexes using photo-reactive
amino acid analogs Tandem affinity purification (TAP) Chemical cross-linking SPINE
(Strepprotein interaction experiment) Quantitative immunoprecipitation combined with
knock-down (QUICK) Proximity ligation assay (PLA) in situ
UNIT III
Biophysical and theoretical methods I
Bio-Layer Interferometry
Dual polarisation interferometry (DPI)
Static light scattering (SLS)
Dynamic light scattering (DLS)
Surface plasmon resonance
UNIT IV
Biophysical and theoretical methods II
Fluorescence polarizationanisotropy
Fluorescence correlation spectroscopy
FRET BRET
2D-FT NMR spectroscopy
Proteinndashprotein docking
Isothermal Titration Calorimetry (ITC)
Isothermal Titration Calorimetry (ITC)
Suggested References
1 Molecular Biology of The Cell Alberts 5th Edition 2007 NCBI Publication
2 Principles of Biochemistry Lehninger WH Freeman
3 Biochemistry of Signal Transduction and Regulation-shy‐ Gerhard Krauss
Wiley VCH 3rd Revised Edition
4 Molecular Cell Biology Lodish 6th Edition WH Freeman amp Company
5 The cell Cooper 2nd Edition ASM Press
6 Gene IX Benjamin Lewin
Published by Pearson Prentice Hall
7 Cell and Molecular Biology Gerald Karp
8 Molecular Biology Robert Weaver 1st Edition WCBNMcGraw-shy‐Hill
9 Molecular Biology of the Gene Watson 6th Edition Pearson Publication
10 Gene Regulation A Eukaryotic Perspective David Latchman 5 illustrated Taylor amp
Francis 2005
47
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
4P1 Advanced Clinical Biochemistry and Immunology and Toxicology and Nutrition
1 Demonstration of dialysis using blood filtrate (Protein Separation)
2 Immunology
a Quantitative Estimation of Antibody
b Precipitation Techniques Double Immunodiffusion Single (Radial)
Immunodiffusion
3 Electrophoretic Techniques Immuno-electrophoresisRocket Immunoelectrophoresis
Immuno-diffusion
4 To assay cathepsin D ATPase (NaKCaMg) Lipid peroxidase enzymes
5 Assay of Acetylcholine esterase activity in rat brain
6 Assay of monoamine oxidase
7 Fractionation of tissues and assay of proteins
8 Assay of ornithine amino transferase
9 Glutathione Estimation
10 Organ tissue morphology histopathology
11 Assay of toxicant biotransformation enzyme-cytochrome P450
12 Test for teratogenecity carcinogenecity Ames test
13 To perform pair wise alignment of sequences using BLAST program
14 To design primers for the given gene sequences
15 To perform multiple sequence alignment and generate phylogenetic tree
16 To retrieve and visualize the three dimensional structures of proteins
17 To retrieve metagenomic sequences and primer designing to develop STS marker
OR
18 Determination of Triglycerides
19 Proximate Analysis of Food Samples
48
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4 Project
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Plan and develop experimental design projects from concept through to professional
prototype
2 Apply theoretical knowledge conceptual skills and techniques to the development of
solutions for biochemical problems
3 Apply initiative and judgment in planning problem solving and decision making in
practice or future study
4 Design a research project and submit in a form of thesis they will present their results of
the thesis to an audience of peers and faculty and be able to defend their results during
final evaluation
4PROJ PROJECT
4S1 Seminar
19
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 2
Paper ndash III (Code 2T3) Cell Biochemistry
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Gain knowledge about fundamentals of cell division cycle and decision making
ability of the cells to proceed for duplication with regulatory aspects
2 Cell communication ability and control of cell cycle brough about by internal and
external molecular effectors
3 Understand basic concept of Cancer Biology and stem cells
20
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 2
2T3 Cell Biochemistry
Unit I Cell cycle and regulation
Review of cell cycle divisional control regulatory proteins cyclincdk complexes positive
and negative regulation inhibitory molecules restriction points regulation of DNA
synthesis regulation of degradation check points cell cycle arrest role of cyclically
activated protein kinases transcriptional regulation
Unit II Cell communication I
General principles of cell communication extra cellular signals and their receptors autocrine
signaling and role of gap junctions types of cell receptors relay of signal and intracellular
signal proteins regulated proteolysis dependent signaling pathways (Notch Wnt hedgehog
NFKB)
Unit III Cell communication II
Informational transactions in eukaryotic cells- cyclic AMP facet Study of G-proteins
signaling through G-protein linked cell surface receptors signaling through enzyme linked
cell surface receptors Calcium messenger system signaling via GMP
Unit IV Cancer
Causes and types of cancer viral carcinogenesis tumor suppressors oncogenes and signal
transduction growth and spread of cancer molecular basis of cancer therapy molecular
markers
Programmed cell death and its regulation in normal physiology regulation and execution of
mammalian apoptosis cytokine signaling and role of apoptosis in tumor genesis
Suggested References
1 Molecular Biology of the Cell Alberts 5th Edition 2007 NCBI Publication
2 Principles of Biochemistry Lehninger WH Freeman
3 Biochemistry of Signal Transduction and Regulation - Gerhard Krauss Wiley VCH 3rd
Revised Edition
4 Molecular Cell Biology Lodish 6th Edition WH Freeman amp Company
5 The Cell Cooper 2nd Edition ASM Press
6 Gene IX Benjamin Lewin Published by Pearson Prentice Hall
7 Cell and Molecular Biology Gerald Karp
8 Molecular Biology Robert Weaver 1st Edition WCB McGraw-Hill
9 Molecular Biology of the Gene Watson 6th Edition Pearson Publication
10 Gene Regulation A Eukaryotic Perspective David Latchman 5 illustrated Taylor amp
Francis 2005
11 The Cell- G M Cooper
21
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 2
Paper ndash IV (Code 2T4) Molecular Biology
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Remember and understand the fundamental concepts of Molecular Biology and the
experiments involved in it
2 Relate the concepts of Molecular Biology in the development of Biochemical
research techniques
22
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 2
2T4 Molecular Biology
Unit I Eukaryotic and Prokaryotic chromosomes
Chromatin structure Histones DNA nucleosome morphology and higher level organization Functional
states of chromatin and alterations in chromatin organization Chromosome organization Metaphase
chromosomes centromere and kinetochore telomere and its maintenance Holocentric chromosomes
Heterochromatin and euchromatin position effect variegation Chromosomal domains (matrix loop domains)
and their functional significance
Organization of nuclear and organellar genomes C-value paradox Repetitive DNA-satellite DNAs and
interspersed repeated DNAs Transposable elements LINES SINES Alu family and their application in
genome mapping
Concept of a gene Conventional and modern views Fine structure of gene split genes pseudogenes non-
coding genes overlapping genes and multi-gene families
Unit II Replication and Recombination
Replication Review of replication in bacteria plasmid and viruses Models of DNA replication DNA
replication in eukaryotes Eukaryotic DNA polymerases and their roles origin of replication Autonomously
Replicating Segments (ARS) in yeast elongation lagging strand synthesis and termination
Recombination DNA recombination Homologous site specific and transposition
Homologous recombination Holliday Model Messelsson -Radding Model Rec BCD pathway
Site specific recombination Lambda phage ingration and excision rearrengementof immunoglobulin genes
Transposition Prokaryotic transposition Insertion sequences and mere complex transposons (eg Tn3)
conservative and replicative transposition Eukaryotic transposable elements yeast and Drosophila transposons
retroviruses and retrovirus like elements
Unit III Transcription
Review of prokaryotic transcription transcription in eukaryotes Eukaryotic RNA polymerases and their
subunit structure Class I II and III promoters Upstream elements enhancers and silencers General
transcription factors Class I II III genes and their functions elongation factors TBP structure and its role in
transcription mediators Structure of transcription activators zinc fingers homeodomains helix loop helix
bZIP beta barrels
Unit IV Viruses
General properties of viruses (size shape composition of viral capsid spikes envelope and nucleic acids)
Viral classification in brief Baltimore classification Structure and composition of DNA viruses (Herpes virus
amp Adenovirus) and RNA viruses (HIV)
Tumor viruses (HBV HTLV HPV) structure and mechanism of oncogenesis
Structure and life cycle of Lambda and M13 bacteriophages
Laboratory diagnosis of viral diseases
Mechanism of action of Antiviral drugs (Acyclovir Foscarnet Nevirapine Saquinavir Oseltamivir)
Suggested References
1 Molecular Biology of Gene Watson
2 Gene 7 Benjamin Lewin
3 Cell amp Molecular Biology Devlin
4 Biochemistry Lehninger Nelson amp Cox
5 Biochemistry Voet amp Voet
6 Molecular Biology David Frifelder
7 Molecular biology-Lodish Baltimore
8 Genetics-Russell
9 Genetics 1and 2-CBPower
10 Molecular biology-Watson
11 Molecular biochemistry ndashRobert Weaver
12 Microbiology by Davis
13 Virology by Luria
14 Understanding Viruses-Teri Shors Jones and Bartlett Publishers Massachusetts edition 2009
23
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 2
2P1 Clinical Biochemistry And Immunology
1 Determination of serum and urine Creatinine by Jaffrsquos method
2 Determination of serum Bilirubin by Malloy amp Evllyn method
3 Determination of serum Chloride by Schales amp Schales method
4 Estimation of blood urea by Nesslerisation method
5 Estimation of Serum amylase (EC3211)
6 Estimation of Serum Cholesterol by Single Step Method (Libermann amp Burchard)
7 Determination of Serum Uric Acid by Henry Carawayrsquos method
8 Determination of Icteric Index SGOT SGPT and alkaline phosphatase activity
9 Routine Urine Analysis
10 Quantitative Estimation of T3 T4 and TSH
11 To determine Urinary VMA (3-methoxy 4 ndashHydroxyl Vanillin Mandellic Acid)
12 Glucose Tolerance Test
2P2 Cell And Molecular Biology
1 Use of Simple Compound and Phase Contrast Microscopes
2 Isolation culture and cell counting of lymphocytes
3 Adherent cell line Trypsinization cell count subculturing
4 MTT assay
5 Isolation of DNA from Bacteria and Blood
6 Assessment of purity of DNA by 260280 ratio
7 Isolation of plasmid DNA Mini Prep Midi Prep and Maxi Prep
8 Restriction digestion of DNA
9 Ligation of DNA
10 Separation of DNA fragments by Electrophoresis
11 Southern Blotting amp Northern Blotting
2S1 Seminar
24
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 3
Paper ndash I (Code 3T1) Advanced Molecular Biology
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Understand the concepts of Eukaryotic Transcription regulation mechanisms with details
of enzymes involved eukaryotic transcription process
2 Post transcriptional and translational modifications and regulatory aspects of it
3 Describe the expression of genes and the regulatory RNAs involved in it
4 Appreciate epigenetic ways of gene expression regulation
25
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 3
3T1 Advanced Molecular Biology
Unit I Regulation of eukaryotic gene expression at transcriptional level
Overview of transcription by RNA Polymerases I II and III
Anatomy of a protein-coding gene
Basal transcription by RNA polymerase II Subunits of Pol II general transcription factors
Activators How the initiation complex is assembled How initiation occurs
Speeding up the process Enhancers TAFs and how they work
Regulated transcription transcription factors Zinc-fingers (Sp1 the first such factor identified)
Leucine zippers Basic helix loop helix Homeodomains DNA binding domains Activating domains
RNA Elongation HIV TATTAR
RNA polymerase III and regulation of 5S rRNA
Unit II Regulation of eukaryotic gene expression at post translational translational and post-
translational levels
Regulation at tpst-transcriptional level Effect of cap and polyadenylation on splicing trans and
alternative splicing RNA editing mRNA stability and transport
Regulation at Translational level Global regulation through eIF2 and eIF4EeIF4E-BP Specific
regulation through 5 UTRs using RNA structure eg ODC Specific regulation through 5
UTRprotein interactions eg ferritin in eukaryotes and ribosomal proteins in prokaryotes Specific
regulation through 3 UTRs eg 15-LOX
Regulation at post-translational level Control of the level of active proteins regulation of proteolysis
Unit III Regulatory RNAs
Historical background RNA interference as regulatory mechanism in eukaryotes Slicer and dicer
synthesis and function of RNAi molecules in plants chromatin remodeling in human disease and
diagnosis
Unit IV Epigenetics
Background chromosomal inheritance taking fission yeast as an example DNA methyltransferases
DNA methylation maintenance histone modification and regulation of chromatin structure bivalent
histones DNA demethylation histone demethylation
Suggested References
1 Molecular Biology of the Cell Alberts 5th Edition 2007 NCBI Publication
2 Principles of Biochemistry Lehninger WH Freeman
3 Biochemistry of Signal Transduction and Regulation - Gerhard Krauss Wiley VCH 3rd
Revised Edition
4 Molecular Cell Biology Lodish 6th Edition WH Freeman amp Company
5 The cell Cooper 2nd Edition ASM Press
6 Genes IX Benjamin Lewin Published by Pearson Prentice Hall
7 Cell and Molecular Biology Gerald Karp
8 Molecular Biology Robert Weaver 1st Edition WCB McGraw-Hill
9 Molecular Biology of the Gene Watson 6th Edition Pearson Publication
10 Gene Regulation A Eukaryotic Perspective David Latchman 5 illustrated Taylor amp
Francis 2005
26
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 3
Paper ndash II (Code 3T2) Biotechnology
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Remember and Understand fundamental concepts of Genetic Engineering
2 Illustrate and compare different techniques involved in Genetic Engineering
3 Understand the concepts of Prokaryotic and Eukaryotic Transformation and PCR
4 Describe the expression of heterologous genes and the vectors involved in it
5 Appreciate technology involved in industrial products of Protein engineering and
fermentation technology Remember and Understand the design and functioning of
different types of Bioreactors and Downstream processing Evaluate the application of
different types of Bioreactors including immobilization reactor system and its kinetics
6 Comprehend tools important in Bioinformatics analysis for simplified application of
nucleic acid and protein sequence data
27
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 3
3T2 Biotechnology
Unit I rDNA technology Genomic and cDNA libraries DNA manipulation enzymes isolation of specific genes
Gene cloning REs vectors-plasmids cosmids phage vectors M13 phage vectors phagemids expression
vectors with strong promoters inducible vectors produce fusion proteins and their isolation Eucaryotic
expression system shuttle vectors YAC BAC insertion of DNA and its ligation to carrier DNA introduction
of DNA in cells gene synthesis gene libraries
Application of recombinant DNA technology in medicine agriculture industry and environmental sciences
Unit II Gene control systems in bacteria and bacteriophage lambda
Mechanism of induction and repression constitutive expression various control mechanisms positive
regulation negative regulation attenuation operon hypothesis with special reference to malgal ara and
histidine operons Regulatory mechanisms in bacteriophage lambda
Regulation of gene expression at various levels (transcription post transcriptional and translational)
DNA-protein interactions Lambda family of repressor trp repressor
Unit III Biochemical engineering Biochemical Engineering Bioreactors and related equipment and
instrumentation types of bioreactor (Batch semi batch CSTF recycle etc) reactor analysis reactor design
reactor for recombination proteins
Fermentation technology Fermentation technology microbial culture reaction genetic modification use of
mutants recombinant DNA technology and application in fermentation technology microbial growth kinetics
sterilization fermentation process kinetics analysis of rate pattern and kinetic groups fermentation process
types control of environmental variables recovery of fermentation products isolation and purification and use
of immobilization techniques
Unit IV Bioinformatics and Drug Designing Introduction to Bioinformatics Applications of Bioinformatics Bioinformatics resources
Biological Databases Overview to Biological Databases Nucleotide Databases (GenBank DDBJ ENA) Protein sequence
databases (Uniprot Swiss prot Prosite Pfam Prodom) Protein structure databases (PDB SCOP CATH)
Sequence analysis Sequence similarity search BLAST FASTA CLUSTAL
Genomics Introduction to Genomics Comparative Genomic Databases Objective of Genome Comparisons Genome
Alignments
Proteomics Overview of Proteomics Experimental Techniques Bioinformatics Approaches Protein-Protein Interaction
Databases and software
Softwaresrsquo for Drug Designing Structure Based Drug Designing Ligand Based Drug Designing
Virtual Screening Homology Modeling and Chimera Generation
Suggested References 1 Molecular Biology of the Cell Alberts 5th Edition 2007 NCBI Publication
2 Principles of Biochemistry Lehninger WH Freeman
3 Biochemistry of Signal Transduction and Regulation - Gerhard Krauss Wiley VCH 3rd Revised Edition
4 Molecular Cell Biology Lodish 6th Edition WH Freeman amp Company
5 The cell Cooper 2nd Edition ASM Press
6 Genes IX Benjamin Lewin Published by Pearson Prentice Hall
7 Cell and Molecular Biology Gerald Karp
8 Molecular Biology Robert Weaver 1st Edition WCB McGraw-Hill
9 Molecular Biology of the Gene Watson 6th Edition Pearson Publication
10 Gene Regulation A Eukaryotic Perspective David Latchman 5 illustrated Taylor amp Francis 2005
Molecular Biotechnology Principles and Applications of Recombinant DNA Bernard R
GlickhttpwwwamazoncomMolecular-Biotechnology-Principles-Applications-
Recombinantdp1555814980ref=sr_1_6s=booksampie=UTF8ampqid=1323503937ampsr=1-6 - (Author)Publisher
Amer Society for Microbiology 4 edition (December 31 2009)
11 Principles of gene manipulation and genomics S B Primrose Richard M Twyman Publisher Wiley-Blackwell 7
edition (February 17 2006)
12 Principles of Fermentation Technology P F Stanbury (Author) S Hall (Author) A Whitaker (Author) Publisher
Butterworth-Heinemann 2 edition (February 19 1999)
13 1 Bioinformatics A practical guide to the analysis of genes and proteins Baxevanis AD and Ovellette BFF
Wiley-Interscience (2002)
14 2 Molecular and Biotechnology A comprehensive desk reference RA Meyes (Ed) VCH Publishers Inc (1995)
15 3 Textbook of Biotechnology Das HK Wiley Dreamtech India Pvt Ltd (2004)
28
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
Semester 3
Paper ndash III (Code 3T3 A) Toxicology (Biochemical And Environmental Toxicology)
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 To understand key principles of toxicology including various factors affecting toxicity and toxicity assessment
2 To evaluate analyse disposition of toxicants and factor affecting to disposition of toxicants
3 The know how of toxicokinetics and biotransformation 4 To critically analyse and interpret non-organ directed toxicity To
study effect of environmental toxicity on human beings
5 To develop an understanding of the genetic toxicology and
Developmental Toxicology for scientific research practices
6 Critical evaluation of relationship between target organ toxicity for
experimental designs
29
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 3
Core Elective 1
3T3 A) Toxicology (Biochemical And Environmental Toxicology)
Unit I General principles of Toxicology
Definition Different facets of toxicology and their interrelationships Classification of toxic
agents Desired and undesired effects
Various factors affecting toxicity vehicles formulation factors biological half life volume
and concentration dose dosage forms routes of administration entry genetic status etc
Principles of selective toxicity comparative morphology comparative biochemistry
comparative cytology
Toxicity assessment acute subchronic chronic exposure determination of ED50 and LD50
values tests for mutagenecity carcinogenicity genotoxicity Ames test
Unit II Disposition of Toxicants
Factors affecting disposition of toxicants absorption distribution biotransformation
elimination
Absorption through gastro-intestinal tract lungs skin
Distribution storage in tissues blood-brain barrier passage across placenta redistribution
Biotransformation Phase I and II reactions metabolic interrelationship antidotal therapy
Excretion urinary fecal exhalation other routes
Toxicokinetics classic and physiologic
Unit III A) Non ndashorgan directed toxicity
Chemical carcinogenesis definition mechanism
Genetic toxicology definition health impacts and mechanism of induction of genetic
alterations
Developmental toxicology definition principles mechanism and pathogenesis of
developmental toxicity
B) Environmental Toxicology
Air pollution definition air pollutants health effects and risk assessment of air pollution
Introduction to Ecotoxicology
Unit IV Target organ toxicity
Skin skin as a barrier dermatitis acne urticaria
Toxic responses of the blood blood as a target organ toxicology of erythron leukon and
platelets
Toxic responses of the liver physiology and pathophysiology factors in liver injury
mechanism of liver injury
Toxic responses of the respiratory system lungs structure and functions pulmonotoxic
agents pathogenesis of chemical induced damage acute and chronic responses of lungs to
injury
Suggested References
1 Casarette and Doullrsquos Toxicology by Klaassen CD
2 Biochemical Toxicology of Environmental Agents by Bruine D
3 Detoxification mechanisms by Williams RT
4 Selective Toxicity by Albert A
5 Developmental Toxicology by Hood RD
30
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 3
Paper ndash III (Code 3T3 B) Nutrition (Nutritional Biochemistry) (Core Elective 1)
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Capably describe the biochemical techniques that are relevant for the investigation of nutrient metabolism
2 Understand key principles of energy expenditure thermogenic effects Energy requirements and role of dietary fibers in nutrition
3 To read interpret and discuss protein energy malnutrition disorders of mineral metabolism for scientific research
4 To develop an understanding of the observational and experimental character of science in nutritional biochemistry
5 To communicate role of clinical nutrition and food allergies in scientific communication frameworks such as written reports and open discussion
31
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 3
3T3 B Nutrition (Nutritional Biochemistry) (Core Elective 1)
Unit I Basic Concepts
Basic Concept Energy content of foods Measurements of energy expenditure Direct amp
Indirect calorimetry Definition of BMR and SDA and factors affecting these Thermogenic
effects of foods Energy requirements of man and woman and factors affecting energy
requirements
Role of dietary fibers in nutrition
Unit II Nutritional Disorders
Protein Energy Malnutrition (PEM) Aetiology Clinical features Metabolic disorders
and Management of Marasmus and Kwashiorkor diseases
Disorders of Mineral Metabolism Hypercalecemia Hypocalcaemia Normocalcemia
Hyperphosphatemia
Unit III Starvation and Antinutrients
Starvation Techniques for studying starvation protein metabolim in prolonged fasting
protein sparing treatments during fasting Concept of high protein low calorific weight
reduction diets
Antinutrients Naturally occurring food borne toxicants protease inhibitors hemagglutins
hepatotoxins allergens oxalates toxins from mushrooms animal food stuffs and sea foods
Unit IV Clinical Nutrition and Food Allergies
Clinical Nutrition Role of diet and nutrition in the prevention and treatment of diseases
dental caries Fluorosis Atherosclerosis amp Rheumatic disorders Inherited metabolic
Disorders Phenylketonuria Maple Syrup disease amp Hemocystinuria
Food Allergies Definition role of antigen host and environment types of
hypersensitivities diagnosis and treatment of allergy
Suggested Reading 1 Basics of clinical nutrition author- yk joshi jaypee publication
2 Nutrition for the community Gully baba publishing house
Essentials of human nutrition author-jim mann amp stewart truswell oxford university press
3 Introduction to human nutrition
edited by- professor michael gibney (ucd institute of food and health) professor susan lanham-new
(university of surrey) professor aedin Cassidy (university of east anglia) professor hester vorster (north-
west university south africa) httpwwwnutritionsocietyorgpublicationstextbooksintroduction-to-
human-nutritionsthashtdyscawhdpuf
4 Nutrition and metabolism
edited by- professor susan lanham-new (university of surrey) professor ian macdonald (university of
nottingham) professor helen roche (unviersity college dublin) -
httpwwwnutritionsocietyorgpublicationstextbooksnutrition-and-metabolismsthashiusrjtiudpuf
32
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 3
Foundation Course 1 Biomolecules and Basic Metabolism
Unit I Carbohydrates and metabolism
Classification of carbohydrates Structure occurrence and biological importance of
monosaccharides oligosaccharides and polysaccharides
Introduction to Metabolism glycolysis glucogenesis and gluconeogenesis TCA cycle and its
amphibolic role energetics of carbohydrate metabolismAlternate pathways HMP shunt Enter-
Doudoroff glucuronate and glyoxylate pathways Corirsquos cycle
Unit II Lipids and metabolism
Classification of lipids Fatty acids Saturated and unsaturated fatty acids Essential fatty acids
Glycerophospholipids Glycolipids properties and functions
Metabolism Oxidation of fatty acids even and odd numbered unsaturated and branched chain fatty
acids
Degradation and biosynthesis of triacylglycerols and phospholipids energetic of beta- oxidation
Cholesterol biosynthesis catabolism and regulation
Unit III Proteins and metabolism
Classification of amino acids and proteins Protein structures primary secondary tertiary and
quarternary structure General metabolic reaction of amino acids transamination oxidative
deamination minor pathways of amino acid degradation transdeamination amino acid oxidase non
oxidative deamination
Degradation and biosynthesis of amino acids glycogenic and ketogenic amino acids Urea cycle
pathway and regulation
Unit IV Minerals and metabolism
Major and minor and ultra trace minerals their occurrence functions toxicity and interaction with
other nutrients
Iron metabolism and regulation
Calcium and phosphorus metabolism and regulation
Suggested Reading
1 Biophysical Techniques- Upadhyay Upadhyay and Nath
2 Principles of Biochemistry- Lehninger David L Nelson and Michael M Cox
3 Enzymes- Malcolm Dixon and Edwin Webb
4 Harperrsquos Biochemistry- Harper
5 Biochemistry- Western and Todd
6 Cell and Molecular Biology-Gerald Karp
7 Fundamentals of Biochemistry-Donald Voet Judith G Voet and Charlotte W Bratt
33
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 3
Paper ndash IV (Code 3T4 ) Bioresearch Techniques I (Subject centric core 1)
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Understand key principles of how flow cytometer work including data
analysis for their applications
2 Improve on skillful process of the animal cell culture techniques and
experimental demand of knowledge including an appreciation of the
need for good experimental design and scientific research practices
3 To incline intellectual curiosity in DNA and RNA techniques and
related fields that extends well beyond the course
4 To develop practical laboratory skills in the field of DNA and RNA
techniques
34
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 3
3T4 Bioresearch Techniques I (Subject centric core 1)
Unit I Flow cytometry
Principles of flow cytometry Instrument overview principle of fluorescence sample preparation
data analysis and applications of flow cytometry Overview Fludics Generation of Scatter and
fluorescence ( Optical bench optical filters signal detection Treshold) Data Analysis (Data
Collection and Display gating data analysis for subsetting applications Data analysis for ther
applications) Sorting Lasers and Alignment (Working of lasers and laser alignment)
Unit II Animal cell culture techniques
Animal cell Culture Cell culture (adherent and suspension) basic equipment cell culture media-
Components sterility buffering capacity growth requirements supplementation of serum antibiotic
and antimycotic agents preparation of medium advantages and limitations of Primary cell culture
clonal cell lines basic technique a of animal cell subcultuing disaggregation method for quantitation
of cells in culture counting chamber counters cell viability determination cytotoxicity assay and its
applications cell apoptosis assay and its applications 3 D cultures
Unit III DNA techniques
Isolation Sequencing Restriction Nucleases Gel Electrophoresis DNA probes Nucleic acid
hybridization Southern blotting DNA fingerprinting and DNA typing DNA Library
DNA sequencing Sanger and Maxam Gilbert
Restriction Mapping DNase foot printing DMS foot printing knockouts
PCR RFLP RAPD AFLP SNP
Unit IV RNA techniques
Isolation Hybridization Northern Blotting in vitro labeling with radioisotopes and chemical
markers
Mapping and quantifying transcripts S1assay primer extension run off transcription
Transcription rate measurement in vivo Nuclear run on transcription reporter gene N transcription
si RNA technology gene silencing techniques its applications microarrays ribozyme technology
Suggested References
1 Molecular Biology of The Cell Alberts 5th Edition 2007 NCBI Publication
2 Principles of Biochemistry Lehninger WH Freeman
3 Biochemistry of Signal Transduction and Regulation-shy‐ Gerhard Krauss
Wiley VCH 3rd Revised Edition
4 Molecular Cell Biology Lodish 6th Edition WH Freeman amp Company
5 The cell Cooper 2nd Edition ASM Press
6 Gene IX Benjamin Lewin
Published by Pearson Prentice Hall
7 Cell and Molecular Biology Gerald Karp
8 Molecular Biology Robert Weaver 1st Edition WCBNMcGraw-shy‐Hill
9 Molecular Biology of the Gene Watson 6th Edition Pearson Publication
10 Gene Regulation A Eukaryotic Perspective David Latchman 5 illustrated Taylor amp Francis
2005
35
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 3
3P1 Biotechnology And Molecular Biology
1) Fermentation
i) Isolation of microorganisms from soil demonstrating synthesis capability of desired product
Gram staining (Desired property to be decided by the instructor) and screening
ii) Optimization of the lab scale production of the desired product Effect of temperature pH
substrate concentration
iii) Growth curve Estimation of cell number substrate utilization andor product formation
2) Polymerase Chain Reaction
i) PCR amplification from genomic DNA
ii) Nested PCR
iii) Random Amplification of Polymorphic DNA (RAPD)
3) Restriction Fragment Length Polymorphism (RFLP)
3P2 A Biochemical And Environmental Toxicology
1 Qualitative detection of various toxicants in biological samples
Phenothiazine derivatives Organochlorine compounds (Fujiwara test) Phenol Methanol Arsenic (As)
Antimony (Sb) Selenium (Se) Mercury (Hg) Bismuth (Bi) Fluoride (F) Boron (Bo) Gutzeit test for
Antimony (Sb) and Arsenic (As) Spot test for metal toxicants
2 Quantitative determination of Salicylate Paracetamol (acetaminophen) Sulphonamide in biological
samples
3 Enzyme assay in toxic conditions
GOT (AST) GPT (ALT) Acid phosphatase Alkaline phosphatase Acetyl cholinesterase etc
4 Construction of dose-response curves
5 Determination of LD50 value of a toxicant
6 Induction of hepatotoxicity diabetes skin lesions teratogenesis
7 Assay of biomarkers of environmental pollution toxicity
OR
3P2 B) Nutritional Biochemistry
1 Determination of Calcium in food samples
2 Determination of Inorganic Phosphorous in food samples
3 Determination of Iron in food samples
4 Determination of beta carotene in carrots by column chromatography
5 Determination of Ascorbic Acid in food
6 Estimation of Amylase activity
7 Determination of Total Lipids By Sulphophospho vanillin Method
3S1 Seminar
InstitutionalEducational tour For minimum 08 days
36
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
Paper ndash I (Code 4T1) Advanced Clinical Biochemistry
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Analyse evaluate and generate information from a wide variety of sources regarding the key principles of aging and Neurological disorders
2 Analyse the effects of obesity on physiological functions including gene regulation
3 Critically interpret molecular and metabolic diseases and develop new knowledge domain about them
4 To develop effective creative and innovative solutions to current research problems in Reproductive Disease and Reproductive Biochemistry
5 To develop practical laboratory skill for Assisted Reproductive Technology program
37
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
4T1 Advanced Clinical Biochemistry
Unit I Aging and Neurological Disorders
Current view and theories of aging auto immune connection and HLA association processes of
aging and biochemical alteration DNA damage protein oxidation and axonal transport in aging
nutritional intervention as anti-aging therapy
Alzheimerrsquos disease Causes symptoms diagnosis pathogenesis genetics APP ApoE PS2 tau
protein risk factors and therapeutic approaches
Progeria Parkinsonrsquos disease Causes symptoms diagnosis pathogenesis genetics and therapeutic
approaches
Unit II Obesity
Theories lipid metabolism adipose tissue anomalies
Genetic basis of familial obesity effects of neuropeptides and leptin in nutrient partitioning
Obesity related derangements in metabolic regulation Therapeutic approaches
Unit III Molecular and Metabolic Diseases
Human gene map genetic diversity polymorphism genetic linkage chromosomal disorder
Monogenetic Disorders Autosomal dominant autosomal recessive X-linked Multifactorial
disorders Genetic heterogeneity Allelic heterogeneity Pathogenesis of genetic disease
Galactosemia Hemophilia Sickle cell anemia Muscular dystrophy Hypercholesterolemia Gout
Turnerrsquos syndrome
Unit IV Reproductive Biochemistry
Overview of reproductive system and reproduction biochemistry of reproductive disorders (male amp
female) Influence of various factors in reproduction with special reference to role of prostaglandins
and gonadotrophins Mechanism and methods of birth control and possible biochemical
consequences thereof Biochemical markerrsquos in infertility disorders Techniques involved in assisted
reproductive technology (ART) Culture media and cell culture techniques in ART programme
Suggested References
1 Clinical Biochemistry ndash Metabolic and Clinical aspects By-William J Marshall amp Stephen
K Angert
2 Harperrsquos Biochemistry - 27th Ed
3 Text book of Medical Physiology - By Guyton
4 Text book of Physiology -By Burn amp levy
5 Biochemistry ndashBy L Stryer (Freeman amp CoNY)
6 Biochemistry with clinical correlation- By Thomas Devli
7 The Metabolic Basis of Inherited Disease 5th Ed-By John Stanbury
8 Teitz Fundamentals of Clinical Chemistry ndashBy CABurtis amp Ashwood
9 Biochemistry - By Lehninger
10 Lehningerrsquos Biochemistry ndashBy Nelson amp Cox
11 Biochemistry ndashBy Stanford
12 Basic Medical Biochemistry A Clinical approach- By Smith
13 Principles of Internal Medicines- By HarrisonT R
14 Practical Biochemistry Principles amp Techniques- By Wilson amp Walker
15 Practical Biochemistry ndashBy David Plummer
38
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
Paper ndash II (Code 4T2) Advanced Immunology
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Understand details of lymph node microanatomy and learn the B and T cells encounter with antigens and study its development
2 Gain insight into antigen presentation and autophagy on a detailed molecular level
3 Understand immunology of mucosal surfaces and the interplay between commensal flora and the immune system in the gut
4 In-depth knowledge of the cellular and molecular basis for autoimmune disease and allergies
5 Basic knowledge of tumor immunology and the development of novel recombinant antibodies for treatment of cancer and autoimmune disease
39
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
4T2 Advanced Immunology
Unit I Introductory Immunobiology
Complement system Alternative and Classical pathway of complement activation
Immune networks Homeostasis in the immune system-termination of normal immune
responses network hypothesis
In vivo immunity to viruses bacteria fungi protozoa worms etc
Unit II Immunological tolerance and Autoimmunity
Immunologic tolerance T lymphocyte tolerance- central and peripheral Apoptosis in
Lymphocytes-pathways and biochemical mechanisms effector mechanisms Tolerance
induced regulatory T cells B lymphocyte tolerance- Central and Peripheral Homeostasis in
the immune pathogenesis and therapeutic approaches to autoimmunity
Unit III Tumor and Transplantation Immunology Hypersensitivity
General features of tumor immunity tumor antigens Immune response to tumor and
evasion Immunotherapy Types of hypersensitivity Effector mechanisms of immunologic
tissue injury and disease
Unit IV Immunodeficiency and Vaccinology
MHC and disease susceptibility immune deficiency disorders Active immunization
(immune prophylaxis) passive immunization adjuvants modern approaches to vaccine
development role of vaccines in the prevention of disease
Suggested References
1 Cellular and Molecular Immunology- 5th Edition Abul K Abbas Andrew Litchman
2 Immunology-5th Edition Richard A Goldsby Thomas J Kindt Barbara A Osborne
Janis Kuby
3 Immunology- 6th Edition Ivan Roitt Jonathan Brostoff David Male
40
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
Paper ndash III (Code 4T3 A) Toxicology (Clinical Research)
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Have knowledge about assessment and management of ethical clinical trial
programs
2 Demonstrate competency in biopharmaceutical clinical trial research designs and
regulatory affairs
3 Demonstrate competencies in evaluating clinical research data and
communicating results Manage innovative products through the discovery
processes and into the clinical trial phases
4 Identify and classify different types of trial designs when reading a trial report
understand the essential of GLP roles and responsibilities of stakeholders in
clinical trials
41
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
4T3 A) Toxicology (Clinical Research)
Unit I Pre-Clinical Research
Animal studies acute amp chronic toxicity of drugs regulations for number amp types of
animals protocols for animal experimentation Biochemical amp histopathological studies of
animals after drug administration Mechanism amp cause of death Routine toxicity studies amp
special toxicity studies carcinogenicity mutagenicity amp teratogenicity to be given special
emphasis
Unit II Phases of Clinical Research
Phases of clinical research number of volunteers in phase I amp types of patients in phase II to
IV Importance of these investigations Post marketing surveillance (PMS) amp
pharmacovigilence in case of clinical investigations after marketing authorization
Importance of ethical committee protocol design documentation in clinical trials Bio
Availability and Bio Equivalence studies Pharmacokinetics Pharmacodynamics Genomic
studies
Unit III Good lab practices
Good Clinical Practices Good Manufacturing Practices and Good Laboratory Practices
Principles of ICH-GCP History GCP declaration of Helsinki Belmont report Nuremberg
code Tuskgee trial Schedules Y and its amendments ICMR Guidelines Composition
functions amp operations of IRBIEC ethics of clinical trials Health Authorities- CDSCO US-
FDA EMEA and other
Unit IV Roles and Responsibilities of different stake holders in Clinical Research-
Sponsor CRO SMO Ethics Committee Investigator CRA CRC Patients and other
Departments in Clinical Research- Operations Business Development Regulatory
Pharmacovigilance Data Management Centralized Monitoring Quality Finance Important
documents in Clinical Research and importance of documentation in Clinical Research
Stages in clinical trial-Feasibilities PSSV SIV SMV and Close-out visits Audits and
Inspections
Suggested reading
1 Clinical Research Coordinator Handbook Norris Deborrah Plexus Publications
20040601
2 Clinical Research Methodology and Evidence-Based Medicine Babu Ajit N
Anshan 20080530
3 Conducting Clinical Research Judy Stone Biblio Distribution 2006
4 Essentials of clinical research Stephen P Glasser (Edt) Springer Verlag 2008
42
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
Paper ndash III (Code 4T3 B) Nutrition (Applied Nutritional Biochemistry)
Learning outcome Students will be
1 Capable of describing biochemical pathways relevant in nutrient metabolism 2 Capable of using selected biochemical techniques relevant in nutritional
biochemical research 3 Critical reading of scientific articles in nutritional biochemistry 4 Capable of discussing research questions relevant to nutritional biochemistry 5 The ability to ask critical questions and discuss nutritional biochemical research
43
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
4T3 B) Nutrition (Applied Nutritional Biochemistry)
Unit I Clinical nutrition
Role of a dietician role and responsibilities of a dietitian nutrition counseling professional
ethics and obligations
Diet therapy-Rationale for diet therapy (normal diet modifications of the diet to the light
diet soft diet full liquid diet clear liquid tube feeding) Routes for diet therapy-enteral and
parental use of biochemical parameters in the planning of diets use of computers in the
planning of diets
Unit II Nutritional Counseling and Dietetics
Nutritive value of different food groups and changes due to cooking in various food groups
Storage of foods food quality and factors affecting food quality Control of food quality Use
of additives Classification and applications
Unit III Community Nutrition
Opportunities in community Nutrition Assessing Community Resources assessing target
population program planning Assessing communityrsquos nutritional resources Food insecurity
food assistance programs world hunger and food insecurity Principles of nutrition education
and policy making national nutrition agenda
Unit IV Applied Nutrition and Public Health Concept of Health Nutrition and Public Health Nutrition Demographic trends in India and
the significance of certain indices of Health and Nutrition situation of a community IMR
MMR TFR Birth rate Death rate Life expectancy etc) Major nutritional problems in
developing countries Dietary surveys-methods ways of interpretations and analysis
recommendations based on survey findings Assessment of nutritional status biochemical
and anthropometry
Suggested Reading
Clinical nutrition
edited by- professor marinos elia (university of outhampton) professor olle ljungqvist
(karolinska institutet amp oumlrebro university hospital) dr outham outhamp (university of
outhampton professor susan lanham-new (university of surrey) - see more at
httpwwwnutritionsocietyorgpublicationstextbooksclinical-
nutritionsthashw12tfscqdpuf
Public health nutrition
edited by- professor michael gibney (ucd institute of food and health) professor barrie
margetts (university of southampton) dr john kearney (dublin institute of technology)
professor lenore arab (university of california los angeles)
httpwwwnutritionsocietyorgpublicationstextbookspublic-health-
nutritionsthash8pvhu1m0dpuf
Staying healthy with nutrition author- elson m Hass buck levin
American dietetic association complete food and nutrition guide Roberta larson duyff
44
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
MSc Biochemistry CBCS syllabus Effective from 2015-16
SEMESTER 4
Foundation 2 Basic Enzymology
Unit I
Introduction to Enzymology Nomenclature and classification of enzymes History sources of
enzymes (Animal Plant and microorganisms) Protein amp nonprotein nature of enzymes with
examples enzymes as biological catalysts and their importance principle of assay of enzymes and
measurement of activity effect of experimental conditions on measurement of activity such as time pH temp
substrate definition of enzyme unit Stability of enzymes and half life of enzymes Effect of environmental
factors on stability of enzymes Concept of Zymogens and active enzyme with examples effect of activators
and inhibitors on enzyme activity Role of coenzymes and cofactors on enzyme catalysis with examples
Unit II Production amp purification
Method os screening of sources for desired enzymes Availability of the sources for procurement
of enzymes Natural and synthetic Media for microbial enzyme production effect of inducers and
environmental factors on enzyme production by microorganisms
Methods of isolation of enzymes form the source purification of enzyme by dialysis salt and solvent
precipitation chromatography gel filtration Purification by affinity chromatography methods of
determination of purity and nature of of enzymes by simple PAGE SDSPAGE and 2 D electrophoresis
Unit III Enzyme Kinetics
Lock amp key model and Koshland model of enzyme active site Determination of active site of enzyme
Michelis Mentain equation kinetics of reversible irreversible and nonreversible enzymes Line Weaver burk
plot and Eddie Hofstie Plot Determination of kinetic constants and activation energy Effect of competitive
and non-competitive inhibitors on enzyme activity Allosteric enzyme and sigmoidal kinetics
Unit IV Applications of enzymes
Structure and function of multienzyme complex systems such as PDH KGH B oxidation spiral and glycolysis
Advantages of soluble and membrane bound enzymes Futile cycles in Biochemistry
Methods of immobilization of enzymes advantages and disadvantages of immobilization Application of
Immobilized enzymes in agriculture cosmetics detergent dairy brewing and food industries with examples
such as lactase pectinase proteinase invertaselipase etc Application of enzymes in nanotechnology
biosensors etc
Suggested references
1 Enzymology and Enzyme Technology 2014 by SM Bhatt (S Chand)
2 Enzyme Technology 2006 by Ashok Pandey (Editor) Colin Webb (Editor) MARCELO
FERNANDES (Editor) Springer
3 Biocatalysts and enzyme technology 2012 Klaus Buchholz
45
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
4T4 Bioresearch Techniques II (Subject centric core 2)
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Learn describe and build up knowledge domain regarding the latest and most advanced Bioresearch techniques available for biochemical research
2 Be aware select appropriately apply technology platforms and Perform techniques for analysis of DNA and protein expression
3 Evaluation of data and controls related to research techniques 4 Create thought-provoking questions related to the laboratory equipment
46
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
4T4 Bioresearch Techniques II (Subject centric core 2)
UNIT I
Biochemical methods I- Co-immunoprecipitation BiFC bimolecular fluorescence
complementation affinity electrophoresis Pull down assays label transfer yeast two hybrid
screens phage display
UNIT II
Biochemical methods II- In-vivo crosslinking of protein complexes using photo-reactive
amino acid analogs Tandem affinity purification (TAP) Chemical cross-linking SPINE
(Strepprotein interaction experiment) Quantitative immunoprecipitation combined with
knock-down (QUICK) Proximity ligation assay (PLA) in situ
UNIT III
Biophysical and theoretical methods I
Bio-Layer Interferometry
Dual polarisation interferometry (DPI)
Static light scattering (SLS)
Dynamic light scattering (DLS)
Surface plasmon resonance
UNIT IV
Biophysical and theoretical methods II
Fluorescence polarizationanisotropy
Fluorescence correlation spectroscopy
FRET BRET
2D-FT NMR spectroscopy
Proteinndashprotein docking
Isothermal Titration Calorimetry (ITC)
Isothermal Titration Calorimetry (ITC)
Suggested References
1 Molecular Biology of The Cell Alberts 5th Edition 2007 NCBI Publication
2 Principles of Biochemistry Lehninger WH Freeman
3 Biochemistry of Signal Transduction and Regulation-shy‐ Gerhard Krauss
Wiley VCH 3rd Revised Edition
4 Molecular Cell Biology Lodish 6th Edition WH Freeman amp Company
5 The cell Cooper 2nd Edition ASM Press
6 Gene IX Benjamin Lewin
Published by Pearson Prentice Hall
7 Cell and Molecular Biology Gerald Karp
8 Molecular Biology Robert Weaver 1st Edition WCBNMcGraw-shy‐Hill
9 Molecular Biology of the Gene Watson 6th Edition Pearson Publication
10 Gene Regulation A Eukaryotic Perspective David Latchman 5 illustrated Taylor amp
Francis 2005
47
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
4P1 Advanced Clinical Biochemistry and Immunology and Toxicology and Nutrition
1 Demonstration of dialysis using blood filtrate (Protein Separation)
2 Immunology
a Quantitative Estimation of Antibody
b Precipitation Techniques Double Immunodiffusion Single (Radial)
Immunodiffusion
3 Electrophoretic Techniques Immuno-electrophoresisRocket Immunoelectrophoresis
Immuno-diffusion
4 To assay cathepsin D ATPase (NaKCaMg) Lipid peroxidase enzymes
5 Assay of Acetylcholine esterase activity in rat brain
6 Assay of monoamine oxidase
7 Fractionation of tissues and assay of proteins
8 Assay of ornithine amino transferase
9 Glutathione Estimation
10 Organ tissue morphology histopathology
11 Assay of toxicant biotransformation enzyme-cytochrome P450
12 Test for teratogenecity carcinogenecity Ames test
13 To perform pair wise alignment of sequences using BLAST program
14 To design primers for the given gene sequences
15 To perform multiple sequence alignment and generate phylogenetic tree
16 To retrieve and visualize the three dimensional structures of proteins
17 To retrieve metagenomic sequences and primer designing to develop STS marker
OR
18 Determination of Triglycerides
19 Proximate Analysis of Food Samples
48
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4 Project
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Plan and develop experimental design projects from concept through to professional
prototype
2 Apply theoretical knowledge conceptual skills and techniques to the development of
solutions for biochemical problems
3 Apply initiative and judgment in planning problem solving and decision making in
practice or future study
4 Design a research project and submit in a form of thesis they will present their results of
the thesis to an audience of peers and faculty and be able to defend their results during
final evaluation
4PROJ PROJECT
4S1 Seminar
20
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 2
2T3 Cell Biochemistry
Unit I Cell cycle and regulation
Review of cell cycle divisional control regulatory proteins cyclincdk complexes positive
and negative regulation inhibitory molecules restriction points regulation of DNA
synthesis regulation of degradation check points cell cycle arrest role of cyclically
activated protein kinases transcriptional regulation
Unit II Cell communication I
General principles of cell communication extra cellular signals and their receptors autocrine
signaling and role of gap junctions types of cell receptors relay of signal and intracellular
signal proteins regulated proteolysis dependent signaling pathways (Notch Wnt hedgehog
NFKB)
Unit III Cell communication II
Informational transactions in eukaryotic cells- cyclic AMP facet Study of G-proteins
signaling through G-protein linked cell surface receptors signaling through enzyme linked
cell surface receptors Calcium messenger system signaling via GMP
Unit IV Cancer
Causes and types of cancer viral carcinogenesis tumor suppressors oncogenes and signal
transduction growth and spread of cancer molecular basis of cancer therapy molecular
markers
Programmed cell death and its regulation in normal physiology regulation and execution of
mammalian apoptosis cytokine signaling and role of apoptosis in tumor genesis
Suggested References
1 Molecular Biology of the Cell Alberts 5th Edition 2007 NCBI Publication
2 Principles of Biochemistry Lehninger WH Freeman
3 Biochemistry of Signal Transduction and Regulation - Gerhard Krauss Wiley VCH 3rd
Revised Edition
4 Molecular Cell Biology Lodish 6th Edition WH Freeman amp Company
5 The Cell Cooper 2nd Edition ASM Press
6 Gene IX Benjamin Lewin Published by Pearson Prentice Hall
7 Cell and Molecular Biology Gerald Karp
8 Molecular Biology Robert Weaver 1st Edition WCB McGraw-Hill
9 Molecular Biology of the Gene Watson 6th Edition Pearson Publication
10 Gene Regulation A Eukaryotic Perspective David Latchman 5 illustrated Taylor amp
Francis 2005
11 The Cell- G M Cooper
21
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 2
Paper ndash IV (Code 2T4) Molecular Biology
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Remember and understand the fundamental concepts of Molecular Biology and the
experiments involved in it
2 Relate the concepts of Molecular Biology in the development of Biochemical
research techniques
22
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 2
2T4 Molecular Biology
Unit I Eukaryotic and Prokaryotic chromosomes
Chromatin structure Histones DNA nucleosome morphology and higher level organization Functional
states of chromatin and alterations in chromatin organization Chromosome organization Metaphase
chromosomes centromere and kinetochore telomere and its maintenance Holocentric chromosomes
Heterochromatin and euchromatin position effect variegation Chromosomal domains (matrix loop domains)
and their functional significance
Organization of nuclear and organellar genomes C-value paradox Repetitive DNA-satellite DNAs and
interspersed repeated DNAs Transposable elements LINES SINES Alu family and their application in
genome mapping
Concept of a gene Conventional and modern views Fine structure of gene split genes pseudogenes non-
coding genes overlapping genes and multi-gene families
Unit II Replication and Recombination
Replication Review of replication in bacteria plasmid and viruses Models of DNA replication DNA
replication in eukaryotes Eukaryotic DNA polymerases and their roles origin of replication Autonomously
Replicating Segments (ARS) in yeast elongation lagging strand synthesis and termination
Recombination DNA recombination Homologous site specific and transposition
Homologous recombination Holliday Model Messelsson -Radding Model Rec BCD pathway
Site specific recombination Lambda phage ingration and excision rearrengementof immunoglobulin genes
Transposition Prokaryotic transposition Insertion sequences and mere complex transposons (eg Tn3)
conservative and replicative transposition Eukaryotic transposable elements yeast and Drosophila transposons
retroviruses and retrovirus like elements
Unit III Transcription
Review of prokaryotic transcription transcription in eukaryotes Eukaryotic RNA polymerases and their
subunit structure Class I II and III promoters Upstream elements enhancers and silencers General
transcription factors Class I II III genes and their functions elongation factors TBP structure and its role in
transcription mediators Structure of transcription activators zinc fingers homeodomains helix loop helix
bZIP beta barrels
Unit IV Viruses
General properties of viruses (size shape composition of viral capsid spikes envelope and nucleic acids)
Viral classification in brief Baltimore classification Structure and composition of DNA viruses (Herpes virus
amp Adenovirus) and RNA viruses (HIV)
Tumor viruses (HBV HTLV HPV) structure and mechanism of oncogenesis
Structure and life cycle of Lambda and M13 bacteriophages
Laboratory diagnosis of viral diseases
Mechanism of action of Antiviral drugs (Acyclovir Foscarnet Nevirapine Saquinavir Oseltamivir)
Suggested References
1 Molecular Biology of Gene Watson
2 Gene 7 Benjamin Lewin
3 Cell amp Molecular Biology Devlin
4 Biochemistry Lehninger Nelson amp Cox
5 Biochemistry Voet amp Voet
6 Molecular Biology David Frifelder
7 Molecular biology-Lodish Baltimore
8 Genetics-Russell
9 Genetics 1and 2-CBPower
10 Molecular biology-Watson
11 Molecular biochemistry ndashRobert Weaver
12 Microbiology by Davis
13 Virology by Luria
14 Understanding Viruses-Teri Shors Jones and Bartlett Publishers Massachusetts edition 2009
23
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 2
2P1 Clinical Biochemistry And Immunology
1 Determination of serum and urine Creatinine by Jaffrsquos method
2 Determination of serum Bilirubin by Malloy amp Evllyn method
3 Determination of serum Chloride by Schales amp Schales method
4 Estimation of blood urea by Nesslerisation method
5 Estimation of Serum amylase (EC3211)
6 Estimation of Serum Cholesterol by Single Step Method (Libermann amp Burchard)
7 Determination of Serum Uric Acid by Henry Carawayrsquos method
8 Determination of Icteric Index SGOT SGPT and alkaline phosphatase activity
9 Routine Urine Analysis
10 Quantitative Estimation of T3 T4 and TSH
11 To determine Urinary VMA (3-methoxy 4 ndashHydroxyl Vanillin Mandellic Acid)
12 Glucose Tolerance Test
2P2 Cell And Molecular Biology
1 Use of Simple Compound and Phase Contrast Microscopes
2 Isolation culture and cell counting of lymphocytes
3 Adherent cell line Trypsinization cell count subculturing
4 MTT assay
5 Isolation of DNA from Bacteria and Blood
6 Assessment of purity of DNA by 260280 ratio
7 Isolation of plasmid DNA Mini Prep Midi Prep and Maxi Prep
8 Restriction digestion of DNA
9 Ligation of DNA
10 Separation of DNA fragments by Electrophoresis
11 Southern Blotting amp Northern Blotting
2S1 Seminar
24
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 3
Paper ndash I (Code 3T1) Advanced Molecular Biology
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Understand the concepts of Eukaryotic Transcription regulation mechanisms with details
of enzymes involved eukaryotic transcription process
2 Post transcriptional and translational modifications and regulatory aspects of it
3 Describe the expression of genes and the regulatory RNAs involved in it
4 Appreciate epigenetic ways of gene expression regulation
25
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 3
3T1 Advanced Molecular Biology
Unit I Regulation of eukaryotic gene expression at transcriptional level
Overview of transcription by RNA Polymerases I II and III
Anatomy of a protein-coding gene
Basal transcription by RNA polymerase II Subunits of Pol II general transcription factors
Activators How the initiation complex is assembled How initiation occurs
Speeding up the process Enhancers TAFs and how they work
Regulated transcription transcription factors Zinc-fingers (Sp1 the first such factor identified)
Leucine zippers Basic helix loop helix Homeodomains DNA binding domains Activating domains
RNA Elongation HIV TATTAR
RNA polymerase III and regulation of 5S rRNA
Unit II Regulation of eukaryotic gene expression at post translational translational and post-
translational levels
Regulation at tpst-transcriptional level Effect of cap and polyadenylation on splicing trans and
alternative splicing RNA editing mRNA stability and transport
Regulation at Translational level Global regulation through eIF2 and eIF4EeIF4E-BP Specific
regulation through 5 UTRs using RNA structure eg ODC Specific regulation through 5
UTRprotein interactions eg ferritin in eukaryotes and ribosomal proteins in prokaryotes Specific
regulation through 3 UTRs eg 15-LOX
Regulation at post-translational level Control of the level of active proteins regulation of proteolysis
Unit III Regulatory RNAs
Historical background RNA interference as regulatory mechanism in eukaryotes Slicer and dicer
synthesis and function of RNAi molecules in plants chromatin remodeling in human disease and
diagnosis
Unit IV Epigenetics
Background chromosomal inheritance taking fission yeast as an example DNA methyltransferases
DNA methylation maintenance histone modification and regulation of chromatin structure bivalent
histones DNA demethylation histone demethylation
Suggested References
1 Molecular Biology of the Cell Alberts 5th Edition 2007 NCBI Publication
2 Principles of Biochemistry Lehninger WH Freeman
3 Biochemistry of Signal Transduction and Regulation - Gerhard Krauss Wiley VCH 3rd
Revised Edition
4 Molecular Cell Biology Lodish 6th Edition WH Freeman amp Company
5 The cell Cooper 2nd Edition ASM Press
6 Genes IX Benjamin Lewin Published by Pearson Prentice Hall
7 Cell and Molecular Biology Gerald Karp
8 Molecular Biology Robert Weaver 1st Edition WCB McGraw-Hill
9 Molecular Biology of the Gene Watson 6th Edition Pearson Publication
10 Gene Regulation A Eukaryotic Perspective David Latchman 5 illustrated Taylor amp
Francis 2005
26
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 3
Paper ndash II (Code 3T2) Biotechnology
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Remember and Understand fundamental concepts of Genetic Engineering
2 Illustrate and compare different techniques involved in Genetic Engineering
3 Understand the concepts of Prokaryotic and Eukaryotic Transformation and PCR
4 Describe the expression of heterologous genes and the vectors involved in it
5 Appreciate technology involved in industrial products of Protein engineering and
fermentation technology Remember and Understand the design and functioning of
different types of Bioreactors and Downstream processing Evaluate the application of
different types of Bioreactors including immobilization reactor system and its kinetics
6 Comprehend tools important in Bioinformatics analysis for simplified application of
nucleic acid and protein sequence data
27
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 3
3T2 Biotechnology
Unit I rDNA technology Genomic and cDNA libraries DNA manipulation enzymes isolation of specific genes
Gene cloning REs vectors-plasmids cosmids phage vectors M13 phage vectors phagemids expression
vectors with strong promoters inducible vectors produce fusion proteins and their isolation Eucaryotic
expression system shuttle vectors YAC BAC insertion of DNA and its ligation to carrier DNA introduction
of DNA in cells gene synthesis gene libraries
Application of recombinant DNA technology in medicine agriculture industry and environmental sciences
Unit II Gene control systems in bacteria and bacteriophage lambda
Mechanism of induction and repression constitutive expression various control mechanisms positive
regulation negative regulation attenuation operon hypothesis with special reference to malgal ara and
histidine operons Regulatory mechanisms in bacteriophage lambda
Regulation of gene expression at various levels (transcription post transcriptional and translational)
DNA-protein interactions Lambda family of repressor trp repressor
Unit III Biochemical engineering Biochemical Engineering Bioreactors and related equipment and
instrumentation types of bioreactor (Batch semi batch CSTF recycle etc) reactor analysis reactor design
reactor for recombination proteins
Fermentation technology Fermentation technology microbial culture reaction genetic modification use of
mutants recombinant DNA technology and application in fermentation technology microbial growth kinetics
sterilization fermentation process kinetics analysis of rate pattern and kinetic groups fermentation process
types control of environmental variables recovery of fermentation products isolation and purification and use
of immobilization techniques
Unit IV Bioinformatics and Drug Designing Introduction to Bioinformatics Applications of Bioinformatics Bioinformatics resources
Biological Databases Overview to Biological Databases Nucleotide Databases (GenBank DDBJ ENA) Protein sequence
databases (Uniprot Swiss prot Prosite Pfam Prodom) Protein structure databases (PDB SCOP CATH)
Sequence analysis Sequence similarity search BLAST FASTA CLUSTAL
Genomics Introduction to Genomics Comparative Genomic Databases Objective of Genome Comparisons Genome
Alignments
Proteomics Overview of Proteomics Experimental Techniques Bioinformatics Approaches Protein-Protein Interaction
Databases and software
Softwaresrsquo for Drug Designing Structure Based Drug Designing Ligand Based Drug Designing
Virtual Screening Homology Modeling and Chimera Generation
Suggested References 1 Molecular Biology of the Cell Alberts 5th Edition 2007 NCBI Publication
2 Principles of Biochemistry Lehninger WH Freeman
3 Biochemistry of Signal Transduction and Regulation - Gerhard Krauss Wiley VCH 3rd Revised Edition
4 Molecular Cell Biology Lodish 6th Edition WH Freeman amp Company
5 The cell Cooper 2nd Edition ASM Press
6 Genes IX Benjamin Lewin Published by Pearson Prentice Hall
7 Cell and Molecular Biology Gerald Karp
8 Molecular Biology Robert Weaver 1st Edition WCB McGraw-Hill
9 Molecular Biology of the Gene Watson 6th Edition Pearson Publication
10 Gene Regulation A Eukaryotic Perspective David Latchman 5 illustrated Taylor amp Francis 2005
Molecular Biotechnology Principles and Applications of Recombinant DNA Bernard R
GlickhttpwwwamazoncomMolecular-Biotechnology-Principles-Applications-
Recombinantdp1555814980ref=sr_1_6s=booksampie=UTF8ampqid=1323503937ampsr=1-6 - (Author)Publisher
Amer Society for Microbiology 4 edition (December 31 2009)
11 Principles of gene manipulation and genomics S B Primrose Richard M Twyman Publisher Wiley-Blackwell 7
edition (February 17 2006)
12 Principles of Fermentation Technology P F Stanbury (Author) S Hall (Author) A Whitaker (Author) Publisher
Butterworth-Heinemann 2 edition (February 19 1999)
13 1 Bioinformatics A practical guide to the analysis of genes and proteins Baxevanis AD and Ovellette BFF
Wiley-Interscience (2002)
14 2 Molecular and Biotechnology A comprehensive desk reference RA Meyes (Ed) VCH Publishers Inc (1995)
15 3 Textbook of Biotechnology Das HK Wiley Dreamtech India Pvt Ltd (2004)
28
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
Semester 3
Paper ndash III (Code 3T3 A) Toxicology (Biochemical And Environmental Toxicology)
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 To understand key principles of toxicology including various factors affecting toxicity and toxicity assessment
2 To evaluate analyse disposition of toxicants and factor affecting to disposition of toxicants
3 The know how of toxicokinetics and biotransformation 4 To critically analyse and interpret non-organ directed toxicity To
study effect of environmental toxicity on human beings
5 To develop an understanding of the genetic toxicology and
Developmental Toxicology for scientific research practices
6 Critical evaluation of relationship between target organ toxicity for
experimental designs
29
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 3
Core Elective 1
3T3 A) Toxicology (Biochemical And Environmental Toxicology)
Unit I General principles of Toxicology
Definition Different facets of toxicology and their interrelationships Classification of toxic
agents Desired and undesired effects
Various factors affecting toxicity vehicles formulation factors biological half life volume
and concentration dose dosage forms routes of administration entry genetic status etc
Principles of selective toxicity comparative morphology comparative biochemistry
comparative cytology
Toxicity assessment acute subchronic chronic exposure determination of ED50 and LD50
values tests for mutagenecity carcinogenicity genotoxicity Ames test
Unit II Disposition of Toxicants
Factors affecting disposition of toxicants absorption distribution biotransformation
elimination
Absorption through gastro-intestinal tract lungs skin
Distribution storage in tissues blood-brain barrier passage across placenta redistribution
Biotransformation Phase I and II reactions metabolic interrelationship antidotal therapy
Excretion urinary fecal exhalation other routes
Toxicokinetics classic and physiologic
Unit III A) Non ndashorgan directed toxicity
Chemical carcinogenesis definition mechanism
Genetic toxicology definition health impacts and mechanism of induction of genetic
alterations
Developmental toxicology definition principles mechanism and pathogenesis of
developmental toxicity
B) Environmental Toxicology
Air pollution definition air pollutants health effects and risk assessment of air pollution
Introduction to Ecotoxicology
Unit IV Target organ toxicity
Skin skin as a barrier dermatitis acne urticaria
Toxic responses of the blood blood as a target organ toxicology of erythron leukon and
platelets
Toxic responses of the liver physiology and pathophysiology factors in liver injury
mechanism of liver injury
Toxic responses of the respiratory system lungs structure and functions pulmonotoxic
agents pathogenesis of chemical induced damage acute and chronic responses of lungs to
injury
Suggested References
1 Casarette and Doullrsquos Toxicology by Klaassen CD
2 Biochemical Toxicology of Environmental Agents by Bruine D
3 Detoxification mechanisms by Williams RT
4 Selective Toxicity by Albert A
5 Developmental Toxicology by Hood RD
30
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 3
Paper ndash III (Code 3T3 B) Nutrition (Nutritional Biochemistry) (Core Elective 1)
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Capably describe the biochemical techniques that are relevant for the investigation of nutrient metabolism
2 Understand key principles of energy expenditure thermogenic effects Energy requirements and role of dietary fibers in nutrition
3 To read interpret and discuss protein energy malnutrition disorders of mineral metabolism for scientific research
4 To develop an understanding of the observational and experimental character of science in nutritional biochemistry
5 To communicate role of clinical nutrition and food allergies in scientific communication frameworks such as written reports and open discussion
31
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 3
3T3 B Nutrition (Nutritional Biochemistry) (Core Elective 1)
Unit I Basic Concepts
Basic Concept Energy content of foods Measurements of energy expenditure Direct amp
Indirect calorimetry Definition of BMR and SDA and factors affecting these Thermogenic
effects of foods Energy requirements of man and woman and factors affecting energy
requirements
Role of dietary fibers in nutrition
Unit II Nutritional Disorders
Protein Energy Malnutrition (PEM) Aetiology Clinical features Metabolic disorders
and Management of Marasmus and Kwashiorkor diseases
Disorders of Mineral Metabolism Hypercalecemia Hypocalcaemia Normocalcemia
Hyperphosphatemia
Unit III Starvation and Antinutrients
Starvation Techniques for studying starvation protein metabolim in prolonged fasting
protein sparing treatments during fasting Concept of high protein low calorific weight
reduction diets
Antinutrients Naturally occurring food borne toxicants protease inhibitors hemagglutins
hepatotoxins allergens oxalates toxins from mushrooms animal food stuffs and sea foods
Unit IV Clinical Nutrition and Food Allergies
Clinical Nutrition Role of diet and nutrition in the prevention and treatment of diseases
dental caries Fluorosis Atherosclerosis amp Rheumatic disorders Inherited metabolic
Disorders Phenylketonuria Maple Syrup disease amp Hemocystinuria
Food Allergies Definition role of antigen host and environment types of
hypersensitivities diagnosis and treatment of allergy
Suggested Reading 1 Basics of clinical nutrition author- yk joshi jaypee publication
2 Nutrition for the community Gully baba publishing house
Essentials of human nutrition author-jim mann amp stewart truswell oxford university press
3 Introduction to human nutrition
edited by- professor michael gibney (ucd institute of food and health) professor susan lanham-new
(university of surrey) professor aedin Cassidy (university of east anglia) professor hester vorster (north-
west university south africa) httpwwwnutritionsocietyorgpublicationstextbooksintroduction-to-
human-nutritionsthashtdyscawhdpuf
4 Nutrition and metabolism
edited by- professor susan lanham-new (university of surrey) professor ian macdonald (university of
nottingham) professor helen roche (unviersity college dublin) -
httpwwwnutritionsocietyorgpublicationstextbooksnutrition-and-metabolismsthashiusrjtiudpuf
32
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 3
Foundation Course 1 Biomolecules and Basic Metabolism
Unit I Carbohydrates and metabolism
Classification of carbohydrates Structure occurrence and biological importance of
monosaccharides oligosaccharides and polysaccharides
Introduction to Metabolism glycolysis glucogenesis and gluconeogenesis TCA cycle and its
amphibolic role energetics of carbohydrate metabolismAlternate pathways HMP shunt Enter-
Doudoroff glucuronate and glyoxylate pathways Corirsquos cycle
Unit II Lipids and metabolism
Classification of lipids Fatty acids Saturated and unsaturated fatty acids Essential fatty acids
Glycerophospholipids Glycolipids properties and functions
Metabolism Oxidation of fatty acids even and odd numbered unsaturated and branched chain fatty
acids
Degradation and biosynthesis of triacylglycerols and phospholipids energetic of beta- oxidation
Cholesterol biosynthesis catabolism and regulation
Unit III Proteins and metabolism
Classification of amino acids and proteins Protein structures primary secondary tertiary and
quarternary structure General metabolic reaction of amino acids transamination oxidative
deamination minor pathways of amino acid degradation transdeamination amino acid oxidase non
oxidative deamination
Degradation and biosynthesis of amino acids glycogenic and ketogenic amino acids Urea cycle
pathway and regulation
Unit IV Minerals and metabolism
Major and minor and ultra trace minerals their occurrence functions toxicity and interaction with
other nutrients
Iron metabolism and regulation
Calcium and phosphorus metabolism and regulation
Suggested Reading
1 Biophysical Techniques- Upadhyay Upadhyay and Nath
2 Principles of Biochemistry- Lehninger David L Nelson and Michael M Cox
3 Enzymes- Malcolm Dixon and Edwin Webb
4 Harperrsquos Biochemistry- Harper
5 Biochemistry- Western and Todd
6 Cell and Molecular Biology-Gerald Karp
7 Fundamentals of Biochemistry-Donald Voet Judith G Voet and Charlotte W Bratt
33
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 3
Paper ndash IV (Code 3T4 ) Bioresearch Techniques I (Subject centric core 1)
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Understand key principles of how flow cytometer work including data
analysis for their applications
2 Improve on skillful process of the animal cell culture techniques and
experimental demand of knowledge including an appreciation of the
need for good experimental design and scientific research practices
3 To incline intellectual curiosity in DNA and RNA techniques and
related fields that extends well beyond the course
4 To develop practical laboratory skills in the field of DNA and RNA
techniques
34
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 3
3T4 Bioresearch Techniques I (Subject centric core 1)
Unit I Flow cytometry
Principles of flow cytometry Instrument overview principle of fluorescence sample preparation
data analysis and applications of flow cytometry Overview Fludics Generation of Scatter and
fluorescence ( Optical bench optical filters signal detection Treshold) Data Analysis (Data
Collection and Display gating data analysis for subsetting applications Data analysis for ther
applications) Sorting Lasers and Alignment (Working of lasers and laser alignment)
Unit II Animal cell culture techniques
Animal cell Culture Cell culture (adherent and suspension) basic equipment cell culture media-
Components sterility buffering capacity growth requirements supplementation of serum antibiotic
and antimycotic agents preparation of medium advantages and limitations of Primary cell culture
clonal cell lines basic technique a of animal cell subcultuing disaggregation method for quantitation
of cells in culture counting chamber counters cell viability determination cytotoxicity assay and its
applications cell apoptosis assay and its applications 3 D cultures
Unit III DNA techniques
Isolation Sequencing Restriction Nucleases Gel Electrophoresis DNA probes Nucleic acid
hybridization Southern blotting DNA fingerprinting and DNA typing DNA Library
DNA sequencing Sanger and Maxam Gilbert
Restriction Mapping DNase foot printing DMS foot printing knockouts
PCR RFLP RAPD AFLP SNP
Unit IV RNA techniques
Isolation Hybridization Northern Blotting in vitro labeling with radioisotopes and chemical
markers
Mapping and quantifying transcripts S1assay primer extension run off transcription
Transcription rate measurement in vivo Nuclear run on transcription reporter gene N transcription
si RNA technology gene silencing techniques its applications microarrays ribozyme technology
Suggested References
1 Molecular Biology of The Cell Alberts 5th Edition 2007 NCBI Publication
2 Principles of Biochemistry Lehninger WH Freeman
3 Biochemistry of Signal Transduction and Regulation-shy‐ Gerhard Krauss
Wiley VCH 3rd Revised Edition
4 Molecular Cell Biology Lodish 6th Edition WH Freeman amp Company
5 The cell Cooper 2nd Edition ASM Press
6 Gene IX Benjamin Lewin
Published by Pearson Prentice Hall
7 Cell and Molecular Biology Gerald Karp
8 Molecular Biology Robert Weaver 1st Edition WCBNMcGraw-shy‐Hill
9 Molecular Biology of the Gene Watson 6th Edition Pearson Publication
10 Gene Regulation A Eukaryotic Perspective David Latchman 5 illustrated Taylor amp Francis
2005
35
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 3
3P1 Biotechnology And Molecular Biology
1) Fermentation
i) Isolation of microorganisms from soil demonstrating synthesis capability of desired product
Gram staining (Desired property to be decided by the instructor) and screening
ii) Optimization of the lab scale production of the desired product Effect of temperature pH
substrate concentration
iii) Growth curve Estimation of cell number substrate utilization andor product formation
2) Polymerase Chain Reaction
i) PCR amplification from genomic DNA
ii) Nested PCR
iii) Random Amplification of Polymorphic DNA (RAPD)
3) Restriction Fragment Length Polymorphism (RFLP)
3P2 A Biochemical And Environmental Toxicology
1 Qualitative detection of various toxicants in biological samples
Phenothiazine derivatives Organochlorine compounds (Fujiwara test) Phenol Methanol Arsenic (As)
Antimony (Sb) Selenium (Se) Mercury (Hg) Bismuth (Bi) Fluoride (F) Boron (Bo) Gutzeit test for
Antimony (Sb) and Arsenic (As) Spot test for metal toxicants
2 Quantitative determination of Salicylate Paracetamol (acetaminophen) Sulphonamide in biological
samples
3 Enzyme assay in toxic conditions
GOT (AST) GPT (ALT) Acid phosphatase Alkaline phosphatase Acetyl cholinesterase etc
4 Construction of dose-response curves
5 Determination of LD50 value of a toxicant
6 Induction of hepatotoxicity diabetes skin lesions teratogenesis
7 Assay of biomarkers of environmental pollution toxicity
OR
3P2 B) Nutritional Biochemistry
1 Determination of Calcium in food samples
2 Determination of Inorganic Phosphorous in food samples
3 Determination of Iron in food samples
4 Determination of beta carotene in carrots by column chromatography
5 Determination of Ascorbic Acid in food
6 Estimation of Amylase activity
7 Determination of Total Lipids By Sulphophospho vanillin Method
3S1 Seminar
InstitutionalEducational tour For minimum 08 days
36
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
Paper ndash I (Code 4T1) Advanced Clinical Biochemistry
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Analyse evaluate and generate information from a wide variety of sources regarding the key principles of aging and Neurological disorders
2 Analyse the effects of obesity on physiological functions including gene regulation
3 Critically interpret molecular and metabolic diseases and develop new knowledge domain about them
4 To develop effective creative and innovative solutions to current research problems in Reproductive Disease and Reproductive Biochemistry
5 To develop practical laboratory skill for Assisted Reproductive Technology program
37
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
4T1 Advanced Clinical Biochemistry
Unit I Aging and Neurological Disorders
Current view and theories of aging auto immune connection and HLA association processes of
aging and biochemical alteration DNA damage protein oxidation and axonal transport in aging
nutritional intervention as anti-aging therapy
Alzheimerrsquos disease Causes symptoms diagnosis pathogenesis genetics APP ApoE PS2 tau
protein risk factors and therapeutic approaches
Progeria Parkinsonrsquos disease Causes symptoms diagnosis pathogenesis genetics and therapeutic
approaches
Unit II Obesity
Theories lipid metabolism adipose tissue anomalies
Genetic basis of familial obesity effects of neuropeptides and leptin in nutrient partitioning
Obesity related derangements in metabolic regulation Therapeutic approaches
Unit III Molecular and Metabolic Diseases
Human gene map genetic diversity polymorphism genetic linkage chromosomal disorder
Monogenetic Disorders Autosomal dominant autosomal recessive X-linked Multifactorial
disorders Genetic heterogeneity Allelic heterogeneity Pathogenesis of genetic disease
Galactosemia Hemophilia Sickle cell anemia Muscular dystrophy Hypercholesterolemia Gout
Turnerrsquos syndrome
Unit IV Reproductive Biochemistry
Overview of reproductive system and reproduction biochemistry of reproductive disorders (male amp
female) Influence of various factors in reproduction with special reference to role of prostaglandins
and gonadotrophins Mechanism and methods of birth control and possible biochemical
consequences thereof Biochemical markerrsquos in infertility disorders Techniques involved in assisted
reproductive technology (ART) Culture media and cell culture techniques in ART programme
Suggested References
1 Clinical Biochemistry ndash Metabolic and Clinical aspects By-William J Marshall amp Stephen
K Angert
2 Harperrsquos Biochemistry - 27th Ed
3 Text book of Medical Physiology - By Guyton
4 Text book of Physiology -By Burn amp levy
5 Biochemistry ndashBy L Stryer (Freeman amp CoNY)
6 Biochemistry with clinical correlation- By Thomas Devli
7 The Metabolic Basis of Inherited Disease 5th Ed-By John Stanbury
8 Teitz Fundamentals of Clinical Chemistry ndashBy CABurtis amp Ashwood
9 Biochemistry - By Lehninger
10 Lehningerrsquos Biochemistry ndashBy Nelson amp Cox
11 Biochemistry ndashBy Stanford
12 Basic Medical Biochemistry A Clinical approach- By Smith
13 Principles of Internal Medicines- By HarrisonT R
14 Practical Biochemistry Principles amp Techniques- By Wilson amp Walker
15 Practical Biochemistry ndashBy David Plummer
38
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
Paper ndash II (Code 4T2) Advanced Immunology
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Understand details of lymph node microanatomy and learn the B and T cells encounter with antigens and study its development
2 Gain insight into antigen presentation and autophagy on a detailed molecular level
3 Understand immunology of mucosal surfaces and the interplay between commensal flora and the immune system in the gut
4 In-depth knowledge of the cellular and molecular basis for autoimmune disease and allergies
5 Basic knowledge of tumor immunology and the development of novel recombinant antibodies for treatment of cancer and autoimmune disease
39
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
4T2 Advanced Immunology
Unit I Introductory Immunobiology
Complement system Alternative and Classical pathway of complement activation
Immune networks Homeostasis in the immune system-termination of normal immune
responses network hypothesis
In vivo immunity to viruses bacteria fungi protozoa worms etc
Unit II Immunological tolerance and Autoimmunity
Immunologic tolerance T lymphocyte tolerance- central and peripheral Apoptosis in
Lymphocytes-pathways and biochemical mechanisms effector mechanisms Tolerance
induced regulatory T cells B lymphocyte tolerance- Central and Peripheral Homeostasis in
the immune pathogenesis and therapeutic approaches to autoimmunity
Unit III Tumor and Transplantation Immunology Hypersensitivity
General features of tumor immunity tumor antigens Immune response to tumor and
evasion Immunotherapy Types of hypersensitivity Effector mechanisms of immunologic
tissue injury and disease
Unit IV Immunodeficiency and Vaccinology
MHC and disease susceptibility immune deficiency disorders Active immunization
(immune prophylaxis) passive immunization adjuvants modern approaches to vaccine
development role of vaccines in the prevention of disease
Suggested References
1 Cellular and Molecular Immunology- 5th Edition Abul K Abbas Andrew Litchman
2 Immunology-5th Edition Richard A Goldsby Thomas J Kindt Barbara A Osborne
Janis Kuby
3 Immunology- 6th Edition Ivan Roitt Jonathan Brostoff David Male
40
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
Paper ndash III (Code 4T3 A) Toxicology (Clinical Research)
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Have knowledge about assessment and management of ethical clinical trial
programs
2 Demonstrate competency in biopharmaceutical clinical trial research designs and
regulatory affairs
3 Demonstrate competencies in evaluating clinical research data and
communicating results Manage innovative products through the discovery
processes and into the clinical trial phases
4 Identify and classify different types of trial designs when reading a trial report
understand the essential of GLP roles and responsibilities of stakeholders in
clinical trials
41
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
4T3 A) Toxicology (Clinical Research)
Unit I Pre-Clinical Research
Animal studies acute amp chronic toxicity of drugs regulations for number amp types of
animals protocols for animal experimentation Biochemical amp histopathological studies of
animals after drug administration Mechanism amp cause of death Routine toxicity studies amp
special toxicity studies carcinogenicity mutagenicity amp teratogenicity to be given special
emphasis
Unit II Phases of Clinical Research
Phases of clinical research number of volunteers in phase I amp types of patients in phase II to
IV Importance of these investigations Post marketing surveillance (PMS) amp
pharmacovigilence in case of clinical investigations after marketing authorization
Importance of ethical committee protocol design documentation in clinical trials Bio
Availability and Bio Equivalence studies Pharmacokinetics Pharmacodynamics Genomic
studies
Unit III Good lab practices
Good Clinical Practices Good Manufacturing Practices and Good Laboratory Practices
Principles of ICH-GCP History GCP declaration of Helsinki Belmont report Nuremberg
code Tuskgee trial Schedules Y and its amendments ICMR Guidelines Composition
functions amp operations of IRBIEC ethics of clinical trials Health Authorities- CDSCO US-
FDA EMEA and other
Unit IV Roles and Responsibilities of different stake holders in Clinical Research-
Sponsor CRO SMO Ethics Committee Investigator CRA CRC Patients and other
Departments in Clinical Research- Operations Business Development Regulatory
Pharmacovigilance Data Management Centralized Monitoring Quality Finance Important
documents in Clinical Research and importance of documentation in Clinical Research
Stages in clinical trial-Feasibilities PSSV SIV SMV and Close-out visits Audits and
Inspections
Suggested reading
1 Clinical Research Coordinator Handbook Norris Deborrah Plexus Publications
20040601
2 Clinical Research Methodology and Evidence-Based Medicine Babu Ajit N
Anshan 20080530
3 Conducting Clinical Research Judy Stone Biblio Distribution 2006
4 Essentials of clinical research Stephen P Glasser (Edt) Springer Verlag 2008
42
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
Paper ndash III (Code 4T3 B) Nutrition (Applied Nutritional Biochemistry)
Learning outcome Students will be
1 Capable of describing biochemical pathways relevant in nutrient metabolism 2 Capable of using selected biochemical techniques relevant in nutritional
biochemical research 3 Critical reading of scientific articles in nutritional biochemistry 4 Capable of discussing research questions relevant to nutritional biochemistry 5 The ability to ask critical questions and discuss nutritional biochemical research
43
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
4T3 B) Nutrition (Applied Nutritional Biochemistry)
Unit I Clinical nutrition
Role of a dietician role and responsibilities of a dietitian nutrition counseling professional
ethics and obligations
Diet therapy-Rationale for diet therapy (normal diet modifications of the diet to the light
diet soft diet full liquid diet clear liquid tube feeding) Routes for diet therapy-enteral and
parental use of biochemical parameters in the planning of diets use of computers in the
planning of diets
Unit II Nutritional Counseling and Dietetics
Nutritive value of different food groups and changes due to cooking in various food groups
Storage of foods food quality and factors affecting food quality Control of food quality Use
of additives Classification and applications
Unit III Community Nutrition
Opportunities in community Nutrition Assessing Community Resources assessing target
population program planning Assessing communityrsquos nutritional resources Food insecurity
food assistance programs world hunger and food insecurity Principles of nutrition education
and policy making national nutrition agenda
Unit IV Applied Nutrition and Public Health Concept of Health Nutrition and Public Health Nutrition Demographic trends in India and
the significance of certain indices of Health and Nutrition situation of a community IMR
MMR TFR Birth rate Death rate Life expectancy etc) Major nutritional problems in
developing countries Dietary surveys-methods ways of interpretations and analysis
recommendations based on survey findings Assessment of nutritional status biochemical
and anthropometry
Suggested Reading
Clinical nutrition
edited by- professor marinos elia (university of outhampton) professor olle ljungqvist
(karolinska institutet amp oumlrebro university hospital) dr outham outhamp (university of
outhampton professor susan lanham-new (university of surrey) - see more at
httpwwwnutritionsocietyorgpublicationstextbooksclinical-
nutritionsthashw12tfscqdpuf
Public health nutrition
edited by- professor michael gibney (ucd institute of food and health) professor barrie
margetts (university of southampton) dr john kearney (dublin institute of technology)
professor lenore arab (university of california los angeles)
httpwwwnutritionsocietyorgpublicationstextbookspublic-health-
nutritionsthash8pvhu1m0dpuf
Staying healthy with nutrition author- elson m Hass buck levin
American dietetic association complete food and nutrition guide Roberta larson duyff
44
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
MSc Biochemistry CBCS syllabus Effective from 2015-16
SEMESTER 4
Foundation 2 Basic Enzymology
Unit I
Introduction to Enzymology Nomenclature and classification of enzymes History sources of
enzymes (Animal Plant and microorganisms) Protein amp nonprotein nature of enzymes with
examples enzymes as biological catalysts and their importance principle of assay of enzymes and
measurement of activity effect of experimental conditions on measurement of activity such as time pH temp
substrate definition of enzyme unit Stability of enzymes and half life of enzymes Effect of environmental
factors on stability of enzymes Concept of Zymogens and active enzyme with examples effect of activators
and inhibitors on enzyme activity Role of coenzymes and cofactors on enzyme catalysis with examples
Unit II Production amp purification
Method os screening of sources for desired enzymes Availability of the sources for procurement
of enzymes Natural and synthetic Media for microbial enzyme production effect of inducers and
environmental factors on enzyme production by microorganisms
Methods of isolation of enzymes form the source purification of enzyme by dialysis salt and solvent
precipitation chromatography gel filtration Purification by affinity chromatography methods of
determination of purity and nature of of enzymes by simple PAGE SDSPAGE and 2 D electrophoresis
Unit III Enzyme Kinetics
Lock amp key model and Koshland model of enzyme active site Determination of active site of enzyme
Michelis Mentain equation kinetics of reversible irreversible and nonreversible enzymes Line Weaver burk
plot and Eddie Hofstie Plot Determination of kinetic constants and activation energy Effect of competitive
and non-competitive inhibitors on enzyme activity Allosteric enzyme and sigmoidal kinetics
Unit IV Applications of enzymes
Structure and function of multienzyme complex systems such as PDH KGH B oxidation spiral and glycolysis
Advantages of soluble and membrane bound enzymes Futile cycles in Biochemistry
Methods of immobilization of enzymes advantages and disadvantages of immobilization Application of
Immobilized enzymes in agriculture cosmetics detergent dairy brewing and food industries with examples
such as lactase pectinase proteinase invertaselipase etc Application of enzymes in nanotechnology
biosensors etc
Suggested references
1 Enzymology and Enzyme Technology 2014 by SM Bhatt (S Chand)
2 Enzyme Technology 2006 by Ashok Pandey (Editor) Colin Webb (Editor) MARCELO
FERNANDES (Editor) Springer
3 Biocatalysts and enzyme technology 2012 Klaus Buchholz
45
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
4T4 Bioresearch Techniques II (Subject centric core 2)
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Learn describe and build up knowledge domain regarding the latest and most advanced Bioresearch techniques available for biochemical research
2 Be aware select appropriately apply technology platforms and Perform techniques for analysis of DNA and protein expression
3 Evaluation of data and controls related to research techniques 4 Create thought-provoking questions related to the laboratory equipment
46
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
4T4 Bioresearch Techniques II (Subject centric core 2)
UNIT I
Biochemical methods I- Co-immunoprecipitation BiFC bimolecular fluorescence
complementation affinity electrophoresis Pull down assays label transfer yeast two hybrid
screens phage display
UNIT II
Biochemical methods II- In-vivo crosslinking of protein complexes using photo-reactive
amino acid analogs Tandem affinity purification (TAP) Chemical cross-linking SPINE
(Strepprotein interaction experiment) Quantitative immunoprecipitation combined with
knock-down (QUICK) Proximity ligation assay (PLA) in situ
UNIT III
Biophysical and theoretical methods I
Bio-Layer Interferometry
Dual polarisation interferometry (DPI)
Static light scattering (SLS)
Dynamic light scattering (DLS)
Surface plasmon resonance
UNIT IV
Biophysical and theoretical methods II
Fluorescence polarizationanisotropy
Fluorescence correlation spectroscopy
FRET BRET
2D-FT NMR spectroscopy
Proteinndashprotein docking
Isothermal Titration Calorimetry (ITC)
Isothermal Titration Calorimetry (ITC)
Suggested References
1 Molecular Biology of The Cell Alberts 5th Edition 2007 NCBI Publication
2 Principles of Biochemistry Lehninger WH Freeman
3 Biochemistry of Signal Transduction and Regulation-shy‐ Gerhard Krauss
Wiley VCH 3rd Revised Edition
4 Molecular Cell Biology Lodish 6th Edition WH Freeman amp Company
5 The cell Cooper 2nd Edition ASM Press
6 Gene IX Benjamin Lewin
Published by Pearson Prentice Hall
7 Cell and Molecular Biology Gerald Karp
8 Molecular Biology Robert Weaver 1st Edition WCBNMcGraw-shy‐Hill
9 Molecular Biology of the Gene Watson 6th Edition Pearson Publication
10 Gene Regulation A Eukaryotic Perspective David Latchman 5 illustrated Taylor amp
Francis 2005
47
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
4P1 Advanced Clinical Biochemistry and Immunology and Toxicology and Nutrition
1 Demonstration of dialysis using blood filtrate (Protein Separation)
2 Immunology
a Quantitative Estimation of Antibody
b Precipitation Techniques Double Immunodiffusion Single (Radial)
Immunodiffusion
3 Electrophoretic Techniques Immuno-electrophoresisRocket Immunoelectrophoresis
Immuno-diffusion
4 To assay cathepsin D ATPase (NaKCaMg) Lipid peroxidase enzymes
5 Assay of Acetylcholine esterase activity in rat brain
6 Assay of monoamine oxidase
7 Fractionation of tissues and assay of proteins
8 Assay of ornithine amino transferase
9 Glutathione Estimation
10 Organ tissue morphology histopathology
11 Assay of toxicant biotransformation enzyme-cytochrome P450
12 Test for teratogenecity carcinogenecity Ames test
13 To perform pair wise alignment of sequences using BLAST program
14 To design primers for the given gene sequences
15 To perform multiple sequence alignment and generate phylogenetic tree
16 To retrieve and visualize the three dimensional structures of proteins
17 To retrieve metagenomic sequences and primer designing to develop STS marker
OR
18 Determination of Triglycerides
19 Proximate Analysis of Food Samples
48
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4 Project
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Plan and develop experimental design projects from concept through to professional
prototype
2 Apply theoretical knowledge conceptual skills and techniques to the development of
solutions for biochemical problems
3 Apply initiative and judgment in planning problem solving and decision making in
practice or future study
4 Design a research project and submit in a form of thesis they will present their results of
the thesis to an audience of peers and faculty and be able to defend their results during
final evaluation
4PROJ PROJECT
4S1 Seminar
21
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 2
Paper ndash IV (Code 2T4) Molecular Biology
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Remember and understand the fundamental concepts of Molecular Biology and the
experiments involved in it
2 Relate the concepts of Molecular Biology in the development of Biochemical
research techniques
22
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 2
2T4 Molecular Biology
Unit I Eukaryotic and Prokaryotic chromosomes
Chromatin structure Histones DNA nucleosome morphology and higher level organization Functional
states of chromatin and alterations in chromatin organization Chromosome organization Metaphase
chromosomes centromere and kinetochore telomere and its maintenance Holocentric chromosomes
Heterochromatin and euchromatin position effect variegation Chromosomal domains (matrix loop domains)
and their functional significance
Organization of nuclear and organellar genomes C-value paradox Repetitive DNA-satellite DNAs and
interspersed repeated DNAs Transposable elements LINES SINES Alu family and their application in
genome mapping
Concept of a gene Conventional and modern views Fine structure of gene split genes pseudogenes non-
coding genes overlapping genes and multi-gene families
Unit II Replication and Recombination
Replication Review of replication in bacteria plasmid and viruses Models of DNA replication DNA
replication in eukaryotes Eukaryotic DNA polymerases and their roles origin of replication Autonomously
Replicating Segments (ARS) in yeast elongation lagging strand synthesis and termination
Recombination DNA recombination Homologous site specific and transposition
Homologous recombination Holliday Model Messelsson -Radding Model Rec BCD pathway
Site specific recombination Lambda phage ingration and excision rearrengementof immunoglobulin genes
Transposition Prokaryotic transposition Insertion sequences and mere complex transposons (eg Tn3)
conservative and replicative transposition Eukaryotic transposable elements yeast and Drosophila transposons
retroviruses and retrovirus like elements
Unit III Transcription
Review of prokaryotic transcription transcription in eukaryotes Eukaryotic RNA polymerases and their
subunit structure Class I II and III promoters Upstream elements enhancers and silencers General
transcription factors Class I II III genes and their functions elongation factors TBP structure and its role in
transcription mediators Structure of transcription activators zinc fingers homeodomains helix loop helix
bZIP beta barrels
Unit IV Viruses
General properties of viruses (size shape composition of viral capsid spikes envelope and nucleic acids)
Viral classification in brief Baltimore classification Structure and composition of DNA viruses (Herpes virus
amp Adenovirus) and RNA viruses (HIV)
Tumor viruses (HBV HTLV HPV) structure and mechanism of oncogenesis
Structure and life cycle of Lambda and M13 bacteriophages
Laboratory diagnosis of viral diseases
Mechanism of action of Antiviral drugs (Acyclovir Foscarnet Nevirapine Saquinavir Oseltamivir)
Suggested References
1 Molecular Biology of Gene Watson
2 Gene 7 Benjamin Lewin
3 Cell amp Molecular Biology Devlin
4 Biochemistry Lehninger Nelson amp Cox
5 Biochemistry Voet amp Voet
6 Molecular Biology David Frifelder
7 Molecular biology-Lodish Baltimore
8 Genetics-Russell
9 Genetics 1and 2-CBPower
10 Molecular biology-Watson
11 Molecular biochemistry ndashRobert Weaver
12 Microbiology by Davis
13 Virology by Luria
14 Understanding Viruses-Teri Shors Jones and Bartlett Publishers Massachusetts edition 2009
23
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 2
2P1 Clinical Biochemistry And Immunology
1 Determination of serum and urine Creatinine by Jaffrsquos method
2 Determination of serum Bilirubin by Malloy amp Evllyn method
3 Determination of serum Chloride by Schales amp Schales method
4 Estimation of blood urea by Nesslerisation method
5 Estimation of Serum amylase (EC3211)
6 Estimation of Serum Cholesterol by Single Step Method (Libermann amp Burchard)
7 Determination of Serum Uric Acid by Henry Carawayrsquos method
8 Determination of Icteric Index SGOT SGPT and alkaline phosphatase activity
9 Routine Urine Analysis
10 Quantitative Estimation of T3 T4 and TSH
11 To determine Urinary VMA (3-methoxy 4 ndashHydroxyl Vanillin Mandellic Acid)
12 Glucose Tolerance Test
2P2 Cell And Molecular Biology
1 Use of Simple Compound and Phase Contrast Microscopes
2 Isolation culture and cell counting of lymphocytes
3 Adherent cell line Trypsinization cell count subculturing
4 MTT assay
5 Isolation of DNA from Bacteria and Blood
6 Assessment of purity of DNA by 260280 ratio
7 Isolation of plasmid DNA Mini Prep Midi Prep and Maxi Prep
8 Restriction digestion of DNA
9 Ligation of DNA
10 Separation of DNA fragments by Electrophoresis
11 Southern Blotting amp Northern Blotting
2S1 Seminar
24
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 3
Paper ndash I (Code 3T1) Advanced Molecular Biology
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Understand the concepts of Eukaryotic Transcription regulation mechanisms with details
of enzymes involved eukaryotic transcription process
2 Post transcriptional and translational modifications and regulatory aspects of it
3 Describe the expression of genes and the regulatory RNAs involved in it
4 Appreciate epigenetic ways of gene expression regulation
25
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 3
3T1 Advanced Molecular Biology
Unit I Regulation of eukaryotic gene expression at transcriptional level
Overview of transcription by RNA Polymerases I II and III
Anatomy of a protein-coding gene
Basal transcription by RNA polymerase II Subunits of Pol II general transcription factors
Activators How the initiation complex is assembled How initiation occurs
Speeding up the process Enhancers TAFs and how they work
Regulated transcription transcription factors Zinc-fingers (Sp1 the first such factor identified)
Leucine zippers Basic helix loop helix Homeodomains DNA binding domains Activating domains
RNA Elongation HIV TATTAR
RNA polymerase III and regulation of 5S rRNA
Unit II Regulation of eukaryotic gene expression at post translational translational and post-
translational levels
Regulation at tpst-transcriptional level Effect of cap and polyadenylation on splicing trans and
alternative splicing RNA editing mRNA stability and transport
Regulation at Translational level Global regulation through eIF2 and eIF4EeIF4E-BP Specific
regulation through 5 UTRs using RNA structure eg ODC Specific regulation through 5
UTRprotein interactions eg ferritin in eukaryotes and ribosomal proteins in prokaryotes Specific
regulation through 3 UTRs eg 15-LOX
Regulation at post-translational level Control of the level of active proteins regulation of proteolysis
Unit III Regulatory RNAs
Historical background RNA interference as regulatory mechanism in eukaryotes Slicer and dicer
synthesis and function of RNAi molecules in plants chromatin remodeling in human disease and
diagnosis
Unit IV Epigenetics
Background chromosomal inheritance taking fission yeast as an example DNA methyltransferases
DNA methylation maintenance histone modification and regulation of chromatin structure bivalent
histones DNA demethylation histone demethylation
Suggested References
1 Molecular Biology of the Cell Alberts 5th Edition 2007 NCBI Publication
2 Principles of Biochemistry Lehninger WH Freeman
3 Biochemistry of Signal Transduction and Regulation - Gerhard Krauss Wiley VCH 3rd
Revised Edition
4 Molecular Cell Biology Lodish 6th Edition WH Freeman amp Company
5 The cell Cooper 2nd Edition ASM Press
6 Genes IX Benjamin Lewin Published by Pearson Prentice Hall
7 Cell and Molecular Biology Gerald Karp
8 Molecular Biology Robert Weaver 1st Edition WCB McGraw-Hill
9 Molecular Biology of the Gene Watson 6th Edition Pearson Publication
10 Gene Regulation A Eukaryotic Perspective David Latchman 5 illustrated Taylor amp
Francis 2005
26
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 3
Paper ndash II (Code 3T2) Biotechnology
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Remember and Understand fundamental concepts of Genetic Engineering
2 Illustrate and compare different techniques involved in Genetic Engineering
3 Understand the concepts of Prokaryotic and Eukaryotic Transformation and PCR
4 Describe the expression of heterologous genes and the vectors involved in it
5 Appreciate technology involved in industrial products of Protein engineering and
fermentation technology Remember and Understand the design and functioning of
different types of Bioreactors and Downstream processing Evaluate the application of
different types of Bioreactors including immobilization reactor system and its kinetics
6 Comprehend tools important in Bioinformatics analysis for simplified application of
nucleic acid and protein sequence data
27
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 3
3T2 Biotechnology
Unit I rDNA technology Genomic and cDNA libraries DNA manipulation enzymes isolation of specific genes
Gene cloning REs vectors-plasmids cosmids phage vectors M13 phage vectors phagemids expression
vectors with strong promoters inducible vectors produce fusion proteins and their isolation Eucaryotic
expression system shuttle vectors YAC BAC insertion of DNA and its ligation to carrier DNA introduction
of DNA in cells gene synthesis gene libraries
Application of recombinant DNA technology in medicine agriculture industry and environmental sciences
Unit II Gene control systems in bacteria and bacteriophage lambda
Mechanism of induction and repression constitutive expression various control mechanisms positive
regulation negative regulation attenuation operon hypothesis with special reference to malgal ara and
histidine operons Regulatory mechanisms in bacteriophage lambda
Regulation of gene expression at various levels (transcription post transcriptional and translational)
DNA-protein interactions Lambda family of repressor trp repressor
Unit III Biochemical engineering Biochemical Engineering Bioreactors and related equipment and
instrumentation types of bioreactor (Batch semi batch CSTF recycle etc) reactor analysis reactor design
reactor for recombination proteins
Fermentation technology Fermentation technology microbial culture reaction genetic modification use of
mutants recombinant DNA technology and application in fermentation technology microbial growth kinetics
sterilization fermentation process kinetics analysis of rate pattern and kinetic groups fermentation process
types control of environmental variables recovery of fermentation products isolation and purification and use
of immobilization techniques
Unit IV Bioinformatics and Drug Designing Introduction to Bioinformatics Applications of Bioinformatics Bioinformatics resources
Biological Databases Overview to Biological Databases Nucleotide Databases (GenBank DDBJ ENA) Protein sequence
databases (Uniprot Swiss prot Prosite Pfam Prodom) Protein structure databases (PDB SCOP CATH)
Sequence analysis Sequence similarity search BLAST FASTA CLUSTAL
Genomics Introduction to Genomics Comparative Genomic Databases Objective of Genome Comparisons Genome
Alignments
Proteomics Overview of Proteomics Experimental Techniques Bioinformatics Approaches Protein-Protein Interaction
Databases and software
Softwaresrsquo for Drug Designing Structure Based Drug Designing Ligand Based Drug Designing
Virtual Screening Homology Modeling and Chimera Generation
Suggested References 1 Molecular Biology of the Cell Alberts 5th Edition 2007 NCBI Publication
2 Principles of Biochemistry Lehninger WH Freeman
3 Biochemistry of Signal Transduction and Regulation - Gerhard Krauss Wiley VCH 3rd Revised Edition
4 Molecular Cell Biology Lodish 6th Edition WH Freeman amp Company
5 The cell Cooper 2nd Edition ASM Press
6 Genes IX Benjamin Lewin Published by Pearson Prentice Hall
7 Cell and Molecular Biology Gerald Karp
8 Molecular Biology Robert Weaver 1st Edition WCB McGraw-Hill
9 Molecular Biology of the Gene Watson 6th Edition Pearson Publication
10 Gene Regulation A Eukaryotic Perspective David Latchman 5 illustrated Taylor amp Francis 2005
Molecular Biotechnology Principles and Applications of Recombinant DNA Bernard R
GlickhttpwwwamazoncomMolecular-Biotechnology-Principles-Applications-
Recombinantdp1555814980ref=sr_1_6s=booksampie=UTF8ampqid=1323503937ampsr=1-6 - (Author)Publisher
Amer Society for Microbiology 4 edition (December 31 2009)
11 Principles of gene manipulation and genomics S B Primrose Richard M Twyman Publisher Wiley-Blackwell 7
edition (February 17 2006)
12 Principles of Fermentation Technology P F Stanbury (Author) S Hall (Author) A Whitaker (Author) Publisher
Butterworth-Heinemann 2 edition (February 19 1999)
13 1 Bioinformatics A practical guide to the analysis of genes and proteins Baxevanis AD and Ovellette BFF
Wiley-Interscience (2002)
14 2 Molecular and Biotechnology A comprehensive desk reference RA Meyes (Ed) VCH Publishers Inc (1995)
15 3 Textbook of Biotechnology Das HK Wiley Dreamtech India Pvt Ltd (2004)
28
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
Semester 3
Paper ndash III (Code 3T3 A) Toxicology (Biochemical And Environmental Toxicology)
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 To understand key principles of toxicology including various factors affecting toxicity and toxicity assessment
2 To evaluate analyse disposition of toxicants and factor affecting to disposition of toxicants
3 The know how of toxicokinetics and biotransformation 4 To critically analyse and interpret non-organ directed toxicity To
study effect of environmental toxicity on human beings
5 To develop an understanding of the genetic toxicology and
Developmental Toxicology for scientific research practices
6 Critical evaluation of relationship between target organ toxicity for
experimental designs
29
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 3
Core Elective 1
3T3 A) Toxicology (Biochemical And Environmental Toxicology)
Unit I General principles of Toxicology
Definition Different facets of toxicology and their interrelationships Classification of toxic
agents Desired and undesired effects
Various factors affecting toxicity vehicles formulation factors biological half life volume
and concentration dose dosage forms routes of administration entry genetic status etc
Principles of selective toxicity comparative morphology comparative biochemistry
comparative cytology
Toxicity assessment acute subchronic chronic exposure determination of ED50 and LD50
values tests for mutagenecity carcinogenicity genotoxicity Ames test
Unit II Disposition of Toxicants
Factors affecting disposition of toxicants absorption distribution biotransformation
elimination
Absorption through gastro-intestinal tract lungs skin
Distribution storage in tissues blood-brain barrier passage across placenta redistribution
Biotransformation Phase I and II reactions metabolic interrelationship antidotal therapy
Excretion urinary fecal exhalation other routes
Toxicokinetics classic and physiologic
Unit III A) Non ndashorgan directed toxicity
Chemical carcinogenesis definition mechanism
Genetic toxicology definition health impacts and mechanism of induction of genetic
alterations
Developmental toxicology definition principles mechanism and pathogenesis of
developmental toxicity
B) Environmental Toxicology
Air pollution definition air pollutants health effects and risk assessment of air pollution
Introduction to Ecotoxicology
Unit IV Target organ toxicity
Skin skin as a barrier dermatitis acne urticaria
Toxic responses of the blood blood as a target organ toxicology of erythron leukon and
platelets
Toxic responses of the liver physiology and pathophysiology factors in liver injury
mechanism of liver injury
Toxic responses of the respiratory system lungs structure and functions pulmonotoxic
agents pathogenesis of chemical induced damage acute and chronic responses of lungs to
injury
Suggested References
1 Casarette and Doullrsquos Toxicology by Klaassen CD
2 Biochemical Toxicology of Environmental Agents by Bruine D
3 Detoxification mechanisms by Williams RT
4 Selective Toxicity by Albert A
5 Developmental Toxicology by Hood RD
30
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 3
Paper ndash III (Code 3T3 B) Nutrition (Nutritional Biochemistry) (Core Elective 1)
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Capably describe the biochemical techniques that are relevant for the investigation of nutrient metabolism
2 Understand key principles of energy expenditure thermogenic effects Energy requirements and role of dietary fibers in nutrition
3 To read interpret and discuss protein energy malnutrition disorders of mineral metabolism for scientific research
4 To develop an understanding of the observational and experimental character of science in nutritional biochemistry
5 To communicate role of clinical nutrition and food allergies in scientific communication frameworks such as written reports and open discussion
31
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 3
3T3 B Nutrition (Nutritional Biochemistry) (Core Elective 1)
Unit I Basic Concepts
Basic Concept Energy content of foods Measurements of energy expenditure Direct amp
Indirect calorimetry Definition of BMR and SDA and factors affecting these Thermogenic
effects of foods Energy requirements of man and woman and factors affecting energy
requirements
Role of dietary fibers in nutrition
Unit II Nutritional Disorders
Protein Energy Malnutrition (PEM) Aetiology Clinical features Metabolic disorders
and Management of Marasmus and Kwashiorkor diseases
Disorders of Mineral Metabolism Hypercalecemia Hypocalcaemia Normocalcemia
Hyperphosphatemia
Unit III Starvation and Antinutrients
Starvation Techniques for studying starvation protein metabolim in prolonged fasting
protein sparing treatments during fasting Concept of high protein low calorific weight
reduction diets
Antinutrients Naturally occurring food borne toxicants protease inhibitors hemagglutins
hepatotoxins allergens oxalates toxins from mushrooms animal food stuffs and sea foods
Unit IV Clinical Nutrition and Food Allergies
Clinical Nutrition Role of diet and nutrition in the prevention and treatment of diseases
dental caries Fluorosis Atherosclerosis amp Rheumatic disorders Inherited metabolic
Disorders Phenylketonuria Maple Syrup disease amp Hemocystinuria
Food Allergies Definition role of antigen host and environment types of
hypersensitivities diagnosis and treatment of allergy
Suggested Reading 1 Basics of clinical nutrition author- yk joshi jaypee publication
2 Nutrition for the community Gully baba publishing house
Essentials of human nutrition author-jim mann amp stewart truswell oxford university press
3 Introduction to human nutrition
edited by- professor michael gibney (ucd institute of food and health) professor susan lanham-new
(university of surrey) professor aedin Cassidy (university of east anglia) professor hester vorster (north-
west university south africa) httpwwwnutritionsocietyorgpublicationstextbooksintroduction-to-
human-nutritionsthashtdyscawhdpuf
4 Nutrition and metabolism
edited by- professor susan lanham-new (university of surrey) professor ian macdonald (university of
nottingham) professor helen roche (unviersity college dublin) -
httpwwwnutritionsocietyorgpublicationstextbooksnutrition-and-metabolismsthashiusrjtiudpuf
32
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 3
Foundation Course 1 Biomolecules and Basic Metabolism
Unit I Carbohydrates and metabolism
Classification of carbohydrates Structure occurrence and biological importance of
monosaccharides oligosaccharides and polysaccharides
Introduction to Metabolism glycolysis glucogenesis and gluconeogenesis TCA cycle and its
amphibolic role energetics of carbohydrate metabolismAlternate pathways HMP shunt Enter-
Doudoroff glucuronate and glyoxylate pathways Corirsquos cycle
Unit II Lipids and metabolism
Classification of lipids Fatty acids Saturated and unsaturated fatty acids Essential fatty acids
Glycerophospholipids Glycolipids properties and functions
Metabolism Oxidation of fatty acids even and odd numbered unsaturated and branched chain fatty
acids
Degradation and biosynthesis of triacylglycerols and phospholipids energetic of beta- oxidation
Cholesterol biosynthesis catabolism and regulation
Unit III Proteins and metabolism
Classification of amino acids and proteins Protein structures primary secondary tertiary and
quarternary structure General metabolic reaction of amino acids transamination oxidative
deamination minor pathways of amino acid degradation transdeamination amino acid oxidase non
oxidative deamination
Degradation and biosynthesis of amino acids glycogenic and ketogenic amino acids Urea cycle
pathway and regulation
Unit IV Minerals and metabolism
Major and minor and ultra trace minerals their occurrence functions toxicity and interaction with
other nutrients
Iron metabolism and regulation
Calcium and phosphorus metabolism and regulation
Suggested Reading
1 Biophysical Techniques- Upadhyay Upadhyay and Nath
2 Principles of Biochemistry- Lehninger David L Nelson and Michael M Cox
3 Enzymes- Malcolm Dixon and Edwin Webb
4 Harperrsquos Biochemistry- Harper
5 Biochemistry- Western and Todd
6 Cell and Molecular Biology-Gerald Karp
7 Fundamentals of Biochemistry-Donald Voet Judith G Voet and Charlotte W Bratt
33
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 3
Paper ndash IV (Code 3T4 ) Bioresearch Techniques I (Subject centric core 1)
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Understand key principles of how flow cytometer work including data
analysis for their applications
2 Improve on skillful process of the animal cell culture techniques and
experimental demand of knowledge including an appreciation of the
need for good experimental design and scientific research practices
3 To incline intellectual curiosity in DNA and RNA techniques and
related fields that extends well beyond the course
4 To develop practical laboratory skills in the field of DNA and RNA
techniques
34
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 3
3T4 Bioresearch Techniques I (Subject centric core 1)
Unit I Flow cytometry
Principles of flow cytometry Instrument overview principle of fluorescence sample preparation
data analysis and applications of flow cytometry Overview Fludics Generation of Scatter and
fluorescence ( Optical bench optical filters signal detection Treshold) Data Analysis (Data
Collection and Display gating data analysis for subsetting applications Data analysis for ther
applications) Sorting Lasers and Alignment (Working of lasers and laser alignment)
Unit II Animal cell culture techniques
Animal cell Culture Cell culture (adherent and suspension) basic equipment cell culture media-
Components sterility buffering capacity growth requirements supplementation of serum antibiotic
and antimycotic agents preparation of medium advantages and limitations of Primary cell culture
clonal cell lines basic technique a of animal cell subcultuing disaggregation method for quantitation
of cells in culture counting chamber counters cell viability determination cytotoxicity assay and its
applications cell apoptosis assay and its applications 3 D cultures
Unit III DNA techniques
Isolation Sequencing Restriction Nucleases Gel Electrophoresis DNA probes Nucleic acid
hybridization Southern blotting DNA fingerprinting and DNA typing DNA Library
DNA sequencing Sanger and Maxam Gilbert
Restriction Mapping DNase foot printing DMS foot printing knockouts
PCR RFLP RAPD AFLP SNP
Unit IV RNA techniques
Isolation Hybridization Northern Blotting in vitro labeling with radioisotopes and chemical
markers
Mapping and quantifying transcripts S1assay primer extension run off transcription
Transcription rate measurement in vivo Nuclear run on transcription reporter gene N transcription
si RNA technology gene silencing techniques its applications microarrays ribozyme technology
Suggested References
1 Molecular Biology of The Cell Alberts 5th Edition 2007 NCBI Publication
2 Principles of Biochemistry Lehninger WH Freeman
3 Biochemistry of Signal Transduction and Regulation-shy‐ Gerhard Krauss
Wiley VCH 3rd Revised Edition
4 Molecular Cell Biology Lodish 6th Edition WH Freeman amp Company
5 The cell Cooper 2nd Edition ASM Press
6 Gene IX Benjamin Lewin
Published by Pearson Prentice Hall
7 Cell and Molecular Biology Gerald Karp
8 Molecular Biology Robert Weaver 1st Edition WCBNMcGraw-shy‐Hill
9 Molecular Biology of the Gene Watson 6th Edition Pearson Publication
10 Gene Regulation A Eukaryotic Perspective David Latchman 5 illustrated Taylor amp Francis
2005
35
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 3
3P1 Biotechnology And Molecular Biology
1) Fermentation
i) Isolation of microorganisms from soil demonstrating synthesis capability of desired product
Gram staining (Desired property to be decided by the instructor) and screening
ii) Optimization of the lab scale production of the desired product Effect of temperature pH
substrate concentration
iii) Growth curve Estimation of cell number substrate utilization andor product formation
2) Polymerase Chain Reaction
i) PCR amplification from genomic DNA
ii) Nested PCR
iii) Random Amplification of Polymorphic DNA (RAPD)
3) Restriction Fragment Length Polymorphism (RFLP)
3P2 A Biochemical And Environmental Toxicology
1 Qualitative detection of various toxicants in biological samples
Phenothiazine derivatives Organochlorine compounds (Fujiwara test) Phenol Methanol Arsenic (As)
Antimony (Sb) Selenium (Se) Mercury (Hg) Bismuth (Bi) Fluoride (F) Boron (Bo) Gutzeit test for
Antimony (Sb) and Arsenic (As) Spot test for metal toxicants
2 Quantitative determination of Salicylate Paracetamol (acetaminophen) Sulphonamide in biological
samples
3 Enzyme assay in toxic conditions
GOT (AST) GPT (ALT) Acid phosphatase Alkaline phosphatase Acetyl cholinesterase etc
4 Construction of dose-response curves
5 Determination of LD50 value of a toxicant
6 Induction of hepatotoxicity diabetes skin lesions teratogenesis
7 Assay of biomarkers of environmental pollution toxicity
OR
3P2 B) Nutritional Biochemistry
1 Determination of Calcium in food samples
2 Determination of Inorganic Phosphorous in food samples
3 Determination of Iron in food samples
4 Determination of beta carotene in carrots by column chromatography
5 Determination of Ascorbic Acid in food
6 Estimation of Amylase activity
7 Determination of Total Lipids By Sulphophospho vanillin Method
3S1 Seminar
InstitutionalEducational tour For minimum 08 days
36
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
Paper ndash I (Code 4T1) Advanced Clinical Biochemistry
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Analyse evaluate and generate information from a wide variety of sources regarding the key principles of aging and Neurological disorders
2 Analyse the effects of obesity on physiological functions including gene regulation
3 Critically interpret molecular and metabolic diseases and develop new knowledge domain about them
4 To develop effective creative and innovative solutions to current research problems in Reproductive Disease and Reproductive Biochemistry
5 To develop practical laboratory skill for Assisted Reproductive Technology program
37
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
4T1 Advanced Clinical Biochemistry
Unit I Aging and Neurological Disorders
Current view and theories of aging auto immune connection and HLA association processes of
aging and biochemical alteration DNA damage protein oxidation and axonal transport in aging
nutritional intervention as anti-aging therapy
Alzheimerrsquos disease Causes symptoms diagnosis pathogenesis genetics APP ApoE PS2 tau
protein risk factors and therapeutic approaches
Progeria Parkinsonrsquos disease Causes symptoms diagnosis pathogenesis genetics and therapeutic
approaches
Unit II Obesity
Theories lipid metabolism adipose tissue anomalies
Genetic basis of familial obesity effects of neuropeptides and leptin in nutrient partitioning
Obesity related derangements in metabolic regulation Therapeutic approaches
Unit III Molecular and Metabolic Diseases
Human gene map genetic diversity polymorphism genetic linkage chromosomal disorder
Monogenetic Disorders Autosomal dominant autosomal recessive X-linked Multifactorial
disorders Genetic heterogeneity Allelic heterogeneity Pathogenesis of genetic disease
Galactosemia Hemophilia Sickle cell anemia Muscular dystrophy Hypercholesterolemia Gout
Turnerrsquos syndrome
Unit IV Reproductive Biochemistry
Overview of reproductive system and reproduction biochemistry of reproductive disorders (male amp
female) Influence of various factors in reproduction with special reference to role of prostaglandins
and gonadotrophins Mechanism and methods of birth control and possible biochemical
consequences thereof Biochemical markerrsquos in infertility disorders Techniques involved in assisted
reproductive technology (ART) Culture media and cell culture techniques in ART programme
Suggested References
1 Clinical Biochemistry ndash Metabolic and Clinical aspects By-William J Marshall amp Stephen
K Angert
2 Harperrsquos Biochemistry - 27th Ed
3 Text book of Medical Physiology - By Guyton
4 Text book of Physiology -By Burn amp levy
5 Biochemistry ndashBy L Stryer (Freeman amp CoNY)
6 Biochemistry with clinical correlation- By Thomas Devli
7 The Metabolic Basis of Inherited Disease 5th Ed-By John Stanbury
8 Teitz Fundamentals of Clinical Chemistry ndashBy CABurtis amp Ashwood
9 Biochemistry - By Lehninger
10 Lehningerrsquos Biochemistry ndashBy Nelson amp Cox
11 Biochemistry ndashBy Stanford
12 Basic Medical Biochemistry A Clinical approach- By Smith
13 Principles of Internal Medicines- By HarrisonT R
14 Practical Biochemistry Principles amp Techniques- By Wilson amp Walker
15 Practical Biochemistry ndashBy David Plummer
38
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
Paper ndash II (Code 4T2) Advanced Immunology
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Understand details of lymph node microanatomy and learn the B and T cells encounter with antigens and study its development
2 Gain insight into antigen presentation and autophagy on a detailed molecular level
3 Understand immunology of mucosal surfaces and the interplay between commensal flora and the immune system in the gut
4 In-depth knowledge of the cellular and molecular basis for autoimmune disease and allergies
5 Basic knowledge of tumor immunology and the development of novel recombinant antibodies for treatment of cancer and autoimmune disease
39
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
4T2 Advanced Immunology
Unit I Introductory Immunobiology
Complement system Alternative and Classical pathway of complement activation
Immune networks Homeostasis in the immune system-termination of normal immune
responses network hypothesis
In vivo immunity to viruses bacteria fungi protozoa worms etc
Unit II Immunological tolerance and Autoimmunity
Immunologic tolerance T lymphocyte tolerance- central and peripheral Apoptosis in
Lymphocytes-pathways and biochemical mechanisms effector mechanisms Tolerance
induced regulatory T cells B lymphocyte tolerance- Central and Peripheral Homeostasis in
the immune pathogenesis and therapeutic approaches to autoimmunity
Unit III Tumor and Transplantation Immunology Hypersensitivity
General features of tumor immunity tumor antigens Immune response to tumor and
evasion Immunotherapy Types of hypersensitivity Effector mechanisms of immunologic
tissue injury and disease
Unit IV Immunodeficiency and Vaccinology
MHC and disease susceptibility immune deficiency disorders Active immunization
(immune prophylaxis) passive immunization adjuvants modern approaches to vaccine
development role of vaccines in the prevention of disease
Suggested References
1 Cellular and Molecular Immunology- 5th Edition Abul K Abbas Andrew Litchman
2 Immunology-5th Edition Richard A Goldsby Thomas J Kindt Barbara A Osborne
Janis Kuby
3 Immunology- 6th Edition Ivan Roitt Jonathan Brostoff David Male
40
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
Paper ndash III (Code 4T3 A) Toxicology (Clinical Research)
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Have knowledge about assessment and management of ethical clinical trial
programs
2 Demonstrate competency in biopharmaceutical clinical trial research designs and
regulatory affairs
3 Demonstrate competencies in evaluating clinical research data and
communicating results Manage innovative products through the discovery
processes and into the clinical trial phases
4 Identify and classify different types of trial designs when reading a trial report
understand the essential of GLP roles and responsibilities of stakeholders in
clinical trials
41
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
4T3 A) Toxicology (Clinical Research)
Unit I Pre-Clinical Research
Animal studies acute amp chronic toxicity of drugs regulations for number amp types of
animals protocols for animal experimentation Biochemical amp histopathological studies of
animals after drug administration Mechanism amp cause of death Routine toxicity studies amp
special toxicity studies carcinogenicity mutagenicity amp teratogenicity to be given special
emphasis
Unit II Phases of Clinical Research
Phases of clinical research number of volunteers in phase I amp types of patients in phase II to
IV Importance of these investigations Post marketing surveillance (PMS) amp
pharmacovigilence in case of clinical investigations after marketing authorization
Importance of ethical committee protocol design documentation in clinical trials Bio
Availability and Bio Equivalence studies Pharmacokinetics Pharmacodynamics Genomic
studies
Unit III Good lab practices
Good Clinical Practices Good Manufacturing Practices and Good Laboratory Practices
Principles of ICH-GCP History GCP declaration of Helsinki Belmont report Nuremberg
code Tuskgee trial Schedules Y and its amendments ICMR Guidelines Composition
functions amp operations of IRBIEC ethics of clinical trials Health Authorities- CDSCO US-
FDA EMEA and other
Unit IV Roles and Responsibilities of different stake holders in Clinical Research-
Sponsor CRO SMO Ethics Committee Investigator CRA CRC Patients and other
Departments in Clinical Research- Operations Business Development Regulatory
Pharmacovigilance Data Management Centralized Monitoring Quality Finance Important
documents in Clinical Research and importance of documentation in Clinical Research
Stages in clinical trial-Feasibilities PSSV SIV SMV and Close-out visits Audits and
Inspections
Suggested reading
1 Clinical Research Coordinator Handbook Norris Deborrah Plexus Publications
20040601
2 Clinical Research Methodology and Evidence-Based Medicine Babu Ajit N
Anshan 20080530
3 Conducting Clinical Research Judy Stone Biblio Distribution 2006
4 Essentials of clinical research Stephen P Glasser (Edt) Springer Verlag 2008
42
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
Paper ndash III (Code 4T3 B) Nutrition (Applied Nutritional Biochemistry)
Learning outcome Students will be
1 Capable of describing biochemical pathways relevant in nutrient metabolism 2 Capable of using selected biochemical techniques relevant in nutritional
biochemical research 3 Critical reading of scientific articles in nutritional biochemistry 4 Capable of discussing research questions relevant to nutritional biochemistry 5 The ability to ask critical questions and discuss nutritional biochemical research
43
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
4T3 B) Nutrition (Applied Nutritional Biochemistry)
Unit I Clinical nutrition
Role of a dietician role and responsibilities of a dietitian nutrition counseling professional
ethics and obligations
Diet therapy-Rationale for diet therapy (normal diet modifications of the diet to the light
diet soft diet full liquid diet clear liquid tube feeding) Routes for diet therapy-enteral and
parental use of biochemical parameters in the planning of diets use of computers in the
planning of diets
Unit II Nutritional Counseling and Dietetics
Nutritive value of different food groups and changes due to cooking in various food groups
Storage of foods food quality and factors affecting food quality Control of food quality Use
of additives Classification and applications
Unit III Community Nutrition
Opportunities in community Nutrition Assessing Community Resources assessing target
population program planning Assessing communityrsquos nutritional resources Food insecurity
food assistance programs world hunger and food insecurity Principles of nutrition education
and policy making national nutrition agenda
Unit IV Applied Nutrition and Public Health Concept of Health Nutrition and Public Health Nutrition Demographic trends in India and
the significance of certain indices of Health and Nutrition situation of a community IMR
MMR TFR Birth rate Death rate Life expectancy etc) Major nutritional problems in
developing countries Dietary surveys-methods ways of interpretations and analysis
recommendations based on survey findings Assessment of nutritional status biochemical
and anthropometry
Suggested Reading
Clinical nutrition
edited by- professor marinos elia (university of outhampton) professor olle ljungqvist
(karolinska institutet amp oumlrebro university hospital) dr outham outhamp (university of
outhampton professor susan lanham-new (university of surrey) - see more at
httpwwwnutritionsocietyorgpublicationstextbooksclinical-
nutritionsthashw12tfscqdpuf
Public health nutrition
edited by- professor michael gibney (ucd institute of food and health) professor barrie
margetts (university of southampton) dr john kearney (dublin institute of technology)
professor lenore arab (university of california los angeles)
httpwwwnutritionsocietyorgpublicationstextbookspublic-health-
nutritionsthash8pvhu1m0dpuf
Staying healthy with nutrition author- elson m Hass buck levin
American dietetic association complete food and nutrition guide Roberta larson duyff
44
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
MSc Biochemistry CBCS syllabus Effective from 2015-16
SEMESTER 4
Foundation 2 Basic Enzymology
Unit I
Introduction to Enzymology Nomenclature and classification of enzymes History sources of
enzymes (Animal Plant and microorganisms) Protein amp nonprotein nature of enzymes with
examples enzymes as biological catalysts and their importance principle of assay of enzymes and
measurement of activity effect of experimental conditions on measurement of activity such as time pH temp
substrate definition of enzyme unit Stability of enzymes and half life of enzymes Effect of environmental
factors on stability of enzymes Concept of Zymogens and active enzyme with examples effect of activators
and inhibitors on enzyme activity Role of coenzymes and cofactors on enzyme catalysis with examples
Unit II Production amp purification
Method os screening of sources for desired enzymes Availability of the sources for procurement
of enzymes Natural and synthetic Media for microbial enzyme production effect of inducers and
environmental factors on enzyme production by microorganisms
Methods of isolation of enzymes form the source purification of enzyme by dialysis salt and solvent
precipitation chromatography gel filtration Purification by affinity chromatography methods of
determination of purity and nature of of enzymes by simple PAGE SDSPAGE and 2 D electrophoresis
Unit III Enzyme Kinetics
Lock amp key model and Koshland model of enzyme active site Determination of active site of enzyme
Michelis Mentain equation kinetics of reversible irreversible and nonreversible enzymes Line Weaver burk
plot and Eddie Hofstie Plot Determination of kinetic constants and activation energy Effect of competitive
and non-competitive inhibitors on enzyme activity Allosteric enzyme and sigmoidal kinetics
Unit IV Applications of enzymes
Structure and function of multienzyme complex systems such as PDH KGH B oxidation spiral and glycolysis
Advantages of soluble and membrane bound enzymes Futile cycles in Biochemistry
Methods of immobilization of enzymes advantages and disadvantages of immobilization Application of
Immobilized enzymes in agriculture cosmetics detergent dairy brewing and food industries with examples
such as lactase pectinase proteinase invertaselipase etc Application of enzymes in nanotechnology
biosensors etc
Suggested references
1 Enzymology and Enzyme Technology 2014 by SM Bhatt (S Chand)
2 Enzyme Technology 2006 by Ashok Pandey (Editor) Colin Webb (Editor) MARCELO
FERNANDES (Editor) Springer
3 Biocatalysts and enzyme technology 2012 Klaus Buchholz
45
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
4T4 Bioresearch Techniques II (Subject centric core 2)
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Learn describe and build up knowledge domain regarding the latest and most advanced Bioresearch techniques available for biochemical research
2 Be aware select appropriately apply technology platforms and Perform techniques for analysis of DNA and protein expression
3 Evaluation of data and controls related to research techniques 4 Create thought-provoking questions related to the laboratory equipment
46
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
4T4 Bioresearch Techniques II (Subject centric core 2)
UNIT I
Biochemical methods I- Co-immunoprecipitation BiFC bimolecular fluorescence
complementation affinity electrophoresis Pull down assays label transfer yeast two hybrid
screens phage display
UNIT II
Biochemical methods II- In-vivo crosslinking of protein complexes using photo-reactive
amino acid analogs Tandem affinity purification (TAP) Chemical cross-linking SPINE
(Strepprotein interaction experiment) Quantitative immunoprecipitation combined with
knock-down (QUICK) Proximity ligation assay (PLA) in situ
UNIT III
Biophysical and theoretical methods I
Bio-Layer Interferometry
Dual polarisation interferometry (DPI)
Static light scattering (SLS)
Dynamic light scattering (DLS)
Surface plasmon resonance
UNIT IV
Biophysical and theoretical methods II
Fluorescence polarizationanisotropy
Fluorescence correlation spectroscopy
FRET BRET
2D-FT NMR spectroscopy
Proteinndashprotein docking
Isothermal Titration Calorimetry (ITC)
Isothermal Titration Calorimetry (ITC)
Suggested References
1 Molecular Biology of The Cell Alberts 5th Edition 2007 NCBI Publication
2 Principles of Biochemistry Lehninger WH Freeman
3 Biochemistry of Signal Transduction and Regulation-shy‐ Gerhard Krauss
Wiley VCH 3rd Revised Edition
4 Molecular Cell Biology Lodish 6th Edition WH Freeman amp Company
5 The cell Cooper 2nd Edition ASM Press
6 Gene IX Benjamin Lewin
Published by Pearson Prentice Hall
7 Cell and Molecular Biology Gerald Karp
8 Molecular Biology Robert Weaver 1st Edition WCBNMcGraw-shy‐Hill
9 Molecular Biology of the Gene Watson 6th Edition Pearson Publication
10 Gene Regulation A Eukaryotic Perspective David Latchman 5 illustrated Taylor amp
Francis 2005
47
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
4P1 Advanced Clinical Biochemistry and Immunology and Toxicology and Nutrition
1 Demonstration of dialysis using blood filtrate (Protein Separation)
2 Immunology
a Quantitative Estimation of Antibody
b Precipitation Techniques Double Immunodiffusion Single (Radial)
Immunodiffusion
3 Electrophoretic Techniques Immuno-electrophoresisRocket Immunoelectrophoresis
Immuno-diffusion
4 To assay cathepsin D ATPase (NaKCaMg) Lipid peroxidase enzymes
5 Assay of Acetylcholine esterase activity in rat brain
6 Assay of monoamine oxidase
7 Fractionation of tissues and assay of proteins
8 Assay of ornithine amino transferase
9 Glutathione Estimation
10 Organ tissue morphology histopathology
11 Assay of toxicant biotransformation enzyme-cytochrome P450
12 Test for teratogenecity carcinogenecity Ames test
13 To perform pair wise alignment of sequences using BLAST program
14 To design primers for the given gene sequences
15 To perform multiple sequence alignment and generate phylogenetic tree
16 To retrieve and visualize the three dimensional structures of proteins
17 To retrieve metagenomic sequences and primer designing to develop STS marker
OR
18 Determination of Triglycerides
19 Proximate Analysis of Food Samples
48
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4 Project
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Plan and develop experimental design projects from concept through to professional
prototype
2 Apply theoretical knowledge conceptual skills and techniques to the development of
solutions for biochemical problems
3 Apply initiative and judgment in planning problem solving and decision making in
practice or future study
4 Design a research project and submit in a form of thesis they will present their results of
the thesis to an audience of peers and faculty and be able to defend their results during
final evaluation
4PROJ PROJECT
4S1 Seminar
22
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 2
2T4 Molecular Biology
Unit I Eukaryotic and Prokaryotic chromosomes
Chromatin structure Histones DNA nucleosome morphology and higher level organization Functional
states of chromatin and alterations in chromatin organization Chromosome organization Metaphase
chromosomes centromere and kinetochore telomere and its maintenance Holocentric chromosomes
Heterochromatin and euchromatin position effect variegation Chromosomal domains (matrix loop domains)
and their functional significance
Organization of nuclear and organellar genomes C-value paradox Repetitive DNA-satellite DNAs and
interspersed repeated DNAs Transposable elements LINES SINES Alu family and their application in
genome mapping
Concept of a gene Conventional and modern views Fine structure of gene split genes pseudogenes non-
coding genes overlapping genes and multi-gene families
Unit II Replication and Recombination
Replication Review of replication in bacteria plasmid and viruses Models of DNA replication DNA
replication in eukaryotes Eukaryotic DNA polymerases and their roles origin of replication Autonomously
Replicating Segments (ARS) in yeast elongation lagging strand synthesis and termination
Recombination DNA recombination Homologous site specific and transposition
Homologous recombination Holliday Model Messelsson -Radding Model Rec BCD pathway
Site specific recombination Lambda phage ingration and excision rearrengementof immunoglobulin genes
Transposition Prokaryotic transposition Insertion sequences and mere complex transposons (eg Tn3)
conservative and replicative transposition Eukaryotic transposable elements yeast and Drosophila transposons
retroviruses and retrovirus like elements
Unit III Transcription
Review of prokaryotic transcription transcription in eukaryotes Eukaryotic RNA polymerases and their
subunit structure Class I II and III promoters Upstream elements enhancers and silencers General
transcription factors Class I II III genes and their functions elongation factors TBP structure and its role in
transcription mediators Structure of transcription activators zinc fingers homeodomains helix loop helix
bZIP beta barrels
Unit IV Viruses
General properties of viruses (size shape composition of viral capsid spikes envelope and nucleic acids)
Viral classification in brief Baltimore classification Structure and composition of DNA viruses (Herpes virus
amp Adenovirus) and RNA viruses (HIV)
Tumor viruses (HBV HTLV HPV) structure and mechanism of oncogenesis
Structure and life cycle of Lambda and M13 bacteriophages
Laboratory diagnosis of viral diseases
Mechanism of action of Antiviral drugs (Acyclovir Foscarnet Nevirapine Saquinavir Oseltamivir)
Suggested References
1 Molecular Biology of Gene Watson
2 Gene 7 Benjamin Lewin
3 Cell amp Molecular Biology Devlin
4 Biochemistry Lehninger Nelson amp Cox
5 Biochemistry Voet amp Voet
6 Molecular Biology David Frifelder
7 Molecular biology-Lodish Baltimore
8 Genetics-Russell
9 Genetics 1and 2-CBPower
10 Molecular biology-Watson
11 Molecular biochemistry ndashRobert Weaver
12 Microbiology by Davis
13 Virology by Luria
14 Understanding Viruses-Teri Shors Jones and Bartlett Publishers Massachusetts edition 2009
23
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 2
2P1 Clinical Biochemistry And Immunology
1 Determination of serum and urine Creatinine by Jaffrsquos method
2 Determination of serum Bilirubin by Malloy amp Evllyn method
3 Determination of serum Chloride by Schales amp Schales method
4 Estimation of blood urea by Nesslerisation method
5 Estimation of Serum amylase (EC3211)
6 Estimation of Serum Cholesterol by Single Step Method (Libermann amp Burchard)
7 Determination of Serum Uric Acid by Henry Carawayrsquos method
8 Determination of Icteric Index SGOT SGPT and alkaline phosphatase activity
9 Routine Urine Analysis
10 Quantitative Estimation of T3 T4 and TSH
11 To determine Urinary VMA (3-methoxy 4 ndashHydroxyl Vanillin Mandellic Acid)
12 Glucose Tolerance Test
2P2 Cell And Molecular Biology
1 Use of Simple Compound and Phase Contrast Microscopes
2 Isolation culture and cell counting of lymphocytes
3 Adherent cell line Trypsinization cell count subculturing
4 MTT assay
5 Isolation of DNA from Bacteria and Blood
6 Assessment of purity of DNA by 260280 ratio
7 Isolation of plasmid DNA Mini Prep Midi Prep and Maxi Prep
8 Restriction digestion of DNA
9 Ligation of DNA
10 Separation of DNA fragments by Electrophoresis
11 Southern Blotting amp Northern Blotting
2S1 Seminar
24
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 3
Paper ndash I (Code 3T1) Advanced Molecular Biology
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Understand the concepts of Eukaryotic Transcription regulation mechanisms with details
of enzymes involved eukaryotic transcription process
2 Post transcriptional and translational modifications and regulatory aspects of it
3 Describe the expression of genes and the regulatory RNAs involved in it
4 Appreciate epigenetic ways of gene expression regulation
25
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 3
3T1 Advanced Molecular Biology
Unit I Regulation of eukaryotic gene expression at transcriptional level
Overview of transcription by RNA Polymerases I II and III
Anatomy of a protein-coding gene
Basal transcription by RNA polymerase II Subunits of Pol II general transcription factors
Activators How the initiation complex is assembled How initiation occurs
Speeding up the process Enhancers TAFs and how they work
Regulated transcription transcription factors Zinc-fingers (Sp1 the first such factor identified)
Leucine zippers Basic helix loop helix Homeodomains DNA binding domains Activating domains
RNA Elongation HIV TATTAR
RNA polymerase III and regulation of 5S rRNA
Unit II Regulation of eukaryotic gene expression at post translational translational and post-
translational levels
Regulation at tpst-transcriptional level Effect of cap and polyadenylation on splicing trans and
alternative splicing RNA editing mRNA stability and transport
Regulation at Translational level Global regulation through eIF2 and eIF4EeIF4E-BP Specific
regulation through 5 UTRs using RNA structure eg ODC Specific regulation through 5
UTRprotein interactions eg ferritin in eukaryotes and ribosomal proteins in prokaryotes Specific
regulation through 3 UTRs eg 15-LOX
Regulation at post-translational level Control of the level of active proteins regulation of proteolysis
Unit III Regulatory RNAs
Historical background RNA interference as regulatory mechanism in eukaryotes Slicer and dicer
synthesis and function of RNAi molecules in plants chromatin remodeling in human disease and
diagnosis
Unit IV Epigenetics
Background chromosomal inheritance taking fission yeast as an example DNA methyltransferases
DNA methylation maintenance histone modification and regulation of chromatin structure bivalent
histones DNA demethylation histone demethylation
Suggested References
1 Molecular Biology of the Cell Alberts 5th Edition 2007 NCBI Publication
2 Principles of Biochemistry Lehninger WH Freeman
3 Biochemistry of Signal Transduction and Regulation - Gerhard Krauss Wiley VCH 3rd
Revised Edition
4 Molecular Cell Biology Lodish 6th Edition WH Freeman amp Company
5 The cell Cooper 2nd Edition ASM Press
6 Genes IX Benjamin Lewin Published by Pearson Prentice Hall
7 Cell and Molecular Biology Gerald Karp
8 Molecular Biology Robert Weaver 1st Edition WCB McGraw-Hill
9 Molecular Biology of the Gene Watson 6th Edition Pearson Publication
10 Gene Regulation A Eukaryotic Perspective David Latchman 5 illustrated Taylor amp
Francis 2005
26
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 3
Paper ndash II (Code 3T2) Biotechnology
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Remember and Understand fundamental concepts of Genetic Engineering
2 Illustrate and compare different techniques involved in Genetic Engineering
3 Understand the concepts of Prokaryotic and Eukaryotic Transformation and PCR
4 Describe the expression of heterologous genes and the vectors involved in it
5 Appreciate technology involved in industrial products of Protein engineering and
fermentation technology Remember and Understand the design and functioning of
different types of Bioreactors and Downstream processing Evaluate the application of
different types of Bioreactors including immobilization reactor system and its kinetics
6 Comprehend tools important in Bioinformatics analysis for simplified application of
nucleic acid and protein sequence data
27
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 3
3T2 Biotechnology
Unit I rDNA technology Genomic and cDNA libraries DNA manipulation enzymes isolation of specific genes
Gene cloning REs vectors-plasmids cosmids phage vectors M13 phage vectors phagemids expression
vectors with strong promoters inducible vectors produce fusion proteins and their isolation Eucaryotic
expression system shuttle vectors YAC BAC insertion of DNA and its ligation to carrier DNA introduction
of DNA in cells gene synthesis gene libraries
Application of recombinant DNA technology in medicine agriculture industry and environmental sciences
Unit II Gene control systems in bacteria and bacteriophage lambda
Mechanism of induction and repression constitutive expression various control mechanisms positive
regulation negative regulation attenuation operon hypothesis with special reference to malgal ara and
histidine operons Regulatory mechanisms in bacteriophage lambda
Regulation of gene expression at various levels (transcription post transcriptional and translational)
DNA-protein interactions Lambda family of repressor trp repressor
Unit III Biochemical engineering Biochemical Engineering Bioreactors and related equipment and
instrumentation types of bioreactor (Batch semi batch CSTF recycle etc) reactor analysis reactor design
reactor for recombination proteins
Fermentation technology Fermentation technology microbial culture reaction genetic modification use of
mutants recombinant DNA technology and application in fermentation technology microbial growth kinetics
sterilization fermentation process kinetics analysis of rate pattern and kinetic groups fermentation process
types control of environmental variables recovery of fermentation products isolation and purification and use
of immobilization techniques
Unit IV Bioinformatics and Drug Designing Introduction to Bioinformatics Applications of Bioinformatics Bioinformatics resources
Biological Databases Overview to Biological Databases Nucleotide Databases (GenBank DDBJ ENA) Protein sequence
databases (Uniprot Swiss prot Prosite Pfam Prodom) Protein structure databases (PDB SCOP CATH)
Sequence analysis Sequence similarity search BLAST FASTA CLUSTAL
Genomics Introduction to Genomics Comparative Genomic Databases Objective of Genome Comparisons Genome
Alignments
Proteomics Overview of Proteomics Experimental Techniques Bioinformatics Approaches Protein-Protein Interaction
Databases and software
Softwaresrsquo for Drug Designing Structure Based Drug Designing Ligand Based Drug Designing
Virtual Screening Homology Modeling and Chimera Generation
Suggested References 1 Molecular Biology of the Cell Alberts 5th Edition 2007 NCBI Publication
2 Principles of Biochemistry Lehninger WH Freeman
3 Biochemistry of Signal Transduction and Regulation - Gerhard Krauss Wiley VCH 3rd Revised Edition
4 Molecular Cell Biology Lodish 6th Edition WH Freeman amp Company
5 The cell Cooper 2nd Edition ASM Press
6 Genes IX Benjamin Lewin Published by Pearson Prentice Hall
7 Cell and Molecular Biology Gerald Karp
8 Molecular Biology Robert Weaver 1st Edition WCB McGraw-Hill
9 Molecular Biology of the Gene Watson 6th Edition Pearson Publication
10 Gene Regulation A Eukaryotic Perspective David Latchman 5 illustrated Taylor amp Francis 2005
Molecular Biotechnology Principles and Applications of Recombinant DNA Bernard R
GlickhttpwwwamazoncomMolecular-Biotechnology-Principles-Applications-
Recombinantdp1555814980ref=sr_1_6s=booksampie=UTF8ampqid=1323503937ampsr=1-6 - (Author)Publisher
Amer Society for Microbiology 4 edition (December 31 2009)
11 Principles of gene manipulation and genomics S B Primrose Richard M Twyman Publisher Wiley-Blackwell 7
edition (February 17 2006)
12 Principles of Fermentation Technology P F Stanbury (Author) S Hall (Author) A Whitaker (Author) Publisher
Butterworth-Heinemann 2 edition (February 19 1999)
13 1 Bioinformatics A practical guide to the analysis of genes and proteins Baxevanis AD and Ovellette BFF
Wiley-Interscience (2002)
14 2 Molecular and Biotechnology A comprehensive desk reference RA Meyes (Ed) VCH Publishers Inc (1995)
15 3 Textbook of Biotechnology Das HK Wiley Dreamtech India Pvt Ltd (2004)
28
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
Semester 3
Paper ndash III (Code 3T3 A) Toxicology (Biochemical And Environmental Toxicology)
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 To understand key principles of toxicology including various factors affecting toxicity and toxicity assessment
2 To evaluate analyse disposition of toxicants and factor affecting to disposition of toxicants
3 The know how of toxicokinetics and biotransformation 4 To critically analyse and interpret non-organ directed toxicity To
study effect of environmental toxicity on human beings
5 To develop an understanding of the genetic toxicology and
Developmental Toxicology for scientific research practices
6 Critical evaluation of relationship between target organ toxicity for
experimental designs
29
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 3
Core Elective 1
3T3 A) Toxicology (Biochemical And Environmental Toxicology)
Unit I General principles of Toxicology
Definition Different facets of toxicology and their interrelationships Classification of toxic
agents Desired and undesired effects
Various factors affecting toxicity vehicles formulation factors biological half life volume
and concentration dose dosage forms routes of administration entry genetic status etc
Principles of selective toxicity comparative morphology comparative biochemistry
comparative cytology
Toxicity assessment acute subchronic chronic exposure determination of ED50 and LD50
values tests for mutagenecity carcinogenicity genotoxicity Ames test
Unit II Disposition of Toxicants
Factors affecting disposition of toxicants absorption distribution biotransformation
elimination
Absorption through gastro-intestinal tract lungs skin
Distribution storage in tissues blood-brain barrier passage across placenta redistribution
Biotransformation Phase I and II reactions metabolic interrelationship antidotal therapy
Excretion urinary fecal exhalation other routes
Toxicokinetics classic and physiologic
Unit III A) Non ndashorgan directed toxicity
Chemical carcinogenesis definition mechanism
Genetic toxicology definition health impacts and mechanism of induction of genetic
alterations
Developmental toxicology definition principles mechanism and pathogenesis of
developmental toxicity
B) Environmental Toxicology
Air pollution definition air pollutants health effects and risk assessment of air pollution
Introduction to Ecotoxicology
Unit IV Target organ toxicity
Skin skin as a barrier dermatitis acne urticaria
Toxic responses of the blood blood as a target organ toxicology of erythron leukon and
platelets
Toxic responses of the liver physiology and pathophysiology factors in liver injury
mechanism of liver injury
Toxic responses of the respiratory system lungs structure and functions pulmonotoxic
agents pathogenesis of chemical induced damage acute and chronic responses of lungs to
injury
Suggested References
1 Casarette and Doullrsquos Toxicology by Klaassen CD
2 Biochemical Toxicology of Environmental Agents by Bruine D
3 Detoxification mechanisms by Williams RT
4 Selective Toxicity by Albert A
5 Developmental Toxicology by Hood RD
30
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 3
Paper ndash III (Code 3T3 B) Nutrition (Nutritional Biochemistry) (Core Elective 1)
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Capably describe the biochemical techniques that are relevant for the investigation of nutrient metabolism
2 Understand key principles of energy expenditure thermogenic effects Energy requirements and role of dietary fibers in nutrition
3 To read interpret and discuss protein energy malnutrition disorders of mineral metabolism for scientific research
4 To develop an understanding of the observational and experimental character of science in nutritional biochemistry
5 To communicate role of clinical nutrition and food allergies in scientific communication frameworks such as written reports and open discussion
31
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 3
3T3 B Nutrition (Nutritional Biochemistry) (Core Elective 1)
Unit I Basic Concepts
Basic Concept Energy content of foods Measurements of energy expenditure Direct amp
Indirect calorimetry Definition of BMR and SDA and factors affecting these Thermogenic
effects of foods Energy requirements of man and woman and factors affecting energy
requirements
Role of dietary fibers in nutrition
Unit II Nutritional Disorders
Protein Energy Malnutrition (PEM) Aetiology Clinical features Metabolic disorders
and Management of Marasmus and Kwashiorkor diseases
Disorders of Mineral Metabolism Hypercalecemia Hypocalcaemia Normocalcemia
Hyperphosphatemia
Unit III Starvation and Antinutrients
Starvation Techniques for studying starvation protein metabolim in prolonged fasting
protein sparing treatments during fasting Concept of high protein low calorific weight
reduction diets
Antinutrients Naturally occurring food borne toxicants protease inhibitors hemagglutins
hepatotoxins allergens oxalates toxins from mushrooms animal food stuffs and sea foods
Unit IV Clinical Nutrition and Food Allergies
Clinical Nutrition Role of diet and nutrition in the prevention and treatment of diseases
dental caries Fluorosis Atherosclerosis amp Rheumatic disorders Inherited metabolic
Disorders Phenylketonuria Maple Syrup disease amp Hemocystinuria
Food Allergies Definition role of antigen host and environment types of
hypersensitivities diagnosis and treatment of allergy
Suggested Reading 1 Basics of clinical nutrition author- yk joshi jaypee publication
2 Nutrition for the community Gully baba publishing house
Essentials of human nutrition author-jim mann amp stewart truswell oxford university press
3 Introduction to human nutrition
edited by- professor michael gibney (ucd institute of food and health) professor susan lanham-new
(university of surrey) professor aedin Cassidy (university of east anglia) professor hester vorster (north-
west university south africa) httpwwwnutritionsocietyorgpublicationstextbooksintroduction-to-
human-nutritionsthashtdyscawhdpuf
4 Nutrition and metabolism
edited by- professor susan lanham-new (university of surrey) professor ian macdonald (university of
nottingham) professor helen roche (unviersity college dublin) -
httpwwwnutritionsocietyorgpublicationstextbooksnutrition-and-metabolismsthashiusrjtiudpuf
32
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 3
Foundation Course 1 Biomolecules and Basic Metabolism
Unit I Carbohydrates and metabolism
Classification of carbohydrates Structure occurrence and biological importance of
monosaccharides oligosaccharides and polysaccharides
Introduction to Metabolism glycolysis glucogenesis and gluconeogenesis TCA cycle and its
amphibolic role energetics of carbohydrate metabolismAlternate pathways HMP shunt Enter-
Doudoroff glucuronate and glyoxylate pathways Corirsquos cycle
Unit II Lipids and metabolism
Classification of lipids Fatty acids Saturated and unsaturated fatty acids Essential fatty acids
Glycerophospholipids Glycolipids properties and functions
Metabolism Oxidation of fatty acids even and odd numbered unsaturated and branched chain fatty
acids
Degradation and biosynthesis of triacylglycerols and phospholipids energetic of beta- oxidation
Cholesterol biosynthesis catabolism and regulation
Unit III Proteins and metabolism
Classification of amino acids and proteins Protein structures primary secondary tertiary and
quarternary structure General metabolic reaction of amino acids transamination oxidative
deamination minor pathways of amino acid degradation transdeamination amino acid oxidase non
oxidative deamination
Degradation and biosynthesis of amino acids glycogenic and ketogenic amino acids Urea cycle
pathway and regulation
Unit IV Minerals and metabolism
Major and minor and ultra trace minerals their occurrence functions toxicity and interaction with
other nutrients
Iron metabolism and regulation
Calcium and phosphorus metabolism and regulation
Suggested Reading
1 Biophysical Techniques- Upadhyay Upadhyay and Nath
2 Principles of Biochemistry- Lehninger David L Nelson and Michael M Cox
3 Enzymes- Malcolm Dixon and Edwin Webb
4 Harperrsquos Biochemistry- Harper
5 Biochemistry- Western and Todd
6 Cell and Molecular Biology-Gerald Karp
7 Fundamentals of Biochemistry-Donald Voet Judith G Voet and Charlotte W Bratt
33
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 3
Paper ndash IV (Code 3T4 ) Bioresearch Techniques I (Subject centric core 1)
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Understand key principles of how flow cytometer work including data
analysis for their applications
2 Improve on skillful process of the animal cell culture techniques and
experimental demand of knowledge including an appreciation of the
need for good experimental design and scientific research practices
3 To incline intellectual curiosity in DNA and RNA techniques and
related fields that extends well beyond the course
4 To develop practical laboratory skills in the field of DNA and RNA
techniques
34
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 3
3T4 Bioresearch Techniques I (Subject centric core 1)
Unit I Flow cytometry
Principles of flow cytometry Instrument overview principle of fluorescence sample preparation
data analysis and applications of flow cytometry Overview Fludics Generation of Scatter and
fluorescence ( Optical bench optical filters signal detection Treshold) Data Analysis (Data
Collection and Display gating data analysis for subsetting applications Data analysis for ther
applications) Sorting Lasers and Alignment (Working of lasers and laser alignment)
Unit II Animal cell culture techniques
Animal cell Culture Cell culture (adherent and suspension) basic equipment cell culture media-
Components sterility buffering capacity growth requirements supplementation of serum antibiotic
and antimycotic agents preparation of medium advantages and limitations of Primary cell culture
clonal cell lines basic technique a of animal cell subcultuing disaggregation method for quantitation
of cells in culture counting chamber counters cell viability determination cytotoxicity assay and its
applications cell apoptosis assay and its applications 3 D cultures
Unit III DNA techniques
Isolation Sequencing Restriction Nucleases Gel Electrophoresis DNA probes Nucleic acid
hybridization Southern blotting DNA fingerprinting and DNA typing DNA Library
DNA sequencing Sanger and Maxam Gilbert
Restriction Mapping DNase foot printing DMS foot printing knockouts
PCR RFLP RAPD AFLP SNP
Unit IV RNA techniques
Isolation Hybridization Northern Blotting in vitro labeling with radioisotopes and chemical
markers
Mapping and quantifying transcripts S1assay primer extension run off transcription
Transcription rate measurement in vivo Nuclear run on transcription reporter gene N transcription
si RNA technology gene silencing techniques its applications microarrays ribozyme technology
Suggested References
1 Molecular Biology of The Cell Alberts 5th Edition 2007 NCBI Publication
2 Principles of Biochemistry Lehninger WH Freeman
3 Biochemistry of Signal Transduction and Regulation-shy‐ Gerhard Krauss
Wiley VCH 3rd Revised Edition
4 Molecular Cell Biology Lodish 6th Edition WH Freeman amp Company
5 The cell Cooper 2nd Edition ASM Press
6 Gene IX Benjamin Lewin
Published by Pearson Prentice Hall
7 Cell and Molecular Biology Gerald Karp
8 Molecular Biology Robert Weaver 1st Edition WCBNMcGraw-shy‐Hill
9 Molecular Biology of the Gene Watson 6th Edition Pearson Publication
10 Gene Regulation A Eukaryotic Perspective David Latchman 5 illustrated Taylor amp Francis
2005
35
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 3
3P1 Biotechnology And Molecular Biology
1) Fermentation
i) Isolation of microorganisms from soil demonstrating synthesis capability of desired product
Gram staining (Desired property to be decided by the instructor) and screening
ii) Optimization of the lab scale production of the desired product Effect of temperature pH
substrate concentration
iii) Growth curve Estimation of cell number substrate utilization andor product formation
2) Polymerase Chain Reaction
i) PCR amplification from genomic DNA
ii) Nested PCR
iii) Random Amplification of Polymorphic DNA (RAPD)
3) Restriction Fragment Length Polymorphism (RFLP)
3P2 A Biochemical And Environmental Toxicology
1 Qualitative detection of various toxicants in biological samples
Phenothiazine derivatives Organochlorine compounds (Fujiwara test) Phenol Methanol Arsenic (As)
Antimony (Sb) Selenium (Se) Mercury (Hg) Bismuth (Bi) Fluoride (F) Boron (Bo) Gutzeit test for
Antimony (Sb) and Arsenic (As) Spot test for metal toxicants
2 Quantitative determination of Salicylate Paracetamol (acetaminophen) Sulphonamide in biological
samples
3 Enzyme assay in toxic conditions
GOT (AST) GPT (ALT) Acid phosphatase Alkaline phosphatase Acetyl cholinesterase etc
4 Construction of dose-response curves
5 Determination of LD50 value of a toxicant
6 Induction of hepatotoxicity diabetes skin lesions teratogenesis
7 Assay of biomarkers of environmental pollution toxicity
OR
3P2 B) Nutritional Biochemistry
1 Determination of Calcium in food samples
2 Determination of Inorganic Phosphorous in food samples
3 Determination of Iron in food samples
4 Determination of beta carotene in carrots by column chromatography
5 Determination of Ascorbic Acid in food
6 Estimation of Amylase activity
7 Determination of Total Lipids By Sulphophospho vanillin Method
3S1 Seminar
InstitutionalEducational tour For minimum 08 days
36
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
Paper ndash I (Code 4T1) Advanced Clinical Biochemistry
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Analyse evaluate and generate information from a wide variety of sources regarding the key principles of aging and Neurological disorders
2 Analyse the effects of obesity on physiological functions including gene regulation
3 Critically interpret molecular and metabolic diseases and develop new knowledge domain about them
4 To develop effective creative and innovative solutions to current research problems in Reproductive Disease and Reproductive Biochemistry
5 To develop practical laboratory skill for Assisted Reproductive Technology program
37
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
4T1 Advanced Clinical Biochemistry
Unit I Aging and Neurological Disorders
Current view and theories of aging auto immune connection and HLA association processes of
aging and biochemical alteration DNA damage protein oxidation and axonal transport in aging
nutritional intervention as anti-aging therapy
Alzheimerrsquos disease Causes symptoms diagnosis pathogenesis genetics APP ApoE PS2 tau
protein risk factors and therapeutic approaches
Progeria Parkinsonrsquos disease Causes symptoms diagnosis pathogenesis genetics and therapeutic
approaches
Unit II Obesity
Theories lipid metabolism adipose tissue anomalies
Genetic basis of familial obesity effects of neuropeptides and leptin in nutrient partitioning
Obesity related derangements in metabolic regulation Therapeutic approaches
Unit III Molecular and Metabolic Diseases
Human gene map genetic diversity polymorphism genetic linkage chromosomal disorder
Monogenetic Disorders Autosomal dominant autosomal recessive X-linked Multifactorial
disorders Genetic heterogeneity Allelic heterogeneity Pathogenesis of genetic disease
Galactosemia Hemophilia Sickle cell anemia Muscular dystrophy Hypercholesterolemia Gout
Turnerrsquos syndrome
Unit IV Reproductive Biochemistry
Overview of reproductive system and reproduction biochemistry of reproductive disorders (male amp
female) Influence of various factors in reproduction with special reference to role of prostaglandins
and gonadotrophins Mechanism and methods of birth control and possible biochemical
consequences thereof Biochemical markerrsquos in infertility disorders Techniques involved in assisted
reproductive technology (ART) Culture media and cell culture techniques in ART programme
Suggested References
1 Clinical Biochemistry ndash Metabolic and Clinical aspects By-William J Marshall amp Stephen
K Angert
2 Harperrsquos Biochemistry - 27th Ed
3 Text book of Medical Physiology - By Guyton
4 Text book of Physiology -By Burn amp levy
5 Biochemistry ndashBy L Stryer (Freeman amp CoNY)
6 Biochemistry with clinical correlation- By Thomas Devli
7 The Metabolic Basis of Inherited Disease 5th Ed-By John Stanbury
8 Teitz Fundamentals of Clinical Chemistry ndashBy CABurtis amp Ashwood
9 Biochemistry - By Lehninger
10 Lehningerrsquos Biochemistry ndashBy Nelson amp Cox
11 Biochemistry ndashBy Stanford
12 Basic Medical Biochemistry A Clinical approach- By Smith
13 Principles of Internal Medicines- By HarrisonT R
14 Practical Biochemistry Principles amp Techniques- By Wilson amp Walker
15 Practical Biochemistry ndashBy David Plummer
38
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
Paper ndash II (Code 4T2) Advanced Immunology
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Understand details of lymph node microanatomy and learn the B and T cells encounter with antigens and study its development
2 Gain insight into antigen presentation and autophagy on a detailed molecular level
3 Understand immunology of mucosal surfaces and the interplay between commensal flora and the immune system in the gut
4 In-depth knowledge of the cellular and molecular basis for autoimmune disease and allergies
5 Basic knowledge of tumor immunology and the development of novel recombinant antibodies for treatment of cancer and autoimmune disease
39
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
4T2 Advanced Immunology
Unit I Introductory Immunobiology
Complement system Alternative and Classical pathway of complement activation
Immune networks Homeostasis in the immune system-termination of normal immune
responses network hypothesis
In vivo immunity to viruses bacteria fungi protozoa worms etc
Unit II Immunological tolerance and Autoimmunity
Immunologic tolerance T lymphocyte tolerance- central and peripheral Apoptosis in
Lymphocytes-pathways and biochemical mechanisms effector mechanisms Tolerance
induced regulatory T cells B lymphocyte tolerance- Central and Peripheral Homeostasis in
the immune pathogenesis and therapeutic approaches to autoimmunity
Unit III Tumor and Transplantation Immunology Hypersensitivity
General features of tumor immunity tumor antigens Immune response to tumor and
evasion Immunotherapy Types of hypersensitivity Effector mechanisms of immunologic
tissue injury and disease
Unit IV Immunodeficiency and Vaccinology
MHC and disease susceptibility immune deficiency disorders Active immunization
(immune prophylaxis) passive immunization adjuvants modern approaches to vaccine
development role of vaccines in the prevention of disease
Suggested References
1 Cellular and Molecular Immunology- 5th Edition Abul K Abbas Andrew Litchman
2 Immunology-5th Edition Richard A Goldsby Thomas J Kindt Barbara A Osborne
Janis Kuby
3 Immunology- 6th Edition Ivan Roitt Jonathan Brostoff David Male
40
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
Paper ndash III (Code 4T3 A) Toxicology (Clinical Research)
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Have knowledge about assessment and management of ethical clinical trial
programs
2 Demonstrate competency in biopharmaceutical clinical trial research designs and
regulatory affairs
3 Demonstrate competencies in evaluating clinical research data and
communicating results Manage innovative products through the discovery
processes and into the clinical trial phases
4 Identify and classify different types of trial designs when reading a trial report
understand the essential of GLP roles and responsibilities of stakeholders in
clinical trials
41
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
4T3 A) Toxicology (Clinical Research)
Unit I Pre-Clinical Research
Animal studies acute amp chronic toxicity of drugs regulations for number amp types of
animals protocols for animal experimentation Biochemical amp histopathological studies of
animals after drug administration Mechanism amp cause of death Routine toxicity studies amp
special toxicity studies carcinogenicity mutagenicity amp teratogenicity to be given special
emphasis
Unit II Phases of Clinical Research
Phases of clinical research number of volunteers in phase I amp types of patients in phase II to
IV Importance of these investigations Post marketing surveillance (PMS) amp
pharmacovigilence in case of clinical investigations after marketing authorization
Importance of ethical committee protocol design documentation in clinical trials Bio
Availability and Bio Equivalence studies Pharmacokinetics Pharmacodynamics Genomic
studies
Unit III Good lab practices
Good Clinical Practices Good Manufacturing Practices and Good Laboratory Practices
Principles of ICH-GCP History GCP declaration of Helsinki Belmont report Nuremberg
code Tuskgee trial Schedules Y and its amendments ICMR Guidelines Composition
functions amp operations of IRBIEC ethics of clinical trials Health Authorities- CDSCO US-
FDA EMEA and other
Unit IV Roles and Responsibilities of different stake holders in Clinical Research-
Sponsor CRO SMO Ethics Committee Investigator CRA CRC Patients and other
Departments in Clinical Research- Operations Business Development Regulatory
Pharmacovigilance Data Management Centralized Monitoring Quality Finance Important
documents in Clinical Research and importance of documentation in Clinical Research
Stages in clinical trial-Feasibilities PSSV SIV SMV and Close-out visits Audits and
Inspections
Suggested reading
1 Clinical Research Coordinator Handbook Norris Deborrah Plexus Publications
20040601
2 Clinical Research Methodology and Evidence-Based Medicine Babu Ajit N
Anshan 20080530
3 Conducting Clinical Research Judy Stone Biblio Distribution 2006
4 Essentials of clinical research Stephen P Glasser (Edt) Springer Verlag 2008
42
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
Paper ndash III (Code 4T3 B) Nutrition (Applied Nutritional Biochemistry)
Learning outcome Students will be
1 Capable of describing biochemical pathways relevant in nutrient metabolism 2 Capable of using selected biochemical techniques relevant in nutritional
biochemical research 3 Critical reading of scientific articles in nutritional biochemistry 4 Capable of discussing research questions relevant to nutritional biochemistry 5 The ability to ask critical questions and discuss nutritional biochemical research
43
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
4T3 B) Nutrition (Applied Nutritional Biochemistry)
Unit I Clinical nutrition
Role of a dietician role and responsibilities of a dietitian nutrition counseling professional
ethics and obligations
Diet therapy-Rationale for diet therapy (normal diet modifications of the diet to the light
diet soft diet full liquid diet clear liquid tube feeding) Routes for diet therapy-enteral and
parental use of biochemical parameters in the planning of diets use of computers in the
planning of diets
Unit II Nutritional Counseling and Dietetics
Nutritive value of different food groups and changes due to cooking in various food groups
Storage of foods food quality and factors affecting food quality Control of food quality Use
of additives Classification and applications
Unit III Community Nutrition
Opportunities in community Nutrition Assessing Community Resources assessing target
population program planning Assessing communityrsquos nutritional resources Food insecurity
food assistance programs world hunger and food insecurity Principles of nutrition education
and policy making national nutrition agenda
Unit IV Applied Nutrition and Public Health Concept of Health Nutrition and Public Health Nutrition Demographic trends in India and
the significance of certain indices of Health and Nutrition situation of a community IMR
MMR TFR Birth rate Death rate Life expectancy etc) Major nutritional problems in
developing countries Dietary surveys-methods ways of interpretations and analysis
recommendations based on survey findings Assessment of nutritional status biochemical
and anthropometry
Suggested Reading
Clinical nutrition
edited by- professor marinos elia (university of outhampton) professor olle ljungqvist
(karolinska institutet amp oumlrebro university hospital) dr outham outhamp (university of
outhampton professor susan lanham-new (university of surrey) - see more at
httpwwwnutritionsocietyorgpublicationstextbooksclinical-
nutritionsthashw12tfscqdpuf
Public health nutrition
edited by- professor michael gibney (ucd institute of food and health) professor barrie
margetts (university of southampton) dr john kearney (dublin institute of technology)
professor lenore arab (university of california los angeles)
httpwwwnutritionsocietyorgpublicationstextbookspublic-health-
nutritionsthash8pvhu1m0dpuf
Staying healthy with nutrition author- elson m Hass buck levin
American dietetic association complete food and nutrition guide Roberta larson duyff
44
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
MSc Biochemistry CBCS syllabus Effective from 2015-16
SEMESTER 4
Foundation 2 Basic Enzymology
Unit I
Introduction to Enzymology Nomenclature and classification of enzymes History sources of
enzymes (Animal Plant and microorganisms) Protein amp nonprotein nature of enzymes with
examples enzymes as biological catalysts and their importance principle of assay of enzymes and
measurement of activity effect of experimental conditions on measurement of activity such as time pH temp
substrate definition of enzyme unit Stability of enzymes and half life of enzymes Effect of environmental
factors on stability of enzymes Concept of Zymogens and active enzyme with examples effect of activators
and inhibitors on enzyme activity Role of coenzymes and cofactors on enzyme catalysis with examples
Unit II Production amp purification
Method os screening of sources for desired enzymes Availability of the sources for procurement
of enzymes Natural and synthetic Media for microbial enzyme production effect of inducers and
environmental factors on enzyme production by microorganisms
Methods of isolation of enzymes form the source purification of enzyme by dialysis salt and solvent
precipitation chromatography gel filtration Purification by affinity chromatography methods of
determination of purity and nature of of enzymes by simple PAGE SDSPAGE and 2 D electrophoresis
Unit III Enzyme Kinetics
Lock amp key model and Koshland model of enzyme active site Determination of active site of enzyme
Michelis Mentain equation kinetics of reversible irreversible and nonreversible enzymes Line Weaver burk
plot and Eddie Hofstie Plot Determination of kinetic constants and activation energy Effect of competitive
and non-competitive inhibitors on enzyme activity Allosteric enzyme and sigmoidal kinetics
Unit IV Applications of enzymes
Structure and function of multienzyme complex systems such as PDH KGH B oxidation spiral and glycolysis
Advantages of soluble and membrane bound enzymes Futile cycles in Biochemistry
Methods of immobilization of enzymes advantages and disadvantages of immobilization Application of
Immobilized enzymes in agriculture cosmetics detergent dairy brewing and food industries with examples
such as lactase pectinase proteinase invertaselipase etc Application of enzymes in nanotechnology
biosensors etc
Suggested references
1 Enzymology and Enzyme Technology 2014 by SM Bhatt (S Chand)
2 Enzyme Technology 2006 by Ashok Pandey (Editor) Colin Webb (Editor) MARCELO
FERNANDES (Editor) Springer
3 Biocatalysts and enzyme technology 2012 Klaus Buchholz
45
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
4T4 Bioresearch Techniques II (Subject centric core 2)
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Learn describe and build up knowledge domain regarding the latest and most advanced Bioresearch techniques available for biochemical research
2 Be aware select appropriately apply technology platforms and Perform techniques for analysis of DNA and protein expression
3 Evaluation of data and controls related to research techniques 4 Create thought-provoking questions related to the laboratory equipment
46
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
4T4 Bioresearch Techniques II (Subject centric core 2)
UNIT I
Biochemical methods I- Co-immunoprecipitation BiFC bimolecular fluorescence
complementation affinity electrophoresis Pull down assays label transfer yeast two hybrid
screens phage display
UNIT II
Biochemical methods II- In-vivo crosslinking of protein complexes using photo-reactive
amino acid analogs Tandem affinity purification (TAP) Chemical cross-linking SPINE
(Strepprotein interaction experiment) Quantitative immunoprecipitation combined with
knock-down (QUICK) Proximity ligation assay (PLA) in situ
UNIT III
Biophysical and theoretical methods I
Bio-Layer Interferometry
Dual polarisation interferometry (DPI)
Static light scattering (SLS)
Dynamic light scattering (DLS)
Surface plasmon resonance
UNIT IV
Biophysical and theoretical methods II
Fluorescence polarizationanisotropy
Fluorescence correlation spectroscopy
FRET BRET
2D-FT NMR spectroscopy
Proteinndashprotein docking
Isothermal Titration Calorimetry (ITC)
Isothermal Titration Calorimetry (ITC)
Suggested References
1 Molecular Biology of The Cell Alberts 5th Edition 2007 NCBI Publication
2 Principles of Biochemistry Lehninger WH Freeman
3 Biochemistry of Signal Transduction and Regulation-shy‐ Gerhard Krauss
Wiley VCH 3rd Revised Edition
4 Molecular Cell Biology Lodish 6th Edition WH Freeman amp Company
5 The cell Cooper 2nd Edition ASM Press
6 Gene IX Benjamin Lewin
Published by Pearson Prentice Hall
7 Cell and Molecular Biology Gerald Karp
8 Molecular Biology Robert Weaver 1st Edition WCBNMcGraw-shy‐Hill
9 Molecular Biology of the Gene Watson 6th Edition Pearson Publication
10 Gene Regulation A Eukaryotic Perspective David Latchman 5 illustrated Taylor amp
Francis 2005
47
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
4P1 Advanced Clinical Biochemistry and Immunology and Toxicology and Nutrition
1 Demonstration of dialysis using blood filtrate (Protein Separation)
2 Immunology
a Quantitative Estimation of Antibody
b Precipitation Techniques Double Immunodiffusion Single (Radial)
Immunodiffusion
3 Electrophoretic Techniques Immuno-electrophoresisRocket Immunoelectrophoresis
Immuno-diffusion
4 To assay cathepsin D ATPase (NaKCaMg) Lipid peroxidase enzymes
5 Assay of Acetylcholine esterase activity in rat brain
6 Assay of monoamine oxidase
7 Fractionation of tissues and assay of proteins
8 Assay of ornithine amino transferase
9 Glutathione Estimation
10 Organ tissue morphology histopathology
11 Assay of toxicant biotransformation enzyme-cytochrome P450
12 Test for teratogenecity carcinogenecity Ames test
13 To perform pair wise alignment of sequences using BLAST program
14 To design primers for the given gene sequences
15 To perform multiple sequence alignment and generate phylogenetic tree
16 To retrieve and visualize the three dimensional structures of proteins
17 To retrieve metagenomic sequences and primer designing to develop STS marker
OR
18 Determination of Triglycerides
19 Proximate Analysis of Food Samples
48
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4 Project
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Plan and develop experimental design projects from concept through to professional
prototype
2 Apply theoretical knowledge conceptual skills and techniques to the development of
solutions for biochemical problems
3 Apply initiative and judgment in planning problem solving and decision making in
practice or future study
4 Design a research project and submit in a form of thesis they will present their results of
the thesis to an audience of peers and faculty and be able to defend their results during
final evaluation
4PROJ PROJECT
4S1 Seminar
23
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 2
2P1 Clinical Biochemistry And Immunology
1 Determination of serum and urine Creatinine by Jaffrsquos method
2 Determination of serum Bilirubin by Malloy amp Evllyn method
3 Determination of serum Chloride by Schales amp Schales method
4 Estimation of blood urea by Nesslerisation method
5 Estimation of Serum amylase (EC3211)
6 Estimation of Serum Cholesterol by Single Step Method (Libermann amp Burchard)
7 Determination of Serum Uric Acid by Henry Carawayrsquos method
8 Determination of Icteric Index SGOT SGPT and alkaline phosphatase activity
9 Routine Urine Analysis
10 Quantitative Estimation of T3 T4 and TSH
11 To determine Urinary VMA (3-methoxy 4 ndashHydroxyl Vanillin Mandellic Acid)
12 Glucose Tolerance Test
2P2 Cell And Molecular Biology
1 Use of Simple Compound and Phase Contrast Microscopes
2 Isolation culture and cell counting of lymphocytes
3 Adherent cell line Trypsinization cell count subculturing
4 MTT assay
5 Isolation of DNA from Bacteria and Blood
6 Assessment of purity of DNA by 260280 ratio
7 Isolation of plasmid DNA Mini Prep Midi Prep and Maxi Prep
8 Restriction digestion of DNA
9 Ligation of DNA
10 Separation of DNA fragments by Electrophoresis
11 Southern Blotting amp Northern Blotting
2S1 Seminar
24
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 3
Paper ndash I (Code 3T1) Advanced Molecular Biology
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Understand the concepts of Eukaryotic Transcription regulation mechanisms with details
of enzymes involved eukaryotic transcription process
2 Post transcriptional and translational modifications and regulatory aspects of it
3 Describe the expression of genes and the regulatory RNAs involved in it
4 Appreciate epigenetic ways of gene expression regulation
25
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 3
3T1 Advanced Molecular Biology
Unit I Regulation of eukaryotic gene expression at transcriptional level
Overview of transcription by RNA Polymerases I II and III
Anatomy of a protein-coding gene
Basal transcription by RNA polymerase II Subunits of Pol II general transcription factors
Activators How the initiation complex is assembled How initiation occurs
Speeding up the process Enhancers TAFs and how they work
Regulated transcription transcription factors Zinc-fingers (Sp1 the first such factor identified)
Leucine zippers Basic helix loop helix Homeodomains DNA binding domains Activating domains
RNA Elongation HIV TATTAR
RNA polymerase III and regulation of 5S rRNA
Unit II Regulation of eukaryotic gene expression at post translational translational and post-
translational levels
Regulation at tpst-transcriptional level Effect of cap and polyadenylation on splicing trans and
alternative splicing RNA editing mRNA stability and transport
Regulation at Translational level Global regulation through eIF2 and eIF4EeIF4E-BP Specific
regulation through 5 UTRs using RNA structure eg ODC Specific regulation through 5
UTRprotein interactions eg ferritin in eukaryotes and ribosomal proteins in prokaryotes Specific
regulation through 3 UTRs eg 15-LOX
Regulation at post-translational level Control of the level of active proteins regulation of proteolysis
Unit III Regulatory RNAs
Historical background RNA interference as regulatory mechanism in eukaryotes Slicer and dicer
synthesis and function of RNAi molecules in plants chromatin remodeling in human disease and
diagnosis
Unit IV Epigenetics
Background chromosomal inheritance taking fission yeast as an example DNA methyltransferases
DNA methylation maintenance histone modification and regulation of chromatin structure bivalent
histones DNA demethylation histone demethylation
Suggested References
1 Molecular Biology of the Cell Alberts 5th Edition 2007 NCBI Publication
2 Principles of Biochemistry Lehninger WH Freeman
3 Biochemistry of Signal Transduction and Regulation - Gerhard Krauss Wiley VCH 3rd
Revised Edition
4 Molecular Cell Biology Lodish 6th Edition WH Freeman amp Company
5 The cell Cooper 2nd Edition ASM Press
6 Genes IX Benjamin Lewin Published by Pearson Prentice Hall
7 Cell and Molecular Biology Gerald Karp
8 Molecular Biology Robert Weaver 1st Edition WCB McGraw-Hill
9 Molecular Biology of the Gene Watson 6th Edition Pearson Publication
10 Gene Regulation A Eukaryotic Perspective David Latchman 5 illustrated Taylor amp
Francis 2005
26
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 3
Paper ndash II (Code 3T2) Biotechnology
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Remember and Understand fundamental concepts of Genetic Engineering
2 Illustrate and compare different techniques involved in Genetic Engineering
3 Understand the concepts of Prokaryotic and Eukaryotic Transformation and PCR
4 Describe the expression of heterologous genes and the vectors involved in it
5 Appreciate technology involved in industrial products of Protein engineering and
fermentation technology Remember and Understand the design and functioning of
different types of Bioreactors and Downstream processing Evaluate the application of
different types of Bioreactors including immobilization reactor system and its kinetics
6 Comprehend tools important in Bioinformatics analysis for simplified application of
nucleic acid and protein sequence data
27
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 3
3T2 Biotechnology
Unit I rDNA technology Genomic and cDNA libraries DNA manipulation enzymes isolation of specific genes
Gene cloning REs vectors-plasmids cosmids phage vectors M13 phage vectors phagemids expression
vectors with strong promoters inducible vectors produce fusion proteins and their isolation Eucaryotic
expression system shuttle vectors YAC BAC insertion of DNA and its ligation to carrier DNA introduction
of DNA in cells gene synthesis gene libraries
Application of recombinant DNA technology in medicine agriculture industry and environmental sciences
Unit II Gene control systems in bacteria and bacteriophage lambda
Mechanism of induction and repression constitutive expression various control mechanisms positive
regulation negative regulation attenuation operon hypothesis with special reference to malgal ara and
histidine operons Regulatory mechanisms in bacteriophage lambda
Regulation of gene expression at various levels (transcription post transcriptional and translational)
DNA-protein interactions Lambda family of repressor trp repressor
Unit III Biochemical engineering Biochemical Engineering Bioreactors and related equipment and
instrumentation types of bioreactor (Batch semi batch CSTF recycle etc) reactor analysis reactor design
reactor for recombination proteins
Fermentation technology Fermentation technology microbial culture reaction genetic modification use of
mutants recombinant DNA technology and application in fermentation technology microbial growth kinetics
sterilization fermentation process kinetics analysis of rate pattern and kinetic groups fermentation process
types control of environmental variables recovery of fermentation products isolation and purification and use
of immobilization techniques
Unit IV Bioinformatics and Drug Designing Introduction to Bioinformatics Applications of Bioinformatics Bioinformatics resources
Biological Databases Overview to Biological Databases Nucleotide Databases (GenBank DDBJ ENA) Protein sequence
databases (Uniprot Swiss prot Prosite Pfam Prodom) Protein structure databases (PDB SCOP CATH)
Sequence analysis Sequence similarity search BLAST FASTA CLUSTAL
Genomics Introduction to Genomics Comparative Genomic Databases Objective of Genome Comparisons Genome
Alignments
Proteomics Overview of Proteomics Experimental Techniques Bioinformatics Approaches Protein-Protein Interaction
Databases and software
Softwaresrsquo for Drug Designing Structure Based Drug Designing Ligand Based Drug Designing
Virtual Screening Homology Modeling and Chimera Generation
Suggested References 1 Molecular Biology of the Cell Alberts 5th Edition 2007 NCBI Publication
2 Principles of Biochemistry Lehninger WH Freeman
3 Biochemistry of Signal Transduction and Regulation - Gerhard Krauss Wiley VCH 3rd Revised Edition
4 Molecular Cell Biology Lodish 6th Edition WH Freeman amp Company
5 The cell Cooper 2nd Edition ASM Press
6 Genes IX Benjamin Lewin Published by Pearson Prentice Hall
7 Cell and Molecular Biology Gerald Karp
8 Molecular Biology Robert Weaver 1st Edition WCB McGraw-Hill
9 Molecular Biology of the Gene Watson 6th Edition Pearson Publication
10 Gene Regulation A Eukaryotic Perspective David Latchman 5 illustrated Taylor amp Francis 2005
Molecular Biotechnology Principles and Applications of Recombinant DNA Bernard R
GlickhttpwwwamazoncomMolecular-Biotechnology-Principles-Applications-
Recombinantdp1555814980ref=sr_1_6s=booksampie=UTF8ampqid=1323503937ampsr=1-6 - (Author)Publisher
Amer Society for Microbiology 4 edition (December 31 2009)
11 Principles of gene manipulation and genomics S B Primrose Richard M Twyman Publisher Wiley-Blackwell 7
edition (February 17 2006)
12 Principles of Fermentation Technology P F Stanbury (Author) S Hall (Author) A Whitaker (Author) Publisher
Butterworth-Heinemann 2 edition (February 19 1999)
13 1 Bioinformatics A practical guide to the analysis of genes and proteins Baxevanis AD and Ovellette BFF
Wiley-Interscience (2002)
14 2 Molecular and Biotechnology A comprehensive desk reference RA Meyes (Ed) VCH Publishers Inc (1995)
15 3 Textbook of Biotechnology Das HK Wiley Dreamtech India Pvt Ltd (2004)
28
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
Semester 3
Paper ndash III (Code 3T3 A) Toxicology (Biochemical And Environmental Toxicology)
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 To understand key principles of toxicology including various factors affecting toxicity and toxicity assessment
2 To evaluate analyse disposition of toxicants and factor affecting to disposition of toxicants
3 The know how of toxicokinetics and biotransformation 4 To critically analyse and interpret non-organ directed toxicity To
study effect of environmental toxicity on human beings
5 To develop an understanding of the genetic toxicology and
Developmental Toxicology for scientific research practices
6 Critical evaluation of relationship between target organ toxicity for
experimental designs
29
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 3
Core Elective 1
3T3 A) Toxicology (Biochemical And Environmental Toxicology)
Unit I General principles of Toxicology
Definition Different facets of toxicology and their interrelationships Classification of toxic
agents Desired and undesired effects
Various factors affecting toxicity vehicles formulation factors biological half life volume
and concentration dose dosage forms routes of administration entry genetic status etc
Principles of selective toxicity comparative morphology comparative biochemistry
comparative cytology
Toxicity assessment acute subchronic chronic exposure determination of ED50 and LD50
values tests for mutagenecity carcinogenicity genotoxicity Ames test
Unit II Disposition of Toxicants
Factors affecting disposition of toxicants absorption distribution biotransformation
elimination
Absorption through gastro-intestinal tract lungs skin
Distribution storage in tissues blood-brain barrier passage across placenta redistribution
Biotransformation Phase I and II reactions metabolic interrelationship antidotal therapy
Excretion urinary fecal exhalation other routes
Toxicokinetics classic and physiologic
Unit III A) Non ndashorgan directed toxicity
Chemical carcinogenesis definition mechanism
Genetic toxicology definition health impacts and mechanism of induction of genetic
alterations
Developmental toxicology definition principles mechanism and pathogenesis of
developmental toxicity
B) Environmental Toxicology
Air pollution definition air pollutants health effects and risk assessment of air pollution
Introduction to Ecotoxicology
Unit IV Target organ toxicity
Skin skin as a barrier dermatitis acne urticaria
Toxic responses of the blood blood as a target organ toxicology of erythron leukon and
platelets
Toxic responses of the liver physiology and pathophysiology factors in liver injury
mechanism of liver injury
Toxic responses of the respiratory system lungs structure and functions pulmonotoxic
agents pathogenesis of chemical induced damage acute and chronic responses of lungs to
injury
Suggested References
1 Casarette and Doullrsquos Toxicology by Klaassen CD
2 Biochemical Toxicology of Environmental Agents by Bruine D
3 Detoxification mechanisms by Williams RT
4 Selective Toxicity by Albert A
5 Developmental Toxicology by Hood RD
30
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 3
Paper ndash III (Code 3T3 B) Nutrition (Nutritional Biochemistry) (Core Elective 1)
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Capably describe the biochemical techniques that are relevant for the investigation of nutrient metabolism
2 Understand key principles of energy expenditure thermogenic effects Energy requirements and role of dietary fibers in nutrition
3 To read interpret and discuss protein energy malnutrition disorders of mineral metabolism for scientific research
4 To develop an understanding of the observational and experimental character of science in nutritional biochemistry
5 To communicate role of clinical nutrition and food allergies in scientific communication frameworks such as written reports and open discussion
31
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 3
3T3 B Nutrition (Nutritional Biochemistry) (Core Elective 1)
Unit I Basic Concepts
Basic Concept Energy content of foods Measurements of energy expenditure Direct amp
Indirect calorimetry Definition of BMR and SDA and factors affecting these Thermogenic
effects of foods Energy requirements of man and woman and factors affecting energy
requirements
Role of dietary fibers in nutrition
Unit II Nutritional Disorders
Protein Energy Malnutrition (PEM) Aetiology Clinical features Metabolic disorders
and Management of Marasmus and Kwashiorkor diseases
Disorders of Mineral Metabolism Hypercalecemia Hypocalcaemia Normocalcemia
Hyperphosphatemia
Unit III Starvation and Antinutrients
Starvation Techniques for studying starvation protein metabolim in prolonged fasting
protein sparing treatments during fasting Concept of high protein low calorific weight
reduction diets
Antinutrients Naturally occurring food borne toxicants protease inhibitors hemagglutins
hepatotoxins allergens oxalates toxins from mushrooms animal food stuffs and sea foods
Unit IV Clinical Nutrition and Food Allergies
Clinical Nutrition Role of diet and nutrition in the prevention and treatment of diseases
dental caries Fluorosis Atherosclerosis amp Rheumatic disorders Inherited metabolic
Disorders Phenylketonuria Maple Syrup disease amp Hemocystinuria
Food Allergies Definition role of antigen host and environment types of
hypersensitivities diagnosis and treatment of allergy
Suggested Reading 1 Basics of clinical nutrition author- yk joshi jaypee publication
2 Nutrition for the community Gully baba publishing house
Essentials of human nutrition author-jim mann amp stewart truswell oxford university press
3 Introduction to human nutrition
edited by- professor michael gibney (ucd institute of food and health) professor susan lanham-new
(university of surrey) professor aedin Cassidy (university of east anglia) professor hester vorster (north-
west university south africa) httpwwwnutritionsocietyorgpublicationstextbooksintroduction-to-
human-nutritionsthashtdyscawhdpuf
4 Nutrition and metabolism
edited by- professor susan lanham-new (university of surrey) professor ian macdonald (university of
nottingham) professor helen roche (unviersity college dublin) -
httpwwwnutritionsocietyorgpublicationstextbooksnutrition-and-metabolismsthashiusrjtiudpuf
32
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 3
Foundation Course 1 Biomolecules and Basic Metabolism
Unit I Carbohydrates and metabolism
Classification of carbohydrates Structure occurrence and biological importance of
monosaccharides oligosaccharides and polysaccharides
Introduction to Metabolism glycolysis glucogenesis and gluconeogenesis TCA cycle and its
amphibolic role energetics of carbohydrate metabolismAlternate pathways HMP shunt Enter-
Doudoroff glucuronate and glyoxylate pathways Corirsquos cycle
Unit II Lipids and metabolism
Classification of lipids Fatty acids Saturated and unsaturated fatty acids Essential fatty acids
Glycerophospholipids Glycolipids properties and functions
Metabolism Oxidation of fatty acids even and odd numbered unsaturated and branched chain fatty
acids
Degradation and biosynthesis of triacylglycerols and phospholipids energetic of beta- oxidation
Cholesterol biosynthesis catabolism and regulation
Unit III Proteins and metabolism
Classification of amino acids and proteins Protein structures primary secondary tertiary and
quarternary structure General metabolic reaction of amino acids transamination oxidative
deamination minor pathways of amino acid degradation transdeamination amino acid oxidase non
oxidative deamination
Degradation and biosynthesis of amino acids glycogenic and ketogenic amino acids Urea cycle
pathway and regulation
Unit IV Minerals and metabolism
Major and minor and ultra trace minerals their occurrence functions toxicity and interaction with
other nutrients
Iron metabolism and regulation
Calcium and phosphorus metabolism and regulation
Suggested Reading
1 Biophysical Techniques- Upadhyay Upadhyay and Nath
2 Principles of Biochemistry- Lehninger David L Nelson and Michael M Cox
3 Enzymes- Malcolm Dixon and Edwin Webb
4 Harperrsquos Biochemistry- Harper
5 Biochemistry- Western and Todd
6 Cell and Molecular Biology-Gerald Karp
7 Fundamentals of Biochemistry-Donald Voet Judith G Voet and Charlotte W Bratt
33
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 3
Paper ndash IV (Code 3T4 ) Bioresearch Techniques I (Subject centric core 1)
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Understand key principles of how flow cytometer work including data
analysis for their applications
2 Improve on skillful process of the animal cell culture techniques and
experimental demand of knowledge including an appreciation of the
need for good experimental design and scientific research practices
3 To incline intellectual curiosity in DNA and RNA techniques and
related fields that extends well beyond the course
4 To develop practical laboratory skills in the field of DNA and RNA
techniques
34
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 3
3T4 Bioresearch Techniques I (Subject centric core 1)
Unit I Flow cytometry
Principles of flow cytometry Instrument overview principle of fluorescence sample preparation
data analysis and applications of flow cytometry Overview Fludics Generation of Scatter and
fluorescence ( Optical bench optical filters signal detection Treshold) Data Analysis (Data
Collection and Display gating data analysis for subsetting applications Data analysis for ther
applications) Sorting Lasers and Alignment (Working of lasers and laser alignment)
Unit II Animal cell culture techniques
Animal cell Culture Cell culture (adherent and suspension) basic equipment cell culture media-
Components sterility buffering capacity growth requirements supplementation of serum antibiotic
and antimycotic agents preparation of medium advantages and limitations of Primary cell culture
clonal cell lines basic technique a of animal cell subcultuing disaggregation method for quantitation
of cells in culture counting chamber counters cell viability determination cytotoxicity assay and its
applications cell apoptosis assay and its applications 3 D cultures
Unit III DNA techniques
Isolation Sequencing Restriction Nucleases Gel Electrophoresis DNA probes Nucleic acid
hybridization Southern blotting DNA fingerprinting and DNA typing DNA Library
DNA sequencing Sanger and Maxam Gilbert
Restriction Mapping DNase foot printing DMS foot printing knockouts
PCR RFLP RAPD AFLP SNP
Unit IV RNA techniques
Isolation Hybridization Northern Blotting in vitro labeling with radioisotopes and chemical
markers
Mapping and quantifying transcripts S1assay primer extension run off transcription
Transcription rate measurement in vivo Nuclear run on transcription reporter gene N transcription
si RNA technology gene silencing techniques its applications microarrays ribozyme technology
Suggested References
1 Molecular Biology of The Cell Alberts 5th Edition 2007 NCBI Publication
2 Principles of Biochemistry Lehninger WH Freeman
3 Biochemistry of Signal Transduction and Regulation-shy‐ Gerhard Krauss
Wiley VCH 3rd Revised Edition
4 Molecular Cell Biology Lodish 6th Edition WH Freeman amp Company
5 The cell Cooper 2nd Edition ASM Press
6 Gene IX Benjamin Lewin
Published by Pearson Prentice Hall
7 Cell and Molecular Biology Gerald Karp
8 Molecular Biology Robert Weaver 1st Edition WCBNMcGraw-shy‐Hill
9 Molecular Biology of the Gene Watson 6th Edition Pearson Publication
10 Gene Regulation A Eukaryotic Perspective David Latchman 5 illustrated Taylor amp Francis
2005
35
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 3
3P1 Biotechnology And Molecular Biology
1) Fermentation
i) Isolation of microorganisms from soil demonstrating synthesis capability of desired product
Gram staining (Desired property to be decided by the instructor) and screening
ii) Optimization of the lab scale production of the desired product Effect of temperature pH
substrate concentration
iii) Growth curve Estimation of cell number substrate utilization andor product formation
2) Polymerase Chain Reaction
i) PCR amplification from genomic DNA
ii) Nested PCR
iii) Random Amplification of Polymorphic DNA (RAPD)
3) Restriction Fragment Length Polymorphism (RFLP)
3P2 A Biochemical And Environmental Toxicology
1 Qualitative detection of various toxicants in biological samples
Phenothiazine derivatives Organochlorine compounds (Fujiwara test) Phenol Methanol Arsenic (As)
Antimony (Sb) Selenium (Se) Mercury (Hg) Bismuth (Bi) Fluoride (F) Boron (Bo) Gutzeit test for
Antimony (Sb) and Arsenic (As) Spot test for metal toxicants
2 Quantitative determination of Salicylate Paracetamol (acetaminophen) Sulphonamide in biological
samples
3 Enzyme assay in toxic conditions
GOT (AST) GPT (ALT) Acid phosphatase Alkaline phosphatase Acetyl cholinesterase etc
4 Construction of dose-response curves
5 Determination of LD50 value of a toxicant
6 Induction of hepatotoxicity diabetes skin lesions teratogenesis
7 Assay of biomarkers of environmental pollution toxicity
OR
3P2 B) Nutritional Biochemistry
1 Determination of Calcium in food samples
2 Determination of Inorganic Phosphorous in food samples
3 Determination of Iron in food samples
4 Determination of beta carotene in carrots by column chromatography
5 Determination of Ascorbic Acid in food
6 Estimation of Amylase activity
7 Determination of Total Lipids By Sulphophospho vanillin Method
3S1 Seminar
InstitutionalEducational tour For minimum 08 days
36
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
Paper ndash I (Code 4T1) Advanced Clinical Biochemistry
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Analyse evaluate and generate information from a wide variety of sources regarding the key principles of aging and Neurological disorders
2 Analyse the effects of obesity on physiological functions including gene regulation
3 Critically interpret molecular and metabolic diseases and develop new knowledge domain about them
4 To develop effective creative and innovative solutions to current research problems in Reproductive Disease and Reproductive Biochemistry
5 To develop practical laboratory skill for Assisted Reproductive Technology program
37
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
4T1 Advanced Clinical Biochemistry
Unit I Aging and Neurological Disorders
Current view and theories of aging auto immune connection and HLA association processes of
aging and biochemical alteration DNA damage protein oxidation and axonal transport in aging
nutritional intervention as anti-aging therapy
Alzheimerrsquos disease Causes symptoms diagnosis pathogenesis genetics APP ApoE PS2 tau
protein risk factors and therapeutic approaches
Progeria Parkinsonrsquos disease Causes symptoms diagnosis pathogenesis genetics and therapeutic
approaches
Unit II Obesity
Theories lipid metabolism adipose tissue anomalies
Genetic basis of familial obesity effects of neuropeptides and leptin in nutrient partitioning
Obesity related derangements in metabolic regulation Therapeutic approaches
Unit III Molecular and Metabolic Diseases
Human gene map genetic diversity polymorphism genetic linkage chromosomal disorder
Monogenetic Disorders Autosomal dominant autosomal recessive X-linked Multifactorial
disorders Genetic heterogeneity Allelic heterogeneity Pathogenesis of genetic disease
Galactosemia Hemophilia Sickle cell anemia Muscular dystrophy Hypercholesterolemia Gout
Turnerrsquos syndrome
Unit IV Reproductive Biochemistry
Overview of reproductive system and reproduction biochemistry of reproductive disorders (male amp
female) Influence of various factors in reproduction with special reference to role of prostaglandins
and gonadotrophins Mechanism and methods of birth control and possible biochemical
consequences thereof Biochemical markerrsquos in infertility disorders Techniques involved in assisted
reproductive technology (ART) Culture media and cell culture techniques in ART programme
Suggested References
1 Clinical Biochemistry ndash Metabolic and Clinical aspects By-William J Marshall amp Stephen
K Angert
2 Harperrsquos Biochemistry - 27th Ed
3 Text book of Medical Physiology - By Guyton
4 Text book of Physiology -By Burn amp levy
5 Biochemistry ndashBy L Stryer (Freeman amp CoNY)
6 Biochemistry with clinical correlation- By Thomas Devli
7 The Metabolic Basis of Inherited Disease 5th Ed-By John Stanbury
8 Teitz Fundamentals of Clinical Chemistry ndashBy CABurtis amp Ashwood
9 Biochemistry - By Lehninger
10 Lehningerrsquos Biochemistry ndashBy Nelson amp Cox
11 Biochemistry ndashBy Stanford
12 Basic Medical Biochemistry A Clinical approach- By Smith
13 Principles of Internal Medicines- By HarrisonT R
14 Practical Biochemistry Principles amp Techniques- By Wilson amp Walker
15 Practical Biochemistry ndashBy David Plummer
38
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
Paper ndash II (Code 4T2) Advanced Immunology
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Understand details of lymph node microanatomy and learn the B and T cells encounter with antigens and study its development
2 Gain insight into antigen presentation and autophagy on a detailed molecular level
3 Understand immunology of mucosal surfaces and the interplay between commensal flora and the immune system in the gut
4 In-depth knowledge of the cellular and molecular basis for autoimmune disease and allergies
5 Basic knowledge of tumor immunology and the development of novel recombinant antibodies for treatment of cancer and autoimmune disease
39
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
4T2 Advanced Immunology
Unit I Introductory Immunobiology
Complement system Alternative and Classical pathway of complement activation
Immune networks Homeostasis in the immune system-termination of normal immune
responses network hypothesis
In vivo immunity to viruses bacteria fungi protozoa worms etc
Unit II Immunological tolerance and Autoimmunity
Immunologic tolerance T lymphocyte tolerance- central and peripheral Apoptosis in
Lymphocytes-pathways and biochemical mechanisms effector mechanisms Tolerance
induced regulatory T cells B lymphocyte tolerance- Central and Peripheral Homeostasis in
the immune pathogenesis and therapeutic approaches to autoimmunity
Unit III Tumor and Transplantation Immunology Hypersensitivity
General features of tumor immunity tumor antigens Immune response to tumor and
evasion Immunotherapy Types of hypersensitivity Effector mechanisms of immunologic
tissue injury and disease
Unit IV Immunodeficiency and Vaccinology
MHC and disease susceptibility immune deficiency disorders Active immunization
(immune prophylaxis) passive immunization adjuvants modern approaches to vaccine
development role of vaccines in the prevention of disease
Suggested References
1 Cellular and Molecular Immunology- 5th Edition Abul K Abbas Andrew Litchman
2 Immunology-5th Edition Richard A Goldsby Thomas J Kindt Barbara A Osborne
Janis Kuby
3 Immunology- 6th Edition Ivan Roitt Jonathan Brostoff David Male
40
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
Paper ndash III (Code 4T3 A) Toxicology (Clinical Research)
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Have knowledge about assessment and management of ethical clinical trial
programs
2 Demonstrate competency in biopharmaceutical clinical trial research designs and
regulatory affairs
3 Demonstrate competencies in evaluating clinical research data and
communicating results Manage innovative products through the discovery
processes and into the clinical trial phases
4 Identify and classify different types of trial designs when reading a trial report
understand the essential of GLP roles and responsibilities of stakeholders in
clinical trials
41
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
4T3 A) Toxicology (Clinical Research)
Unit I Pre-Clinical Research
Animal studies acute amp chronic toxicity of drugs regulations for number amp types of
animals protocols for animal experimentation Biochemical amp histopathological studies of
animals after drug administration Mechanism amp cause of death Routine toxicity studies amp
special toxicity studies carcinogenicity mutagenicity amp teratogenicity to be given special
emphasis
Unit II Phases of Clinical Research
Phases of clinical research number of volunteers in phase I amp types of patients in phase II to
IV Importance of these investigations Post marketing surveillance (PMS) amp
pharmacovigilence in case of clinical investigations after marketing authorization
Importance of ethical committee protocol design documentation in clinical trials Bio
Availability and Bio Equivalence studies Pharmacokinetics Pharmacodynamics Genomic
studies
Unit III Good lab practices
Good Clinical Practices Good Manufacturing Practices and Good Laboratory Practices
Principles of ICH-GCP History GCP declaration of Helsinki Belmont report Nuremberg
code Tuskgee trial Schedules Y and its amendments ICMR Guidelines Composition
functions amp operations of IRBIEC ethics of clinical trials Health Authorities- CDSCO US-
FDA EMEA and other
Unit IV Roles and Responsibilities of different stake holders in Clinical Research-
Sponsor CRO SMO Ethics Committee Investigator CRA CRC Patients and other
Departments in Clinical Research- Operations Business Development Regulatory
Pharmacovigilance Data Management Centralized Monitoring Quality Finance Important
documents in Clinical Research and importance of documentation in Clinical Research
Stages in clinical trial-Feasibilities PSSV SIV SMV and Close-out visits Audits and
Inspections
Suggested reading
1 Clinical Research Coordinator Handbook Norris Deborrah Plexus Publications
20040601
2 Clinical Research Methodology and Evidence-Based Medicine Babu Ajit N
Anshan 20080530
3 Conducting Clinical Research Judy Stone Biblio Distribution 2006
4 Essentials of clinical research Stephen P Glasser (Edt) Springer Verlag 2008
42
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
Paper ndash III (Code 4T3 B) Nutrition (Applied Nutritional Biochemistry)
Learning outcome Students will be
1 Capable of describing biochemical pathways relevant in nutrient metabolism 2 Capable of using selected biochemical techniques relevant in nutritional
biochemical research 3 Critical reading of scientific articles in nutritional biochemistry 4 Capable of discussing research questions relevant to nutritional biochemistry 5 The ability to ask critical questions and discuss nutritional biochemical research
43
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
4T3 B) Nutrition (Applied Nutritional Biochemistry)
Unit I Clinical nutrition
Role of a dietician role and responsibilities of a dietitian nutrition counseling professional
ethics and obligations
Diet therapy-Rationale for diet therapy (normal diet modifications of the diet to the light
diet soft diet full liquid diet clear liquid tube feeding) Routes for diet therapy-enteral and
parental use of biochemical parameters in the planning of diets use of computers in the
planning of diets
Unit II Nutritional Counseling and Dietetics
Nutritive value of different food groups and changes due to cooking in various food groups
Storage of foods food quality and factors affecting food quality Control of food quality Use
of additives Classification and applications
Unit III Community Nutrition
Opportunities in community Nutrition Assessing Community Resources assessing target
population program planning Assessing communityrsquos nutritional resources Food insecurity
food assistance programs world hunger and food insecurity Principles of nutrition education
and policy making national nutrition agenda
Unit IV Applied Nutrition and Public Health Concept of Health Nutrition and Public Health Nutrition Demographic trends in India and
the significance of certain indices of Health and Nutrition situation of a community IMR
MMR TFR Birth rate Death rate Life expectancy etc) Major nutritional problems in
developing countries Dietary surveys-methods ways of interpretations and analysis
recommendations based on survey findings Assessment of nutritional status biochemical
and anthropometry
Suggested Reading
Clinical nutrition
edited by- professor marinos elia (university of outhampton) professor olle ljungqvist
(karolinska institutet amp oumlrebro university hospital) dr outham outhamp (university of
outhampton professor susan lanham-new (university of surrey) - see more at
httpwwwnutritionsocietyorgpublicationstextbooksclinical-
nutritionsthashw12tfscqdpuf
Public health nutrition
edited by- professor michael gibney (ucd institute of food and health) professor barrie
margetts (university of southampton) dr john kearney (dublin institute of technology)
professor lenore arab (university of california los angeles)
httpwwwnutritionsocietyorgpublicationstextbookspublic-health-
nutritionsthash8pvhu1m0dpuf
Staying healthy with nutrition author- elson m Hass buck levin
American dietetic association complete food and nutrition guide Roberta larson duyff
44
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
MSc Biochemistry CBCS syllabus Effective from 2015-16
SEMESTER 4
Foundation 2 Basic Enzymology
Unit I
Introduction to Enzymology Nomenclature and classification of enzymes History sources of
enzymes (Animal Plant and microorganisms) Protein amp nonprotein nature of enzymes with
examples enzymes as biological catalysts and their importance principle of assay of enzymes and
measurement of activity effect of experimental conditions on measurement of activity such as time pH temp
substrate definition of enzyme unit Stability of enzymes and half life of enzymes Effect of environmental
factors on stability of enzymes Concept of Zymogens and active enzyme with examples effect of activators
and inhibitors on enzyme activity Role of coenzymes and cofactors on enzyme catalysis with examples
Unit II Production amp purification
Method os screening of sources for desired enzymes Availability of the sources for procurement
of enzymes Natural and synthetic Media for microbial enzyme production effect of inducers and
environmental factors on enzyme production by microorganisms
Methods of isolation of enzymes form the source purification of enzyme by dialysis salt and solvent
precipitation chromatography gel filtration Purification by affinity chromatography methods of
determination of purity and nature of of enzymes by simple PAGE SDSPAGE and 2 D electrophoresis
Unit III Enzyme Kinetics
Lock amp key model and Koshland model of enzyme active site Determination of active site of enzyme
Michelis Mentain equation kinetics of reversible irreversible and nonreversible enzymes Line Weaver burk
plot and Eddie Hofstie Plot Determination of kinetic constants and activation energy Effect of competitive
and non-competitive inhibitors on enzyme activity Allosteric enzyme and sigmoidal kinetics
Unit IV Applications of enzymes
Structure and function of multienzyme complex systems such as PDH KGH B oxidation spiral and glycolysis
Advantages of soluble and membrane bound enzymes Futile cycles in Biochemistry
Methods of immobilization of enzymes advantages and disadvantages of immobilization Application of
Immobilized enzymes in agriculture cosmetics detergent dairy brewing and food industries with examples
such as lactase pectinase proteinase invertaselipase etc Application of enzymes in nanotechnology
biosensors etc
Suggested references
1 Enzymology and Enzyme Technology 2014 by SM Bhatt (S Chand)
2 Enzyme Technology 2006 by Ashok Pandey (Editor) Colin Webb (Editor) MARCELO
FERNANDES (Editor) Springer
3 Biocatalysts and enzyme technology 2012 Klaus Buchholz
45
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
4T4 Bioresearch Techniques II (Subject centric core 2)
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Learn describe and build up knowledge domain regarding the latest and most advanced Bioresearch techniques available for biochemical research
2 Be aware select appropriately apply technology platforms and Perform techniques for analysis of DNA and protein expression
3 Evaluation of data and controls related to research techniques 4 Create thought-provoking questions related to the laboratory equipment
46
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
4T4 Bioresearch Techniques II (Subject centric core 2)
UNIT I
Biochemical methods I- Co-immunoprecipitation BiFC bimolecular fluorescence
complementation affinity electrophoresis Pull down assays label transfer yeast two hybrid
screens phage display
UNIT II
Biochemical methods II- In-vivo crosslinking of protein complexes using photo-reactive
amino acid analogs Tandem affinity purification (TAP) Chemical cross-linking SPINE
(Strepprotein interaction experiment) Quantitative immunoprecipitation combined with
knock-down (QUICK) Proximity ligation assay (PLA) in situ
UNIT III
Biophysical and theoretical methods I
Bio-Layer Interferometry
Dual polarisation interferometry (DPI)
Static light scattering (SLS)
Dynamic light scattering (DLS)
Surface plasmon resonance
UNIT IV
Biophysical and theoretical methods II
Fluorescence polarizationanisotropy
Fluorescence correlation spectroscopy
FRET BRET
2D-FT NMR spectroscopy
Proteinndashprotein docking
Isothermal Titration Calorimetry (ITC)
Isothermal Titration Calorimetry (ITC)
Suggested References
1 Molecular Biology of The Cell Alberts 5th Edition 2007 NCBI Publication
2 Principles of Biochemistry Lehninger WH Freeman
3 Biochemistry of Signal Transduction and Regulation-shy‐ Gerhard Krauss
Wiley VCH 3rd Revised Edition
4 Molecular Cell Biology Lodish 6th Edition WH Freeman amp Company
5 The cell Cooper 2nd Edition ASM Press
6 Gene IX Benjamin Lewin
Published by Pearson Prentice Hall
7 Cell and Molecular Biology Gerald Karp
8 Molecular Biology Robert Weaver 1st Edition WCBNMcGraw-shy‐Hill
9 Molecular Biology of the Gene Watson 6th Edition Pearson Publication
10 Gene Regulation A Eukaryotic Perspective David Latchman 5 illustrated Taylor amp
Francis 2005
47
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
4P1 Advanced Clinical Biochemistry and Immunology and Toxicology and Nutrition
1 Demonstration of dialysis using blood filtrate (Protein Separation)
2 Immunology
a Quantitative Estimation of Antibody
b Precipitation Techniques Double Immunodiffusion Single (Radial)
Immunodiffusion
3 Electrophoretic Techniques Immuno-electrophoresisRocket Immunoelectrophoresis
Immuno-diffusion
4 To assay cathepsin D ATPase (NaKCaMg) Lipid peroxidase enzymes
5 Assay of Acetylcholine esterase activity in rat brain
6 Assay of monoamine oxidase
7 Fractionation of tissues and assay of proteins
8 Assay of ornithine amino transferase
9 Glutathione Estimation
10 Organ tissue morphology histopathology
11 Assay of toxicant biotransformation enzyme-cytochrome P450
12 Test for teratogenecity carcinogenecity Ames test
13 To perform pair wise alignment of sequences using BLAST program
14 To design primers for the given gene sequences
15 To perform multiple sequence alignment and generate phylogenetic tree
16 To retrieve and visualize the three dimensional structures of proteins
17 To retrieve metagenomic sequences and primer designing to develop STS marker
OR
18 Determination of Triglycerides
19 Proximate Analysis of Food Samples
48
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4 Project
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Plan and develop experimental design projects from concept through to professional
prototype
2 Apply theoretical knowledge conceptual skills and techniques to the development of
solutions for biochemical problems
3 Apply initiative and judgment in planning problem solving and decision making in
practice or future study
4 Design a research project and submit in a form of thesis they will present their results of
the thesis to an audience of peers and faculty and be able to defend their results during
final evaluation
4PROJ PROJECT
4S1 Seminar
24
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 3
Paper ndash I (Code 3T1) Advanced Molecular Biology
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Understand the concepts of Eukaryotic Transcription regulation mechanisms with details
of enzymes involved eukaryotic transcription process
2 Post transcriptional and translational modifications and regulatory aspects of it
3 Describe the expression of genes and the regulatory RNAs involved in it
4 Appreciate epigenetic ways of gene expression regulation
25
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 3
3T1 Advanced Molecular Biology
Unit I Regulation of eukaryotic gene expression at transcriptional level
Overview of transcription by RNA Polymerases I II and III
Anatomy of a protein-coding gene
Basal transcription by RNA polymerase II Subunits of Pol II general transcription factors
Activators How the initiation complex is assembled How initiation occurs
Speeding up the process Enhancers TAFs and how they work
Regulated transcription transcription factors Zinc-fingers (Sp1 the first such factor identified)
Leucine zippers Basic helix loop helix Homeodomains DNA binding domains Activating domains
RNA Elongation HIV TATTAR
RNA polymerase III and regulation of 5S rRNA
Unit II Regulation of eukaryotic gene expression at post translational translational and post-
translational levels
Regulation at tpst-transcriptional level Effect of cap and polyadenylation on splicing trans and
alternative splicing RNA editing mRNA stability and transport
Regulation at Translational level Global regulation through eIF2 and eIF4EeIF4E-BP Specific
regulation through 5 UTRs using RNA structure eg ODC Specific regulation through 5
UTRprotein interactions eg ferritin in eukaryotes and ribosomal proteins in prokaryotes Specific
regulation through 3 UTRs eg 15-LOX
Regulation at post-translational level Control of the level of active proteins regulation of proteolysis
Unit III Regulatory RNAs
Historical background RNA interference as regulatory mechanism in eukaryotes Slicer and dicer
synthesis and function of RNAi molecules in plants chromatin remodeling in human disease and
diagnosis
Unit IV Epigenetics
Background chromosomal inheritance taking fission yeast as an example DNA methyltransferases
DNA methylation maintenance histone modification and regulation of chromatin structure bivalent
histones DNA demethylation histone demethylation
Suggested References
1 Molecular Biology of the Cell Alberts 5th Edition 2007 NCBI Publication
2 Principles of Biochemistry Lehninger WH Freeman
3 Biochemistry of Signal Transduction and Regulation - Gerhard Krauss Wiley VCH 3rd
Revised Edition
4 Molecular Cell Biology Lodish 6th Edition WH Freeman amp Company
5 The cell Cooper 2nd Edition ASM Press
6 Genes IX Benjamin Lewin Published by Pearson Prentice Hall
7 Cell and Molecular Biology Gerald Karp
8 Molecular Biology Robert Weaver 1st Edition WCB McGraw-Hill
9 Molecular Biology of the Gene Watson 6th Edition Pearson Publication
10 Gene Regulation A Eukaryotic Perspective David Latchman 5 illustrated Taylor amp
Francis 2005
26
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 3
Paper ndash II (Code 3T2) Biotechnology
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Remember and Understand fundamental concepts of Genetic Engineering
2 Illustrate and compare different techniques involved in Genetic Engineering
3 Understand the concepts of Prokaryotic and Eukaryotic Transformation and PCR
4 Describe the expression of heterologous genes and the vectors involved in it
5 Appreciate technology involved in industrial products of Protein engineering and
fermentation technology Remember and Understand the design and functioning of
different types of Bioreactors and Downstream processing Evaluate the application of
different types of Bioreactors including immobilization reactor system and its kinetics
6 Comprehend tools important in Bioinformatics analysis for simplified application of
nucleic acid and protein sequence data
27
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 3
3T2 Biotechnology
Unit I rDNA technology Genomic and cDNA libraries DNA manipulation enzymes isolation of specific genes
Gene cloning REs vectors-plasmids cosmids phage vectors M13 phage vectors phagemids expression
vectors with strong promoters inducible vectors produce fusion proteins and their isolation Eucaryotic
expression system shuttle vectors YAC BAC insertion of DNA and its ligation to carrier DNA introduction
of DNA in cells gene synthesis gene libraries
Application of recombinant DNA technology in medicine agriculture industry and environmental sciences
Unit II Gene control systems in bacteria and bacteriophage lambda
Mechanism of induction and repression constitutive expression various control mechanisms positive
regulation negative regulation attenuation operon hypothesis with special reference to malgal ara and
histidine operons Regulatory mechanisms in bacteriophage lambda
Regulation of gene expression at various levels (transcription post transcriptional and translational)
DNA-protein interactions Lambda family of repressor trp repressor
Unit III Biochemical engineering Biochemical Engineering Bioreactors and related equipment and
instrumentation types of bioreactor (Batch semi batch CSTF recycle etc) reactor analysis reactor design
reactor for recombination proteins
Fermentation technology Fermentation technology microbial culture reaction genetic modification use of
mutants recombinant DNA technology and application in fermentation technology microbial growth kinetics
sterilization fermentation process kinetics analysis of rate pattern and kinetic groups fermentation process
types control of environmental variables recovery of fermentation products isolation and purification and use
of immobilization techniques
Unit IV Bioinformatics and Drug Designing Introduction to Bioinformatics Applications of Bioinformatics Bioinformatics resources
Biological Databases Overview to Biological Databases Nucleotide Databases (GenBank DDBJ ENA) Protein sequence
databases (Uniprot Swiss prot Prosite Pfam Prodom) Protein structure databases (PDB SCOP CATH)
Sequence analysis Sequence similarity search BLAST FASTA CLUSTAL
Genomics Introduction to Genomics Comparative Genomic Databases Objective of Genome Comparisons Genome
Alignments
Proteomics Overview of Proteomics Experimental Techniques Bioinformatics Approaches Protein-Protein Interaction
Databases and software
Softwaresrsquo for Drug Designing Structure Based Drug Designing Ligand Based Drug Designing
Virtual Screening Homology Modeling and Chimera Generation
Suggested References 1 Molecular Biology of the Cell Alberts 5th Edition 2007 NCBI Publication
2 Principles of Biochemistry Lehninger WH Freeman
3 Biochemistry of Signal Transduction and Regulation - Gerhard Krauss Wiley VCH 3rd Revised Edition
4 Molecular Cell Biology Lodish 6th Edition WH Freeman amp Company
5 The cell Cooper 2nd Edition ASM Press
6 Genes IX Benjamin Lewin Published by Pearson Prentice Hall
7 Cell and Molecular Biology Gerald Karp
8 Molecular Biology Robert Weaver 1st Edition WCB McGraw-Hill
9 Molecular Biology of the Gene Watson 6th Edition Pearson Publication
10 Gene Regulation A Eukaryotic Perspective David Latchman 5 illustrated Taylor amp Francis 2005
Molecular Biotechnology Principles and Applications of Recombinant DNA Bernard R
GlickhttpwwwamazoncomMolecular-Biotechnology-Principles-Applications-
Recombinantdp1555814980ref=sr_1_6s=booksampie=UTF8ampqid=1323503937ampsr=1-6 - (Author)Publisher
Amer Society for Microbiology 4 edition (December 31 2009)
11 Principles of gene manipulation and genomics S B Primrose Richard M Twyman Publisher Wiley-Blackwell 7
edition (February 17 2006)
12 Principles of Fermentation Technology P F Stanbury (Author) S Hall (Author) A Whitaker (Author) Publisher
Butterworth-Heinemann 2 edition (February 19 1999)
13 1 Bioinformatics A practical guide to the analysis of genes and proteins Baxevanis AD and Ovellette BFF
Wiley-Interscience (2002)
14 2 Molecular and Biotechnology A comprehensive desk reference RA Meyes (Ed) VCH Publishers Inc (1995)
15 3 Textbook of Biotechnology Das HK Wiley Dreamtech India Pvt Ltd (2004)
28
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
Semester 3
Paper ndash III (Code 3T3 A) Toxicology (Biochemical And Environmental Toxicology)
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 To understand key principles of toxicology including various factors affecting toxicity and toxicity assessment
2 To evaluate analyse disposition of toxicants and factor affecting to disposition of toxicants
3 The know how of toxicokinetics and biotransformation 4 To critically analyse and interpret non-organ directed toxicity To
study effect of environmental toxicity on human beings
5 To develop an understanding of the genetic toxicology and
Developmental Toxicology for scientific research practices
6 Critical evaluation of relationship between target organ toxicity for
experimental designs
29
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 3
Core Elective 1
3T3 A) Toxicology (Biochemical And Environmental Toxicology)
Unit I General principles of Toxicology
Definition Different facets of toxicology and their interrelationships Classification of toxic
agents Desired and undesired effects
Various factors affecting toxicity vehicles formulation factors biological half life volume
and concentration dose dosage forms routes of administration entry genetic status etc
Principles of selective toxicity comparative morphology comparative biochemistry
comparative cytology
Toxicity assessment acute subchronic chronic exposure determination of ED50 and LD50
values tests for mutagenecity carcinogenicity genotoxicity Ames test
Unit II Disposition of Toxicants
Factors affecting disposition of toxicants absorption distribution biotransformation
elimination
Absorption through gastro-intestinal tract lungs skin
Distribution storage in tissues blood-brain barrier passage across placenta redistribution
Biotransformation Phase I and II reactions metabolic interrelationship antidotal therapy
Excretion urinary fecal exhalation other routes
Toxicokinetics classic and physiologic
Unit III A) Non ndashorgan directed toxicity
Chemical carcinogenesis definition mechanism
Genetic toxicology definition health impacts and mechanism of induction of genetic
alterations
Developmental toxicology definition principles mechanism and pathogenesis of
developmental toxicity
B) Environmental Toxicology
Air pollution definition air pollutants health effects and risk assessment of air pollution
Introduction to Ecotoxicology
Unit IV Target organ toxicity
Skin skin as a barrier dermatitis acne urticaria
Toxic responses of the blood blood as a target organ toxicology of erythron leukon and
platelets
Toxic responses of the liver physiology and pathophysiology factors in liver injury
mechanism of liver injury
Toxic responses of the respiratory system lungs structure and functions pulmonotoxic
agents pathogenesis of chemical induced damage acute and chronic responses of lungs to
injury
Suggested References
1 Casarette and Doullrsquos Toxicology by Klaassen CD
2 Biochemical Toxicology of Environmental Agents by Bruine D
3 Detoxification mechanisms by Williams RT
4 Selective Toxicity by Albert A
5 Developmental Toxicology by Hood RD
30
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 3
Paper ndash III (Code 3T3 B) Nutrition (Nutritional Biochemistry) (Core Elective 1)
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Capably describe the biochemical techniques that are relevant for the investigation of nutrient metabolism
2 Understand key principles of energy expenditure thermogenic effects Energy requirements and role of dietary fibers in nutrition
3 To read interpret and discuss protein energy malnutrition disorders of mineral metabolism for scientific research
4 To develop an understanding of the observational and experimental character of science in nutritional biochemistry
5 To communicate role of clinical nutrition and food allergies in scientific communication frameworks such as written reports and open discussion
31
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 3
3T3 B Nutrition (Nutritional Biochemistry) (Core Elective 1)
Unit I Basic Concepts
Basic Concept Energy content of foods Measurements of energy expenditure Direct amp
Indirect calorimetry Definition of BMR and SDA and factors affecting these Thermogenic
effects of foods Energy requirements of man and woman and factors affecting energy
requirements
Role of dietary fibers in nutrition
Unit II Nutritional Disorders
Protein Energy Malnutrition (PEM) Aetiology Clinical features Metabolic disorders
and Management of Marasmus and Kwashiorkor diseases
Disorders of Mineral Metabolism Hypercalecemia Hypocalcaemia Normocalcemia
Hyperphosphatemia
Unit III Starvation and Antinutrients
Starvation Techniques for studying starvation protein metabolim in prolonged fasting
protein sparing treatments during fasting Concept of high protein low calorific weight
reduction diets
Antinutrients Naturally occurring food borne toxicants protease inhibitors hemagglutins
hepatotoxins allergens oxalates toxins from mushrooms animal food stuffs and sea foods
Unit IV Clinical Nutrition and Food Allergies
Clinical Nutrition Role of diet and nutrition in the prevention and treatment of diseases
dental caries Fluorosis Atherosclerosis amp Rheumatic disorders Inherited metabolic
Disorders Phenylketonuria Maple Syrup disease amp Hemocystinuria
Food Allergies Definition role of antigen host and environment types of
hypersensitivities diagnosis and treatment of allergy
Suggested Reading 1 Basics of clinical nutrition author- yk joshi jaypee publication
2 Nutrition for the community Gully baba publishing house
Essentials of human nutrition author-jim mann amp stewart truswell oxford university press
3 Introduction to human nutrition
edited by- professor michael gibney (ucd institute of food and health) professor susan lanham-new
(university of surrey) professor aedin Cassidy (university of east anglia) professor hester vorster (north-
west university south africa) httpwwwnutritionsocietyorgpublicationstextbooksintroduction-to-
human-nutritionsthashtdyscawhdpuf
4 Nutrition and metabolism
edited by- professor susan lanham-new (university of surrey) professor ian macdonald (university of
nottingham) professor helen roche (unviersity college dublin) -
httpwwwnutritionsocietyorgpublicationstextbooksnutrition-and-metabolismsthashiusrjtiudpuf
32
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 3
Foundation Course 1 Biomolecules and Basic Metabolism
Unit I Carbohydrates and metabolism
Classification of carbohydrates Structure occurrence and biological importance of
monosaccharides oligosaccharides and polysaccharides
Introduction to Metabolism glycolysis glucogenesis and gluconeogenesis TCA cycle and its
amphibolic role energetics of carbohydrate metabolismAlternate pathways HMP shunt Enter-
Doudoroff glucuronate and glyoxylate pathways Corirsquos cycle
Unit II Lipids and metabolism
Classification of lipids Fatty acids Saturated and unsaturated fatty acids Essential fatty acids
Glycerophospholipids Glycolipids properties and functions
Metabolism Oxidation of fatty acids even and odd numbered unsaturated and branched chain fatty
acids
Degradation and biosynthesis of triacylglycerols and phospholipids energetic of beta- oxidation
Cholesterol biosynthesis catabolism and regulation
Unit III Proteins and metabolism
Classification of amino acids and proteins Protein structures primary secondary tertiary and
quarternary structure General metabolic reaction of amino acids transamination oxidative
deamination minor pathways of amino acid degradation transdeamination amino acid oxidase non
oxidative deamination
Degradation and biosynthesis of amino acids glycogenic and ketogenic amino acids Urea cycle
pathway and regulation
Unit IV Minerals and metabolism
Major and minor and ultra trace minerals their occurrence functions toxicity and interaction with
other nutrients
Iron metabolism and regulation
Calcium and phosphorus metabolism and regulation
Suggested Reading
1 Biophysical Techniques- Upadhyay Upadhyay and Nath
2 Principles of Biochemistry- Lehninger David L Nelson and Michael M Cox
3 Enzymes- Malcolm Dixon and Edwin Webb
4 Harperrsquos Biochemistry- Harper
5 Biochemistry- Western and Todd
6 Cell and Molecular Biology-Gerald Karp
7 Fundamentals of Biochemistry-Donald Voet Judith G Voet and Charlotte W Bratt
33
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 3
Paper ndash IV (Code 3T4 ) Bioresearch Techniques I (Subject centric core 1)
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Understand key principles of how flow cytometer work including data
analysis for their applications
2 Improve on skillful process of the animal cell culture techniques and
experimental demand of knowledge including an appreciation of the
need for good experimental design and scientific research practices
3 To incline intellectual curiosity in DNA and RNA techniques and
related fields that extends well beyond the course
4 To develop practical laboratory skills in the field of DNA and RNA
techniques
34
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 3
3T4 Bioresearch Techniques I (Subject centric core 1)
Unit I Flow cytometry
Principles of flow cytometry Instrument overview principle of fluorescence sample preparation
data analysis and applications of flow cytometry Overview Fludics Generation of Scatter and
fluorescence ( Optical bench optical filters signal detection Treshold) Data Analysis (Data
Collection and Display gating data analysis for subsetting applications Data analysis for ther
applications) Sorting Lasers and Alignment (Working of lasers and laser alignment)
Unit II Animal cell culture techniques
Animal cell Culture Cell culture (adherent and suspension) basic equipment cell culture media-
Components sterility buffering capacity growth requirements supplementation of serum antibiotic
and antimycotic agents preparation of medium advantages and limitations of Primary cell culture
clonal cell lines basic technique a of animal cell subcultuing disaggregation method for quantitation
of cells in culture counting chamber counters cell viability determination cytotoxicity assay and its
applications cell apoptosis assay and its applications 3 D cultures
Unit III DNA techniques
Isolation Sequencing Restriction Nucleases Gel Electrophoresis DNA probes Nucleic acid
hybridization Southern blotting DNA fingerprinting and DNA typing DNA Library
DNA sequencing Sanger and Maxam Gilbert
Restriction Mapping DNase foot printing DMS foot printing knockouts
PCR RFLP RAPD AFLP SNP
Unit IV RNA techniques
Isolation Hybridization Northern Blotting in vitro labeling with radioisotopes and chemical
markers
Mapping and quantifying transcripts S1assay primer extension run off transcription
Transcription rate measurement in vivo Nuclear run on transcription reporter gene N transcription
si RNA technology gene silencing techniques its applications microarrays ribozyme technology
Suggested References
1 Molecular Biology of The Cell Alberts 5th Edition 2007 NCBI Publication
2 Principles of Biochemistry Lehninger WH Freeman
3 Biochemistry of Signal Transduction and Regulation-shy‐ Gerhard Krauss
Wiley VCH 3rd Revised Edition
4 Molecular Cell Biology Lodish 6th Edition WH Freeman amp Company
5 The cell Cooper 2nd Edition ASM Press
6 Gene IX Benjamin Lewin
Published by Pearson Prentice Hall
7 Cell and Molecular Biology Gerald Karp
8 Molecular Biology Robert Weaver 1st Edition WCBNMcGraw-shy‐Hill
9 Molecular Biology of the Gene Watson 6th Edition Pearson Publication
10 Gene Regulation A Eukaryotic Perspective David Latchman 5 illustrated Taylor amp Francis
2005
35
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 3
3P1 Biotechnology And Molecular Biology
1) Fermentation
i) Isolation of microorganisms from soil demonstrating synthesis capability of desired product
Gram staining (Desired property to be decided by the instructor) and screening
ii) Optimization of the lab scale production of the desired product Effect of temperature pH
substrate concentration
iii) Growth curve Estimation of cell number substrate utilization andor product formation
2) Polymerase Chain Reaction
i) PCR amplification from genomic DNA
ii) Nested PCR
iii) Random Amplification of Polymorphic DNA (RAPD)
3) Restriction Fragment Length Polymorphism (RFLP)
3P2 A Biochemical And Environmental Toxicology
1 Qualitative detection of various toxicants in biological samples
Phenothiazine derivatives Organochlorine compounds (Fujiwara test) Phenol Methanol Arsenic (As)
Antimony (Sb) Selenium (Se) Mercury (Hg) Bismuth (Bi) Fluoride (F) Boron (Bo) Gutzeit test for
Antimony (Sb) and Arsenic (As) Spot test for metal toxicants
2 Quantitative determination of Salicylate Paracetamol (acetaminophen) Sulphonamide in biological
samples
3 Enzyme assay in toxic conditions
GOT (AST) GPT (ALT) Acid phosphatase Alkaline phosphatase Acetyl cholinesterase etc
4 Construction of dose-response curves
5 Determination of LD50 value of a toxicant
6 Induction of hepatotoxicity diabetes skin lesions teratogenesis
7 Assay of biomarkers of environmental pollution toxicity
OR
3P2 B) Nutritional Biochemistry
1 Determination of Calcium in food samples
2 Determination of Inorganic Phosphorous in food samples
3 Determination of Iron in food samples
4 Determination of beta carotene in carrots by column chromatography
5 Determination of Ascorbic Acid in food
6 Estimation of Amylase activity
7 Determination of Total Lipids By Sulphophospho vanillin Method
3S1 Seminar
InstitutionalEducational tour For minimum 08 days
36
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
Paper ndash I (Code 4T1) Advanced Clinical Biochemistry
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Analyse evaluate and generate information from a wide variety of sources regarding the key principles of aging and Neurological disorders
2 Analyse the effects of obesity on physiological functions including gene regulation
3 Critically interpret molecular and metabolic diseases and develop new knowledge domain about them
4 To develop effective creative and innovative solutions to current research problems in Reproductive Disease and Reproductive Biochemistry
5 To develop practical laboratory skill for Assisted Reproductive Technology program
37
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
4T1 Advanced Clinical Biochemistry
Unit I Aging and Neurological Disorders
Current view and theories of aging auto immune connection and HLA association processes of
aging and biochemical alteration DNA damage protein oxidation and axonal transport in aging
nutritional intervention as anti-aging therapy
Alzheimerrsquos disease Causes symptoms diagnosis pathogenesis genetics APP ApoE PS2 tau
protein risk factors and therapeutic approaches
Progeria Parkinsonrsquos disease Causes symptoms diagnosis pathogenesis genetics and therapeutic
approaches
Unit II Obesity
Theories lipid metabolism adipose tissue anomalies
Genetic basis of familial obesity effects of neuropeptides and leptin in nutrient partitioning
Obesity related derangements in metabolic regulation Therapeutic approaches
Unit III Molecular and Metabolic Diseases
Human gene map genetic diversity polymorphism genetic linkage chromosomal disorder
Monogenetic Disorders Autosomal dominant autosomal recessive X-linked Multifactorial
disorders Genetic heterogeneity Allelic heterogeneity Pathogenesis of genetic disease
Galactosemia Hemophilia Sickle cell anemia Muscular dystrophy Hypercholesterolemia Gout
Turnerrsquos syndrome
Unit IV Reproductive Biochemistry
Overview of reproductive system and reproduction biochemistry of reproductive disorders (male amp
female) Influence of various factors in reproduction with special reference to role of prostaglandins
and gonadotrophins Mechanism and methods of birth control and possible biochemical
consequences thereof Biochemical markerrsquos in infertility disorders Techniques involved in assisted
reproductive technology (ART) Culture media and cell culture techniques in ART programme
Suggested References
1 Clinical Biochemistry ndash Metabolic and Clinical aspects By-William J Marshall amp Stephen
K Angert
2 Harperrsquos Biochemistry - 27th Ed
3 Text book of Medical Physiology - By Guyton
4 Text book of Physiology -By Burn amp levy
5 Biochemistry ndashBy L Stryer (Freeman amp CoNY)
6 Biochemistry with clinical correlation- By Thomas Devli
7 The Metabolic Basis of Inherited Disease 5th Ed-By John Stanbury
8 Teitz Fundamentals of Clinical Chemistry ndashBy CABurtis amp Ashwood
9 Biochemistry - By Lehninger
10 Lehningerrsquos Biochemistry ndashBy Nelson amp Cox
11 Biochemistry ndashBy Stanford
12 Basic Medical Biochemistry A Clinical approach- By Smith
13 Principles of Internal Medicines- By HarrisonT R
14 Practical Biochemistry Principles amp Techniques- By Wilson amp Walker
15 Practical Biochemistry ndashBy David Plummer
38
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
Paper ndash II (Code 4T2) Advanced Immunology
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Understand details of lymph node microanatomy and learn the B and T cells encounter with antigens and study its development
2 Gain insight into antigen presentation and autophagy on a detailed molecular level
3 Understand immunology of mucosal surfaces and the interplay between commensal flora and the immune system in the gut
4 In-depth knowledge of the cellular and molecular basis for autoimmune disease and allergies
5 Basic knowledge of tumor immunology and the development of novel recombinant antibodies for treatment of cancer and autoimmune disease
39
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
4T2 Advanced Immunology
Unit I Introductory Immunobiology
Complement system Alternative and Classical pathway of complement activation
Immune networks Homeostasis in the immune system-termination of normal immune
responses network hypothesis
In vivo immunity to viruses bacteria fungi protozoa worms etc
Unit II Immunological tolerance and Autoimmunity
Immunologic tolerance T lymphocyte tolerance- central and peripheral Apoptosis in
Lymphocytes-pathways and biochemical mechanisms effector mechanisms Tolerance
induced regulatory T cells B lymphocyte tolerance- Central and Peripheral Homeostasis in
the immune pathogenesis and therapeutic approaches to autoimmunity
Unit III Tumor and Transplantation Immunology Hypersensitivity
General features of tumor immunity tumor antigens Immune response to tumor and
evasion Immunotherapy Types of hypersensitivity Effector mechanisms of immunologic
tissue injury and disease
Unit IV Immunodeficiency and Vaccinology
MHC and disease susceptibility immune deficiency disorders Active immunization
(immune prophylaxis) passive immunization adjuvants modern approaches to vaccine
development role of vaccines in the prevention of disease
Suggested References
1 Cellular and Molecular Immunology- 5th Edition Abul K Abbas Andrew Litchman
2 Immunology-5th Edition Richard A Goldsby Thomas J Kindt Barbara A Osborne
Janis Kuby
3 Immunology- 6th Edition Ivan Roitt Jonathan Brostoff David Male
40
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
Paper ndash III (Code 4T3 A) Toxicology (Clinical Research)
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Have knowledge about assessment and management of ethical clinical trial
programs
2 Demonstrate competency in biopharmaceutical clinical trial research designs and
regulatory affairs
3 Demonstrate competencies in evaluating clinical research data and
communicating results Manage innovative products through the discovery
processes and into the clinical trial phases
4 Identify and classify different types of trial designs when reading a trial report
understand the essential of GLP roles and responsibilities of stakeholders in
clinical trials
41
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
4T3 A) Toxicology (Clinical Research)
Unit I Pre-Clinical Research
Animal studies acute amp chronic toxicity of drugs regulations for number amp types of
animals protocols for animal experimentation Biochemical amp histopathological studies of
animals after drug administration Mechanism amp cause of death Routine toxicity studies amp
special toxicity studies carcinogenicity mutagenicity amp teratogenicity to be given special
emphasis
Unit II Phases of Clinical Research
Phases of clinical research number of volunteers in phase I amp types of patients in phase II to
IV Importance of these investigations Post marketing surveillance (PMS) amp
pharmacovigilence in case of clinical investigations after marketing authorization
Importance of ethical committee protocol design documentation in clinical trials Bio
Availability and Bio Equivalence studies Pharmacokinetics Pharmacodynamics Genomic
studies
Unit III Good lab practices
Good Clinical Practices Good Manufacturing Practices and Good Laboratory Practices
Principles of ICH-GCP History GCP declaration of Helsinki Belmont report Nuremberg
code Tuskgee trial Schedules Y and its amendments ICMR Guidelines Composition
functions amp operations of IRBIEC ethics of clinical trials Health Authorities- CDSCO US-
FDA EMEA and other
Unit IV Roles and Responsibilities of different stake holders in Clinical Research-
Sponsor CRO SMO Ethics Committee Investigator CRA CRC Patients and other
Departments in Clinical Research- Operations Business Development Regulatory
Pharmacovigilance Data Management Centralized Monitoring Quality Finance Important
documents in Clinical Research and importance of documentation in Clinical Research
Stages in clinical trial-Feasibilities PSSV SIV SMV and Close-out visits Audits and
Inspections
Suggested reading
1 Clinical Research Coordinator Handbook Norris Deborrah Plexus Publications
20040601
2 Clinical Research Methodology and Evidence-Based Medicine Babu Ajit N
Anshan 20080530
3 Conducting Clinical Research Judy Stone Biblio Distribution 2006
4 Essentials of clinical research Stephen P Glasser (Edt) Springer Verlag 2008
42
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
Paper ndash III (Code 4T3 B) Nutrition (Applied Nutritional Biochemistry)
Learning outcome Students will be
1 Capable of describing biochemical pathways relevant in nutrient metabolism 2 Capable of using selected biochemical techniques relevant in nutritional
biochemical research 3 Critical reading of scientific articles in nutritional biochemistry 4 Capable of discussing research questions relevant to nutritional biochemistry 5 The ability to ask critical questions and discuss nutritional biochemical research
43
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
4T3 B) Nutrition (Applied Nutritional Biochemistry)
Unit I Clinical nutrition
Role of a dietician role and responsibilities of a dietitian nutrition counseling professional
ethics and obligations
Diet therapy-Rationale for diet therapy (normal diet modifications of the diet to the light
diet soft diet full liquid diet clear liquid tube feeding) Routes for diet therapy-enteral and
parental use of biochemical parameters in the planning of diets use of computers in the
planning of diets
Unit II Nutritional Counseling and Dietetics
Nutritive value of different food groups and changes due to cooking in various food groups
Storage of foods food quality and factors affecting food quality Control of food quality Use
of additives Classification and applications
Unit III Community Nutrition
Opportunities in community Nutrition Assessing Community Resources assessing target
population program planning Assessing communityrsquos nutritional resources Food insecurity
food assistance programs world hunger and food insecurity Principles of nutrition education
and policy making national nutrition agenda
Unit IV Applied Nutrition and Public Health Concept of Health Nutrition and Public Health Nutrition Demographic trends in India and
the significance of certain indices of Health and Nutrition situation of a community IMR
MMR TFR Birth rate Death rate Life expectancy etc) Major nutritional problems in
developing countries Dietary surveys-methods ways of interpretations and analysis
recommendations based on survey findings Assessment of nutritional status biochemical
and anthropometry
Suggested Reading
Clinical nutrition
edited by- professor marinos elia (university of outhampton) professor olle ljungqvist
(karolinska institutet amp oumlrebro university hospital) dr outham outhamp (university of
outhampton professor susan lanham-new (university of surrey) - see more at
httpwwwnutritionsocietyorgpublicationstextbooksclinical-
nutritionsthashw12tfscqdpuf
Public health nutrition
edited by- professor michael gibney (ucd institute of food and health) professor barrie
margetts (university of southampton) dr john kearney (dublin institute of technology)
professor lenore arab (university of california los angeles)
httpwwwnutritionsocietyorgpublicationstextbookspublic-health-
nutritionsthash8pvhu1m0dpuf
Staying healthy with nutrition author- elson m Hass buck levin
American dietetic association complete food and nutrition guide Roberta larson duyff
44
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
MSc Biochemistry CBCS syllabus Effective from 2015-16
SEMESTER 4
Foundation 2 Basic Enzymology
Unit I
Introduction to Enzymology Nomenclature and classification of enzymes History sources of
enzymes (Animal Plant and microorganisms) Protein amp nonprotein nature of enzymes with
examples enzymes as biological catalysts and their importance principle of assay of enzymes and
measurement of activity effect of experimental conditions on measurement of activity such as time pH temp
substrate definition of enzyme unit Stability of enzymes and half life of enzymes Effect of environmental
factors on stability of enzymes Concept of Zymogens and active enzyme with examples effect of activators
and inhibitors on enzyme activity Role of coenzymes and cofactors on enzyme catalysis with examples
Unit II Production amp purification
Method os screening of sources for desired enzymes Availability of the sources for procurement
of enzymes Natural and synthetic Media for microbial enzyme production effect of inducers and
environmental factors on enzyme production by microorganisms
Methods of isolation of enzymes form the source purification of enzyme by dialysis salt and solvent
precipitation chromatography gel filtration Purification by affinity chromatography methods of
determination of purity and nature of of enzymes by simple PAGE SDSPAGE and 2 D electrophoresis
Unit III Enzyme Kinetics
Lock amp key model and Koshland model of enzyme active site Determination of active site of enzyme
Michelis Mentain equation kinetics of reversible irreversible and nonreversible enzymes Line Weaver burk
plot and Eddie Hofstie Plot Determination of kinetic constants and activation energy Effect of competitive
and non-competitive inhibitors on enzyme activity Allosteric enzyme and sigmoidal kinetics
Unit IV Applications of enzymes
Structure and function of multienzyme complex systems such as PDH KGH B oxidation spiral and glycolysis
Advantages of soluble and membrane bound enzymes Futile cycles in Biochemistry
Methods of immobilization of enzymes advantages and disadvantages of immobilization Application of
Immobilized enzymes in agriculture cosmetics detergent dairy brewing and food industries with examples
such as lactase pectinase proteinase invertaselipase etc Application of enzymes in nanotechnology
biosensors etc
Suggested references
1 Enzymology and Enzyme Technology 2014 by SM Bhatt (S Chand)
2 Enzyme Technology 2006 by Ashok Pandey (Editor) Colin Webb (Editor) MARCELO
FERNANDES (Editor) Springer
3 Biocatalysts and enzyme technology 2012 Klaus Buchholz
45
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
4T4 Bioresearch Techniques II (Subject centric core 2)
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Learn describe and build up knowledge domain regarding the latest and most advanced Bioresearch techniques available for biochemical research
2 Be aware select appropriately apply technology platforms and Perform techniques for analysis of DNA and protein expression
3 Evaluation of data and controls related to research techniques 4 Create thought-provoking questions related to the laboratory equipment
46
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
4T4 Bioresearch Techniques II (Subject centric core 2)
UNIT I
Biochemical methods I- Co-immunoprecipitation BiFC bimolecular fluorescence
complementation affinity electrophoresis Pull down assays label transfer yeast two hybrid
screens phage display
UNIT II
Biochemical methods II- In-vivo crosslinking of protein complexes using photo-reactive
amino acid analogs Tandem affinity purification (TAP) Chemical cross-linking SPINE
(Strepprotein interaction experiment) Quantitative immunoprecipitation combined with
knock-down (QUICK) Proximity ligation assay (PLA) in situ
UNIT III
Biophysical and theoretical methods I
Bio-Layer Interferometry
Dual polarisation interferometry (DPI)
Static light scattering (SLS)
Dynamic light scattering (DLS)
Surface plasmon resonance
UNIT IV
Biophysical and theoretical methods II
Fluorescence polarizationanisotropy
Fluorescence correlation spectroscopy
FRET BRET
2D-FT NMR spectroscopy
Proteinndashprotein docking
Isothermal Titration Calorimetry (ITC)
Isothermal Titration Calorimetry (ITC)
Suggested References
1 Molecular Biology of The Cell Alberts 5th Edition 2007 NCBI Publication
2 Principles of Biochemistry Lehninger WH Freeman
3 Biochemistry of Signal Transduction and Regulation-shy‐ Gerhard Krauss
Wiley VCH 3rd Revised Edition
4 Molecular Cell Biology Lodish 6th Edition WH Freeman amp Company
5 The cell Cooper 2nd Edition ASM Press
6 Gene IX Benjamin Lewin
Published by Pearson Prentice Hall
7 Cell and Molecular Biology Gerald Karp
8 Molecular Biology Robert Weaver 1st Edition WCBNMcGraw-shy‐Hill
9 Molecular Biology of the Gene Watson 6th Edition Pearson Publication
10 Gene Regulation A Eukaryotic Perspective David Latchman 5 illustrated Taylor amp
Francis 2005
47
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
4P1 Advanced Clinical Biochemistry and Immunology and Toxicology and Nutrition
1 Demonstration of dialysis using blood filtrate (Protein Separation)
2 Immunology
a Quantitative Estimation of Antibody
b Precipitation Techniques Double Immunodiffusion Single (Radial)
Immunodiffusion
3 Electrophoretic Techniques Immuno-electrophoresisRocket Immunoelectrophoresis
Immuno-diffusion
4 To assay cathepsin D ATPase (NaKCaMg) Lipid peroxidase enzymes
5 Assay of Acetylcholine esterase activity in rat brain
6 Assay of monoamine oxidase
7 Fractionation of tissues and assay of proteins
8 Assay of ornithine amino transferase
9 Glutathione Estimation
10 Organ tissue morphology histopathology
11 Assay of toxicant biotransformation enzyme-cytochrome P450
12 Test for teratogenecity carcinogenecity Ames test
13 To perform pair wise alignment of sequences using BLAST program
14 To design primers for the given gene sequences
15 To perform multiple sequence alignment and generate phylogenetic tree
16 To retrieve and visualize the three dimensional structures of proteins
17 To retrieve metagenomic sequences and primer designing to develop STS marker
OR
18 Determination of Triglycerides
19 Proximate Analysis of Food Samples
48
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4 Project
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Plan and develop experimental design projects from concept through to professional
prototype
2 Apply theoretical knowledge conceptual skills and techniques to the development of
solutions for biochemical problems
3 Apply initiative and judgment in planning problem solving and decision making in
practice or future study
4 Design a research project and submit in a form of thesis they will present their results of
the thesis to an audience of peers and faculty and be able to defend their results during
final evaluation
4PROJ PROJECT
4S1 Seminar
25
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 3
3T1 Advanced Molecular Biology
Unit I Regulation of eukaryotic gene expression at transcriptional level
Overview of transcription by RNA Polymerases I II and III
Anatomy of a protein-coding gene
Basal transcription by RNA polymerase II Subunits of Pol II general transcription factors
Activators How the initiation complex is assembled How initiation occurs
Speeding up the process Enhancers TAFs and how they work
Regulated transcription transcription factors Zinc-fingers (Sp1 the first such factor identified)
Leucine zippers Basic helix loop helix Homeodomains DNA binding domains Activating domains
RNA Elongation HIV TATTAR
RNA polymerase III and regulation of 5S rRNA
Unit II Regulation of eukaryotic gene expression at post translational translational and post-
translational levels
Regulation at tpst-transcriptional level Effect of cap and polyadenylation on splicing trans and
alternative splicing RNA editing mRNA stability and transport
Regulation at Translational level Global regulation through eIF2 and eIF4EeIF4E-BP Specific
regulation through 5 UTRs using RNA structure eg ODC Specific regulation through 5
UTRprotein interactions eg ferritin in eukaryotes and ribosomal proteins in prokaryotes Specific
regulation through 3 UTRs eg 15-LOX
Regulation at post-translational level Control of the level of active proteins regulation of proteolysis
Unit III Regulatory RNAs
Historical background RNA interference as regulatory mechanism in eukaryotes Slicer and dicer
synthesis and function of RNAi molecules in plants chromatin remodeling in human disease and
diagnosis
Unit IV Epigenetics
Background chromosomal inheritance taking fission yeast as an example DNA methyltransferases
DNA methylation maintenance histone modification and regulation of chromatin structure bivalent
histones DNA demethylation histone demethylation
Suggested References
1 Molecular Biology of the Cell Alberts 5th Edition 2007 NCBI Publication
2 Principles of Biochemistry Lehninger WH Freeman
3 Biochemistry of Signal Transduction and Regulation - Gerhard Krauss Wiley VCH 3rd
Revised Edition
4 Molecular Cell Biology Lodish 6th Edition WH Freeman amp Company
5 The cell Cooper 2nd Edition ASM Press
6 Genes IX Benjamin Lewin Published by Pearson Prentice Hall
7 Cell and Molecular Biology Gerald Karp
8 Molecular Biology Robert Weaver 1st Edition WCB McGraw-Hill
9 Molecular Biology of the Gene Watson 6th Edition Pearson Publication
10 Gene Regulation A Eukaryotic Perspective David Latchman 5 illustrated Taylor amp
Francis 2005
26
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 3
Paper ndash II (Code 3T2) Biotechnology
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Remember and Understand fundamental concepts of Genetic Engineering
2 Illustrate and compare different techniques involved in Genetic Engineering
3 Understand the concepts of Prokaryotic and Eukaryotic Transformation and PCR
4 Describe the expression of heterologous genes and the vectors involved in it
5 Appreciate technology involved in industrial products of Protein engineering and
fermentation technology Remember and Understand the design and functioning of
different types of Bioreactors and Downstream processing Evaluate the application of
different types of Bioreactors including immobilization reactor system and its kinetics
6 Comprehend tools important in Bioinformatics analysis for simplified application of
nucleic acid and protein sequence data
27
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 3
3T2 Biotechnology
Unit I rDNA technology Genomic and cDNA libraries DNA manipulation enzymes isolation of specific genes
Gene cloning REs vectors-plasmids cosmids phage vectors M13 phage vectors phagemids expression
vectors with strong promoters inducible vectors produce fusion proteins and their isolation Eucaryotic
expression system shuttle vectors YAC BAC insertion of DNA and its ligation to carrier DNA introduction
of DNA in cells gene synthesis gene libraries
Application of recombinant DNA technology in medicine agriculture industry and environmental sciences
Unit II Gene control systems in bacteria and bacteriophage lambda
Mechanism of induction and repression constitutive expression various control mechanisms positive
regulation negative regulation attenuation operon hypothesis with special reference to malgal ara and
histidine operons Regulatory mechanisms in bacteriophage lambda
Regulation of gene expression at various levels (transcription post transcriptional and translational)
DNA-protein interactions Lambda family of repressor trp repressor
Unit III Biochemical engineering Biochemical Engineering Bioreactors and related equipment and
instrumentation types of bioreactor (Batch semi batch CSTF recycle etc) reactor analysis reactor design
reactor for recombination proteins
Fermentation technology Fermentation technology microbial culture reaction genetic modification use of
mutants recombinant DNA technology and application in fermentation technology microbial growth kinetics
sterilization fermentation process kinetics analysis of rate pattern and kinetic groups fermentation process
types control of environmental variables recovery of fermentation products isolation and purification and use
of immobilization techniques
Unit IV Bioinformatics and Drug Designing Introduction to Bioinformatics Applications of Bioinformatics Bioinformatics resources
Biological Databases Overview to Biological Databases Nucleotide Databases (GenBank DDBJ ENA) Protein sequence
databases (Uniprot Swiss prot Prosite Pfam Prodom) Protein structure databases (PDB SCOP CATH)
Sequence analysis Sequence similarity search BLAST FASTA CLUSTAL
Genomics Introduction to Genomics Comparative Genomic Databases Objective of Genome Comparisons Genome
Alignments
Proteomics Overview of Proteomics Experimental Techniques Bioinformatics Approaches Protein-Protein Interaction
Databases and software
Softwaresrsquo for Drug Designing Structure Based Drug Designing Ligand Based Drug Designing
Virtual Screening Homology Modeling and Chimera Generation
Suggested References 1 Molecular Biology of the Cell Alberts 5th Edition 2007 NCBI Publication
2 Principles of Biochemistry Lehninger WH Freeman
3 Biochemistry of Signal Transduction and Regulation - Gerhard Krauss Wiley VCH 3rd Revised Edition
4 Molecular Cell Biology Lodish 6th Edition WH Freeman amp Company
5 The cell Cooper 2nd Edition ASM Press
6 Genes IX Benjamin Lewin Published by Pearson Prentice Hall
7 Cell and Molecular Biology Gerald Karp
8 Molecular Biology Robert Weaver 1st Edition WCB McGraw-Hill
9 Molecular Biology of the Gene Watson 6th Edition Pearson Publication
10 Gene Regulation A Eukaryotic Perspective David Latchman 5 illustrated Taylor amp Francis 2005
Molecular Biotechnology Principles and Applications of Recombinant DNA Bernard R
GlickhttpwwwamazoncomMolecular-Biotechnology-Principles-Applications-
Recombinantdp1555814980ref=sr_1_6s=booksampie=UTF8ampqid=1323503937ampsr=1-6 - (Author)Publisher
Amer Society for Microbiology 4 edition (December 31 2009)
11 Principles of gene manipulation and genomics S B Primrose Richard M Twyman Publisher Wiley-Blackwell 7
edition (February 17 2006)
12 Principles of Fermentation Technology P F Stanbury (Author) S Hall (Author) A Whitaker (Author) Publisher
Butterworth-Heinemann 2 edition (February 19 1999)
13 1 Bioinformatics A practical guide to the analysis of genes and proteins Baxevanis AD and Ovellette BFF
Wiley-Interscience (2002)
14 2 Molecular and Biotechnology A comprehensive desk reference RA Meyes (Ed) VCH Publishers Inc (1995)
15 3 Textbook of Biotechnology Das HK Wiley Dreamtech India Pvt Ltd (2004)
28
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
Semester 3
Paper ndash III (Code 3T3 A) Toxicology (Biochemical And Environmental Toxicology)
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 To understand key principles of toxicology including various factors affecting toxicity and toxicity assessment
2 To evaluate analyse disposition of toxicants and factor affecting to disposition of toxicants
3 The know how of toxicokinetics and biotransformation 4 To critically analyse and interpret non-organ directed toxicity To
study effect of environmental toxicity on human beings
5 To develop an understanding of the genetic toxicology and
Developmental Toxicology for scientific research practices
6 Critical evaluation of relationship between target organ toxicity for
experimental designs
29
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 3
Core Elective 1
3T3 A) Toxicology (Biochemical And Environmental Toxicology)
Unit I General principles of Toxicology
Definition Different facets of toxicology and their interrelationships Classification of toxic
agents Desired and undesired effects
Various factors affecting toxicity vehicles formulation factors biological half life volume
and concentration dose dosage forms routes of administration entry genetic status etc
Principles of selective toxicity comparative morphology comparative biochemistry
comparative cytology
Toxicity assessment acute subchronic chronic exposure determination of ED50 and LD50
values tests for mutagenecity carcinogenicity genotoxicity Ames test
Unit II Disposition of Toxicants
Factors affecting disposition of toxicants absorption distribution biotransformation
elimination
Absorption through gastro-intestinal tract lungs skin
Distribution storage in tissues blood-brain barrier passage across placenta redistribution
Biotransformation Phase I and II reactions metabolic interrelationship antidotal therapy
Excretion urinary fecal exhalation other routes
Toxicokinetics classic and physiologic
Unit III A) Non ndashorgan directed toxicity
Chemical carcinogenesis definition mechanism
Genetic toxicology definition health impacts and mechanism of induction of genetic
alterations
Developmental toxicology definition principles mechanism and pathogenesis of
developmental toxicity
B) Environmental Toxicology
Air pollution definition air pollutants health effects and risk assessment of air pollution
Introduction to Ecotoxicology
Unit IV Target organ toxicity
Skin skin as a barrier dermatitis acne urticaria
Toxic responses of the blood blood as a target organ toxicology of erythron leukon and
platelets
Toxic responses of the liver physiology and pathophysiology factors in liver injury
mechanism of liver injury
Toxic responses of the respiratory system lungs structure and functions pulmonotoxic
agents pathogenesis of chemical induced damage acute and chronic responses of lungs to
injury
Suggested References
1 Casarette and Doullrsquos Toxicology by Klaassen CD
2 Biochemical Toxicology of Environmental Agents by Bruine D
3 Detoxification mechanisms by Williams RT
4 Selective Toxicity by Albert A
5 Developmental Toxicology by Hood RD
30
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 3
Paper ndash III (Code 3T3 B) Nutrition (Nutritional Biochemistry) (Core Elective 1)
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Capably describe the biochemical techniques that are relevant for the investigation of nutrient metabolism
2 Understand key principles of energy expenditure thermogenic effects Energy requirements and role of dietary fibers in nutrition
3 To read interpret and discuss protein energy malnutrition disorders of mineral metabolism for scientific research
4 To develop an understanding of the observational and experimental character of science in nutritional biochemistry
5 To communicate role of clinical nutrition and food allergies in scientific communication frameworks such as written reports and open discussion
31
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 3
3T3 B Nutrition (Nutritional Biochemistry) (Core Elective 1)
Unit I Basic Concepts
Basic Concept Energy content of foods Measurements of energy expenditure Direct amp
Indirect calorimetry Definition of BMR and SDA and factors affecting these Thermogenic
effects of foods Energy requirements of man and woman and factors affecting energy
requirements
Role of dietary fibers in nutrition
Unit II Nutritional Disorders
Protein Energy Malnutrition (PEM) Aetiology Clinical features Metabolic disorders
and Management of Marasmus and Kwashiorkor diseases
Disorders of Mineral Metabolism Hypercalecemia Hypocalcaemia Normocalcemia
Hyperphosphatemia
Unit III Starvation and Antinutrients
Starvation Techniques for studying starvation protein metabolim in prolonged fasting
protein sparing treatments during fasting Concept of high protein low calorific weight
reduction diets
Antinutrients Naturally occurring food borne toxicants protease inhibitors hemagglutins
hepatotoxins allergens oxalates toxins from mushrooms animal food stuffs and sea foods
Unit IV Clinical Nutrition and Food Allergies
Clinical Nutrition Role of diet and nutrition in the prevention and treatment of diseases
dental caries Fluorosis Atherosclerosis amp Rheumatic disorders Inherited metabolic
Disorders Phenylketonuria Maple Syrup disease amp Hemocystinuria
Food Allergies Definition role of antigen host and environment types of
hypersensitivities diagnosis and treatment of allergy
Suggested Reading 1 Basics of clinical nutrition author- yk joshi jaypee publication
2 Nutrition for the community Gully baba publishing house
Essentials of human nutrition author-jim mann amp stewart truswell oxford university press
3 Introduction to human nutrition
edited by- professor michael gibney (ucd institute of food and health) professor susan lanham-new
(university of surrey) professor aedin Cassidy (university of east anglia) professor hester vorster (north-
west university south africa) httpwwwnutritionsocietyorgpublicationstextbooksintroduction-to-
human-nutritionsthashtdyscawhdpuf
4 Nutrition and metabolism
edited by- professor susan lanham-new (university of surrey) professor ian macdonald (university of
nottingham) professor helen roche (unviersity college dublin) -
httpwwwnutritionsocietyorgpublicationstextbooksnutrition-and-metabolismsthashiusrjtiudpuf
32
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 3
Foundation Course 1 Biomolecules and Basic Metabolism
Unit I Carbohydrates and metabolism
Classification of carbohydrates Structure occurrence and biological importance of
monosaccharides oligosaccharides and polysaccharides
Introduction to Metabolism glycolysis glucogenesis and gluconeogenesis TCA cycle and its
amphibolic role energetics of carbohydrate metabolismAlternate pathways HMP shunt Enter-
Doudoroff glucuronate and glyoxylate pathways Corirsquos cycle
Unit II Lipids and metabolism
Classification of lipids Fatty acids Saturated and unsaturated fatty acids Essential fatty acids
Glycerophospholipids Glycolipids properties and functions
Metabolism Oxidation of fatty acids even and odd numbered unsaturated and branched chain fatty
acids
Degradation and biosynthesis of triacylglycerols and phospholipids energetic of beta- oxidation
Cholesterol biosynthesis catabolism and regulation
Unit III Proteins and metabolism
Classification of amino acids and proteins Protein structures primary secondary tertiary and
quarternary structure General metabolic reaction of amino acids transamination oxidative
deamination minor pathways of amino acid degradation transdeamination amino acid oxidase non
oxidative deamination
Degradation and biosynthesis of amino acids glycogenic and ketogenic amino acids Urea cycle
pathway and regulation
Unit IV Minerals and metabolism
Major and minor and ultra trace minerals their occurrence functions toxicity and interaction with
other nutrients
Iron metabolism and regulation
Calcium and phosphorus metabolism and regulation
Suggested Reading
1 Biophysical Techniques- Upadhyay Upadhyay and Nath
2 Principles of Biochemistry- Lehninger David L Nelson and Michael M Cox
3 Enzymes- Malcolm Dixon and Edwin Webb
4 Harperrsquos Biochemistry- Harper
5 Biochemistry- Western and Todd
6 Cell and Molecular Biology-Gerald Karp
7 Fundamentals of Biochemistry-Donald Voet Judith G Voet and Charlotte W Bratt
33
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 3
Paper ndash IV (Code 3T4 ) Bioresearch Techniques I (Subject centric core 1)
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Understand key principles of how flow cytometer work including data
analysis for their applications
2 Improve on skillful process of the animal cell culture techniques and
experimental demand of knowledge including an appreciation of the
need for good experimental design and scientific research practices
3 To incline intellectual curiosity in DNA and RNA techniques and
related fields that extends well beyond the course
4 To develop practical laboratory skills in the field of DNA and RNA
techniques
34
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 3
3T4 Bioresearch Techniques I (Subject centric core 1)
Unit I Flow cytometry
Principles of flow cytometry Instrument overview principle of fluorescence sample preparation
data analysis and applications of flow cytometry Overview Fludics Generation of Scatter and
fluorescence ( Optical bench optical filters signal detection Treshold) Data Analysis (Data
Collection and Display gating data analysis for subsetting applications Data analysis for ther
applications) Sorting Lasers and Alignment (Working of lasers and laser alignment)
Unit II Animal cell culture techniques
Animal cell Culture Cell culture (adherent and suspension) basic equipment cell culture media-
Components sterility buffering capacity growth requirements supplementation of serum antibiotic
and antimycotic agents preparation of medium advantages and limitations of Primary cell culture
clonal cell lines basic technique a of animal cell subcultuing disaggregation method for quantitation
of cells in culture counting chamber counters cell viability determination cytotoxicity assay and its
applications cell apoptosis assay and its applications 3 D cultures
Unit III DNA techniques
Isolation Sequencing Restriction Nucleases Gel Electrophoresis DNA probes Nucleic acid
hybridization Southern blotting DNA fingerprinting and DNA typing DNA Library
DNA sequencing Sanger and Maxam Gilbert
Restriction Mapping DNase foot printing DMS foot printing knockouts
PCR RFLP RAPD AFLP SNP
Unit IV RNA techniques
Isolation Hybridization Northern Blotting in vitro labeling with radioisotopes and chemical
markers
Mapping and quantifying transcripts S1assay primer extension run off transcription
Transcription rate measurement in vivo Nuclear run on transcription reporter gene N transcription
si RNA technology gene silencing techniques its applications microarrays ribozyme technology
Suggested References
1 Molecular Biology of The Cell Alberts 5th Edition 2007 NCBI Publication
2 Principles of Biochemistry Lehninger WH Freeman
3 Biochemistry of Signal Transduction and Regulation-shy‐ Gerhard Krauss
Wiley VCH 3rd Revised Edition
4 Molecular Cell Biology Lodish 6th Edition WH Freeman amp Company
5 The cell Cooper 2nd Edition ASM Press
6 Gene IX Benjamin Lewin
Published by Pearson Prentice Hall
7 Cell and Molecular Biology Gerald Karp
8 Molecular Biology Robert Weaver 1st Edition WCBNMcGraw-shy‐Hill
9 Molecular Biology of the Gene Watson 6th Edition Pearson Publication
10 Gene Regulation A Eukaryotic Perspective David Latchman 5 illustrated Taylor amp Francis
2005
35
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 3
3P1 Biotechnology And Molecular Biology
1) Fermentation
i) Isolation of microorganisms from soil demonstrating synthesis capability of desired product
Gram staining (Desired property to be decided by the instructor) and screening
ii) Optimization of the lab scale production of the desired product Effect of temperature pH
substrate concentration
iii) Growth curve Estimation of cell number substrate utilization andor product formation
2) Polymerase Chain Reaction
i) PCR amplification from genomic DNA
ii) Nested PCR
iii) Random Amplification of Polymorphic DNA (RAPD)
3) Restriction Fragment Length Polymorphism (RFLP)
3P2 A Biochemical And Environmental Toxicology
1 Qualitative detection of various toxicants in biological samples
Phenothiazine derivatives Organochlorine compounds (Fujiwara test) Phenol Methanol Arsenic (As)
Antimony (Sb) Selenium (Se) Mercury (Hg) Bismuth (Bi) Fluoride (F) Boron (Bo) Gutzeit test for
Antimony (Sb) and Arsenic (As) Spot test for metal toxicants
2 Quantitative determination of Salicylate Paracetamol (acetaminophen) Sulphonamide in biological
samples
3 Enzyme assay in toxic conditions
GOT (AST) GPT (ALT) Acid phosphatase Alkaline phosphatase Acetyl cholinesterase etc
4 Construction of dose-response curves
5 Determination of LD50 value of a toxicant
6 Induction of hepatotoxicity diabetes skin lesions teratogenesis
7 Assay of biomarkers of environmental pollution toxicity
OR
3P2 B) Nutritional Biochemistry
1 Determination of Calcium in food samples
2 Determination of Inorganic Phosphorous in food samples
3 Determination of Iron in food samples
4 Determination of beta carotene in carrots by column chromatography
5 Determination of Ascorbic Acid in food
6 Estimation of Amylase activity
7 Determination of Total Lipids By Sulphophospho vanillin Method
3S1 Seminar
InstitutionalEducational tour For minimum 08 days
36
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
Paper ndash I (Code 4T1) Advanced Clinical Biochemistry
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Analyse evaluate and generate information from a wide variety of sources regarding the key principles of aging and Neurological disorders
2 Analyse the effects of obesity on physiological functions including gene regulation
3 Critically interpret molecular and metabolic diseases and develop new knowledge domain about them
4 To develop effective creative and innovative solutions to current research problems in Reproductive Disease and Reproductive Biochemistry
5 To develop practical laboratory skill for Assisted Reproductive Technology program
37
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
4T1 Advanced Clinical Biochemistry
Unit I Aging and Neurological Disorders
Current view and theories of aging auto immune connection and HLA association processes of
aging and biochemical alteration DNA damage protein oxidation and axonal transport in aging
nutritional intervention as anti-aging therapy
Alzheimerrsquos disease Causes symptoms diagnosis pathogenesis genetics APP ApoE PS2 tau
protein risk factors and therapeutic approaches
Progeria Parkinsonrsquos disease Causes symptoms diagnosis pathogenesis genetics and therapeutic
approaches
Unit II Obesity
Theories lipid metabolism adipose tissue anomalies
Genetic basis of familial obesity effects of neuropeptides and leptin in nutrient partitioning
Obesity related derangements in metabolic regulation Therapeutic approaches
Unit III Molecular and Metabolic Diseases
Human gene map genetic diversity polymorphism genetic linkage chromosomal disorder
Monogenetic Disorders Autosomal dominant autosomal recessive X-linked Multifactorial
disorders Genetic heterogeneity Allelic heterogeneity Pathogenesis of genetic disease
Galactosemia Hemophilia Sickle cell anemia Muscular dystrophy Hypercholesterolemia Gout
Turnerrsquos syndrome
Unit IV Reproductive Biochemistry
Overview of reproductive system and reproduction biochemistry of reproductive disorders (male amp
female) Influence of various factors in reproduction with special reference to role of prostaglandins
and gonadotrophins Mechanism and methods of birth control and possible biochemical
consequences thereof Biochemical markerrsquos in infertility disorders Techniques involved in assisted
reproductive technology (ART) Culture media and cell culture techniques in ART programme
Suggested References
1 Clinical Biochemistry ndash Metabolic and Clinical aspects By-William J Marshall amp Stephen
K Angert
2 Harperrsquos Biochemistry - 27th Ed
3 Text book of Medical Physiology - By Guyton
4 Text book of Physiology -By Burn amp levy
5 Biochemistry ndashBy L Stryer (Freeman amp CoNY)
6 Biochemistry with clinical correlation- By Thomas Devli
7 The Metabolic Basis of Inherited Disease 5th Ed-By John Stanbury
8 Teitz Fundamentals of Clinical Chemistry ndashBy CABurtis amp Ashwood
9 Biochemistry - By Lehninger
10 Lehningerrsquos Biochemistry ndashBy Nelson amp Cox
11 Biochemistry ndashBy Stanford
12 Basic Medical Biochemistry A Clinical approach- By Smith
13 Principles of Internal Medicines- By HarrisonT R
14 Practical Biochemistry Principles amp Techniques- By Wilson amp Walker
15 Practical Biochemistry ndashBy David Plummer
38
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
Paper ndash II (Code 4T2) Advanced Immunology
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Understand details of lymph node microanatomy and learn the B and T cells encounter with antigens and study its development
2 Gain insight into antigen presentation and autophagy on a detailed molecular level
3 Understand immunology of mucosal surfaces and the interplay between commensal flora and the immune system in the gut
4 In-depth knowledge of the cellular and molecular basis for autoimmune disease and allergies
5 Basic knowledge of tumor immunology and the development of novel recombinant antibodies for treatment of cancer and autoimmune disease
39
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
4T2 Advanced Immunology
Unit I Introductory Immunobiology
Complement system Alternative and Classical pathway of complement activation
Immune networks Homeostasis in the immune system-termination of normal immune
responses network hypothesis
In vivo immunity to viruses bacteria fungi protozoa worms etc
Unit II Immunological tolerance and Autoimmunity
Immunologic tolerance T lymphocyte tolerance- central and peripheral Apoptosis in
Lymphocytes-pathways and biochemical mechanisms effector mechanisms Tolerance
induced regulatory T cells B lymphocyte tolerance- Central and Peripheral Homeostasis in
the immune pathogenesis and therapeutic approaches to autoimmunity
Unit III Tumor and Transplantation Immunology Hypersensitivity
General features of tumor immunity tumor antigens Immune response to tumor and
evasion Immunotherapy Types of hypersensitivity Effector mechanisms of immunologic
tissue injury and disease
Unit IV Immunodeficiency and Vaccinology
MHC and disease susceptibility immune deficiency disorders Active immunization
(immune prophylaxis) passive immunization adjuvants modern approaches to vaccine
development role of vaccines in the prevention of disease
Suggested References
1 Cellular and Molecular Immunology- 5th Edition Abul K Abbas Andrew Litchman
2 Immunology-5th Edition Richard A Goldsby Thomas J Kindt Barbara A Osborne
Janis Kuby
3 Immunology- 6th Edition Ivan Roitt Jonathan Brostoff David Male
40
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
Paper ndash III (Code 4T3 A) Toxicology (Clinical Research)
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Have knowledge about assessment and management of ethical clinical trial
programs
2 Demonstrate competency in biopharmaceutical clinical trial research designs and
regulatory affairs
3 Demonstrate competencies in evaluating clinical research data and
communicating results Manage innovative products through the discovery
processes and into the clinical trial phases
4 Identify and classify different types of trial designs when reading a trial report
understand the essential of GLP roles and responsibilities of stakeholders in
clinical trials
41
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
4T3 A) Toxicology (Clinical Research)
Unit I Pre-Clinical Research
Animal studies acute amp chronic toxicity of drugs regulations for number amp types of
animals protocols for animal experimentation Biochemical amp histopathological studies of
animals after drug administration Mechanism amp cause of death Routine toxicity studies amp
special toxicity studies carcinogenicity mutagenicity amp teratogenicity to be given special
emphasis
Unit II Phases of Clinical Research
Phases of clinical research number of volunteers in phase I amp types of patients in phase II to
IV Importance of these investigations Post marketing surveillance (PMS) amp
pharmacovigilence in case of clinical investigations after marketing authorization
Importance of ethical committee protocol design documentation in clinical trials Bio
Availability and Bio Equivalence studies Pharmacokinetics Pharmacodynamics Genomic
studies
Unit III Good lab practices
Good Clinical Practices Good Manufacturing Practices and Good Laboratory Practices
Principles of ICH-GCP History GCP declaration of Helsinki Belmont report Nuremberg
code Tuskgee trial Schedules Y and its amendments ICMR Guidelines Composition
functions amp operations of IRBIEC ethics of clinical trials Health Authorities- CDSCO US-
FDA EMEA and other
Unit IV Roles and Responsibilities of different stake holders in Clinical Research-
Sponsor CRO SMO Ethics Committee Investigator CRA CRC Patients and other
Departments in Clinical Research- Operations Business Development Regulatory
Pharmacovigilance Data Management Centralized Monitoring Quality Finance Important
documents in Clinical Research and importance of documentation in Clinical Research
Stages in clinical trial-Feasibilities PSSV SIV SMV and Close-out visits Audits and
Inspections
Suggested reading
1 Clinical Research Coordinator Handbook Norris Deborrah Plexus Publications
20040601
2 Clinical Research Methodology and Evidence-Based Medicine Babu Ajit N
Anshan 20080530
3 Conducting Clinical Research Judy Stone Biblio Distribution 2006
4 Essentials of clinical research Stephen P Glasser (Edt) Springer Verlag 2008
42
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
Paper ndash III (Code 4T3 B) Nutrition (Applied Nutritional Biochemistry)
Learning outcome Students will be
1 Capable of describing biochemical pathways relevant in nutrient metabolism 2 Capable of using selected biochemical techniques relevant in nutritional
biochemical research 3 Critical reading of scientific articles in nutritional biochemistry 4 Capable of discussing research questions relevant to nutritional biochemistry 5 The ability to ask critical questions and discuss nutritional biochemical research
43
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
4T3 B) Nutrition (Applied Nutritional Biochemistry)
Unit I Clinical nutrition
Role of a dietician role and responsibilities of a dietitian nutrition counseling professional
ethics and obligations
Diet therapy-Rationale for diet therapy (normal diet modifications of the diet to the light
diet soft diet full liquid diet clear liquid tube feeding) Routes for diet therapy-enteral and
parental use of biochemical parameters in the planning of diets use of computers in the
planning of diets
Unit II Nutritional Counseling and Dietetics
Nutritive value of different food groups and changes due to cooking in various food groups
Storage of foods food quality and factors affecting food quality Control of food quality Use
of additives Classification and applications
Unit III Community Nutrition
Opportunities in community Nutrition Assessing Community Resources assessing target
population program planning Assessing communityrsquos nutritional resources Food insecurity
food assistance programs world hunger and food insecurity Principles of nutrition education
and policy making national nutrition agenda
Unit IV Applied Nutrition and Public Health Concept of Health Nutrition and Public Health Nutrition Demographic trends in India and
the significance of certain indices of Health and Nutrition situation of a community IMR
MMR TFR Birth rate Death rate Life expectancy etc) Major nutritional problems in
developing countries Dietary surveys-methods ways of interpretations and analysis
recommendations based on survey findings Assessment of nutritional status biochemical
and anthropometry
Suggested Reading
Clinical nutrition
edited by- professor marinos elia (university of outhampton) professor olle ljungqvist
(karolinska institutet amp oumlrebro university hospital) dr outham outhamp (university of
outhampton professor susan lanham-new (university of surrey) - see more at
httpwwwnutritionsocietyorgpublicationstextbooksclinical-
nutritionsthashw12tfscqdpuf
Public health nutrition
edited by- professor michael gibney (ucd institute of food and health) professor barrie
margetts (university of southampton) dr john kearney (dublin institute of technology)
professor lenore arab (university of california los angeles)
httpwwwnutritionsocietyorgpublicationstextbookspublic-health-
nutritionsthash8pvhu1m0dpuf
Staying healthy with nutrition author- elson m Hass buck levin
American dietetic association complete food and nutrition guide Roberta larson duyff
44
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
MSc Biochemistry CBCS syllabus Effective from 2015-16
SEMESTER 4
Foundation 2 Basic Enzymology
Unit I
Introduction to Enzymology Nomenclature and classification of enzymes History sources of
enzymes (Animal Plant and microorganisms) Protein amp nonprotein nature of enzymes with
examples enzymes as biological catalysts and their importance principle of assay of enzymes and
measurement of activity effect of experimental conditions on measurement of activity such as time pH temp
substrate definition of enzyme unit Stability of enzymes and half life of enzymes Effect of environmental
factors on stability of enzymes Concept of Zymogens and active enzyme with examples effect of activators
and inhibitors on enzyme activity Role of coenzymes and cofactors on enzyme catalysis with examples
Unit II Production amp purification
Method os screening of sources for desired enzymes Availability of the sources for procurement
of enzymes Natural and synthetic Media for microbial enzyme production effect of inducers and
environmental factors on enzyme production by microorganisms
Methods of isolation of enzymes form the source purification of enzyme by dialysis salt and solvent
precipitation chromatography gel filtration Purification by affinity chromatography methods of
determination of purity and nature of of enzymes by simple PAGE SDSPAGE and 2 D electrophoresis
Unit III Enzyme Kinetics
Lock amp key model and Koshland model of enzyme active site Determination of active site of enzyme
Michelis Mentain equation kinetics of reversible irreversible and nonreversible enzymes Line Weaver burk
plot and Eddie Hofstie Plot Determination of kinetic constants and activation energy Effect of competitive
and non-competitive inhibitors on enzyme activity Allosteric enzyme and sigmoidal kinetics
Unit IV Applications of enzymes
Structure and function of multienzyme complex systems such as PDH KGH B oxidation spiral and glycolysis
Advantages of soluble and membrane bound enzymes Futile cycles in Biochemistry
Methods of immobilization of enzymes advantages and disadvantages of immobilization Application of
Immobilized enzymes in agriculture cosmetics detergent dairy brewing and food industries with examples
such as lactase pectinase proteinase invertaselipase etc Application of enzymes in nanotechnology
biosensors etc
Suggested references
1 Enzymology and Enzyme Technology 2014 by SM Bhatt (S Chand)
2 Enzyme Technology 2006 by Ashok Pandey (Editor) Colin Webb (Editor) MARCELO
FERNANDES (Editor) Springer
3 Biocatalysts and enzyme technology 2012 Klaus Buchholz
45
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
4T4 Bioresearch Techniques II (Subject centric core 2)
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Learn describe and build up knowledge domain regarding the latest and most advanced Bioresearch techniques available for biochemical research
2 Be aware select appropriately apply technology platforms and Perform techniques for analysis of DNA and protein expression
3 Evaluation of data and controls related to research techniques 4 Create thought-provoking questions related to the laboratory equipment
46
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
4T4 Bioresearch Techniques II (Subject centric core 2)
UNIT I
Biochemical methods I- Co-immunoprecipitation BiFC bimolecular fluorescence
complementation affinity electrophoresis Pull down assays label transfer yeast two hybrid
screens phage display
UNIT II
Biochemical methods II- In-vivo crosslinking of protein complexes using photo-reactive
amino acid analogs Tandem affinity purification (TAP) Chemical cross-linking SPINE
(Strepprotein interaction experiment) Quantitative immunoprecipitation combined with
knock-down (QUICK) Proximity ligation assay (PLA) in situ
UNIT III
Biophysical and theoretical methods I
Bio-Layer Interferometry
Dual polarisation interferometry (DPI)
Static light scattering (SLS)
Dynamic light scattering (DLS)
Surface plasmon resonance
UNIT IV
Biophysical and theoretical methods II
Fluorescence polarizationanisotropy
Fluorescence correlation spectroscopy
FRET BRET
2D-FT NMR spectroscopy
Proteinndashprotein docking
Isothermal Titration Calorimetry (ITC)
Isothermal Titration Calorimetry (ITC)
Suggested References
1 Molecular Biology of The Cell Alberts 5th Edition 2007 NCBI Publication
2 Principles of Biochemistry Lehninger WH Freeman
3 Biochemistry of Signal Transduction and Regulation-shy‐ Gerhard Krauss
Wiley VCH 3rd Revised Edition
4 Molecular Cell Biology Lodish 6th Edition WH Freeman amp Company
5 The cell Cooper 2nd Edition ASM Press
6 Gene IX Benjamin Lewin
Published by Pearson Prentice Hall
7 Cell and Molecular Biology Gerald Karp
8 Molecular Biology Robert Weaver 1st Edition WCBNMcGraw-shy‐Hill
9 Molecular Biology of the Gene Watson 6th Edition Pearson Publication
10 Gene Regulation A Eukaryotic Perspective David Latchman 5 illustrated Taylor amp
Francis 2005
47
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
4P1 Advanced Clinical Biochemistry and Immunology and Toxicology and Nutrition
1 Demonstration of dialysis using blood filtrate (Protein Separation)
2 Immunology
a Quantitative Estimation of Antibody
b Precipitation Techniques Double Immunodiffusion Single (Radial)
Immunodiffusion
3 Electrophoretic Techniques Immuno-electrophoresisRocket Immunoelectrophoresis
Immuno-diffusion
4 To assay cathepsin D ATPase (NaKCaMg) Lipid peroxidase enzymes
5 Assay of Acetylcholine esterase activity in rat brain
6 Assay of monoamine oxidase
7 Fractionation of tissues and assay of proteins
8 Assay of ornithine amino transferase
9 Glutathione Estimation
10 Organ tissue morphology histopathology
11 Assay of toxicant biotransformation enzyme-cytochrome P450
12 Test for teratogenecity carcinogenecity Ames test
13 To perform pair wise alignment of sequences using BLAST program
14 To design primers for the given gene sequences
15 To perform multiple sequence alignment and generate phylogenetic tree
16 To retrieve and visualize the three dimensional structures of proteins
17 To retrieve metagenomic sequences and primer designing to develop STS marker
OR
18 Determination of Triglycerides
19 Proximate Analysis of Food Samples
48
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4 Project
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Plan and develop experimental design projects from concept through to professional
prototype
2 Apply theoretical knowledge conceptual skills and techniques to the development of
solutions for biochemical problems
3 Apply initiative and judgment in planning problem solving and decision making in
practice or future study
4 Design a research project and submit in a form of thesis they will present their results of
the thesis to an audience of peers and faculty and be able to defend their results during
final evaluation
4PROJ PROJECT
4S1 Seminar
26
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 3
Paper ndash II (Code 3T2) Biotechnology
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Remember and Understand fundamental concepts of Genetic Engineering
2 Illustrate and compare different techniques involved in Genetic Engineering
3 Understand the concepts of Prokaryotic and Eukaryotic Transformation and PCR
4 Describe the expression of heterologous genes and the vectors involved in it
5 Appreciate technology involved in industrial products of Protein engineering and
fermentation technology Remember and Understand the design and functioning of
different types of Bioreactors and Downstream processing Evaluate the application of
different types of Bioreactors including immobilization reactor system and its kinetics
6 Comprehend tools important in Bioinformatics analysis for simplified application of
nucleic acid and protein sequence data
27
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 3
3T2 Biotechnology
Unit I rDNA technology Genomic and cDNA libraries DNA manipulation enzymes isolation of specific genes
Gene cloning REs vectors-plasmids cosmids phage vectors M13 phage vectors phagemids expression
vectors with strong promoters inducible vectors produce fusion proteins and their isolation Eucaryotic
expression system shuttle vectors YAC BAC insertion of DNA and its ligation to carrier DNA introduction
of DNA in cells gene synthesis gene libraries
Application of recombinant DNA technology in medicine agriculture industry and environmental sciences
Unit II Gene control systems in bacteria and bacteriophage lambda
Mechanism of induction and repression constitutive expression various control mechanisms positive
regulation negative regulation attenuation operon hypothesis with special reference to malgal ara and
histidine operons Regulatory mechanisms in bacteriophage lambda
Regulation of gene expression at various levels (transcription post transcriptional and translational)
DNA-protein interactions Lambda family of repressor trp repressor
Unit III Biochemical engineering Biochemical Engineering Bioreactors and related equipment and
instrumentation types of bioreactor (Batch semi batch CSTF recycle etc) reactor analysis reactor design
reactor for recombination proteins
Fermentation technology Fermentation technology microbial culture reaction genetic modification use of
mutants recombinant DNA technology and application in fermentation technology microbial growth kinetics
sterilization fermentation process kinetics analysis of rate pattern and kinetic groups fermentation process
types control of environmental variables recovery of fermentation products isolation and purification and use
of immobilization techniques
Unit IV Bioinformatics and Drug Designing Introduction to Bioinformatics Applications of Bioinformatics Bioinformatics resources
Biological Databases Overview to Biological Databases Nucleotide Databases (GenBank DDBJ ENA) Protein sequence
databases (Uniprot Swiss prot Prosite Pfam Prodom) Protein structure databases (PDB SCOP CATH)
Sequence analysis Sequence similarity search BLAST FASTA CLUSTAL
Genomics Introduction to Genomics Comparative Genomic Databases Objective of Genome Comparisons Genome
Alignments
Proteomics Overview of Proteomics Experimental Techniques Bioinformatics Approaches Protein-Protein Interaction
Databases and software
Softwaresrsquo for Drug Designing Structure Based Drug Designing Ligand Based Drug Designing
Virtual Screening Homology Modeling and Chimera Generation
Suggested References 1 Molecular Biology of the Cell Alberts 5th Edition 2007 NCBI Publication
2 Principles of Biochemistry Lehninger WH Freeman
3 Biochemistry of Signal Transduction and Regulation - Gerhard Krauss Wiley VCH 3rd Revised Edition
4 Molecular Cell Biology Lodish 6th Edition WH Freeman amp Company
5 The cell Cooper 2nd Edition ASM Press
6 Genes IX Benjamin Lewin Published by Pearson Prentice Hall
7 Cell and Molecular Biology Gerald Karp
8 Molecular Biology Robert Weaver 1st Edition WCB McGraw-Hill
9 Molecular Biology of the Gene Watson 6th Edition Pearson Publication
10 Gene Regulation A Eukaryotic Perspective David Latchman 5 illustrated Taylor amp Francis 2005
Molecular Biotechnology Principles and Applications of Recombinant DNA Bernard R
GlickhttpwwwamazoncomMolecular-Biotechnology-Principles-Applications-
Recombinantdp1555814980ref=sr_1_6s=booksampie=UTF8ampqid=1323503937ampsr=1-6 - (Author)Publisher
Amer Society for Microbiology 4 edition (December 31 2009)
11 Principles of gene manipulation and genomics S B Primrose Richard M Twyman Publisher Wiley-Blackwell 7
edition (February 17 2006)
12 Principles of Fermentation Technology P F Stanbury (Author) S Hall (Author) A Whitaker (Author) Publisher
Butterworth-Heinemann 2 edition (February 19 1999)
13 1 Bioinformatics A practical guide to the analysis of genes and proteins Baxevanis AD and Ovellette BFF
Wiley-Interscience (2002)
14 2 Molecular and Biotechnology A comprehensive desk reference RA Meyes (Ed) VCH Publishers Inc (1995)
15 3 Textbook of Biotechnology Das HK Wiley Dreamtech India Pvt Ltd (2004)
28
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
Semester 3
Paper ndash III (Code 3T3 A) Toxicology (Biochemical And Environmental Toxicology)
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 To understand key principles of toxicology including various factors affecting toxicity and toxicity assessment
2 To evaluate analyse disposition of toxicants and factor affecting to disposition of toxicants
3 The know how of toxicokinetics and biotransformation 4 To critically analyse and interpret non-organ directed toxicity To
study effect of environmental toxicity on human beings
5 To develop an understanding of the genetic toxicology and
Developmental Toxicology for scientific research practices
6 Critical evaluation of relationship between target organ toxicity for
experimental designs
29
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 3
Core Elective 1
3T3 A) Toxicology (Biochemical And Environmental Toxicology)
Unit I General principles of Toxicology
Definition Different facets of toxicology and their interrelationships Classification of toxic
agents Desired and undesired effects
Various factors affecting toxicity vehicles formulation factors biological half life volume
and concentration dose dosage forms routes of administration entry genetic status etc
Principles of selective toxicity comparative morphology comparative biochemistry
comparative cytology
Toxicity assessment acute subchronic chronic exposure determination of ED50 and LD50
values tests for mutagenecity carcinogenicity genotoxicity Ames test
Unit II Disposition of Toxicants
Factors affecting disposition of toxicants absorption distribution biotransformation
elimination
Absorption through gastro-intestinal tract lungs skin
Distribution storage in tissues blood-brain barrier passage across placenta redistribution
Biotransformation Phase I and II reactions metabolic interrelationship antidotal therapy
Excretion urinary fecal exhalation other routes
Toxicokinetics classic and physiologic
Unit III A) Non ndashorgan directed toxicity
Chemical carcinogenesis definition mechanism
Genetic toxicology definition health impacts and mechanism of induction of genetic
alterations
Developmental toxicology definition principles mechanism and pathogenesis of
developmental toxicity
B) Environmental Toxicology
Air pollution definition air pollutants health effects and risk assessment of air pollution
Introduction to Ecotoxicology
Unit IV Target organ toxicity
Skin skin as a barrier dermatitis acne urticaria
Toxic responses of the blood blood as a target organ toxicology of erythron leukon and
platelets
Toxic responses of the liver physiology and pathophysiology factors in liver injury
mechanism of liver injury
Toxic responses of the respiratory system lungs structure and functions pulmonotoxic
agents pathogenesis of chemical induced damage acute and chronic responses of lungs to
injury
Suggested References
1 Casarette and Doullrsquos Toxicology by Klaassen CD
2 Biochemical Toxicology of Environmental Agents by Bruine D
3 Detoxification mechanisms by Williams RT
4 Selective Toxicity by Albert A
5 Developmental Toxicology by Hood RD
30
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 3
Paper ndash III (Code 3T3 B) Nutrition (Nutritional Biochemistry) (Core Elective 1)
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Capably describe the biochemical techniques that are relevant for the investigation of nutrient metabolism
2 Understand key principles of energy expenditure thermogenic effects Energy requirements and role of dietary fibers in nutrition
3 To read interpret and discuss protein energy malnutrition disorders of mineral metabolism for scientific research
4 To develop an understanding of the observational and experimental character of science in nutritional biochemistry
5 To communicate role of clinical nutrition and food allergies in scientific communication frameworks such as written reports and open discussion
31
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 3
3T3 B Nutrition (Nutritional Biochemistry) (Core Elective 1)
Unit I Basic Concepts
Basic Concept Energy content of foods Measurements of energy expenditure Direct amp
Indirect calorimetry Definition of BMR and SDA and factors affecting these Thermogenic
effects of foods Energy requirements of man and woman and factors affecting energy
requirements
Role of dietary fibers in nutrition
Unit II Nutritional Disorders
Protein Energy Malnutrition (PEM) Aetiology Clinical features Metabolic disorders
and Management of Marasmus and Kwashiorkor diseases
Disorders of Mineral Metabolism Hypercalecemia Hypocalcaemia Normocalcemia
Hyperphosphatemia
Unit III Starvation and Antinutrients
Starvation Techniques for studying starvation protein metabolim in prolonged fasting
protein sparing treatments during fasting Concept of high protein low calorific weight
reduction diets
Antinutrients Naturally occurring food borne toxicants protease inhibitors hemagglutins
hepatotoxins allergens oxalates toxins from mushrooms animal food stuffs and sea foods
Unit IV Clinical Nutrition and Food Allergies
Clinical Nutrition Role of diet and nutrition in the prevention and treatment of diseases
dental caries Fluorosis Atherosclerosis amp Rheumatic disorders Inherited metabolic
Disorders Phenylketonuria Maple Syrup disease amp Hemocystinuria
Food Allergies Definition role of antigen host and environment types of
hypersensitivities diagnosis and treatment of allergy
Suggested Reading 1 Basics of clinical nutrition author- yk joshi jaypee publication
2 Nutrition for the community Gully baba publishing house
Essentials of human nutrition author-jim mann amp stewart truswell oxford university press
3 Introduction to human nutrition
edited by- professor michael gibney (ucd institute of food and health) professor susan lanham-new
(university of surrey) professor aedin Cassidy (university of east anglia) professor hester vorster (north-
west university south africa) httpwwwnutritionsocietyorgpublicationstextbooksintroduction-to-
human-nutritionsthashtdyscawhdpuf
4 Nutrition and metabolism
edited by- professor susan lanham-new (university of surrey) professor ian macdonald (university of
nottingham) professor helen roche (unviersity college dublin) -
httpwwwnutritionsocietyorgpublicationstextbooksnutrition-and-metabolismsthashiusrjtiudpuf
32
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 3
Foundation Course 1 Biomolecules and Basic Metabolism
Unit I Carbohydrates and metabolism
Classification of carbohydrates Structure occurrence and biological importance of
monosaccharides oligosaccharides and polysaccharides
Introduction to Metabolism glycolysis glucogenesis and gluconeogenesis TCA cycle and its
amphibolic role energetics of carbohydrate metabolismAlternate pathways HMP shunt Enter-
Doudoroff glucuronate and glyoxylate pathways Corirsquos cycle
Unit II Lipids and metabolism
Classification of lipids Fatty acids Saturated and unsaturated fatty acids Essential fatty acids
Glycerophospholipids Glycolipids properties and functions
Metabolism Oxidation of fatty acids even and odd numbered unsaturated and branched chain fatty
acids
Degradation and biosynthesis of triacylglycerols and phospholipids energetic of beta- oxidation
Cholesterol biosynthesis catabolism and regulation
Unit III Proteins and metabolism
Classification of amino acids and proteins Protein structures primary secondary tertiary and
quarternary structure General metabolic reaction of amino acids transamination oxidative
deamination minor pathways of amino acid degradation transdeamination amino acid oxidase non
oxidative deamination
Degradation and biosynthesis of amino acids glycogenic and ketogenic amino acids Urea cycle
pathway and regulation
Unit IV Minerals and metabolism
Major and minor and ultra trace minerals their occurrence functions toxicity and interaction with
other nutrients
Iron metabolism and regulation
Calcium and phosphorus metabolism and regulation
Suggested Reading
1 Biophysical Techniques- Upadhyay Upadhyay and Nath
2 Principles of Biochemistry- Lehninger David L Nelson and Michael M Cox
3 Enzymes- Malcolm Dixon and Edwin Webb
4 Harperrsquos Biochemistry- Harper
5 Biochemistry- Western and Todd
6 Cell and Molecular Biology-Gerald Karp
7 Fundamentals of Biochemistry-Donald Voet Judith G Voet and Charlotte W Bratt
33
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 3
Paper ndash IV (Code 3T4 ) Bioresearch Techniques I (Subject centric core 1)
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Understand key principles of how flow cytometer work including data
analysis for their applications
2 Improve on skillful process of the animal cell culture techniques and
experimental demand of knowledge including an appreciation of the
need for good experimental design and scientific research practices
3 To incline intellectual curiosity in DNA and RNA techniques and
related fields that extends well beyond the course
4 To develop practical laboratory skills in the field of DNA and RNA
techniques
34
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 3
3T4 Bioresearch Techniques I (Subject centric core 1)
Unit I Flow cytometry
Principles of flow cytometry Instrument overview principle of fluorescence sample preparation
data analysis and applications of flow cytometry Overview Fludics Generation of Scatter and
fluorescence ( Optical bench optical filters signal detection Treshold) Data Analysis (Data
Collection and Display gating data analysis for subsetting applications Data analysis for ther
applications) Sorting Lasers and Alignment (Working of lasers and laser alignment)
Unit II Animal cell culture techniques
Animal cell Culture Cell culture (adherent and suspension) basic equipment cell culture media-
Components sterility buffering capacity growth requirements supplementation of serum antibiotic
and antimycotic agents preparation of medium advantages and limitations of Primary cell culture
clonal cell lines basic technique a of animal cell subcultuing disaggregation method for quantitation
of cells in culture counting chamber counters cell viability determination cytotoxicity assay and its
applications cell apoptosis assay and its applications 3 D cultures
Unit III DNA techniques
Isolation Sequencing Restriction Nucleases Gel Electrophoresis DNA probes Nucleic acid
hybridization Southern blotting DNA fingerprinting and DNA typing DNA Library
DNA sequencing Sanger and Maxam Gilbert
Restriction Mapping DNase foot printing DMS foot printing knockouts
PCR RFLP RAPD AFLP SNP
Unit IV RNA techniques
Isolation Hybridization Northern Blotting in vitro labeling with radioisotopes and chemical
markers
Mapping and quantifying transcripts S1assay primer extension run off transcription
Transcription rate measurement in vivo Nuclear run on transcription reporter gene N transcription
si RNA technology gene silencing techniques its applications microarrays ribozyme technology
Suggested References
1 Molecular Biology of The Cell Alberts 5th Edition 2007 NCBI Publication
2 Principles of Biochemistry Lehninger WH Freeman
3 Biochemistry of Signal Transduction and Regulation-shy‐ Gerhard Krauss
Wiley VCH 3rd Revised Edition
4 Molecular Cell Biology Lodish 6th Edition WH Freeman amp Company
5 The cell Cooper 2nd Edition ASM Press
6 Gene IX Benjamin Lewin
Published by Pearson Prentice Hall
7 Cell and Molecular Biology Gerald Karp
8 Molecular Biology Robert Weaver 1st Edition WCBNMcGraw-shy‐Hill
9 Molecular Biology of the Gene Watson 6th Edition Pearson Publication
10 Gene Regulation A Eukaryotic Perspective David Latchman 5 illustrated Taylor amp Francis
2005
35
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 3
3P1 Biotechnology And Molecular Biology
1) Fermentation
i) Isolation of microorganisms from soil demonstrating synthesis capability of desired product
Gram staining (Desired property to be decided by the instructor) and screening
ii) Optimization of the lab scale production of the desired product Effect of temperature pH
substrate concentration
iii) Growth curve Estimation of cell number substrate utilization andor product formation
2) Polymerase Chain Reaction
i) PCR amplification from genomic DNA
ii) Nested PCR
iii) Random Amplification of Polymorphic DNA (RAPD)
3) Restriction Fragment Length Polymorphism (RFLP)
3P2 A Biochemical And Environmental Toxicology
1 Qualitative detection of various toxicants in biological samples
Phenothiazine derivatives Organochlorine compounds (Fujiwara test) Phenol Methanol Arsenic (As)
Antimony (Sb) Selenium (Se) Mercury (Hg) Bismuth (Bi) Fluoride (F) Boron (Bo) Gutzeit test for
Antimony (Sb) and Arsenic (As) Spot test for metal toxicants
2 Quantitative determination of Salicylate Paracetamol (acetaminophen) Sulphonamide in biological
samples
3 Enzyme assay in toxic conditions
GOT (AST) GPT (ALT) Acid phosphatase Alkaline phosphatase Acetyl cholinesterase etc
4 Construction of dose-response curves
5 Determination of LD50 value of a toxicant
6 Induction of hepatotoxicity diabetes skin lesions teratogenesis
7 Assay of biomarkers of environmental pollution toxicity
OR
3P2 B) Nutritional Biochemistry
1 Determination of Calcium in food samples
2 Determination of Inorganic Phosphorous in food samples
3 Determination of Iron in food samples
4 Determination of beta carotene in carrots by column chromatography
5 Determination of Ascorbic Acid in food
6 Estimation of Amylase activity
7 Determination of Total Lipids By Sulphophospho vanillin Method
3S1 Seminar
InstitutionalEducational tour For minimum 08 days
36
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
Paper ndash I (Code 4T1) Advanced Clinical Biochemistry
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Analyse evaluate and generate information from a wide variety of sources regarding the key principles of aging and Neurological disorders
2 Analyse the effects of obesity on physiological functions including gene regulation
3 Critically interpret molecular and metabolic diseases and develop new knowledge domain about them
4 To develop effective creative and innovative solutions to current research problems in Reproductive Disease and Reproductive Biochemistry
5 To develop practical laboratory skill for Assisted Reproductive Technology program
37
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
4T1 Advanced Clinical Biochemistry
Unit I Aging and Neurological Disorders
Current view and theories of aging auto immune connection and HLA association processes of
aging and biochemical alteration DNA damage protein oxidation and axonal transport in aging
nutritional intervention as anti-aging therapy
Alzheimerrsquos disease Causes symptoms diagnosis pathogenesis genetics APP ApoE PS2 tau
protein risk factors and therapeutic approaches
Progeria Parkinsonrsquos disease Causes symptoms diagnosis pathogenesis genetics and therapeutic
approaches
Unit II Obesity
Theories lipid metabolism adipose tissue anomalies
Genetic basis of familial obesity effects of neuropeptides and leptin in nutrient partitioning
Obesity related derangements in metabolic regulation Therapeutic approaches
Unit III Molecular and Metabolic Diseases
Human gene map genetic diversity polymorphism genetic linkage chromosomal disorder
Monogenetic Disorders Autosomal dominant autosomal recessive X-linked Multifactorial
disorders Genetic heterogeneity Allelic heterogeneity Pathogenesis of genetic disease
Galactosemia Hemophilia Sickle cell anemia Muscular dystrophy Hypercholesterolemia Gout
Turnerrsquos syndrome
Unit IV Reproductive Biochemistry
Overview of reproductive system and reproduction biochemistry of reproductive disorders (male amp
female) Influence of various factors in reproduction with special reference to role of prostaglandins
and gonadotrophins Mechanism and methods of birth control and possible biochemical
consequences thereof Biochemical markerrsquos in infertility disorders Techniques involved in assisted
reproductive technology (ART) Culture media and cell culture techniques in ART programme
Suggested References
1 Clinical Biochemistry ndash Metabolic and Clinical aspects By-William J Marshall amp Stephen
K Angert
2 Harperrsquos Biochemistry - 27th Ed
3 Text book of Medical Physiology - By Guyton
4 Text book of Physiology -By Burn amp levy
5 Biochemistry ndashBy L Stryer (Freeman amp CoNY)
6 Biochemistry with clinical correlation- By Thomas Devli
7 The Metabolic Basis of Inherited Disease 5th Ed-By John Stanbury
8 Teitz Fundamentals of Clinical Chemistry ndashBy CABurtis amp Ashwood
9 Biochemistry - By Lehninger
10 Lehningerrsquos Biochemistry ndashBy Nelson amp Cox
11 Biochemistry ndashBy Stanford
12 Basic Medical Biochemistry A Clinical approach- By Smith
13 Principles of Internal Medicines- By HarrisonT R
14 Practical Biochemistry Principles amp Techniques- By Wilson amp Walker
15 Practical Biochemistry ndashBy David Plummer
38
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
Paper ndash II (Code 4T2) Advanced Immunology
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Understand details of lymph node microanatomy and learn the B and T cells encounter with antigens and study its development
2 Gain insight into antigen presentation and autophagy on a detailed molecular level
3 Understand immunology of mucosal surfaces and the interplay between commensal flora and the immune system in the gut
4 In-depth knowledge of the cellular and molecular basis for autoimmune disease and allergies
5 Basic knowledge of tumor immunology and the development of novel recombinant antibodies for treatment of cancer and autoimmune disease
39
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
4T2 Advanced Immunology
Unit I Introductory Immunobiology
Complement system Alternative and Classical pathway of complement activation
Immune networks Homeostasis in the immune system-termination of normal immune
responses network hypothesis
In vivo immunity to viruses bacteria fungi protozoa worms etc
Unit II Immunological tolerance and Autoimmunity
Immunologic tolerance T lymphocyte tolerance- central and peripheral Apoptosis in
Lymphocytes-pathways and biochemical mechanisms effector mechanisms Tolerance
induced regulatory T cells B lymphocyte tolerance- Central and Peripheral Homeostasis in
the immune pathogenesis and therapeutic approaches to autoimmunity
Unit III Tumor and Transplantation Immunology Hypersensitivity
General features of tumor immunity tumor antigens Immune response to tumor and
evasion Immunotherapy Types of hypersensitivity Effector mechanisms of immunologic
tissue injury and disease
Unit IV Immunodeficiency and Vaccinology
MHC and disease susceptibility immune deficiency disorders Active immunization
(immune prophylaxis) passive immunization adjuvants modern approaches to vaccine
development role of vaccines in the prevention of disease
Suggested References
1 Cellular and Molecular Immunology- 5th Edition Abul K Abbas Andrew Litchman
2 Immunology-5th Edition Richard A Goldsby Thomas J Kindt Barbara A Osborne
Janis Kuby
3 Immunology- 6th Edition Ivan Roitt Jonathan Brostoff David Male
40
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
Paper ndash III (Code 4T3 A) Toxicology (Clinical Research)
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Have knowledge about assessment and management of ethical clinical trial
programs
2 Demonstrate competency in biopharmaceutical clinical trial research designs and
regulatory affairs
3 Demonstrate competencies in evaluating clinical research data and
communicating results Manage innovative products through the discovery
processes and into the clinical trial phases
4 Identify and classify different types of trial designs when reading a trial report
understand the essential of GLP roles and responsibilities of stakeholders in
clinical trials
41
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
4T3 A) Toxicology (Clinical Research)
Unit I Pre-Clinical Research
Animal studies acute amp chronic toxicity of drugs regulations for number amp types of
animals protocols for animal experimentation Biochemical amp histopathological studies of
animals after drug administration Mechanism amp cause of death Routine toxicity studies amp
special toxicity studies carcinogenicity mutagenicity amp teratogenicity to be given special
emphasis
Unit II Phases of Clinical Research
Phases of clinical research number of volunteers in phase I amp types of patients in phase II to
IV Importance of these investigations Post marketing surveillance (PMS) amp
pharmacovigilence in case of clinical investigations after marketing authorization
Importance of ethical committee protocol design documentation in clinical trials Bio
Availability and Bio Equivalence studies Pharmacokinetics Pharmacodynamics Genomic
studies
Unit III Good lab practices
Good Clinical Practices Good Manufacturing Practices and Good Laboratory Practices
Principles of ICH-GCP History GCP declaration of Helsinki Belmont report Nuremberg
code Tuskgee trial Schedules Y and its amendments ICMR Guidelines Composition
functions amp operations of IRBIEC ethics of clinical trials Health Authorities- CDSCO US-
FDA EMEA and other
Unit IV Roles and Responsibilities of different stake holders in Clinical Research-
Sponsor CRO SMO Ethics Committee Investigator CRA CRC Patients and other
Departments in Clinical Research- Operations Business Development Regulatory
Pharmacovigilance Data Management Centralized Monitoring Quality Finance Important
documents in Clinical Research and importance of documentation in Clinical Research
Stages in clinical trial-Feasibilities PSSV SIV SMV and Close-out visits Audits and
Inspections
Suggested reading
1 Clinical Research Coordinator Handbook Norris Deborrah Plexus Publications
20040601
2 Clinical Research Methodology and Evidence-Based Medicine Babu Ajit N
Anshan 20080530
3 Conducting Clinical Research Judy Stone Biblio Distribution 2006
4 Essentials of clinical research Stephen P Glasser (Edt) Springer Verlag 2008
42
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
Paper ndash III (Code 4T3 B) Nutrition (Applied Nutritional Biochemistry)
Learning outcome Students will be
1 Capable of describing biochemical pathways relevant in nutrient metabolism 2 Capable of using selected biochemical techniques relevant in nutritional
biochemical research 3 Critical reading of scientific articles in nutritional biochemistry 4 Capable of discussing research questions relevant to nutritional biochemistry 5 The ability to ask critical questions and discuss nutritional biochemical research
43
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
4T3 B) Nutrition (Applied Nutritional Biochemistry)
Unit I Clinical nutrition
Role of a dietician role and responsibilities of a dietitian nutrition counseling professional
ethics and obligations
Diet therapy-Rationale for diet therapy (normal diet modifications of the diet to the light
diet soft diet full liquid diet clear liquid tube feeding) Routes for diet therapy-enteral and
parental use of biochemical parameters in the planning of diets use of computers in the
planning of diets
Unit II Nutritional Counseling and Dietetics
Nutritive value of different food groups and changes due to cooking in various food groups
Storage of foods food quality and factors affecting food quality Control of food quality Use
of additives Classification and applications
Unit III Community Nutrition
Opportunities in community Nutrition Assessing Community Resources assessing target
population program planning Assessing communityrsquos nutritional resources Food insecurity
food assistance programs world hunger and food insecurity Principles of nutrition education
and policy making national nutrition agenda
Unit IV Applied Nutrition and Public Health Concept of Health Nutrition and Public Health Nutrition Demographic trends in India and
the significance of certain indices of Health and Nutrition situation of a community IMR
MMR TFR Birth rate Death rate Life expectancy etc) Major nutritional problems in
developing countries Dietary surveys-methods ways of interpretations and analysis
recommendations based on survey findings Assessment of nutritional status biochemical
and anthropometry
Suggested Reading
Clinical nutrition
edited by- professor marinos elia (university of outhampton) professor olle ljungqvist
(karolinska institutet amp oumlrebro university hospital) dr outham outhamp (university of
outhampton professor susan lanham-new (university of surrey) - see more at
httpwwwnutritionsocietyorgpublicationstextbooksclinical-
nutritionsthashw12tfscqdpuf
Public health nutrition
edited by- professor michael gibney (ucd institute of food and health) professor barrie
margetts (university of southampton) dr john kearney (dublin institute of technology)
professor lenore arab (university of california los angeles)
httpwwwnutritionsocietyorgpublicationstextbookspublic-health-
nutritionsthash8pvhu1m0dpuf
Staying healthy with nutrition author- elson m Hass buck levin
American dietetic association complete food and nutrition guide Roberta larson duyff
44
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
MSc Biochemistry CBCS syllabus Effective from 2015-16
SEMESTER 4
Foundation 2 Basic Enzymology
Unit I
Introduction to Enzymology Nomenclature and classification of enzymes History sources of
enzymes (Animal Plant and microorganisms) Protein amp nonprotein nature of enzymes with
examples enzymes as biological catalysts and their importance principle of assay of enzymes and
measurement of activity effect of experimental conditions on measurement of activity such as time pH temp
substrate definition of enzyme unit Stability of enzymes and half life of enzymes Effect of environmental
factors on stability of enzymes Concept of Zymogens and active enzyme with examples effect of activators
and inhibitors on enzyme activity Role of coenzymes and cofactors on enzyme catalysis with examples
Unit II Production amp purification
Method os screening of sources for desired enzymes Availability of the sources for procurement
of enzymes Natural and synthetic Media for microbial enzyme production effect of inducers and
environmental factors on enzyme production by microorganisms
Methods of isolation of enzymes form the source purification of enzyme by dialysis salt and solvent
precipitation chromatography gel filtration Purification by affinity chromatography methods of
determination of purity and nature of of enzymes by simple PAGE SDSPAGE and 2 D electrophoresis
Unit III Enzyme Kinetics
Lock amp key model and Koshland model of enzyme active site Determination of active site of enzyme
Michelis Mentain equation kinetics of reversible irreversible and nonreversible enzymes Line Weaver burk
plot and Eddie Hofstie Plot Determination of kinetic constants and activation energy Effect of competitive
and non-competitive inhibitors on enzyme activity Allosteric enzyme and sigmoidal kinetics
Unit IV Applications of enzymes
Structure and function of multienzyme complex systems such as PDH KGH B oxidation spiral and glycolysis
Advantages of soluble and membrane bound enzymes Futile cycles in Biochemistry
Methods of immobilization of enzymes advantages and disadvantages of immobilization Application of
Immobilized enzymes in agriculture cosmetics detergent dairy brewing and food industries with examples
such as lactase pectinase proteinase invertaselipase etc Application of enzymes in nanotechnology
biosensors etc
Suggested references
1 Enzymology and Enzyme Technology 2014 by SM Bhatt (S Chand)
2 Enzyme Technology 2006 by Ashok Pandey (Editor) Colin Webb (Editor) MARCELO
FERNANDES (Editor) Springer
3 Biocatalysts and enzyme technology 2012 Klaus Buchholz
45
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
4T4 Bioresearch Techniques II (Subject centric core 2)
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Learn describe and build up knowledge domain regarding the latest and most advanced Bioresearch techniques available for biochemical research
2 Be aware select appropriately apply technology platforms and Perform techniques for analysis of DNA and protein expression
3 Evaluation of data and controls related to research techniques 4 Create thought-provoking questions related to the laboratory equipment
46
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
4T4 Bioresearch Techniques II (Subject centric core 2)
UNIT I
Biochemical methods I- Co-immunoprecipitation BiFC bimolecular fluorescence
complementation affinity electrophoresis Pull down assays label transfer yeast two hybrid
screens phage display
UNIT II
Biochemical methods II- In-vivo crosslinking of protein complexes using photo-reactive
amino acid analogs Tandem affinity purification (TAP) Chemical cross-linking SPINE
(Strepprotein interaction experiment) Quantitative immunoprecipitation combined with
knock-down (QUICK) Proximity ligation assay (PLA) in situ
UNIT III
Biophysical and theoretical methods I
Bio-Layer Interferometry
Dual polarisation interferometry (DPI)
Static light scattering (SLS)
Dynamic light scattering (DLS)
Surface plasmon resonance
UNIT IV
Biophysical and theoretical methods II
Fluorescence polarizationanisotropy
Fluorescence correlation spectroscopy
FRET BRET
2D-FT NMR spectroscopy
Proteinndashprotein docking
Isothermal Titration Calorimetry (ITC)
Isothermal Titration Calorimetry (ITC)
Suggested References
1 Molecular Biology of The Cell Alberts 5th Edition 2007 NCBI Publication
2 Principles of Biochemistry Lehninger WH Freeman
3 Biochemistry of Signal Transduction and Regulation-shy‐ Gerhard Krauss
Wiley VCH 3rd Revised Edition
4 Molecular Cell Biology Lodish 6th Edition WH Freeman amp Company
5 The cell Cooper 2nd Edition ASM Press
6 Gene IX Benjamin Lewin
Published by Pearson Prentice Hall
7 Cell and Molecular Biology Gerald Karp
8 Molecular Biology Robert Weaver 1st Edition WCBNMcGraw-shy‐Hill
9 Molecular Biology of the Gene Watson 6th Edition Pearson Publication
10 Gene Regulation A Eukaryotic Perspective David Latchman 5 illustrated Taylor amp
Francis 2005
47
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
4P1 Advanced Clinical Biochemistry and Immunology and Toxicology and Nutrition
1 Demonstration of dialysis using blood filtrate (Protein Separation)
2 Immunology
a Quantitative Estimation of Antibody
b Precipitation Techniques Double Immunodiffusion Single (Radial)
Immunodiffusion
3 Electrophoretic Techniques Immuno-electrophoresisRocket Immunoelectrophoresis
Immuno-diffusion
4 To assay cathepsin D ATPase (NaKCaMg) Lipid peroxidase enzymes
5 Assay of Acetylcholine esterase activity in rat brain
6 Assay of monoamine oxidase
7 Fractionation of tissues and assay of proteins
8 Assay of ornithine amino transferase
9 Glutathione Estimation
10 Organ tissue morphology histopathology
11 Assay of toxicant biotransformation enzyme-cytochrome P450
12 Test for teratogenecity carcinogenecity Ames test
13 To perform pair wise alignment of sequences using BLAST program
14 To design primers for the given gene sequences
15 To perform multiple sequence alignment and generate phylogenetic tree
16 To retrieve and visualize the three dimensional structures of proteins
17 To retrieve metagenomic sequences and primer designing to develop STS marker
OR
18 Determination of Triglycerides
19 Proximate Analysis of Food Samples
48
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4 Project
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Plan and develop experimental design projects from concept through to professional
prototype
2 Apply theoretical knowledge conceptual skills and techniques to the development of
solutions for biochemical problems
3 Apply initiative and judgment in planning problem solving and decision making in
practice or future study
4 Design a research project and submit in a form of thesis they will present their results of
the thesis to an audience of peers and faculty and be able to defend their results during
final evaluation
4PROJ PROJECT
4S1 Seminar
27
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 3
3T2 Biotechnology
Unit I rDNA technology Genomic and cDNA libraries DNA manipulation enzymes isolation of specific genes
Gene cloning REs vectors-plasmids cosmids phage vectors M13 phage vectors phagemids expression
vectors with strong promoters inducible vectors produce fusion proteins and their isolation Eucaryotic
expression system shuttle vectors YAC BAC insertion of DNA and its ligation to carrier DNA introduction
of DNA in cells gene synthesis gene libraries
Application of recombinant DNA technology in medicine agriculture industry and environmental sciences
Unit II Gene control systems in bacteria and bacteriophage lambda
Mechanism of induction and repression constitutive expression various control mechanisms positive
regulation negative regulation attenuation operon hypothesis with special reference to malgal ara and
histidine operons Regulatory mechanisms in bacteriophage lambda
Regulation of gene expression at various levels (transcription post transcriptional and translational)
DNA-protein interactions Lambda family of repressor trp repressor
Unit III Biochemical engineering Biochemical Engineering Bioreactors and related equipment and
instrumentation types of bioreactor (Batch semi batch CSTF recycle etc) reactor analysis reactor design
reactor for recombination proteins
Fermentation technology Fermentation technology microbial culture reaction genetic modification use of
mutants recombinant DNA technology and application in fermentation technology microbial growth kinetics
sterilization fermentation process kinetics analysis of rate pattern and kinetic groups fermentation process
types control of environmental variables recovery of fermentation products isolation and purification and use
of immobilization techniques
Unit IV Bioinformatics and Drug Designing Introduction to Bioinformatics Applications of Bioinformatics Bioinformatics resources
Biological Databases Overview to Biological Databases Nucleotide Databases (GenBank DDBJ ENA) Protein sequence
databases (Uniprot Swiss prot Prosite Pfam Prodom) Protein structure databases (PDB SCOP CATH)
Sequence analysis Sequence similarity search BLAST FASTA CLUSTAL
Genomics Introduction to Genomics Comparative Genomic Databases Objective of Genome Comparisons Genome
Alignments
Proteomics Overview of Proteomics Experimental Techniques Bioinformatics Approaches Protein-Protein Interaction
Databases and software
Softwaresrsquo for Drug Designing Structure Based Drug Designing Ligand Based Drug Designing
Virtual Screening Homology Modeling and Chimera Generation
Suggested References 1 Molecular Biology of the Cell Alberts 5th Edition 2007 NCBI Publication
2 Principles of Biochemistry Lehninger WH Freeman
3 Biochemistry of Signal Transduction and Regulation - Gerhard Krauss Wiley VCH 3rd Revised Edition
4 Molecular Cell Biology Lodish 6th Edition WH Freeman amp Company
5 The cell Cooper 2nd Edition ASM Press
6 Genes IX Benjamin Lewin Published by Pearson Prentice Hall
7 Cell and Molecular Biology Gerald Karp
8 Molecular Biology Robert Weaver 1st Edition WCB McGraw-Hill
9 Molecular Biology of the Gene Watson 6th Edition Pearson Publication
10 Gene Regulation A Eukaryotic Perspective David Latchman 5 illustrated Taylor amp Francis 2005
Molecular Biotechnology Principles and Applications of Recombinant DNA Bernard R
GlickhttpwwwamazoncomMolecular-Biotechnology-Principles-Applications-
Recombinantdp1555814980ref=sr_1_6s=booksampie=UTF8ampqid=1323503937ampsr=1-6 - (Author)Publisher
Amer Society for Microbiology 4 edition (December 31 2009)
11 Principles of gene manipulation and genomics S B Primrose Richard M Twyman Publisher Wiley-Blackwell 7
edition (February 17 2006)
12 Principles of Fermentation Technology P F Stanbury (Author) S Hall (Author) A Whitaker (Author) Publisher
Butterworth-Heinemann 2 edition (February 19 1999)
13 1 Bioinformatics A practical guide to the analysis of genes and proteins Baxevanis AD and Ovellette BFF
Wiley-Interscience (2002)
14 2 Molecular and Biotechnology A comprehensive desk reference RA Meyes (Ed) VCH Publishers Inc (1995)
15 3 Textbook of Biotechnology Das HK Wiley Dreamtech India Pvt Ltd (2004)
28
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
Semester 3
Paper ndash III (Code 3T3 A) Toxicology (Biochemical And Environmental Toxicology)
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 To understand key principles of toxicology including various factors affecting toxicity and toxicity assessment
2 To evaluate analyse disposition of toxicants and factor affecting to disposition of toxicants
3 The know how of toxicokinetics and biotransformation 4 To critically analyse and interpret non-organ directed toxicity To
study effect of environmental toxicity on human beings
5 To develop an understanding of the genetic toxicology and
Developmental Toxicology for scientific research practices
6 Critical evaluation of relationship between target organ toxicity for
experimental designs
29
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 3
Core Elective 1
3T3 A) Toxicology (Biochemical And Environmental Toxicology)
Unit I General principles of Toxicology
Definition Different facets of toxicology and their interrelationships Classification of toxic
agents Desired and undesired effects
Various factors affecting toxicity vehicles formulation factors biological half life volume
and concentration dose dosage forms routes of administration entry genetic status etc
Principles of selective toxicity comparative morphology comparative biochemistry
comparative cytology
Toxicity assessment acute subchronic chronic exposure determination of ED50 and LD50
values tests for mutagenecity carcinogenicity genotoxicity Ames test
Unit II Disposition of Toxicants
Factors affecting disposition of toxicants absorption distribution biotransformation
elimination
Absorption through gastro-intestinal tract lungs skin
Distribution storage in tissues blood-brain barrier passage across placenta redistribution
Biotransformation Phase I and II reactions metabolic interrelationship antidotal therapy
Excretion urinary fecal exhalation other routes
Toxicokinetics classic and physiologic
Unit III A) Non ndashorgan directed toxicity
Chemical carcinogenesis definition mechanism
Genetic toxicology definition health impacts and mechanism of induction of genetic
alterations
Developmental toxicology definition principles mechanism and pathogenesis of
developmental toxicity
B) Environmental Toxicology
Air pollution definition air pollutants health effects and risk assessment of air pollution
Introduction to Ecotoxicology
Unit IV Target organ toxicity
Skin skin as a barrier dermatitis acne urticaria
Toxic responses of the blood blood as a target organ toxicology of erythron leukon and
platelets
Toxic responses of the liver physiology and pathophysiology factors in liver injury
mechanism of liver injury
Toxic responses of the respiratory system lungs structure and functions pulmonotoxic
agents pathogenesis of chemical induced damage acute and chronic responses of lungs to
injury
Suggested References
1 Casarette and Doullrsquos Toxicology by Klaassen CD
2 Biochemical Toxicology of Environmental Agents by Bruine D
3 Detoxification mechanisms by Williams RT
4 Selective Toxicity by Albert A
5 Developmental Toxicology by Hood RD
30
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 3
Paper ndash III (Code 3T3 B) Nutrition (Nutritional Biochemistry) (Core Elective 1)
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Capably describe the biochemical techniques that are relevant for the investigation of nutrient metabolism
2 Understand key principles of energy expenditure thermogenic effects Energy requirements and role of dietary fibers in nutrition
3 To read interpret and discuss protein energy malnutrition disorders of mineral metabolism for scientific research
4 To develop an understanding of the observational and experimental character of science in nutritional biochemistry
5 To communicate role of clinical nutrition and food allergies in scientific communication frameworks such as written reports and open discussion
31
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 3
3T3 B Nutrition (Nutritional Biochemistry) (Core Elective 1)
Unit I Basic Concepts
Basic Concept Energy content of foods Measurements of energy expenditure Direct amp
Indirect calorimetry Definition of BMR and SDA and factors affecting these Thermogenic
effects of foods Energy requirements of man and woman and factors affecting energy
requirements
Role of dietary fibers in nutrition
Unit II Nutritional Disorders
Protein Energy Malnutrition (PEM) Aetiology Clinical features Metabolic disorders
and Management of Marasmus and Kwashiorkor diseases
Disorders of Mineral Metabolism Hypercalecemia Hypocalcaemia Normocalcemia
Hyperphosphatemia
Unit III Starvation and Antinutrients
Starvation Techniques for studying starvation protein metabolim in prolonged fasting
protein sparing treatments during fasting Concept of high protein low calorific weight
reduction diets
Antinutrients Naturally occurring food borne toxicants protease inhibitors hemagglutins
hepatotoxins allergens oxalates toxins from mushrooms animal food stuffs and sea foods
Unit IV Clinical Nutrition and Food Allergies
Clinical Nutrition Role of diet and nutrition in the prevention and treatment of diseases
dental caries Fluorosis Atherosclerosis amp Rheumatic disorders Inherited metabolic
Disorders Phenylketonuria Maple Syrup disease amp Hemocystinuria
Food Allergies Definition role of antigen host and environment types of
hypersensitivities diagnosis and treatment of allergy
Suggested Reading 1 Basics of clinical nutrition author- yk joshi jaypee publication
2 Nutrition for the community Gully baba publishing house
Essentials of human nutrition author-jim mann amp stewart truswell oxford university press
3 Introduction to human nutrition
edited by- professor michael gibney (ucd institute of food and health) professor susan lanham-new
(university of surrey) professor aedin Cassidy (university of east anglia) professor hester vorster (north-
west university south africa) httpwwwnutritionsocietyorgpublicationstextbooksintroduction-to-
human-nutritionsthashtdyscawhdpuf
4 Nutrition and metabolism
edited by- professor susan lanham-new (university of surrey) professor ian macdonald (university of
nottingham) professor helen roche (unviersity college dublin) -
httpwwwnutritionsocietyorgpublicationstextbooksnutrition-and-metabolismsthashiusrjtiudpuf
32
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 3
Foundation Course 1 Biomolecules and Basic Metabolism
Unit I Carbohydrates and metabolism
Classification of carbohydrates Structure occurrence and biological importance of
monosaccharides oligosaccharides and polysaccharides
Introduction to Metabolism glycolysis glucogenesis and gluconeogenesis TCA cycle and its
amphibolic role energetics of carbohydrate metabolismAlternate pathways HMP shunt Enter-
Doudoroff glucuronate and glyoxylate pathways Corirsquos cycle
Unit II Lipids and metabolism
Classification of lipids Fatty acids Saturated and unsaturated fatty acids Essential fatty acids
Glycerophospholipids Glycolipids properties and functions
Metabolism Oxidation of fatty acids even and odd numbered unsaturated and branched chain fatty
acids
Degradation and biosynthesis of triacylglycerols and phospholipids energetic of beta- oxidation
Cholesterol biosynthesis catabolism and regulation
Unit III Proteins and metabolism
Classification of amino acids and proteins Protein structures primary secondary tertiary and
quarternary structure General metabolic reaction of amino acids transamination oxidative
deamination minor pathways of amino acid degradation transdeamination amino acid oxidase non
oxidative deamination
Degradation and biosynthesis of amino acids glycogenic and ketogenic amino acids Urea cycle
pathway and regulation
Unit IV Minerals and metabolism
Major and minor and ultra trace minerals their occurrence functions toxicity and interaction with
other nutrients
Iron metabolism and regulation
Calcium and phosphorus metabolism and regulation
Suggested Reading
1 Biophysical Techniques- Upadhyay Upadhyay and Nath
2 Principles of Biochemistry- Lehninger David L Nelson and Michael M Cox
3 Enzymes- Malcolm Dixon and Edwin Webb
4 Harperrsquos Biochemistry- Harper
5 Biochemistry- Western and Todd
6 Cell and Molecular Biology-Gerald Karp
7 Fundamentals of Biochemistry-Donald Voet Judith G Voet and Charlotte W Bratt
33
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 3
Paper ndash IV (Code 3T4 ) Bioresearch Techniques I (Subject centric core 1)
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Understand key principles of how flow cytometer work including data
analysis for their applications
2 Improve on skillful process of the animal cell culture techniques and
experimental demand of knowledge including an appreciation of the
need for good experimental design and scientific research practices
3 To incline intellectual curiosity in DNA and RNA techniques and
related fields that extends well beyond the course
4 To develop practical laboratory skills in the field of DNA and RNA
techniques
34
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 3
3T4 Bioresearch Techniques I (Subject centric core 1)
Unit I Flow cytometry
Principles of flow cytometry Instrument overview principle of fluorescence sample preparation
data analysis and applications of flow cytometry Overview Fludics Generation of Scatter and
fluorescence ( Optical bench optical filters signal detection Treshold) Data Analysis (Data
Collection and Display gating data analysis for subsetting applications Data analysis for ther
applications) Sorting Lasers and Alignment (Working of lasers and laser alignment)
Unit II Animal cell culture techniques
Animal cell Culture Cell culture (adherent and suspension) basic equipment cell culture media-
Components sterility buffering capacity growth requirements supplementation of serum antibiotic
and antimycotic agents preparation of medium advantages and limitations of Primary cell culture
clonal cell lines basic technique a of animal cell subcultuing disaggregation method for quantitation
of cells in culture counting chamber counters cell viability determination cytotoxicity assay and its
applications cell apoptosis assay and its applications 3 D cultures
Unit III DNA techniques
Isolation Sequencing Restriction Nucleases Gel Electrophoresis DNA probes Nucleic acid
hybridization Southern blotting DNA fingerprinting and DNA typing DNA Library
DNA sequencing Sanger and Maxam Gilbert
Restriction Mapping DNase foot printing DMS foot printing knockouts
PCR RFLP RAPD AFLP SNP
Unit IV RNA techniques
Isolation Hybridization Northern Blotting in vitro labeling with radioisotopes and chemical
markers
Mapping and quantifying transcripts S1assay primer extension run off transcription
Transcription rate measurement in vivo Nuclear run on transcription reporter gene N transcription
si RNA technology gene silencing techniques its applications microarrays ribozyme technology
Suggested References
1 Molecular Biology of The Cell Alberts 5th Edition 2007 NCBI Publication
2 Principles of Biochemistry Lehninger WH Freeman
3 Biochemistry of Signal Transduction and Regulation-shy‐ Gerhard Krauss
Wiley VCH 3rd Revised Edition
4 Molecular Cell Biology Lodish 6th Edition WH Freeman amp Company
5 The cell Cooper 2nd Edition ASM Press
6 Gene IX Benjamin Lewin
Published by Pearson Prentice Hall
7 Cell and Molecular Biology Gerald Karp
8 Molecular Biology Robert Weaver 1st Edition WCBNMcGraw-shy‐Hill
9 Molecular Biology of the Gene Watson 6th Edition Pearson Publication
10 Gene Regulation A Eukaryotic Perspective David Latchman 5 illustrated Taylor amp Francis
2005
35
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 3
3P1 Biotechnology And Molecular Biology
1) Fermentation
i) Isolation of microorganisms from soil demonstrating synthesis capability of desired product
Gram staining (Desired property to be decided by the instructor) and screening
ii) Optimization of the lab scale production of the desired product Effect of temperature pH
substrate concentration
iii) Growth curve Estimation of cell number substrate utilization andor product formation
2) Polymerase Chain Reaction
i) PCR amplification from genomic DNA
ii) Nested PCR
iii) Random Amplification of Polymorphic DNA (RAPD)
3) Restriction Fragment Length Polymorphism (RFLP)
3P2 A Biochemical And Environmental Toxicology
1 Qualitative detection of various toxicants in biological samples
Phenothiazine derivatives Organochlorine compounds (Fujiwara test) Phenol Methanol Arsenic (As)
Antimony (Sb) Selenium (Se) Mercury (Hg) Bismuth (Bi) Fluoride (F) Boron (Bo) Gutzeit test for
Antimony (Sb) and Arsenic (As) Spot test for metal toxicants
2 Quantitative determination of Salicylate Paracetamol (acetaminophen) Sulphonamide in biological
samples
3 Enzyme assay in toxic conditions
GOT (AST) GPT (ALT) Acid phosphatase Alkaline phosphatase Acetyl cholinesterase etc
4 Construction of dose-response curves
5 Determination of LD50 value of a toxicant
6 Induction of hepatotoxicity diabetes skin lesions teratogenesis
7 Assay of biomarkers of environmental pollution toxicity
OR
3P2 B) Nutritional Biochemistry
1 Determination of Calcium in food samples
2 Determination of Inorganic Phosphorous in food samples
3 Determination of Iron in food samples
4 Determination of beta carotene in carrots by column chromatography
5 Determination of Ascorbic Acid in food
6 Estimation of Amylase activity
7 Determination of Total Lipids By Sulphophospho vanillin Method
3S1 Seminar
InstitutionalEducational tour For minimum 08 days
36
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
Paper ndash I (Code 4T1) Advanced Clinical Biochemistry
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Analyse evaluate and generate information from a wide variety of sources regarding the key principles of aging and Neurological disorders
2 Analyse the effects of obesity on physiological functions including gene regulation
3 Critically interpret molecular and metabolic diseases and develop new knowledge domain about them
4 To develop effective creative and innovative solutions to current research problems in Reproductive Disease and Reproductive Biochemistry
5 To develop practical laboratory skill for Assisted Reproductive Technology program
37
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
4T1 Advanced Clinical Biochemistry
Unit I Aging and Neurological Disorders
Current view and theories of aging auto immune connection and HLA association processes of
aging and biochemical alteration DNA damage protein oxidation and axonal transport in aging
nutritional intervention as anti-aging therapy
Alzheimerrsquos disease Causes symptoms diagnosis pathogenesis genetics APP ApoE PS2 tau
protein risk factors and therapeutic approaches
Progeria Parkinsonrsquos disease Causes symptoms diagnosis pathogenesis genetics and therapeutic
approaches
Unit II Obesity
Theories lipid metabolism adipose tissue anomalies
Genetic basis of familial obesity effects of neuropeptides and leptin in nutrient partitioning
Obesity related derangements in metabolic regulation Therapeutic approaches
Unit III Molecular and Metabolic Diseases
Human gene map genetic diversity polymorphism genetic linkage chromosomal disorder
Monogenetic Disorders Autosomal dominant autosomal recessive X-linked Multifactorial
disorders Genetic heterogeneity Allelic heterogeneity Pathogenesis of genetic disease
Galactosemia Hemophilia Sickle cell anemia Muscular dystrophy Hypercholesterolemia Gout
Turnerrsquos syndrome
Unit IV Reproductive Biochemistry
Overview of reproductive system and reproduction biochemistry of reproductive disorders (male amp
female) Influence of various factors in reproduction with special reference to role of prostaglandins
and gonadotrophins Mechanism and methods of birth control and possible biochemical
consequences thereof Biochemical markerrsquos in infertility disorders Techniques involved in assisted
reproductive technology (ART) Culture media and cell culture techniques in ART programme
Suggested References
1 Clinical Biochemistry ndash Metabolic and Clinical aspects By-William J Marshall amp Stephen
K Angert
2 Harperrsquos Biochemistry - 27th Ed
3 Text book of Medical Physiology - By Guyton
4 Text book of Physiology -By Burn amp levy
5 Biochemistry ndashBy L Stryer (Freeman amp CoNY)
6 Biochemistry with clinical correlation- By Thomas Devli
7 The Metabolic Basis of Inherited Disease 5th Ed-By John Stanbury
8 Teitz Fundamentals of Clinical Chemistry ndashBy CABurtis amp Ashwood
9 Biochemistry - By Lehninger
10 Lehningerrsquos Biochemistry ndashBy Nelson amp Cox
11 Biochemistry ndashBy Stanford
12 Basic Medical Biochemistry A Clinical approach- By Smith
13 Principles of Internal Medicines- By HarrisonT R
14 Practical Biochemistry Principles amp Techniques- By Wilson amp Walker
15 Practical Biochemistry ndashBy David Plummer
38
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
Paper ndash II (Code 4T2) Advanced Immunology
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Understand details of lymph node microanatomy and learn the B and T cells encounter with antigens and study its development
2 Gain insight into antigen presentation and autophagy on a detailed molecular level
3 Understand immunology of mucosal surfaces and the interplay between commensal flora and the immune system in the gut
4 In-depth knowledge of the cellular and molecular basis for autoimmune disease and allergies
5 Basic knowledge of tumor immunology and the development of novel recombinant antibodies for treatment of cancer and autoimmune disease
39
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
4T2 Advanced Immunology
Unit I Introductory Immunobiology
Complement system Alternative and Classical pathway of complement activation
Immune networks Homeostasis in the immune system-termination of normal immune
responses network hypothesis
In vivo immunity to viruses bacteria fungi protozoa worms etc
Unit II Immunological tolerance and Autoimmunity
Immunologic tolerance T lymphocyte tolerance- central and peripheral Apoptosis in
Lymphocytes-pathways and biochemical mechanisms effector mechanisms Tolerance
induced regulatory T cells B lymphocyte tolerance- Central and Peripheral Homeostasis in
the immune pathogenesis and therapeutic approaches to autoimmunity
Unit III Tumor and Transplantation Immunology Hypersensitivity
General features of tumor immunity tumor antigens Immune response to tumor and
evasion Immunotherapy Types of hypersensitivity Effector mechanisms of immunologic
tissue injury and disease
Unit IV Immunodeficiency and Vaccinology
MHC and disease susceptibility immune deficiency disorders Active immunization
(immune prophylaxis) passive immunization adjuvants modern approaches to vaccine
development role of vaccines in the prevention of disease
Suggested References
1 Cellular and Molecular Immunology- 5th Edition Abul K Abbas Andrew Litchman
2 Immunology-5th Edition Richard A Goldsby Thomas J Kindt Barbara A Osborne
Janis Kuby
3 Immunology- 6th Edition Ivan Roitt Jonathan Brostoff David Male
40
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
Paper ndash III (Code 4T3 A) Toxicology (Clinical Research)
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Have knowledge about assessment and management of ethical clinical trial
programs
2 Demonstrate competency in biopharmaceutical clinical trial research designs and
regulatory affairs
3 Demonstrate competencies in evaluating clinical research data and
communicating results Manage innovative products through the discovery
processes and into the clinical trial phases
4 Identify and classify different types of trial designs when reading a trial report
understand the essential of GLP roles and responsibilities of stakeholders in
clinical trials
41
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
4T3 A) Toxicology (Clinical Research)
Unit I Pre-Clinical Research
Animal studies acute amp chronic toxicity of drugs regulations for number amp types of
animals protocols for animal experimentation Biochemical amp histopathological studies of
animals after drug administration Mechanism amp cause of death Routine toxicity studies amp
special toxicity studies carcinogenicity mutagenicity amp teratogenicity to be given special
emphasis
Unit II Phases of Clinical Research
Phases of clinical research number of volunteers in phase I amp types of patients in phase II to
IV Importance of these investigations Post marketing surveillance (PMS) amp
pharmacovigilence in case of clinical investigations after marketing authorization
Importance of ethical committee protocol design documentation in clinical trials Bio
Availability and Bio Equivalence studies Pharmacokinetics Pharmacodynamics Genomic
studies
Unit III Good lab practices
Good Clinical Practices Good Manufacturing Practices and Good Laboratory Practices
Principles of ICH-GCP History GCP declaration of Helsinki Belmont report Nuremberg
code Tuskgee trial Schedules Y and its amendments ICMR Guidelines Composition
functions amp operations of IRBIEC ethics of clinical trials Health Authorities- CDSCO US-
FDA EMEA and other
Unit IV Roles and Responsibilities of different stake holders in Clinical Research-
Sponsor CRO SMO Ethics Committee Investigator CRA CRC Patients and other
Departments in Clinical Research- Operations Business Development Regulatory
Pharmacovigilance Data Management Centralized Monitoring Quality Finance Important
documents in Clinical Research and importance of documentation in Clinical Research
Stages in clinical trial-Feasibilities PSSV SIV SMV and Close-out visits Audits and
Inspections
Suggested reading
1 Clinical Research Coordinator Handbook Norris Deborrah Plexus Publications
20040601
2 Clinical Research Methodology and Evidence-Based Medicine Babu Ajit N
Anshan 20080530
3 Conducting Clinical Research Judy Stone Biblio Distribution 2006
4 Essentials of clinical research Stephen P Glasser (Edt) Springer Verlag 2008
42
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
Paper ndash III (Code 4T3 B) Nutrition (Applied Nutritional Biochemistry)
Learning outcome Students will be
1 Capable of describing biochemical pathways relevant in nutrient metabolism 2 Capable of using selected biochemical techniques relevant in nutritional
biochemical research 3 Critical reading of scientific articles in nutritional biochemistry 4 Capable of discussing research questions relevant to nutritional biochemistry 5 The ability to ask critical questions and discuss nutritional biochemical research
43
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
4T3 B) Nutrition (Applied Nutritional Biochemistry)
Unit I Clinical nutrition
Role of a dietician role and responsibilities of a dietitian nutrition counseling professional
ethics and obligations
Diet therapy-Rationale for diet therapy (normal diet modifications of the diet to the light
diet soft diet full liquid diet clear liquid tube feeding) Routes for diet therapy-enteral and
parental use of biochemical parameters in the planning of diets use of computers in the
planning of diets
Unit II Nutritional Counseling and Dietetics
Nutritive value of different food groups and changes due to cooking in various food groups
Storage of foods food quality and factors affecting food quality Control of food quality Use
of additives Classification and applications
Unit III Community Nutrition
Opportunities in community Nutrition Assessing Community Resources assessing target
population program planning Assessing communityrsquos nutritional resources Food insecurity
food assistance programs world hunger and food insecurity Principles of nutrition education
and policy making national nutrition agenda
Unit IV Applied Nutrition and Public Health Concept of Health Nutrition and Public Health Nutrition Demographic trends in India and
the significance of certain indices of Health and Nutrition situation of a community IMR
MMR TFR Birth rate Death rate Life expectancy etc) Major nutritional problems in
developing countries Dietary surveys-methods ways of interpretations and analysis
recommendations based on survey findings Assessment of nutritional status biochemical
and anthropometry
Suggested Reading
Clinical nutrition
edited by- professor marinos elia (university of outhampton) professor olle ljungqvist
(karolinska institutet amp oumlrebro university hospital) dr outham outhamp (university of
outhampton professor susan lanham-new (university of surrey) - see more at
httpwwwnutritionsocietyorgpublicationstextbooksclinical-
nutritionsthashw12tfscqdpuf
Public health nutrition
edited by- professor michael gibney (ucd institute of food and health) professor barrie
margetts (university of southampton) dr john kearney (dublin institute of technology)
professor lenore arab (university of california los angeles)
httpwwwnutritionsocietyorgpublicationstextbookspublic-health-
nutritionsthash8pvhu1m0dpuf
Staying healthy with nutrition author- elson m Hass buck levin
American dietetic association complete food and nutrition guide Roberta larson duyff
44
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
MSc Biochemistry CBCS syllabus Effective from 2015-16
SEMESTER 4
Foundation 2 Basic Enzymology
Unit I
Introduction to Enzymology Nomenclature and classification of enzymes History sources of
enzymes (Animal Plant and microorganisms) Protein amp nonprotein nature of enzymes with
examples enzymes as biological catalysts and their importance principle of assay of enzymes and
measurement of activity effect of experimental conditions on measurement of activity such as time pH temp
substrate definition of enzyme unit Stability of enzymes and half life of enzymes Effect of environmental
factors on stability of enzymes Concept of Zymogens and active enzyme with examples effect of activators
and inhibitors on enzyme activity Role of coenzymes and cofactors on enzyme catalysis with examples
Unit II Production amp purification
Method os screening of sources for desired enzymes Availability of the sources for procurement
of enzymes Natural and synthetic Media for microbial enzyme production effect of inducers and
environmental factors on enzyme production by microorganisms
Methods of isolation of enzymes form the source purification of enzyme by dialysis salt and solvent
precipitation chromatography gel filtration Purification by affinity chromatography methods of
determination of purity and nature of of enzymes by simple PAGE SDSPAGE and 2 D electrophoresis
Unit III Enzyme Kinetics
Lock amp key model and Koshland model of enzyme active site Determination of active site of enzyme
Michelis Mentain equation kinetics of reversible irreversible and nonreversible enzymes Line Weaver burk
plot and Eddie Hofstie Plot Determination of kinetic constants and activation energy Effect of competitive
and non-competitive inhibitors on enzyme activity Allosteric enzyme and sigmoidal kinetics
Unit IV Applications of enzymes
Structure and function of multienzyme complex systems such as PDH KGH B oxidation spiral and glycolysis
Advantages of soluble and membrane bound enzymes Futile cycles in Biochemistry
Methods of immobilization of enzymes advantages and disadvantages of immobilization Application of
Immobilized enzymes in agriculture cosmetics detergent dairy brewing and food industries with examples
such as lactase pectinase proteinase invertaselipase etc Application of enzymes in nanotechnology
biosensors etc
Suggested references
1 Enzymology and Enzyme Technology 2014 by SM Bhatt (S Chand)
2 Enzyme Technology 2006 by Ashok Pandey (Editor) Colin Webb (Editor) MARCELO
FERNANDES (Editor) Springer
3 Biocatalysts and enzyme technology 2012 Klaus Buchholz
45
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
4T4 Bioresearch Techniques II (Subject centric core 2)
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Learn describe and build up knowledge domain regarding the latest and most advanced Bioresearch techniques available for biochemical research
2 Be aware select appropriately apply technology platforms and Perform techniques for analysis of DNA and protein expression
3 Evaluation of data and controls related to research techniques 4 Create thought-provoking questions related to the laboratory equipment
46
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
4T4 Bioresearch Techniques II (Subject centric core 2)
UNIT I
Biochemical methods I- Co-immunoprecipitation BiFC bimolecular fluorescence
complementation affinity electrophoresis Pull down assays label transfer yeast two hybrid
screens phage display
UNIT II
Biochemical methods II- In-vivo crosslinking of protein complexes using photo-reactive
amino acid analogs Tandem affinity purification (TAP) Chemical cross-linking SPINE
(Strepprotein interaction experiment) Quantitative immunoprecipitation combined with
knock-down (QUICK) Proximity ligation assay (PLA) in situ
UNIT III
Biophysical and theoretical methods I
Bio-Layer Interferometry
Dual polarisation interferometry (DPI)
Static light scattering (SLS)
Dynamic light scattering (DLS)
Surface plasmon resonance
UNIT IV
Biophysical and theoretical methods II
Fluorescence polarizationanisotropy
Fluorescence correlation spectroscopy
FRET BRET
2D-FT NMR spectroscopy
Proteinndashprotein docking
Isothermal Titration Calorimetry (ITC)
Isothermal Titration Calorimetry (ITC)
Suggested References
1 Molecular Biology of The Cell Alberts 5th Edition 2007 NCBI Publication
2 Principles of Biochemistry Lehninger WH Freeman
3 Biochemistry of Signal Transduction and Regulation-shy‐ Gerhard Krauss
Wiley VCH 3rd Revised Edition
4 Molecular Cell Biology Lodish 6th Edition WH Freeman amp Company
5 The cell Cooper 2nd Edition ASM Press
6 Gene IX Benjamin Lewin
Published by Pearson Prentice Hall
7 Cell and Molecular Biology Gerald Karp
8 Molecular Biology Robert Weaver 1st Edition WCBNMcGraw-shy‐Hill
9 Molecular Biology of the Gene Watson 6th Edition Pearson Publication
10 Gene Regulation A Eukaryotic Perspective David Latchman 5 illustrated Taylor amp
Francis 2005
47
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
4P1 Advanced Clinical Biochemistry and Immunology and Toxicology and Nutrition
1 Demonstration of dialysis using blood filtrate (Protein Separation)
2 Immunology
a Quantitative Estimation of Antibody
b Precipitation Techniques Double Immunodiffusion Single (Radial)
Immunodiffusion
3 Electrophoretic Techniques Immuno-electrophoresisRocket Immunoelectrophoresis
Immuno-diffusion
4 To assay cathepsin D ATPase (NaKCaMg) Lipid peroxidase enzymes
5 Assay of Acetylcholine esterase activity in rat brain
6 Assay of monoamine oxidase
7 Fractionation of tissues and assay of proteins
8 Assay of ornithine amino transferase
9 Glutathione Estimation
10 Organ tissue morphology histopathology
11 Assay of toxicant biotransformation enzyme-cytochrome P450
12 Test for teratogenecity carcinogenecity Ames test
13 To perform pair wise alignment of sequences using BLAST program
14 To design primers for the given gene sequences
15 To perform multiple sequence alignment and generate phylogenetic tree
16 To retrieve and visualize the three dimensional structures of proteins
17 To retrieve metagenomic sequences and primer designing to develop STS marker
OR
18 Determination of Triglycerides
19 Proximate Analysis of Food Samples
48
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4 Project
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Plan and develop experimental design projects from concept through to professional
prototype
2 Apply theoretical knowledge conceptual skills and techniques to the development of
solutions for biochemical problems
3 Apply initiative and judgment in planning problem solving and decision making in
practice or future study
4 Design a research project and submit in a form of thesis they will present their results of
the thesis to an audience of peers and faculty and be able to defend their results during
final evaluation
4PROJ PROJECT
4S1 Seminar
28
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
Semester 3
Paper ndash III (Code 3T3 A) Toxicology (Biochemical And Environmental Toxicology)
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 To understand key principles of toxicology including various factors affecting toxicity and toxicity assessment
2 To evaluate analyse disposition of toxicants and factor affecting to disposition of toxicants
3 The know how of toxicokinetics and biotransformation 4 To critically analyse and interpret non-organ directed toxicity To
study effect of environmental toxicity on human beings
5 To develop an understanding of the genetic toxicology and
Developmental Toxicology for scientific research practices
6 Critical evaluation of relationship between target organ toxicity for
experimental designs
29
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 3
Core Elective 1
3T3 A) Toxicology (Biochemical And Environmental Toxicology)
Unit I General principles of Toxicology
Definition Different facets of toxicology and their interrelationships Classification of toxic
agents Desired and undesired effects
Various factors affecting toxicity vehicles formulation factors biological half life volume
and concentration dose dosage forms routes of administration entry genetic status etc
Principles of selective toxicity comparative morphology comparative biochemistry
comparative cytology
Toxicity assessment acute subchronic chronic exposure determination of ED50 and LD50
values tests for mutagenecity carcinogenicity genotoxicity Ames test
Unit II Disposition of Toxicants
Factors affecting disposition of toxicants absorption distribution biotransformation
elimination
Absorption through gastro-intestinal tract lungs skin
Distribution storage in tissues blood-brain barrier passage across placenta redistribution
Biotransformation Phase I and II reactions metabolic interrelationship antidotal therapy
Excretion urinary fecal exhalation other routes
Toxicokinetics classic and physiologic
Unit III A) Non ndashorgan directed toxicity
Chemical carcinogenesis definition mechanism
Genetic toxicology definition health impacts and mechanism of induction of genetic
alterations
Developmental toxicology definition principles mechanism and pathogenesis of
developmental toxicity
B) Environmental Toxicology
Air pollution definition air pollutants health effects and risk assessment of air pollution
Introduction to Ecotoxicology
Unit IV Target organ toxicity
Skin skin as a barrier dermatitis acne urticaria
Toxic responses of the blood blood as a target organ toxicology of erythron leukon and
platelets
Toxic responses of the liver physiology and pathophysiology factors in liver injury
mechanism of liver injury
Toxic responses of the respiratory system lungs structure and functions pulmonotoxic
agents pathogenesis of chemical induced damage acute and chronic responses of lungs to
injury
Suggested References
1 Casarette and Doullrsquos Toxicology by Klaassen CD
2 Biochemical Toxicology of Environmental Agents by Bruine D
3 Detoxification mechanisms by Williams RT
4 Selective Toxicity by Albert A
5 Developmental Toxicology by Hood RD
30
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 3
Paper ndash III (Code 3T3 B) Nutrition (Nutritional Biochemistry) (Core Elective 1)
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Capably describe the biochemical techniques that are relevant for the investigation of nutrient metabolism
2 Understand key principles of energy expenditure thermogenic effects Energy requirements and role of dietary fibers in nutrition
3 To read interpret and discuss protein energy malnutrition disorders of mineral metabolism for scientific research
4 To develop an understanding of the observational and experimental character of science in nutritional biochemistry
5 To communicate role of clinical nutrition and food allergies in scientific communication frameworks such as written reports and open discussion
31
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 3
3T3 B Nutrition (Nutritional Biochemistry) (Core Elective 1)
Unit I Basic Concepts
Basic Concept Energy content of foods Measurements of energy expenditure Direct amp
Indirect calorimetry Definition of BMR and SDA and factors affecting these Thermogenic
effects of foods Energy requirements of man and woman and factors affecting energy
requirements
Role of dietary fibers in nutrition
Unit II Nutritional Disorders
Protein Energy Malnutrition (PEM) Aetiology Clinical features Metabolic disorders
and Management of Marasmus and Kwashiorkor diseases
Disorders of Mineral Metabolism Hypercalecemia Hypocalcaemia Normocalcemia
Hyperphosphatemia
Unit III Starvation and Antinutrients
Starvation Techniques for studying starvation protein metabolim in prolonged fasting
protein sparing treatments during fasting Concept of high protein low calorific weight
reduction diets
Antinutrients Naturally occurring food borne toxicants protease inhibitors hemagglutins
hepatotoxins allergens oxalates toxins from mushrooms animal food stuffs and sea foods
Unit IV Clinical Nutrition and Food Allergies
Clinical Nutrition Role of diet and nutrition in the prevention and treatment of diseases
dental caries Fluorosis Atherosclerosis amp Rheumatic disorders Inherited metabolic
Disorders Phenylketonuria Maple Syrup disease amp Hemocystinuria
Food Allergies Definition role of antigen host and environment types of
hypersensitivities diagnosis and treatment of allergy
Suggested Reading 1 Basics of clinical nutrition author- yk joshi jaypee publication
2 Nutrition for the community Gully baba publishing house
Essentials of human nutrition author-jim mann amp stewart truswell oxford university press
3 Introduction to human nutrition
edited by- professor michael gibney (ucd institute of food and health) professor susan lanham-new
(university of surrey) professor aedin Cassidy (university of east anglia) professor hester vorster (north-
west university south africa) httpwwwnutritionsocietyorgpublicationstextbooksintroduction-to-
human-nutritionsthashtdyscawhdpuf
4 Nutrition and metabolism
edited by- professor susan lanham-new (university of surrey) professor ian macdonald (university of
nottingham) professor helen roche (unviersity college dublin) -
httpwwwnutritionsocietyorgpublicationstextbooksnutrition-and-metabolismsthashiusrjtiudpuf
32
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 3
Foundation Course 1 Biomolecules and Basic Metabolism
Unit I Carbohydrates and metabolism
Classification of carbohydrates Structure occurrence and biological importance of
monosaccharides oligosaccharides and polysaccharides
Introduction to Metabolism glycolysis glucogenesis and gluconeogenesis TCA cycle and its
amphibolic role energetics of carbohydrate metabolismAlternate pathways HMP shunt Enter-
Doudoroff glucuronate and glyoxylate pathways Corirsquos cycle
Unit II Lipids and metabolism
Classification of lipids Fatty acids Saturated and unsaturated fatty acids Essential fatty acids
Glycerophospholipids Glycolipids properties and functions
Metabolism Oxidation of fatty acids even and odd numbered unsaturated and branched chain fatty
acids
Degradation and biosynthesis of triacylglycerols and phospholipids energetic of beta- oxidation
Cholesterol biosynthesis catabolism and regulation
Unit III Proteins and metabolism
Classification of amino acids and proteins Protein structures primary secondary tertiary and
quarternary structure General metabolic reaction of amino acids transamination oxidative
deamination minor pathways of amino acid degradation transdeamination amino acid oxidase non
oxidative deamination
Degradation and biosynthesis of amino acids glycogenic and ketogenic amino acids Urea cycle
pathway and regulation
Unit IV Minerals and metabolism
Major and minor and ultra trace minerals their occurrence functions toxicity and interaction with
other nutrients
Iron metabolism and regulation
Calcium and phosphorus metabolism and regulation
Suggested Reading
1 Biophysical Techniques- Upadhyay Upadhyay and Nath
2 Principles of Biochemistry- Lehninger David L Nelson and Michael M Cox
3 Enzymes- Malcolm Dixon and Edwin Webb
4 Harperrsquos Biochemistry- Harper
5 Biochemistry- Western and Todd
6 Cell and Molecular Biology-Gerald Karp
7 Fundamentals of Biochemistry-Donald Voet Judith G Voet and Charlotte W Bratt
33
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 3
Paper ndash IV (Code 3T4 ) Bioresearch Techniques I (Subject centric core 1)
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Understand key principles of how flow cytometer work including data
analysis for their applications
2 Improve on skillful process of the animal cell culture techniques and
experimental demand of knowledge including an appreciation of the
need for good experimental design and scientific research practices
3 To incline intellectual curiosity in DNA and RNA techniques and
related fields that extends well beyond the course
4 To develop practical laboratory skills in the field of DNA and RNA
techniques
34
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 3
3T4 Bioresearch Techniques I (Subject centric core 1)
Unit I Flow cytometry
Principles of flow cytometry Instrument overview principle of fluorescence sample preparation
data analysis and applications of flow cytometry Overview Fludics Generation of Scatter and
fluorescence ( Optical bench optical filters signal detection Treshold) Data Analysis (Data
Collection and Display gating data analysis for subsetting applications Data analysis for ther
applications) Sorting Lasers and Alignment (Working of lasers and laser alignment)
Unit II Animal cell culture techniques
Animal cell Culture Cell culture (adherent and suspension) basic equipment cell culture media-
Components sterility buffering capacity growth requirements supplementation of serum antibiotic
and antimycotic agents preparation of medium advantages and limitations of Primary cell culture
clonal cell lines basic technique a of animal cell subcultuing disaggregation method for quantitation
of cells in culture counting chamber counters cell viability determination cytotoxicity assay and its
applications cell apoptosis assay and its applications 3 D cultures
Unit III DNA techniques
Isolation Sequencing Restriction Nucleases Gel Electrophoresis DNA probes Nucleic acid
hybridization Southern blotting DNA fingerprinting and DNA typing DNA Library
DNA sequencing Sanger and Maxam Gilbert
Restriction Mapping DNase foot printing DMS foot printing knockouts
PCR RFLP RAPD AFLP SNP
Unit IV RNA techniques
Isolation Hybridization Northern Blotting in vitro labeling with radioisotopes and chemical
markers
Mapping and quantifying transcripts S1assay primer extension run off transcription
Transcription rate measurement in vivo Nuclear run on transcription reporter gene N transcription
si RNA technology gene silencing techniques its applications microarrays ribozyme technology
Suggested References
1 Molecular Biology of The Cell Alberts 5th Edition 2007 NCBI Publication
2 Principles of Biochemistry Lehninger WH Freeman
3 Biochemistry of Signal Transduction and Regulation-shy‐ Gerhard Krauss
Wiley VCH 3rd Revised Edition
4 Molecular Cell Biology Lodish 6th Edition WH Freeman amp Company
5 The cell Cooper 2nd Edition ASM Press
6 Gene IX Benjamin Lewin
Published by Pearson Prentice Hall
7 Cell and Molecular Biology Gerald Karp
8 Molecular Biology Robert Weaver 1st Edition WCBNMcGraw-shy‐Hill
9 Molecular Biology of the Gene Watson 6th Edition Pearson Publication
10 Gene Regulation A Eukaryotic Perspective David Latchman 5 illustrated Taylor amp Francis
2005
35
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 3
3P1 Biotechnology And Molecular Biology
1) Fermentation
i) Isolation of microorganisms from soil demonstrating synthesis capability of desired product
Gram staining (Desired property to be decided by the instructor) and screening
ii) Optimization of the lab scale production of the desired product Effect of temperature pH
substrate concentration
iii) Growth curve Estimation of cell number substrate utilization andor product formation
2) Polymerase Chain Reaction
i) PCR amplification from genomic DNA
ii) Nested PCR
iii) Random Amplification of Polymorphic DNA (RAPD)
3) Restriction Fragment Length Polymorphism (RFLP)
3P2 A Biochemical And Environmental Toxicology
1 Qualitative detection of various toxicants in biological samples
Phenothiazine derivatives Organochlorine compounds (Fujiwara test) Phenol Methanol Arsenic (As)
Antimony (Sb) Selenium (Se) Mercury (Hg) Bismuth (Bi) Fluoride (F) Boron (Bo) Gutzeit test for
Antimony (Sb) and Arsenic (As) Spot test for metal toxicants
2 Quantitative determination of Salicylate Paracetamol (acetaminophen) Sulphonamide in biological
samples
3 Enzyme assay in toxic conditions
GOT (AST) GPT (ALT) Acid phosphatase Alkaline phosphatase Acetyl cholinesterase etc
4 Construction of dose-response curves
5 Determination of LD50 value of a toxicant
6 Induction of hepatotoxicity diabetes skin lesions teratogenesis
7 Assay of biomarkers of environmental pollution toxicity
OR
3P2 B) Nutritional Biochemistry
1 Determination of Calcium in food samples
2 Determination of Inorganic Phosphorous in food samples
3 Determination of Iron in food samples
4 Determination of beta carotene in carrots by column chromatography
5 Determination of Ascorbic Acid in food
6 Estimation of Amylase activity
7 Determination of Total Lipids By Sulphophospho vanillin Method
3S1 Seminar
InstitutionalEducational tour For minimum 08 days
36
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
Paper ndash I (Code 4T1) Advanced Clinical Biochemistry
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Analyse evaluate and generate information from a wide variety of sources regarding the key principles of aging and Neurological disorders
2 Analyse the effects of obesity on physiological functions including gene regulation
3 Critically interpret molecular and metabolic diseases and develop new knowledge domain about them
4 To develop effective creative and innovative solutions to current research problems in Reproductive Disease and Reproductive Biochemistry
5 To develop practical laboratory skill for Assisted Reproductive Technology program
37
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
4T1 Advanced Clinical Biochemistry
Unit I Aging and Neurological Disorders
Current view and theories of aging auto immune connection and HLA association processes of
aging and biochemical alteration DNA damage protein oxidation and axonal transport in aging
nutritional intervention as anti-aging therapy
Alzheimerrsquos disease Causes symptoms diagnosis pathogenesis genetics APP ApoE PS2 tau
protein risk factors and therapeutic approaches
Progeria Parkinsonrsquos disease Causes symptoms diagnosis pathogenesis genetics and therapeutic
approaches
Unit II Obesity
Theories lipid metabolism adipose tissue anomalies
Genetic basis of familial obesity effects of neuropeptides and leptin in nutrient partitioning
Obesity related derangements in metabolic regulation Therapeutic approaches
Unit III Molecular and Metabolic Diseases
Human gene map genetic diversity polymorphism genetic linkage chromosomal disorder
Monogenetic Disorders Autosomal dominant autosomal recessive X-linked Multifactorial
disorders Genetic heterogeneity Allelic heterogeneity Pathogenesis of genetic disease
Galactosemia Hemophilia Sickle cell anemia Muscular dystrophy Hypercholesterolemia Gout
Turnerrsquos syndrome
Unit IV Reproductive Biochemistry
Overview of reproductive system and reproduction biochemistry of reproductive disorders (male amp
female) Influence of various factors in reproduction with special reference to role of prostaglandins
and gonadotrophins Mechanism and methods of birth control and possible biochemical
consequences thereof Biochemical markerrsquos in infertility disorders Techniques involved in assisted
reproductive technology (ART) Culture media and cell culture techniques in ART programme
Suggested References
1 Clinical Biochemistry ndash Metabolic and Clinical aspects By-William J Marshall amp Stephen
K Angert
2 Harperrsquos Biochemistry - 27th Ed
3 Text book of Medical Physiology - By Guyton
4 Text book of Physiology -By Burn amp levy
5 Biochemistry ndashBy L Stryer (Freeman amp CoNY)
6 Biochemistry with clinical correlation- By Thomas Devli
7 The Metabolic Basis of Inherited Disease 5th Ed-By John Stanbury
8 Teitz Fundamentals of Clinical Chemistry ndashBy CABurtis amp Ashwood
9 Biochemistry - By Lehninger
10 Lehningerrsquos Biochemistry ndashBy Nelson amp Cox
11 Biochemistry ndashBy Stanford
12 Basic Medical Biochemistry A Clinical approach- By Smith
13 Principles of Internal Medicines- By HarrisonT R
14 Practical Biochemistry Principles amp Techniques- By Wilson amp Walker
15 Practical Biochemistry ndashBy David Plummer
38
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
Paper ndash II (Code 4T2) Advanced Immunology
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Understand details of lymph node microanatomy and learn the B and T cells encounter with antigens and study its development
2 Gain insight into antigen presentation and autophagy on a detailed molecular level
3 Understand immunology of mucosal surfaces and the interplay between commensal flora and the immune system in the gut
4 In-depth knowledge of the cellular and molecular basis for autoimmune disease and allergies
5 Basic knowledge of tumor immunology and the development of novel recombinant antibodies for treatment of cancer and autoimmune disease
39
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
4T2 Advanced Immunology
Unit I Introductory Immunobiology
Complement system Alternative and Classical pathway of complement activation
Immune networks Homeostasis in the immune system-termination of normal immune
responses network hypothesis
In vivo immunity to viruses bacteria fungi protozoa worms etc
Unit II Immunological tolerance and Autoimmunity
Immunologic tolerance T lymphocyte tolerance- central and peripheral Apoptosis in
Lymphocytes-pathways and biochemical mechanisms effector mechanisms Tolerance
induced regulatory T cells B lymphocyte tolerance- Central and Peripheral Homeostasis in
the immune pathogenesis and therapeutic approaches to autoimmunity
Unit III Tumor and Transplantation Immunology Hypersensitivity
General features of tumor immunity tumor antigens Immune response to tumor and
evasion Immunotherapy Types of hypersensitivity Effector mechanisms of immunologic
tissue injury and disease
Unit IV Immunodeficiency and Vaccinology
MHC and disease susceptibility immune deficiency disorders Active immunization
(immune prophylaxis) passive immunization adjuvants modern approaches to vaccine
development role of vaccines in the prevention of disease
Suggested References
1 Cellular and Molecular Immunology- 5th Edition Abul K Abbas Andrew Litchman
2 Immunology-5th Edition Richard A Goldsby Thomas J Kindt Barbara A Osborne
Janis Kuby
3 Immunology- 6th Edition Ivan Roitt Jonathan Brostoff David Male
40
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
Paper ndash III (Code 4T3 A) Toxicology (Clinical Research)
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Have knowledge about assessment and management of ethical clinical trial
programs
2 Demonstrate competency in biopharmaceutical clinical trial research designs and
regulatory affairs
3 Demonstrate competencies in evaluating clinical research data and
communicating results Manage innovative products through the discovery
processes and into the clinical trial phases
4 Identify and classify different types of trial designs when reading a trial report
understand the essential of GLP roles and responsibilities of stakeholders in
clinical trials
41
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
4T3 A) Toxicology (Clinical Research)
Unit I Pre-Clinical Research
Animal studies acute amp chronic toxicity of drugs regulations for number amp types of
animals protocols for animal experimentation Biochemical amp histopathological studies of
animals after drug administration Mechanism amp cause of death Routine toxicity studies amp
special toxicity studies carcinogenicity mutagenicity amp teratogenicity to be given special
emphasis
Unit II Phases of Clinical Research
Phases of clinical research number of volunteers in phase I amp types of patients in phase II to
IV Importance of these investigations Post marketing surveillance (PMS) amp
pharmacovigilence in case of clinical investigations after marketing authorization
Importance of ethical committee protocol design documentation in clinical trials Bio
Availability and Bio Equivalence studies Pharmacokinetics Pharmacodynamics Genomic
studies
Unit III Good lab practices
Good Clinical Practices Good Manufacturing Practices and Good Laboratory Practices
Principles of ICH-GCP History GCP declaration of Helsinki Belmont report Nuremberg
code Tuskgee trial Schedules Y and its amendments ICMR Guidelines Composition
functions amp operations of IRBIEC ethics of clinical trials Health Authorities- CDSCO US-
FDA EMEA and other
Unit IV Roles and Responsibilities of different stake holders in Clinical Research-
Sponsor CRO SMO Ethics Committee Investigator CRA CRC Patients and other
Departments in Clinical Research- Operations Business Development Regulatory
Pharmacovigilance Data Management Centralized Monitoring Quality Finance Important
documents in Clinical Research and importance of documentation in Clinical Research
Stages in clinical trial-Feasibilities PSSV SIV SMV and Close-out visits Audits and
Inspections
Suggested reading
1 Clinical Research Coordinator Handbook Norris Deborrah Plexus Publications
20040601
2 Clinical Research Methodology and Evidence-Based Medicine Babu Ajit N
Anshan 20080530
3 Conducting Clinical Research Judy Stone Biblio Distribution 2006
4 Essentials of clinical research Stephen P Glasser (Edt) Springer Verlag 2008
42
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
Paper ndash III (Code 4T3 B) Nutrition (Applied Nutritional Biochemistry)
Learning outcome Students will be
1 Capable of describing biochemical pathways relevant in nutrient metabolism 2 Capable of using selected biochemical techniques relevant in nutritional
biochemical research 3 Critical reading of scientific articles in nutritional biochemistry 4 Capable of discussing research questions relevant to nutritional biochemistry 5 The ability to ask critical questions and discuss nutritional biochemical research
43
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
4T3 B) Nutrition (Applied Nutritional Biochemistry)
Unit I Clinical nutrition
Role of a dietician role and responsibilities of a dietitian nutrition counseling professional
ethics and obligations
Diet therapy-Rationale for diet therapy (normal diet modifications of the diet to the light
diet soft diet full liquid diet clear liquid tube feeding) Routes for diet therapy-enteral and
parental use of biochemical parameters in the planning of diets use of computers in the
planning of diets
Unit II Nutritional Counseling and Dietetics
Nutritive value of different food groups and changes due to cooking in various food groups
Storage of foods food quality and factors affecting food quality Control of food quality Use
of additives Classification and applications
Unit III Community Nutrition
Opportunities in community Nutrition Assessing Community Resources assessing target
population program planning Assessing communityrsquos nutritional resources Food insecurity
food assistance programs world hunger and food insecurity Principles of nutrition education
and policy making national nutrition agenda
Unit IV Applied Nutrition and Public Health Concept of Health Nutrition and Public Health Nutrition Demographic trends in India and
the significance of certain indices of Health and Nutrition situation of a community IMR
MMR TFR Birth rate Death rate Life expectancy etc) Major nutritional problems in
developing countries Dietary surveys-methods ways of interpretations and analysis
recommendations based on survey findings Assessment of nutritional status biochemical
and anthropometry
Suggested Reading
Clinical nutrition
edited by- professor marinos elia (university of outhampton) professor olle ljungqvist
(karolinska institutet amp oumlrebro university hospital) dr outham outhamp (university of
outhampton professor susan lanham-new (university of surrey) - see more at
httpwwwnutritionsocietyorgpublicationstextbooksclinical-
nutritionsthashw12tfscqdpuf
Public health nutrition
edited by- professor michael gibney (ucd institute of food and health) professor barrie
margetts (university of southampton) dr john kearney (dublin institute of technology)
professor lenore arab (university of california los angeles)
httpwwwnutritionsocietyorgpublicationstextbookspublic-health-
nutritionsthash8pvhu1m0dpuf
Staying healthy with nutrition author- elson m Hass buck levin
American dietetic association complete food and nutrition guide Roberta larson duyff
44
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
MSc Biochemistry CBCS syllabus Effective from 2015-16
SEMESTER 4
Foundation 2 Basic Enzymology
Unit I
Introduction to Enzymology Nomenclature and classification of enzymes History sources of
enzymes (Animal Plant and microorganisms) Protein amp nonprotein nature of enzymes with
examples enzymes as biological catalysts and their importance principle of assay of enzymes and
measurement of activity effect of experimental conditions on measurement of activity such as time pH temp
substrate definition of enzyme unit Stability of enzymes and half life of enzymes Effect of environmental
factors on stability of enzymes Concept of Zymogens and active enzyme with examples effect of activators
and inhibitors on enzyme activity Role of coenzymes and cofactors on enzyme catalysis with examples
Unit II Production amp purification
Method os screening of sources for desired enzymes Availability of the sources for procurement
of enzymes Natural and synthetic Media for microbial enzyme production effect of inducers and
environmental factors on enzyme production by microorganisms
Methods of isolation of enzymes form the source purification of enzyme by dialysis salt and solvent
precipitation chromatography gel filtration Purification by affinity chromatography methods of
determination of purity and nature of of enzymes by simple PAGE SDSPAGE and 2 D electrophoresis
Unit III Enzyme Kinetics
Lock amp key model and Koshland model of enzyme active site Determination of active site of enzyme
Michelis Mentain equation kinetics of reversible irreversible and nonreversible enzymes Line Weaver burk
plot and Eddie Hofstie Plot Determination of kinetic constants and activation energy Effect of competitive
and non-competitive inhibitors on enzyme activity Allosteric enzyme and sigmoidal kinetics
Unit IV Applications of enzymes
Structure and function of multienzyme complex systems such as PDH KGH B oxidation spiral and glycolysis
Advantages of soluble and membrane bound enzymes Futile cycles in Biochemistry
Methods of immobilization of enzymes advantages and disadvantages of immobilization Application of
Immobilized enzymes in agriculture cosmetics detergent dairy brewing and food industries with examples
such as lactase pectinase proteinase invertaselipase etc Application of enzymes in nanotechnology
biosensors etc
Suggested references
1 Enzymology and Enzyme Technology 2014 by SM Bhatt (S Chand)
2 Enzyme Technology 2006 by Ashok Pandey (Editor) Colin Webb (Editor) MARCELO
FERNANDES (Editor) Springer
3 Biocatalysts and enzyme technology 2012 Klaus Buchholz
45
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
4T4 Bioresearch Techniques II (Subject centric core 2)
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Learn describe and build up knowledge domain regarding the latest and most advanced Bioresearch techniques available for biochemical research
2 Be aware select appropriately apply technology platforms and Perform techniques for analysis of DNA and protein expression
3 Evaluation of data and controls related to research techniques 4 Create thought-provoking questions related to the laboratory equipment
46
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
4T4 Bioresearch Techniques II (Subject centric core 2)
UNIT I
Biochemical methods I- Co-immunoprecipitation BiFC bimolecular fluorescence
complementation affinity electrophoresis Pull down assays label transfer yeast two hybrid
screens phage display
UNIT II
Biochemical methods II- In-vivo crosslinking of protein complexes using photo-reactive
amino acid analogs Tandem affinity purification (TAP) Chemical cross-linking SPINE
(Strepprotein interaction experiment) Quantitative immunoprecipitation combined with
knock-down (QUICK) Proximity ligation assay (PLA) in situ
UNIT III
Biophysical and theoretical methods I
Bio-Layer Interferometry
Dual polarisation interferometry (DPI)
Static light scattering (SLS)
Dynamic light scattering (DLS)
Surface plasmon resonance
UNIT IV
Biophysical and theoretical methods II
Fluorescence polarizationanisotropy
Fluorescence correlation spectroscopy
FRET BRET
2D-FT NMR spectroscopy
Proteinndashprotein docking
Isothermal Titration Calorimetry (ITC)
Isothermal Titration Calorimetry (ITC)
Suggested References
1 Molecular Biology of The Cell Alberts 5th Edition 2007 NCBI Publication
2 Principles of Biochemistry Lehninger WH Freeman
3 Biochemistry of Signal Transduction and Regulation-shy‐ Gerhard Krauss
Wiley VCH 3rd Revised Edition
4 Molecular Cell Biology Lodish 6th Edition WH Freeman amp Company
5 The cell Cooper 2nd Edition ASM Press
6 Gene IX Benjamin Lewin
Published by Pearson Prentice Hall
7 Cell and Molecular Biology Gerald Karp
8 Molecular Biology Robert Weaver 1st Edition WCBNMcGraw-shy‐Hill
9 Molecular Biology of the Gene Watson 6th Edition Pearson Publication
10 Gene Regulation A Eukaryotic Perspective David Latchman 5 illustrated Taylor amp
Francis 2005
47
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
4P1 Advanced Clinical Biochemistry and Immunology and Toxicology and Nutrition
1 Demonstration of dialysis using blood filtrate (Protein Separation)
2 Immunology
a Quantitative Estimation of Antibody
b Precipitation Techniques Double Immunodiffusion Single (Radial)
Immunodiffusion
3 Electrophoretic Techniques Immuno-electrophoresisRocket Immunoelectrophoresis
Immuno-diffusion
4 To assay cathepsin D ATPase (NaKCaMg) Lipid peroxidase enzymes
5 Assay of Acetylcholine esterase activity in rat brain
6 Assay of monoamine oxidase
7 Fractionation of tissues and assay of proteins
8 Assay of ornithine amino transferase
9 Glutathione Estimation
10 Organ tissue morphology histopathology
11 Assay of toxicant biotransformation enzyme-cytochrome P450
12 Test for teratogenecity carcinogenecity Ames test
13 To perform pair wise alignment of sequences using BLAST program
14 To design primers for the given gene sequences
15 To perform multiple sequence alignment and generate phylogenetic tree
16 To retrieve and visualize the three dimensional structures of proteins
17 To retrieve metagenomic sequences and primer designing to develop STS marker
OR
18 Determination of Triglycerides
19 Proximate Analysis of Food Samples
48
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4 Project
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Plan and develop experimental design projects from concept through to professional
prototype
2 Apply theoretical knowledge conceptual skills and techniques to the development of
solutions for biochemical problems
3 Apply initiative and judgment in planning problem solving and decision making in
practice or future study
4 Design a research project and submit in a form of thesis they will present their results of
the thesis to an audience of peers and faculty and be able to defend their results during
final evaluation
4PROJ PROJECT
4S1 Seminar
29
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 3
Core Elective 1
3T3 A) Toxicology (Biochemical And Environmental Toxicology)
Unit I General principles of Toxicology
Definition Different facets of toxicology and their interrelationships Classification of toxic
agents Desired and undesired effects
Various factors affecting toxicity vehicles formulation factors biological half life volume
and concentration dose dosage forms routes of administration entry genetic status etc
Principles of selective toxicity comparative morphology comparative biochemistry
comparative cytology
Toxicity assessment acute subchronic chronic exposure determination of ED50 and LD50
values tests for mutagenecity carcinogenicity genotoxicity Ames test
Unit II Disposition of Toxicants
Factors affecting disposition of toxicants absorption distribution biotransformation
elimination
Absorption through gastro-intestinal tract lungs skin
Distribution storage in tissues blood-brain barrier passage across placenta redistribution
Biotransformation Phase I and II reactions metabolic interrelationship antidotal therapy
Excretion urinary fecal exhalation other routes
Toxicokinetics classic and physiologic
Unit III A) Non ndashorgan directed toxicity
Chemical carcinogenesis definition mechanism
Genetic toxicology definition health impacts and mechanism of induction of genetic
alterations
Developmental toxicology definition principles mechanism and pathogenesis of
developmental toxicity
B) Environmental Toxicology
Air pollution definition air pollutants health effects and risk assessment of air pollution
Introduction to Ecotoxicology
Unit IV Target organ toxicity
Skin skin as a barrier dermatitis acne urticaria
Toxic responses of the blood blood as a target organ toxicology of erythron leukon and
platelets
Toxic responses of the liver physiology and pathophysiology factors in liver injury
mechanism of liver injury
Toxic responses of the respiratory system lungs structure and functions pulmonotoxic
agents pathogenesis of chemical induced damage acute and chronic responses of lungs to
injury
Suggested References
1 Casarette and Doullrsquos Toxicology by Klaassen CD
2 Biochemical Toxicology of Environmental Agents by Bruine D
3 Detoxification mechanisms by Williams RT
4 Selective Toxicity by Albert A
5 Developmental Toxicology by Hood RD
30
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 3
Paper ndash III (Code 3T3 B) Nutrition (Nutritional Biochemistry) (Core Elective 1)
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Capably describe the biochemical techniques that are relevant for the investigation of nutrient metabolism
2 Understand key principles of energy expenditure thermogenic effects Energy requirements and role of dietary fibers in nutrition
3 To read interpret and discuss protein energy malnutrition disorders of mineral metabolism for scientific research
4 To develop an understanding of the observational and experimental character of science in nutritional biochemistry
5 To communicate role of clinical nutrition and food allergies in scientific communication frameworks such as written reports and open discussion
31
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 3
3T3 B Nutrition (Nutritional Biochemistry) (Core Elective 1)
Unit I Basic Concepts
Basic Concept Energy content of foods Measurements of energy expenditure Direct amp
Indirect calorimetry Definition of BMR and SDA and factors affecting these Thermogenic
effects of foods Energy requirements of man and woman and factors affecting energy
requirements
Role of dietary fibers in nutrition
Unit II Nutritional Disorders
Protein Energy Malnutrition (PEM) Aetiology Clinical features Metabolic disorders
and Management of Marasmus and Kwashiorkor diseases
Disorders of Mineral Metabolism Hypercalecemia Hypocalcaemia Normocalcemia
Hyperphosphatemia
Unit III Starvation and Antinutrients
Starvation Techniques for studying starvation protein metabolim in prolonged fasting
protein sparing treatments during fasting Concept of high protein low calorific weight
reduction diets
Antinutrients Naturally occurring food borne toxicants protease inhibitors hemagglutins
hepatotoxins allergens oxalates toxins from mushrooms animal food stuffs and sea foods
Unit IV Clinical Nutrition and Food Allergies
Clinical Nutrition Role of diet and nutrition in the prevention and treatment of diseases
dental caries Fluorosis Atherosclerosis amp Rheumatic disorders Inherited metabolic
Disorders Phenylketonuria Maple Syrup disease amp Hemocystinuria
Food Allergies Definition role of antigen host and environment types of
hypersensitivities diagnosis and treatment of allergy
Suggested Reading 1 Basics of clinical nutrition author- yk joshi jaypee publication
2 Nutrition for the community Gully baba publishing house
Essentials of human nutrition author-jim mann amp stewart truswell oxford university press
3 Introduction to human nutrition
edited by- professor michael gibney (ucd institute of food and health) professor susan lanham-new
(university of surrey) professor aedin Cassidy (university of east anglia) professor hester vorster (north-
west university south africa) httpwwwnutritionsocietyorgpublicationstextbooksintroduction-to-
human-nutritionsthashtdyscawhdpuf
4 Nutrition and metabolism
edited by- professor susan lanham-new (university of surrey) professor ian macdonald (university of
nottingham) professor helen roche (unviersity college dublin) -
httpwwwnutritionsocietyorgpublicationstextbooksnutrition-and-metabolismsthashiusrjtiudpuf
32
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 3
Foundation Course 1 Biomolecules and Basic Metabolism
Unit I Carbohydrates and metabolism
Classification of carbohydrates Structure occurrence and biological importance of
monosaccharides oligosaccharides and polysaccharides
Introduction to Metabolism glycolysis glucogenesis and gluconeogenesis TCA cycle and its
amphibolic role energetics of carbohydrate metabolismAlternate pathways HMP shunt Enter-
Doudoroff glucuronate and glyoxylate pathways Corirsquos cycle
Unit II Lipids and metabolism
Classification of lipids Fatty acids Saturated and unsaturated fatty acids Essential fatty acids
Glycerophospholipids Glycolipids properties and functions
Metabolism Oxidation of fatty acids even and odd numbered unsaturated and branched chain fatty
acids
Degradation and biosynthesis of triacylglycerols and phospholipids energetic of beta- oxidation
Cholesterol biosynthesis catabolism and regulation
Unit III Proteins and metabolism
Classification of amino acids and proteins Protein structures primary secondary tertiary and
quarternary structure General metabolic reaction of amino acids transamination oxidative
deamination minor pathways of amino acid degradation transdeamination amino acid oxidase non
oxidative deamination
Degradation and biosynthesis of amino acids glycogenic and ketogenic amino acids Urea cycle
pathway and regulation
Unit IV Minerals and metabolism
Major and minor and ultra trace minerals their occurrence functions toxicity and interaction with
other nutrients
Iron metabolism and regulation
Calcium and phosphorus metabolism and regulation
Suggested Reading
1 Biophysical Techniques- Upadhyay Upadhyay and Nath
2 Principles of Biochemistry- Lehninger David L Nelson and Michael M Cox
3 Enzymes- Malcolm Dixon and Edwin Webb
4 Harperrsquos Biochemistry- Harper
5 Biochemistry- Western and Todd
6 Cell and Molecular Biology-Gerald Karp
7 Fundamentals of Biochemistry-Donald Voet Judith G Voet and Charlotte W Bratt
33
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 3
Paper ndash IV (Code 3T4 ) Bioresearch Techniques I (Subject centric core 1)
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Understand key principles of how flow cytometer work including data
analysis for their applications
2 Improve on skillful process of the animal cell culture techniques and
experimental demand of knowledge including an appreciation of the
need for good experimental design and scientific research practices
3 To incline intellectual curiosity in DNA and RNA techniques and
related fields that extends well beyond the course
4 To develop practical laboratory skills in the field of DNA and RNA
techniques
34
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 3
3T4 Bioresearch Techniques I (Subject centric core 1)
Unit I Flow cytometry
Principles of flow cytometry Instrument overview principle of fluorescence sample preparation
data analysis and applications of flow cytometry Overview Fludics Generation of Scatter and
fluorescence ( Optical bench optical filters signal detection Treshold) Data Analysis (Data
Collection and Display gating data analysis for subsetting applications Data analysis for ther
applications) Sorting Lasers and Alignment (Working of lasers and laser alignment)
Unit II Animal cell culture techniques
Animal cell Culture Cell culture (adherent and suspension) basic equipment cell culture media-
Components sterility buffering capacity growth requirements supplementation of serum antibiotic
and antimycotic agents preparation of medium advantages and limitations of Primary cell culture
clonal cell lines basic technique a of animal cell subcultuing disaggregation method for quantitation
of cells in culture counting chamber counters cell viability determination cytotoxicity assay and its
applications cell apoptosis assay and its applications 3 D cultures
Unit III DNA techniques
Isolation Sequencing Restriction Nucleases Gel Electrophoresis DNA probes Nucleic acid
hybridization Southern blotting DNA fingerprinting and DNA typing DNA Library
DNA sequencing Sanger and Maxam Gilbert
Restriction Mapping DNase foot printing DMS foot printing knockouts
PCR RFLP RAPD AFLP SNP
Unit IV RNA techniques
Isolation Hybridization Northern Blotting in vitro labeling with radioisotopes and chemical
markers
Mapping and quantifying transcripts S1assay primer extension run off transcription
Transcription rate measurement in vivo Nuclear run on transcription reporter gene N transcription
si RNA technology gene silencing techniques its applications microarrays ribozyme technology
Suggested References
1 Molecular Biology of The Cell Alberts 5th Edition 2007 NCBI Publication
2 Principles of Biochemistry Lehninger WH Freeman
3 Biochemistry of Signal Transduction and Regulation-shy‐ Gerhard Krauss
Wiley VCH 3rd Revised Edition
4 Molecular Cell Biology Lodish 6th Edition WH Freeman amp Company
5 The cell Cooper 2nd Edition ASM Press
6 Gene IX Benjamin Lewin
Published by Pearson Prentice Hall
7 Cell and Molecular Biology Gerald Karp
8 Molecular Biology Robert Weaver 1st Edition WCBNMcGraw-shy‐Hill
9 Molecular Biology of the Gene Watson 6th Edition Pearson Publication
10 Gene Regulation A Eukaryotic Perspective David Latchman 5 illustrated Taylor amp Francis
2005
35
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 3
3P1 Biotechnology And Molecular Biology
1) Fermentation
i) Isolation of microorganisms from soil demonstrating synthesis capability of desired product
Gram staining (Desired property to be decided by the instructor) and screening
ii) Optimization of the lab scale production of the desired product Effect of temperature pH
substrate concentration
iii) Growth curve Estimation of cell number substrate utilization andor product formation
2) Polymerase Chain Reaction
i) PCR amplification from genomic DNA
ii) Nested PCR
iii) Random Amplification of Polymorphic DNA (RAPD)
3) Restriction Fragment Length Polymorphism (RFLP)
3P2 A Biochemical And Environmental Toxicology
1 Qualitative detection of various toxicants in biological samples
Phenothiazine derivatives Organochlorine compounds (Fujiwara test) Phenol Methanol Arsenic (As)
Antimony (Sb) Selenium (Se) Mercury (Hg) Bismuth (Bi) Fluoride (F) Boron (Bo) Gutzeit test for
Antimony (Sb) and Arsenic (As) Spot test for metal toxicants
2 Quantitative determination of Salicylate Paracetamol (acetaminophen) Sulphonamide in biological
samples
3 Enzyme assay in toxic conditions
GOT (AST) GPT (ALT) Acid phosphatase Alkaline phosphatase Acetyl cholinesterase etc
4 Construction of dose-response curves
5 Determination of LD50 value of a toxicant
6 Induction of hepatotoxicity diabetes skin lesions teratogenesis
7 Assay of biomarkers of environmental pollution toxicity
OR
3P2 B) Nutritional Biochemistry
1 Determination of Calcium in food samples
2 Determination of Inorganic Phosphorous in food samples
3 Determination of Iron in food samples
4 Determination of beta carotene in carrots by column chromatography
5 Determination of Ascorbic Acid in food
6 Estimation of Amylase activity
7 Determination of Total Lipids By Sulphophospho vanillin Method
3S1 Seminar
InstitutionalEducational tour For minimum 08 days
36
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
Paper ndash I (Code 4T1) Advanced Clinical Biochemistry
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Analyse evaluate and generate information from a wide variety of sources regarding the key principles of aging and Neurological disorders
2 Analyse the effects of obesity on physiological functions including gene regulation
3 Critically interpret molecular and metabolic diseases and develop new knowledge domain about them
4 To develop effective creative and innovative solutions to current research problems in Reproductive Disease and Reproductive Biochemistry
5 To develop practical laboratory skill for Assisted Reproductive Technology program
37
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
4T1 Advanced Clinical Biochemistry
Unit I Aging and Neurological Disorders
Current view and theories of aging auto immune connection and HLA association processes of
aging and biochemical alteration DNA damage protein oxidation and axonal transport in aging
nutritional intervention as anti-aging therapy
Alzheimerrsquos disease Causes symptoms diagnosis pathogenesis genetics APP ApoE PS2 tau
protein risk factors and therapeutic approaches
Progeria Parkinsonrsquos disease Causes symptoms diagnosis pathogenesis genetics and therapeutic
approaches
Unit II Obesity
Theories lipid metabolism adipose tissue anomalies
Genetic basis of familial obesity effects of neuropeptides and leptin in nutrient partitioning
Obesity related derangements in metabolic regulation Therapeutic approaches
Unit III Molecular and Metabolic Diseases
Human gene map genetic diversity polymorphism genetic linkage chromosomal disorder
Monogenetic Disorders Autosomal dominant autosomal recessive X-linked Multifactorial
disorders Genetic heterogeneity Allelic heterogeneity Pathogenesis of genetic disease
Galactosemia Hemophilia Sickle cell anemia Muscular dystrophy Hypercholesterolemia Gout
Turnerrsquos syndrome
Unit IV Reproductive Biochemistry
Overview of reproductive system and reproduction biochemistry of reproductive disorders (male amp
female) Influence of various factors in reproduction with special reference to role of prostaglandins
and gonadotrophins Mechanism and methods of birth control and possible biochemical
consequences thereof Biochemical markerrsquos in infertility disorders Techniques involved in assisted
reproductive technology (ART) Culture media and cell culture techniques in ART programme
Suggested References
1 Clinical Biochemistry ndash Metabolic and Clinical aspects By-William J Marshall amp Stephen
K Angert
2 Harperrsquos Biochemistry - 27th Ed
3 Text book of Medical Physiology - By Guyton
4 Text book of Physiology -By Burn amp levy
5 Biochemistry ndashBy L Stryer (Freeman amp CoNY)
6 Biochemistry with clinical correlation- By Thomas Devli
7 The Metabolic Basis of Inherited Disease 5th Ed-By John Stanbury
8 Teitz Fundamentals of Clinical Chemistry ndashBy CABurtis amp Ashwood
9 Biochemistry - By Lehninger
10 Lehningerrsquos Biochemistry ndashBy Nelson amp Cox
11 Biochemistry ndashBy Stanford
12 Basic Medical Biochemistry A Clinical approach- By Smith
13 Principles of Internal Medicines- By HarrisonT R
14 Practical Biochemistry Principles amp Techniques- By Wilson amp Walker
15 Practical Biochemistry ndashBy David Plummer
38
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
Paper ndash II (Code 4T2) Advanced Immunology
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Understand details of lymph node microanatomy and learn the B and T cells encounter with antigens and study its development
2 Gain insight into antigen presentation and autophagy on a detailed molecular level
3 Understand immunology of mucosal surfaces and the interplay between commensal flora and the immune system in the gut
4 In-depth knowledge of the cellular and molecular basis for autoimmune disease and allergies
5 Basic knowledge of tumor immunology and the development of novel recombinant antibodies for treatment of cancer and autoimmune disease
39
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
4T2 Advanced Immunology
Unit I Introductory Immunobiology
Complement system Alternative and Classical pathway of complement activation
Immune networks Homeostasis in the immune system-termination of normal immune
responses network hypothesis
In vivo immunity to viruses bacteria fungi protozoa worms etc
Unit II Immunological tolerance and Autoimmunity
Immunologic tolerance T lymphocyte tolerance- central and peripheral Apoptosis in
Lymphocytes-pathways and biochemical mechanisms effector mechanisms Tolerance
induced regulatory T cells B lymphocyte tolerance- Central and Peripheral Homeostasis in
the immune pathogenesis and therapeutic approaches to autoimmunity
Unit III Tumor and Transplantation Immunology Hypersensitivity
General features of tumor immunity tumor antigens Immune response to tumor and
evasion Immunotherapy Types of hypersensitivity Effector mechanisms of immunologic
tissue injury and disease
Unit IV Immunodeficiency and Vaccinology
MHC and disease susceptibility immune deficiency disorders Active immunization
(immune prophylaxis) passive immunization adjuvants modern approaches to vaccine
development role of vaccines in the prevention of disease
Suggested References
1 Cellular and Molecular Immunology- 5th Edition Abul K Abbas Andrew Litchman
2 Immunology-5th Edition Richard A Goldsby Thomas J Kindt Barbara A Osborne
Janis Kuby
3 Immunology- 6th Edition Ivan Roitt Jonathan Brostoff David Male
40
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
Paper ndash III (Code 4T3 A) Toxicology (Clinical Research)
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Have knowledge about assessment and management of ethical clinical trial
programs
2 Demonstrate competency in biopharmaceutical clinical trial research designs and
regulatory affairs
3 Demonstrate competencies in evaluating clinical research data and
communicating results Manage innovative products through the discovery
processes and into the clinical trial phases
4 Identify and classify different types of trial designs when reading a trial report
understand the essential of GLP roles and responsibilities of stakeholders in
clinical trials
41
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
4T3 A) Toxicology (Clinical Research)
Unit I Pre-Clinical Research
Animal studies acute amp chronic toxicity of drugs regulations for number amp types of
animals protocols for animal experimentation Biochemical amp histopathological studies of
animals after drug administration Mechanism amp cause of death Routine toxicity studies amp
special toxicity studies carcinogenicity mutagenicity amp teratogenicity to be given special
emphasis
Unit II Phases of Clinical Research
Phases of clinical research number of volunteers in phase I amp types of patients in phase II to
IV Importance of these investigations Post marketing surveillance (PMS) amp
pharmacovigilence in case of clinical investigations after marketing authorization
Importance of ethical committee protocol design documentation in clinical trials Bio
Availability and Bio Equivalence studies Pharmacokinetics Pharmacodynamics Genomic
studies
Unit III Good lab practices
Good Clinical Practices Good Manufacturing Practices and Good Laboratory Practices
Principles of ICH-GCP History GCP declaration of Helsinki Belmont report Nuremberg
code Tuskgee trial Schedules Y and its amendments ICMR Guidelines Composition
functions amp operations of IRBIEC ethics of clinical trials Health Authorities- CDSCO US-
FDA EMEA and other
Unit IV Roles and Responsibilities of different stake holders in Clinical Research-
Sponsor CRO SMO Ethics Committee Investigator CRA CRC Patients and other
Departments in Clinical Research- Operations Business Development Regulatory
Pharmacovigilance Data Management Centralized Monitoring Quality Finance Important
documents in Clinical Research and importance of documentation in Clinical Research
Stages in clinical trial-Feasibilities PSSV SIV SMV and Close-out visits Audits and
Inspections
Suggested reading
1 Clinical Research Coordinator Handbook Norris Deborrah Plexus Publications
20040601
2 Clinical Research Methodology and Evidence-Based Medicine Babu Ajit N
Anshan 20080530
3 Conducting Clinical Research Judy Stone Biblio Distribution 2006
4 Essentials of clinical research Stephen P Glasser (Edt) Springer Verlag 2008
42
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
Paper ndash III (Code 4T3 B) Nutrition (Applied Nutritional Biochemistry)
Learning outcome Students will be
1 Capable of describing biochemical pathways relevant in nutrient metabolism 2 Capable of using selected biochemical techniques relevant in nutritional
biochemical research 3 Critical reading of scientific articles in nutritional biochemistry 4 Capable of discussing research questions relevant to nutritional biochemistry 5 The ability to ask critical questions and discuss nutritional biochemical research
43
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
4T3 B) Nutrition (Applied Nutritional Biochemistry)
Unit I Clinical nutrition
Role of a dietician role and responsibilities of a dietitian nutrition counseling professional
ethics and obligations
Diet therapy-Rationale for diet therapy (normal diet modifications of the diet to the light
diet soft diet full liquid diet clear liquid tube feeding) Routes for diet therapy-enteral and
parental use of biochemical parameters in the planning of diets use of computers in the
planning of diets
Unit II Nutritional Counseling and Dietetics
Nutritive value of different food groups and changes due to cooking in various food groups
Storage of foods food quality and factors affecting food quality Control of food quality Use
of additives Classification and applications
Unit III Community Nutrition
Opportunities in community Nutrition Assessing Community Resources assessing target
population program planning Assessing communityrsquos nutritional resources Food insecurity
food assistance programs world hunger and food insecurity Principles of nutrition education
and policy making national nutrition agenda
Unit IV Applied Nutrition and Public Health Concept of Health Nutrition and Public Health Nutrition Demographic trends in India and
the significance of certain indices of Health and Nutrition situation of a community IMR
MMR TFR Birth rate Death rate Life expectancy etc) Major nutritional problems in
developing countries Dietary surveys-methods ways of interpretations and analysis
recommendations based on survey findings Assessment of nutritional status biochemical
and anthropometry
Suggested Reading
Clinical nutrition
edited by- professor marinos elia (university of outhampton) professor olle ljungqvist
(karolinska institutet amp oumlrebro university hospital) dr outham outhamp (university of
outhampton professor susan lanham-new (university of surrey) - see more at
httpwwwnutritionsocietyorgpublicationstextbooksclinical-
nutritionsthashw12tfscqdpuf
Public health nutrition
edited by- professor michael gibney (ucd institute of food and health) professor barrie
margetts (university of southampton) dr john kearney (dublin institute of technology)
professor lenore arab (university of california los angeles)
httpwwwnutritionsocietyorgpublicationstextbookspublic-health-
nutritionsthash8pvhu1m0dpuf
Staying healthy with nutrition author- elson m Hass buck levin
American dietetic association complete food and nutrition guide Roberta larson duyff
44
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
MSc Biochemistry CBCS syllabus Effective from 2015-16
SEMESTER 4
Foundation 2 Basic Enzymology
Unit I
Introduction to Enzymology Nomenclature and classification of enzymes History sources of
enzymes (Animal Plant and microorganisms) Protein amp nonprotein nature of enzymes with
examples enzymes as biological catalysts and their importance principle of assay of enzymes and
measurement of activity effect of experimental conditions on measurement of activity such as time pH temp
substrate definition of enzyme unit Stability of enzymes and half life of enzymes Effect of environmental
factors on stability of enzymes Concept of Zymogens and active enzyme with examples effect of activators
and inhibitors on enzyme activity Role of coenzymes and cofactors on enzyme catalysis with examples
Unit II Production amp purification
Method os screening of sources for desired enzymes Availability of the sources for procurement
of enzymes Natural and synthetic Media for microbial enzyme production effect of inducers and
environmental factors on enzyme production by microorganisms
Methods of isolation of enzymes form the source purification of enzyme by dialysis salt and solvent
precipitation chromatography gel filtration Purification by affinity chromatography methods of
determination of purity and nature of of enzymes by simple PAGE SDSPAGE and 2 D electrophoresis
Unit III Enzyme Kinetics
Lock amp key model and Koshland model of enzyme active site Determination of active site of enzyme
Michelis Mentain equation kinetics of reversible irreversible and nonreversible enzymes Line Weaver burk
plot and Eddie Hofstie Plot Determination of kinetic constants and activation energy Effect of competitive
and non-competitive inhibitors on enzyme activity Allosteric enzyme and sigmoidal kinetics
Unit IV Applications of enzymes
Structure and function of multienzyme complex systems such as PDH KGH B oxidation spiral and glycolysis
Advantages of soluble and membrane bound enzymes Futile cycles in Biochemistry
Methods of immobilization of enzymes advantages and disadvantages of immobilization Application of
Immobilized enzymes in agriculture cosmetics detergent dairy brewing and food industries with examples
such as lactase pectinase proteinase invertaselipase etc Application of enzymes in nanotechnology
biosensors etc
Suggested references
1 Enzymology and Enzyme Technology 2014 by SM Bhatt (S Chand)
2 Enzyme Technology 2006 by Ashok Pandey (Editor) Colin Webb (Editor) MARCELO
FERNANDES (Editor) Springer
3 Biocatalysts and enzyme technology 2012 Klaus Buchholz
45
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
4T4 Bioresearch Techniques II (Subject centric core 2)
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Learn describe and build up knowledge domain regarding the latest and most advanced Bioresearch techniques available for biochemical research
2 Be aware select appropriately apply technology platforms and Perform techniques for analysis of DNA and protein expression
3 Evaluation of data and controls related to research techniques 4 Create thought-provoking questions related to the laboratory equipment
46
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
4T4 Bioresearch Techniques II (Subject centric core 2)
UNIT I
Biochemical methods I- Co-immunoprecipitation BiFC bimolecular fluorescence
complementation affinity electrophoresis Pull down assays label transfer yeast two hybrid
screens phage display
UNIT II
Biochemical methods II- In-vivo crosslinking of protein complexes using photo-reactive
amino acid analogs Tandem affinity purification (TAP) Chemical cross-linking SPINE
(Strepprotein interaction experiment) Quantitative immunoprecipitation combined with
knock-down (QUICK) Proximity ligation assay (PLA) in situ
UNIT III
Biophysical and theoretical methods I
Bio-Layer Interferometry
Dual polarisation interferometry (DPI)
Static light scattering (SLS)
Dynamic light scattering (DLS)
Surface plasmon resonance
UNIT IV
Biophysical and theoretical methods II
Fluorescence polarizationanisotropy
Fluorescence correlation spectroscopy
FRET BRET
2D-FT NMR spectroscopy
Proteinndashprotein docking
Isothermal Titration Calorimetry (ITC)
Isothermal Titration Calorimetry (ITC)
Suggested References
1 Molecular Biology of The Cell Alberts 5th Edition 2007 NCBI Publication
2 Principles of Biochemistry Lehninger WH Freeman
3 Biochemistry of Signal Transduction and Regulation-shy‐ Gerhard Krauss
Wiley VCH 3rd Revised Edition
4 Molecular Cell Biology Lodish 6th Edition WH Freeman amp Company
5 The cell Cooper 2nd Edition ASM Press
6 Gene IX Benjamin Lewin
Published by Pearson Prentice Hall
7 Cell and Molecular Biology Gerald Karp
8 Molecular Biology Robert Weaver 1st Edition WCBNMcGraw-shy‐Hill
9 Molecular Biology of the Gene Watson 6th Edition Pearson Publication
10 Gene Regulation A Eukaryotic Perspective David Latchman 5 illustrated Taylor amp
Francis 2005
47
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
4P1 Advanced Clinical Biochemistry and Immunology and Toxicology and Nutrition
1 Demonstration of dialysis using blood filtrate (Protein Separation)
2 Immunology
a Quantitative Estimation of Antibody
b Precipitation Techniques Double Immunodiffusion Single (Radial)
Immunodiffusion
3 Electrophoretic Techniques Immuno-electrophoresisRocket Immunoelectrophoresis
Immuno-diffusion
4 To assay cathepsin D ATPase (NaKCaMg) Lipid peroxidase enzymes
5 Assay of Acetylcholine esterase activity in rat brain
6 Assay of monoamine oxidase
7 Fractionation of tissues and assay of proteins
8 Assay of ornithine amino transferase
9 Glutathione Estimation
10 Organ tissue morphology histopathology
11 Assay of toxicant biotransformation enzyme-cytochrome P450
12 Test for teratogenecity carcinogenecity Ames test
13 To perform pair wise alignment of sequences using BLAST program
14 To design primers for the given gene sequences
15 To perform multiple sequence alignment and generate phylogenetic tree
16 To retrieve and visualize the three dimensional structures of proteins
17 To retrieve metagenomic sequences and primer designing to develop STS marker
OR
18 Determination of Triglycerides
19 Proximate Analysis of Food Samples
48
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4 Project
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Plan and develop experimental design projects from concept through to professional
prototype
2 Apply theoretical knowledge conceptual skills and techniques to the development of
solutions for biochemical problems
3 Apply initiative and judgment in planning problem solving and decision making in
practice or future study
4 Design a research project and submit in a form of thesis they will present their results of
the thesis to an audience of peers and faculty and be able to defend their results during
final evaluation
4PROJ PROJECT
4S1 Seminar
30
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 3
Paper ndash III (Code 3T3 B) Nutrition (Nutritional Biochemistry) (Core Elective 1)
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Capably describe the biochemical techniques that are relevant for the investigation of nutrient metabolism
2 Understand key principles of energy expenditure thermogenic effects Energy requirements and role of dietary fibers in nutrition
3 To read interpret and discuss protein energy malnutrition disorders of mineral metabolism for scientific research
4 To develop an understanding of the observational and experimental character of science in nutritional biochemistry
5 To communicate role of clinical nutrition and food allergies in scientific communication frameworks such as written reports and open discussion
31
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 3
3T3 B Nutrition (Nutritional Biochemistry) (Core Elective 1)
Unit I Basic Concepts
Basic Concept Energy content of foods Measurements of energy expenditure Direct amp
Indirect calorimetry Definition of BMR and SDA and factors affecting these Thermogenic
effects of foods Energy requirements of man and woman and factors affecting energy
requirements
Role of dietary fibers in nutrition
Unit II Nutritional Disorders
Protein Energy Malnutrition (PEM) Aetiology Clinical features Metabolic disorders
and Management of Marasmus and Kwashiorkor diseases
Disorders of Mineral Metabolism Hypercalecemia Hypocalcaemia Normocalcemia
Hyperphosphatemia
Unit III Starvation and Antinutrients
Starvation Techniques for studying starvation protein metabolim in prolonged fasting
protein sparing treatments during fasting Concept of high protein low calorific weight
reduction diets
Antinutrients Naturally occurring food borne toxicants protease inhibitors hemagglutins
hepatotoxins allergens oxalates toxins from mushrooms animal food stuffs and sea foods
Unit IV Clinical Nutrition and Food Allergies
Clinical Nutrition Role of diet and nutrition in the prevention and treatment of diseases
dental caries Fluorosis Atherosclerosis amp Rheumatic disorders Inherited metabolic
Disorders Phenylketonuria Maple Syrup disease amp Hemocystinuria
Food Allergies Definition role of antigen host and environment types of
hypersensitivities diagnosis and treatment of allergy
Suggested Reading 1 Basics of clinical nutrition author- yk joshi jaypee publication
2 Nutrition for the community Gully baba publishing house
Essentials of human nutrition author-jim mann amp stewart truswell oxford university press
3 Introduction to human nutrition
edited by- professor michael gibney (ucd institute of food and health) professor susan lanham-new
(university of surrey) professor aedin Cassidy (university of east anglia) professor hester vorster (north-
west university south africa) httpwwwnutritionsocietyorgpublicationstextbooksintroduction-to-
human-nutritionsthashtdyscawhdpuf
4 Nutrition and metabolism
edited by- professor susan lanham-new (university of surrey) professor ian macdonald (university of
nottingham) professor helen roche (unviersity college dublin) -
httpwwwnutritionsocietyorgpublicationstextbooksnutrition-and-metabolismsthashiusrjtiudpuf
32
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 3
Foundation Course 1 Biomolecules and Basic Metabolism
Unit I Carbohydrates and metabolism
Classification of carbohydrates Structure occurrence and biological importance of
monosaccharides oligosaccharides and polysaccharides
Introduction to Metabolism glycolysis glucogenesis and gluconeogenesis TCA cycle and its
amphibolic role energetics of carbohydrate metabolismAlternate pathways HMP shunt Enter-
Doudoroff glucuronate and glyoxylate pathways Corirsquos cycle
Unit II Lipids and metabolism
Classification of lipids Fatty acids Saturated and unsaturated fatty acids Essential fatty acids
Glycerophospholipids Glycolipids properties and functions
Metabolism Oxidation of fatty acids even and odd numbered unsaturated and branched chain fatty
acids
Degradation and biosynthesis of triacylglycerols and phospholipids energetic of beta- oxidation
Cholesterol biosynthesis catabolism and regulation
Unit III Proteins and metabolism
Classification of amino acids and proteins Protein structures primary secondary tertiary and
quarternary structure General metabolic reaction of amino acids transamination oxidative
deamination minor pathways of amino acid degradation transdeamination amino acid oxidase non
oxidative deamination
Degradation and biosynthesis of amino acids glycogenic and ketogenic amino acids Urea cycle
pathway and regulation
Unit IV Minerals and metabolism
Major and minor and ultra trace minerals their occurrence functions toxicity and interaction with
other nutrients
Iron metabolism and regulation
Calcium and phosphorus metabolism and regulation
Suggested Reading
1 Biophysical Techniques- Upadhyay Upadhyay and Nath
2 Principles of Biochemistry- Lehninger David L Nelson and Michael M Cox
3 Enzymes- Malcolm Dixon and Edwin Webb
4 Harperrsquos Biochemistry- Harper
5 Biochemistry- Western and Todd
6 Cell and Molecular Biology-Gerald Karp
7 Fundamentals of Biochemistry-Donald Voet Judith G Voet and Charlotte W Bratt
33
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 3
Paper ndash IV (Code 3T4 ) Bioresearch Techniques I (Subject centric core 1)
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Understand key principles of how flow cytometer work including data
analysis for their applications
2 Improve on skillful process of the animal cell culture techniques and
experimental demand of knowledge including an appreciation of the
need for good experimental design and scientific research practices
3 To incline intellectual curiosity in DNA and RNA techniques and
related fields that extends well beyond the course
4 To develop practical laboratory skills in the field of DNA and RNA
techniques
34
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 3
3T4 Bioresearch Techniques I (Subject centric core 1)
Unit I Flow cytometry
Principles of flow cytometry Instrument overview principle of fluorescence sample preparation
data analysis and applications of flow cytometry Overview Fludics Generation of Scatter and
fluorescence ( Optical bench optical filters signal detection Treshold) Data Analysis (Data
Collection and Display gating data analysis for subsetting applications Data analysis for ther
applications) Sorting Lasers and Alignment (Working of lasers and laser alignment)
Unit II Animal cell culture techniques
Animal cell Culture Cell culture (adherent and suspension) basic equipment cell culture media-
Components sterility buffering capacity growth requirements supplementation of serum antibiotic
and antimycotic agents preparation of medium advantages and limitations of Primary cell culture
clonal cell lines basic technique a of animal cell subcultuing disaggregation method for quantitation
of cells in culture counting chamber counters cell viability determination cytotoxicity assay and its
applications cell apoptosis assay and its applications 3 D cultures
Unit III DNA techniques
Isolation Sequencing Restriction Nucleases Gel Electrophoresis DNA probes Nucleic acid
hybridization Southern blotting DNA fingerprinting and DNA typing DNA Library
DNA sequencing Sanger and Maxam Gilbert
Restriction Mapping DNase foot printing DMS foot printing knockouts
PCR RFLP RAPD AFLP SNP
Unit IV RNA techniques
Isolation Hybridization Northern Blotting in vitro labeling with radioisotopes and chemical
markers
Mapping and quantifying transcripts S1assay primer extension run off transcription
Transcription rate measurement in vivo Nuclear run on transcription reporter gene N transcription
si RNA technology gene silencing techniques its applications microarrays ribozyme technology
Suggested References
1 Molecular Biology of The Cell Alberts 5th Edition 2007 NCBI Publication
2 Principles of Biochemistry Lehninger WH Freeman
3 Biochemistry of Signal Transduction and Regulation-shy‐ Gerhard Krauss
Wiley VCH 3rd Revised Edition
4 Molecular Cell Biology Lodish 6th Edition WH Freeman amp Company
5 The cell Cooper 2nd Edition ASM Press
6 Gene IX Benjamin Lewin
Published by Pearson Prentice Hall
7 Cell and Molecular Biology Gerald Karp
8 Molecular Biology Robert Weaver 1st Edition WCBNMcGraw-shy‐Hill
9 Molecular Biology of the Gene Watson 6th Edition Pearson Publication
10 Gene Regulation A Eukaryotic Perspective David Latchman 5 illustrated Taylor amp Francis
2005
35
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 3
3P1 Biotechnology And Molecular Biology
1) Fermentation
i) Isolation of microorganisms from soil demonstrating synthesis capability of desired product
Gram staining (Desired property to be decided by the instructor) and screening
ii) Optimization of the lab scale production of the desired product Effect of temperature pH
substrate concentration
iii) Growth curve Estimation of cell number substrate utilization andor product formation
2) Polymerase Chain Reaction
i) PCR amplification from genomic DNA
ii) Nested PCR
iii) Random Amplification of Polymorphic DNA (RAPD)
3) Restriction Fragment Length Polymorphism (RFLP)
3P2 A Biochemical And Environmental Toxicology
1 Qualitative detection of various toxicants in biological samples
Phenothiazine derivatives Organochlorine compounds (Fujiwara test) Phenol Methanol Arsenic (As)
Antimony (Sb) Selenium (Se) Mercury (Hg) Bismuth (Bi) Fluoride (F) Boron (Bo) Gutzeit test for
Antimony (Sb) and Arsenic (As) Spot test for metal toxicants
2 Quantitative determination of Salicylate Paracetamol (acetaminophen) Sulphonamide in biological
samples
3 Enzyme assay in toxic conditions
GOT (AST) GPT (ALT) Acid phosphatase Alkaline phosphatase Acetyl cholinesterase etc
4 Construction of dose-response curves
5 Determination of LD50 value of a toxicant
6 Induction of hepatotoxicity diabetes skin lesions teratogenesis
7 Assay of biomarkers of environmental pollution toxicity
OR
3P2 B) Nutritional Biochemistry
1 Determination of Calcium in food samples
2 Determination of Inorganic Phosphorous in food samples
3 Determination of Iron in food samples
4 Determination of beta carotene in carrots by column chromatography
5 Determination of Ascorbic Acid in food
6 Estimation of Amylase activity
7 Determination of Total Lipids By Sulphophospho vanillin Method
3S1 Seminar
InstitutionalEducational tour For minimum 08 days
36
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
Paper ndash I (Code 4T1) Advanced Clinical Biochemistry
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Analyse evaluate and generate information from a wide variety of sources regarding the key principles of aging and Neurological disorders
2 Analyse the effects of obesity on physiological functions including gene regulation
3 Critically interpret molecular and metabolic diseases and develop new knowledge domain about them
4 To develop effective creative and innovative solutions to current research problems in Reproductive Disease and Reproductive Biochemistry
5 To develop practical laboratory skill for Assisted Reproductive Technology program
37
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
4T1 Advanced Clinical Biochemistry
Unit I Aging and Neurological Disorders
Current view and theories of aging auto immune connection and HLA association processes of
aging and biochemical alteration DNA damage protein oxidation and axonal transport in aging
nutritional intervention as anti-aging therapy
Alzheimerrsquos disease Causes symptoms diagnosis pathogenesis genetics APP ApoE PS2 tau
protein risk factors and therapeutic approaches
Progeria Parkinsonrsquos disease Causes symptoms diagnosis pathogenesis genetics and therapeutic
approaches
Unit II Obesity
Theories lipid metabolism adipose tissue anomalies
Genetic basis of familial obesity effects of neuropeptides and leptin in nutrient partitioning
Obesity related derangements in metabolic regulation Therapeutic approaches
Unit III Molecular and Metabolic Diseases
Human gene map genetic diversity polymorphism genetic linkage chromosomal disorder
Monogenetic Disorders Autosomal dominant autosomal recessive X-linked Multifactorial
disorders Genetic heterogeneity Allelic heterogeneity Pathogenesis of genetic disease
Galactosemia Hemophilia Sickle cell anemia Muscular dystrophy Hypercholesterolemia Gout
Turnerrsquos syndrome
Unit IV Reproductive Biochemistry
Overview of reproductive system and reproduction biochemistry of reproductive disorders (male amp
female) Influence of various factors in reproduction with special reference to role of prostaglandins
and gonadotrophins Mechanism and methods of birth control and possible biochemical
consequences thereof Biochemical markerrsquos in infertility disorders Techniques involved in assisted
reproductive technology (ART) Culture media and cell culture techniques in ART programme
Suggested References
1 Clinical Biochemistry ndash Metabolic and Clinical aspects By-William J Marshall amp Stephen
K Angert
2 Harperrsquos Biochemistry - 27th Ed
3 Text book of Medical Physiology - By Guyton
4 Text book of Physiology -By Burn amp levy
5 Biochemistry ndashBy L Stryer (Freeman amp CoNY)
6 Biochemistry with clinical correlation- By Thomas Devli
7 The Metabolic Basis of Inherited Disease 5th Ed-By John Stanbury
8 Teitz Fundamentals of Clinical Chemistry ndashBy CABurtis amp Ashwood
9 Biochemistry - By Lehninger
10 Lehningerrsquos Biochemistry ndashBy Nelson amp Cox
11 Biochemistry ndashBy Stanford
12 Basic Medical Biochemistry A Clinical approach- By Smith
13 Principles of Internal Medicines- By HarrisonT R
14 Practical Biochemistry Principles amp Techniques- By Wilson amp Walker
15 Practical Biochemistry ndashBy David Plummer
38
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
Paper ndash II (Code 4T2) Advanced Immunology
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Understand details of lymph node microanatomy and learn the B and T cells encounter with antigens and study its development
2 Gain insight into antigen presentation and autophagy on a detailed molecular level
3 Understand immunology of mucosal surfaces and the interplay between commensal flora and the immune system in the gut
4 In-depth knowledge of the cellular and molecular basis for autoimmune disease and allergies
5 Basic knowledge of tumor immunology and the development of novel recombinant antibodies for treatment of cancer and autoimmune disease
39
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
4T2 Advanced Immunology
Unit I Introductory Immunobiology
Complement system Alternative and Classical pathway of complement activation
Immune networks Homeostasis in the immune system-termination of normal immune
responses network hypothesis
In vivo immunity to viruses bacteria fungi protozoa worms etc
Unit II Immunological tolerance and Autoimmunity
Immunologic tolerance T lymphocyte tolerance- central and peripheral Apoptosis in
Lymphocytes-pathways and biochemical mechanisms effector mechanisms Tolerance
induced regulatory T cells B lymphocyte tolerance- Central and Peripheral Homeostasis in
the immune pathogenesis and therapeutic approaches to autoimmunity
Unit III Tumor and Transplantation Immunology Hypersensitivity
General features of tumor immunity tumor antigens Immune response to tumor and
evasion Immunotherapy Types of hypersensitivity Effector mechanisms of immunologic
tissue injury and disease
Unit IV Immunodeficiency and Vaccinology
MHC and disease susceptibility immune deficiency disorders Active immunization
(immune prophylaxis) passive immunization adjuvants modern approaches to vaccine
development role of vaccines in the prevention of disease
Suggested References
1 Cellular and Molecular Immunology- 5th Edition Abul K Abbas Andrew Litchman
2 Immunology-5th Edition Richard A Goldsby Thomas J Kindt Barbara A Osborne
Janis Kuby
3 Immunology- 6th Edition Ivan Roitt Jonathan Brostoff David Male
40
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
Paper ndash III (Code 4T3 A) Toxicology (Clinical Research)
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Have knowledge about assessment and management of ethical clinical trial
programs
2 Demonstrate competency in biopharmaceutical clinical trial research designs and
regulatory affairs
3 Demonstrate competencies in evaluating clinical research data and
communicating results Manage innovative products through the discovery
processes and into the clinical trial phases
4 Identify and classify different types of trial designs when reading a trial report
understand the essential of GLP roles and responsibilities of stakeholders in
clinical trials
41
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
4T3 A) Toxicology (Clinical Research)
Unit I Pre-Clinical Research
Animal studies acute amp chronic toxicity of drugs regulations for number amp types of
animals protocols for animal experimentation Biochemical amp histopathological studies of
animals after drug administration Mechanism amp cause of death Routine toxicity studies amp
special toxicity studies carcinogenicity mutagenicity amp teratogenicity to be given special
emphasis
Unit II Phases of Clinical Research
Phases of clinical research number of volunteers in phase I amp types of patients in phase II to
IV Importance of these investigations Post marketing surveillance (PMS) amp
pharmacovigilence in case of clinical investigations after marketing authorization
Importance of ethical committee protocol design documentation in clinical trials Bio
Availability and Bio Equivalence studies Pharmacokinetics Pharmacodynamics Genomic
studies
Unit III Good lab practices
Good Clinical Practices Good Manufacturing Practices and Good Laboratory Practices
Principles of ICH-GCP History GCP declaration of Helsinki Belmont report Nuremberg
code Tuskgee trial Schedules Y and its amendments ICMR Guidelines Composition
functions amp operations of IRBIEC ethics of clinical trials Health Authorities- CDSCO US-
FDA EMEA and other
Unit IV Roles and Responsibilities of different stake holders in Clinical Research-
Sponsor CRO SMO Ethics Committee Investigator CRA CRC Patients and other
Departments in Clinical Research- Operations Business Development Regulatory
Pharmacovigilance Data Management Centralized Monitoring Quality Finance Important
documents in Clinical Research and importance of documentation in Clinical Research
Stages in clinical trial-Feasibilities PSSV SIV SMV and Close-out visits Audits and
Inspections
Suggested reading
1 Clinical Research Coordinator Handbook Norris Deborrah Plexus Publications
20040601
2 Clinical Research Methodology and Evidence-Based Medicine Babu Ajit N
Anshan 20080530
3 Conducting Clinical Research Judy Stone Biblio Distribution 2006
4 Essentials of clinical research Stephen P Glasser (Edt) Springer Verlag 2008
42
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
Paper ndash III (Code 4T3 B) Nutrition (Applied Nutritional Biochemistry)
Learning outcome Students will be
1 Capable of describing biochemical pathways relevant in nutrient metabolism 2 Capable of using selected biochemical techniques relevant in nutritional
biochemical research 3 Critical reading of scientific articles in nutritional biochemistry 4 Capable of discussing research questions relevant to nutritional biochemistry 5 The ability to ask critical questions and discuss nutritional biochemical research
43
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
4T3 B) Nutrition (Applied Nutritional Biochemistry)
Unit I Clinical nutrition
Role of a dietician role and responsibilities of a dietitian nutrition counseling professional
ethics and obligations
Diet therapy-Rationale for diet therapy (normal diet modifications of the diet to the light
diet soft diet full liquid diet clear liquid tube feeding) Routes for diet therapy-enteral and
parental use of biochemical parameters in the planning of diets use of computers in the
planning of diets
Unit II Nutritional Counseling and Dietetics
Nutritive value of different food groups and changes due to cooking in various food groups
Storage of foods food quality and factors affecting food quality Control of food quality Use
of additives Classification and applications
Unit III Community Nutrition
Opportunities in community Nutrition Assessing Community Resources assessing target
population program planning Assessing communityrsquos nutritional resources Food insecurity
food assistance programs world hunger and food insecurity Principles of nutrition education
and policy making national nutrition agenda
Unit IV Applied Nutrition and Public Health Concept of Health Nutrition and Public Health Nutrition Demographic trends in India and
the significance of certain indices of Health and Nutrition situation of a community IMR
MMR TFR Birth rate Death rate Life expectancy etc) Major nutritional problems in
developing countries Dietary surveys-methods ways of interpretations and analysis
recommendations based on survey findings Assessment of nutritional status biochemical
and anthropometry
Suggested Reading
Clinical nutrition
edited by- professor marinos elia (university of outhampton) professor olle ljungqvist
(karolinska institutet amp oumlrebro university hospital) dr outham outhamp (university of
outhampton professor susan lanham-new (university of surrey) - see more at
httpwwwnutritionsocietyorgpublicationstextbooksclinical-
nutritionsthashw12tfscqdpuf
Public health nutrition
edited by- professor michael gibney (ucd institute of food and health) professor barrie
margetts (university of southampton) dr john kearney (dublin institute of technology)
professor lenore arab (university of california los angeles)
httpwwwnutritionsocietyorgpublicationstextbookspublic-health-
nutritionsthash8pvhu1m0dpuf
Staying healthy with nutrition author- elson m Hass buck levin
American dietetic association complete food and nutrition guide Roberta larson duyff
44
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
MSc Biochemistry CBCS syllabus Effective from 2015-16
SEMESTER 4
Foundation 2 Basic Enzymology
Unit I
Introduction to Enzymology Nomenclature and classification of enzymes History sources of
enzymes (Animal Plant and microorganisms) Protein amp nonprotein nature of enzymes with
examples enzymes as biological catalysts and their importance principle of assay of enzymes and
measurement of activity effect of experimental conditions on measurement of activity such as time pH temp
substrate definition of enzyme unit Stability of enzymes and half life of enzymes Effect of environmental
factors on stability of enzymes Concept of Zymogens and active enzyme with examples effect of activators
and inhibitors on enzyme activity Role of coenzymes and cofactors on enzyme catalysis with examples
Unit II Production amp purification
Method os screening of sources for desired enzymes Availability of the sources for procurement
of enzymes Natural and synthetic Media for microbial enzyme production effect of inducers and
environmental factors on enzyme production by microorganisms
Methods of isolation of enzymes form the source purification of enzyme by dialysis salt and solvent
precipitation chromatography gel filtration Purification by affinity chromatography methods of
determination of purity and nature of of enzymes by simple PAGE SDSPAGE and 2 D electrophoresis
Unit III Enzyme Kinetics
Lock amp key model and Koshland model of enzyme active site Determination of active site of enzyme
Michelis Mentain equation kinetics of reversible irreversible and nonreversible enzymes Line Weaver burk
plot and Eddie Hofstie Plot Determination of kinetic constants and activation energy Effect of competitive
and non-competitive inhibitors on enzyme activity Allosteric enzyme and sigmoidal kinetics
Unit IV Applications of enzymes
Structure and function of multienzyme complex systems such as PDH KGH B oxidation spiral and glycolysis
Advantages of soluble and membrane bound enzymes Futile cycles in Biochemistry
Methods of immobilization of enzymes advantages and disadvantages of immobilization Application of
Immobilized enzymes in agriculture cosmetics detergent dairy brewing and food industries with examples
such as lactase pectinase proteinase invertaselipase etc Application of enzymes in nanotechnology
biosensors etc
Suggested references
1 Enzymology and Enzyme Technology 2014 by SM Bhatt (S Chand)
2 Enzyme Technology 2006 by Ashok Pandey (Editor) Colin Webb (Editor) MARCELO
FERNANDES (Editor) Springer
3 Biocatalysts and enzyme technology 2012 Klaus Buchholz
45
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
4T4 Bioresearch Techniques II (Subject centric core 2)
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Learn describe and build up knowledge domain regarding the latest and most advanced Bioresearch techniques available for biochemical research
2 Be aware select appropriately apply technology platforms and Perform techniques for analysis of DNA and protein expression
3 Evaluation of data and controls related to research techniques 4 Create thought-provoking questions related to the laboratory equipment
46
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
4T4 Bioresearch Techniques II (Subject centric core 2)
UNIT I
Biochemical methods I- Co-immunoprecipitation BiFC bimolecular fluorescence
complementation affinity electrophoresis Pull down assays label transfer yeast two hybrid
screens phage display
UNIT II
Biochemical methods II- In-vivo crosslinking of protein complexes using photo-reactive
amino acid analogs Tandem affinity purification (TAP) Chemical cross-linking SPINE
(Strepprotein interaction experiment) Quantitative immunoprecipitation combined with
knock-down (QUICK) Proximity ligation assay (PLA) in situ
UNIT III
Biophysical and theoretical methods I
Bio-Layer Interferometry
Dual polarisation interferometry (DPI)
Static light scattering (SLS)
Dynamic light scattering (DLS)
Surface plasmon resonance
UNIT IV
Biophysical and theoretical methods II
Fluorescence polarizationanisotropy
Fluorescence correlation spectroscopy
FRET BRET
2D-FT NMR spectroscopy
Proteinndashprotein docking
Isothermal Titration Calorimetry (ITC)
Isothermal Titration Calorimetry (ITC)
Suggested References
1 Molecular Biology of The Cell Alberts 5th Edition 2007 NCBI Publication
2 Principles of Biochemistry Lehninger WH Freeman
3 Biochemistry of Signal Transduction and Regulation-shy‐ Gerhard Krauss
Wiley VCH 3rd Revised Edition
4 Molecular Cell Biology Lodish 6th Edition WH Freeman amp Company
5 The cell Cooper 2nd Edition ASM Press
6 Gene IX Benjamin Lewin
Published by Pearson Prentice Hall
7 Cell and Molecular Biology Gerald Karp
8 Molecular Biology Robert Weaver 1st Edition WCBNMcGraw-shy‐Hill
9 Molecular Biology of the Gene Watson 6th Edition Pearson Publication
10 Gene Regulation A Eukaryotic Perspective David Latchman 5 illustrated Taylor amp
Francis 2005
47
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
4P1 Advanced Clinical Biochemistry and Immunology and Toxicology and Nutrition
1 Demonstration of dialysis using blood filtrate (Protein Separation)
2 Immunology
a Quantitative Estimation of Antibody
b Precipitation Techniques Double Immunodiffusion Single (Radial)
Immunodiffusion
3 Electrophoretic Techniques Immuno-electrophoresisRocket Immunoelectrophoresis
Immuno-diffusion
4 To assay cathepsin D ATPase (NaKCaMg) Lipid peroxidase enzymes
5 Assay of Acetylcholine esterase activity in rat brain
6 Assay of monoamine oxidase
7 Fractionation of tissues and assay of proteins
8 Assay of ornithine amino transferase
9 Glutathione Estimation
10 Organ tissue morphology histopathology
11 Assay of toxicant biotransformation enzyme-cytochrome P450
12 Test for teratogenecity carcinogenecity Ames test
13 To perform pair wise alignment of sequences using BLAST program
14 To design primers for the given gene sequences
15 To perform multiple sequence alignment and generate phylogenetic tree
16 To retrieve and visualize the three dimensional structures of proteins
17 To retrieve metagenomic sequences and primer designing to develop STS marker
OR
18 Determination of Triglycerides
19 Proximate Analysis of Food Samples
48
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4 Project
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Plan and develop experimental design projects from concept through to professional
prototype
2 Apply theoretical knowledge conceptual skills and techniques to the development of
solutions for biochemical problems
3 Apply initiative and judgment in planning problem solving and decision making in
practice or future study
4 Design a research project and submit in a form of thesis they will present their results of
the thesis to an audience of peers and faculty and be able to defend their results during
final evaluation
4PROJ PROJECT
4S1 Seminar
31
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 3
3T3 B Nutrition (Nutritional Biochemistry) (Core Elective 1)
Unit I Basic Concepts
Basic Concept Energy content of foods Measurements of energy expenditure Direct amp
Indirect calorimetry Definition of BMR and SDA and factors affecting these Thermogenic
effects of foods Energy requirements of man and woman and factors affecting energy
requirements
Role of dietary fibers in nutrition
Unit II Nutritional Disorders
Protein Energy Malnutrition (PEM) Aetiology Clinical features Metabolic disorders
and Management of Marasmus and Kwashiorkor diseases
Disorders of Mineral Metabolism Hypercalecemia Hypocalcaemia Normocalcemia
Hyperphosphatemia
Unit III Starvation and Antinutrients
Starvation Techniques for studying starvation protein metabolim in prolonged fasting
protein sparing treatments during fasting Concept of high protein low calorific weight
reduction diets
Antinutrients Naturally occurring food borne toxicants protease inhibitors hemagglutins
hepatotoxins allergens oxalates toxins from mushrooms animal food stuffs and sea foods
Unit IV Clinical Nutrition and Food Allergies
Clinical Nutrition Role of diet and nutrition in the prevention and treatment of diseases
dental caries Fluorosis Atherosclerosis amp Rheumatic disorders Inherited metabolic
Disorders Phenylketonuria Maple Syrup disease amp Hemocystinuria
Food Allergies Definition role of antigen host and environment types of
hypersensitivities diagnosis and treatment of allergy
Suggested Reading 1 Basics of clinical nutrition author- yk joshi jaypee publication
2 Nutrition for the community Gully baba publishing house
Essentials of human nutrition author-jim mann amp stewart truswell oxford university press
3 Introduction to human nutrition
edited by- professor michael gibney (ucd institute of food and health) professor susan lanham-new
(university of surrey) professor aedin Cassidy (university of east anglia) professor hester vorster (north-
west university south africa) httpwwwnutritionsocietyorgpublicationstextbooksintroduction-to-
human-nutritionsthashtdyscawhdpuf
4 Nutrition and metabolism
edited by- professor susan lanham-new (university of surrey) professor ian macdonald (university of
nottingham) professor helen roche (unviersity college dublin) -
httpwwwnutritionsocietyorgpublicationstextbooksnutrition-and-metabolismsthashiusrjtiudpuf
32
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 3
Foundation Course 1 Biomolecules and Basic Metabolism
Unit I Carbohydrates and metabolism
Classification of carbohydrates Structure occurrence and biological importance of
monosaccharides oligosaccharides and polysaccharides
Introduction to Metabolism glycolysis glucogenesis and gluconeogenesis TCA cycle and its
amphibolic role energetics of carbohydrate metabolismAlternate pathways HMP shunt Enter-
Doudoroff glucuronate and glyoxylate pathways Corirsquos cycle
Unit II Lipids and metabolism
Classification of lipids Fatty acids Saturated and unsaturated fatty acids Essential fatty acids
Glycerophospholipids Glycolipids properties and functions
Metabolism Oxidation of fatty acids even and odd numbered unsaturated and branched chain fatty
acids
Degradation and biosynthesis of triacylglycerols and phospholipids energetic of beta- oxidation
Cholesterol biosynthesis catabolism and regulation
Unit III Proteins and metabolism
Classification of amino acids and proteins Protein structures primary secondary tertiary and
quarternary structure General metabolic reaction of amino acids transamination oxidative
deamination minor pathways of amino acid degradation transdeamination amino acid oxidase non
oxidative deamination
Degradation and biosynthesis of amino acids glycogenic and ketogenic amino acids Urea cycle
pathway and regulation
Unit IV Minerals and metabolism
Major and minor and ultra trace minerals their occurrence functions toxicity and interaction with
other nutrients
Iron metabolism and regulation
Calcium and phosphorus metabolism and regulation
Suggested Reading
1 Biophysical Techniques- Upadhyay Upadhyay and Nath
2 Principles of Biochemistry- Lehninger David L Nelson and Michael M Cox
3 Enzymes- Malcolm Dixon and Edwin Webb
4 Harperrsquos Biochemistry- Harper
5 Biochemistry- Western and Todd
6 Cell and Molecular Biology-Gerald Karp
7 Fundamentals of Biochemistry-Donald Voet Judith G Voet and Charlotte W Bratt
33
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 3
Paper ndash IV (Code 3T4 ) Bioresearch Techniques I (Subject centric core 1)
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Understand key principles of how flow cytometer work including data
analysis for their applications
2 Improve on skillful process of the animal cell culture techniques and
experimental demand of knowledge including an appreciation of the
need for good experimental design and scientific research practices
3 To incline intellectual curiosity in DNA and RNA techniques and
related fields that extends well beyond the course
4 To develop practical laboratory skills in the field of DNA and RNA
techniques
34
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 3
3T4 Bioresearch Techniques I (Subject centric core 1)
Unit I Flow cytometry
Principles of flow cytometry Instrument overview principle of fluorescence sample preparation
data analysis and applications of flow cytometry Overview Fludics Generation of Scatter and
fluorescence ( Optical bench optical filters signal detection Treshold) Data Analysis (Data
Collection and Display gating data analysis for subsetting applications Data analysis for ther
applications) Sorting Lasers and Alignment (Working of lasers and laser alignment)
Unit II Animal cell culture techniques
Animal cell Culture Cell culture (adherent and suspension) basic equipment cell culture media-
Components sterility buffering capacity growth requirements supplementation of serum antibiotic
and antimycotic agents preparation of medium advantages and limitations of Primary cell culture
clonal cell lines basic technique a of animal cell subcultuing disaggregation method for quantitation
of cells in culture counting chamber counters cell viability determination cytotoxicity assay and its
applications cell apoptosis assay and its applications 3 D cultures
Unit III DNA techniques
Isolation Sequencing Restriction Nucleases Gel Electrophoresis DNA probes Nucleic acid
hybridization Southern blotting DNA fingerprinting and DNA typing DNA Library
DNA sequencing Sanger and Maxam Gilbert
Restriction Mapping DNase foot printing DMS foot printing knockouts
PCR RFLP RAPD AFLP SNP
Unit IV RNA techniques
Isolation Hybridization Northern Blotting in vitro labeling with radioisotopes and chemical
markers
Mapping and quantifying transcripts S1assay primer extension run off transcription
Transcription rate measurement in vivo Nuclear run on transcription reporter gene N transcription
si RNA technology gene silencing techniques its applications microarrays ribozyme technology
Suggested References
1 Molecular Biology of The Cell Alberts 5th Edition 2007 NCBI Publication
2 Principles of Biochemistry Lehninger WH Freeman
3 Biochemistry of Signal Transduction and Regulation-shy‐ Gerhard Krauss
Wiley VCH 3rd Revised Edition
4 Molecular Cell Biology Lodish 6th Edition WH Freeman amp Company
5 The cell Cooper 2nd Edition ASM Press
6 Gene IX Benjamin Lewin
Published by Pearson Prentice Hall
7 Cell and Molecular Biology Gerald Karp
8 Molecular Biology Robert Weaver 1st Edition WCBNMcGraw-shy‐Hill
9 Molecular Biology of the Gene Watson 6th Edition Pearson Publication
10 Gene Regulation A Eukaryotic Perspective David Latchman 5 illustrated Taylor amp Francis
2005
35
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 3
3P1 Biotechnology And Molecular Biology
1) Fermentation
i) Isolation of microorganisms from soil demonstrating synthesis capability of desired product
Gram staining (Desired property to be decided by the instructor) and screening
ii) Optimization of the lab scale production of the desired product Effect of temperature pH
substrate concentration
iii) Growth curve Estimation of cell number substrate utilization andor product formation
2) Polymerase Chain Reaction
i) PCR amplification from genomic DNA
ii) Nested PCR
iii) Random Amplification of Polymorphic DNA (RAPD)
3) Restriction Fragment Length Polymorphism (RFLP)
3P2 A Biochemical And Environmental Toxicology
1 Qualitative detection of various toxicants in biological samples
Phenothiazine derivatives Organochlorine compounds (Fujiwara test) Phenol Methanol Arsenic (As)
Antimony (Sb) Selenium (Se) Mercury (Hg) Bismuth (Bi) Fluoride (F) Boron (Bo) Gutzeit test for
Antimony (Sb) and Arsenic (As) Spot test for metal toxicants
2 Quantitative determination of Salicylate Paracetamol (acetaminophen) Sulphonamide in biological
samples
3 Enzyme assay in toxic conditions
GOT (AST) GPT (ALT) Acid phosphatase Alkaline phosphatase Acetyl cholinesterase etc
4 Construction of dose-response curves
5 Determination of LD50 value of a toxicant
6 Induction of hepatotoxicity diabetes skin lesions teratogenesis
7 Assay of biomarkers of environmental pollution toxicity
OR
3P2 B) Nutritional Biochemistry
1 Determination of Calcium in food samples
2 Determination of Inorganic Phosphorous in food samples
3 Determination of Iron in food samples
4 Determination of beta carotene in carrots by column chromatography
5 Determination of Ascorbic Acid in food
6 Estimation of Amylase activity
7 Determination of Total Lipids By Sulphophospho vanillin Method
3S1 Seminar
InstitutionalEducational tour For minimum 08 days
36
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
Paper ndash I (Code 4T1) Advanced Clinical Biochemistry
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Analyse evaluate and generate information from a wide variety of sources regarding the key principles of aging and Neurological disorders
2 Analyse the effects of obesity on physiological functions including gene regulation
3 Critically interpret molecular and metabolic diseases and develop new knowledge domain about them
4 To develop effective creative and innovative solutions to current research problems in Reproductive Disease and Reproductive Biochemistry
5 To develop practical laboratory skill for Assisted Reproductive Technology program
37
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
4T1 Advanced Clinical Biochemistry
Unit I Aging and Neurological Disorders
Current view and theories of aging auto immune connection and HLA association processes of
aging and biochemical alteration DNA damage protein oxidation and axonal transport in aging
nutritional intervention as anti-aging therapy
Alzheimerrsquos disease Causes symptoms diagnosis pathogenesis genetics APP ApoE PS2 tau
protein risk factors and therapeutic approaches
Progeria Parkinsonrsquos disease Causes symptoms diagnosis pathogenesis genetics and therapeutic
approaches
Unit II Obesity
Theories lipid metabolism adipose tissue anomalies
Genetic basis of familial obesity effects of neuropeptides and leptin in nutrient partitioning
Obesity related derangements in metabolic regulation Therapeutic approaches
Unit III Molecular and Metabolic Diseases
Human gene map genetic diversity polymorphism genetic linkage chromosomal disorder
Monogenetic Disorders Autosomal dominant autosomal recessive X-linked Multifactorial
disorders Genetic heterogeneity Allelic heterogeneity Pathogenesis of genetic disease
Galactosemia Hemophilia Sickle cell anemia Muscular dystrophy Hypercholesterolemia Gout
Turnerrsquos syndrome
Unit IV Reproductive Biochemistry
Overview of reproductive system and reproduction biochemistry of reproductive disorders (male amp
female) Influence of various factors in reproduction with special reference to role of prostaglandins
and gonadotrophins Mechanism and methods of birth control and possible biochemical
consequences thereof Biochemical markerrsquos in infertility disorders Techniques involved in assisted
reproductive technology (ART) Culture media and cell culture techniques in ART programme
Suggested References
1 Clinical Biochemistry ndash Metabolic and Clinical aspects By-William J Marshall amp Stephen
K Angert
2 Harperrsquos Biochemistry - 27th Ed
3 Text book of Medical Physiology - By Guyton
4 Text book of Physiology -By Burn amp levy
5 Biochemistry ndashBy L Stryer (Freeman amp CoNY)
6 Biochemistry with clinical correlation- By Thomas Devli
7 The Metabolic Basis of Inherited Disease 5th Ed-By John Stanbury
8 Teitz Fundamentals of Clinical Chemistry ndashBy CABurtis amp Ashwood
9 Biochemistry - By Lehninger
10 Lehningerrsquos Biochemistry ndashBy Nelson amp Cox
11 Biochemistry ndashBy Stanford
12 Basic Medical Biochemistry A Clinical approach- By Smith
13 Principles of Internal Medicines- By HarrisonT R
14 Practical Biochemistry Principles amp Techniques- By Wilson amp Walker
15 Practical Biochemistry ndashBy David Plummer
38
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
Paper ndash II (Code 4T2) Advanced Immunology
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Understand details of lymph node microanatomy and learn the B and T cells encounter with antigens and study its development
2 Gain insight into antigen presentation and autophagy on a detailed molecular level
3 Understand immunology of mucosal surfaces and the interplay between commensal flora and the immune system in the gut
4 In-depth knowledge of the cellular and molecular basis for autoimmune disease and allergies
5 Basic knowledge of tumor immunology and the development of novel recombinant antibodies for treatment of cancer and autoimmune disease
39
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
4T2 Advanced Immunology
Unit I Introductory Immunobiology
Complement system Alternative and Classical pathway of complement activation
Immune networks Homeostasis in the immune system-termination of normal immune
responses network hypothesis
In vivo immunity to viruses bacteria fungi protozoa worms etc
Unit II Immunological tolerance and Autoimmunity
Immunologic tolerance T lymphocyte tolerance- central and peripheral Apoptosis in
Lymphocytes-pathways and biochemical mechanisms effector mechanisms Tolerance
induced regulatory T cells B lymphocyte tolerance- Central and Peripheral Homeostasis in
the immune pathogenesis and therapeutic approaches to autoimmunity
Unit III Tumor and Transplantation Immunology Hypersensitivity
General features of tumor immunity tumor antigens Immune response to tumor and
evasion Immunotherapy Types of hypersensitivity Effector mechanisms of immunologic
tissue injury and disease
Unit IV Immunodeficiency and Vaccinology
MHC and disease susceptibility immune deficiency disorders Active immunization
(immune prophylaxis) passive immunization adjuvants modern approaches to vaccine
development role of vaccines in the prevention of disease
Suggested References
1 Cellular and Molecular Immunology- 5th Edition Abul K Abbas Andrew Litchman
2 Immunology-5th Edition Richard A Goldsby Thomas J Kindt Barbara A Osborne
Janis Kuby
3 Immunology- 6th Edition Ivan Roitt Jonathan Brostoff David Male
40
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
Paper ndash III (Code 4T3 A) Toxicology (Clinical Research)
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Have knowledge about assessment and management of ethical clinical trial
programs
2 Demonstrate competency in biopharmaceutical clinical trial research designs and
regulatory affairs
3 Demonstrate competencies in evaluating clinical research data and
communicating results Manage innovative products through the discovery
processes and into the clinical trial phases
4 Identify and classify different types of trial designs when reading a trial report
understand the essential of GLP roles and responsibilities of stakeholders in
clinical trials
41
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
4T3 A) Toxicology (Clinical Research)
Unit I Pre-Clinical Research
Animal studies acute amp chronic toxicity of drugs regulations for number amp types of
animals protocols for animal experimentation Biochemical amp histopathological studies of
animals after drug administration Mechanism amp cause of death Routine toxicity studies amp
special toxicity studies carcinogenicity mutagenicity amp teratogenicity to be given special
emphasis
Unit II Phases of Clinical Research
Phases of clinical research number of volunteers in phase I amp types of patients in phase II to
IV Importance of these investigations Post marketing surveillance (PMS) amp
pharmacovigilence in case of clinical investigations after marketing authorization
Importance of ethical committee protocol design documentation in clinical trials Bio
Availability and Bio Equivalence studies Pharmacokinetics Pharmacodynamics Genomic
studies
Unit III Good lab practices
Good Clinical Practices Good Manufacturing Practices and Good Laboratory Practices
Principles of ICH-GCP History GCP declaration of Helsinki Belmont report Nuremberg
code Tuskgee trial Schedules Y and its amendments ICMR Guidelines Composition
functions amp operations of IRBIEC ethics of clinical trials Health Authorities- CDSCO US-
FDA EMEA and other
Unit IV Roles and Responsibilities of different stake holders in Clinical Research-
Sponsor CRO SMO Ethics Committee Investigator CRA CRC Patients and other
Departments in Clinical Research- Operations Business Development Regulatory
Pharmacovigilance Data Management Centralized Monitoring Quality Finance Important
documents in Clinical Research and importance of documentation in Clinical Research
Stages in clinical trial-Feasibilities PSSV SIV SMV and Close-out visits Audits and
Inspections
Suggested reading
1 Clinical Research Coordinator Handbook Norris Deborrah Plexus Publications
20040601
2 Clinical Research Methodology and Evidence-Based Medicine Babu Ajit N
Anshan 20080530
3 Conducting Clinical Research Judy Stone Biblio Distribution 2006
4 Essentials of clinical research Stephen P Glasser (Edt) Springer Verlag 2008
42
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
Paper ndash III (Code 4T3 B) Nutrition (Applied Nutritional Biochemistry)
Learning outcome Students will be
1 Capable of describing biochemical pathways relevant in nutrient metabolism 2 Capable of using selected biochemical techniques relevant in nutritional
biochemical research 3 Critical reading of scientific articles in nutritional biochemistry 4 Capable of discussing research questions relevant to nutritional biochemistry 5 The ability to ask critical questions and discuss nutritional biochemical research
43
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
4T3 B) Nutrition (Applied Nutritional Biochemistry)
Unit I Clinical nutrition
Role of a dietician role and responsibilities of a dietitian nutrition counseling professional
ethics and obligations
Diet therapy-Rationale for diet therapy (normal diet modifications of the diet to the light
diet soft diet full liquid diet clear liquid tube feeding) Routes for diet therapy-enteral and
parental use of biochemical parameters in the planning of diets use of computers in the
planning of diets
Unit II Nutritional Counseling and Dietetics
Nutritive value of different food groups and changes due to cooking in various food groups
Storage of foods food quality and factors affecting food quality Control of food quality Use
of additives Classification and applications
Unit III Community Nutrition
Opportunities in community Nutrition Assessing Community Resources assessing target
population program planning Assessing communityrsquos nutritional resources Food insecurity
food assistance programs world hunger and food insecurity Principles of nutrition education
and policy making national nutrition agenda
Unit IV Applied Nutrition and Public Health Concept of Health Nutrition and Public Health Nutrition Demographic trends in India and
the significance of certain indices of Health and Nutrition situation of a community IMR
MMR TFR Birth rate Death rate Life expectancy etc) Major nutritional problems in
developing countries Dietary surveys-methods ways of interpretations and analysis
recommendations based on survey findings Assessment of nutritional status biochemical
and anthropometry
Suggested Reading
Clinical nutrition
edited by- professor marinos elia (university of outhampton) professor olle ljungqvist
(karolinska institutet amp oumlrebro university hospital) dr outham outhamp (university of
outhampton professor susan lanham-new (university of surrey) - see more at
httpwwwnutritionsocietyorgpublicationstextbooksclinical-
nutritionsthashw12tfscqdpuf
Public health nutrition
edited by- professor michael gibney (ucd institute of food and health) professor barrie
margetts (university of southampton) dr john kearney (dublin institute of technology)
professor lenore arab (university of california los angeles)
httpwwwnutritionsocietyorgpublicationstextbookspublic-health-
nutritionsthash8pvhu1m0dpuf
Staying healthy with nutrition author- elson m Hass buck levin
American dietetic association complete food and nutrition guide Roberta larson duyff
44
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
MSc Biochemistry CBCS syllabus Effective from 2015-16
SEMESTER 4
Foundation 2 Basic Enzymology
Unit I
Introduction to Enzymology Nomenclature and classification of enzymes History sources of
enzymes (Animal Plant and microorganisms) Protein amp nonprotein nature of enzymes with
examples enzymes as biological catalysts and their importance principle of assay of enzymes and
measurement of activity effect of experimental conditions on measurement of activity such as time pH temp
substrate definition of enzyme unit Stability of enzymes and half life of enzymes Effect of environmental
factors on stability of enzymes Concept of Zymogens and active enzyme with examples effect of activators
and inhibitors on enzyme activity Role of coenzymes and cofactors on enzyme catalysis with examples
Unit II Production amp purification
Method os screening of sources for desired enzymes Availability of the sources for procurement
of enzymes Natural and synthetic Media for microbial enzyme production effect of inducers and
environmental factors on enzyme production by microorganisms
Methods of isolation of enzymes form the source purification of enzyme by dialysis salt and solvent
precipitation chromatography gel filtration Purification by affinity chromatography methods of
determination of purity and nature of of enzymes by simple PAGE SDSPAGE and 2 D electrophoresis
Unit III Enzyme Kinetics
Lock amp key model and Koshland model of enzyme active site Determination of active site of enzyme
Michelis Mentain equation kinetics of reversible irreversible and nonreversible enzymes Line Weaver burk
plot and Eddie Hofstie Plot Determination of kinetic constants and activation energy Effect of competitive
and non-competitive inhibitors on enzyme activity Allosteric enzyme and sigmoidal kinetics
Unit IV Applications of enzymes
Structure and function of multienzyme complex systems such as PDH KGH B oxidation spiral and glycolysis
Advantages of soluble and membrane bound enzymes Futile cycles in Biochemistry
Methods of immobilization of enzymes advantages and disadvantages of immobilization Application of
Immobilized enzymes in agriculture cosmetics detergent dairy brewing and food industries with examples
such as lactase pectinase proteinase invertaselipase etc Application of enzymes in nanotechnology
biosensors etc
Suggested references
1 Enzymology and Enzyme Technology 2014 by SM Bhatt (S Chand)
2 Enzyme Technology 2006 by Ashok Pandey (Editor) Colin Webb (Editor) MARCELO
FERNANDES (Editor) Springer
3 Biocatalysts and enzyme technology 2012 Klaus Buchholz
45
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
4T4 Bioresearch Techniques II (Subject centric core 2)
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Learn describe and build up knowledge domain regarding the latest and most advanced Bioresearch techniques available for biochemical research
2 Be aware select appropriately apply technology platforms and Perform techniques for analysis of DNA and protein expression
3 Evaluation of data and controls related to research techniques 4 Create thought-provoking questions related to the laboratory equipment
46
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
4T4 Bioresearch Techniques II (Subject centric core 2)
UNIT I
Biochemical methods I- Co-immunoprecipitation BiFC bimolecular fluorescence
complementation affinity electrophoresis Pull down assays label transfer yeast two hybrid
screens phage display
UNIT II
Biochemical methods II- In-vivo crosslinking of protein complexes using photo-reactive
amino acid analogs Tandem affinity purification (TAP) Chemical cross-linking SPINE
(Strepprotein interaction experiment) Quantitative immunoprecipitation combined with
knock-down (QUICK) Proximity ligation assay (PLA) in situ
UNIT III
Biophysical and theoretical methods I
Bio-Layer Interferometry
Dual polarisation interferometry (DPI)
Static light scattering (SLS)
Dynamic light scattering (DLS)
Surface plasmon resonance
UNIT IV
Biophysical and theoretical methods II
Fluorescence polarizationanisotropy
Fluorescence correlation spectroscopy
FRET BRET
2D-FT NMR spectroscopy
Proteinndashprotein docking
Isothermal Titration Calorimetry (ITC)
Isothermal Titration Calorimetry (ITC)
Suggested References
1 Molecular Biology of The Cell Alberts 5th Edition 2007 NCBI Publication
2 Principles of Biochemistry Lehninger WH Freeman
3 Biochemistry of Signal Transduction and Regulation-shy‐ Gerhard Krauss
Wiley VCH 3rd Revised Edition
4 Molecular Cell Biology Lodish 6th Edition WH Freeman amp Company
5 The cell Cooper 2nd Edition ASM Press
6 Gene IX Benjamin Lewin
Published by Pearson Prentice Hall
7 Cell and Molecular Biology Gerald Karp
8 Molecular Biology Robert Weaver 1st Edition WCBNMcGraw-shy‐Hill
9 Molecular Biology of the Gene Watson 6th Edition Pearson Publication
10 Gene Regulation A Eukaryotic Perspective David Latchman 5 illustrated Taylor amp
Francis 2005
47
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
4P1 Advanced Clinical Biochemistry and Immunology and Toxicology and Nutrition
1 Demonstration of dialysis using blood filtrate (Protein Separation)
2 Immunology
a Quantitative Estimation of Antibody
b Precipitation Techniques Double Immunodiffusion Single (Radial)
Immunodiffusion
3 Electrophoretic Techniques Immuno-electrophoresisRocket Immunoelectrophoresis
Immuno-diffusion
4 To assay cathepsin D ATPase (NaKCaMg) Lipid peroxidase enzymes
5 Assay of Acetylcholine esterase activity in rat brain
6 Assay of monoamine oxidase
7 Fractionation of tissues and assay of proteins
8 Assay of ornithine amino transferase
9 Glutathione Estimation
10 Organ tissue morphology histopathology
11 Assay of toxicant biotransformation enzyme-cytochrome P450
12 Test for teratogenecity carcinogenecity Ames test
13 To perform pair wise alignment of sequences using BLAST program
14 To design primers for the given gene sequences
15 To perform multiple sequence alignment and generate phylogenetic tree
16 To retrieve and visualize the three dimensional structures of proteins
17 To retrieve metagenomic sequences and primer designing to develop STS marker
OR
18 Determination of Triglycerides
19 Proximate Analysis of Food Samples
48
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4 Project
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Plan and develop experimental design projects from concept through to professional
prototype
2 Apply theoretical knowledge conceptual skills and techniques to the development of
solutions for biochemical problems
3 Apply initiative and judgment in planning problem solving and decision making in
practice or future study
4 Design a research project and submit in a form of thesis they will present their results of
the thesis to an audience of peers and faculty and be able to defend their results during
final evaluation
4PROJ PROJECT
4S1 Seminar
32
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 3
Foundation Course 1 Biomolecules and Basic Metabolism
Unit I Carbohydrates and metabolism
Classification of carbohydrates Structure occurrence and biological importance of
monosaccharides oligosaccharides and polysaccharides
Introduction to Metabolism glycolysis glucogenesis and gluconeogenesis TCA cycle and its
amphibolic role energetics of carbohydrate metabolismAlternate pathways HMP shunt Enter-
Doudoroff glucuronate and glyoxylate pathways Corirsquos cycle
Unit II Lipids and metabolism
Classification of lipids Fatty acids Saturated and unsaturated fatty acids Essential fatty acids
Glycerophospholipids Glycolipids properties and functions
Metabolism Oxidation of fatty acids even and odd numbered unsaturated and branched chain fatty
acids
Degradation and biosynthesis of triacylglycerols and phospholipids energetic of beta- oxidation
Cholesterol biosynthesis catabolism and regulation
Unit III Proteins and metabolism
Classification of amino acids and proteins Protein structures primary secondary tertiary and
quarternary structure General metabolic reaction of amino acids transamination oxidative
deamination minor pathways of amino acid degradation transdeamination amino acid oxidase non
oxidative deamination
Degradation and biosynthesis of amino acids glycogenic and ketogenic amino acids Urea cycle
pathway and regulation
Unit IV Minerals and metabolism
Major and minor and ultra trace minerals their occurrence functions toxicity and interaction with
other nutrients
Iron metabolism and regulation
Calcium and phosphorus metabolism and regulation
Suggested Reading
1 Biophysical Techniques- Upadhyay Upadhyay and Nath
2 Principles of Biochemistry- Lehninger David L Nelson and Michael M Cox
3 Enzymes- Malcolm Dixon and Edwin Webb
4 Harperrsquos Biochemistry- Harper
5 Biochemistry- Western and Todd
6 Cell and Molecular Biology-Gerald Karp
7 Fundamentals of Biochemistry-Donald Voet Judith G Voet and Charlotte W Bratt
33
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 3
Paper ndash IV (Code 3T4 ) Bioresearch Techniques I (Subject centric core 1)
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Understand key principles of how flow cytometer work including data
analysis for their applications
2 Improve on skillful process of the animal cell culture techniques and
experimental demand of knowledge including an appreciation of the
need for good experimental design and scientific research practices
3 To incline intellectual curiosity in DNA and RNA techniques and
related fields that extends well beyond the course
4 To develop practical laboratory skills in the field of DNA and RNA
techniques
34
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 3
3T4 Bioresearch Techniques I (Subject centric core 1)
Unit I Flow cytometry
Principles of flow cytometry Instrument overview principle of fluorescence sample preparation
data analysis and applications of flow cytometry Overview Fludics Generation of Scatter and
fluorescence ( Optical bench optical filters signal detection Treshold) Data Analysis (Data
Collection and Display gating data analysis for subsetting applications Data analysis for ther
applications) Sorting Lasers and Alignment (Working of lasers and laser alignment)
Unit II Animal cell culture techniques
Animal cell Culture Cell culture (adherent and suspension) basic equipment cell culture media-
Components sterility buffering capacity growth requirements supplementation of serum antibiotic
and antimycotic agents preparation of medium advantages and limitations of Primary cell culture
clonal cell lines basic technique a of animal cell subcultuing disaggregation method for quantitation
of cells in culture counting chamber counters cell viability determination cytotoxicity assay and its
applications cell apoptosis assay and its applications 3 D cultures
Unit III DNA techniques
Isolation Sequencing Restriction Nucleases Gel Electrophoresis DNA probes Nucleic acid
hybridization Southern blotting DNA fingerprinting and DNA typing DNA Library
DNA sequencing Sanger and Maxam Gilbert
Restriction Mapping DNase foot printing DMS foot printing knockouts
PCR RFLP RAPD AFLP SNP
Unit IV RNA techniques
Isolation Hybridization Northern Blotting in vitro labeling with radioisotopes and chemical
markers
Mapping and quantifying transcripts S1assay primer extension run off transcription
Transcription rate measurement in vivo Nuclear run on transcription reporter gene N transcription
si RNA technology gene silencing techniques its applications microarrays ribozyme technology
Suggested References
1 Molecular Biology of The Cell Alberts 5th Edition 2007 NCBI Publication
2 Principles of Biochemistry Lehninger WH Freeman
3 Biochemistry of Signal Transduction and Regulation-shy‐ Gerhard Krauss
Wiley VCH 3rd Revised Edition
4 Molecular Cell Biology Lodish 6th Edition WH Freeman amp Company
5 The cell Cooper 2nd Edition ASM Press
6 Gene IX Benjamin Lewin
Published by Pearson Prentice Hall
7 Cell and Molecular Biology Gerald Karp
8 Molecular Biology Robert Weaver 1st Edition WCBNMcGraw-shy‐Hill
9 Molecular Biology of the Gene Watson 6th Edition Pearson Publication
10 Gene Regulation A Eukaryotic Perspective David Latchman 5 illustrated Taylor amp Francis
2005
35
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 3
3P1 Biotechnology And Molecular Biology
1) Fermentation
i) Isolation of microorganisms from soil demonstrating synthesis capability of desired product
Gram staining (Desired property to be decided by the instructor) and screening
ii) Optimization of the lab scale production of the desired product Effect of temperature pH
substrate concentration
iii) Growth curve Estimation of cell number substrate utilization andor product formation
2) Polymerase Chain Reaction
i) PCR amplification from genomic DNA
ii) Nested PCR
iii) Random Amplification of Polymorphic DNA (RAPD)
3) Restriction Fragment Length Polymorphism (RFLP)
3P2 A Biochemical And Environmental Toxicology
1 Qualitative detection of various toxicants in biological samples
Phenothiazine derivatives Organochlorine compounds (Fujiwara test) Phenol Methanol Arsenic (As)
Antimony (Sb) Selenium (Se) Mercury (Hg) Bismuth (Bi) Fluoride (F) Boron (Bo) Gutzeit test for
Antimony (Sb) and Arsenic (As) Spot test for metal toxicants
2 Quantitative determination of Salicylate Paracetamol (acetaminophen) Sulphonamide in biological
samples
3 Enzyme assay in toxic conditions
GOT (AST) GPT (ALT) Acid phosphatase Alkaline phosphatase Acetyl cholinesterase etc
4 Construction of dose-response curves
5 Determination of LD50 value of a toxicant
6 Induction of hepatotoxicity diabetes skin lesions teratogenesis
7 Assay of biomarkers of environmental pollution toxicity
OR
3P2 B) Nutritional Biochemistry
1 Determination of Calcium in food samples
2 Determination of Inorganic Phosphorous in food samples
3 Determination of Iron in food samples
4 Determination of beta carotene in carrots by column chromatography
5 Determination of Ascorbic Acid in food
6 Estimation of Amylase activity
7 Determination of Total Lipids By Sulphophospho vanillin Method
3S1 Seminar
InstitutionalEducational tour For minimum 08 days
36
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
Paper ndash I (Code 4T1) Advanced Clinical Biochemistry
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Analyse evaluate and generate information from a wide variety of sources regarding the key principles of aging and Neurological disorders
2 Analyse the effects of obesity on physiological functions including gene regulation
3 Critically interpret molecular and metabolic diseases and develop new knowledge domain about them
4 To develop effective creative and innovative solutions to current research problems in Reproductive Disease and Reproductive Biochemistry
5 To develop practical laboratory skill for Assisted Reproductive Technology program
37
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
4T1 Advanced Clinical Biochemistry
Unit I Aging and Neurological Disorders
Current view and theories of aging auto immune connection and HLA association processes of
aging and biochemical alteration DNA damage protein oxidation and axonal transport in aging
nutritional intervention as anti-aging therapy
Alzheimerrsquos disease Causes symptoms diagnosis pathogenesis genetics APP ApoE PS2 tau
protein risk factors and therapeutic approaches
Progeria Parkinsonrsquos disease Causes symptoms diagnosis pathogenesis genetics and therapeutic
approaches
Unit II Obesity
Theories lipid metabolism adipose tissue anomalies
Genetic basis of familial obesity effects of neuropeptides and leptin in nutrient partitioning
Obesity related derangements in metabolic regulation Therapeutic approaches
Unit III Molecular and Metabolic Diseases
Human gene map genetic diversity polymorphism genetic linkage chromosomal disorder
Monogenetic Disorders Autosomal dominant autosomal recessive X-linked Multifactorial
disorders Genetic heterogeneity Allelic heterogeneity Pathogenesis of genetic disease
Galactosemia Hemophilia Sickle cell anemia Muscular dystrophy Hypercholesterolemia Gout
Turnerrsquos syndrome
Unit IV Reproductive Biochemistry
Overview of reproductive system and reproduction biochemistry of reproductive disorders (male amp
female) Influence of various factors in reproduction with special reference to role of prostaglandins
and gonadotrophins Mechanism and methods of birth control and possible biochemical
consequences thereof Biochemical markerrsquos in infertility disorders Techniques involved in assisted
reproductive technology (ART) Culture media and cell culture techniques in ART programme
Suggested References
1 Clinical Biochemistry ndash Metabolic and Clinical aspects By-William J Marshall amp Stephen
K Angert
2 Harperrsquos Biochemistry - 27th Ed
3 Text book of Medical Physiology - By Guyton
4 Text book of Physiology -By Burn amp levy
5 Biochemistry ndashBy L Stryer (Freeman amp CoNY)
6 Biochemistry with clinical correlation- By Thomas Devli
7 The Metabolic Basis of Inherited Disease 5th Ed-By John Stanbury
8 Teitz Fundamentals of Clinical Chemistry ndashBy CABurtis amp Ashwood
9 Biochemistry - By Lehninger
10 Lehningerrsquos Biochemistry ndashBy Nelson amp Cox
11 Biochemistry ndashBy Stanford
12 Basic Medical Biochemistry A Clinical approach- By Smith
13 Principles of Internal Medicines- By HarrisonT R
14 Practical Biochemistry Principles amp Techniques- By Wilson amp Walker
15 Practical Biochemistry ndashBy David Plummer
38
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
Paper ndash II (Code 4T2) Advanced Immunology
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Understand details of lymph node microanatomy and learn the B and T cells encounter with antigens and study its development
2 Gain insight into antigen presentation and autophagy on a detailed molecular level
3 Understand immunology of mucosal surfaces and the interplay between commensal flora and the immune system in the gut
4 In-depth knowledge of the cellular and molecular basis for autoimmune disease and allergies
5 Basic knowledge of tumor immunology and the development of novel recombinant antibodies for treatment of cancer and autoimmune disease
39
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
4T2 Advanced Immunology
Unit I Introductory Immunobiology
Complement system Alternative and Classical pathway of complement activation
Immune networks Homeostasis in the immune system-termination of normal immune
responses network hypothesis
In vivo immunity to viruses bacteria fungi protozoa worms etc
Unit II Immunological tolerance and Autoimmunity
Immunologic tolerance T lymphocyte tolerance- central and peripheral Apoptosis in
Lymphocytes-pathways and biochemical mechanisms effector mechanisms Tolerance
induced regulatory T cells B lymphocyte tolerance- Central and Peripheral Homeostasis in
the immune pathogenesis and therapeutic approaches to autoimmunity
Unit III Tumor and Transplantation Immunology Hypersensitivity
General features of tumor immunity tumor antigens Immune response to tumor and
evasion Immunotherapy Types of hypersensitivity Effector mechanisms of immunologic
tissue injury and disease
Unit IV Immunodeficiency and Vaccinology
MHC and disease susceptibility immune deficiency disorders Active immunization
(immune prophylaxis) passive immunization adjuvants modern approaches to vaccine
development role of vaccines in the prevention of disease
Suggested References
1 Cellular and Molecular Immunology- 5th Edition Abul K Abbas Andrew Litchman
2 Immunology-5th Edition Richard A Goldsby Thomas J Kindt Barbara A Osborne
Janis Kuby
3 Immunology- 6th Edition Ivan Roitt Jonathan Brostoff David Male
40
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
Paper ndash III (Code 4T3 A) Toxicology (Clinical Research)
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Have knowledge about assessment and management of ethical clinical trial
programs
2 Demonstrate competency in biopharmaceutical clinical trial research designs and
regulatory affairs
3 Demonstrate competencies in evaluating clinical research data and
communicating results Manage innovative products through the discovery
processes and into the clinical trial phases
4 Identify and classify different types of trial designs when reading a trial report
understand the essential of GLP roles and responsibilities of stakeholders in
clinical trials
41
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
4T3 A) Toxicology (Clinical Research)
Unit I Pre-Clinical Research
Animal studies acute amp chronic toxicity of drugs regulations for number amp types of
animals protocols for animal experimentation Biochemical amp histopathological studies of
animals after drug administration Mechanism amp cause of death Routine toxicity studies amp
special toxicity studies carcinogenicity mutagenicity amp teratogenicity to be given special
emphasis
Unit II Phases of Clinical Research
Phases of clinical research number of volunteers in phase I amp types of patients in phase II to
IV Importance of these investigations Post marketing surveillance (PMS) amp
pharmacovigilence in case of clinical investigations after marketing authorization
Importance of ethical committee protocol design documentation in clinical trials Bio
Availability and Bio Equivalence studies Pharmacokinetics Pharmacodynamics Genomic
studies
Unit III Good lab practices
Good Clinical Practices Good Manufacturing Practices and Good Laboratory Practices
Principles of ICH-GCP History GCP declaration of Helsinki Belmont report Nuremberg
code Tuskgee trial Schedules Y and its amendments ICMR Guidelines Composition
functions amp operations of IRBIEC ethics of clinical trials Health Authorities- CDSCO US-
FDA EMEA and other
Unit IV Roles and Responsibilities of different stake holders in Clinical Research-
Sponsor CRO SMO Ethics Committee Investigator CRA CRC Patients and other
Departments in Clinical Research- Operations Business Development Regulatory
Pharmacovigilance Data Management Centralized Monitoring Quality Finance Important
documents in Clinical Research and importance of documentation in Clinical Research
Stages in clinical trial-Feasibilities PSSV SIV SMV and Close-out visits Audits and
Inspections
Suggested reading
1 Clinical Research Coordinator Handbook Norris Deborrah Plexus Publications
20040601
2 Clinical Research Methodology and Evidence-Based Medicine Babu Ajit N
Anshan 20080530
3 Conducting Clinical Research Judy Stone Biblio Distribution 2006
4 Essentials of clinical research Stephen P Glasser (Edt) Springer Verlag 2008
42
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
Paper ndash III (Code 4T3 B) Nutrition (Applied Nutritional Biochemistry)
Learning outcome Students will be
1 Capable of describing biochemical pathways relevant in nutrient metabolism 2 Capable of using selected biochemical techniques relevant in nutritional
biochemical research 3 Critical reading of scientific articles in nutritional biochemistry 4 Capable of discussing research questions relevant to nutritional biochemistry 5 The ability to ask critical questions and discuss nutritional biochemical research
43
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
4T3 B) Nutrition (Applied Nutritional Biochemistry)
Unit I Clinical nutrition
Role of a dietician role and responsibilities of a dietitian nutrition counseling professional
ethics and obligations
Diet therapy-Rationale for diet therapy (normal diet modifications of the diet to the light
diet soft diet full liquid diet clear liquid tube feeding) Routes for diet therapy-enteral and
parental use of biochemical parameters in the planning of diets use of computers in the
planning of diets
Unit II Nutritional Counseling and Dietetics
Nutritive value of different food groups and changes due to cooking in various food groups
Storage of foods food quality and factors affecting food quality Control of food quality Use
of additives Classification and applications
Unit III Community Nutrition
Opportunities in community Nutrition Assessing Community Resources assessing target
population program planning Assessing communityrsquos nutritional resources Food insecurity
food assistance programs world hunger and food insecurity Principles of nutrition education
and policy making national nutrition agenda
Unit IV Applied Nutrition and Public Health Concept of Health Nutrition and Public Health Nutrition Demographic trends in India and
the significance of certain indices of Health and Nutrition situation of a community IMR
MMR TFR Birth rate Death rate Life expectancy etc) Major nutritional problems in
developing countries Dietary surveys-methods ways of interpretations and analysis
recommendations based on survey findings Assessment of nutritional status biochemical
and anthropometry
Suggested Reading
Clinical nutrition
edited by- professor marinos elia (university of outhampton) professor olle ljungqvist
(karolinska institutet amp oumlrebro university hospital) dr outham outhamp (university of
outhampton professor susan lanham-new (university of surrey) - see more at
httpwwwnutritionsocietyorgpublicationstextbooksclinical-
nutritionsthashw12tfscqdpuf
Public health nutrition
edited by- professor michael gibney (ucd institute of food and health) professor barrie
margetts (university of southampton) dr john kearney (dublin institute of technology)
professor lenore arab (university of california los angeles)
httpwwwnutritionsocietyorgpublicationstextbookspublic-health-
nutritionsthash8pvhu1m0dpuf
Staying healthy with nutrition author- elson m Hass buck levin
American dietetic association complete food and nutrition guide Roberta larson duyff
44
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
MSc Biochemistry CBCS syllabus Effective from 2015-16
SEMESTER 4
Foundation 2 Basic Enzymology
Unit I
Introduction to Enzymology Nomenclature and classification of enzymes History sources of
enzymes (Animal Plant and microorganisms) Protein amp nonprotein nature of enzymes with
examples enzymes as biological catalysts and their importance principle of assay of enzymes and
measurement of activity effect of experimental conditions on measurement of activity such as time pH temp
substrate definition of enzyme unit Stability of enzymes and half life of enzymes Effect of environmental
factors on stability of enzymes Concept of Zymogens and active enzyme with examples effect of activators
and inhibitors on enzyme activity Role of coenzymes and cofactors on enzyme catalysis with examples
Unit II Production amp purification
Method os screening of sources for desired enzymes Availability of the sources for procurement
of enzymes Natural and synthetic Media for microbial enzyme production effect of inducers and
environmental factors on enzyme production by microorganisms
Methods of isolation of enzymes form the source purification of enzyme by dialysis salt and solvent
precipitation chromatography gel filtration Purification by affinity chromatography methods of
determination of purity and nature of of enzymes by simple PAGE SDSPAGE and 2 D electrophoresis
Unit III Enzyme Kinetics
Lock amp key model and Koshland model of enzyme active site Determination of active site of enzyme
Michelis Mentain equation kinetics of reversible irreversible and nonreversible enzymes Line Weaver burk
plot and Eddie Hofstie Plot Determination of kinetic constants and activation energy Effect of competitive
and non-competitive inhibitors on enzyme activity Allosteric enzyme and sigmoidal kinetics
Unit IV Applications of enzymes
Structure and function of multienzyme complex systems such as PDH KGH B oxidation spiral and glycolysis
Advantages of soluble and membrane bound enzymes Futile cycles in Biochemistry
Methods of immobilization of enzymes advantages and disadvantages of immobilization Application of
Immobilized enzymes in agriculture cosmetics detergent dairy brewing and food industries with examples
such as lactase pectinase proteinase invertaselipase etc Application of enzymes in nanotechnology
biosensors etc
Suggested references
1 Enzymology and Enzyme Technology 2014 by SM Bhatt (S Chand)
2 Enzyme Technology 2006 by Ashok Pandey (Editor) Colin Webb (Editor) MARCELO
FERNANDES (Editor) Springer
3 Biocatalysts and enzyme technology 2012 Klaus Buchholz
45
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
4T4 Bioresearch Techniques II (Subject centric core 2)
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Learn describe and build up knowledge domain regarding the latest and most advanced Bioresearch techniques available for biochemical research
2 Be aware select appropriately apply technology platforms and Perform techniques for analysis of DNA and protein expression
3 Evaluation of data and controls related to research techniques 4 Create thought-provoking questions related to the laboratory equipment
46
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
4T4 Bioresearch Techniques II (Subject centric core 2)
UNIT I
Biochemical methods I- Co-immunoprecipitation BiFC bimolecular fluorescence
complementation affinity electrophoresis Pull down assays label transfer yeast two hybrid
screens phage display
UNIT II
Biochemical methods II- In-vivo crosslinking of protein complexes using photo-reactive
amino acid analogs Tandem affinity purification (TAP) Chemical cross-linking SPINE
(Strepprotein interaction experiment) Quantitative immunoprecipitation combined with
knock-down (QUICK) Proximity ligation assay (PLA) in situ
UNIT III
Biophysical and theoretical methods I
Bio-Layer Interferometry
Dual polarisation interferometry (DPI)
Static light scattering (SLS)
Dynamic light scattering (DLS)
Surface plasmon resonance
UNIT IV
Biophysical and theoretical methods II
Fluorescence polarizationanisotropy
Fluorescence correlation spectroscopy
FRET BRET
2D-FT NMR spectroscopy
Proteinndashprotein docking
Isothermal Titration Calorimetry (ITC)
Isothermal Titration Calorimetry (ITC)
Suggested References
1 Molecular Biology of The Cell Alberts 5th Edition 2007 NCBI Publication
2 Principles of Biochemistry Lehninger WH Freeman
3 Biochemistry of Signal Transduction and Regulation-shy‐ Gerhard Krauss
Wiley VCH 3rd Revised Edition
4 Molecular Cell Biology Lodish 6th Edition WH Freeman amp Company
5 The cell Cooper 2nd Edition ASM Press
6 Gene IX Benjamin Lewin
Published by Pearson Prentice Hall
7 Cell and Molecular Biology Gerald Karp
8 Molecular Biology Robert Weaver 1st Edition WCBNMcGraw-shy‐Hill
9 Molecular Biology of the Gene Watson 6th Edition Pearson Publication
10 Gene Regulation A Eukaryotic Perspective David Latchman 5 illustrated Taylor amp
Francis 2005
47
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
4P1 Advanced Clinical Biochemistry and Immunology and Toxicology and Nutrition
1 Demonstration of dialysis using blood filtrate (Protein Separation)
2 Immunology
a Quantitative Estimation of Antibody
b Precipitation Techniques Double Immunodiffusion Single (Radial)
Immunodiffusion
3 Electrophoretic Techniques Immuno-electrophoresisRocket Immunoelectrophoresis
Immuno-diffusion
4 To assay cathepsin D ATPase (NaKCaMg) Lipid peroxidase enzymes
5 Assay of Acetylcholine esterase activity in rat brain
6 Assay of monoamine oxidase
7 Fractionation of tissues and assay of proteins
8 Assay of ornithine amino transferase
9 Glutathione Estimation
10 Organ tissue morphology histopathology
11 Assay of toxicant biotransformation enzyme-cytochrome P450
12 Test for teratogenecity carcinogenecity Ames test
13 To perform pair wise alignment of sequences using BLAST program
14 To design primers for the given gene sequences
15 To perform multiple sequence alignment and generate phylogenetic tree
16 To retrieve and visualize the three dimensional structures of proteins
17 To retrieve metagenomic sequences and primer designing to develop STS marker
OR
18 Determination of Triglycerides
19 Proximate Analysis of Food Samples
48
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4 Project
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Plan and develop experimental design projects from concept through to professional
prototype
2 Apply theoretical knowledge conceptual skills and techniques to the development of
solutions for biochemical problems
3 Apply initiative and judgment in planning problem solving and decision making in
practice or future study
4 Design a research project and submit in a form of thesis they will present their results of
the thesis to an audience of peers and faculty and be able to defend their results during
final evaluation
4PROJ PROJECT
4S1 Seminar
33
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 3
Paper ndash IV (Code 3T4 ) Bioresearch Techniques I (Subject centric core 1)
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Understand key principles of how flow cytometer work including data
analysis for their applications
2 Improve on skillful process of the animal cell culture techniques and
experimental demand of knowledge including an appreciation of the
need for good experimental design and scientific research practices
3 To incline intellectual curiosity in DNA and RNA techniques and
related fields that extends well beyond the course
4 To develop practical laboratory skills in the field of DNA and RNA
techniques
34
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 3
3T4 Bioresearch Techniques I (Subject centric core 1)
Unit I Flow cytometry
Principles of flow cytometry Instrument overview principle of fluorescence sample preparation
data analysis and applications of flow cytometry Overview Fludics Generation of Scatter and
fluorescence ( Optical bench optical filters signal detection Treshold) Data Analysis (Data
Collection and Display gating data analysis for subsetting applications Data analysis for ther
applications) Sorting Lasers and Alignment (Working of lasers and laser alignment)
Unit II Animal cell culture techniques
Animal cell Culture Cell culture (adherent and suspension) basic equipment cell culture media-
Components sterility buffering capacity growth requirements supplementation of serum antibiotic
and antimycotic agents preparation of medium advantages and limitations of Primary cell culture
clonal cell lines basic technique a of animal cell subcultuing disaggregation method for quantitation
of cells in culture counting chamber counters cell viability determination cytotoxicity assay and its
applications cell apoptosis assay and its applications 3 D cultures
Unit III DNA techniques
Isolation Sequencing Restriction Nucleases Gel Electrophoresis DNA probes Nucleic acid
hybridization Southern blotting DNA fingerprinting and DNA typing DNA Library
DNA sequencing Sanger and Maxam Gilbert
Restriction Mapping DNase foot printing DMS foot printing knockouts
PCR RFLP RAPD AFLP SNP
Unit IV RNA techniques
Isolation Hybridization Northern Blotting in vitro labeling with radioisotopes and chemical
markers
Mapping and quantifying transcripts S1assay primer extension run off transcription
Transcription rate measurement in vivo Nuclear run on transcription reporter gene N transcription
si RNA technology gene silencing techniques its applications microarrays ribozyme technology
Suggested References
1 Molecular Biology of The Cell Alberts 5th Edition 2007 NCBI Publication
2 Principles of Biochemistry Lehninger WH Freeman
3 Biochemistry of Signal Transduction and Regulation-shy‐ Gerhard Krauss
Wiley VCH 3rd Revised Edition
4 Molecular Cell Biology Lodish 6th Edition WH Freeman amp Company
5 The cell Cooper 2nd Edition ASM Press
6 Gene IX Benjamin Lewin
Published by Pearson Prentice Hall
7 Cell and Molecular Biology Gerald Karp
8 Molecular Biology Robert Weaver 1st Edition WCBNMcGraw-shy‐Hill
9 Molecular Biology of the Gene Watson 6th Edition Pearson Publication
10 Gene Regulation A Eukaryotic Perspective David Latchman 5 illustrated Taylor amp Francis
2005
35
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 3
3P1 Biotechnology And Molecular Biology
1) Fermentation
i) Isolation of microorganisms from soil demonstrating synthesis capability of desired product
Gram staining (Desired property to be decided by the instructor) and screening
ii) Optimization of the lab scale production of the desired product Effect of temperature pH
substrate concentration
iii) Growth curve Estimation of cell number substrate utilization andor product formation
2) Polymerase Chain Reaction
i) PCR amplification from genomic DNA
ii) Nested PCR
iii) Random Amplification of Polymorphic DNA (RAPD)
3) Restriction Fragment Length Polymorphism (RFLP)
3P2 A Biochemical And Environmental Toxicology
1 Qualitative detection of various toxicants in biological samples
Phenothiazine derivatives Organochlorine compounds (Fujiwara test) Phenol Methanol Arsenic (As)
Antimony (Sb) Selenium (Se) Mercury (Hg) Bismuth (Bi) Fluoride (F) Boron (Bo) Gutzeit test for
Antimony (Sb) and Arsenic (As) Spot test for metal toxicants
2 Quantitative determination of Salicylate Paracetamol (acetaminophen) Sulphonamide in biological
samples
3 Enzyme assay in toxic conditions
GOT (AST) GPT (ALT) Acid phosphatase Alkaline phosphatase Acetyl cholinesterase etc
4 Construction of dose-response curves
5 Determination of LD50 value of a toxicant
6 Induction of hepatotoxicity diabetes skin lesions teratogenesis
7 Assay of biomarkers of environmental pollution toxicity
OR
3P2 B) Nutritional Biochemistry
1 Determination of Calcium in food samples
2 Determination of Inorganic Phosphorous in food samples
3 Determination of Iron in food samples
4 Determination of beta carotene in carrots by column chromatography
5 Determination of Ascorbic Acid in food
6 Estimation of Amylase activity
7 Determination of Total Lipids By Sulphophospho vanillin Method
3S1 Seminar
InstitutionalEducational tour For minimum 08 days
36
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
Paper ndash I (Code 4T1) Advanced Clinical Biochemistry
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Analyse evaluate and generate information from a wide variety of sources regarding the key principles of aging and Neurological disorders
2 Analyse the effects of obesity on physiological functions including gene regulation
3 Critically interpret molecular and metabolic diseases and develop new knowledge domain about them
4 To develop effective creative and innovative solutions to current research problems in Reproductive Disease and Reproductive Biochemistry
5 To develop practical laboratory skill for Assisted Reproductive Technology program
37
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
4T1 Advanced Clinical Biochemistry
Unit I Aging and Neurological Disorders
Current view and theories of aging auto immune connection and HLA association processes of
aging and biochemical alteration DNA damage protein oxidation and axonal transport in aging
nutritional intervention as anti-aging therapy
Alzheimerrsquos disease Causes symptoms diagnosis pathogenesis genetics APP ApoE PS2 tau
protein risk factors and therapeutic approaches
Progeria Parkinsonrsquos disease Causes symptoms diagnosis pathogenesis genetics and therapeutic
approaches
Unit II Obesity
Theories lipid metabolism adipose tissue anomalies
Genetic basis of familial obesity effects of neuropeptides and leptin in nutrient partitioning
Obesity related derangements in metabolic regulation Therapeutic approaches
Unit III Molecular and Metabolic Diseases
Human gene map genetic diversity polymorphism genetic linkage chromosomal disorder
Monogenetic Disorders Autosomal dominant autosomal recessive X-linked Multifactorial
disorders Genetic heterogeneity Allelic heterogeneity Pathogenesis of genetic disease
Galactosemia Hemophilia Sickle cell anemia Muscular dystrophy Hypercholesterolemia Gout
Turnerrsquos syndrome
Unit IV Reproductive Biochemistry
Overview of reproductive system and reproduction biochemistry of reproductive disorders (male amp
female) Influence of various factors in reproduction with special reference to role of prostaglandins
and gonadotrophins Mechanism and methods of birth control and possible biochemical
consequences thereof Biochemical markerrsquos in infertility disorders Techniques involved in assisted
reproductive technology (ART) Culture media and cell culture techniques in ART programme
Suggested References
1 Clinical Biochemistry ndash Metabolic and Clinical aspects By-William J Marshall amp Stephen
K Angert
2 Harperrsquos Biochemistry - 27th Ed
3 Text book of Medical Physiology - By Guyton
4 Text book of Physiology -By Burn amp levy
5 Biochemistry ndashBy L Stryer (Freeman amp CoNY)
6 Biochemistry with clinical correlation- By Thomas Devli
7 The Metabolic Basis of Inherited Disease 5th Ed-By John Stanbury
8 Teitz Fundamentals of Clinical Chemistry ndashBy CABurtis amp Ashwood
9 Biochemistry - By Lehninger
10 Lehningerrsquos Biochemistry ndashBy Nelson amp Cox
11 Biochemistry ndashBy Stanford
12 Basic Medical Biochemistry A Clinical approach- By Smith
13 Principles of Internal Medicines- By HarrisonT R
14 Practical Biochemistry Principles amp Techniques- By Wilson amp Walker
15 Practical Biochemistry ndashBy David Plummer
38
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
Paper ndash II (Code 4T2) Advanced Immunology
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Understand details of lymph node microanatomy and learn the B and T cells encounter with antigens and study its development
2 Gain insight into antigen presentation and autophagy on a detailed molecular level
3 Understand immunology of mucosal surfaces and the interplay between commensal flora and the immune system in the gut
4 In-depth knowledge of the cellular and molecular basis for autoimmune disease and allergies
5 Basic knowledge of tumor immunology and the development of novel recombinant antibodies for treatment of cancer and autoimmune disease
39
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
4T2 Advanced Immunology
Unit I Introductory Immunobiology
Complement system Alternative and Classical pathway of complement activation
Immune networks Homeostasis in the immune system-termination of normal immune
responses network hypothesis
In vivo immunity to viruses bacteria fungi protozoa worms etc
Unit II Immunological tolerance and Autoimmunity
Immunologic tolerance T lymphocyte tolerance- central and peripheral Apoptosis in
Lymphocytes-pathways and biochemical mechanisms effector mechanisms Tolerance
induced regulatory T cells B lymphocyte tolerance- Central and Peripheral Homeostasis in
the immune pathogenesis and therapeutic approaches to autoimmunity
Unit III Tumor and Transplantation Immunology Hypersensitivity
General features of tumor immunity tumor antigens Immune response to tumor and
evasion Immunotherapy Types of hypersensitivity Effector mechanisms of immunologic
tissue injury and disease
Unit IV Immunodeficiency and Vaccinology
MHC and disease susceptibility immune deficiency disorders Active immunization
(immune prophylaxis) passive immunization adjuvants modern approaches to vaccine
development role of vaccines in the prevention of disease
Suggested References
1 Cellular and Molecular Immunology- 5th Edition Abul K Abbas Andrew Litchman
2 Immunology-5th Edition Richard A Goldsby Thomas J Kindt Barbara A Osborne
Janis Kuby
3 Immunology- 6th Edition Ivan Roitt Jonathan Brostoff David Male
40
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
Paper ndash III (Code 4T3 A) Toxicology (Clinical Research)
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Have knowledge about assessment and management of ethical clinical trial
programs
2 Demonstrate competency in biopharmaceutical clinical trial research designs and
regulatory affairs
3 Demonstrate competencies in evaluating clinical research data and
communicating results Manage innovative products through the discovery
processes and into the clinical trial phases
4 Identify and classify different types of trial designs when reading a trial report
understand the essential of GLP roles and responsibilities of stakeholders in
clinical trials
41
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
4T3 A) Toxicology (Clinical Research)
Unit I Pre-Clinical Research
Animal studies acute amp chronic toxicity of drugs regulations for number amp types of
animals protocols for animal experimentation Biochemical amp histopathological studies of
animals after drug administration Mechanism amp cause of death Routine toxicity studies amp
special toxicity studies carcinogenicity mutagenicity amp teratogenicity to be given special
emphasis
Unit II Phases of Clinical Research
Phases of clinical research number of volunteers in phase I amp types of patients in phase II to
IV Importance of these investigations Post marketing surveillance (PMS) amp
pharmacovigilence in case of clinical investigations after marketing authorization
Importance of ethical committee protocol design documentation in clinical trials Bio
Availability and Bio Equivalence studies Pharmacokinetics Pharmacodynamics Genomic
studies
Unit III Good lab practices
Good Clinical Practices Good Manufacturing Practices and Good Laboratory Practices
Principles of ICH-GCP History GCP declaration of Helsinki Belmont report Nuremberg
code Tuskgee trial Schedules Y and its amendments ICMR Guidelines Composition
functions amp operations of IRBIEC ethics of clinical trials Health Authorities- CDSCO US-
FDA EMEA and other
Unit IV Roles and Responsibilities of different stake holders in Clinical Research-
Sponsor CRO SMO Ethics Committee Investigator CRA CRC Patients and other
Departments in Clinical Research- Operations Business Development Regulatory
Pharmacovigilance Data Management Centralized Monitoring Quality Finance Important
documents in Clinical Research and importance of documentation in Clinical Research
Stages in clinical trial-Feasibilities PSSV SIV SMV and Close-out visits Audits and
Inspections
Suggested reading
1 Clinical Research Coordinator Handbook Norris Deborrah Plexus Publications
20040601
2 Clinical Research Methodology and Evidence-Based Medicine Babu Ajit N
Anshan 20080530
3 Conducting Clinical Research Judy Stone Biblio Distribution 2006
4 Essentials of clinical research Stephen P Glasser (Edt) Springer Verlag 2008
42
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
Paper ndash III (Code 4T3 B) Nutrition (Applied Nutritional Biochemistry)
Learning outcome Students will be
1 Capable of describing biochemical pathways relevant in nutrient metabolism 2 Capable of using selected biochemical techniques relevant in nutritional
biochemical research 3 Critical reading of scientific articles in nutritional biochemistry 4 Capable of discussing research questions relevant to nutritional biochemistry 5 The ability to ask critical questions and discuss nutritional biochemical research
43
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
4T3 B) Nutrition (Applied Nutritional Biochemistry)
Unit I Clinical nutrition
Role of a dietician role and responsibilities of a dietitian nutrition counseling professional
ethics and obligations
Diet therapy-Rationale for diet therapy (normal diet modifications of the diet to the light
diet soft diet full liquid diet clear liquid tube feeding) Routes for diet therapy-enteral and
parental use of biochemical parameters in the planning of diets use of computers in the
planning of diets
Unit II Nutritional Counseling and Dietetics
Nutritive value of different food groups and changes due to cooking in various food groups
Storage of foods food quality and factors affecting food quality Control of food quality Use
of additives Classification and applications
Unit III Community Nutrition
Opportunities in community Nutrition Assessing Community Resources assessing target
population program planning Assessing communityrsquos nutritional resources Food insecurity
food assistance programs world hunger and food insecurity Principles of nutrition education
and policy making national nutrition agenda
Unit IV Applied Nutrition and Public Health Concept of Health Nutrition and Public Health Nutrition Demographic trends in India and
the significance of certain indices of Health and Nutrition situation of a community IMR
MMR TFR Birth rate Death rate Life expectancy etc) Major nutritional problems in
developing countries Dietary surveys-methods ways of interpretations and analysis
recommendations based on survey findings Assessment of nutritional status biochemical
and anthropometry
Suggested Reading
Clinical nutrition
edited by- professor marinos elia (university of outhampton) professor olle ljungqvist
(karolinska institutet amp oumlrebro university hospital) dr outham outhamp (university of
outhampton professor susan lanham-new (university of surrey) - see more at
httpwwwnutritionsocietyorgpublicationstextbooksclinical-
nutritionsthashw12tfscqdpuf
Public health nutrition
edited by- professor michael gibney (ucd institute of food and health) professor barrie
margetts (university of southampton) dr john kearney (dublin institute of technology)
professor lenore arab (university of california los angeles)
httpwwwnutritionsocietyorgpublicationstextbookspublic-health-
nutritionsthash8pvhu1m0dpuf
Staying healthy with nutrition author- elson m Hass buck levin
American dietetic association complete food and nutrition guide Roberta larson duyff
44
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
MSc Biochemistry CBCS syllabus Effective from 2015-16
SEMESTER 4
Foundation 2 Basic Enzymology
Unit I
Introduction to Enzymology Nomenclature and classification of enzymes History sources of
enzymes (Animal Plant and microorganisms) Protein amp nonprotein nature of enzymes with
examples enzymes as biological catalysts and their importance principle of assay of enzymes and
measurement of activity effect of experimental conditions on measurement of activity such as time pH temp
substrate definition of enzyme unit Stability of enzymes and half life of enzymes Effect of environmental
factors on stability of enzymes Concept of Zymogens and active enzyme with examples effect of activators
and inhibitors on enzyme activity Role of coenzymes and cofactors on enzyme catalysis with examples
Unit II Production amp purification
Method os screening of sources for desired enzymes Availability of the sources for procurement
of enzymes Natural and synthetic Media for microbial enzyme production effect of inducers and
environmental factors on enzyme production by microorganisms
Methods of isolation of enzymes form the source purification of enzyme by dialysis salt and solvent
precipitation chromatography gel filtration Purification by affinity chromatography methods of
determination of purity and nature of of enzymes by simple PAGE SDSPAGE and 2 D electrophoresis
Unit III Enzyme Kinetics
Lock amp key model and Koshland model of enzyme active site Determination of active site of enzyme
Michelis Mentain equation kinetics of reversible irreversible and nonreversible enzymes Line Weaver burk
plot and Eddie Hofstie Plot Determination of kinetic constants and activation energy Effect of competitive
and non-competitive inhibitors on enzyme activity Allosteric enzyme and sigmoidal kinetics
Unit IV Applications of enzymes
Structure and function of multienzyme complex systems such as PDH KGH B oxidation spiral and glycolysis
Advantages of soluble and membrane bound enzymes Futile cycles in Biochemistry
Methods of immobilization of enzymes advantages and disadvantages of immobilization Application of
Immobilized enzymes in agriculture cosmetics detergent dairy brewing and food industries with examples
such as lactase pectinase proteinase invertaselipase etc Application of enzymes in nanotechnology
biosensors etc
Suggested references
1 Enzymology and Enzyme Technology 2014 by SM Bhatt (S Chand)
2 Enzyme Technology 2006 by Ashok Pandey (Editor) Colin Webb (Editor) MARCELO
FERNANDES (Editor) Springer
3 Biocatalysts and enzyme technology 2012 Klaus Buchholz
45
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
4T4 Bioresearch Techniques II (Subject centric core 2)
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Learn describe and build up knowledge domain regarding the latest and most advanced Bioresearch techniques available for biochemical research
2 Be aware select appropriately apply technology platforms and Perform techniques for analysis of DNA and protein expression
3 Evaluation of data and controls related to research techniques 4 Create thought-provoking questions related to the laboratory equipment
46
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
4T4 Bioresearch Techniques II (Subject centric core 2)
UNIT I
Biochemical methods I- Co-immunoprecipitation BiFC bimolecular fluorescence
complementation affinity electrophoresis Pull down assays label transfer yeast two hybrid
screens phage display
UNIT II
Biochemical methods II- In-vivo crosslinking of protein complexes using photo-reactive
amino acid analogs Tandem affinity purification (TAP) Chemical cross-linking SPINE
(Strepprotein interaction experiment) Quantitative immunoprecipitation combined with
knock-down (QUICK) Proximity ligation assay (PLA) in situ
UNIT III
Biophysical and theoretical methods I
Bio-Layer Interferometry
Dual polarisation interferometry (DPI)
Static light scattering (SLS)
Dynamic light scattering (DLS)
Surface plasmon resonance
UNIT IV
Biophysical and theoretical methods II
Fluorescence polarizationanisotropy
Fluorescence correlation spectroscopy
FRET BRET
2D-FT NMR spectroscopy
Proteinndashprotein docking
Isothermal Titration Calorimetry (ITC)
Isothermal Titration Calorimetry (ITC)
Suggested References
1 Molecular Biology of The Cell Alberts 5th Edition 2007 NCBI Publication
2 Principles of Biochemistry Lehninger WH Freeman
3 Biochemistry of Signal Transduction and Regulation-shy‐ Gerhard Krauss
Wiley VCH 3rd Revised Edition
4 Molecular Cell Biology Lodish 6th Edition WH Freeman amp Company
5 The cell Cooper 2nd Edition ASM Press
6 Gene IX Benjamin Lewin
Published by Pearson Prentice Hall
7 Cell and Molecular Biology Gerald Karp
8 Molecular Biology Robert Weaver 1st Edition WCBNMcGraw-shy‐Hill
9 Molecular Biology of the Gene Watson 6th Edition Pearson Publication
10 Gene Regulation A Eukaryotic Perspective David Latchman 5 illustrated Taylor amp
Francis 2005
47
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
4P1 Advanced Clinical Biochemistry and Immunology and Toxicology and Nutrition
1 Demonstration of dialysis using blood filtrate (Protein Separation)
2 Immunology
a Quantitative Estimation of Antibody
b Precipitation Techniques Double Immunodiffusion Single (Radial)
Immunodiffusion
3 Electrophoretic Techniques Immuno-electrophoresisRocket Immunoelectrophoresis
Immuno-diffusion
4 To assay cathepsin D ATPase (NaKCaMg) Lipid peroxidase enzymes
5 Assay of Acetylcholine esterase activity in rat brain
6 Assay of monoamine oxidase
7 Fractionation of tissues and assay of proteins
8 Assay of ornithine amino transferase
9 Glutathione Estimation
10 Organ tissue morphology histopathology
11 Assay of toxicant biotransformation enzyme-cytochrome P450
12 Test for teratogenecity carcinogenecity Ames test
13 To perform pair wise alignment of sequences using BLAST program
14 To design primers for the given gene sequences
15 To perform multiple sequence alignment and generate phylogenetic tree
16 To retrieve and visualize the three dimensional structures of proteins
17 To retrieve metagenomic sequences and primer designing to develop STS marker
OR
18 Determination of Triglycerides
19 Proximate Analysis of Food Samples
48
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4 Project
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Plan and develop experimental design projects from concept through to professional
prototype
2 Apply theoretical knowledge conceptual skills and techniques to the development of
solutions for biochemical problems
3 Apply initiative and judgment in planning problem solving and decision making in
practice or future study
4 Design a research project and submit in a form of thesis they will present their results of
the thesis to an audience of peers and faculty and be able to defend their results during
final evaluation
4PROJ PROJECT
4S1 Seminar
34
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 3
3T4 Bioresearch Techniques I (Subject centric core 1)
Unit I Flow cytometry
Principles of flow cytometry Instrument overview principle of fluorescence sample preparation
data analysis and applications of flow cytometry Overview Fludics Generation of Scatter and
fluorescence ( Optical bench optical filters signal detection Treshold) Data Analysis (Data
Collection and Display gating data analysis for subsetting applications Data analysis for ther
applications) Sorting Lasers and Alignment (Working of lasers and laser alignment)
Unit II Animal cell culture techniques
Animal cell Culture Cell culture (adherent and suspension) basic equipment cell culture media-
Components sterility buffering capacity growth requirements supplementation of serum antibiotic
and antimycotic agents preparation of medium advantages and limitations of Primary cell culture
clonal cell lines basic technique a of animal cell subcultuing disaggregation method for quantitation
of cells in culture counting chamber counters cell viability determination cytotoxicity assay and its
applications cell apoptosis assay and its applications 3 D cultures
Unit III DNA techniques
Isolation Sequencing Restriction Nucleases Gel Electrophoresis DNA probes Nucleic acid
hybridization Southern blotting DNA fingerprinting and DNA typing DNA Library
DNA sequencing Sanger and Maxam Gilbert
Restriction Mapping DNase foot printing DMS foot printing knockouts
PCR RFLP RAPD AFLP SNP
Unit IV RNA techniques
Isolation Hybridization Northern Blotting in vitro labeling with radioisotopes and chemical
markers
Mapping and quantifying transcripts S1assay primer extension run off transcription
Transcription rate measurement in vivo Nuclear run on transcription reporter gene N transcription
si RNA technology gene silencing techniques its applications microarrays ribozyme technology
Suggested References
1 Molecular Biology of The Cell Alberts 5th Edition 2007 NCBI Publication
2 Principles of Biochemistry Lehninger WH Freeman
3 Biochemistry of Signal Transduction and Regulation-shy‐ Gerhard Krauss
Wiley VCH 3rd Revised Edition
4 Molecular Cell Biology Lodish 6th Edition WH Freeman amp Company
5 The cell Cooper 2nd Edition ASM Press
6 Gene IX Benjamin Lewin
Published by Pearson Prentice Hall
7 Cell and Molecular Biology Gerald Karp
8 Molecular Biology Robert Weaver 1st Edition WCBNMcGraw-shy‐Hill
9 Molecular Biology of the Gene Watson 6th Edition Pearson Publication
10 Gene Regulation A Eukaryotic Perspective David Latchman 5 illustrated Taylor amp Francis
2005
35
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 3
3P1 Biotechnology And Molecular Biology
1) Fermentation
i) Isolation of microorganisms from soil demonstrating synthesis capability of desired product
Gram staining (Desired property to be decided by the instructor) and screening
ii) Optimization of the lab scale production of the desired product Effect of temperature pH
substrate concentration
iii) Growth curve Estimation of cell number substrate utilization andor product formation
2) Polymerase Chain Reaction
i) PCR amplification from genomic DNA
ii) Nested PCR
iii) Random Amplification of Polymorphic DNA (RAPD)
3) Restriction Fragment Length Polymorphism (RFLP)
3P2 A Biochemical And Environmental Toxicology
1 Qualitative detection of various toxicants in biological samples
Phenothiazine derivatives Organochlorine compounds (Fujiwara test) Phenol Methanol Arsenic (As)
Antimony (Sb) Selenium (Se) Mercury (Hg) Bismuth (Bi) Fluoride (F) Boron (Bo) Gutzeit test for
Antimony (Sb) and Arsenic (As) Spot test for metal toxicants
2 Quantitative determination of Salicylate Paracetamol (acetaminophen) Sulphonamide in biological
samples
3 Enzyme assay in toxic conditions
GOT (AST) GPT (ALT) Acid phosphatase Alkaline phosphatase Acetyl cholinesterase etc
4 Construction of dose-response curves
5 Determination of LD50 value of a toxicant
6 Induction of hepatotoxicity diabetes skin lesions teratogenesis
7 Assay of biomarkers of environmental pollution toxicity
OR
3P2 B) Nutritional Biochemistry
1 Determination of Calcium in food samples
2 Determination of Inorganic Phosphorous in food samples
3 Determination of Iron in food samples
4 Determination of beta carotene in carrots by column chromatography
5 Determination of Ascorbic Acid in food
6 Estimation of Amylase activity
7 Determination of Total Lipids By Sulphophospho vanillin Method
3S1 Seminar
InstitutionalEducational tour For minimum 08 days
36
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
Paper ndash I (Code 4T1) Advanced Clinical Biochemistry
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Analyse evaluate and generate information from a wide variety of sources regarding the key principles of aging and Neurological disorders
2 Analyse the effects of obesity on physiological functions including gene regulation
3 Critically interpret molecular and metabolic diseases and develop new knowledge domain about them
4 To develop effective creative and innovative solutions to current research problems in Reproductive Disease and Reproductive Biochemistry
5 To develop practical laboratory skill for Assisted Reproductive Technology program
37
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
4T1 Advanced Clinical Biochemistry
Unit I Aging and Neurological Disorders
Current view and theories of aging auto immune connection and HLA association processes of
aging and biochemical alteration DNA damage protein oxidation and axonal transport in aging
nutritional intervention as anti-aging therapy
Alzheimerrsquos disease Causes symptoms diagnosis pathogenesis genetics APP ApoE PS2 tau
protein risk factors and therapeutic approaches
Progeria Parkinsonrsquos disease Causes symptoms diagnosis pathogenesis genetics and therapeutic
approaches
Unit II Obesity
Theories lipid metabolism adipose tissue anomalies
Genetic basis of familial obesity effects of neuropeptides and leptin in nutrient partitioning
Obesity related derangements in metabolic regulation Therapeutic approaches
Unit III Molecular and Metabolic Diseases
Human gene map genetic diversity polymorphism genetic linkage chromosomal disorder
Monogenetic Disorders Autosomal dominant autosomal recessive X-linked Multifactorial
disorders Genetic heterogeneity Allelic heterogeneity Pathogenesis of genetic disease
Galactosemia Hemophilia Sickle cell anemia Muscular dystrophy Hypercholesterolemia Gout
Turnerrsquos syndrome
Unit IV Reproductive Biochemistry
Overview of reproductive system and reproduction biochemistry of reproductive disorders (male amp
female) Influence of various factors in reproduction with special reference to role of prostaglandins
and gonadotrophins Mechanism and methods of birth control and possible biochemical
consequences thereof Biochemical markerrsquos in infertility disorders Techniques involved in assisted
reproductive technology (ART) Culture media and cell culture techniques in ART programme
Suggested References
1 Clinical Biochemistry ndash Metabolic and Clinical aspects By-William J Marshall amp Stephen
K Angert
2 Harperrsquos Biochemistry - 27th Ed
3 Text book of Medical Physiology - By Guyton
4 Text book of Physiology -By Burn amp levy
5 Biochemistry ndashBy L Stryer (Freeman amp CoNY)
6 Biochemistry with clinical correlation- By Thomas Devli
7 The Metabolic Basis of Inherited Disease 5th Ed-By John Stanbury
8 Teitz Fundamentals of Clinical Chemistry ndashBy CABurtis amp Ashwood
9 Biochemistry - By Lehninger
10 Lehningerrsquos Biochemistry ndashBy Nelson amp Cox
11 Biochemistry ndashBy Stanford
12 Basic Medical Biochemistry A Clinical approach- By Smith
13 Principles of Internal Medicines- By HarrisonT R
14 Practical Biochemistry Principles amp Techniques- By Wilson amp Walker
15 Practical Biochemistry ndashBy David Plummer
38
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
Paper ndash II (Code 4T2) Advanced Immunology
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Understand details of lymph node microanatomy and learn the B and T cells encounter with antigens and study its development
2 Gain insight into antigen presentation and autophagy on a detailed molecular level
3 Understand immunology of mucosal surfaces and the interplay between commensal flora and the immune system in the gut
4 In-depth knowledge of the cellular and molecular basis for autoimmune disease and allergies
5 Basic knowledge of tumor immunology and the development of novel recombinant antibodies for treatment of cancer and autoimmune disease
39
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
4T2 Advanced Immunology
Unit I Introductory Immunobiology
Complement system Alternative and Classical pathway of complement activation
Immune networks Homeostasis in the immune system-termination of normal immune
responses network hypothesis
In vivo immunity to viruses bacteria fungi protozoa worms etc
Unit II Immunological tolerance and Autoimmunity
Immunologic tolerance T lymphocyte tolerance- central and peripheral Apoptosis in
Lymphocytes-pathways and biochemical mechanisms effector mechanisms Tolerance
induced regulatory T cells B lymphocyte tolerance- Central and Peripheral Homeostasis in
the immune pathogenesis and therapeutic approaches to autoimmunity
Unit III Tumor and Transplantation Immunology Hypersensitivity
General features of tumor immunity tumor antigens Immune response to tumor and
evasion Immunotherapy Types of hypersensitivity Effector mechanisms of immunologic
tissue injury and disease
Unit IV Immunodeficiency and Vaccinology
MHC and disease susceptibility immune deficiency disorders Active immunization
(immune prophylaxis) passive immunization adjuvants modern approaches to vaccine
development role of vaccines in the prevention of disease
Suggested References
1 Cellular and Molecular Immunology- 5th Edition Abul K Abbas Andrew Litchman
2 Immunology-5th Edition Richard A Goldsby Thomas J Kindt Barbara A Osborne
Janis Kuby
3 Immunology- 6th Edition Ivan Roitt Jonathan Brostoff David Male
40
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
Paper ndash III (Code 4T3 A) Toxicology (Clinical Research)
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Have knowledge about assessment and management of ethical clinical trial
programs
2 Demonstrate competency in biopharmaceutical clinical trial research designs and
regulatory affairs
3 Demonstrate competencies in evaluating clinical research data and
communicating results Manage innovative products through the discovery
processes and into the clinical trial phases
4 Identify and classify different types of trial designs when reading a trial report
understand the essential of GLP roles and responsibilities of stakeholders in
clinical trials
41
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
4T3 A) Toxicology (Clinical Research)
Unit I Pre-Clinical Research
Animal studies acute amp chronic toxicity of drugs regulations for number amp types of
animals protocols for animal experimentation Biochemical amp histopathological studies of
animals after drug administration Mechanism amp cause of death Routine toxicity studies amp
special toxicity studies carcinogenicity mutagenicity amp teratogenicity to be given special
emphasis
Unit II Phases of Clinical Research
Phases of clinical research number of volunteers in phase I amp types of patients in phase II to
IV Importance of these investigations Post marketing surveillance (PMS) amp
pharmacovigilence in case of clinical investigations after marketing authorization
Importance of ethical committee protocol design documentation in clinical trials Bio
Availability and Bio Equivalence studies Pharmacokinetics Pharmacodynamics Genomic
studies
Unit III Good lab practices
Good Clinical Practices Good Manufacturing Practices and Good Laboratory Practices
Principles of ICH-GCP History GCP declaration of Helsinki Belmont report Nuremberg
code Tuskgee trial Schedules Y and its amendments ICMR Guidelines Composition
functions amp operations of IRBIEC ethics of clinical trials Health Authorities- CDSCO US-
FDA EMEA and other
Unit IV Roles and Responsibilities of different stake holders in Clinical Research-
Sponsor CRO SMO Ethics Committee Investigator CRA CRC Patients and other
Departments in Clinical Research- Operations Business Development Regulatory
Pharmacovigilance Data Management Centralized Monitoring Quality Finance Important
documents in Clinical Research and importance of documentation in Clinical Research
Stages in clinical trial-Feasibilities PSSV SIV SMV and Close-out visits Audits and
Inspections
Suggested reading
1 Clinical Research Coordinator Handbook Norris Deborrah Plexus Publications
20040601
2 Clinical Research Methodology and Evidence-Based Medicine Babu Ajit N
Anshan 20080530
3 Conducting Clinical Research Judy Stone Biblio Distribution 2006
4 Essentials of clinical research Stephen P Glasser (Edt) Springer Verlag 2008
42
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
Paper ndash III (Code 4T3 B) Nutrition (Applied Nutritional Biochemistry)
Learning outcome Students will be
1 Capable of describing biochemical pathways relevant in nutrient metabolism 2 Capable of using selected biochemical techniques relevant in nutritional
biochemical research 3 Critical reading of scientific articles in nutritional biochemistry 4 Capable of discussing research questions relevant to nutritional biochemistry 5 The ability to ask critical questions and discuss nutritional biochemical research
43
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
4T3 B) Nutrition (Applied Nutritional Biochemistry)
Unit I Clinical nutrition
Role of a dietician role and responsibilities of a dietitian nutrition counseling professional
ethics and obligations
Diet therapy-Rationale for diet therapy (normal diet modifications of the diet to the light
diet soft diet full liquid diet clear liquid tube feeding) Routes for diet therapy-enteral and
parental use of biochemical parameters in the planning of diets use of computers in the
planning of diets
Unit II Nutritional Counseling and Dietetics
Nutritive value of different food groups and changes due to cooking in various food groups
Storage of foods food quality and factors affecting food quality Control of food quality Use
of additives Classification and applications
Unit III Community Nutrition
Opportunities in community Nutrition Assessing Community Resources assessing target
population program planning Assessing communityrsquos nutritional resources Food insecurity
food assistance programs world hunger and food insecurity Principles of nutrition education
and policy making national nutrition agenda
Unit IV Applied Nutrition and Public Health Concept of Health Nutrition and Public Health Nutrition Demographic trends in India and
the significance of certain indices of Health and Nutrition situation of a community IMR
MMR TFR Birth rate Death rate Life expectancy etc) Major nutritional problems in
developing countries Dietary surveys-methods ways of interpretations and analysis
recommendations based on survey findings Assessment of nutritional status biochemical
and anthropometry
Suggested Reading
Clinical nutrition
edited by- professor marinos elia (university of outhampton) professor olle ljungqvist
(karolinska institutet amp oumlrebro university hospital) dr outham outhamp (university of
outhampton professor susan lanham-new (university of surrey) - see more at
httpwwwnutritionsocietyorgpublicationstextbooksclinical-
nutritionsthashw12tfscqdpuf
Public health nutrition
edited by- professor michael gibney (ucd institute of food and health) professor barrie
margetts (university of southampton) dr john kearney (dublin institute of technology)
professor lenore arab (university of california los angeles)
httpwwwnutritionsocietyorgpublicationstextbookspublic-health-
nutritionsthash8pvhu1m0dpuf
Staying healthy with nutrition author- elson m Hass buck levin
American dietetic association complete food and nutrition guide Roberta larson duyff
44
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
MSc Biochemistry CBCS syllabus Effective from 2015-16
SEMESTER 4
Foundation 2 Basic Enzymology
Unit I
Introduction to Enzymology Nomenclature and classification of enzymes History sources of
enzymes (Animal Plant and microorganisms) Protein amp nonprotein nature of enzymes with
examples enzymes as biological catalysts and their importance principle of assay of enzymes and
measurement of activity effect of experimental conditions on measurement of activity such as time pH temp
substrate definition of enzyme unit Stability of enzymes and half life of enzymes Effect of environmental
factors on stability of enzymes Concept of Zymogens and active enzyme with examples effect of activators
and inhibitors on enzyme activity Role of coenzymes and cofactors on enzyme catalysis with examples
Unit II Production amp purification
Method os screening of sources for desired enzymes Availability of the sources for procurement
of enzymes Natural and synthetic Media for microbial enzyme production effect of inducers and
environmental factors on enzyme production by microorganisms
Methods of isolation of enzymes form the source purification of enzyme by dialysis salt and solvent
precipitation chromatography gel filtration Purification by affinity chromatography methods of
determination of purity and nature of of enzymes by simple PAGE SDSPAGE and 2 D electrophoresis
Unit III Enzyme Kinetics
Lock amp key model and Koshland model of enzyme active site Determination of active site of enzyme
Michelis Mentain equation kinetics of reversible irreversible and nonreversible enzymes Line Weaver burk
plot and Eddie Hofstie Plot Determination of kinetic constants and activation energy Effect of competitive
and non-competitive inhibitors on enzyme activity Allosteric enzyme and sigmoidal kinetics
Unit IV Applications of enzymes
Structure and function of multienzyme complex systems such as PDH KGH B oxidation spiral and glycolysis
Advantages of soluble and membrane bound enzymes Futile cycles in Biochemistry
Methods of immobilization of enzymes advantages and disadvantages of immobilization Application of
Immobilized enzymes in agriculture cosmetics detergent dairy brewing and food industries with examples
such as lactase pectinase proteinase invertaselipase etc Application of enzymes in nanotechnology
biosensors etc
Suggested references
1 Enzymology and Enzyme Technology 2014 by SM Bhatt (S Chand)
2 Enzyme Technology 2006 by Ashok Pandey (Editor) Colin Webb (Editor) MARCELO
FERNANDES (Editor) Springer
3 Biocatalysts and enzyme technology 2012 Klaus Buchholz
45
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
4T4 Bioresearch Techniques II (Subject centric core 2)
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Learn describe and build up knowledge domain regarding the latest and most advanced Bioresearch techniques available for biochemical research
2 Be aware select appropriately apply technology platforms and Perform techniques for analysis of DNA and protein expression
3 Evaluation of data and controls related to research techniques 4 Create thought-provoking questions related to the laboratory equipment
46
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
4T4 Bioresearch Techniques II (Subject centric core 2)
UNIT I
Biochemical methods I- Co-immunoprecipitation BiFC bimolecular fluorescence
complementation affinity electrophoresis Pull down assays label transfer yeast two hybrid
screens phage display
UNIT II
Biochemical methods II- In-vivo crosslinking of protein complexes using photo-reactive
amino acid analogs Tandem affinity purification (TAP) Chemical cross-linking SPINE
(Strepprotein interaction experiment) Quantitative immunoprecipitation combined with
knock-down (QUICK) Proximity ligation assay (PLA) in situ
UNIT III
Biophysical and theoretical methods I
Bio-Layer Interferometry
Dual polarisation interferometry (DPI)
Static light scattering (SLS)
Dynamic light scattering (DLS)
Surface plasmon resonance
UNIT IV
Biophysical and theoretical methods II
Fluorescence polarizationanisotropy
Fluorescence correlation spectroscopy
FRET BRET
2D-FT NMR spectroscopy
Proteinndashprotein docking
Isothermal Titration Calorimetry (ITC)
Isothermal Titration Calorimetry (ITC)
Suggested References
1 Molecular Biology of The Cell Alberts 5th Edition 2007 NCBI Publication
2 Principles of Biochemistry Lehninger WH Freeman
3 Biochemistry of Signal Transduction and Regulation-shy‐ Gerhard Krauss
Wiley VCH 3rd Revised Edition
4 Molecular Cell Biology Lodish 6th Edition WH Freeman amp Company
5 The cell Cooper 2nd Edition ASM Press
6 Gene IX Benjamin Lewin
Published by Pearson Prentice Hall
7 Cell and Molecular Biology Gerald Karp
8 Molecular Biology Robert Weaver 1st Edition WCBNMcGraw-shy‐Hill
9 Molecular Biology of the Gene Watson 6th Edition Pearson Publication
10 Gene Regulation A Eukaryotic Perspective David Latchman 5 illustrated Taylor amp
Francis 2005
47
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
4P1 Advanced Clinical Biochemistry and Immunology and Toxicology and Nutrition
1 Demonstration of dialysis using blood filtrate (Protein Separation)
2 Immunology
a Quantitative Estimation of Antibody
b Precipitation Techniques Double Immunodiffusion Single (Radial)
Immunodiffusion
3 Electrophoretic Techniques Immuno-electrophoresisRocket Immunoelectrophoresis
Immuno-diffusion
4 To assay cathepsin D ATPase (NaKCaMg) Lipid peroxidase enzymes
5 Assay of Acetylcholine esterase activity in rat brain
6 Assay of monoamine oxidase
7 Fractionation of tissues and assay of proteins
8 Assay of ornithine amino transferase
9 Glutathione Estimation
10 Organ tissue morphology histopathology
11 Assay of toxicant biotransformation enzyme-cytochrome P450
12 Test for teratogenecity carcinogenecity Ames test
13 To perform pair wise alignment of sequences using BLAST program
14 To design primers for the given gene sequences
15 To perform multiple sequence alignment and generate phylogenetic tree
16 To retrieve and visualize the three dimensional structures of proteins
17 To retrieve metagenomic sequences and primer designing to develop STS marker
OR
18 Determination of Triglycerides
19 Proximate Analysis of Food Samples
48
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4 Project
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Plan and develop experimental design projects from concept through to professional
prototype
2 Apply theoretical knowledge conceptual skills and techniques to the development of
solutions for biochemical problems
3 Apply initiative and judgment in planning problem solving and decision making in
practice or future study
4 Design a research project and submit in a form of thesis they will present their results of
the thesis to an audience of peers and faculty and be able to defend their results during
final evaluation
4PROJ PROJECT
4S1 Seminar
35
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 3
3P1 Biotechnology And Molecular Biology
1) Fermentation
i) Isolation of microorganisms from soil demonstrating synthesis capability of desired product
Gram staining (Desired property to be decided by the instructor) and screening
ii) Optimization of the lab scale production of the desired product Effect of temperature pH
substrate concentration
iii) Growth curve Estimation of cell number substrate utilization andor product formation
2) Polymerase Chain Reaction
i) PCR amplification from genomic DNA
ii) Nested PCR
iii) Random Amplification of Polymorphic DNA (RAPD)
3) Restriction Fragment Length Polymorphism (RFLP)
3P2 A Biochemical And Environmental Toxicology
1 Qualitative detection of various toxicants in biological samples
Phenothiazine derivatives Organochlorine compounds (Fujiwara test) Phenol Methanol Arsenic (As)
Antimony (Sb) Selenium (Se) Mercury (Hg) Bismuth (Bi) Fluoride (F) Boron (Bo) Gutzeit test for
Antimony (Sb) and Arsenic (As) Spot test for metal toxicants
2 Quantitative determination of Salicylate Paracetamol (acetaminophen) Sulphonamide in biological
samples
3 Enzyme assay in toxic conditions
GOT (AST) GPT (ALT) Acid phosphatase Alkaline phosphatase Acetyl cholinesterase etc
4 Construction of dose-response curves
5 Determination of LD50 value of a toxicant
6 Induction of hepatotoxicity diabetes skin lesions teratogenesis
7 Assay of biomarkers of environmental pollution toxicity
OR
3P2 B) Nutritional Biochemistry
1 Determination of Calcium in food samples
2 Determination of Inorganic Phosphorous in food samples
3 Determination of Iron in food samples
4 Determination of beta carotene in carrots by column chromatography
5 Determination of Ascorbic Acid in food
6 Estimation of Amylase activity
7 Determination of Total Lipids By Sulphophospho vanillin Method
3S1 Seminar
InstitutionalEducational tour For minimum 08 days
36
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
Paper ndash I (Code 4T1) Advanced Clinical Biochemistry
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Analyse evaluate and generate information from a wide variety of sources regarding the key principles of aging and Neurological disorders
2 Analyse the effects of obesity on physiological functions including gene regulation
3 Critically interpret molecular and metabolic diseases and develop new knowledge domain about them
4 To develop effective creative and innovative solutions to current research problems in Reproductive Disease and Reproductive Biochemistry
5 To develop practical laboratory skill for Assisted Reproductive Technology program
37
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
4T1 Advanced Clinical Biochemistry
Unit I Aging and Neurological Disorders
Current view and theories of aging auto immune connection and HLA association processes of
aging and biochemical alteration DNA damage protein oxidation and axonal transport in aging
nutritional intervention as anti-aging therapy
Alzheimerrsquos disease Causes symptoms diagnosis pathogenesis genetics APP ApoE PS2 tau
protein risk factors and therapeutic approaches
Progeria Parkinsonrsquos disease Causes symptoms diagnosis pathogenesis genetics and therapeutic
approaches
Unit II Obesity
Theories lipid metabolism adipose tissue anomalies
Genetic basis of familial obesity effects of neuropeptides and leptin in nutrient partitioning
Obesity related derangements in metabolic regulation Therapeutic approaches
Unit III Molecular and Metabolic Diseases
Human gene map genetic diversity polymorphism genetic linkage chromosomal disorder
Monogenetic Disorders Autosomal dominant autosomal recessive X-linked Multifactorial
disorders Genetic heterogeneity Allelic heterogeneity Pathogenesis of genetic disease
Galactosemia Hemophilia Sickle cell anemia Muscular dystrophy Hypercholesterolemia Gout
Turnerrsquos syndrome
Unit IV Reproductive Biochemistry
Overview of reproductive system and reproduction biochemistry of reproductive disorders (male amp
female) Influence of various factors in reproduction with special reference to role of prostaglandins
and gonadotrophins Mechanism and methods of birth control and possible biochemical
consequences thereof Biochemical markerrsquos in infertility disorders Techniques involved in assisted
reproductive technology (ART) Culture media and cell culture techniques in ART programme
Suggested References
1 Clinical Biochemistry ndash Metabolic and Clinical aspects By-William J Marshall amp Stephen
K Angert
2 Harperrsquos Biochemistry - 27th Ed
3 Text book of Medical Physiology - By Guyton
4 Text book of Physiology -By Burn amp levy
5 Biochemistry ndashBy L Stryer (Freeman amp CoNY)
6 Biochemistry with clinical correlation- By Thomas Devli
7 The Metabolic Basis of Inherited Disease 5th Ed-By John Stanbury
8 Teitz Fundamentals of Clinical Chemistry ndashBy CABurtis amp Ashwood
9 Biochemistry - By Lehninger
10 Lehningerrsquos Biochemistry ndashBy Nelson amp Cox
11 Biochemistry ndashBy Stanford
12 Basic Medical Biochemistry A Clinical approach- By Smith
13 Principles of Internal Medicines- By HarrisonT R
14 Practical Biochemistry Principles amp Techniques- By Wilson amp Walker
15 Practical Biochemistry ndashBy David Plummer
38
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
Paper ndash II (Code 4T2) Advanced Immunology
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Understand details of lymph node microanatomy and learn the B and T cells encounter with antigens and study its development
2 Gain insight into antigen presentation and autophagy on a detailed molecular level
3 Understand immunology of mucosal surfaces and the interplay between commensal flora and the immune system in the gut
4 In-depth knowledge of the cellular and molecular basis for autoimmune disease and allergies
5 Basic knowledge of tumor immunology and the development of novel recombinant antibodies for treatment of cancer and autoimmune disease
39
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
4T2 Advanced Immunology
Unit I Introductory Immunobiology
Complement system Alternative and Classical pathway of complement activation
Immune networks Homeostasis in the immune system-termination of normal immune
responses network hypothesis
In vivo immunity to viruses bacteria fungi protozoa worms etc
Unit II Immunological tolerance and Autoimmunity
Immunologic tolerance T lymphocyte tolerance- central and peripheral Apoptosis in
Lymphocytes-pathways and biochemical mechanisms effector mechanisms Tolerance
induced regulatory T cells B lymphocyte tolerance- Central and Peripheral Homeostasis in
the immune pathogenesis and therapeutic approaches to autoimmunity
Unit III Tumor and Transplantation Immunology Hypersensitivity
General features of tumor immunity tumor antigens Immune response to tumor and
evasion Immunotherapy Types of hypersensitivity Effector mechanisms of immunologic
tissue injury and disease
Unit IV Immunodeficiency and Vaccinology
MHC and disease susceptibility immune deficiency disorders Active immunization
(immune prophylaxis) passive immunization adjuvants modern approaches to vaccine
development role of vaccines in the prevention of disease
Suggested References
1 Cellular and Molecular Immunology- 5th Edition Abul K Abbas Andrew Litchman
2 Immunology-5th Edition Richard A Goldsby Thomas J Kindt Barbara A Osborne
Janis Kuby
3 Immunology- 6th Edition Ivan Roitt Jonathan Brostoff David Male
40
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
Paper ndash III (Code 4T3 A) Toxicology (Clinical Research)
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Have knowledge about assessment and management of ethical clinical trial
programs
2 Demonstrate competency in biopharmaceutical clinical trial research designs and
regulatory affairs
3 Demonstrate competencies in evaluating clinical research data and
communicating results Manage innovative products through the discovery
processes and into the clinical trial phases
4 Identify and classify different types of trial designs when reading a trial report
understand the essential of GLP roles and responsibilities of stakeholders in
clinical trials
41
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
4T3 A) Toxicology (Clinical Research)
Unit I Pre-Clinical Research
Animal studies acute amp chronic toxicity of drugs regulations for number amp types of
animals protocols for animal experimentation Biochemical amp histopathological studies of
animals after drug administration Mechanism amp cause of death Routine toxicity studies amp
special toxicity studies carcinogenicity mutagenicity amp teratogenicity to be given special
emphasis
Unit II Phases of Clinical Research
Phases of clinical research number of volunteers in phase I amp types of patients in phase II to
IV Importance of these investigations Post marketing surveillance (PMS) amp
pharmacovigilence in case of clinical investigations after marketing authorization
Importance of ethical committee protocol design documentation in clinical trials Bio
Availability and Bio Equivalence studies Pharmacokinetics Pharmacodynamics Genomic
studies
Unit III Good lab practices
Good Clinical Practices Good Manufacturing Practices and Good Laboratory Practices
Principles of ICH-GCP History GCP declaration of Helsinki Belmont report Nuremberg
code Tuskgee trial Schedules Y and its amendments ICMR Guidelines Composition
functions amp operations of IRBIEC ethics of clinical trials Health Authorities- CDSCO US-
FDA EMEA and other
Unit IV Roles and Responsibilities of different stake holders in Clinical Research-
Sponsor CRO SMO Ethics Committee Investigator CRA CRC Patients and other
Departments in Clinical Research- Operations Business Development Regulatory
Pharmacovigilance Data Management Centralized Monitoring Quality Finance Important
documents in Clinical Research and importance of documentation in Clinical Research
Stages in clinical trial-Feasibilities PSSV SIV SMV and Close-out visits Audits and
Inspections
Suggested reading
1 Clinical Research Coordinator Handbook Norris Deborrah Plexus Publications
20040601
2 Clinical Research Methodology and Evidence-Based Medicine Babu Ajit N
Anshan 20080530
3 Conducting Clinical Research Judy Stone Biblio Distribution 2006
4 Essentials of clinical research Stephen P Glasser (Edt) Springer Verlag 2008
42
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
Paper ndash III (Code 4T3 B) Nutrition (Applied Nutritional Biochemistry)
Learning outcome Students will be
1 Capable of describing biochemical pathways relevant in nutrient metabolism 2 Capable of using selected biochemical techniques relevant in nutritional
biochemical research 3 Critical reading of scientific articles in nutritional biochemistry 4 Capable of discussing research questions relevant to nutritional biochemistry 5 The ability to ask critical questions and discuss nutritional biochemical research
43
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
4T3 B) Nutrition (Applied Nutritional Biochemistry)
Unit I Clinical nutrition
Role of a dietician role and responsibilities of a dietitian nutrition counseling professional
ethics and obligations
Diet therapy-Rationale for diet therapy (normal diet modifications of the diet to the light
diet soft diet full liquid diet clear liquid tube feeding) Routes for diet therapy-enteral and
parental use of biochemical parameters in the planning of diets use of computers in the
planning of diets
Unit II Nutritional Counseling and Dietetics
Nutritive value of different food groups and changes due to cooking in various food groups
Storage of foods food quality and factors affecting food quality Control of food quality Use
of additives Classification and applications
Unit III Community Nutrition
Opportunities in community Nutrition Assessing Community Resources assessing target
population program planning Assessing communityrsquos nutritional resources Food insecurity
food assistance programs world hunger and food insecurity Principles of nutrition education
and policy making national nutrition agenda
Unit IV Applied Nutrition and Public Health Concept of Health Nutrition and Public Health Nutrition Demographic trends in India and
the significance of certain indices of Health and Nutrition situation of a community IMR
MMR TFR Birth rate Death rate Life expectancy etc) Major nutritional problems in
developing countries Dietary surveys-methods ways of interpretations and analysis
recommendations based on survey findings Assessment of nutritional status biochemical
and anthropometry
Suggested Reading
Clinical nutrition
edited by- professor marinos elia (university of outhampton) professor olle ljungqvist
(karolinska institutet amp oumlrebro university hospital) dr outham outhamp (university of
outhampton professor susan lanham-new (university of surrey) - see more at
httpwwwnutritionsocietyorgpublicationstextbooksclinical-
nutritionsthashw12tfscqdpuf
Public health nutrition
edited by- professor michael gibney (ucd institute of food and health) professor barrie
margetts (university of southampton) dr john kearney (dublin institute of technology)
professor lenore arab (university of california los angeles)
httpwwwnutritionsocietyorgpublicationstextbookspublic-health-
nutritionsthash8pvhu1m0dpuf
Staying healthy with nutrition author- elson m Hass buck levin
American dietetic association complete food and nutrition guide Roberta larson duyff
44
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
MSc Biochemistry CBCS syllabus Effective from 2015-16
SEMESTER 4
Foundation 2 Basic Enzymology
Unit I
Introduction to Enzymology Nomenclature and classification of enzymes History sources of
enzymes (Animal Plant and microorganisms) Protein amp nonprotein nature of enzymes with
examples enzymes as biological catalysts and their importance principle of assay of enzymes and
measurement of activity effect of experimental conditions on measurement of activity such as time pH temp
substrate definition of enzyme unit Stability of enzymes and half life of enzymes Effect of environmental
factors on stability of enzymes Concept of Zymogens and active enzyme with examples effect of activators
and inhibitors on enzyme activity Role of coenzymes and cofactors on enzyme catalysis with examples
Unit II Production amp purification
Method os screening of sources for desired enzymes Availability of the sources for procurement
of enzymes Natural and synthetic Media for microbial enzyme production effect of inducers and
environmental factors on enzyme production by microorganisms
Methods of isolation of enzymes form the source purification of enzyme by dialysis salt and solvent
precipitation chromatography gel filtration Purification by affinity chromatography methods of
determination of purity and nature of of enzymes by simple PAGE SDSPAGE and 2 D electrophoresis
Unit III Enzyme Kinetics
Lock amp key model and Koshland model of enzyme active site Determination of active site of enzyme
Michelis Mentain equation kinetics of reversible irreversible and nonreversible enzymes Line Weaver burk
plot and Eddie Hofstie Plot Determination of kinetic constants and activation energy Effect of competitive
and non-competitive inhibitors on enzyme activity Allosteric enzyme and sigmoidal kinetics
Unit IV Applications of enzymes
Structure and function of multienzyme complex systems such as PDH KGH B oxidation spiral and glycolysis
Advantages of soluble and membrane bound enzymes Futile cycles in Biochemistry
Methods of immobilization of enzymes advantages and disadvantages of immobilization Application of
Immobilized enzymes in agriculture cosmetics detergent dairy brewing and food industries with examples
such as lactase pectinase proteinase invertaselipase etc Application of enzymes in nanotechnology
biosensors etc
Suggested references
1 Enzymology and Enzyme Technology 2014 by SM Bhatt (S Chand)
2 Enzyme Technology 2006 by Ashok Pandey (Editor) Colin Webb (Editor) MARCELO
FERNANDES (Editor) Springer
3 Biocatalysts and enzyme technology 2012 Klaus Buchholz
45
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
4T4 Bioresearch Techniques II (Subject centric core 2)
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Learn describe and build up knowledge domain regarding the latest and most advanced Bioresearch techniques available for biochemical research
2 Be aware select appropriately apply technology platforms and Perform techniques for analysis of DNA and protein expression
3 Evaluation of data and controls related to research techniques 4 Create thought-provoking questions related to the laboratory equipment
46
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
4T4 Bioresearch Techniques II (Subject centric core 2)
UNIT I
Biochemical methods I- Co-immunoprecipitation BiFC bimolecular fluorescence
complementation affinity electrophoresis Pull down assays label transfer yeast two hybrid
screens phage display
UNIT II
Biochemical methods II- In-vivo crosslinking of protein complexes using photo-reactive
amino acid analogs Tandem affinity purification (TAP) Chemical cross-linking SPINE
(Strepprotein interaction experiment) Quantitative immunoprecipitation combined with
knock-down (QUICK) Proximity ligation assay (PLA) in situ
UNIT III
Biophysical and theoretical methods I
Bio-Layer Interferometry
Dual polarisation interferometry (DPI)
Static light scattering (SLS)
Dynamic light scattering (DLS)
Surface plasmon resonance
UNIT IV
Biophysical and theoretical methods II
Fluorescence polarizationanisotropy
Fluorescence correlation spectroscopy
FRET BRET
2D-FT NMR spectroscopy
Proteinndashprotein docking
Isothermal Titration Calorimetry (ITC)
Isothermal Titration Calorimetry (ITC)
Suggested References
1 Molecular Biology of The Cell Alberts 5th Edition 2007 NCBI Publication
2 Principles of Biochemistry Lehninger WH Freeman
3 Biochemistry of Signal Transduction and Regulation-shy‐ Gerhard Krauss
Wiley VCH 3rd Revised Edition
4 Molecular Cell Biology Lodish 6th Edition WH Freeman amp Company
5 The cell Cooper 2nd Edition ASM Press
6 Gene IX Benjamin Lewin
Published by Pearson Prentice Hall
7 Cell and Molecular Biology Gerald Karp
8 Molecular Biology Robert Weaver 1st Edition WCBNMcGraw-shy‐Hill
9 Molecular Biology of the Gene Watson 6th Edition Pearson Publication
10 Gene Regulation A Eukaryotic Perspective David Latchman 5 illustrated Taylor amp
Francis 2005
47
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
4P1 Advanced Clinical Biochemistry and Immunology and Toxicology and Nutrition
1 Demonstration of dialysis using blood filtrate (Protein Separation)
2 Immunology
a Quantitative Estimation of Antibody
b Precipitation Techniques Double Immunodiffusion Single (Radial)
Immunodiffusion
3 Electrophoretic Techniques Immuno-electrophoresisRocket Immunoelectrophoresis
Immuno-diffusion
4 To assay cathepsin D ATPase (NaKCaMg) Lipid peroxidase enzymes
5 Assay of Acetylcholine esterase activity in rat brain
6 Assay of monoamine oxidase
7 Fractionation of tissues and assay of proteins
8 Assay of ornithine amino transferase
9 Glutathione Estimation
10 Organ tissue morphology histopathology
11 Assay of toxicant biotransformation enzyme-cytochrome P450
12 Test for teratogenecity carcinogenecity Ames test
13 To perform pair wise alignment of sequences using BLAST program
14 To design primers for the given gene sequences
15 To perform multiple sequence alignment and generate phylogenetic tree
16 To retrieve and visualize the three dimensional structures of proteins
17 To retrieve metagenomic sequences and primer designing to develop STS marker
OR
18 Determination of Triglycerides
19 Proximate Analysis of Food Samples
48
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4 Project
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Plan and develop experimental design projects from concept through to professional
prototype
2 Apply theoretical knowledge conceptual skills and techniques to the development of
solutions for biochemical problems
3 Apply initiative and judgment in planning problem solving and decision making in
practice or future study
4 Design a research project and submit in a form of thesis they will present their results of
the thesis to an audience of peers and faculty and be able to defend their results during
final evaluation
4PROJ PROJECT
4S1 Seminar
36
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
Paper ndash I (Code 4T1) Advanced Clinical Biochemistry
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Analyse evaluate and generate information from a wide variety of sources regarding the key principles of aging and Neurological disorders
2 Analyse the effects of obesity on physiological functions including gene regulation
3 Critically interpret molecular and metabolic diseases and develop new knowledge domain about them
4 To develop effective creative and innovative solutions to current research problems in Reproductive Disease and Reproductive Biochemistry
5 To develop practical laboratory skill for Assisted Reproductive Technology program
37
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
4T1 Advanced Clinical Biochemistry
Unit I Aging and Neurological Disorders
Current view and theories of aging auto immune connection and HLA association processes of
aging and biochemical alteration DNA damage protein oxidation and axonal transport in aging
nutritional intervention as anti-aging therapy
Alzheimerrsquos disease Causes symptoms diagnosis pathogenesis genetics APP ApoE PS2 tau
protein risk factors and therapeutic approaches
Progeria Parkinsonrsquos disease Causes symptoms diagnosis pathogenesis genetics and therapeutic
approaches
Unit II Obesity
Theories lipid metabolism adipose tissue anomalies
Genetic basis of familial obesity effects of neuropeptides and leptin in nutrient partitioning
Obesity related derangements in metabolic regulation Therapeutic approaches
Unit III Molecular and Metabolic Diseases
Human gene map genetic diversity polymorphism genetic linkage chromosomal disorder
Monogenetic Disorders Autosomal dominant autosomal recessive X-linked Multifactorial
disorders Genetic heterogeneity Allelic heterogeneity Pathogenesis of genetic disease
Galactosemia Hemophilia Sickle cell anemia Muscular dystrophy Hypercholesterolemia Gout
Turnerrsquos syndrome
Unit IV Reproductive Biochemistry
Overview of reproductive system and reproduction biochemistry of reproductive disorders (male amp
female) Influence of various factors in reproduction with special reference to role of prostaglandins
and gonadotrophins Mechanism and methods of birth control and possible biochemical
consequences thereof Biochemical markerrsquos in infertility disorders Techniques involved in assisted
reproductive technology (ART) Culture media and cell culture techniques in ART programme
Suggested References
1 Clinical Biochemistry ndash Metabolic and Clinical aspects By-William J Marshall amp Stephen
K Angert
2 Harperrsquos Biochemistry - 27th Ed
3 Text book of Medical Physiology - By Guyton
4 Text book of Physiology -By Burn amp levy
5 Biochemistry ndashBy L Stryer (Freeman amp CoNY)
6 Biochemistry with clinical correlation- By Thomas Devli
7 The Metabolic Basis of Inherited Disease 5th Ed-By John Stanbury
8 Teitz Fundamentals of Clinical Chemistry ndashBy CABurtis amp Ashwood
9 Biochemistry - By Lehninger
10 Lehningerrsquos Biochemistry ndashBy Nelson amp Cox
11 Biochemistry ndashBy Stanford
12 Basic Medical Biochemistry A Clinical approach- By Smith
13 Principles of Internal Medicines- By HarrisonT R
14 Practical Biochemistry Principles amp Techniques- By Wilson amp Walker
15 Practical Biochemistry ndashBy David Plummer
38
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
Paper ndash II (Code 4T2) Advanced Immunology
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Understand details of lymph node microanatomy and learn the B and T cells encounter with antigens and study its development
2 Gain insight into antigen presentation and autophagy on a detailed molecular level
3 Understand immunology of mucosal surfaces and the interplay between commensal flora and the immune system in the gut
4 In-depth knowledge of the cellular and molecular basis for autoimmune disease and allergies
5 Basic knowledge of tumor immunology and the development of novel recombinant antibodies for treatment of cancer and autoimmune disease
39
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
4T2 Advanced Immunology
Unit I Introductory Immunobiology
Complement system Alternative and Classical pathway of complement activation
Immune networks Homeostasis in the immune system-termination of normal immune
responses network hypothesis
In vivo immunity to viruses bacteria fungi protozoa worms etc
Unit II Immunological tolerance and Autoimmunity
Immunologic tolerance T lymphocyte tolerance- central and peripheral Apoptosis in
Lymphocytes-pathways and biochemical mechanisms effector mechanisms Tolerance
induced regulatory T cells B lymphocyte tolerance- Central and Peripheral Homeostasis in
the immune pathogenesis and therapeutic approaches to autoimmunity
Unit III Tumor and Transplantation Immunology Hypersensitivity
General features of tumor immunity tumor antigens Immune response to tumor and
evasion Immunotherapy Types of hypersensitivity Effector mechanisms of immunologic
tissue injury and disease
Unit IV Immunodeficiency and Vaccinology
MHC and disease susceptibility immune deficiency disorders Active immunization
(immune prophylaxis) passive immunization adjuvants modern approaches to vaccine
development role of vaccines in the prevention of disease
Suggested References
1 Cellular and Molecular Immunology- 5th Edition Abul K Abbas Andrew Litchman
2 Immunology-5th Edition Richard A Goldsby Thomas J Kindt Barbara A Osborne
Janis Kuby
3 Immunology- 6th Edition Ivan Roitt Jonathan Brostoff David Male
40
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
Paper ndash III (Code 4T3 A) Toxicology (Clinical Research)
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Have knowledge about assessment and management of ethical clinical trial
programs
2 Demonstrate competency in biopharmaceutical clinical trial research designs and
regulatory affairs
3 Demonstrate competencies in evaluating clinical research data and
communicating results Manage innovative products through the discovery
processes and into the clinical trial phases
4 Identify and classify different types of trial designs when reading a trial report
understand the essential of GLP roles and responsibilities of stakeholders in
clinical trials
41
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
4T3 A) Toxicology (Clinical Research)
Unit I Pre-Clinical Research
Animal studies acute amp chronic toxicity of drugs regulations for number amp types of
animals protocols for animal experimentation Biochemical amp histopathological studies of
animals after drug administration Mechanism amp cause of death Routine toxicity studies amp
special toxicity studies carcinogenicity mutagenicity amp teratogenicity to be given special
emphasis
Unit II Phases of Clinical Research
Phases of clinical research number of volunteers in phase I amp types of patients in phase II to
IV Importance of these investigations Post marketing surveillance (PMS) amp
pharmacovigilence in case of clinical investigations after marketing authorization
Importance of ethical committee protocol design documentation in clinical trials Bio
Availability and Bio Equivalence studies Pharmacokinetics Pharmacodynamics Genomic
studies
Unit III Good lab practices
Good Clinical Practices Good Manufacturing Practices and Good Laboratory Practices
Principles of ICH-GCP History GCP declaration of Helsinki Belmont report Nuremberg
code Tuskgee trial Schedules Y and its amendments ICMR Guidelines Composition
functions amp operations of IRBIEC ethics of clinical trials Health Authorities- CDSCO US-
FDA EMEA and other
Unit IV Roles and Responsibilities of different stake holders in Clinical Research-
Sponsor CRO SMO Ethics Committee Investigator CRA CRC Patients and other
Departments in Clinical Research- Operations Business Development Regulatory
Pharmacovigilance Data Management Centralized Monitoring Quality Finance Important
documents in Clinical Research and importance of documentation in Clinical Research
Stages in clinical trial-Feasibilities PSSV SIV SMV and Close-out visits Audits and
Inspections
Suggested reading
1 Clinical Research Coordinator Handbook Norris Deborrah Plexus Publications
20040601
2 Clinical Research Methodology and Evidence-Based Medicine Babu Ajit N
Anshan 20080530
3 Conducting Clinical Research Judy Stone Biblio Distribution 2006
4 Essentials of clinical research Stephen P Glasser (Edt) Springer Verlag 2008
42
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
Paper ndash III (Code 4T3 B) Nutrition (Applied Nutritional Biochemistry)
Learning outcome Students will be
1 Capable of describing biochemical pathways relevant in nutrient metabolism 2 Capable of using selected biochemical techniques relevant in nutritional
biochemical research 3 Critical reading of scientific articles in nutritional biochemistry 4 Capable of discussing research questions relevant to nutritional biochemistry 5 The ability to ask critical questions and discuss nutritional biochemical research
43
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
4T3 B) Nutrition (Applied Nutritional Biochemistry)
Unit I Clinical nutrition
Role of a dietician role and responsibilities of a dietitian nutrition counseling professional
ethics and obligations
Diet therapy-Rationale for diet therapy (normal diet modifications of the diet to the light
diet soft diet full liquid diet clear liquid tube feeding) Routes for diet therapy-enteral and
parental use of biochemical parameters in the planning of diets use of computers in the
planning of diets
Unit II Nutritional Counseling and Dietetics
Nutritive value of different food groups and changes due to cooking in various food groups
Storage of foods food quality and factors affecting food quality Control of food quality Use
of additives Classification and applications
Unit III Community Nutrition
Opportunities in community Nutrition Assessing Community Resources assessing target
population program planning Assessing communityrsquos nutritional resources Food insecurity
food assistance programs world hunger and food insecurity Principles of nutrition education
and policy making national nutrition agenda
Unit IV Applied Nutrition and Public Health Concept of Health Nutrition and Public Health Nutrition Demographic trends in India and
the significance of certain indices of Health and Nutrition situation of a community IMR
MMR TFR Birth rate Death rate Life expectancy etc) Major nutritional problems in
developing countries Dietary surveys-methods ways of interpretations and analysis
recommendations based on survey findings Assessment of nutritional status biochemical
and anthropometry
Suggested Reading
Clinical nutrition
edited by- professor marinos elia (university of outhampton) professor olle ljungqvist
(karolinska institutet amp oumlrebro university hospital) dr outham outhamp (university of
outhampton professor susan lanham-new (university of surrey) - see more at
httpwwwnutritionsocietyorgpublicationstextbooksclinical-
nutritionsthashw12tfscqdpuf
Public health nutrition
edited by- professor michael gibney (ucd institute of food and health) professor barrie
margetts (university of southampton) dr john kearney (dublin institute of technology)
professor lenore arab (university of california los angeles)
httpwwwnutritionsocietyorgpublicationstextbookspublic-health-
nutritionsthash8pvhu1m0dpuf
Staying healthy with nutrition author- elson m Hass buck levin
American dietetic association complete food and nutrition guide Roberta larson duyff
44
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
MSc Biochemistry CBCS syllabus Effective from 2015-16
SEMESTER 4
Foundation 2 Basic Enzymology
Unit I
Introduction to Enzymology Nomenclature and classification of enzymes History sources of
enzymes (Animal Plant and microorganisms) Protein amp nonprotein nature of enzymes with
examples enzymes as biological catalysts and their importance principle of assay of enzymes and
measurement of activity effect of experimental conditions on measurement of activity such as time pH temp
substrate definition of enzyme unit Stability of enzymes and half life of enzymes Effect of environmental
factors on stability of enzymes Concept of Zymogens and active enzyme with examples effect of activators
and inhibitors on enzyme activity Role of coenzymes and cofactors on enzyme catalysis with examples
Unit II Production amp purification
Method os screening of sources for desired enzymes Availability of the sources for procurement
of enzymes Natural and synthetic Media for microbial enzyme production effect of inducers and
environmental factors on enzyme production by microorganisms
Methods of isolation of enzymes form the source purification of enzyme by dialysis salt and solvent
precipitation chromatography gel filtration Purification by affinity chromatography methods of
determination of purity and nature of of enzymes by simple PAGE SDSPAGE and 2 D electrophoresis
Unit III Enzyme Kinetics
Lock amp key model and Koshland model of enzyme active site Determination of active site of enzyme
Michelis Mentain equation kinetics of reversible irreversible and nonreversible enzymes Line Weaver burk
plot and Eddie Hofstie Plot Determination of kinetic constants and activation energy Effect of competitive
and non-competitive inhibitors on enzyme activity Allosteric enzyme and sigmoidal kinetics
Unit IV Applications of enzymes
Structure and function of multienzyme complex systems such as PDH KGH B oxidation spiral and glycolysis
Advantages of soluble and membrane bound enzymes Futile cycles in Biochemistry
Methods of immobilization of enzymes advantages and disadvantages of immobilization Application of
Immobilized enzymes in agriculture cosmetics detergent dairy brewing and food industries with examples
such as lactase pectinase proteinase invertaselipase etc Application of enzymes in nanotechnology
biosensors etc
Suggested references
1 Enzymology and Enzyme Technology 2014 by SM Bhatt (S Chand)
2 Enzyme Technology 2006 by Ashok Pandey (Editor) Colin Webb (Editor) MARCELO
FERNANDES (Editor) Springer
3 Biocatalysts and enzyme technology 2012 Klaus Buchholz
45
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
4T4 Bioresearch Techniques II (Subject centric core 2)
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Learn describe and build up knowledge domain regarding the latest and most advanced Bioresearch techniques available for biochemical research
2 Be aware select appropriately apply technology platforms and Perform techniques for analysis of DNA and protein expression
3 Evaluation of data and controls related to research techniques 4 Create thought-provoking questions related to the laboratory equipment
46
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
4T4 Bioresearch Techniques II (Subject centric core 2)
UNIT I
Biochemical methods I- Co-immunoprecipitation BiFC bimolecular fluorescence
complementation affinity electrophoresis Pull down assays label transfer yeast two hybrid
screens phage display
UNIT II
Biochemical methods II- In-vivo crosslinking of protein complexes using photo-reactive
amino acid analogs Tandem affinity purification (TAP) Chemical cross-linking SPINE
(Strepprotein interaction experiment) Quantitative immunoprecipitation combined with
knock-down (QUICK) Proximity ligation assay (PLA) in situ
UNIT III
Biophysical and theoretical methods I
Bio-Layer Interferometry
Dual polarisation interferometry (DPI)
Static light scattering (SLS)
Dynamic light scattering (DLS)
Surface plasmon resonance
UNIT IV
Biophysical and theoretical methods II
Fluorescence polarizationanisotropy
Fluorescence correlation spectroscopy
FRET BRET
2D-FT NMR spectroscopy
Proteinndashprotein docking
Isothermal Titration Calorimetry (ITC)
Isothermal Titration Calorimetry (ITC)
Suggested References
1 Molecular Biology of The Cell Alberts 5th Edition 2007 NCBI Publication
2 Principles of Biochemistry Lehninger WH Freeman
3 Biochemistry of Signal Transduction and Regulation-shy‐ Gerhard Krauss
Wiley VCH 3rd Revised Edition
4 Molecular Cell Biology Lodish 6th Edition WH Freeman amp Company
5 The cell Cooper 2nd Edition ASM Press
6 Gene IX Benjamin Lewin
Published by Pearson Prentice Hall
7 Cell and Molecular Biology Gerald Karp
8 Molecular Biology Robert Weaver 1st Edition WCBNMcGraw-shy‐Hill
9 Molecular Biology of the Gene Watson 6th Edition Pearson Publication
10 Gene Regulation A Eukaryotic Perspective David Latchman 5 illustrated Taylor amp
Francis 2005
47
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
4P1 Advanced Clinical Biochemistry and Immunology and Toxicology and Nutrition
1 Demonstration of dialysis using blood filtrate (Protein Separation)
2 Immunology
a Quantitative Estimation of Antibody
b Precipitation Techniques Double Immunodiffusion Single (Radial)
Immunodiffusion
3 Electrophoretic Techniques Immuno-electrophoresisRocket Immunoelectrophoresis
Immuno-diffusion
4 To assay cathepsin D ATPase (NaKCaMg) Lipid peroxidase enzymes
5 Assay of Acetylcholine esterase activity in rat brain
6 Assay of monoamine oxidase
7 Fractionation of tissues and assay of proteins
8 Assay of ornithine amino transferase
9 Glutathione Estimation
10 Organ tissue morphology histopathology
11 Assay of toxicant biotransformation enzyme-cytochrome P450
12 Test for teratogenecity carcinogenecity Ames test
13 To perform pair wise alignment of sequences using BLAST program
14 To design primers for the given gene sequences
15 To perform multiple sequence alignment and generate phylogenetic tree
16 To retrieve and visualize the three dimensional structures of proteins
17 To retrieve metagenomic sequences and primer designing to develop STS marker
OR
18 Determination of Triglycerides
19 Proximate Analysis of Food Samples
48
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4 Project
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Plan and develop experimental design projects from concept through to professional
prototype
2 Apply theoretical knowledge conceptual skills and techniques to the development of
solutions for biochemical problems
3 Apply initiative and judgment in planning problem solving and decision making in
practice or future study
4 Design a research project and submit in a form of thesis they will present their results of
the thesis to an audience of peers and faculty and be able to defend their results during
final evaluation
4PROJ PROJECT
4S1 Seminar
37
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
4T1 Advanced Clinical Biochemistry
Unit I Aging and Neurological Disorders
Current view and theories of aging auto immune connection and HLA association processes of
aging and biochemical alteration DNA damage protein oxidation and axonal transport in aging
nutritional intervention as anti-aging therapy
Alzheimerrsquos disease Causes symptoms diagnosis pathogenesis genetics APP ApoE PS2 tau
protein risk factors and therapeutic approaches
Progeria Parkinsonrsquos disease Causes symptoms diagnosis pathogenesis genetics and therapeutic
approaches
Unit II Obesity
Theories lipid metabolism adipose tissue anomalies
Genetic basis of familial obesity effects of neuropeptides and leptin in nutrient partitioning
Obesity related derangements in metabolic regulation Therapeutic approaches
Unit III Molecular and Metabolic Diseases
Human gene map genetic diversity polymorphism genetic linkage chromosomal disorder
Monogenetic Disorders Autosomal dominant autosomal recessive X-linked Multifactorial
disorders Genetic heterogeneity Allelic heterogeneity Pathogenesis of genetic disease
Galactosemia Hemophilia Sickle cell anemia Muscular dystrophy Hypercholesterolemia Gout
Turnerrsquos syndrome
Unit IV Reproductive Biochemistry
Overview of reproductive system and reproduction biochemistry of reproductive disorders (male amp
female) Influence of various factors in reproduction with special reference to role of prostaglandins
and gonadotrophins Mechanism and methods of birth control and possible biochemical
consequences thereof Biochemical markerrsquos in infertility disorders Techniques involved in assisted
reproductive technology (ART) Culture media and cell culture techniques in ART programme
Suggested References
1 Clinical Biochemistry ndash Metabolic and Clinical aspects By-William J Marshall amp Stephen
K Angert
2 Harperrsquos Biochemistry - 27th Ed
3 Text book of Medical Physiology - By Guyton
4 Text book of Physiology -By Burn amp levy
5 Biochemistry ndashBy L Stryer (Freeman amp CoNY)
6 Biochemistry with clinical correlation- By Thomas Devli
7 The Metabolic Basis of Inherited Disease 5th Ed-By John Stanbury
8 Teitz Fundamentals of Clinical Chemistry ndashBy CABurtis amp Ashwood
9 Biochemistry - By Lehninger
10 Lehningerrsquos Biochemistry ndashBy Nelson amp Cox
11 Biochemistry ndashBy Stanford
12 Basic Medical Biochemistry A Clinical approach- By Smith
13 Principles of Internal Medicines- By HarrisonT R
14 Practical Biochemistry Principles amp Techniques- By Wilson amp Walker
15 Practical Biochemistry ndashBy David Plummer
38
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
Paper ndash II (Code 4T2) Advanced Immunology
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Understand details of lymph node microanatomy and learn the B and T cells encounter with antigens and study its development
2 Gain insight into antigen presentation and autophagy on a detailed molecular level
3 Understand immunology of mucosal surfaces and the interplay between commensal flora and the immune system in the gut
4 In-depth knowledge of the cellular and molecular basis for autoimmune disease and allergies
5 Basic knowledge of tumor immunology and the development of novel recombinant antibodies for treatment of cancer and autoimmune disease
39
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
4T2 Advanced Immunology
Unit I Introductory Immunobiology
Complement system Alternative and Classical pathway of complement activation
Immune networks Homeostasis in the immune system-termination of normal immune
responses network hypothesis
In vivo immunity to viruses bacteria fungi protozoa worms etc
Unit II Immunological tolerance and Autoimmunity
Immunologic tolerance T lymphocyte tolerance- central and peripheral Apoptosis in
Lymphocytes-pathways and biochemical mechanisms effector mechanisms Tolerance
induced regulatory T cells B lymphocyte tolerance- Central and Peripheral Homeostasis in
the immune pathogenesis and therapeutic approaches to autoimmunity
Unit III Tumor and Transplantation Immunology Hypersensitivity
General features of tumor immunity tumor antigens Immune response to tumor and
evasion Immunotherapy Types of hypersensitivity Effector mechanisms of immunologic
tissue injury and disease
Unit IV Immunodeficiency and Vaccinology
MHC and disease susceptibility immune deficiency disorders Active immunization
(immune prophylaxis) passive immunization adjuvants modern approaches to vaccine
development role of vaccines in the prevention of disease
Suggested References
1 Cellular and Molecular Immunology- 5th Edition Abul K Abbas Andrew Litchman
2 Immunology-5th Edition Richard A Goldsby Thomas J Kindt Barbara A Osborne
Janis Kuby
3 Immunology- 6th Edition Ivan Roitt Jonathan Brostoff David Male
40
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
Paper ndash III (Code 4T3 A) Toxicology (Clinical Research)
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Have knowledge about assessment and management of ethical clinical trial
programs
2 Demonstrate competency in biopharmaceutical clinical trial research designs and
regulatory affairs
3 Demonstrate competencies in evaluating clinical research data and
communicating results Manage innovative products through the discovery
processes and into the clinical trial phases
4 Identify and classify different types of trial designs when reading a trial report
understand the essential of GLP roles and responsibilities of stakeholders in
clinical trials
41
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
4T3 A) Toxicology (Clinical Research)
Unit I Pre-Clinical Research
Animal studies acute amp chronic toxicity of drugs regulations for number amp types of
animals protocols for animal experimentation Biochemical amp histopathological studies of
animals after drug administration Mechanism amp cause of death Routine toxicity studies amp
special toxicity studies carcinogenicity mutagenicity amp teratogenicity to be given special
emphasis
Unit II Phases of Clinical Research
Phases of clinical research number of volunteers in phase I amp types of patients in phase II to
IV Importance of these investigations Post marketing surveillance (PMS) amp
pharmacovigilence in case of clinical investigations after marketing authorization
Importance of ethical committee protocol design documentation in clinical trials Bio
Availability and Bio Equivalence studies Pharmacokinetics Pharmacodynamics Genomic
studies
Unit III Good lab practices
Good Clinical Practices Good Manufacturing Practices and Good Laboratory Practices
Principles of ICH-GCP History GCP declaration of Helsinki Belmont report Nuremberg
code Tuskgee trial Schedules Y and its amendments ICMR Guidelines Composition
functions amp operations of IRBIEC ethics of clinical trials Health Authorities- CDSCO US-
FDA EMEA and other
Unit IV Roles and Responsibilities of different stake holders in Clinical Research-
Sponsor CRO SMO Ethics Committee Investigator CRA CRC Patients and other
Departments in Clinical Research- Operations Business Development Regulatory
Pharmacovigilance Data Management Centralized Monitoring Quality Finance Important
documents in Clinical Research and importance of documentation in Clinical Research
Stages in clinical trial-Feasibilities PSSV SIV SMV and Close-out visits Audits and
Inspections
Suggested reading
1 Clinical Research Coordinator Handbook Norris Deborrah Plexus Publications
20040601
2 Clinical Research Methodology and Evidence-Based Medicine Babu Ajit N
Anshan 20080530
3 Conducting Clinical Research Judy Stone Biblio Distribution 2006
4 Essentials of clinical research Stephen P Glasser (Edt) Springer Verlag 2008
42
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
Paper ndash III (Code 4T3 B) Nutrition (Applied Nutritional Biochemistry)
Learning outcome Students will be
1 Capable of describing biochemical pathways relevant in nutrient metabolism 2 Capable of using selected biochemical techniques relevant in nutritional
biochemical research 3 Critical reading of scientific articles in nutritional biochemistry 4 Capable of discussing research questions relevant to nutritional biochemistry 5 The ability to ask critical questions and discuss nutritional biochemical research
43
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
4T3 B) Nutrition (Applied Nutritional Biochemistry)
Unit I Clinical nutrition
Role of a dietician role and responsibilities of a dietitian nutrition counseling professional
ethics and obligations
Diet therapy-Rationale for diet therapy (normal diet modifications of the diet to the light
diet soft diet full liquid diet clear liquid tube feeding) Routes for diet therapy-enteral and
parental use of biochemical parameters in the planning of diets use of computers in the
planning of diets
Unit II Nutritional Counseling and Dietetics
Nutritive value of different food groups and changes due to cooking in various food groups
Storage of foods food quality and factors affecting food quality Control of food quality Use
of additives Classification and applications
Unit III Community Nutrition
Opportunities in community Nutrition Assessing Community Resources assessing target
population program planning Assessing communityrsquos nutritional resources Food insecurity
food assistance programs world hunger and food insecurity Principles of nutrition education
and policy making national nutrition agenda
Unit IV Applied Nutrition and Public Health Concept of Health Nutrition and Public Health Nutrition Demographic trends in India and
the significance of certain indices of Health and Nutrition situation of a community IMR
MMR TFR Birth rate Death rate Life expectancy etc) Major nutritional problems in
developing countries Dietary surveys-methods ways of interpretations and analysis
recommendations based on survey findings Assessment of nutritional status biochemical
and anthropometry
Suggested Reading
Clinical nutrition
edited by- professor marinos elia (university of outhampton) professor olle ljungqvist
(karolinska institutet amp oumlrebro university hospital) dr outham outhamp (university of
outhampton professor susan lanham-new (university of surrey) - see more at
httpwwwnutritionsocietyorgpublicationstextbooksclinical-
nutritionsthashw12tfscqdpuf
Public health nutrition
edited by- professor michael gibney (ucd institute of food and health) professor barrie
margetts (university of southampton) dr john kearney (dublin institute of technology)
professor lenore arab (university of california los angeles)
httpwwwnutritionsocietyorgpublicationstextbookspublic-health-
nutritionsthash8pvhu1m0dpuf
Staying healthy with nutrition author- elson m Hass buck levin
American dietetic association complete food and nutrition guide Roberta larson duyff
44
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
MSc Biochemistry CBCS syllabus Effective from 2015-16
SEMESTER 4
Foundation 2 Basic Enzymology
Unit I
Introduction to Enzymology Nomenclature and classification of enzymes History sources of
enzymes (Animal Plant and microorganisms) Protein amp nonprotein nature of enzymes with
examples enzymes as biological catalysts and their importance principle of assay of enzymes and
measurement of activity effect of experimental conditions on measurement of activity such as time pH temp
substrate definition of enzyme unit Stability of enzymes and half life of enzymes Effect of environmental
factors on stability of enzymes Concept of Zymogens and active enzyme with examples effect of activators
and inhibitors on enzyme activity Role of coenzymes and cofactors on enzyme catalysis with examples
Unit II Production amp purification
Method os screening of sources for desired enzymes Availability of the sources for procurement
of enzymes Natural and synthetic Media for microbial enzyme production effect of inducers and
environmental factors on enzyme production by microorganisms
Methods of isolation of enzymes form the source purification of enzyme by dialysis salt and solvent
precipitation chromatography gel filtration Purification by affinity chromatography methods of
determination of purity and nature of of enzymes by simple PAGE SDSPAGE and 2 D electrophoresis
Unit III Enzyme Kinetics
Lock amp key model and Koshland model of enzyme active site Determination of active site of enzyme
Michelis Mentain equation kinetics of reversible irreversible and nonreversible enzymes Line Weaver burk
plot and Eddie Hofstie Plot Determination of kinetic constants and activation energy Effect of competitive
and non-competitive inhibitors on enzyme activity Allosteric enzyme and sigmoidal kinetics
Unit IV Applications of enzymes
Structure and function of multienzyme complex systems such as PDH KGH B oxidation spiral and glycolysis
Advantages of soluble and membrane bound enzymes Futile cycles in Biochemistry
Methods of immobilization of enzymes advantages and disadvantages of immobilization Application of
Immobilized enzymes in agriculture cosmetics detergent dairy brewing and food industries with examples
such as lactase pectinase proteinase invertaselipase etc Application of enzymes in nanotechnology
biosensors etc
Suggested references
1 Enzymology and Enzyme Technology 2014 by SM Bhatt (S Chand)
2 Enzyme Technology 2006 by Ashok Pandey (Editor) Colin Webb (Editor) MARCELO
FERNANDES (Editor) Springer
3 Biocatalysts and enzyme technology 2012 Klaus Buchholz
45
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
4T4 Bioresearch Techniques II (Subject centric core 2)
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Learn describe and build up knowledge domain regarding the latest and most advanced Bioresearch techniques available for biochemical research
2 Be aware select appropriately apply technology platforms and Perform techniques for analysis of DNA and protein expression
3 Evaluation of data and controls related to research techniques 4 Create thought-provoking questions related to the laboratory equipment
46
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
4T4 Bioresearch Techniques II (Subject centric core 2)
UNIT I
Biochemical methods I- Co-immunoprecipitation BiFC bimolecular fluorescence
complementation affinity electrophoresis Pull down assays label transfer yeast two hybrid
screens phage display
UNIT II
Biochemical methods II- In-vivo crosslinking of protein complexes using photo-reactive
amino acid analogs Tandem affinity purification (TAP) Chemical cross-linking SPINE
(Strepprotein interaction experiment) Quantitative immunoprecipitation combined with
knock-down (QUICK) Proximity ligation assay (PLA) in situ
UNIT III
Biophysical and theoretical methods I
Bio-Layer Interferometry
Dual polarisation interferometry (DPI)
Static light scattering (SLS)
Dynamic light scattering (DLS)
Surface plasmon resonance
UNIT IV
Biophysical and theoretical methods II
Fluorescence polarizationanisotropy
Fluorescence correlation spectroscopy
FRET BRET
2D-FT NMR spectroscopy
Proteinndashprotein docking
Isothermal Titration Calorimetry (ITC)
Isothermal Titration Calorimetry (ITC)
Suggested References
1 Molecular Biology of The Cell Alberts 5th Edition 2007 NCBI Publication
2 Principles of Biochemistry Lehninger WH Freeman
3 Biochemistry of Signal Transduction and Regulation-shy‐ Gerhard Krauss
Wiley VCH 3rd Revised Edition
4 Molecular Cell Biology Lodish 6th Edition WH Freeman amp Company
5 The cell Cooper 2nd Edition ASM Press
6 Gene IX Benjamin Lewin
Published by Pearson Prentice Hall
7 Cell and Molecular Biology Gerald Karp
8 Molecular Biology Robert Weaver 1st Edition WCBNMcGraw-shy‐Hill
9 Molecular Biology of the Gene Watson 6th Edition Pearson Publication
10 Gene Regulation A Eukaryotic Perspective David Latchman 5 illustrated Taylor amp
Francis 2005
47
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
4P1 Advanced Clinical Biochemistry and Immunology and Toxicology and Nutrition
1 Demonstration of dialysis using blood filtrate (Protein Separation)
2 Immunology
a Quantitative Estimation of Antibody
b Precipitation Techniques Double Immunodiffusion Single (Radial)
Immunodiffusion
3 Electrophoretic Techniques Immuno-electrophoresisRocket Immunoelectrophoresis
Immuno-diffusion
4 To assay cathepsin D ATPase (NaKCaMg) Lipid peroxidase enzymes
5 Assay of Acetylcholine esterase activity in rat brain
6 Assay of monoamine oxidase
7 Fractionation of tissues and assay of proteins
8 Assay of ornithine amino transferase
9 Glutathione Estimation
10 Organ tissue morphology histopathology
11 Assay of toxicant biotransformation enzyme-cytochrome P450
12 Test for teratogenecity carcinogenecity Ames test
13 To perform pair wise alignment of sequences using BLAST program
14 To design primers for the given gene sequences
15 To perform multiple sequence alignment and generate phylogenetic tree
16 To retrieve and visualize the three dimensional structures of proteins
17 To retrieve metagenomic sequences and primer designing to develop STS marker
OR
18 Determination of Triglycerides
19 Proximate Analysis of Food Samples
48
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4 Project
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Plan and develop experimental design projects from concept through to professional
prototype
2 Apply theoretical knowledge conceptual skills and techniques to the development of
solutions for biochemical problems
3 Apply initiative and judgment in planning problem solving and decision making in
practice or future study
4 Design a research project and submit in a form of thesis they will present their results of
the thesis to an audience of peers and faculty and be able to defend their results during
final evaluation
4PROJ PROJECT
4S1 Seminar
38
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
Paper ndash II (Code 4T2) Advanced Immunology
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Understand details of lymph node microanatomy and learn the B and T cells encounter with antigens and study its development
2 Gain insight into antigen presentation and autophagy on a detailed molecular level
3 Understand immunology of mucosal surfaces and the interplay between commensal flora and the immune system in the gut
4 In-depth knowledge of the cellular and molecular basis for autoimmune disease and allergies
5 Basic knowledge of tumor immunology and the development of novel recombinant antibodies for treatment of cancer and autoimmune disease
39
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
4T2 Advanced Immunology
Unit I Introductory Immunobiology
Complement system Alternative and Classical pathway of complement activation
Immune networks Homeostasis in the immune system-termination of normal immune
responses network hypothesis
In vivo immunity to viruses bacteria fungi protozoa worms etc
Unit II Immunological tolerance and Autoimmunity
Immunologic tolerance T lymphocyte tolerance- central and peripheral Apoptosis in
Lymphocytes-pathways and biochemical mechanisms effector mechanisms Tolerance
induced regulatory T cells B lymphocyte tolerance- Central and Peripheral Homeostasis in
the immune pathogenesis and therapeutic approaches to autoimmunity
Unit III Tumor and Transplantation Immunology Hypersensitivity
General features of tumor immunity tumor antigens Immune response to tumor and
evasion Immunotherapy Types of hypersensitivity Effector mechanisms of immunologic
tissue injury and disease
Unit IV Immunodeficiency and Vaccinology
MHC and disease susceptibility immune deficiency disorders Active immunization
(immune prophylaxis) passive immunization adjuvants modern approaches to vaccine
development role of vaccines in the prevention of disease
Suggested References
1 Cellular and Molecular Immunology- 5th Edition Abul K Abbas Andrew Litchman
2 Immunology-5th Edition Richard A Goldsby Thomas J Kindt Barbara A Osborne
Janis Kuby
3 Immunology- 6th Edition Ivan Roitt Jonathan Brostoff David Male
40
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
Paper ndash III (Code 4T3 A) Toxicology (Clinical Research)
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Have knowledge about assessment and management of ethical clinical trial
programs
2 Demonstrate competency in biopharmaceutical clinical trial research designs and
regulatory affairs
3 Demonstrate competencies in evaluating clinical research data and
communicating results Manage innovative products through the discovery
processes and into the clinical trial phases
4 Identify and classify different types of trial designs when reading a trial report
understand the essential of GLP roles and responsibilities of stakeholders in
clinical trials
41
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
4T3 A) Toxicology (Clinical Research)
Unit I Pre-Clinical Research
Animal studies acute amp chronic toxicity of drugs regulations for number amp types of
animals protocols for animal experimentation Biochemical amp histopathological studies of
animals after drug administration Mechanism amp cause of death Routine toxicity studies amp
special toxicity studies carcinogenicity mutagenicity amp teratogenicity to be given special
emphasis
Unit II Phases of Clinical Research
Phases of clinical research number of volunteers in phase I amp types of patients in phase II to
IV Importance of these investigations Post marketing surveillance (PMS) amp
pharmacovigilence in case of clinical investigations after marketing authorization
Importance of ethical committee protocol design documentation in clinical trials Bio
Availability and Bio Equivalence studies Pharmacokinetics Pharmacodynamics Genomic
studies
Unit III Good lab practices
Good Clinical Practices Good Manufacturing Practices and Good Laboratory Practices
Principles of ICH-GCP History GCP declaration of Helsinki Belmont report Nuremberg
code Tuskgee trial Schedules Y and its amendments ICMR Guidelines Composition
functions amp operations of IRBIEC ethics of clinical trials Health Authorities- CDSCO US-
FDA EMEA and other
Unit IV Roles and Responsibilities of different stake holders in Clinical Research-
Sponsor CRO SMO Ethics Committee Investigator CRA CRC Patients and other
Departments in Clinical Research- Operations Business Development Regulatory
Pharmacovigilance Data Management Centralized Monitoring Quality Finance Important
documents in Clinical Research and importance of documentation in Clinical Research
Stages in clinical trial-Feasibilities PSSV SIV SMV and Close-out visits Audits and
Inspections
Suggested reading
1 Clinical Research Coordinator Handbook Norris Deborrah Plexus Publications
20040601
2 Clinical Research Methodology and Evidence-Based Medicine Babu Ajit N
Anshan 20080530
3 Conducting Clinical Research Judy Stone Biblio Distribution 2006
4 Essentials of clinical research Stephen P Glasser (Edt) Springer Verlag 2008
42
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
Paper ndash III (Code 4T3 B) Nutrition (Applied Nutritional Biochemistry)
Learning outcome Students will be
1 Capable of describing biochemical pathways relevant in nutrient metabolism 2 Capable of using selected biochemical techniques relevant in nutritional
biochemical research 3 Critical reading of scientific articles in nutritional biochemistry 4 Capable of discussing research questions relevant to nutritional biochemistry 5 The ability to ask critical questions and discuss nutritional biochemical research
43
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
4T3 B) Nutrition (Applied Nutritional Biochemistry)
Unit I Clinical nutrition
Role of a dietician role and responsibilities of a dietitian nutrition counseling professional
ethics and obligations
Diet therapy-Rationale for diet therapy (normal diet modifications of the diet to the light
diet soft diet full liquid diet clear liquid tube feeding) Routes for diet therapy-enteral and
parental use of biochemical parameters in the planning of diets use of computers in the
planning of diets
Unit II Nutritional Counseling and Dietetics
Nutritive value of different food groups and changes due to cooking in various food groups
Storage of foods food quality and factors affecting food quality Control of food quality Use
of additives Classification and applications
Unit III Community Nutrition
Opportunities in community Nutrition Assessing Community Resources assessing target
population program planning Assessing communityrsquos nutritional resources Food insecurity
food assistance programs world hunger and food insecurity Principles of nutrition education
and policy making national nutrition agenda
Unit IV Applied Nutrition and Public Health Concept of Health Nutrition and Public Health Nutrition Demographic trends in India and
the significance of certain indices of Health and Nutrition situation of a community IMR
MMR TFR Birth rate Death rate Life expectancy etc) Major nutritional problems in
developing countries Dietary surveys-methods ways of interpretations and analysis
recommendations based on survey findings Assessment of nutritional status biochemical
and anthropometry
Suggested Reading
Clinical nutrition
edited by- professor marinos elia (university of outhampton) professor olle ljungqvist
(karolinska institutet amp oumlrebro university hospital) dr outham outhamp (university of
outhampton professor susan lanham-new (university of surrey) - see more at
httpwwwnutritionsocietyorgpublicationstextbooksclinical-
nutritionsthashw12tfscqdpuf
Public health nutrition
edited by- professor michael gibney (ucd institute of food and health) professor barrie
margetts (university of southampton) dr john kearney (dublin institute of technology)
professor lenore arab (university of california los angeles)
httpwwwnutritionsocietyorgpublicationstextbookspublic-health-
nutritionsthash8pvhu1m0dpuf
Staying healthy with nutrition author- elson m Hass buck levin
American dietetic association complete food and nutrition guide Roberta larson duyff
44
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
MSc Biochemistry CBCS syllabus Effective from 2015-16
SEMESTER 4
Foundation 2 Basic Enzymology
Unit I
Introduction to Enzymology Nomenclature and classification of enzymes History sources of
enzymes (Animal Plant and microorganisms) Protein amp nonprotein nature of enzymes with
examples enzymes as biological catalysts and their importance principle of assay of enzymes and
measurement of activity effect of experimental conditions on measurement of activity such as time pH temp
substrate definition of enzyme unit Stability of enzymes and half life of enzymes Effect of environmental
factors on stability of enzymes Concept of Zymogens and active enzyme with examples effect of activators
and inhibitors on enzyme activity Role of coenzymes and cofactors on enzyme catalysis with examples
Unit II Production amp purification
Method os screening of sources for desired enzymes Availability of the sources for procurement
of enzymes Natural and synthetic Media for microbial enzyme production effect of inducers and
environmental factors on enzyme production by microorganisms
Methods of isolation of enzymes form the source purification of enzyme by dialysis salt and solvent
precipitation chromatography gel filtration Purification by affinity chromatography methods of
determination of purity and nature of of enzymes by simple PAGE SDSPAGE and 2 D electrophoresis
Unit III Enzyme Kinetics
Lock amp key model and Koshland model of enzyme active site Determination of active site of enzyme
Michelis Mentain equation kinetics of reversible irreversible and nonreversible enzymes Line Weaver burk
plot and Eddie Hofstie Plot Determination of kinetic constants and activation energy Effect of competitive
and non-competitive inhibitors on enzyme activity Allosteric enzyme and sigmoidal kinetics
Unit IV Applications of enzymes
Structure and function of multienzyme complex systems such as PDH KGH B oxidation spiral and glycolysis
Advantages of soluble and membrane bound enzymes Futile cycles in Biochemistry
Methods of immobilization of enzymes advantages and disadvantages of immobilization Application of
Immobilized enzymes in agriculture cosmetics detergent dairy brewing and food industries with examples
such as lactase pectinase proteinase invertaselipase etc Application of enzymes in nanotechnology
biosensors etc
Suggested references
1 Enzymology and Enzyme Technology 2014 by SM Bhatt (S Chand)
2 Enzyme Technology 2006 by Ashok Pandey (Editor) Colin Webb (Editor) MARCELO
FERNANDES (Editor) Springer
3 Biocatalysts and enzyme technology 2012 Klaus Buchholz
45
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
4T4 Bioresearch Techniques II (Subject centric core 2)
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Learn describe and build up knowledge domain regarding the latest and most advanced Bioresearch techniques available for biochemical research
2 Be aware select appropriately apply technology platforms and Perform techniques for analysis of DNA and protein expression
3 Evaluation of data and controls related to research techniques 4 Create thought-provoking questions related to the laboratory equipment
46
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
4T4 Bioresearch Techniques II (Subject centric core 2)
UNIT I
Biochemical methods I- Co-immunoprecipitation BiFC bimolecular fluorescence
complementation affinity electrophoresis Pull down assays label transfer yeast two hybrid
screens phage display
UNIT II
Biochemical methods II- In-vivo crosslinking of protein complexes using photo-reactive
amino acid analogs Tandem affinity purification (TAP) Chemical cross-linking SPINE
(Strepprotein interaction experiment) Quantitative immunoprecipitation combined with
knock-down (QUICK) Proximity ligation assay (PLA) in situ
UNIT III
Biophysical and theoretical methods I
Bio-Layer Interferometry
Dual polarisation interferometry (DPI)
Static light scattering (SLS)
Dynamic light scattering (DLS)
Surface plasmon resonance
UNIT IV
Biophysical and theoretical methods II
Fluorescence polarizationanisotropy
Fluorescence correlation spectroscopy
FRET BRET
2D-FT NMR spectroscopy
Proteinndashprotein docking
Isothermal Titration Calorimetry (ITC)
Isothermal Titration Calorimetry (ITC)
Suggested References
1 Molecular Biology of The Cell Alberts 5th Edition 2007 NCBI Publication
2 Principles of Biochemistry Lehninger WH Freeman
3 Biochemistry of Signal Transduction and Regulation-shy‐ Gerhard Krauss
Wiley VCH 3rd Revised Edition
4 Molecular Cell Biology Lodish 6th Edition WH Freeman amp Company
5 The cell Cooper 2nd Edition ASM Press
6 Gene IX Benjamin Lewin
Published by Pearson Prentice Hall
7 Cell and Molecular Biology Gerald Karp
8 Molecular Biology Robert Weaver 1st Edition WCBNMcGraw-shy‐Hill
9 Molecular Biology of the Gene Watson 6th Edition Pearson Publication
10 Gene Regulation A Eukaryotic Perspective David Latchman 5 illustrated Taylor amp
Francis 2005
47
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
4P1 Advanced Clinical Biochemistry and Immunology and Toxicology and Nutrition
1 Demonstration of dialysis using blood filtrate (Protein Separation)
2 Immunology
a Quantitative Estimation of Antibody
b Precipitation Techniques Double Immunodiffusion Single (Radial)
Immunodiffusion
3 Electrophoretic Techniques Immuno-electrophoresisRocket Immunoelectrophoresis
Immuno-diffusion
4 To assay cathepsin D ATPase (NaKCaMg) Lipid peroxidase enzymes
5 Assay of Acetylcholine esterase activity in rat brain
6 Assay of monoamine oxidase
7 Fractionation of tissues and assay of proteins
8 Assay of ornithine amino transferase
9 Glutathione Estimation
10 Organ tissue morphology histopathology
11 Assay of toxicant biotransformation enzyme-cytochrome P450
12 Test for teratogenecity carcinogenecity Ames test
13 To perform pair wise alignment of sequences using BLAST program
14 To design primers for the given gene sequences
15 To perform multiple sequence alignment and generate phylogenetic tree
16 To retrieve and visualize the three dimensional structures of proteins
17 To retrieve metagenomic sequences and primer designing to develop STS marker
OR
18 Determination of Triglycerides
19 Proximate Analysis of Food Samples
48
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4 Project
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Plan and develop experimental design projects from concept through to professional
prototype
2 Apply theoretical knowledge conceptual skills and techniques to the development of
solutions for biochemical problems
3 Apply initiative and judgment in planning problem solving and decision making in
practice or future study
4 Design a research project and submit in a form of thesis they will present their results of
the thesis to an audience of peers and faculty and be able to defend their results during
final evaluation
4PROJ PROJECT
4S1 Seminar
39
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
4T2 Advanced Immunology
Unit I Introductory Immunobiology
Complement system Alternative and Classical pathway of complement activation
Immune networks Homeostasis in the immune system-termination of normal immune
responses network hypothesis
In vivo immunity to viruses bacteria fungi protozoa worms etc
Unit II Immunological tolerance and Autoimmunity
Immunologic tolerance T lymphocyte tolerance- central and peripheral Apoptosis in
Lymphocytes-pathways and biochemical mechanisms effector mechanisms Tolerance
induced regulatory T cells B lymphocyte tolerance- Central and Peripheral Homeostasis in
the immune pathogenesis and therapeutic approaches to autoimmunity
Unit III Tumor and Transplantation Immunology Hypersensitivity
General features of tumor immunity tumor antigens Immune response to tumor and
evasion Immunotherapy Types of hypersensitivity Effector mechanisms of immunologic
tissue injury and disease
Unit IV Immunodeficiency and Vaccinology
MHC and disease susceptibility immune deficiency disorders Active immunization
(immune prophylaxis) passive immunization adjuvants modern approaches to vaccine
development role of vaccines in the prevention of disease
Suggested References
1 Cellular and Molecular Immunology- 5th Edition Abul K Abbas Andrew Litchman
2 Immunology-5th Edition Richard A Goldsby Thomas J Kindt Barbara A Osborne
Janis Kuby
3 Immunology- 6th Edition Ivan Roitt Jonathan Brostoff David Male
40
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
Paper ndash III (Code 4T3 A) Toxicology (Clinical Research)
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Have knowledge about assessment and management of ethical clinical trial
programs
2 Demonstrate competency in biopharmaceutical clinical trial research designs and
regulatory affairs
3 Demonstrate competencies in evaluating clinical research data and
communicating results Manage innovative products through the discovery
processes and into the clinical trial phases
4 Identify and classify different types of trial designs when reading a trial report
understand the essential of GLP roles and responsibilities of stakeholders in
clinical trials
41
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
4T3 A) Toxicology (Clinical Research)
Unit I Pre-Clinical Research
Animal studies acute amp chronic toxicity of drugs regulations for number amp types of
animals protocols for animal experimentation Biochemical amp histopathological studies of
animals after drug administration Mechanism amp cause of death Routine toxicity studies amp
special toxicity studies carcinogenicity mutagenicity amp teratogenicity to be given special
emphasis
Unit II Phases of Clinical Research
Phases of clinical research number of volunteers in phase I amp types of patients in phase II to
IV Importance of these investigations Post marketing surveillance (PMS) amp
pharmacovigilence in case of clinical investigations after marketing authorization
Importance of ethical committee protocol design documentation in clinical trials Bio
Availability and Bio Equivalence studies Pharmacokinetics Pharmacodynamics Genomic
studies
Unit III Good lab practices
Good Clinical Practices Good Manufacturing Practices and Good Laboratory Practices
Principles of ICH-GCP History GCP declaration of Helsinki Belmont report Nuremberg
code Tuskgee trial Schedules Y and its amendments ICMR Guidelines Composition
functions amp operations of IRBIEC ethics of clinical trials Health Authorities- CDSCO US-
FDA EMEA and other
Unit IV Roles and Responsibilities of different stake holders in Clinical Research-
Sponsor CRO SMO Ethics Committee Investigator CRA CRC Patients and other
Departments in Clinical Research- Operations Business Development Regulatory
Pharmacovigilance Data Management Centralized Monitoring Quality Finance Important
documents in Clinical Research and importance of documentation in Clinical Research
Stages in clinical trial-Feasibilities PSSV SIV SMV and Close-out visits Audits and
Inspections
Suggested reading
1 Clinical Research Coordinator Handbook Norris Deborrah Plexus Publications
20040601
2 Clinical Research Methodology and Evidence-Based Medicine Babu Ajit N
Anshan 20080530
3 Conducting Clinical Research Judy Stone Biblio Distribution 2006
4 Essentials of clinical research Stephen P Glasser (Edt) Springer Verlag 2008
42
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
Paper ndash III (Code 4T3 B) Nutrition (Applied Nutritional Biochemistry)
Learning outcome Students will be
1 Capable of describing biochemical pathways relevant in nutrient metabolism 2 Capable of using selected biochemical techniques relevant in nutritional
biochemical research 3 Critical reading of scientific articles in nutritional biochemistry 4 Capable of discussing research questions relevant to nutritional biochemistry 5 The ability to ask critical questions and discuss nutritional biochemical research
43
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
4T3 B) Nutrition (Applied Nutritional Biochemistry)
Unit I Clinical nutrition
Role of a dietician role and responsibilities of a dietitian nutrition counseling professional
ethics and obligations
Diet therapy-Rationale for diet therapy (normal diet modifications of the diet to the light
diet soft diet full liquid diet clear liquid tube feeding) Routes for diet therapy-enteral and
parental use of biochemical parameters in the planning of diets use of computers in the
planning of diets
Unit II Nutritional Counseling and Dietetics
Nutritive value of different food groups and changes due to cooking in various food groups
Storage of foods food quality and factors affecting food quality Control of food quality Use
of additives Classification and applications
Unit III Community Nutrition
Opportunities in community Nutrition Assessing Community Resources assessing target
population program planning Assessing communityrsquos nutritional resources Food insecurity
food assistance programs world hunger and food insecurity Principles of nutrition education
and policy making national nutrition agenda
Unit IV Applied Nutrition and Public Health Concept of Health Nutrition and Public Health Nutrition Demographic trends in India and
the significance of certain indices of Health and Nutrition situation of a community IMR
MMR TFR Birth rate Death rate Life expectancy etc) Major nutritional problems in
developing countries Dietary surveys-methods ways of interpretations and analysis
recommendations based on survey findings Assessment of nutritional status biochemical
and anthropometry
Suggested Reading
Clinical nutrition
edited by- professor marinos elia (university of outhampton) professor olle ljungqvist
(karolinska institutet amp oumlrebro university hospital) dr outham outhamp (university of
outhampton professor susan lanham-new (university of surrey) - see more at
httpwwwnutritionsocietyorgpublicationstextbooksclinical-
nutritionsthashw12tfscqdpuf
Public health nutrition
edited by- professor michael gibney (ucd institute of food and health) professor barrie
margetts (university of southampton) dr john kearney (dublin institute of technology)
professor lenore arab (university of california los angeles)
httpwwwnutritionsocietyorgpublicationstextbookspublic-health-
nutritionsthash8pvhu1m0dpuf
Staying healthy with nutrition author- elson m Hass buck levin
American dietetic association complete food and nutrition guide Roberta larson duyff
44
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
MSc Biochemistry CBCS syllabus Effective from 2015-16
SEMESTER 4
Foundation 2 Basic Enzymology
Unit I
Introduction to Enzymology Nomenclature and classification of enzymes History sources of
enzymes (Animal Plant and microorganisms) Protein amp nonprotein nature of enzymes with
examples enzymes as biological catalysts and their importance principle of assay of enzymes and
measurement of activity effect of experimental conditions on measurement of activity such as time pH temp
substrate definition of enzyme unit Stability of enzymes and half life of enzymes Effect of environmental
factors on stability of enzymes Concept of Zymogens and active enzyme with examples effect of activators
and inhibitors on enzyme activity Role of coenzymes and cofactors on enzyme catalysis with examples
Unit II Production amp purification
Method os screening of sources for desired enzymes Availability of the sources for procurement
of enzymes Natural and synthetic Media for microbial enzyme production effect of inducers and
environmental factors on enzyme production by microorganisms
Methods of isolation of enzymes form the source purification of enzyme by dialysis salt and solvent
precipitation chromatography gel filtration Purification by affinity chromatography methods of
determination of purity and nature of of enzymes by simple PAGE SDSPAGE and 2 D electrophoresis
Unit III Enzyme Kinetics
Lock amp key model and Koshland model of enzyme active site Determination of active site of enzyme
Michelis Mentain equation kinetics of reversible irreversible and nonreversible enzymes Line Weaver burk
plot and Eddie Hofstie Plot Determination of kinetic constants and activation energy Effect of competitive
and non-competitive inhibitors on enzyme activity Allosteric enzyme and sigmoidal kinetics
Unit IV Applications of enzymes
Structure and function of multienzyme complex systems such as PDH KGH B oxidation spiral and glycolysis
Advantages of soluble and membrane bound enzymes Futile cycles in Biochemistry
Methods of immobilization of enzymes advantages and disadvantages of immobilization Application of
Immobilized enzymes in agriculture cosmetics detergent dairy brewing and food industries with examples
such as lactase pectinase proteinase invertaselipase etc Application of enzymes in nanotechnology
biosensors etc
Suggested references
1 Enzymology and Enzyme Technology 2014 by SM Bhatt (S Chand)
2 Enzyme Technology 2006 by Ashok Pandey (Editor) Colin Webb (Editor) MARCELO
FERNANDES (Editor) Springer
3 Biocatalysts and enzyme technology 2012 Klaus Buchholz
45
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
4T4 Bioresearch Techniques II (Subject centric core 2)
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Learn describe and build up knowledge domain regarding the latest and most advanced Bioresearch techniques available for biochemical research
2 Be aware select appropriately apply technology platforms and Perform techniques for analysis of DNA and protein expression
3 Evaluation of data and controls related to research techniques 4 Create thought-provoking questions related to the laboratory equipment
46
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
4T4 Bioresearch Techniques II (Subject centric core 2)
UNIT I
Biochemical methods I- Co-immunoprecipitation BiFC bimolecular fluorescence
complementation affinity electrophoresis Pull down assays label transfer yeast two hybrid
screens phage display
UNIT II
Biochemical methods II- In-vivo crosslinking of protein complexes using photo-reactive
amino acid analogs Tandem affinity purification (TAP) Chemical cross-linking SPINE
(Strepprotein interaction experiment) Quantitative immunoprecipitation combined with
knock-down (QUICK) Proximity ligation assay (PLA) in situ
UNIT III
Biophysical and theoretical methods I
Bio-Layer Interferometry
Dual polarisation interferometry (DPI)
Static light scattering (SLS)
Dynamic light scattering (DLS)
Surface plasmon resonance
UNIT IV
Biophysical and theoretical methods II
Fluorescence polarizationanisotropy
Fluorescence correlation spectroscopy
FRET BRET
2D-FT NMR spectroscopy
Proteinndashprotein docking
Isothermal Titration Calorimetry (ITC)
Isothermal Titration Calorimetry (ITC)
Suggested References
1 Molecular Biology of The Cell Alberts 5th Edition 2007 NCBI Publication
2 Principles of Biochemistry Lehninger WH Freeman
3 Biochemistry of Signal Transduction and Regulation-shy‐ Gerhard Krauss
Wiley VCH 3rd Revised Edition
4 Molecular Cell Biology Lodish 6th Edition WH Freeman amp Company
5 The cell Cooper 2nd Edition ASM Press
6 Gene IX Benjamin Lewin
Published by Pearson Prentice Hall
7 Cell and Molecular Biology Gerald Karp
8 Molecular Biology Robert Weaver 1st Edition WCBNMcGraw-shy‐Hill
9 Molecular Biology of the Gene Watson 6th Edition Pearson Publication
10 Gene Regulation A Eukaryotic Perspective David Latchman 5 illustrated Taylor amp
Francis 2005
47
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
4P1 Advanced Clinical Biochemistry and Immunology and Toxicology and Nutrition
1 Demonstration of dialysis using blood filtrate (Protein Separation)
2 Immunology
a Quantitative Estimation of Antibody
b Precipitation Techniques Double Immunodiffusion Single (Radial)
Immunodiffusion
3 Electrophoretic Techniques Immuno-electrophoresisRocket Immunoelectrophoresis
Immuno-diffusion
4 To assay cathepsin D ATPase (NaKCaMg) Lipid peroxidase enzymes
5 Assay of Acetylcholine esterase activity in rat brain
6 Assay of monoamine oxidase
7 Fractionation of tissues and assay of proteins
8 Assay of ornithine amino transferase
9 Glutathione Estimation
10 Organ tissue morphology histopathology
11 Assay of toxicant biotransformation enzyme-cytochrome P450
12 Test for teratogenecity carcinogenecity Ames test
13 To perform pair wise alignment of sequences using BLAST program
14 To design primers for the given gene sequences
15 To perform multiple sequence alignment and generate phylogenetic tree
16 To retrieve and visualize the three dimensional structures of proteins
17 To retrieve metagenomic sequences and primer designing to develop STS marker
OR
18 Determination of Triglycerides
19 Proximate Analysis of Food Samples
48
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4 Project
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Plan and develop experimental design projects from concept through to professional
prototype
2 Apply theoretical knowledge conceptual skills and techniques to the development of
solutions for biochemical problems
3 Apply initiative and judgment in planning problem solving and decision making in
practice or future study
4 Design a research project and submit in a form of thesis they will present their results of
the thesis to an audience of peers and faculty and be able to defend their results during
final evaluation
4PROJ PROJECT
4S1 Seminar
40
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
Paper ndash III (Code 4T3 A) Toxicology (Clinical Research)
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Have knowledge about assessment and management of ethical clinical trial
programs
2 Demonstrate competency in biopharmaceutical clinical trial research designs and
regulatory affairs
3 Demonstrate competencies in evaluating clinical research data and
communicating results Manage innovative products through the discovery
processes and into the clinical trial phases
4 Identify and classify different types of trial designs when reading a trial report
understand the essential of GLP roles and responsibilities of stakeholders in
clinical trials
41
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
4T3 A) Toxicology (Clinical Research)
Unit I Pre-Clinical Research
Animal studies acute amp chronic toxicity of drugs regulations for number amp types of
animals protocols for animal experimentation Biochemical amp histopathological studies of
animals after drug administration Mechanism amp cause of death Routine toxicity studies amp
special toxicity studies carcinogenicity mutagenicity amp teratogenicity to be given special
emphasis
Unit II Phases of Clinical Research
Phases of clinical research number of volunteers in phase I amp types of patients in phase II to
IV Importance of these investigations Post marketing surveillance (PMS) amp
pharmacovigilence in case of clinical investigations after marketing authorization
Importance of ethical committee protocol design documentation in clinical trials Bio
Availability and Bio Equivalence studies Pharmacokinetics Pharmacodynamics Genomic
studies
Unit III Good lab practices
Good Clinical Practices Good Manufacturing Practices and Good Laboratory Practices
Principles of ICH-GCP History GCP declaration of Helsinki Belmont report Nuremberg
code Tuskgee trial Schedules Y and its amendments ICMR Guidelines Composition
functions amp operations of IRBIEC ethics of clinical trials Health Authorities- CDSCO US-
FDA EMEA and other
Unit IV Roles and Responsibilities of different stake holders in Clinical Research-
Sponsor CRO SMO Ethics Committee Investigator CRA CRC Patients and other
Departments in Clinical Research- Operations Business Development Regulatory
Pharmacovigilance Data Management Centralized Monitoring Quality Finance Important
documents in Clinical Research and importance of documentation in Clinical Research
Stages in clinical trial-Feasibilities PSSV SIV SMV and Close-out visits Audits and
Inspections
Suggested reading
1 Clinical Research Coordinator Handbook Norris Deborrah Plexus Publications
20040601
2 Clinical Research Methodology and Evidence-Based Medicine Babu Ajit N
Anshan 20080530
3 Conducting Clinical Research Judy Stone Biblio Distribution 2006
4 Essentials of clinical research Stephen P Glasser (Edt) Springer Verlag 2008
42
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
Paper ndash III (Code 4T3 B) Nutrition (Applied Nutritional Biochemistry)
Learning outcome Students will be
1 Capable of describing biochemical pathways relevant in nutrient metabolism 2 Capable of using selected biochemical techniques relevant in nutritional
biochemical research 3 Critical reading of scientific articles in nutritional biochemistry 4 Capable of discussing research questions relevant to nutritional biochemistry 5 The ability to ask critical questions and discuss nutritional biochemical research
43
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
4T3 B) Nutrition (Applied Nutritional Biochemistry)
Unit I Clinical nutrition
Role of a dietician role and responsibilities of a dietitian nutrition counseling professional
ethics and obligations
Diet therapy-Rationale for diet therapy (normal diet modifications of the diet to the light
diet soft diet full liquid diet clear liquid tube feeding) Routes for diet therapy-enteral and
parental use of biochemical parameters in the planning of diets use of computers in the
planning of diets
Unit II Nutritional Counseling and Dietetics
Nutritive value of different food groups and changes due to cooking in various food groups
Storage of foods food quality and factors affecting food quality Control of food quality Use
of additives Classification and applications
Unit III Community Nutrition
Opportunities in community Nutrition Assessing Community Resources assessing target
population program planning Assessing communityrsquos nutritional resources Food insecurity
food assistance programs world hunger and food insecurity Principles of nutrition education
and policy making national nutrition agenda
Unit IV Applied Nutrition and Public Health Concept of Health Nutrition and Public Health Nutrition Demographic trends in India and
the significance of certain indices of Health and Nutrition situation of a community IMR
MMR TFR Birth rate Death rate Life expectancy etc) Major nutritional problems in
developing countries Dietary surveys-methods ways of interpretations and analysis
recommendations based on survey findings Assessment of nutritional status biochemical
and anthropometry
Suggested Reading
Clinical nutrition
edited by- professor marinos elia (university of outhampton) professor olle ljungqvist
(karolinska institutet amp oumlrebro university hospital) dr outham outhamp (university of
outhampton professor susan lanham-new (university of surrey) - see more at
httpwwwnutritionsocietyorgpublicationstextbooksclinical-
nutritionsthashw12tfscqdpuf
Public health nutrition
edited by- professor michael gibney (ucd institute of food and health) professor barrie
margetts (university of southampton) dr john kearney (dublin institute of technology)
professor lenore arab (university of california los angeles)
httpwwwnutritionsocietyorgpublicationstextbookspublic-health-
nutritionsthash8pvhu1m0dpuf
Staying healthy with nutrition author- elson m Hass buck levin
American dietetic association complete food and nutrition guide Roberta larson duyff
44
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
MSc Biochemistry CBCS syllabus Effective from 2015-16
SEMESTER 4
Foundation 2 Basic Enzymology
Unit I
Introduction to Enzymology Nomenclature and classification of enzymes History sources of
enzymes (Animal Plant and microorganisms) Protein amp nonprotein nature of enzymes with
examples enzymes as biological catalysts and their importance principle of assay of enzymes and
measurement of activity effect of experimental conditions on measurement of activity such as time pH temp
substrate definition of enzyme unit Stability of enzymes and half life of enzymes Effect of environmental
factors on stability of enzymes Concept of Zymogens and active enzyme with examples effect of activators
and inhibitors on enzyme activity Role of coenzymes and cofactors on enzyme catalysis with examples
Unit II Production amp purification
Method os screening of sources for desired enzymes Availability of the sources for procurement
of enzymes Natural and synthetic Media for microbial enzyme production effect of inducers and
environmental factors on enzyme production by microorganisms
Methods of isolation of enzymes form the source purification of enzyme by dialysis salt and solvent
precipitation chromatography gel filtration Purification by affinity chromatography methods of
determination of purity and nature of of enzymes by simple PAGE SDSPAGE and 2 D electrophoresis
Unit III Enzyme Kinetics
Lock amp key model and Koshland model of enzyme active site Determination of active site of enzyme
Michelis Mentain equation kinetics of reversible irreversible and nonreversible enzymes Line Weaver burk
plot and Eddie Hofstie Plot Determination of kinetic constants and activation energy Effect of competitive
and non-competitive inhibitors on enzyme activity Allosteric enzyme and sigmoidal kinetics
Unit IV Applications of enzymes
Structure and function of multienzyme complex systems such as PDH KGH B oxidation spiral and glycolysis
Advantages of soluble and membrane bound enzymes Futile cycles in Biochemistry
Methods of immobilization of enzymes advantages and disadvantages of immobilization Application of
Immobilized enzymes in agriculture cosmetics detergent dairy brewing and food industries with examples
such as lactase pectinase proteinase invertaselipase etc Application of enzymes in nanotechnology
biosensors etc
Suggested references
1 Enzymology and Enzyme Technology 2014 by SM Bhatt (S Chand)
2 Enzyme Technology 2006 by Ashok Pandey (Editor) Colin Webb (Editor) MARCELO
FERNANDES (Editor) Springer
3 Biocatalysts and enzyme technology 2012 Klaus Buchholz
45
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
4T4 Bioresearch Techniques II (Subject centric core 2)
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Learn describe and build up knowledge domain regarding the latest and most advanced Bioresearch techniques available for biochemical research
2 Be aware select appropriately apply technology platforms and Perform techniques for analysis of DNA and protein expression
3 Evaluation of data and controls related to research techniques 4 Create thought-provoking questions related to the laboratory equipment
46
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
4T4 Bioresearch Techniques II (Subject centric core 2)
UNIT I
Biochemical methods I- Co-immunoprecipitation BiFC bimolecular fluorescence
complementation affinity electrophoresis Pull down assays label transfer yeast two hybrid
screens phage display
UNIT II
Biochemical methods II- In-vivo crosslinking of protein complexes using photo-reactive
amino acid analogs Tandem affinity purification (TAP) Chemical cross-linking SPINE
(Strepprotein interaction experiment) Quantitative immunoprecipitation combined with
knock-down (QUICK) Proximity ligation assay (PLA) in situ
UNIT III
Biophysical and theoretical methods I
Bio-Layer Interferometry
Dual polarisation interferometry (DPI)
Static light scattering (SLS)
Dynamic light scattering (DLS)
Surface plasmon resonance
UNIT IV
Biophysical and theoretical methods II
Fluorescence polarizationanisotropy
Fluorescence correlation spectroscopy
FRET BRET
2D-FT NMR spectroscopy
Proteinndashprotein docking
Isothermal Titration Calorimetry (ITC)
Isothermal Titration Calorimetry (ITC)
Suggested References
1 Molecular Biology of The Cell Alberts 5th Edition 2007 NCBI Publication
2 Principles of Biochemistry Lehninger WH Freeman
3 Biochemistry of Signal Transduction and Regulation-shy‐ Gerhard Krauss
Wiley VCH 3rd Revised Edition
4 Molecular Cell Biology Lodish 6th Edition WH Freeman amp Company
5 The cell Cooper 2nd Edition ASM Press
6 Gene IX Benjamin Lewin
Published by Pearson Prentice Hall
7 Cell and Molecular Biology Gerald Karp
8 Molecular Biology Robert Weaver 1st Edition WCBNMcGraw-shy‐Hill
9 Molecular Biology of the Gene Watson 6th Edition Pearson Publication
10 Gene Regulation A Eukaryotic Perspective David Latchman 5 illustrated Taylor amp
Francis 2005
47
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
4P1 Advanced Clinical Biochemistry and Immunology and Toxicology and Nutrition
1 Demonstration of dialysis using blood filtrate (Protein Separation)
2 Immunology
a Quantitative Estimation of Antibody
b Precipitation Techniques Double Immunodiffusion Single (Radial)
Immunodiffusion
3 Electrophoretic Techniques Immuno-electrophoresisRocket Immunoelectrophoresis
Immuno-diffusion
4 To assay cathepsin D ATPase (NaKCaMg) Lipid peroxidase enzymes
5 Assay of Acetylcholine esterase activity in rat brain
6 Assay of monoamine oxidase
7 Fractionation of tissues and assay of proteins
8 Assay of ornithine amino transferase
9 Glutathione Estimation
10 Organ tissue morphology histopathology
11 Assay of toxicant biotransformation enzyme-cytochrome P450
12 Test for teratogenecity carcinogenecity Ames test
13 To perform pair wise alignment of sequences using BLAST program
14 To design primers for the given gene sequences
15 To perform multiple sequence alignment and generate phylogenetic tree
16 To retrieve and visualize the three dimensional structures of proteins
17 To retrieve metagenomic sequences and primer designing to develop STS marker
OR
18 Determination of Triglycerides
19 Proximate Analysis of Food Samples
48
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4 Project
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Plan and develop experimental design projects from concept through to professional
prototype
2 Apply theoretical knowledge conceptual skills and techniques to the development of
solutions for biochemical problems
3 Apply initiative and judgment in planning problem solving and decision making in
practice or future study
4 Design a research project and submit in a form of thesis they will present their results of
the thesis to an audience of peers and faculty and be able to defend their results during
final evaluation
4PROJ PROJECT
4S1 Seminar
41
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
4T3 A) Toxicology (Clinical Research)
Unit I Pre-Clinical Research
Animal studies acute amp chronic toxicity of drugs regulations for number amp types of
animals protocols for animal experimentation Biochemical amp histopathological studies of
animals after drug administration Mechanism amp cause of death Routine toxicity studies amp
special toxicity studies carcinogenicity mutagenicity amp teratogenicity to be given special
emphasis
Unit II Phases of Clinical Research
Phases of clinical research number of volunteers in phase I amp types of patients in phase II to
IV Importance of these investigations Post marketing surveillance (PMS) amp
pharmacovigilence in case of clinical investigations after marketing authorization
Importance of ethical committee protocol design documentation in clinical trials Bio
Availability and Bio Equivalence studies Pharmacokinetics Pharmacodynamics Genomic
studies
Unit III Good lab practices
Good Clinical Practices Good Manufacturing Practices and Good Laboratory Practices
Principles of ICH-GCP History GCP declaration of Helsinki Belmont report Nuremberg
code Tuskgee trial Schedules Y and its amendments ICMR Guidelines Composition
functions amp operations of IRBIEC ethics of clinical trials Health Authorities- CDSCO US-
FDA EMEA and other
Unit IV Roles and Responsibilities of different stake holders in Clinical Research-
Sponsor CRO SMO Ethics Committee Investigator CRA CRC Patients and other
Departments in Clinical Research- Operations Business Development Regulatory
Pharmacovigilance Data Management Centralized Monitoring Quality Finance Important
documents in Clinical Research and importance of documentation in Clinical Research
Stages in clinical trial-Feasibilities PSSV SIV SMV and Close-out visits Audits and
Inspections
Suggested reading
1 Clinical Research Coordinator Handbook Norris Deborrah Plexus Publications
20040601
2 Clinical Research Methodology and Evidence-Based Medicine Babu Ajit N
Anshan 20080530
3 Conducting Clinical Research Judy Stone Biblio Distribution 2006
4 Essentials of clinical research Stephen P Glasser (Edt) Springer Verlag 2008
42
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
Paper ndash III (Code 4T3 B) Nutrition (Applied Nutritional Biochemistry)
Learning outcome Students will be
1 Capable of describing biochemical pathways relevant in nutrient metabolism 2 Capable of using selected biochemical techniques relevant in nutritional
biochemical research 3 Critical reading of scientific articles in nutritional biochemistry 4 Capable of discussing research questions relevant to nutritional biochemistry 5 The ability to ask critical questions and discuss nutritional biochemical research
43
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
4T3 B) Nutrition (Applied Nutritional Biochemistry)
Unit I Clinical nutrition
Role of a dietician role and responsibilities of a dietitian nutrition counseling professional
ethics and obligations
Diet therapy-Rationale for diet therapy (normal diet modifications of the diet to the light
diet soft diet full liquid diet clear liquid tube feeding) Routes for diet therapy-enteral and
parental use of biochemical parameters in the planning of diets use of computers in the
planning of diets
Unit II Nutritional Counseling and Dietetics
Nutritive value of different food groups and changes due to cooking in various food groups
Storage of foods food quality and factors affecting food quality Control of food quality Use
of additives Classification and applications
Unit III Community Nutrition
Opportunities in community Nutrition Assessing Community Resources assessing target
population program planning Assessing communityrsquos nutritional resources Food insecurity
food assistance programs world hunger and food insecurity Principles of nutrition education
and policy making national nutrition agenda
Unit IV Applied Nutrition and Public Health Concept of Health Nutrition and Public Health Nutrition Demographic trends in India and
the significance of certain indices of Health and Nutrition situation of a community IMR
MMR TFR Birth rate Death rate Life expectancy etc) Major nutritional problems in
developing countries Dietary surveys-methods ways of interpretations and analysis
recommendations based on survey findings Assessment of nutritional status biochemical
and anthropometry
Suggested Reading
Clinical nutrition
edited by- professor marinos elia (university of outhampton) professor olle ljungqvist
(karolinska institutet amp oumlrebro university hospital) dr outham outhamp (university of
outhampton professor susan lanham-new (university of surrey) - see more at
httpwwwnutritionsocietyorgpublicationstextbooksclinical-
nutritionsthashw12tfscqdpuf
Public health nutrition
edited by- professor michael gibney (ucd institute of food and health) professor barrie
margetts (university of southampton) dr john kearney (dublin institute of technology)
professor lenore arab (university of california los angeles)
httpwwwnutritionsocietyorgpublicationstextbookspublic-health-
nutritionsthash8pvhu1m0dpuf
Staying healthy with nutrition author- elson m Hass buck levin
American dietetic association complete food and nutrition guide Roberta larson duyff
44
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
MSc Biochemistry CBCS syllabus Effective from 2015-16
SEMESTER 4
Foundation 2 Basic Enzymology
Unit I
Introduction to Enzymology Nomenclature and classification of enzymes History sources of
enzymes (Animal Plant and microorganisms) Protein amp nonprotein nature of enzymes with
examples enzymes as biological catalysts and their importance principle of assay of enzymes and
measurement of activity effect of experimental conditions on measurement of activity such as time pH temp
substrate definition of enzyme unit Stability of enzymes and half life of enzymes Effect of environmental
factors on stability of enzymes Concept of Zymogens and active enzyme with examples effect of activators
and inhibitors on enzyme activity Role of coenzymes and cofactors on enzyme catalysis with examples
Unit II Production amp purification
Method os screening of sources for desired enzymes Availability of the sources for procurement
of enzymes Natural and synthetic Media for microbial enzyme production effect of inducers and
environmental factors on enzyme production by microorganisms
Methods of isolation of enzymes form the source purification of enzyme by dialysis salt and solvent
precipitation chromatography gel filtration Purification by affinity chromatography methods of
determination of purity and nature of of enzymes by simple PAGE SDSPAGE and 2 D electrophoresis
Unit III Enzyme Kinetics
Lock amp key model and Koshland model of enzyme active site Determination of active site of enzyme
Michelis Mentain equation kinetics of reversible irreversible and nonreversible enzymes Line Weaver burk
plot and Eddie Hofstie Plot Determination of kinetic constants and activation energy Effect of competitive
and non-competitive inhibitors on enzyme activity Allosteric enzyme and sigmoidal kinetics
Unit IV Applications of enzymes
Structure and function of multienzyme complex systems such as PDH KGH B oxidation spiral and glycolysis
Advantages of soluble and membrane bound enzymes Futile cycles in Biochemistry
Methods of immobilization of enzymes advantages and disadvantages of immobilization Application of
Immobilized enzymes in agriculture cosmetics detergent dairy brewing and food industries with examples
such as lactase pectinase proteinase invertaselipase etc Application of enzymes in nanotechnology
biosensors etc
Suggested references
1 Enzymology and Enzyme Technology 2014 by SM Bhatt (S Chand)
2 Enzyme Technology 2006 by Ashok Pandey (Editor) Colin Webb (Editor) MARCELO
FERNANDES (Editor) Springer
3 Biocatalysts and enzyme technology 2012 Klaus Buchholz
45
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
4T4 Bioresearch Techniques II (Subject centric core 2)
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Learn describe and build up knowledge domain regarding the latest and most advanced Bioresearch techniques available for biochemical research
2 Be aware select appropriately apply technology platforms and Perform techniques for analysis of DNA and protein expression
3 Evaluation of data and controls related to research techniques 4 Create thought-provoking questions related to the laboratory equipment
46
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
4T4 Bioresearch Techniques II (Subject centric core 2)
UNIT I
Biochemical methods I- Co-immunoprecipitation BiFC bimolecular fluorescence
complementation affinity electrophoresis Pull down assays label transfer yeast two hybrid
screens phage display
UNIT II
Biochemical methods II- In-vivo crosslinking of protein complexes using photo-reactive
amino acid analogs Tandem affinity purification (TAP) Chemical cross-linking SPINE
(Strepprotein interaction experiment) Quantitative immunoprecipitation combined with
knock-down (QUICK) Proximity ligation assay (PLA) in situ
UNIT III
Biophysical and theoretical methods I
Bio-Layer Interferometry
Dual polarisation interferometry (DPI)
Static light scattering (SLS)
Dynamic light scattering (DLS)
Surface plasmon resonance
UNIT IV
Biophysical and theoretical methods II
Fluorescence polarizationanisotropy
Fluorescence correlation spectroscopy
FRET BRET
2D-FT NMR spectroscopy
Proteinndashprotein docking
Isothermal Titration Calorimetry (ITC)
Isothermal Titration Calorimetry (ITC)
Suggested References
1 Molecular Biology of The Cell Alberts 5th Edition 2007 NCBI Publication
2 Principles of Biochemistry Lehninger WH Freeman
3 Biochemistry of Signal Transduction and Regulation-shy‐ Gerhard Krauss
Wiley VCH 3rd Revised Edition
4 Molecular Cell Biology Lodish 6th Edition WH Freeman amp Company
5 The cell Cooper 2nd Edition ASM Press
6 Gene IX Benjamin Lewin
Published by Pearson Prentice Hall
7 Cell and Molecular Biology Gerald Karp
8 Molecular Biology Robert Weaver 1st Edition WCBNMcGraw-shy‐Hill
9 Molecular Biology of the Gene Watson 6th Edition Pearson Publication
10 Gene Regulation A Eukaryotic Perspective David Latchman 5 illustrated Taylor amp
Francis 2005
47
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
4P1 Advanced Clinical Biochemistry and Immunology and Toxicology and Nutrition
1 Demonstration of dialysis using blood filtrate (Protein Separation)
2 Immunology
a Quantitative Estimation of Antibody
b Precipitation Techniques Double Immunodiffusion Single (Radial)
Immunodiffusion
3 Electrophoretic Techniques Immuno-electrophoresisRocket Immunoelectrophoresis
Immuno-diffusion
4 To assay cathepsin D ATPase (NaKCaMg) Lipid peroxidase enzymes
5 Assay of Acetylcholine esterase activity in rat brain
6 Assay of monoamine oxidase
7 Fractionation of tissues and assay of proteins
8 Assay of ornithine amino transferase
9 Glutathione Estimation
10 Organ tissue morphology histopathology
11 Assay of toxicant biotransformation enzyme-cytochrome P450
12 Test for teratogenecity carcinogenecity Ames test
13 To perform pair wise alignment of sequences using BLAST program
14 To design primers for the given gene sequences
15 To perform multiple sequence alignment and generate phylogenetic tree
16 To retrieve and visualize the three dimensional structures of proteins
17 To retrieve metagenomic sequences and primer designing to develop STS marker
OR
18 Determination of Triglycerides
19 Proximate Analysis of Food Samples
48
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4 Project
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Plan and develop experimental design projects from concept through to professional
prototype
2 Apply theoretical knowledge conceptual skills and techniques to the development of
solutions for biochemical problems
3 Apply initiative and judgment in planning problem solving and decision making in
practice or future study
4 Design a research project and submit in a form of thesis they will present their results of
the thesis to an audience of peers and faculty and be able to defend their results during
final evaluation
4PROJ PROJECT
4S1 Seminar
42
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
Paper ndash III (Code 4T3 B) Nutrition (Applied Nutritional Biochemistry)
Learning outcome Students will be
1 Capable of describing biochemical pathways relevant in nutrient metabolism 2 Capable of using selected biochemical techniques relevant in nutritional
biochemical research 3 Critical reading of scientific articles in nutritional biochemistry 4 Capable of discussing research questions relevant to nutritional biochemistry 5 The ability to ask critical questions and discuss nutritional biochemical research
43
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
4T3 B) Nutrition (Applied Nutritional Biochemistry)
Unit I Clinical nutrition
Role of a dietician role and responsibilities of a dietitian nutrition counseling professional
ethics and obligations
Diet therapy-Rationale for diet therapy (normal diet modifications of the diet to the light
diet soft diet full liquid diet clear liquid tube feeding) Routes for diet therapy-enteral and
parental use of biochemical parameters in the planning of diets use of computers in the
planning of diets
Unit II Nutritional Counseling and Dietetics
Nutritive value of different food groups and changes due to cooking in various food groups
Storage of foods food quality and factors affecting food quality Control of food quality Use
of additives Classification and applications
Unit III Community Nutrition
Opportunities in community Nutrition Assessing Community Resources assessing target
population program planning Assessing communityrsquos nutritional resources Food insecurity
food assistance programs world hunger and food insecurity Principles of nutrition education
and policy making national nutrition agenda
Unit IV Applied Nutrition and Public Health Concept of Health Nutrition and Public Health Nutrition Demographic trends in India and
the significance of certain indices of Health and Nutrition situation of a community IMR
MMR TFR Birth rate Death rate Life expectancy etc) Major nutritional problems in
developing countries Dietary surveys-methods ways of interpretations and analysis
recommendations based on survey findings Assessment of nutritional status biochemical
and anthropometry
Suggested Reading
Clinical nutrition
edited by- professor marinos elia (university of outhampton) professor olle ljungqvist
(karolinska institutet amp oumlrebro university hospital) dr outham outhamp (university of
outhampton professor susan lanham-new (university of surrey) - see more at
httpwwwnutritionsocietyorgpublicationstextbooksclinical-
nutritionsthashw12tfscqdpuf
Public health nutrition
edited by- professor michael gibney (ucd institute of food and health) professor barrie
margetts (university of southampton) dr john kearney (dublin institute of technology)
professor lenore arab (university of california los angeles)
httpwwwnutritionsocietyorgpublicationstextbookspublic-health-
nutritionsthash8pvhu1m0dpuf
Staying healthy with nutrition author- elson m Hass buck levin
American dietetic association complete food and nutrition guide Roberta larson duyff
44
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
MSc Biochemistry CBCS syllabus Effective from 2015-16
SEMESTER 4
Foundation 2 Basic Enzymology
Unit I
Introduction to Enzymology Nomenclature and classification of enzymes History sources of
enzymes (Animal Plant and microorganisms) Protein amp nonprotein nature of enzymes with
examples enzymes as biological catalysts and their importance principle of assay of enzymes and
measurement of activity effect of experimental conditions on measurement of activity such as time pH temp
substrate definition of enzyme unit Stability of enzymes and half life of enzymes Effect of environmental
factors on stability of enzymes Concept of Zymogens and active enzyme with examples effect of activators
and inhibitors on enzyme activity Role of coenzymes and cofactors on enzyme catalysis with examples
Unit II Production amp purification
Method os screening of sources for desired enzymes Availability of the sources for procurement
of enzymes Natural and synthetic Media for microbial enzyme production effect of inducers and
environmental factors on enzyme production by microorganisms
Methods of isolation of enzymes form the source purification of enzyme by dialysis salt and solvent
precipitation chromatography gel filtration Purification by affinity chromatography methods of
determination of purity and nature of of enzymes by simple PAGE SDSPAGE and 2 D electrophoresis
Unit III Enzyme Kinetics
Lock amp key model and Koshland model of enzyme active site Determination of active site of enzyme
Michelis Mentain equation kinetics of reversible irreversible and nonreversible enzymes Line Weaver burk
plot and Eddie Hofstie Plot Determination of kinetic constants and activation energy Effect of competitive
and non-competitive inhibitors on enzyme activity Allosteric enzyme and sigmoidal kinetics
Unit IV Applications of enzymes
Structure and function of multienzyme complex systems such as PDH KGH B oxidation spiral and glycolysis
Advantages of soluble and membrane bound enzymes Futile cycles in Biochemistry
Methods of immobilization of enzymes advantages and disadvantages of immobilization Application of
Immobilized enzymes in agriculture cosmetics detergent dairy brewing and food industries with examples
such as lactase pectinase proteinase invertaselipase etc Application of enzymes in nanotechnology
biosensors etc
Suggested references
1 Enzymology and Enzyme Technology 2014 by SM Bhatt (S Chand)
2 Enzyme Technology 2006 by Ashok Pandey (Editor) Colin Webb (Editor) MARCELO
FERNANDES (Editor) Springer
3 Biocatalysts and enzyme technology 2012 Klaus Buchholz
45
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
4T4 Bioresearch Techniques II (Subject centric core 2)
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Learn describe and build up knowledge domain regarding the latest and most advanced Bioresearch techniques available for biochemical research
2 Be aware select appropriately apply technology platforms and Perform techniques for analysis of DNA and protein expression
3 Evaluation of data and controls related to research techniques 4 Create thought-provoking questions related to the laboratory equipment
46
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
4T4 Bioresearch Techniques II (Subject centric core 2)
UNIT I
Biochemical methods I- Co-immunoprecipitation BiFC bimolecular fluorescence
complementation affinity electrophoresis Pull down assays label transfer yeast two hybrid
screens phage display
UNIT II
Biochemical methods II- In-vivo crosslinking of protein complexes using photo-reactive
amino acid analogs Tandem affinity purification (TAP) Chemical cross-linking SPINE
(Strepprotein interaction experiment) Quantitative immunoprecipitation combined with
knock-down (QUICK) Proximity ligation assay (PLA) in situ
UNIT III
Biophysical and theoretical methods I
Bio-Layer Interferometry
Dual polarisation interferometry (DPI)
Static light scattering (SLS)
Dynamic light scattering (DLS)
Surface plasmon resonance
UNIT IV
Biophysical and theoretical methods II
Fluorescence polarizationanisotropy
Fluorescence correlation spectroscopy
FRET BRET
2D-FT NMR spectroscopy
Proteinndashprotein docking
Isothermal Titration Calorimetry (ITC)
Isothermal Titration Calorimetry (ITC)
Suggested References
1 Molecular Biology of The Cell Alberts 5th Edition 2007 NCBI Publication
2 Principles of Biochemistry Lehninger WH Freeman
3 Biochemistry of Signal Transduction and Regulation-shy‐ Gerhard Krauss
Wiley VCH 3rd Revised Edition
4 Molecular Cell Biology Lodish 6th Edition WH Freeman amp Company
5 The cell Cooper 2nd Edition ASM Press
6 Gene IX Benjamin Lewin
Published by Pearson Prentice Hall
7 Cell and Molecular Biology Gerald Karp
8 Molecular Biology Robert Weaver 1st Edition WCBNMcGraw-shy‐Hill
9 Molecular Biology of the Gene Watson 6th Edition Pearson Publication
10 Gene Regulation A Eukaryotic Perspective David Latchman 5 illustrated Taylor amp
Francis 2005
47
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
4P1 Advanced Clinical Biochemistry and Immunology and Toxicology and Nutrition
1 Demonstration of dialysis using blood filtrate (Protein Separation)
2 Immunology
a Quantitative Estimation of Antibody
b Precipitation Techniques Double Immunodiffusion Single (Radial)
Immunodiffusion
3 Electrophoretic Techniques Immuno-electrophoresisRocket Immunoelectrophoresis
Immuno-diffusion
4 To assay cathepsin D ATPase (NaKCaMg) Lipid peroxidase enzymes
5 Assay of Acetylcholine esterase activity in rat brain
6 Assay of monoamine oxidase
7 Fractionation of tissues and assay of proteins
8 Assay of ornithine amino transferase
9 Glutathione Estimation
10 Organ tissue morphology histopathology
11 Assay of toxicant biotransformation enzyme-cytochrome P450
12 Test for teratogenecity carcinogenecity Ames test
13 To perform pair wise alignment of sequences using BLAST program
14 To design primers for the given gene sequences
15 To perform multiple sequence alignment and generate phylogenetic tree
16 To retrieve and visualize the three dimensional structures of proteins
17 To retrieve metagenomic sequences and primer designing to develop STS marker
OR
18 Determination of Triglycerides
19 Proximate Analysis of Food Samples
48
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4 Project
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Plan and develop experimental design projects from concept through to professional
prototype
2 Apply theoretical knowledge conceptual skills and techniques to the development of
solutions for biochemical problems
3 Apply initiative and judgment in planning problem solving and decision making in
practice or future study
4 Design a research project and submit in a form of thesis they will present their results of
the thesis to an audience of peers and faculty and be able to defend their results during
final evaluation
4PROJ PROJECT
4S1 Seminar
43
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
4T3 B) Nutrition (Applied Nutritional Biochemistry)
Unit I Clinical nutrition
Role of a dietician role and responsibilities of a dietitian nutrition counseling professional
ethics and obligations
Diet therapy-Rationale for diet therapy (normal diet modifications of the diet to the light
diet soft diet full liquid diet clear liquid tube feeding) Routes for diet therapy-enteral and
parental use of biochemical parameters in the planning of diets use of computers in the
planning of diets
Unit II Nutritional Counseling and Dietetics
Nutritive value of different food groups and changes due to cooking in various food groups
Storage of foods food quality and factors affecting food quality Control of food quality Use
of additives Classification and applications
Unit III Community Nutrition
Opportunities in community Nutrition Assessing Community Resources assessing target
population program planning Assessing communityrsquos nutritional resources Food insecurity
food assistance programs world hunger and food insecurity Principles of nutrition education
and policy making national nutrition agenda
Unit IV Applied Nutrition and Public Health Concept of Health Nutrition and Public Health Nutrition Demographic trends in India and
the significance of certain indices of Health and Nutrition situation of a community IMR
MMR TFR Birth rate Death rate Life expectancy etc) Major nutritional problems in
developing countries Dietary surveys-methods ways of interpretations and analysis
recommendations based on survey findings Assessment of nutritional status biochemical
and anthropometry
Suggested Reading
Clinical nutrition
edited by- professor marinos elia (university of outhampton) professor olle ljungqvist
(karolinska institutet amp oumlrebro university hospital) dr outham outhamp (university of
outhampton professor susan lanham-new (university of surrey) - see more at
httpwwwnutritionsocietyorgpublicationstextbooksclinical-
nutritionsthashw12tfscqdpuf
Public health nutrition
edited by- professor michael gibney (ucd institute of food and health) professor barrie
margetts (university of southampton) dr john kearney (dublin institute of technology)
professor lenore arab (university of california los angeles)
httpwwwnutritionsocietyorgpublicationstextbookspublic-health-
nutritionsthash8pvhu1m0dpuf
Staying healthy with nutrition author- elson m Hass buck levin
American dietetic association complete food and nutrition guide Roberta larson duyff
44
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
MSc Biochemistry CBCS syllabus Effective from 2015-16
SEMESTER 4
Foundation 2 Basic Enzymology
Unit I
Introduction to Enzymology Nomenclature and classification of enzymes History sources of
enzymes (Animal Plant and microorganisms) Protein amp nonprotein nature of enzymes with
examples enzymes as biological catalysts and their importance principle of assay of enzymes and
measurement of activity effect of experimental conditions on measurement of activity such as time pH temp
substrate definition of enzyme unit Stability of enzymes and half life of enzymes Effect of environmental
factors on stability of enzymes Concept of Zymogens and active enzyme with examples effect of activators
and inhibitors on enzyme activity Role of coenzymes and cofactors on enzyme catalysis with examples
Unit II Production amp purification
Method os screening of sources for desired enzymes Availability of the sources for procurement
of enzymes Natural and synthetic Media for microbial enzyme production effect of inducers and
environmental factors on enzyme production by microorganisms
Methods of isolation of enzymes form the source purification of enzyme by dialysis salt and solvent
precipitation chromatography gel filtration Purification by affinity chromatography methods of
determination of purity and nature of of enzymes by simple PAGE SDSPAGE and 2 D electrophoresis
Unit III Enzyme Kinetics
Lock amp key model and Koshland model of enzyme active site Determination of active site of enzyme
Michelis Mentain equation kinetics of reversible irreversible and nonreversible enzymes Line Weaver burk
plot and Eddie Hofstie Plot Determination of kinetic constants and activation energy Effect of competitive
and non-competitive inhibitors on enzyme activity Allosteric enzyme and sigmoidal kinetics
Unit IV Applications of enzymes
Structure and function of multienzyme complex systems such as PDH KGH B oxidation spiral and glycolysis
Advantages of soluble and membrane bound enzymes Futile cycles in Biochemistry
Methods of immobilization of enzymes advantages and disadvantages of immobilization Application of
Immobilized enzymes in agriculture cosmetics detergent dairy brewing and food industries with examples
such as lactase pectinase proteinase invertaselipase etc Application of enzymes in nanotechnology
biosensors etc
Suggested references
1 Enzymology and Enzyme Technology 2014 by SM Bhatt (S Chand)
2 Enzyme Technology 2006 by Ashok Pandey (Editor) Colin Webb (Editor) MARCELO
FERNANDES (Editor) Springer
3 Biocatalysts and enzyme technology 2012 Klaus Buchholz
45
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
4T4 Bioresearch Techniques II (Subject centric core 2)
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Learn describe and build up knowledge domain regarding the latest and most advanced Bioresearch techniques available for biochemical research
2 Be aware select appropriately apply technology platforms and Perform techniques for analysis of DNA and protein expression
3 Evaluation of data and controls related to research techniques 4 Create thought-provoking questions related to the laboratory equipment
46
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
4T4 Bioresearch Techniques II (Subject centric core 2)
UNIT I
Biochemical methods I- Co-immunoprecipitation BiFC bimolecular fluorescence
complementation affinity electrophoresis Pull down assays label transfer yeast two hybrid
screens phage display
UNIT II
Biochemical methods II- In-vivo crosslinking of protein complexes using photo-reactive
amino acid analogs Tandem affinity purification (TAP) Chemical cross-linking SPINE
(Strepprotein interaction experiment) Quantitative immunoprecipitation combined with
knock-down (QUICK) Proximity ligation assay (PLA) in situ
UNIT III
Biophysical and theoretical methods I
Bio-Layer Interferometry
Dual polarisation interferometry (DPI)
Static light scattering (SLS)
Dynamic light scattering (DLS)
Surface plasmon resonance
UNIT IV
Biophysical and theoretical methods II
Fluorescence polarizationanisotropy
Fluorescence correlation spectroscopy
FRET BRET
2D-FT NMR spectroscopy
Proteinndashprotein docking
Isothermal Titration Calorimetry (ITC)
Isothermal Titration Calorimetry (ITC)
Suggested References
1 Molecular Biology of The Cell Alberts 5th Edition 2007 NCBI Publication
2 Principles of Biochemistry Lehninger WH Freeman
3 Biochemistry of Signal Transduction and Regulation-shy‐ Gerhard Krauss
Wiley VCH 3rd Revised Edition
4 Molecular Cell Biology Lodish 6th Edition WH Freeman amp Company
5 The cell Cooper 2nd Edition ASM Press
6 Gene IX Benjamin Lewin
Published by Pearson Prentice Hall
7 Cell and Molecular Biology Gerald Karp
8 Molecular Biology Robert Weaver 1st Edition WCBNMcGraw-shy‐Hill
9 Molecular Biology of the Gene Watson 6th Edition Pearson Publication
10 Gene Regulation A Eukaryotic Perspective David Latchman 5 illustrated Taylor amp
Francis 2005
47
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
4P1 Advanced Clinical Biochemistry and Immunology and Toxicology and Nutrition
1 Demonstration of dialysis using blood filtrate (Protein Separation)
2 Immunology
a Quantitative Estimation of Antibody
b Precipitation Techniques Double Immunodiffusion Single (Radial)
Immunodiffusion
3 Electrophoretic Techniques Immuno-electrophoresisRocket Immunoelectrophoresis
Immuno-diffusion
4 To assay cathepsin D ATPase (NaKCaMg) Lipid peroxidase enzymes
5 Assay of Acetylcholine esterase activity in rat brain
6 Assay of monoamine oxidase
7 Fractionation of tissues and assay of proteins
8 Assay of ornithine amino transferase
9 Glutathione Estimation
10 Organ tissue morphology histopathology
11 Assay of toxicant biotransformation enzyme-cytochrome P450
12 Test for teratogenecity carcinogenecity Ames test
13 To perform pair wise alignment of sequences using BLAST program
14 To design primers for the given gene sequences
15 To perform multiple sequence alignment and generate phylogenetic tree
16 To retrieve and visualize the three dimensional structures of proteins
17 To retrieve metagenomic sequences and primer designing to develop STS marker
OR
18 Determination of Triglycerides
19 Proximate Analysis of Food Samples
48
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4 Project
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Plan and develop experimental design projects from concept through to professional
prototype
2 Apply theoretical knowledge conceptual skills and techniques to the development of
solutions for biochemical problems
3 Apply initiative and judgment in planning problem solving and decision making in
practice or future study
4 Design a research project and submit in a form of thesis they will present their results of
the thesis to an audience of peers and faculty and be able to defend their results during
final evaluation
4PROJ PROJECT
4S1 Seminar
44
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
MSc Biochemistry CBCS syllabus Effective from 2015-16
SEMESTER 4
Foundation 2 Basic Enzymology
Unit I
Introduction to Enzymology Nomenclature and classification of enzymes History sources of
enzymes (Animal Plant and microorganisms) Protein amp nonprotein nature of enzymes with
examples enzymes as biological catalysts and their importance principle of assay of enzymes and
measurement of activity effect of experimental conditions on measurement of activity such as time pH temp
substrate definition of enzyme unit Stability of enzymes and half life of enzymes Effect of environmental
factors on stability of enzymes Concept of Zymogens and active enzyme with examples effect of activators
and inhibitors on enzyme activity Role of coenzymes and cofactors on enzyme catalysis with examples
Unit II Production amp purification
Method os screening of sources for desired enzymes Availability of the sources for procurement
of enzymes Natural and synthetic Media for microbial enzyme production effect of inducers and
environmental factors on enzyme production by microorganisms
Methods of isolation of enzymes form the source purification of enzyme by dialysis salt and solvent
precipitation chromatography gel filtration Purification by affinity chromatography methods of
determination of purity and nature of of enzymes by simple PAGE SDSPAGE and 2 D electrophoresis
Unit III Enzyme Kinetics
Lock amp key model and Koshland model of enzyme active site Determination of active site of enzyme
Michelis Mentain equation kinetics of reversible irreversible and nonreversible enzymes Line Weaver burk
plot and Eddie Hofstie Plot Determination of kinetic constants and activation energy Effect of competitive
and non-competitive inhibitors on enzyme activity Allosteric enzyme and sigmoidal kinetics
Unit IV Applications of enzymes
Structure and function of multienzyme complex systems such as PDH KGH B oxidation spiral and glycolysis
Advantages of soluble and membrane bound enzymes Futile cycles in Biochemistry
Methods of immobilization of enzymes advantages and disadvantages of immobilization Application of
Immobilized enzymes in agriculture cosmetics detergent dairy brewing and food industries with examples
such as lactase pectinase proteinase invertaselipase etc Application of enzymes in nanotechnology
biosensors etc
Suggested references
1 Enzymology and Enzyme Technology 2014 by SM Bhatt (S Chand)
2 Enzyme Technology 2006 by Ashok Pandey (Editor) Colin Webb (Editor) MARCELO
FERNANDES (Editor) Springer
3 Biocatalysts and enzyme technology 2012 Klaus Buchholz
45
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
4T4 Bioresearch Techniques II (Subject centric core 2)
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Learn describe and build up knowledge domain regarding the latest and most advanced Bioresearch techniques available for biochemical research
2 Be aware select appropriately apply technology platforms and Perform techniques for analysis of DNA and protein expression
3 Evaluation of data and controls related to research techniques 4 Create thought-provoking questions related to the laboratory equipment
46
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
4T4 Bioresearch Techniques II (Subject centric core 2)
UNIT I
Biochemical methods I- Co-immunoprecipitation BiFC bimolecular fluorescence
complementation affinity electrophoresis Pull down assays label transfer yeast two hybrid
screens phage display
UNIT II
Biochemical methods II- In-vivo crosslinking of protein complexes using photo-reactive
amino acid analogs Tandem affinity purification (TAP) Chemical cross-linking SPINE
(Strepprotein interaction experiment) Quantitative immunoprecipitation combined with
knock-down (QUICK) Proximity ligation assay (PLA) in situ
UNIT III
Biophysical and theoretical methods I
Bio-Layer Interferometry
Dual polarisation interferometry (DPI)
Static light scattering (SLS)
Dynamic light scattering (DLS)
Surface plasmon resonance
UNIT IV
Biophysical and theoretical methods II
Fluorescence polarizationanisotropy
Fluorescence correlation spectroscopy
FRET BRET
2D-FT NMR spectroscopy
Proteinndashprotein docking
Isothermal Titration Calorimetry (ITC)
Isothermal Titration Calorimetry (ITC)
Suggested References
1 Molecular Biology of The Cell Alberts 5th Edition 2007 NCBI Publication
2 Principles of Biochemistry Lehninger WH Freeman
3 Biochemistry of Signal Transduction and Regulation-shy‐ Gerhard Krauss
Wiley VCH 3rd Revised Edition
4 Molecular Cell Biology Lodish 6th Edition WH Freeman amp Company
5 The cell Cooper 2nd Edition ASM Press
6 Gene IX Benjamin Lewin
Published by Pearson Prentice Hall
7 Cell and Molecular Biology Gerald Karp
8 Molecular Biology Robert Weaver 1st Edition WCBNMcGraw-shy‐Hill
9 Molecular Biology of the Gene Watson 6th Edition Pearson Publication
10 Gene Regulation A Eukaryotic Perspective David Latchman 5 illustrated Taylor amp
Francis 2005
47
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
4P1 Advanced Clinical Biochemistry and Immunology and Toxicology and Nutrition
1 Demonstration of dialysis using blood filtrate (Protein Separation)
2 Immunology
a Quantitative Estimation of Antibody
b Precipitation Techniques Double Immunodiffusion Single (Radial)
Immunodiffusion
3 Electrophoretic Techniques Immuno-electrophoresisRocket Immunoelectrophoresis
Immuno-diffusion
4 To assay cathepsin D ATPase (NaKCaMg) Lipid peroxidase enzymes
5 Assay of Acetylcholine esterase activity in rat brain
6 Assay of monoamine oxidase
7 Fractionation of tissues and assay of proteins
8 Assay of ornithine amino transferase
9 Glutathione Estimation
10 Organ tissue morphology histopathology
11 Assay of toxicant biotransformation enzyme-cytochrome P450
12 Test for teratogenecity carcinogenecity Ames test
13 To perform pair wise alignment of sequences using BLAST program
14 To design primers for the given gene sequences
15 To perform multiple sequence alignment and generate phylogenetic tree
16 To retrieve and visualize the three dimensional structures of proteins
17 To retrieve metagenomic sequences and primer designing to develop STS marker
OR
18 Determination of Triglycerides
19 Proximate Analysis of Food Samples
48
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4 Project
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Plan and develop experimental design projects from concept through to professional
prototype
2 Apply theoretical knowledge conceptual skills and techniques to the development of
solutions for biochemical problems
3 Apply initiative and judgment in planning problem solving and decision making in
practice or future study
4 Design a research project and submit in a form of thesis they will present their results of
the thesis to an audience of peers and faculty and be able to defend their results during
final evaluation
4PROJ PROJECT
4S1 Seminar
45
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
4T4 Bioresearch Techniques II (Subject centric core 2)
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Learn describe and build up knowledge domain regarding the latest and most advanced Bioresearch techniques available for biochemical research
2 Be aware select appropriately apply technology platforms and Perform techniques for analysis of DNA and protein expression
3 Evaluation of data and controls related to research techniques 4 Create thought-provoking questions related to the laboratory equipment
46
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
4T4 Bioresearch Techniques II (Subject centric core 2)
UNIT I
Biochemical methods I- Co-immunoprecipitation BiFC bimolecular fluorescence
complementation affinity electrophoresis Pull down assays label transfer yeast two hybrid
screens phage display
UNIT II
Biochemical methods II- In-vivo crosslinking of protein complexes using photo-reactive
amino acid analogs Tandem affinity purification (TAP) Chemical cross-linking SPINE
(Strepprotein interaction experiment) Quantitative immunoprecipitation combined with
knock-down (QUICK) Proximity ligation assay (PLA) in situ
UNIT III
Biophysical and theoretical methods I
Bio-Layer Interferometry
Dual polarisation interferometry (DPI)
Static light scattering (SLS)
Dynamic light scattering (DLS)
Surface plasmon resonance
UNIT IV
Biophysical and theoretical methods II
Fluorescence polarizationanisotropy
Fluorescence correlation spectroscopy
FRET BRET
2D-FT NMR spectroscopy
Proteinndashprotein docking
Isothermal Titration Calorimetry (ITC)
Isothermal Titration Calorimetry (ITC)
Suggested References
1 Molecular Biology of The Cell Alberts 5th Edition 2007 NCBI Publication
2 Principles of Biochemistry Lehninger WH Freeman
3 Biochemistry of Signal Transduction and Regulation-shy‐ Gerhard Krauss
Wiley VCH 3rd Revised Edition
4 Molecular Cell Biology Lodish 6th Edition WH Freeman amp Company
5 The cell Cooper 2nd Edition ASM Press
6 Gene IX Benjamin Lewin
Published by Pearson Prentice Hall
7 Cell and Molecular Biology Gerald Karp
8 Molecular Biology Robert Weaver 1st Edition WCBNMcGraw-shy‐Hill
9 Molecular Biology of the Gene Watson 6th Edition Pearson Publication
10 Gene Regulation A Eukaryotic Perspective David Latchman 5 illustrated Taylor amp
Francis 2005
47
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
4P1 Advanced Clinical Biochemistry and Immunology and Toxicology and Nutrition
1 Demonstration of dialysis using blood filtrate (Protein Separation)
2 Immunology
a Quantitative Estimation of Antibody
b Precipitation Techniques Double Immunodiffusion Single (Radial)
Immunodiffusion
3 Electrophoretic Techniques Immuno-electrophoresisRocket Immunoelectrophoresis
Immuno-diffusion
4 To assay cathepsin D ATPase (NaKCaMg) Lipid peroxidase enzymes
5 Assay of Acetylcholine esterase activity in rat brain
6 Assay of monoamine oxidase
7 Fractionation of tissues and assay of proteins
8 Assay of ornithine amino transferase
9 Glutathione Estimation
10 Organ tissue morphology histopathology
11 Assay of toxicant biotransformation enzyme-cytochrome P450
12 Test for teratogenecity carcinogenecity Ames test
13 To perform pair wise alignment of sequences using BLAST program
14 To design primers for the given gene sequences
15 To perform multiple sequence alignment and generate phylogenetic tree
16 To retrieve and visualize the three dimensional structures of proteins
17 To retrieve metagenomic sequences and primer designing to develop STS marker
OR
18 Determination of Triglycerides
19 Proximate Analysis of Food Samples
48
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4 Project
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Plan and develop experimental design projects from concept through to professional
prototype
2 Apply theoretical knowledge conceptual skills and techniques to the development of
solutions for biochemical problems
3 Apply initiative and judgment in planning problem solving and decision making in
practice or future study
4 Design a research project and submit in a form of thesis they will present their results of
the thesis to an audience of peers and faculty and be able to defend their results during
final evaluation
4PROJ PROJECT
4S1 Seminar
46
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
4T4 Bioresearch Techniques II (Subject centric core 2)
UNIT I
Biochemical methods I- Co-immunoprecipitation BiFC bimolecular fluorescence
complementation affinity electrophoresis Pull down assays label transfer yeast two hybrid
screens phage display
UNIT II
Biochemical methods II- In-vivo crosslinking of protein complexes using photo-reactive
amino acid analogs Tandem affinity purification (TAP) Chemical cross-linking SPINE
(Strepprotein interaction experiment) Quantitative immunoprecipitation combined with
knock-down (QUICK) Proximity ligation assay (PLA) in situ
UNIT III
Biophysical and theoretical methods I
Bio-Layer Interferometry
Dual polarisation interferometry (DPI)
Static light scattering (SLS)
Dynamic light scattering (DLS)
Surface plasmon resonance
UNIT IV
Biophysical and theoretical methods II
Fluorescence polarizationanisotropy
Fluorescence correlation spectroscopy
FRET BRET
2D-FT NMR spectroscopy
Proteinndashprotein docking
Isothermal Titration Calorimetry (ITC)
Isothermal Titration Calorimetry (ITC)
Suggested References
1 Molecular Biology of The Cell Alberts 5th Edition 2007 NCBI Publication
2 Principles of Biochemistry Lehninger WH Freeman
3 Biochemistry of Signal Transduction and Regulation-shy‐ Gerhard Krauss
Wiley VCH 3rd Revised Edition
4 Molecular Cell Biology Lodish 6th Edition WH Freeman amp Company
5 The cell Cooper 2nd Edition ASM Press
6 Gene IX Benjamin Lewin
Published by Pearson Prentice Hall
7 Cell and Molecular Biology Gerald Karp
8 Molecular Biology Robert Weaver 1st Edition WCBNMcGraw-shy‐Hill
9 Molecular Biology of the Gene Watson 6th Edition Pearson Publication
10 Gene Regulation A Eukaryotic Perspective David Latchman 5 illustrated Taylor amp
Francis 2005
47
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
4P1 Advanced Clinical Biochemistry and Immunology and Toxicology and Nutrition
1 Demonstration of dialysis using blood filtrate (Protein Separation)
2 Immunology
a Quantitative Estimation of Antibody
b Precipitation Techniques Double Immunodiffusion Single (Radial)
Immunodiffusion
3 Electrophoretic Techniques Immuno-electrophoresisRocket Immunoelectrophoresis
Immuno-diffusion
4 To assay cathepsin D ATPase (NaKCaMg) Lipid peroxidase enzymes
5 Assay of Acetylcholine esterase activity in rat brain
6 Assay of monoamine oxidase
7 Fractionation of tissues and assay of proteins
8 Assay of ornithine amino transferase
9 Glutathione Estimation
10 Organ tissue morphology histopathology
11 Assay of toxicant biotransformation enzyme-cytochrome P450
12 Test for teratogenecity carcinogenecity Ames test
13 To perform pair wise alignment of sequences using BLAST program
14 To design primers for the given gene sequences
15 To perform multiple sequence alignment and generate phylogenetic tree
16 To retrieve and visualize the three dimensional structures of proteins
17 To retrieve metagenomic sequences and primer designing to develop STS marker
OR
18 Determination of Triglycerides
19 Proximate Analysis of Food Samples
48
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4 Project
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Plan and develop experimental design projects from concept through to professional
prototype
2 Apply theoretical knowledge conceptual skills and techniques to the development of
solutions for biochemical problems
3 Apply initiative and judgment in planning problem solving and decision making in
practice or future study
4 Design a research project and submit in a form of thesis they will present their results of
the thesis to an audience of peers and faculty and be able to defend their results during
final evaluation
4PROJ PROJECT
4S1 Seminar
47
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4
4P1 Advanced Clinical Biochemistry and Immunology and Toxicology and Nutrition
1 Demonstration of dialysis using blood filtrate (Protein Separation)
2 Immunology
a Quantitative Estimation of Antibody
b Precipitation Techniques Double Immunodiffusion Single (Radial)
Immunodiffusion
3 Electrophoretic Techniques Immuno-electrophoresisRocket Immunoelectrophoresis
Immuno-diffusion
4 To assay cathepsin D ATPase (NaKCaMg) Lipid peroxidase enzymes
5 Assay of Acetylcholine esterase activity in rat brain
6 Assay of monoamine oxidase
7 Fractionation of tissues and assay of proteins
8 Assay of ornithine amino transferase
9 Glutathione Estimation
10 Organ tissue morphology histopathology
11 Assay of toxicant biotransformation enzyme-cytochrome P450
12 Test for teratogenecity carcinogenecity Ames test
13 To perform pair wise alignment of sequences using BLAST program
14 To design primers for the given gene sequences
15 To perform multiple sequence alignment and generate phylogenetic tree
16 To retrieve and visualize the three dimensional structures of proteins
17 To retrieve metagenomic sequences and primer designing to develop STS marker
OR
18 Determination of Triglycerides
19 Proximate Analysis of Food Samples
48
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4 Project
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Plan and develop experimental design projects from concept through to professional
prototype
2 Apply theoretical knowledge conceptual skills and techniques to the development of
solutions for biochemical problems
3 Apply initiative and judgment in planning problem solving and decision making in
practice or future study
4 Design a research project and submit in a form of thesis they will present their results of
the thesis to an audience of peers and faculty and be able to defend their results during
final evaluation
4PROJ PROJECT
4S1 Seminar
48
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------RTM Nagpur University MSc Biochemistry syllabus Effective from 2020-21 Including Foundation course amp Subject centric course at Semester III and Semester IV
SEMESTER 4 Project
Learning outcome Students will be able to
1 Plan and develop experimental design projects from concept through to professional
prototype
2 Apply theoretical knowledge conceptual skills and techniques to the development of
solutions for biochemical problems
3 Apply initiative and judgment in planning problem solving and decision making in
practice or future study
4 Design a research project and submit in a form of thesis they will present their results of
the thesis to an audience of peers and faculty and be able to defend their results during
final evaluation
4PROJ PROJECT
4S1 Seminar